TER Neng cg EMC al ag ae ee
vig De nth Se ot ae
¥ Tate viper t=:
= fo A scanarert g . maeemeie hear
none ch vue SUN
‘ : oa wah te rae don Feta

- in ont 4 wef 5 hot Ms
Een n A ON ar Fick MPI tet lactate

i Nediennca ee wee ites

eben elk sih

ate
Pel ae ag.

DO mpi

iat Sow PRS Rettea tone
waste eae tee
wh anieg tee od a .

eri . —s
: < \
' ay y.
3 : i a «
bs . Py . ¢
i 7 :
4 : ;
© i - :
” X a
: Sys
‘ ‘ = " Vee . 7
. >
: “ “ *
‘ i we 4 7
: ; a“
i ‘ oe |
4 : ; :
aN. ‘ 4 ss *
4 . : ; | ;
i
: =
= ~ < — 4
\ ? oe : ;
; i ke i ‘
* :
-
¥ =
4! ni
2, °
re be] -
j _ ;
’ res 7
; ; ie -
: ; oat
: bo ae a
~ ; : id a)
' ; . ;
: i z : ' " .
3 is : : :
: - - ~ - =
m™ ~ Pow % ‘ % . - ;
: id ~ : a
~ : : ;
: ; : ‘ ‘ - cy
; E m * %. i“.
m. = ; : < bi .
aa K P pee
; = ie ; ;
" Feed mkoeuie Re : : ; : P j
NS Te 0 in eat aed, I Me bie dogs ce . ;
She ” : : peeves rg ae Rs oy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTH S$ ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S. &c.,
WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.LS.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S,

VOL. I1.—FOURTH SERIES.

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER} SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.;
KENT AND CO.;5 BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES AND SMITH, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1868.

«Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;
ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renoyatione, potentia majestatis
elucet. Harum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sstimata ;
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper
inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’euvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses opérations.”—Brucxner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,
1767.

Tee te et er eee The sylvan powers
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
’ Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute. '
; J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL. II.
[FOURTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER VIL.
Page
I. Monograph of Spirifer cuspidatus (Syringothyris cuspidata)
in. By Professor W. Kine. (Plates Il. & IL.) .........++5

I. Notes on Helicograpsus, a new Genus of Graptolites. By

Henry ALLEYNE Nicuoxson, D.Sc., M.B., F.G.S. ...... 23
Il. A few words on Euplectella aspergillum, Owen, and its Inha-
I CMON Gees cb ets uctesbectvcives 26

IV, Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By GroreE
STEwarpDson Brapy, C.M.Z.S. &c. No. I. Ostracoda from the

Arctic and Scandinavian Seas. (Plates IV. & V.) ..........0 eee 30
V. On Hyalonema boreale. By J. V. Barpoza pu BocacE .... 36
VI. On the Tricuspidariee, a Subtribe of the Elzocarpee. By

I Ess LN Ge cers ctivcciny ee adceve tents 39

VII. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. VIII.
Some Lower-Silurian Species from the Chair of Kildare, Ireland.
By Prof. T. Rupert Jonzs, F.G.S., and Dr. H. B. Hout, F.G.S.
(Plate Ee Ute vt cir heer erie cee WeverterhbenViwe 54

New Book :—On Subaérial Denudation, and on Cliffs and Escarp-
ments of the Chalk and the Lower Tertiary Beds, by William
SEE MCR Mg MG a hc ge ve Ming. ome heed Rees es 62

Proceedings of the Royal Society ; Royal Institution ..... .. 63—66

Occurrence of Tinnunculus cenchris in Britain, by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S.;
On Lithodomous Annelids, by E. Ray Lenkistee ;.On some
species of Oliva, by T. Graham Ponton; Note on a Variety (?)
of Alcyonella fungosa, by Edward Parfitt; On the Avicolar
Sarcoptide, and on the Metamorphoses of the Acarina, by C.
Robin; The Pelvis and Hind Limbs of Whales; On a remark-
able form of Pleuronectide from the Mediterranean, by Dr. Stein-
dachner; On the Antherozoids of the Mosses, by E. Roze.. 75—80

NUMBER VIII,

VIL. On a remarkable Sponge from the North Sea. By 8.
Rae, (rime Vi) es. we a ete ees Wee eels GN'd sue ve 81

IX. List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the West
Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S. (Plate VII.) .. 91

X. Carcinological ace No. IV. By C. Spence Bare,
Mery. Ce CP IMIR EA BAL) bike cnc cece cee ene sd ener 112

Iv CONTENTS.

Page
XI. Observations on some of the Heliotropiee. By Joun Miers,
(Meh sg Ldteng COCs sas ha nea aa erry 121
XII. On Phidiana lynceus and Ismaila monstrosa. By Dr. Rup.
Benes. (Plate TL.) 0. peacsksos so 00s bdeenen ees 133

XIII. On Spirifer cuspidatus. By Dr. Witi1am B. CarpENnTER. 138

XIV. On some new Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera from South
America, By OsBERT Satviy, M.A., F.L.S., &., and F. Du Canz
Gopmwan, FUSS. Ge. ii bli cceal iy tba de tae me ee. 141

New Books :—Principles of Geology, or the Modern Changes of the
Earth and its Inhabitants considered as illustrative of Geology,
by Sir Charles Lyell, Bart., M.A., F.R.S.—Siluria, A History
of the Oldest Rocks in the British Isles and other Countries;
with Sketches of the Origin and Distribution of Native Gold,
the General Succession of Geological Formations, and Chan
of. the Earth’s Surface, by Sir R. I. Murchison, Bart., K.C.B.,
&e. &c. &c.—Acadian Geology: the Geological Structure, Or-
ganic Remains, and Mineral Resources of Nova Scotia, New
Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island, by J. W. Dawson, M.A.,
Liha Dig Bly Sie MOC: bin i ng to ee oe eee bes a eee nee 152-159

Proceedings of the Royal Society... ..5, 066.3 ks cas vcceues ooeaue 159

Note on the Existence of a large Pelican in the Turbaries of England,
by A, Milne-Edwards ; On Oliva auricularia, Lam., O. aquatilis,
Reeve, and O. aurieularia, D’Orb., by F. P, Marrat; On a Vivi-
parous Sea-Urchin, by Dr. E. Grube; Note on the Anatomy of
Pontobdella verrucata (Leach), by L. Vaillant; Considerations
upon the fixation of the Limits between the Species and the
ariety, founded upon the study of the European and Medi-
terranean Species of the Hymenopterous Genus Polistes (Latr.),
by M. Sichel; On a new Species of Chirogalus from the West
Coast of Madagascar, by M. A. Grandidier ............ 165—172

NUMBER IX.

XV. On the British Species of Alpheus, Typton, and Axius, and on
Alpheus Edwardsti of Audouin. By the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A. 173

XVI. Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By
GEORGE Stewarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.S. &. No. I, Marine

Ostracoda from the Mauritius. (Plates XII. & XIIL) .......... 178
XVII. On the existence of Capillary Arterial Vessels in Insects,
By JuLes KUNCKEL ..... Pe Le tee eee re 184
XVII. On Aranea lobata, Pallas (A. sericea, Oliv.). By T.
MOMMA sain taophe etal < Se ela! antiga nde ctu rctarate'o'o'o's acts nae Nie or. 186
___ XTX. Observations on some of the Heliotropiee. By Joun Miers,
Dlintes, Pataietg Wr 465 oe sche ea lak ces kik 191
XX. On a point relating to the Histology of Rhynchonella. By —
Professor W. iia Pinas see chy ae one a et, i! Wal eA, cee ? 204

CONTENTS. | v

Page
XXI. On the Law of Development of the Sexes in Insects. By
EE ENED 25) WS PEGS A shi) eC iid el be have 6 205
XXII. On some new Species of Oliva. By F. P. MarraT...... 212
XXII. On a new Genus of Gastrotrichous Rotatoria. By E.
CEAPABHDE.............. ete Os CV Pewee ibe a Cees 214

XXIV. Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By
GrorGE Stewarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.S. &. No. Til. Marine
Ostracoda from Tenedos. (Plates XIV. & XV.) ... 6. cee e ee eee 220

XXY. Observations on the Classification of Echinida, to serve as
an Introduction to the Description of the Tertiary Fossil Echino-
dermata of Western Algeria. By A. PoMEL..................5. 225

On a Collection of Pteropods and Heteropods, by F’. P. Marrat ; Ob-
servations on some Mammalia from the North of China, by M.
A. Milne-Edwards ; Notes on some Alge from a Californian
Hot Spring, by Dr. H. C. Wood, Jun., Professor of Botany in
the University of Pennsylvania; Description of two Sacculinide,
by M. Hesse; On the Calamites and Fossil Eguiseta, by M.
Schimper; On the Contractile Tissue of Sponges, by N. Lieber-
kiihn ; Comparative Investigation of the Generative Organs of
the Hare, Rabbit, and Leporide, by 8. Arlong.......... 229—236

NUMBER X.

XXVI. On the Typical Value of the Lingual Dentition in the
tight Distribution of the Genera of Gasteropoda into Natural Groups
and Families. By JoHn Denis Macponatp, M.D., F.R.S., Staff
ES, CE AGUO Ve ly ysl kb ve cheek 237

XXVIL. Notule Lichenologice. No. XXII. By the Rev. W. A,
Leieuton, B.A., F.L.S.—Dr. Wm. Nylander on Lichens in the
raen oF the Linxembourg Palace... .- 3.6... ec eee 245

- XXVIII. Report on the Annelids dredged off the Shetland Islands
by Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys in 1867. By W. ©. M‘Inrosu, M.D., F.L.S. 249

XXIX. On the Production of the Sexes in Bees. By Fux
PRIMER, Ge eee ve eee eee tee pert e eee ee deel 252

XXX. On the ines of Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner and
meee Dove, By 1. H. Fanner, Bag. . o.oo 255

XXXI. Note on a new Japanese Coral (Isis Greyorii), and on
@ryatonema. By Dr. J, E. Gray, PRS. Kee 2. ce cc ee 263

XXXII. On a new Free Form of Hyalonema Steboldit, and its
manner of Growth. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.LS... 264

- XXXIIT. On the Boring of certain Annelids. By W.C. M‘Intosu,
Me Pe Ce ME A) eee ee ens 276

XXXIV. On the Structure of the Shells of Brachiopoda. By Dr.
ee ete Oh, CAMPO E, F 1 er i Coe Le, 295

vi CONTENTS.

Page
XXXYV. Description of a new Species of Thylacine (Thylacinus —
breviceps). By Grrarp Krerrr, Curator and Secretary of the
Australian Museum, Sydney. (Plate XVII.) .......... a AS 296

XXXVI. Notice of two new Species of Salamandra from Central
America.. By Dr. J. EB. Gray, F-R.S. Se... 0.4 ss eee 297

XXXVI. Last Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles.
By J. Gw¥n Juvrenys, FURS. 6... hl vaca ss cen vse» 298

On a new Class of Echinodermata, by C. Semper; Coccoliths and
' Coecospheres, by G. C. Wallich; Transporting Fish alive, by
Dr. J. E. Gray; On Tetilla euplocamos and Hyalonema boreale,

by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Notes on Hyalonema, Gray, by
Prof. E. Perceval Wright and Prof. Wyville Thomson.. 316—320

NUMBER XI.

XXXVIII. On the Occurrence of the Palatal Teeth of a Fish be-
longing to the Genus Climaxodus, M‘Coy, in the Low-main Shale of

Newsham. By THomAs ATTHBY 20.0.6 yeesevss00 000 se eee 321
XXXIX. On the Fin-Whale called “SteypireySr” by the Ice-
landers (Balenoptera Sibbald, Gray). By J. REINHARDT........ 323

XL. Notes on the Lodoicea sechellarum, Labill. By Epwarp
PrercevaL Wrieut, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology, Trinity
College, Dublin + 6:05 CL PES iia cles Bree beads lg co an 340

XLI. Notes on the Distribution in Time of the various British
Species and Genera of Graptolites. By Henry ALLEYNE NicHoL-

s0N, D.Se., MOB., FIGS, os ss + eee yy eels ote > 4a a 347
XLU. Remarks upon Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys’s last Dredging Re-

port. By R. M‘Anprew, F.R.S.............. Pee eS 357
XLUI. On Ophiocrinus, a new Genus of Comatulide. By Dr. C.

SEMPER, of Wiirzburg .....:..sssehvecavess ses cy 1) eee ee 362

_XLIV. On the epecies of Cecide, Corbulide, Volutide, Cancella-
rude, and Patelide found in Japan. By ArtHuR Apams, F.L.S. &e. 363

XLV. Notulee Scaeyae ae No. XXIV. By the Rev. W. A.
Lxicuron, B.A., F.L.S.—Dr. W. Nylander on the Gonimic Evolu-

tion of the Collemacet o..0. 6c ices. sobs eu we sees) or eee 570
XLVI. On Hyalonema Schultzei and on Eurete. By Dr. C.

SSRN 2s vee vase vp coe ets ye ees beds vel pues sgt 2 0 itr nn 872
XLV. Note on Hyalonema Schultzei, Semper. By Dr. J. E,

CRAY, Be tite Be la eos bebe se 4 tp bs bev ca buns to en 378

New Book :—Dei Funghi sospetti e velenosi del Territorio Sienese,
per Francesco Valenti-Serini, M.D, ............ ‘bs ee 878

CONTENTS. - Vil

: Page
Acclimatization of Parrots at Northrepps Hall, Norfolk, by Mr. C.
Buxton, M.P.; Note on Dr. Macdonald’s Paper on the Dentition
of Gasteropods, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S,; Note on Pompholyz,
Lea, a new Family of Fluviatile Mollusca, by Dr. J. E. Gray ;
age among the Shetland Isles, by J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.5.;
On the Occurrence of the Genus Anser in the Peat and Gravel
Deposits in Cambridgeshire, by J. F. Walker, B.A., F.G.S.;
New Importation of Euplectella; The Collared Snake (Coluber
natrix) in the Sea, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.; On the Jaw of
+ scepabane by T. Bland; Remarks on the Development of

ine Fishes, by G. O. Sars; On the Name Alcyoncellum, by
Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; On an accidental case of Moncecious-
ness in Celebogyne, by H. Baillon; Note on a Double Egg of a
Fowl, by Capt. J. Mitchell; On the Lymphatic Vessels in the
Tail of the Young of Batrachia, by C. Langer; Deep-Sea

Dredging off Spitzbergen, by Prov. Lovén............ 381—392
NUMBER XII.
XLVIII. On the Annelid Family of the Maldaniea. By Professor
ee iV eA erste te hese ccsue nese e eee 393

XLIX. Description of Fairbankia bombayana, a new Genus and
Species of Rissoude from Western India. By Witi1am T, BLAn-

Ms BAF, ODL vec ca hey cs be bcd base casvaes 399
L. On Elachista stellaris, a Seaweed new to the British Flora. By
ME ATG ELCs Vi Lary Cl oe he ee Rh bee ees .. 401

LI. Notice of several Species of Spiders supposed to be new or
little known to Arachnologists. By Joun Biacxwa tt, F.LS..... 403

LII. On Crustacea Amphipoda new to Science or to Britain. B
the Rey. ALFRED Mrerte Norman, M.A. (Plates XXI., XXIL, x
ae ee ear re es ee er er a yee 41]

LILI. On two Isopods, belonging to the Genera Cirolana and
- Anilocra, new to the British Islands. By the Rev. A. M. Norman,
Me inte RKTT figs, 12-16.) 55... eee c nese vbee ta ceee: 421

LIV. Notes on Deep-sea Dredging: By Epwarp PrrcEvaL
Wriesxt, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology, Trinity College, Dublin 423

LY. On the Genera Cortesia and Rhabdia. By Jonun Mirrs,
Ne 5 Vs bet ween chica 49h Gees ceaws ee des 427

LVI. Notes on the Bats of the yf Saeae Group of Islands. By
Ep. Percevat Wricut, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology, Trinity
EB eect eer rae es iy bird Subsidies GAT Ie gg 436

LVII. Notes on the Transportation of Living Fish from South of
the Equator to Europe. By Ep. Percevat Wrieut, M.D., F.L.S.,
Professor of Zoology, Trinity College, Dublin.................46: 438

LVIII. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Aleyonoid
Corals in the British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. 441

Vill | CONTENTS.

Page
LIX. Notule Lichenologice. No. XXV. By the Rey. W. A. a
LrrenTon, B.A., F.L.8.—Dr. W. Nylander on the Germination of
the Spores of Varicellana:.. 0. cece scab ve teeuess TENS a say 446

LX. Reports on Dredging. By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, F.R.S..,... 448

New Books pat ang 1 of Northumberland and Durham, with a
Geological Map, by George Tate, F.G.S.—An Essay on the Geo-
logy of Cumberland and Westmoreland, by H. A. Nicholson,
D.ke., M.B., F.G.S., &.—A Monograph of the Recent British
Ostracoda, by George Stewardson Brady, Esq. ........ 450—454

On the Habits of the Volutes, by Dr. R. O. Cunningham ; A mature
Shell of Cyprea fusco-dentata, Gray, by F. P. Marrat; Baleine
des Indes; Double Eggs, by C. Spence Bate; Occurrence of
Gigartina pistillata on the Welsh coast, by Mrs. Gatty; Palu;
On Myomorphus cubensis, a new Subgenus of Megalonyx, by M.
Pomel ; On Capillary Vascular Systems in the Gasteropoda, by
Professor C. Wedl; On some new fossil Fish from the Lias of
Lyme Regis, by Sir P. M. G. Egerton ................ 454—459

Index. <s acu: binth ds &b5 bok Wel Oe ER ae 460

PLATES IN VOL. II.
PuaTE I, Phidiana lynceus.—Ismaila monstrosa.

1 } Spinifer cuspidatus.
TY; pOstracoda from the Arctic and Scandinavian Seas.
VI. Hyalonema boreale.
VII. Palseozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.
VII. New Coleoptera from Old Calabar.
IX. Development of Pagurus.
X. Phyllosoma.—Zoéa of Palinurus marinus.

XI. New British Crustacea.
Silt} Ostracoda from the Mauritius.

XY f Ostracoda from Tenedos.

XVI. Lingual Dentition of Gasteropoda,

- XVII. Thylacinus breviceps.

XVUI.

EX, |orng Annelids.
XX.

XXII New Crustacea Amphipoda.
XXII. New Crustacea Amphipoda.—New British Isopods,

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. }

EE gE per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
A Seg — e rupibus, et cane one

erte, Des pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo,”

foe gu N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl. 1.

No. 7. JULY 1868.

ss
line

I.—Monograph of Spirifer cuspidatus (Syringothyris cuspi-
data), Martin. By Professor W. Kina.

[Plates IT. & HI. |

Two special memoirs on this species have lately appeared—
one by Dr. Carpenter, published in the ‘ Annals and Mag. of
Nat. Hist.’ for last July, and the other by Mr. Davidson,
which is inserted in the ‘ Geological Magazine’ of the same
month. The latter gives an account of some important dis-
coveries recently made by different paleontologists on this
and other related species; while the former is chiefly taken up
_ with a description of Dr. Carpenter’s own investigations on its
internal and histological features.
_ Dr. Carpenter’s investigations have led him to adopt a
somewhat novel conclusion, that ‘‘ there is an exact isomorph
of Spirifer cuspidatus, not distinguishable from it by external
conformation, but generically differentiated by a very marked
peculiarity of internal structure”’ (viz. dental plates connected
by a transverse canaliferous septum) and a “ patchy perforated
shell-tissue.”’

Notwithstanding that Dr. Carpenter upholds in the strongest
manner his conclusion as an “ incontestably established fact,”

I venture to give my reasons for believing that the fossils
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Voll, ii. 1

re Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

which he has “ transferred”’ to the so-called “ isomorph”’ are
neither “ generically” nor specifically “ differentiated” from
the species under consideration, that, histologically and in-
cally. the perforated and canaliferous specimens are iden-
tical with those stated to be “ imperforate’’ and without the
septum. eo ee eee | is
. - Eeeternal Conformation.» +. -

Few Palliobranchs have so singular an appearance as Spz-
rifer cuspidatus. While its spiriferal valve deviates in no
marked degree from ordinary species, being semielliptical and
flatly convex, its opposite one is characterized by an erect
elevated: umbone and an enormously developed area, which
give quite a pyramidal form to the shell.

Instead of being incurved, as is usual, the umbone displays
more tendency to the opposite character, or to become twisted,
like that of Streptorhynchus. 'The area varies in outline be-
tween an equilateral and an acute isosceles triangle, and, as
in most Spirifers, it is both transversely and longitudinally
marked with faint lines. The deltoid fissure is well exhibited;
but whether it was closed in all its length with a deltidium,
as is the case in the allied Sp. distans, Sowerby, or merely in
its lower part, is a point which I am unable to determine. I
have represented in Pl. II. fig. 1 a specimen of Sp. cuspidatus
pueerg, to the Geological Museum of Queen’s College,

alway, by my very respected colleague, Dr. M‘Coy, Professor
of Materia Medica, which shows, what is rarely exhibited, the
deltoid fissure near its base covered with a number of arching
lamelle ; but nothing of the kind occurs higher up: so there
is just as much reason for concluding that the upper part has
been destroyed as that it never existed. If, as appears to be -
the case, the semicircular space below the arching lamelle has
served as a foramen or opening for the pedicle, the cireum-
stance would afford some ground in favour of the first con-
clusion*, and consequently of the species being furnished with
a deltidium like that of Sp. distanst.

Both valves are marked with numerous fine ribs, which,
however, occasionally become obsolete; and this is generally
the case on the median folds. | |

* I would suggest to American paleeontologists who have an opportu-
nity of collecting casts of apparently this species, abundant in the Car-
boniferous sandstone in the State of Ohio, to examine impressions of the
area, when, no doubt, they will be able to determine whether the deltoid
fissure is partially or completely closed. Pr

+ Several of Mr. Davidson’s figures represent specimens of this species
with the deltoid fissure completely closed. (See Mon. Brit. Carb. Brach.
pl. 8, and Geol. Mag. July 1867, pl. 14. figs. 7 & 9.) rae eg

Prof. W. King on Spirifer-cuspidatus. 3

Histology.

In his Report ‘On the Microscopic Structure of Shells,”
published in the Brit. Assoc. Report, 1844 (p. 18), Dr. Car-
penter states that perforations “ are absent in Spirifer cuspt-
datus.” Some years afterwards, previously to 1850, my at-
tention was directed to this point; but, from the appearances
which I observed on a specimen, by means of a Coddington
lens, I was led, with respect to the above statement, to “ sus-
pect” that it had been made through “ an oversight ’’*. _Sub-
sequently, apparently in 1852, Dr. Carpenter, again referring
to this and another species, stated he was “ fully satisfied that
in neither do any perforations exist’ f,

Two or three years ago, Mr. Meek, while examining a col-
lection of American specimens related to or identical with
Spirifer cuspidatus, also a specimen of this species from Mil-
licent, in Ireland, detected, ‘‘ with a good pocket lens, some
evidence” of the former having ‘a punctate structure ’’—a
point which he afterwards put ‘ beyond doubt”’ by “ placing

ae of the shell under a high magnifier, where they
could be examined by transmitted light.’’ The Millicent spe-
cimen ‘also was quite unexpectedly found to be clearly punc-

tate, like the American forms” f.

The announcement of Mr. Meek’s discovery brought out a
letter from Dr. Carpenter, who expressed himself as having
“yead”’ it with “much surprise.” The-letter mentions that
Dr. Carpenter had examined his “ original Bristol: sections,”
also te chips of specimens from six different localities,” ‘in
not one “ of which”’ is there the smallest trace of perforations,
though the structure of the shell is well preserved in every
instance’’§. :

_ I have now arrived at an important stage in the history of
the discovery of the true histological characters of the species
under consideration. 7

The reasons for my suspicion were stated in the ‘Geological
Magazine,’ published in June last. In the succeeding month,
Dr. Carpenter, after having “ confidently affirmed.” the results
of his second investigation, as above stated, publishes a paper
in which the following points are made known :—Out of four
Irish specimens examined, three were found to be.“ indubitably
perforated,” and the perforations had a “ patchy distribution ;”

* Monograph of Permian Fossils of England, p. 126.

+ “On the Intimate Structure of the Shells of the Brachiopoda,” in
Davidson’s ag Sey of British Fossil Brachiopoda, Introduction, p. 34.

{ Proc. Acad. Nat. Se, Philadelphia, Dec. 1865, pp. 275, 276. 3

§ Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. January 1867, p. 30.

1*

4 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

the exceptional specimen from Millicent, on the contrary, ex-
hibited “ not the smallest trace of perforations,’ Moreover, by
‘slicing across ’’ the umbonal region of one of the specimens,
it was found to contain the ‘canaliferous septum already
spoken of; but on making a similar slice in the “ imperforate”
or exceptional specimen, “ no vestige whatever” of the séptum
was seen*. | : ua eas

It cannot be too strongly impressed on the reader that, in
his examinations in 1844 and 1852, Dr. Carpenter was unable
to detect any perforations in Spirifer cuspidatus, that in
January 1867, having gone over a number of “ chips of speci-
mens from six different localities,’ including his “ original
Bristol sections,’ which were submitted to a “ careful exami-
nation,” there was ‘ not one”’ showing the “ smallest trace of
perforations ;” whereas, in his late and fourth series of inyesti-
gations, all the new sections and chips from Irish specimens,
with only one exception, were found ‘ unquestionably exhi-
biting patchy perforations.” It must also be borne in mind
that Dr. Carpenter, noticing other ‘“ two Millicent specimens,”
examined by him on the last occasion, admits that he “ might
not have ascertained the existence of perforations in them, had
not every laniella of the shell that could be scaled off been
carefully scrutinized” (loc. cit. p. 71). 7

Now, considering the different results obtained, the paucity
of evidences of the kind really needed, and the difficulty in
ascertaining the true histological characters of certain speci-
mens, I feel convinced that few of such ‘‘ paleontologists as pay
special attention to the Brachiopoda”’ would have so hastily
adopted the conclusion with which Dr. Carpenter has identified
himself. 3

It is to be regretted that neither Mr. Meek nor Dr. Carpenter
has published a representation of the perforations}. Mr. Meek
describes them as being “ very small, scattering, and not ar-
ranged with the regularity seen in most types of Terebratu-
lide, or in Cyrtina, Spiriferine, &c.,’”—also “so distant that
fragments large enough to show clearly the punctures as seen
in the various types of Terebratulide might be without a

* Annals,’ July 1867, pp. 69-72.

+ It appears, however, from a letter which I have received from Mr.
Meek, that he had an intention of publishing a paper, with illustrations,
on the subject; but after Dr. Carpenter had acknowledged the accuracy
of his conclusions, he decided not to publish it. Mr. Meek has kindly
favoured me with two of his drawings, which have been of much service
to me in my present investigations. Considering the careful attention he
has paid to the perforations of Spirifer cuspidatus, and the opportunity he
appears to have of examining various allied species, I would strongly urge
him not to relinquish entirely his intention. is

Prof, W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 5

single puncture”*. And Dr. Carpenter, noticing “the type
specimen of Prof. Winchell’s Syringothyris,” describes the
rforations in a similar manner. ‘They are not distributed,
owever, with the uniformity which usually prevails in the
shells of the perforated Brachiopoda; for patches of imper-
forate shell intervene between portions that are pretty regu-
larly perforated, and sometimes a fragment large enough to
fill a great part of the field of view is entirely imperforate ”’T.
Owing to the great importance which attaches to the per-
forated character of Spirifer cuspidatus, | have taken upon
myself the labour of preparing a number of sections, made
parallel to the surface of the valve, and taken from various
specimens of this and other species. I shall now proceed to
detail the result of my examination, which has generally been
-made with object-glasses magnifying from 60 to 120 diameters.

No. 1.—Specimen from near Tuam, presented to the Geolo-
gical Museum of Queen’s College, Galway, by Mr. Birming-
ham, and noticed in my former paperf.

Six sections, easily rubbed down, were prepared: they show
the test distinctly formed of long, slender, flattened, sub-
translucent fibres, running straight or winding about most
irregularly. Interspersed among the fibres, in most of the
sections, occur a number of spots, undoubtedly transverse sec-
tions of tubular perforations, which, varying in size, have in
general a diameter about equal to the width of two fibres.
(See fig. 2.) Dr. Rowney§, who has measured the perforations,
states that, though often smaller, they rarely exceed +),, inch in
diameter: they have arude linear or quincuncial arrangement,
and are from +25 to 545 inch apart from one another||. They
are filled with a granular substance, in some cases quite dark-

‘coloured, generally lightish brown, and often very pale; be-
tween one extreme and the other there are intermediate shades

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, Dec. 1865, p. 277.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. July 1867, p. 71.

t Geological Magazine, June 1867.

§ I must not forget to acknowledge the great assistance my colleague
has afforded me in my histological researches in connexion with the va-
rious specimens I have had under examination.

|| Dr. Carpenter, who has only given the size of the perforations as they
occur in “ Professor Winchell’s type specimen,” states that they are
“ about 1-3000th of an inch in diameter,” and “‘set at an average distance
of about 1-300th of an inch from each other.” Compared with the per-
forations in other Palliobranchs, those of Spirifer cuspidatus are evidently
very minute. In Kingena lima, a cretaceous species, whose perforations,
according to Dr. Carpenter, “are smaller than those of any Terebratula,

recent or fossil, their diameter is scarcely 1-2000th of an inch.” (Intro-
duction to Davidson’s Monograph, p. 28.) | :

6 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

of colour. Very few of them present a definite form, their outer
portion being generally irregular and lightest in colour, shading
off into the subtranslucency of the surrounding fibres*. It
is extremely rare to see the perforations pushing the fibres
aside; the latter pursue their course, as it were, with very
seldom any appearance of being forced either to the right or
the left by the former. When the perforations are pale, it is
only by their being slightly less translucent than the fibres
that their presence can be with safety determined. Frequently
there are breaks in the lines of perforations; and spaces, ap-
pearing to be imperforate, lie next to others undoubtedly per-
forated. In two of the sections no perforations are seen,
except perhaps what might be considered to be, in two-or
three cases, the faintest traces of them.

Whatever be the cause of the absence of the perforations in-
the preceding sections, the following additional points ought
not to be overlooked in considering this question :—(1) The
perforations often appear as if they stopped short of one of the
surfaces of the sections. (2) The sections often exhibit what
appear to be very minute perforations intermixed with the
ordinary-sized ones. (3) I have occasionally seen two fibres
appear as if crossing the transverse section of the perforations,
where the latter are faint. These points, and the indefinite out-
line of the perforations, the little or no deviation they produce
in the ordinary course of the fibres, also their ‘‘ patchy distribu-
tion”’ (in which the sections agree with those examined b
Meek and Carpenter), certainly do not ordinarily prevail
among perforated Palliobranchs, at least in recent species and
others, occurring in Tertiary and Secondary rocks, which have
undergone no metamorphism.

It may now be mentioned that I “ suspected” Spirifer cuspi-
datusto be perforated, from“ patches of faint, slightly raised, oval
impressions” being “ present on the subsurface shell-layers ”
of Mr. Birmingham’s specimen—and that I expressed an opi-
nion of the “impressions” being each caused by the rising-
up of the fibres around a perforation, such as takes place in
Waldheimia australis and other recent speciest. This rela-
tionship between the impressions and the perforations is proved
by the evidences illustrated in Pl. II. Fig. 4 represents the

* According to one of Mr. Meek’s drawings, the perforations, as seen in
a variety, or an allied species (Sp. subcuspidatus), are distinctly defined—
so much so that Mr. Meek informs me that he has “in some instances had
under the microscope a single isolated fibre with half the diameter of a
erforation cut out on one side (shown in PI. IIL. fig. 8), as illustrated by
Carnet in some of his publications.” |
+ Geological Magazine, June 1867.

Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 7

impressions as they appear when magnified twenty diameters ;
and fig. 5 shows the perforations similarly enlarged, precisely
in the order, and at the distance from one another, to make
the impressions answer to the centres of the perforations.

It is also of some importance that the appearances which I
took for perforations are stated in my paper to occur “ here
and there’ in ‘‘ patches ”—a statement completely corroborated
by Dr. Carpenter himself, and singularly agreeing with his
remark, applicable to all the perforated specimens he has exa-
mined, that the perforations have a “‘ patchy distribution.”

- No. 2.—This specimen has been kindly lent to me by Mr.
Morton, F.G.S. &c., of Liverpool. Its locality is not known:
possibly it is from the west of Ireland.
Four sections, all showing perforations, most of them agree-
ing with those of No. 1, except that they are in general larger,
which appears to have been caused by metamorphism. In one
section they are quite distinct, but in the others they are more
or less obscure. ‘The perforations in the best section have a
dark granular infilling; and generally they have an indefinite
outline; the darkest are the best defined. In two of the sec-
tions the contents of the perforations are for the most part pale
and subtranslucent; and the perforations themselves are each
surrounded by a broadish encircling zone of what appear to be
anules or cellules, though the appearance seems to be due to
the ends of the fibres risimg up around the perforations. In
one section the perforations have lost all characters as such,
each being unusually large (larger than those above referred
to), and appearing as if it were a mere aggregation of trans-
parent cellules or granules (fig. 6). In most of the sections
the fibres are subtranslucent and well displayed: they run
straight on or wind about, but sweep past the perforations
| = scarcely any deviation. ‘he sections were easily rubbed
own. -
_ No. 3.—Specimen presented by Dr. M‘Coy. It is the one
represented under fig. 1.

Of six sections, one shows no distinct perforations ; perhaps
one or two slightly opaque spots might be taken for them:
two others show something of the kind somewhat more ob-
scurely, but more numerously: in the fourth they are some-
what less obscure, and, besides varying much in size, they are
“scattering.” The other sections are even less satisfactory.
The fibres are quite distinct. : i
~ No. 4.—I succeeded in getting no more than three sections
from this specimen: only one of them shows what may be
apa of a light-brown colour, but no better than the

ess “obscure ones’’ in a section belonging to the last speci-

8 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

men, though they are arranged somewhat more regularly.
Fibres viedl displayed. :

No. 5.—Six sections: none showing decidedly any perfora-
tions; afew faint markings, almost as translucent as the fibres,
may, I suspect, represent them. The fibres, straight and
twisting, are very well displayed.

No. 6.—Specimen presented by Professor Harkness. I have
prepared twenty sections (some very thin) taken from all
—sides, median fold, and area. They were not so easily rubbed
down as those from Messrs. Birmingham and Morton’s speci-
mens. Mostof the sections exhibit the fibres, beautifully trans-
lucent, running straight out or winding about, and strikingly
resembling those of the recent Rhynchonella psittacea. Not
one shows anything that could be pronounced to be a perfora-
tion; but, as usual, obscure markings are present. ‘The sub-
shell-layers display, in places, slightly raised oval impressions,
the same as those seen in Mr. Birmingham’s specimen.

It is important to observe that every one of the previous
specimens is undoubtedly furnished, as will be seen hereafter,
with the canaliferous septum. ?

No. 7.—This specimen is small, and appears to be a dwarfed
individual, judging from the unusual thickness of its valves.
It is from Millicent, and is the original of fig. 19, pl. 8, of
Mr. Davidson’s ‘ Carboniferous Brachiopoda.’ Dr. Carpenter,
who has cut the specimen through its umbonal portion, “ feels”
himself ‘“ justified in confidently asserting that it is essen-
tially imperforate.” He has given a representation of a
‘‘ transverse section’ of its umbone to show that the “ dental
laminee are unconnected by any transverse septum, and that
there is no vestige whatever of the canal’’*. On the latter
point some considerations favouring a different view will here-
after be produced. Mr. Davidson has, in the most liberal
manner, presented me with the two halves, left after Dr. Car-
penter had cut the specimen, to operate upon, as I thought fit,
for the benefit of science. : ,

Twelve sections were obtained, all hard and imperforate, like
those of the last specimen. Indeed the sections from both are

a identical, not only in the absence of perforations, but
in the distinctness, disposition, and translucency of the fibres.

That this specimen “ exhibited not the smallest trace of
perforations” to Dr. Carpenter is quite admissible. It is ne-
cessary, however, to state that one of my sections shows a few
scattered spots, which approach to some of the obscure mark-
ings noted as occurring in the precited sections of perforated

* Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. July 1867, p. 72, fig. 4.

Prof. W. King on Spirifer’ cuspidatus. 9
specimens, and supposed to be the remains of perforations.
This and other considerations prevent me from admitting that
Mr. Davidson’s specimen was always imperforate—that is,
that it absolutely possesses or possessed this negative character.
It will have been seen that, with the exception of the last
three specimens, all the rest show perforations more or less
plainly, but associated with others which exist in a very ob-
scure condition—so much so that, were it not for their occur-
ring in the required place, and being slightly different in
translucency, they might be objected to as representing any-
thing of the kind: between the latter and the former, however,
there indisputably occur all the intergraduating forms. More-
over perforations often unexpectedly appear in the midst of
wide imperforate spaces—a fact admitted both by Mr. Meek
and Dr. Carpenter. |
_ Now, as the perforations of Spirifer cuspidatus occur in all
states of appearance, from the extreme obscure to the perfectly
obvious, is it not reasonable to suppose that they may also
occur under such conditions as to be imperceptible, and thus give
rise to seemingly ‘imperforate spaces?’’ Why the perfora-
tions are partially absent in some specimens, oe totally ab-
sent in others—I do not feel myself competent to go beyond
suggesting that the cause may be in some way or other con-
nected with the metamorphism or mineralization of the test.
But Dr. Carpenter declares himself to be strongly in favour of
a different view. He “ feels certain” that the absence of the
9: ae “is not the result of any alteration produced by
ossilization, the shell-structure being equally well preserved
in the perforated and in the imperforate parts’ *. The state-
ment may be taken for a fact; but I totally dissent from the
conclusion drawn from it. A few observations on this point
‘may now be brought forward.
he fact mentioned by Dr. Carpenter is certainly a remark-
able one. It, however, not:only holds good in the “ perfo-
rated’ and ‘“‘imperforate parts,”’ but equally so in those which
show the perforations very obscurely. The present condition
of such perforations is indisputably ‘the result of alteration ;’
yet how does it happen that their associated fibres are ‘ equally
well preserved ”’ as in the other cases? Because, from certain
incidental causes and structural peculiarities, to be shortly
noticed, ‘ fossilization”’ has had the effect of (nearly in many
cases and entzrely in others) obliterating the perforations, with-
out producing any such results in the “ shell-structure.” The
existence of the cases just referred to is not to be taken simply

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. July 1867, p. 71.

10 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

on my authority. Dr. Carpenter has not alluded to them ; but
they are attested by Mr. Meek, who states that ‘where the
perforations happen, as is often the case, to be filled with
matter of the same colour and translucency as the fibres com-
posing the shell, it is exceedingly difficult to see them ’’*.

It is now necessary to refer more particularly to a point
already mentioned, viz. that the imperforate specimens have
a higher degree of hardness than the perforated. The cireum-
stance will be accepted by any mineralogist as showing that
the substance of the former is in a different condition from that
of the latter. In both cases, however, the substance is carbo-
nate of lime: it may therefore be concluded that the softest or
perforated specimens are composed of this compound in its
ordinary state, 7. e. calcite, and the hardest or imperforate ones
in the dimorphic state of arragonite. Still the question requires
to be answered—why is it that the fibrous tissue is preserved,
and that the perforations are obliterated ?

In the course of my present investigations I have repeatedly
traced the perforations passing by degrees into obscureness—
their opacity insensibly melting into a translucency approach-
ing that of the fibres, and their indefinite outline gradually
becoming still more indefinite. Between either of the last
states and total obscurity on the one hand, or complete inde-
finiteness on the other, I have not been able to trace the per-
forations with any satisfaction. But numerous translucent
spots, large and small, may often be observed.. It is the num-
ber of these spots that makes the investigation at this stage so
unsatisfactory ; nevertheless there is nothing to oppose the
idea that the largest of them represent the perforations, and
that the smallest are cross sections of individual fibres, or
bundles of them, which have curved off from the general plane
to which they belong.

Moreover in perforated specimens the fibres are composed
of an amorphous translucent substance, and the contents of the
perforations of granular opaque matter, both structures most
probably consisting of carbonate of lime. The reason of the
perforations being obvious in such specimens requires no ex-
planation. Assuming, however, the existence of specimens
with both the fibres and the contents of the perforations
changed into amorphous translucent arragonite, is not such a
condition the very one to render it impossible for the perfora-
tions (so small and indefinite as they are in Spirifer cuspidatus)
to be distinguished from the fibres ? |

But, whatever way the question under consideration is to be

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philadelphia, Dec. 1865, p. 277.

Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 11

settled, there can be no doubt that the phenomenon sought to
be explained is the result of metamorphism; and I hold this
to be completely proved by the fact that in metamorphosed
examples of the tests of other Palliobranchs the perforations
disappear just as they do in Spirifer cuspidatus. Of va-
rious shells which I have examined, such as Dielasma (Te-
rebratula) hastata, Pygope diphya, &c., I may confine myself to
Spiriferina laminosa*, M‘Coy,which hasafforded methe clearest
evidence in favour of.the above conclusion. ‘The latter species
occurs in various conditions of fossilization: some of my spe-
eimens have the test well preserved, others have it completely
destroyed, and many have it in an intermediate condition.
The best-preserved specimens (for which I am indebted to
Mr. G. Tate, F.G.S., of Alnwick) that have passed under my
examination are from Redesdale, in Northumberland. The
fibres are well displayed, twisting about more or less, and
separating or pushed aside by the intrusion of the perforations.
In general the perforations are well defined, so that their dia-
meter, which is —}, inch, can be tolerably well determined.
They occur pretty regularly at about 73,5 inch from one an-
other; but occasionally a smaller perforation makes its ap-
pearance in the intermediate spaces: their contents consist of
translucent granules, a Hs, in matter, or a dusky-white
substance. Under a magnifying-power of 120 diameters, the
dark-coloured matter resolves itself into a congeries of crys-
tals of pyrites. Here and there a séction appears without any
perforations; or some present themselves more or less obscurely,
either as ill-defined aggregations of granules or indefinite
dusky spots; the former are occasionally somewhat enlarged.
From the less clear appearance of the fibres in such places,
the absence or the obscurity of the perforations is evidently
due to a change in the shell-tissue. It is noteworthy that the
fibres, where mere traces of the perforations occur, occasionally
display only faint or uncertain indications of their deflection ;
rather they appear to continue straight on in their course.
Specimens which I have examined from other localities differ
remarkably from those collected at Redesdale. Mr. W. H.
Baily, Palzontologist to the Irish Geological Survey, has
favoured me with some from Hook Point and Tipperary ; but
they are all so completely silicified that nothing more than the
fibrous structure is retained. I have also succeeded in obtain-

a

~ * Mr. Davidson and others have placed this species in spr ; but it
undoubtedly belongs to Spiriferina. All the localities from which I have
examined oe have yielded me dorsal valves of it with the medio-
longitudinal plate characteristic of the latter genus. :

12 Prof, W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

ing some large specimens from the neighbourhood of Galway*,
of which the outer layer is completely silicified, exhibiting, as
a consequence, merely the mineral structure (siliceous pins
enclosed in cylinders) characteristic of palliobranchiate shells
in the metamorphosed condition; on the contrary, the inner
and much thicker layer consists of a greenish substance, which,
from effervescing on the application of acid, and being some-
what harder than calcite, may be considered to be arragonite
All the sections I have nee of the latter layer display the
fibres more or less clearly ; but none of them exhibit the per-
forations at all well; and these structures are very often alto-
gether absent. In their most obvious condition the perfora-
tions, or, speaking more precisely, their vestiges, appear as
_ dusky spots, or aggregations of granules, which have a trans-
lucency more or less approaching that of the fibres : both kinds
are ill-defined; and the latter are occasionally larger than the
former. The fibres agree with those of the Redesdale speci-
mens in undulating and parting asunder where the traces of
perforations make their appearance (see figure 7). In many
cases little more than mere openings in the fibres are the only
evidences of a perforated structure ; and often, as in the Redes-
dale specimens, even such indications have been obliterated,
the fibres running on without any strongly marked deviation
from parallelism,

The histology of Spiriferina laminosa, and the changes it has
undergone, bear a strong resemblance to what have been pointed
out in Spirifer cuspidatus, with this difference: the perfora-
tions are much the smallest in the latter species, and the fibres
are not separated by their intrusion. But had the perforations of
Sp. cuspidatus been of the ordinary size, there can be no doubt

the imperforate spaces, and specimens, would have exhibited
indications of them in the occasional opening out of their
fibres where they have been present.. Mr. Meek has supplied
me with a piece of evidence which explains, as is equall

the case with similar evidences furnished by Nos. 1 & 2 speci-
mens, the absence of such traces of a perforated structure on
the view I have advanced. He informs me that “in some
instances ”’ [the expression shows how exceptional they are]

. * The Irish specimens, which are larger than those I have examined
from Redesdale, have often two more obscure ribs on the terminal point
of each wing: the latter do not appear to have been individuals of such
free growth as those found in Ireland.

‘+ Siliceous pins occasionally occur in the fibrous inner layer; but they
break through the fibres without causing them to part asunder : the latter
terminate a ruptly against the former, as is the case with the enlarged
perforations in Mr, Morton’s specimen of Sp. cuspidatus (see fig. 6).

Prof. W: King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 13

“the fibres could be clearly seen on each side of a perforation
deflected slightly to one side in passing as it were around it.” »
- Reverting to Spiriferina laminosa, it cannot now for a mo-
ment be questioned that the changes which its shell-tissue, in
the Irish specimens, have undergone are caused by metamor-
phism. Is it right, then, to reject the same agent in Spirifer

idatus, because in this species (I contend, on account of the
unusually small size of the perforations) the evidences of its
action in a certain stage cannot be absolutely accepted as de-
monstrated ?

Impressed with the preceding evidences and considerations,
I can only conclude that, wherever imperforate spaces occur
in Spirifer cuspidatus, perforations were originally present in
them. And although Mr. Davidson’s specimen (also, it must
be remembered, Prot. Harkness’s) may be noted as “ exhibit-
ing not the smallest trace of perforations,’ I have no hesita-
tion whatever in adopting the same simple conclusion in this
case as well, rather than seek for its explanation in any strange
morphological doctrine.

3 Apophysary System,

It has long been known that various Spiriferids are fur-
nished with a pair of dental plates, differently modified accord-
ing to species; but it is not so well known that many of them
have these parts united so as to form an apophysis more or
less resembling the arch-shaped chamber characteristic of Pen-
tamerus, Stricklandinia, and Camarophoria, though in many
species its exact homology with the latter appears very doubt-
ful. In a number of the cases to which reference is made, the
“ig ha as will shortly be seen, is so small, or so obscured
by a deposit of shelly matter between its outer surface and the
inside of the umbonal cavity, as to render its individuality
difficult to make out, causing: it to appear, in the latter case,
like a depression excavated in the substance of the umbone.

Professor Phillips appears to have been the first who de-
tected the process in the Spiriferids; for in his description,
published in 1835, of Sparifer septosus, this species is stated
to have “‘the septa in the lower valve dividing it into three
als as in Pentamerus’”’*, It is now well known, through

avidson’s careful labours and excellent figures, that the spe-
cies above named has the dental plates curving inwardly to-
wards each other, and then uniting, so as to form a complete
arch. ‘The plates, which do not separate again, as in a num-
ber of Spirifers, remain united, producing a well developed

* Geology of Yorkshire, vol. ii. p. 216.

14 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

median plate, extending from the crown of the arch to the
inner surface of the pertaining valve*. | ED
Possibly the process was next discovered in Spirifer cuspi-
datus by M. Deshayes, though I admit that his description of
what may be taken for it, in his general observations on the
species, is not:so clearly to the point as could be desiredf. |
- As stated in my last communication to the ‘ Geological
Magazine,’ I made known, in 1846, that Spirifer heteroclitus
(now Cyrtina heteroclita) has an arch-shaped process suppo
by a median plate. Italso fell to my lot to haw in 1850, that
a similar structure occurs in a typical Spirifer, the Permian
Sp. alatus, Schl. My diagnosis of this species states that its
“dental plates are small, curving, and coalescing ;” and I
mentioned, in the general observations, that they “ have an
unusual form, being small, curving, and coalescing at their
upper part, so as to become arch-shaped’’}. As the original
figure which I gave of this structure is not sufficiently eas
in consequence of its representing a portion of the matrix,
a fresh drawing is given of the apophysis, in Pl. III. fig. 8;
I have also represented a transverse section of the same part
in fig. 9, as exposed by grinding down the umbone of the
large valve. It will be seen that the process is formed by the
dental plates, 6, curving in towards each other, and by the
deposition of shelly matter, c, between them. . Although the
latter fills up the umbonal cavity to a great extent, which is
not the case in a number of other Spirifers, the dental plates
are still discernible, passing on and becoming attached to the
inner surface of the pertaining valve. igor
_ There are some grounds for supposing that Prof. M‘Coy
has observed the apophysis in Spirdfer cuspidatus. He de-
scribed, in 1855, the large valve as possessing a “ triangular
opening very large, often displaying the internal deep-seated
pseudo-deltidium (without perforation, leaving the only open-
ing to the shell at its base)’§. Mr. Meek appears to take the
structure I have italicized for the transverse septum||; but
* Mr. Davidson places Spirifer septosus in his genus Cyrtina. He ap-
pears to have overlooked the question put in my former communication
as to the ype of this genus. -.
+ See Lamarck’s ‘Animaux sans Vertébres,’ 2nd ed. vol. vii. p. 368
(1836). “Deshayes, referring to the area, states that it “est traversée dans
toute sa hauteur par une gouttiére triangulaire ; si la matiére dure de la
couche qui la remplit ordinairement a été enlevée, on trouve cette gout-
tiére fermée dans presque toute son étendue, et offrant, vers le sommet, un
trou ovalaire, de sorte que cette coquille, malgré l’étrangeté de sa forme,
a en effet les caractéres des Térébratules.”
¢ Precited Monograph, p. 151.

§ British Paleozoic Fossils, E 426,
|| Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, Dec. 1865, p. 277.

Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 15

M‘Coy, in his description of the genus Spirifer, having in-
vested the perforated or ‘receiving valve with an internal
pseudo-deltidium ’’* (an expression not very clear), it is some-
what uncertain that such is the correct view.

_ Professor de Koninck was the next to discover the process,
having in 1859 described it as occurring in Spirifer distans,
Sowerbyt, a species closely allied to Sp. cuspidatus. I have
succeeded in exposing a section of it, represented in fig. 10,
as disclosed in a specimen collected by myself some years ago,
near Derrybrian, about twenty miles south-east of Galway,
where it characterizes the Lower Carboniferous shales. The
process corresponds with that represented by De Koninck, and
more fully illustrated in Davidson’s precited communication,
in having a projecting canal or “‘ zncomplete tube”’ along the
median line of the back of the “ transverse septum.”

I must now dwell more particularly on the last-mentioned
feature. Prof. Winchell described it, in 1863], as occurring
in an American form which I consider to be identical with
a a cuspidatus, also in Sp. granulifer. Whether he was
the first to detect the transverse septum may be considered
uncertain, seeing that Deshayes and M‘Coy have noticed some-
thing which may be the same; but this appears certain: he
was the first to determine the existence of the ‘ incomplete
tube.” Winchell, believing the shell (the first one above
alluded to) to be an undescribed species, and generically dif-
ferentiated from all others in being furnished with a peculiar
apophysary system, was induced to regard it as the type of a
new genus: hence his name Syringothyris typa.

In 1865 Mr. Meek extended the discoveries of Prof. Winchell
by finding the one in other American shells allied to
Sp. si drtus, also in specimens of this species from Millicent.
_ Prof. James Hall has observed it in some others. In his
fourth volume of the ‘ Paleontology of New York,’ lately
published, he mentions that Spirifer altus has the septum but
not the tube, and that in Sp. textus both parts occur asso-
ciated as in Sp. cuspidatus§.

The discoveries by Dr. Carpenter, already mentioned, are
the latest that have appeared in connexion with the subject.

I may now proceed to give an account of my own investi-
gations.

* Brit. Pal. Foss. p. 191.

* Mém. de la Soc. Roy. des Sc. de Liége, 1859.

{ Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philadelphia, j anuary 1863.

§ I have derived this information from extracts, taken from Professor
J. Hall’s new volume, in Mr, Dayidson’s recent article in the ‘ Geological
Magazine,’ July 1867,

16 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

Beginning with Spirifer cuspidatus, I am enabled to give,
in Pl. II. fig. 11, a representation of a specimen (the one
already noticed as belonging to Mr. Morton, F.G.S. &c.) which
shows the inside of the arch, with the dental plates, free from
the infilling of foreign. matter which generally conceals it.
The arch extends for about two-thirds of the length of the
deltoid fissure, gradually rising from its origin at the apex of
the umbone to its free extremity, where it is nearly a quarter
of an inch in height: in the centre of the margin of the arch
there is a slight projection, which corresponds to the termina-
tion of the canal, as shown in Winchell’s figure of his so-called
Syringothyris typa*. Owing to the arch and the median fold
or sinus of the pertaining valve passing so far into the cavity
of the shell, a comparatively small space, necessarily, inter-
venes for the animal. a

By grinding down the umbone of the large valve of a
number of specimens, I have succeeded in finding the apo-
physis in every one of them.’ The canal and septum vary in
different specimens, even in the same individual. Occasionally
the canal is enclosed in the septum, the middle of which is
enlarged by it (fig. 12, Pl. III.: this belongs to No. 3 spe
cimen). It also occurs attached to the outer or upper side of
the septum (fig. 13, No. 4 sp.); or it projects from the inner
or under side (fig. 15, No. 5 sp.). Generally the septum is
concave to the plane of the area (fig. 13) ; vocations it is
parallel with (fig. 12), or convex to it (fig. 15).

The fullest information respecting the canaliferous septum
has been revealed to me by operating on Professor Harkness’s
imperforate specimen. ‘The diagram under fig. 16 represents
a lateral view of one of the dental plates (a), also a vertical
section of the transverse septum (b) and its canal (c), drawn to
a scale. . The valve to which these structures belong is 2}
inches in height. ‘The dental plates stretch right across the
umbonal cavity, from its vertex to a level about midway be-
tween the apex and the hinge; at this level the plates are
about an inch in width. Adjoining the area. their length is
the same as the height of the valve; but, owing to their free
margin having a deep concave curve, they suddenly decrease
to an inch and one-eighth at a point about two-thirds across
the umbonal cavityt; they gradually lengthen again in ap-
proaching the inner surface of the valve, getting about a
quarter of an inch longer. |

* See Davidson’s paper in ‘Geological Magazine,’ July 1867, pl. 14.
fig. 4¢.

+ I find the dental plates to vary somewhat in length at the vertex of
the curve in different specimens.

Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 17

_ Inthe first stage in the process of rubbing down the umbone,
the section (PI. IIL. fig. 17), at the depth of one-eighth of an
inch, displayed the dental plates (a) and the septum (4); the
latter was nearly on a line with the area. In the second (fig. 18),
at the depth of a quarter of an inch, the septum was more clearly
distinguished as an independent structure; and its centre showed
a trace of the canal (c). In the third (fig. 19), half an inch in
depth, the septum was placed much further in, and the canal,
now more obvious, was situated in the centre of its back. In
the fourth (fig. 20), five-eighths of an inch, the canal, hitherto
filled with a shelly deposit, was well displayed, and exhibited
evidences of a foreign-mineral infillng. In the fifth (fig. 21),
three-quarters of an inch, the septum was somewhat reduced
in it chee but the canal was larger and well filled with
adventitious matter. In the sixth (fig. 22) seven-eighths of
an inch, the septum had disappeared ; the canal, however, was
still present. In the seventh (fig. 23), one inch, the tube was
getting faint; still the dental plates were seen crossing the
entire width of the umbonal cavity. In the eighth and final
stage, one inch and an eighth, both the canal and the central
portion of the dental plates were gone.

It is thus evident that the septum and canal were an early

development—that the latter became gradually filled up with
a shelly substance in its oldest part, but remained open for
_ about three-eighths of an inch at its distal extremity—that the
canal projected beyond the free margin of the septum for about
a quarter of an inch, and iiccinaiel on a level with the centre
of the free margin of the dental plates.
. These points are exactly in accordance with the appearances
presented by a beautiful fossil cast, from the State of Ohio, for
the loan of which I feel much indebted to Mr. Davidson : in-
deed the resemblance is such as to strongly impress me with
the idea that the cast belongs to a shell specifically identical
with Martin’s Spirifer cuspidatus.

The canal of Spirifer distans, according to Davidson’s figure,
also remains open at its extremity ; and such is the case in the
Galway specimen of this species (fig. 10) ; it appears, however,
to be more incomplete, and to rise more from the back of the
septum, than the one belonging to Spirifer cuspidatus.

Some additional investigations which I have recently made
among a number of other Spirifers may now be brought under
notice, As Spirifer striatus is the type of the genus*, I am.
induced to give some details of its corresponding apophysis.

* This has been shown to be the case by Mr. Davidson, in the Intro-
duetion to his ‘ British Fossil Brachiopoda,’ p. 81.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. ii. 2

18 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

At first I could only be certain about the existence of the
septum in its simple form. It was divided in the middle, or,
in other terms, composed of two portions, each projecting from
the inside of one of the dental plates, and separated from each
other by a considerable interspace (fig. 24). Finding it in a
similar condition in another specimen, I began to suspect that
the component parts always remained disunited, as prevails in
Spirifer mosquensis. In one specimen the division presented
some appearance of being an incomplete canal; but, not being
certain, [ rubbed down the umbone of another specimen, two
inches in width, and thus exposed the septum, well developed
and enclosing the canal, as in fig. 25. I could haye no doubt
whatever that in this case the septum was canaliculated ; but,
in order to place the matter beyond dispute, I gave the speci-
men a further rubbing, which, though resulting in the oblite-
ration of the circular form of the canal, confirmed the view I
had taken, by disclosing it as a narrow slit dividing the sep-
tum (fig. 26). I have obtained corresponding results by simi-
larly operating on some other species*. Spirifer Verneuili,
from Boulogne, has the septum; but the canal is feebly indi-
cated, just as it appeared in the second rubbing of Professor
Harkness’s specimen of Sp. cuspidatus. In Sp. grandicostatus,
M‘Coy, both are tolerably well displayed, the -canal being
situated on the back of the septum; the next rubbing entirely
removed the canaliferous septum, leaving nothing but the
dental plates extending right across the umbonal cavity (fig.
28). This was also the case in Sp. striatus and some other
species: sometimes the outer half of the dental plates disap-
peared along with the septum. Sp. crassus, De Koninck,
showed the apophysis somewhat obscurely at first; but on
further rubbing, it became quite distinct (fig. 29). |

In all the species last mentioned the space between th
dental plates above the septum is simply filled with crystalline
or amorphous mineral matter.. In some others the same space
contains a shelly deposit, which is particularly the case in the
Permian Sp. alatust. At first the latter circumstance seems
to favour the idea that the arch is simply an excavation in the
shell-substance of the pertaining valve. But this cannot be
the case; for, as will be seen in fig. 9, the dental plates (4, 6),

* The canaliferous septum is confined to the incurved or apical portion
of the umbone, on which account it is with difficulty detected, and only
by a close and frequent examination of the different surfaces obtained by
rubbing. The canal is not often distinctly seen.

+ The arch in this species does not always contain a shelly deposit, as
casts before me, from Humbleton "Hill, aie that the inside of it has
been quite divested of any extraneous infilling.

Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 19

extending from the hinge to the opposite surface of the um-
bonal cavity, are present, though concealed as it were by a
shelly deposit occupying the interspace between them. My
rubbing of this species also shows what I take to be indica-
tions of the canal, this part being apparently represented by a
dark spot (d) in the centre of the arch. The same appearance
has occurred to me in the two specimens I have examined.

The various examples, representing a number of species,
which have now been brought forward have an important
bearing on the question raised by Dr. Carpenter’s conclusion,
inasmuch as the prevalency of the canaliferous septum plainly
shows that this part is an essential structural element ; this cir-
cumstance, moreover, strongly invalidates the idea that such a

art characterized one species of shells, and was totally absent
in another, the two being “ not distinguishable from each other
by external conformation.” Apparently it has not occurred
to Dr. Carpenter that the absence of the canaliferous septum,
in Mr. Davidson’s specimen, may be due to some accidental
cause.

Mr. Davidson having kindly permitted me to operate on the
specimen, I carefully ground down the upper half of the umbo-
nal portion, sliced off by Dr. Carpenter, until scarcely anything
remained. No canaliferous septum was exhibited, but there
occurred to me some isolated platy fragments, which I suspect
belonged toit. Besides, in the lower half, which remains in my
possession, the dental plates, considerably reduced in width, do
not retain their original direction, bemg much more inclined
towards each other and to the plane of the area than is usual
(fig. 30*)—a circumstance strongly in favour of their having
been disturbed by pressure. Considering all points, I cannot
but believe that Mr. Davidson’s specimen, which disclosed to
Dr. Carpenter ‘no vestige whatever” of the canaliferous sep-
tum, has lost this appendaget: it appears to me to have got
detached from the dental plates, either before the inside of the
shell became completely filled with mud, or before the mud
got hardened.

With respect to the internal structure of the small valve, I
have nothing to add to the account already given of it by

* This must be accepted as a perfectly exact representation of the
dental plates, as the figure is a facsimile of an impression obtained from
them and the outline of the valve.

t In consequence of the somewhat variable length of the canaliferous
septum relatively to the dental plates in their middle, some specimens
might show nothing, or no more than a faint trace, of the canal, on making

a single slice across the umbone. An example of the first result, obtained
in a specimen of Spirifer grandicostatus, is given in fig. 27, and of the
latter, in Sp. cuspidatus, in fig. 23.

a

Ls

20 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

M‘Coy and Davidson. The former has pointed out the exist-
ence of a “ mesial septum, about one-third of the length in old
specimens, rather more in small ones,” in the valve now under
consideration *; and the latter has represented an indication
of the same part in one of his figures of the species.

Myology.

Mr. Davidson’s fossil cast of the interior of the larger valve,
from the State of Ohio, which has all the appearance of be-
longing to Spirifer cuspidatus, displays the muscular impres-
sions with singular beauty ft.

The principal muscles have been attached to the inner or
convex surface of the medio-longitudinal hollow, and confined to
the space between the dental plates (fig. 31). Their impressions
form a group having a pear-shaped outline, the pointed end
answering to the apex of. the umbone, and the rounded end
terminating a little more than one-fourth from the free margin
of the hollow. They are longitudinally separated in their an-
terior three-fourths by a faint linear deren d (or raised
line on the inner surface of the valve), and their posterior
fourth by a rather prominent irregularly indented ridge, c¢,
which rises from the bottom of the anterior half of a deepish
longitudinally oval cavity, e (elevation, ¢b¢d.). The most ob-
vious impressions are two, a, a, one on each side of the faint
linear depression, marked on their posterior half with about
six longitudinal thickish ribs, intersected transversely or
obliquely, also more or less complicated and obscured, by a
number of raised diverging lines. The ribs on the transverse
median line of the large impressions become once or twice
divided, giving rise to about sixteen others, which are sharply
defined: these run straight out, or with a slight curve, over
the anterior half of the impressions§. Between the large im-

* British Paleozoic Fossils, p. 426.

+ British Carboniferous Brachiopoda, pl. 8. fig. 21 s.

¢ It is worthy of being specially noted that the specimen has been pre-
sented to Mr. Davidson, with his usual liberality, by Prof. L. de Koninck.
I must also take this opportunity of acknowledging the great kindness I
have received from Mr. Davidson in my present researches; he has not
only drawn the figures 30 and 31, but has materially aided me in other

respects. ;

¢ At first sight it might be supposed that the two large impressions
actually ee two pairs, the posterior half being one pair, and the
anterior half another. Seeing how different the posterior and anterior
divisions appear, I was of this opinion myself for some time ; but, observ-
ing that the fine ribs on the latter originated by subdivision from the
strong ribs on the former, which is quite obvious on the right half (the
left half in the figure), I felt the distinction was untenable.

Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. — 21

pressions there is situated a smaller pair, neither well marked
nor distinctly defined, 6,6; and the rather prominent ridge,
c, immediately behind the latter, I suspect represents another

Besides the preceding, other muscular impressions are indi-
cated by the longitudinal lines on and near the cast of the
canal (fig. 32 a) belonging to the transverse septum*. ‘These
markings are important as clearly showing that the canal
served as a muscular support, though such an office must have
been limited to its open or terminal portion. The canal, from
what has been adduced in the previous section, bears evidence
of its older portion having become gradually closed up by the
deposition of shelly matter in its interior.

tt is not altogether safe to identify the different muscles
which belonged to Spirdfer cuspidatus with those known to
characterize certain recent Palliobranchs, as made known by
various writers, including myselff. I may, however, be
allowed to offer a few suggestions in this direction.

The impressions lettered a, I have little doubt, represent the
_ ventral pedicle-muscles; those marked 6 may, I am led to
suspect, have been produced by the valvulars (“ adductors’’) ;
and those distinguished by the letter c are probably the repre-
sentatives of the cardinals.

There is some difficulty with the muscles belonging to the
canal ; and this is increased by the uncertainty that attaches to

* A representation of the canaliferous septum, as indicated by the cast
of it, is given in fig. 33.

+ The description which I have published, illustrating the muscular
system of Waldheimia australis, first appeared in the ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist’ vol. xviii., July 1846, and was copied, with the addition of some
figures, in my ‘ Monograph of Permian Fossils,’ pp. 73-76 (1850). It was
- the first one in English giving an account of a pair of muscles which pass
from the inner surface of the perforated valve to the process (cardinal)
in the centre of the hinge of the opposite valve. But it came to light
some years afterwards (see Gratiolet, Académie des Sciences, Paris,
July 11, 1853; and Davidson, Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvi.
December 1855) that I had been anticipated by Prof. Quenstedt, who, in
1835 (Wiegmann’s Archiv, vol. xi. pp. 220-222), pointed out the occur-
rence of the same muscles in Rhynchonella psittacea. Mr. Davidson, who
has taken much pains in elucidating the history of the discovery of this

int, and making known the general myology of the Palliobranchs (see

troduction to CMa aoatenh of British Fossil Brachiopoda,’ pp. 53-56 ;
and ‘Annals,’ above cited), has faithfully credited the various writers who
have treated of the subject with the merits to which they are individually
entitled. With the wes 0 of some discoveries explaining the mode of
attachment of the pedicle (or, rather, its capsule) to the surface of the
umbonal cavity, and proving the existence of certain accessory muscles in
the same part, nothing of importance in palliobranchial myology has been
made known since the original publication of my description.

22 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus.

the use of the septum. The last of these Fre is of some
importance ; I may therefore be permitted to make a few
remarks on it in the present place.

Although the ots septum, including that portion of
the dental plates which serves, as it were, for abutments, has
been compared with the arch-shaped chamber characteristic of
Camarophoria, Pentamerus, and Stricklandinia, I have some
grounds for disbelieving it to be the homologue of the latter
process. In Camarophoria and Stricklandinia, guided by the
markings exhibited on some good casts of their chamber, and
the absence of anything similar on casts of the pertaining
valve, the muscles (their place in the genera mentioned is
occupied by ovarian scars) to which reference has been made
have undoubtedly been attached to the inner surface of the
process*; but as these muscles in Spirifer cuspidatus have
been fixed to the inner surface of the valve, the canaliferous
septum must have supported some others. Can it have
afforded attachment to the capsular muscle? In this case it
might be concluded that the canal itself has served as a mus-
cular fulerum for the dorsal pedicle-muscles, which ordinarily .
have one extremity implanted on the intercrural plate of the
dorsal valve, and the other attached to the vets

Generic considerations.

Although it has been shown that a number of Spirifers, in-
cluding the type, Sp. striatus, are furnished with a canaliferous
septum, I do not on this account consider that Sp. cuspidatus
is a congeneric species ; for the apophysis in the former cannot
be said to exist beyond a comparatively rudimentary condi-
tion. Still I would not regard the more developed state of
the canaliferous septum to be sufficient to constitute a generic
distinction, were this appendage not associated with another
important character. A perforated shell-tissue has been found
in a number of species agreeing with Sp.-cuspidatus in its
apophysary system: I am therefore led to consider that the
association individualizes a genus; and hence I am also led
to adopt the name Syringothyris, which Prof. Winchell has
appropriately applied to it.

* It is the same with the saucer-shaped process of Leptena analoga, as

I showed in 1850, (See precited Monograph, p. 75, pl. 20. fig. 6.)
t In Cyrtia exporrecta, which has no canaliferous septum, another
arrangement seems to have obtained. Judging from markings which I
ercelve in the proper place on some good casts before me of this shell
from Connemara, «gees? the dorsal pedicle-muscles were attached to
the dental plates adjoining the foramen. REA

Dr. H. A. Nicholson on Helicograpsus. 23.

Conclusion.

Sufficient has now been adduced to settle most satisfactorily
the question at issue between Dr. Carpenter and myself as to
me ea of Syringothyris cusprdata, as it may now be
called.

The idea that the canaliferous septum and perforations are
diagnostic features of the typical species of a certain genus,
and that their absence distinguishes the type of another, both
species being “ undistinguishable by external conformation,”
must be unreservedly abandoned. ‘The various evidences and
considerations herein brought forward are totally opposed to
any tsomorphism of the kind; nay, the simple fact of a speci-
men, like Professor Harkness’s, containing a well-developed
eanaliferous septum, but no perforations, is alone demonstra-
tive of its complete fallacy. It may therefore be safely as-
sumed that Syringothyris cuspidata and S. typa are one and
the same species*.

Il.—Notes on Helicograpsus, a new Genus of Graptolites.
By Henry ALLEYNE Nicuo.son, D.Sc., M.B., F.G.S.

THE Graptolite for which I propose the above generic title
was originally described by Hall, from the Hudson-River
group, under the name of Graptolithus gracilis (Pal. N. York,
vol. 1. p. 274, and vol. i. pp. 510-513). The first specimens
which were discovered in Great Britain were obtained by Prof.
Harkness from the Upper Llandeilo rocks of Dumfriesshire
and Wigtonshire, and were described by him under the name
of Rastrites Barrandi (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. p. 475).
More recently it has been placed by Mr. W. Carruthers in his
genus Cladograpsus, under the name of C. gracilis (Geol. Mag.
vol. v. p. 130). Having, however, had the opportunity of ex-
amining an extensive suite of specimens, obtained by Prof. .
Harkness and myself from Genkiin Burn, in Dumfriesshire,
I still adhere to the opinion which I expressed some time ago,
that it is unquestionably unique in its characters, and ‘ should

form the type of a new genus” (Geol. Mag. vol. iv. p. 258).

_ Gen. Char. Frond bilaterally symmetrical, composed of a
non-celluliferous stem or “funicle,” which is curved into the
shape of the letter S, and gives off simple monoprionidian
branches from the two convex portions of the curve, so that

* It will necessarily follow that Martin’s specific name, having priority,
must be adopted in preference to the one proposed by Prof. Winchell. ~

24 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on Helicograpsus,

they form two distinct sets, which diverge in opposite direc-
tions. The extremities of the funicle, where the branches
cease to be given off, become themselves also celluliferous on
one side; and in the centre of the funicle a small radicle may
occasionally be detected. The celluliferous branches do not
subdivide or give origin to secondary branches, as far as has
been observed. It is probable that the perfect polypary was
composed of two fronds, such as above described, placed trans-
versely across each other in a cruciform manner; and though
none of our English examples would support this view, such a
specimen has, according to Hall, been discovered in America
(Grapt. of the Quebec Group, p. 14, note).

The above characters combine to form a Graptolite so essen-
tially distinct from all others, that there can be no hesitation
in forming a new genus for its reception. By Hall it was
placed in his genus Graptolithus, in accordance with the be-
lief which led him to place Dichograpsus, Tetragrapsus, and
Didymograpsus in the same genus—the belief, namely, that
there existed in nature no such simple forms of Graptolites as
G. sagittarius, Linn., G. Sedgwickit, Portl., &e. he refer-
ence to fastrites was founded upon imperfect fragments, and
has long ago been given up by its author. There remains,
then, only the reference to Cladograpsus by Mr. Carruthers ;
and a short consideration will show that this is certainly in-
applicable. In the genus Cladograpsus (originally founded
by Geinitz to include certain Didymograpst) Mr. Carruthers
ae some years ago, a peculiar branching Graptolite, which

e described under the name of C. linearis (Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 3. vol. 111. No. 13). This he subsequently abandoned,

lacing the form in question under the genus Dendrograpsus,
Hall (Geol. Mag. vol. iv. No.2. p. 70). It was then described by
myself as the type of a new genus, under the name of Pleuro-
grapsus linearis (ibid. vol. iv. p. 256); and I at that time pointed
out that the essential point in the definition of the genus, where-
by it was distinguished from all other branching Graptolites
known to me, was the entire absence of a “ funicle,” or non-
celluliferous basis, the frond consisting of a main celluliferous
rachis giving off celluliferous branches, which in turn gave
origin to secondary branches. Finally Mr. Carruthers re-
turned again to the genus Cladograpsus, redefining it as fol-
lows :—“ Polypary compound, growing bilaterally from the
primary point, ¢rregularly and repeatedly branching and re-
branching, and without a central disk ;” and he placed under
this head both Pleurograpsus linearis and Graptolithus gracilis
(ibid. vol. v. p. 129). Now a comparison of the respec-

-a new Genus of Graptolites. 25

tive characters of these two Graptolites demonstrates at once,
as shown by the annexed diagrammatic sketches, the follow-
ing fundamental differences eens Angee is distinguished
by the total absence of anything like a “funicle,’”’ by the
“irregular ’’ manner in which the branches are given off from
opposite sides of the main celluliferous stipes, and by the pre-
sence of secondary branches. Helicograpsus, on the other
hand, is characterized by the possession of a long and remark-
ably distinct funicle, by the regular and defimite plan upon
which the branches are given off, and by the absence of se-
eondary offsets.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 1. Sketch of Helicograpsus gracilis, Hall, sp.: a, radicle ; 8, funicle.
Fig. 2. Sketch of Pleurograpsus linearis, Carr., sp. oc:

As the above-mentioned distinctions are as broad and as
weighty as those which separate any of the genera of the
Graptolitide from each other, there can be no hesitation in
following the usual rule in the case of Pleurograpsus and
Helicograpsus.

Hitherto one Graptolite only has been discovered which can

26. M. C. Semper on Euplectella aspergillum.

be referred to the genus Helicograpsus, viz. H. gracilis, Hall,
sp.; and it is distinguished by the following characters :—

Frond compound, consisting of a tubular S-shaped funicle,
which gives off two sets of monoprionidian branches, one
from each of the convex portions of the curve, in the man-
ner described under the genus. The “funicle”’ itself is
very slender, and in some specimens shows traces of a small
triangular radicle in its centre. The celluliferous branches
are from eight to twelve in number (¢. e. four to six in each
set) in most of our specimens; but they are as many as
thirty-three in an example figured by Hall. The first
branches are almost rectangular to the funicle, but the later
ones become gradually less so. They are very narrow at
their commencement, but widen out till a breadth of =; to
z's inch may be attained; and this would doubtless be ex-
ceeded in larger specimens. ‘The cellules are from twenty-
five to thirty in the space of an inch, inclined to the axis at
a small angle, the cell-mouths rectangular to the axis, and
running partially across the stipe. :

Loc. Common, and tolerably well preserved, in the anthra-
citic shales of Glenkiln Burn, in Dumfriesshire. Rare in the
black slates of Cairn Ryan, Wigtonshire.

III.—A few words on Kuplectella aspergillum, Owen, and ies
Inhabitants. By C. SemPer*.

Tue last numbers of the ‘Annals of Natural History,’ for
December 1866 (p.487) and January 1867 (p. 44), gave us
two small memoirs by John Edward Gray upon a Sponge
from the Philippines which was known to the travellers Quoy
and Gaimard, and more accurately described by Owen, in 1841,
under the generic name of Huplectella. Apparently this Sponge
has hitherto been one of the greatest rarities in our museums ;
and it is only within the last few years that a greater number
of specimens, derived from the Philippines, have come to Eu-
rope, As I believe that I have no unimportant share in this
increase of museum treasures, and have had the opportunity
of seeing a considerable number of them, both here and in the
Philippines, I will venture to make a few remarks upon them.
So long as I had only a few claims of priority to make, I
thought I might keep silence ; but now, when it appears as

* Translated by W. 8, Dallas, F.L.S. &c., from Wiegmann’s ‘ Arehiy,’
1867, pp. 84-89. ;

M.C. Semper on Euplectella aspergillum. 27

af the simplest circumstances threatened to become confused
‘by the help of our savants, who do not hesitate to support by
scientific reasonings the simple fancies of a set of fishermen, I
think itis time for me to brmg my own observations to light.
_ Under the name of “ regadera’’*, these sponges are brought
by the fishermen for sale to Cebti, one of the Visaya islands.
In the course of several years I myself saw there seven or
eight specimens; and, as I was told by a very intelligent
mestizo in the town, about twelve to fourteen specimens in all
had, up to that time (1864) been sent to Europe. As, how-
ever, nearly all these specimens, having been bought by
Spaniards, went to Spain, and probably remained for the most
part as ornaments in the state rooms of private individuals, we
may easily understand how, since the investigations of Owen
and Bowerbank, no further details as to these organisms came
into the possession of the scientific world. Recently the fisher-
men of Cebti seem to have discovered the true habitat of the
sponge; at least this is indicated by the rapidly increasing
number of the specimens of Bisplectelia since my return in the
-year 1865. ‘This was certainly not the case during my resi-
dence. In a dredging voyage which I made in the year 1864
round the neighbouring island of Bohol; and in the channel
between Bohol and Cebti I anchored for two days in 120 fa-
thoms, at the spot where the fishermen of §. Nicolas asserted
they had found the Huplectella. As I fished for them in vain,
it seems probable that they had deceived me as well as all
other Europeans, so as not to bring down the price of the
sponges by betraying the place of their origin—a stratagem
which is well known to be employed not only by Malay
fishermen. As I was unlucky in my fishing, I purchased a
specimen, which, taepbitianistclie was much bleached and no
longer fresh. Subsequently I obtained through a kind friend
fourteen specimens, all, with the exception of two, perfectly
Socigia Nearly all of these contained the crustacean which

had long known, and the association of which with this
- sponge was first made known by Gray.

* “Regadera” means “ watering-pot.” The false spelling (‘‘ rigederos ”)
of Messrs. H. Chevalier and Gray reminds me vividly of a time when I en-
deavoured in vain to teach an English sailor the correct pronunciation of
some Spanish names. The Spanish e and a were constantly pronounced
by him as?ande. Exactly the same orthography seems to have been

opted in the above case. I might venture here to cite a third, and this
time a Germanized spelling of the Spanish word ‘“regadera,” namely
“yeidschidiros.” By such felicitous changes we may hope by degrees to
introduce this denomination again into the Philippines as true Malay.
At least, the attempted derivations of the word “ Papua” show the pos-
sibility of this in an allied case.

28 M. C. Semper on Euplectella aspergillum.

As Gray correctly observes, the ‘Spaniards in Cebé and
Manilla regard this sponge as a house built for itself by the
inhabitant. ‘To judge from Gray’s last memoir, this opimion
seems now to have been adopted by a French naturalist un-
known to me, M. Trimoulet, of Bordeaux. When Gray adds,
‘“‘'The [Spanish ?] fishermen’s theory has found one scientific
supporter at least,’’ I should be inclined to regard the word
“ scientific’ as employed only cum grano salis. In fact the
most superficial knowledge of the structure of the sponge on
the one hand, and of the habits of the Crustacea on the other,
suffices to prove that this opinion might certainly originate in
the brain of a Malay fisherman,,. but that its sczentific assertion
would be a most startling task, which few would have desire
or courage to undertake. It is true one must make discoveries;
and if they are accepted and become the fashion only for a
short time, this is perhaps sufficient for the attainment of the
desired honour. I regard it as superfluous, after the beautiful
investigations of Owen and Bowerbank upon this sponge, to
describe its intimate structure over again, in order to strengthen
the assertion that this French savant must and will find him-
self in error. :

And even if Trimoulet’s assertion “that it is the nest of a
crustacean of the section of the [sopodes nageurs”’ were quite
correct, it is true that an Isopod, a true ga, lives in the
sponge, but not alone; for even still more frequently we
find in it a pair of a pretty Palemonid, which, unfortunately,
I cannot determine generically from the much damaged speci-
mens now before me. If M. Trimoulet’s “renseignements ”
had been a little more complete, he would also have heard
from the same Spaniards in Cebti = the : a (that is.
to say, my ga spongiophila) is always found singly, but
thet, am the pe a ‘“¢Camarones ’’{ (the Pabehiceidle
~above mentioned) always live in it in pairs—a married couple
and the friend of the family! And, according to Trimoniet,
it is probable that their united endeavours have succeeded in
_ weaving together the delicate siliceous web of the whole
sponge, both without and within. Both forms of crusta-
cea have long been known to me. Of one of them (ga
spongiophila) I made a sufficiently careful drawing in Cebit,

* “Cuca,” is abbreviated from the Spanish word “cucaracha,” by
< in Spain, all kinds of cockroaches and also the Asellini are indi-
cated.

+ “Camaron” is the Spanish name for every Palemonid, both of fresh
and salt water. Both denominations furnish a fresh proof of how cor-
rectly uneducated and so-called savage people are frequently guided by
their sharpened senses.

M. C. Semper on Euplectella aspergillum. 29

endeavouring to bring the animal in all positions before some
of the larger openings in the terminal disk, as I could not de-
stroy the sponge itself. The two Palemonide, on the con-
trary, were always too much injured, in all the specimens which
then came under my inspection, to allow them to be drawn
under such difficulties. As Iam not at the moment able to
prepare drawings of the crustacea, of which I have several
specimens now before me, I must content myself for the pre-
sent with a short description, which I hope to follow speedily
with a more accurate one, accompanied by figures.

Aiga spongiophila, n. sp.

The head is rounded off in front, and strongly bent down-
wards. The two eyes are very large, but do not touch each
other, leaving the forehead produced into a small point
between them; the broad basal joints of the antenne origi-
nate at the sides of the forehead. The first joint of the upper
antennz is nearly quadrangular, twice as broad as the length
of the frontal point; the second joint somewhat smaller; the
third joint is thin and cylindrical, and reaches to the middle
of the eyes; the terminal filament is many-jointed, and does
not reach quite to the hind margin of the first thoracic seg-
ment. The inferior antenne commence with two short but

_ broad joints ; the three following long and cylindrical joints
reach nearly to the end of the inner antenne ; and the small-
jointed terminal flagellum goes to the commencement of the
abdomen. ‘The epimera of the first seven segments of the
body are large and lanceolate, The first segment of the

stabdomen is the narrowest, and the penultimate the
broadest. ‘The last abdominal segment is straight-margined
anteriorly, strongly curved behind. The lamelle of the
abdominal swimming-feet are acutely oval, and do not pro-
trude beyond the hinder margin of the last segment.

The description of the Palemonid I will reserve for the
present, as I hope soon to be able to make a better one, from
perfect specimens preserved in spirits, than would be possible
now from the ial and partially destroyed animals.

In conclusion, I will only make a few remarks upon the
Sponge itself. Bowerbank’s censure of Owen has been duly
refuted in the. above-mentioned article by J. E. Gray ;_but
when Gray unconditionally defines the Bibi described by
Quoy & Gaimard as identical with that from the Philippines,
1 must declare myself opposed to this view, until accurate in-

30 Mr. G. 8S. Brady on Ostracoda

vestigations of the two forms have proved their identity*.
Quoy and Gaimard’s species, as is well known, is from the
Moluccas, and not from the Philippines. Gray ought there-
fore, at any rate, to have given this habitat also. However,
I do not make this observation in order to preserve a “ spe-
cies,’ but because I should be sorry to lose Owen’s beautiful
name Huplectella aspergillum, which, in its specific denomina-
tion, gives a simple translation of the name “ regadera,” in-
vented by the people, and therefore certainly better charac-
terizes this animal than the common Latin expression “ spe-
ciosa,’’ or Gray’s English popular name ‘ Venus’s Flower-
basket.”

Wiirzburg, J anuary 19, 1867.

IV.—Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca.
By GrEorGE STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S8. &e.

[Plates IV. & V.]

UnpDER this title I propose to give, from time to time, de-
scriptions of new species and remarks on any other points of
interest connected with the Entomostraca which may chance
to come under my notice.

No. I. Ostracoda from the Arctic ind: Scandidabgas Seas.

The specimens dealt with in the present paper have been

derived from mud and sand procured by the captains of
whalers from the Arctic seas, and from dredgings jane on the
coast of Norway by David Robertson, Esq., of Glasgow,
to whom, in conjunction with the Rev. H. W. Crosskey, I
am indebted for the opportunity of describing the following
species.
Pig the ‘Transactions of the Zoological Society’ I have
already (vol. v. 1865) described several Arctic species which
were obtained from Dr. Sutherland’s dredgings. But the
nomenclature of that memoir requires rectification. I now
give an amended list of the species there noticed :—

Hunde Islands, Baffin’s Bay,
60-70 fathoms.
Cythere tuberculata (G.O. Sars).
—— emarginata (G. O. Sars).
—— costata, Brady.

Cythere limicola (Norman)
(=C. areolata, Brady, loc. cit.).
a eee (G. O. Sars)
(= C. clathrata, var. nuda,
Brady, loc. cit.).

Cytheridea papillosa, Busguet.

septentrionalis, Brady.

* Dr. Gray, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society ’ for 1867, has
not only acknowledged the distinctness of the species, but has formed of it
a second section of the family Kuplectellade. According to him, Alcyon-
cellum speciosum (Q. & G.) constitutes a genus distinct from £. corbieula.

from the Arctic and Scandinavian Seas.

_ Cytheridea pulchra, Brady.
—— oryza, Brady.
oe Ane simplex (Norman)
(= Jonesia simplex, Brady,
loc. cit.).
Cytheropteron latissimum (Nor-

31

Davis's Straits. .
Lat. 67° 17’ N., long. 62° 21' W.
6 feet below low-water mark.

Cythere lutea, Miiller.
— villosa (G. O. Sars).

Lat. 66° 10’ N., long. 67° 15’ W.

C

—— tinmarchica (G. O. Sars).
-—— borealis, nov. sp.

man
(= Cythere latissima, Brady,

loc. cit.). emarginata (G. O. Sars).
Cytherura clathrata, G. O. Sars. | —— angulata (G. O. Sars).
Paradoxostoma variabile( Baird). | —— pulchella, Brady.

tuberculata (G. O. Sars).
— concinna, Jones.

Cytheridea papillosa, Bosquet.
Cytherura rudis, nov. sp.
Paradoxostoma variabile (Bazrd).

Cumberland Inlet, 153 fathoms.

Cythere dunelmensis (Norman).
<page gag montrosiense, C.
B. :

—— vespertilio (Reuss).
—— inflatum, C. B. § R.
Cytherura undata, G. O. Sars.

Iceland (in shell-sand).

Cythere lutea, Miiller.
borealis, nov. sp.
emarginata (G. O. Sars).

(Plate IV. figs. 1-4, 6, 7.)

arapace of female, seen laterally, subreniform, highest in the
middle ; greatest height equal to more than half the length:
anterior extremity obliquely rounded ; posterior subtruncate,
somewhat emarginate above the middle: superior margin
arched, inferior sinuated in front of the middle. Outline,
as seen from above, ovate, widest in the middle, extremities
obtusely mucronate ; width equal to half the length. The
right valve differs from the left in shape, being higher,
with the dorsal margin more boldly arched, distinctly
excavated in front of the eyes, and much more conspi-
cuously emarginate behind. ‘The hinge-joint is formed, in
the lett valve, by a crenulated median bar, with a mode-
rately strong anterior tooth-like process; in the right valve
by a small anterior tooth and a slightly crenulated posterior
projection. ‘The shell of the male is longer and narrower,
with the anterior margin produced downwards and nume-
rously serrated. Surface of the valves covered with shallow,
rounded (and often distant) pits, but not at all ridged or
tuberculated. Colour yellowish brown. Upper antenne
robust, six-jointed, fourth and fifth joints coalescent, last
four joints armed with strong, flexuous, apical spines; fla-
sap of lower antenne in the female short and robust.

eet long and strong; second joint of last foot shorter than
the two succeeding joints, terminal claws long and pectinated
on the concave border. Male copulative organs of mode-
rate mete posterior segment obtusely triangular. Length
gig inch.

Cythere borealis, nov. sp.

32 Mr. G. 8. Brady on Ostracoda :
Hab. Lat. 67° 17'N,, long. 62° 21'W. Six feet below

low-water mark.

This species is very closely related to C. emarginata, Sars,
but is altogether destitute of the peculiar angulated ridge
which runs across the hinder portion of the valves in that
species ; the surface-markings are also less sharply cut and less
angular. The valves are precisely similar to those of C. emar-
ginata in lateral outline ; and, as in the following species, it is
most difficult to say positively whether the differences which
have been pointed out are dependent upon habitat only, or
upon more deal seated innate causes. ‘hese often recurring
cases tend strongly to impress one with the idea, though they
certainly do not prove the fact, of a community of descent.
Many of the less-strongly sculptured examples of this species
appear very distinct ; but others approach C. emarginata very
closely, and some occupy apparently an intermediate position
between that species and C. finmarchica, to which latter species
the dorsal aspect of C. borealis bears great resemblance.

Cythere pulchella, Brady. (Plate V. figs. 18-20.)
Cythere pulchella, Brady, Monog. Recent Brit. Ostrac. p. 404.

Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subreniform ;
greatest height situated in the middle, and 5 ie to more
than half the length: anterior extremity broadly rounded ;
posterior narrowed, obliquely subtruncate: superior margin
boldly arched, highest near the middle; inferior sinuated in
the middle: seen from above ovate, widest a little behind the
middle ; width scarcely equal to half the length, extremities
obtusely pointed. Shell-surface covered with closely set,
rounded, shallow puncta; colour reddish-brown. The
hinge-teeth of the right valve form two projecting ridges,
which end abruptly at their terminal extremities, but slope
gradually towards the middle of the hinge-line, and are
crenulated on their edges. The flagellum or urticating seta
of the second antenna in the female is biarticulate, long and
slender; the upper antenna armed at the apices of the four
last joits with slender, slightly curved spines, third and
fourth joints coalescent. ‘The mandibular palp bears three
curved plumose sete. Feet short and stout, their terminal
claws much dilated at the base, nearly straight in the middle,
and suddenly curved (almost hooked) at the apex. Length
gs inch.

It is with some hesitation that I accord to this a specific
rank as distinct from C. rubida, feeling by no means certain
that the last-named species may not be a dwarfed southern

from the Arctic and Scandinavian Seas. 33

form of the present, which seems to be a peculiarly Arctic
species. ‘The points of difference are chiefly these: C. pul-
chella has a more boldly arched dorsal margin, is considerably
larger, and its greatest width is placed behind the middle ; its
hinge-teeth are also much better developed; the terminal
claws of all the feet differ remarkably in their conformation
from those of C. rubida, and the urticating sete are also of
different type: it is, mdeed, chiefly this latter character
which induces me to keep the two species separate. From
C. villosa it may be distinguished by the colour of the shell,
its much more delicate punctation and greater tumidity, as
well as by its less-angular lateral outline. The single spe-
cimen which obtained C. pulchella a place in my monograph
of the British Ostracoda was small and probably immature ;
and as the fine series of specimens obtained by Mr. Crosskey
from Davis’s Straits afforded an opportunity for a more com-
plete examination, both of the external and internal charac-
ters of the species, I have thought it well in this place to
redescribe it from the Arctic specimens. It may be noted that
the fossil glacial specimens are somewhat intermediate in cha-
racter between these and C. rubida.

Hab, Lat. 67° 17' N., long. 62° 21’ W. Six feet below low-
water. mark.

Cythere Robertsont, nov. sp. (Pl. IV. figs. 5, 8-10.).

hell of the female compressed, subcuneiform, much higher in
front than behind; greatest height situated at the anterior
third, and equal to rather more than half the length: ex-
tremities obliquely rounded; anterior broad, posterior nar-
rowed : superior margin straight, sloping steeply from before
backwards ; inferior sinuated in the middle, curving upwards
_ behind. Seen from above, compressed, oblong, with nearly
parallel sides; anterior extremity acuminate, posterior sud-
denly tapered, obtusely pointed ; width much less than half
the length. End view ovate, widest in the middle. Shell
of the male much narrower; surface of the shell covered
with closely set angular pittings ; colour yellowish. Length
sts inch.

This very distinct and pretty little species was dredged by
Mr. D, Robertson, at Drobak, Christianiafiord, in a depth of
30-35 fathoms. I have much pleasure in dedicating it to its
discoverer.

Cytheropteron vespertilio (Reuss). (Plate V. figs. 6, 7.)
— montrosiense, C. B. & R. (Plate V. figs. 1-5.)
inflatum, C. B. & R. (Plate V. figs. 8-10.)

Our knowledge of these species is derived chiefly from fossil
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Voll. ii. a

34 Mr. G. 8. Brady on Ostracoda

specimens found in the Scottish glacial clays. The descrip-
tion of them is therefore left for a ‘“‘ Monograph of the British
Posttertiary Entomostraca,”’ which is now in preparation for
the Palxontographical Society, by Messrs. Crosskey and
Robertson, in conjunction with the present writer. I have,
however, thought it desirable to give here figures drawn from
the recent Arctic specimens, the joint occurrence of these
(the only known recent specimens) being of very considerable
interest in connexion with their distribution in the fossil state.

Cytheropteron pyramidale, nov. sp. (Plate V. figs. 11-14.)

Carapace tumid, subpyramidal; seen from the side, subrhom-
__poidal, highest in the middle, greatest height equal to more
than half the length ; anterior extremity obliquely rounded,
posterior narrowed and produced in the middle: superior
margin very strongly arched, highest in the middle, and
sloping steeply towards each extremity; inferior convex,
bending upwards behind. Outline, as seen from above
subhexagonal, widest behind the middle, suddenly and
sharply acuminate in front, strongly mucronate behind;
width and height equal. End view triangular, sides very
slightly convex. Shell-surface marked with conspicuous
fosse, which are arranged in transverse curved rows; ven-
tral surface sculptured with interrupted longitudinal furrows.
Length 75 inch.
Dredged by Messrs. Robertson and Crosskey in 25-30
fathoms, amongst mud, at Drobak, Christianiafiord. es
This species, though in general appearance approaching
very closely C. latissimum, differs considerably in the propor-
tions of the carapace, being much more tumid when seen from
above; the sculpturing of the surface is also much deeper and
more distinct, especially on the ventral aspect, and the sides
are less convex; the contours are also altogether less rounded
than in its neighbour species.

Cytherura rudis, nov. sp. . (Plate V. figs. 15-17.)

Carapace, seen laterally, subrhomboidal, nearly equal in height »
throughout ; height equal to more than half the length: an-
terior extremity obliquely rounded, posterior produced in
the middle into an obscurely angular beak ; superior margin
very slightly arched, inferior almost straight: seen from
above, the outline is ovate, widest in the middle, sharply
pointed in front, mucronate behind; greatest width equal to
half the length. Knd view subpentagonal, widest in the
middle; the ventral surface concave, keeled in the middle.
Surface of the valves covered with rather large angular

from the Arctic and Scandinavian Seas. 35

"pits, and having a sharply angular ridge or crest just within
and parallel to the ventral margin. Colour white. Length
#y inch. © .

Two specimens only in the gathering from Davis’s Straits.
In shape these agree very closely with Sars’s OC. atra; but the
sculpture and colour of the shell would seem to be different.
The descri tion “ valvule distincte et sat regulariter reticulate,
areola mediana obsoleta. ‘Testa tota colore saturatissime atro
insignis ”’ does not apply here. The sculpturing of C. rudis,
is too decided to be called mere reticulation; and there is no
trace of coloration of any kind in our specimens.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLatTE IV.

oO eogah ¢ borealis (female), from left side.
e same, from above.

. The same ’(male), from left side.

The same (male), from below.

. The same, outline of left valve (female).

. The same, outline of right valve (female). |
. Cythere Robertsoni (female), seen from left side.
. The same, seen from above.

The same, seen from below.

. The same, seen from front.

Pontocypris attenuata, seen from left side.

. The same, seen from above.

. The same, seen from below.

14, The same, end view.

The description of Pontocypris attenuata (a southern species)
will be given in a subsequent paper. |

- x 40.

x 84.

Ba ele eS

je

gp

Puate V.

. Cytheropteron montrosiense (adult female), seen from

left side.
The same, seen from above.
. The same, end view.
. The same (young ?), seen from left side. x 50;
The same, seen from below.
Cytheropteron vespertilio, right valve, seen from outside.
. The same, seen from above.
Cytheropteron inflatum, right valve, seen from outside.
; The same, seen from above.
Fig. 10. The same, end view.
Fig. 11. Cytheropteron pyramidale, seen from left side.
Fig. 12. The same, seen from above.
Fig. 13. The same, seen from below.

1g. 14. The same, seen from behind.
Fig. 15. Cytherura rudis, seen from left side.
Fig. 16. The same, seen from above.
Fig. 17. The same, seen from the front. J
Fig. 18. iythere pulchella (female), seen iia left side. l

e same, seen from above. x 40,
3%

Ss
DOOD ORR

Fig. 20. The same, seen from the front, 3 {

36 Dr. J. V. Barboza du Bocage on Hyalonema boreale.

V.—On Hyalonema boreale. By J.V. BARBoza Du Bocace.

To Dr. J. E. Gray, FBS.

My DEAR FRIEND, Lisbon, May 6, 1868.

I have just received the interesting memoir of M. Lovén
upon Hiidliiienk boreale*. I must confess that M. Lovén’s
publication has caused me some vexation, as more than two
months ago I prepared a similar memoir, which I have been
hitherto prevented from publishing by illness. Since the
17th of February I have been: in possession of two curious
specimens of a Spongiad, which I immediately regarded as
the young of Hyalonema lusitanicum. |

I find some important differences between my specimens and
that described by Lovén. In the first place, the sponge which
forms the head has no apparent osculum; and then the sarcode
is covered with very complicated spiny spicules, which are not
noticed by Lovén. 7

I do not share all Lovén’s ideas. I cannot admit that the
sponge which accompanies several specimens of Hyalomena
from Portugal and Japan is the sponge-head of the young
specimens ; on the contrary, I am persuaded that the sponge
which persists in the adult specimens is precisely that which
forms the dilatation of the base, so that it is the upper portion
or extremity of the filaments which re-
mains free. The following are my rea-
sons :—

1. I remarked in my two young speci-
mens that the large spicules constituting
the axis all terminate below at the same
level, whilst their superior extremities re-
main at different elevations. Now all the
adult specimens present this same cha-
racter: the filaments have their extremi-
ties at the same level in the part enclosed
in the sponge, whilst they show their free
extremities at different heights. I think
therefore that this sponge is inferior, and
that it corresponds to the sponge which
occurs at the base of the young specimens.
(As a matter of course, f repaid the speci-
men figured by Lovén as a young Hyalo-
nema.

2. ‘The following is another argument seen 75 centims. ;
: e. iameter of the
in favour of my opinion. I possess a very — sponge 17 centims.

* [A translation of this memoir, with which we have been kindly fur-
nished by the author, will appear in our next Number.—Ep. |

Dr. J. V. Barboza.du Bocage on Hyalonema boreale. 37

curious example of Hyalonema lusitanicum, in which there are
two bundles of filaments to a single sponge, nearly as in the
annexed drawing (p. 36). Now I can perfectly conceive that the
two bases, pinay distinct, have become confounded together
with increasing age; but I cannot understand this confusion
if we are to assume that the natural position of Hyalonema
is the reverse of that indicated in my seth.

I am now convinced that Hyalonema is a sponge. As to
the polypes (Palythoa fatua, Schultze), I regard them as para-
sites. Ihave several specimens of Hyalonema with other para-
sites: two are covered with an Antipatharian, three abso-
lutely destitute of polypes and sponges, one embraced by the
foot of an Actinia of what seems to me a new species. It is a
flesh-coloured Acétinia of enormous size.

T am still suffering from my recent illness. As soon as I
am a little recovered, I shall endeavour to publish some sup-
poy notes upon the discovery of our learned friend

vén.

Believe me, always your devoted friend,

| J. V. Barsoza DU BocaGe.

My DEAR FRIEND, ; ‘Lisbon, May 10, 1868.
_ After a more careful examination of our two little sponges,
I have arrived at somewhat different results, which I hasten to

!

Ny
Hy
i
hy VAY
i
tab
iy)
} }

ee |

_ Fig. 1. a, head; 4, stem; c, base. Fig. 2. Aggregation of linear spi-
culesforming the stem. Fig. 3. Interior of the head to show the rectieang
bundles. Fig. 4. 2 ery implanted perpendicularly upon the head an
base. Fig. 5. Spicules of the radiatin Vranidtea: Fig. 6. Spinous spicules
of the sarcode of the stem. Fig. 7, Spicules of the stem or axis.

38 Dr.J. V. Barboza du Bocage on Hyalonema boreale.

communicate to you, because they completely change my first
impression. )

The axis or stem of the sponge is composed of an aggre-
gation of linear ap oni I thought at first that each of these
spicules extended uninterruptedly, like those of Hyalonema,
from the base to the apex; but I have now ascertained that
these spicules are, on the contrary, short in proportion to the
dimensions of the axis, and that it is by their regular aggre-
gation that this axis is formed. ‘To make myself more intel-
ligible, I will say that the axis does not at all resemble that
of Hyalonema, but is constituted as in figure 2.

The axis of Hyalonema boreale seems to me to present an
identical structure; but Lovén has not noticed all the impor-
tance of this difference as compared with the true Hyalonemata.

In my opinion, therefore, my two little sponges are not, as
I at first thought, the young of Hyalonema lusitanicum; on
the contrary, | am convinced that they must belong to a
perfectly distinct genus, which I intend to name Lovenia.

To this same genus Hyalonema boreale, Lovén, must belong ;
it is perhaps identical with my two specimens. The only differ-
ence of any importance which prevents my proposing this iden-
tification is that Lovén does not seem to have detected the spiny
spicules implanted in the sarcode in his two specimens, hist
the surface of mine is covered with them. Perhaps this appa-
rent difference is only the result of an imperfect observation.

The new genus Lovenia will therefore be characterized by
the existence of a solid axis or stem composed of an aggre-
gation of short linear spicules, covered by a very distinct layer
of sarcode, in which are implanted small defensive spicules
analogous to those of the genus Aphrocallistes, according to
the drawing published by Wyville Thomson (Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist., February 1868). This stem is surmounted by a
rounded head composed of radiating filaments, formed by
linear spicules analogous to those of the stem. Other linear
spicules, but shorter and in the form of little bacilli, are im-
planted perpendicularly to the surface of the head and in the
spreading part of the base.

I am busy at present studying the structure of the sponges
which accompany many of my specimens of Hyalonema lusi-
tanicum, and I shall soon communicate to you the results of
my observations.

~The pertinacity with which Dr. Bowerbank regards the
animals of the Palythoa as the oscula of a sponge, astonishes
me more and more whenever I think of it! :

You will soon hear from me again, Believe me, your

devoted friend, J. V. Barsoza pu Bocaae.

- ee ene ea ee ee

Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariee. 39

VI.—On the Tricuspidariese, « Subtribe of the Elmocarper.
By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.

THE Elewocarpee, as a natural order distinct from Tiliacee,
was proposed in 1808 by Jussieu, who united with it the
Tricuspidaria and Vallea of the ‘ Flora Peruviana.’ Kunth,
in 1821, followed this example; but, in a note, he suggested
that it might well form a distinct tribe of the Tiliacee. De
Candolle, in 1821, adopted the view of Jussieu, adding to the
list Friesia and others now subgenera of Ela@ocarpus. Lindley,
in 1836, in his ‘ Nat. Syst.,’ followed a similar course; but in
1845, in his ‘ Veget. Kingd.,’ he adopted the hint suggested
by Kunth, uniting the family with Tiliacee as a distinct tribe.

he authors of the new ‘ Genera Plantarum,’ in 1862, followed
this arrangement under some modifications, excluding Vallea
s i very insufficient data, and amalgamating Frdesta with
Aristotelia and Crinodendron with Tricuspidaria upon slender
ounds. After a careful examination of these several genera,
am led to follow the views of Endlicher in maintaining the
Tricuspidarice as a subtribe distinct from Elcocarpee, which
are distinguished from one another by very salient and con-
stant characters. In the former the petals, though three-lobed
at the apex or nearly entire, are never fringed as in the L/e@o-
carpe; in the latter the fruit is a drupe, with a single thick
osseous mesocarp, assuming the shape of. an indehiscent tuber-
culated nut, which, by abortion, is seldom more than 1- or 2-
celled, each cell producing a single seed (not suspended from
the summit, as generally stated, but) appended by the middle
of its ventral face. On the other hand, the Tricuspidarie,
besides the difference in the form of the petals, have a fruit
always 3-5-celled, with two or more superposed seeds in
each cell, and either capsular and dehiscent or else baccate
with a membranous endocarp. But a still more forcible dis-
tinction exists in the nature of the integuments of the seeds.
In the Hleocarpee the outer integument is chartaceous, thin,
and brittle, the second tunic being submembranaceous ; but
there is no osseous coat. In the Tricuspidariee the seeds in-
variably have three tunics: the outer one is thick and fleshy,
in which the chord of the raphe is imbedded ; the second coat
is thick, osseous, obpyriform, truncated at its base, where,
beneath the chalaza, there is always a distinct chamber, into
which the vessels of the raphe find their way; the third tunic
is opaque, somewhat membranaceous, with a large orbicular
chalaza at its base, corresponding with the chalazal base of the
bony tunic. No structure of this kind is seen in the Eleo-
carpee ; but it is constant in all the Tricuspidartew. An ana-

40 Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariex.

logous organization is observable in the Sloanew, the seeds of
which have a similar red-coloured fleshy covering, which has
been designated by some authors an arillus ; the second tunic
is osseous, and broadly truncated at its base by a large orbi-
cular chalaza; but this wants the hollow chamber below it,
which forms a characteristic feature in the Tricuspidariee. —

In regard to the nature of these seminal envelopes, the outer
coat may be regarded as an arilline, analogous to a similar
tunic which I formerly described covering the osseous coat in
the seeds of Clusia and Magnolia*. Upon the nature and
origin of these integuments I then endeavoured to offer an ex-
planation, which was contested by others, who maintained
that in these cases the outer fleshy covering is merely the epi-
dermis of the bony coat, both being elicited by the growth of
one single tunic, the primine of the ovule. There is a bar to
such an argument, in the instance of Arvstotelia, in the ex-
istence of the singular appendage upon the outer fleshy coat,
resulting from the duplicature of that integument, which could
not occur if it were merely an epidermis. By those who have
not studied the subject, the origin of this appendage might be
attributed to a fungous enlargement of the fee (as Gaertner
supposed in an analogous instanceT) or to an expansion of the
chalaza; but a more careful examination will show that it
is too remote from the latter and from the hilum to admit
of such a supposition. Whatever be its origin, this outer tunic
appears to be an integument wholly independent of the bony
shell, consisting of its reticulated epiderm, a fleshy mesoderm
replete with resinous cells, and an endoderm in the form of a
white, opaque, reticulated cuticle, separable from the shell,
the i of the raphe being found within. its substance. °

The fact that this fleshy tunic and bony shell are two dis-
tinct integuments is shown by an examination of the unim-
pregnated ovules in the abortive cells of Avristotelia: here,
with the ovules grown -to the length of half a line, I have
succeeded, by means of a longitudinal section, in actually sepa-
rating them. The tunics, which, if fertilized, would have
grown into the fleshy coating and bony shell, are then seen as
two distinct, thin, membranaceous integuments, easily separa-
ble at this stage, the second being a little shorter and more
pointed than the first or outer one, the third integument, en-
closing the rudimentary nucleus, being still shorter than the
others. It is worthy of notice that at this stage the outer in-
tegument exhibits the peculiar appendage or duplicature so
conspicuous in the ripe seed.

* Linn. Trans, xxii. 89, tab. 19. figs. 56-59; Contrib. Bot. i. 219; Ann.
Nat. Hist. ser. 3. i. p. 276. + De Fruct. ii. 271.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariex. 41

The Tricuspidariee may be divided into two sections: the
first, having a baccate fruit, mostly indehiscent, comprises the
genera Aristotelia, Friesia, and Vallea; the second, with a
capsular fruit, consists of Zricuspidaria and Crinodendron,—
in all, five genera. Having studied their structure with much
care, I proceed to describe each genus separately.

1. ARISTOTELIA.

This genus, established by L’ Héritier upon the well known
Maqui of Chile, was referred by the late Mr. Brown and De
Candolle to the Homalinee ; by Endlicher it was made into a
suborder attached to Ternstremiacee ; Von Martius also made
it a suborder (Maquine), which he placed near Pittosporee ;
Lindley considered this suborder allied to Philadelphiacee ;
Reichenbach placed it in Hscalloniew ; but Don was the first
who rightly indicated its affinity with the Hleocarpee, to
which alliance it unquestionably belongs. The genus for
many years was confined to its single typical species; but
Dr. Hooker, in his ‘ Flora Zelandica,’ associated with it the
Baa Friesia. ‘There are so many points of structure in the

hilean plant at variance with the several species of Priesia
that it appears to me this genus cannot remain amalgamated
with Aristotelia, for the following reasons.

In Aristotelia the petiole is always 2-glandular at its apex;
and the teeth of the leaves have each a glandular termination.
In Friesia no indication of any gland is seen either on the
leaves or petioles.

In Aristotelia the flowers are usually 5-merous, with a 3-
celled ovary, and always hermaphrodite or else polygamous,
with only a partial depauperation of the male or female organs.
In Friesia the flowers are 4-merous, with a 4-celled ovary ;
and they are described as being dicecious in most instances.

In Aristotelia the petals are not divided at the apex, being
only slightly emarginated or truncated; and the absence of
this feature led botanists to believe, for a long time, that it
could not belong to Elwocarpee ; they are white, with a slightly
yellowish tinge. In Fiesta, on the other hand, they are more
or less deeply 3-lobed at the apex, as in other Tricuspidariee,
and are generally marked with a deep purple colour. .

In Aristotelia there is a large, deep, cup-shaped disk fixed
on the thickened apex of the pedicel or torus, to which the.
sepals are agglutinated by a broad line of attachment. In
_ Friesia there is no circular disk; but in lieu of this we see
four small free fleshy glands emanating from the narrow torus
and placed eee to the sepals.

In Aristotelia the stamens are inserted wpon the pentagonal

42 Mr. J . Miers on the Tricuspidariee.

cup-shaped disk, in the bottom of which the ovary is placed ;
the fifteen stamens are in five phalanges, three being fixed bi-
serially upon each angle of the disk, two of them more inter-
nally than the other, the filaments rising out of as many pro-
minent foveated articulations; and in this manner all the sta-
mens are opposite to the sepals and none face the petals. In
Friesia the twelve stamens are arranged in a single whorl op-
posite to the sepals and petals alike, and they are fixed around
the ovary within and independent of the fleshy glands. The —
difference is, therefore, that in one case the stamens are borne
upon the disk, and in the other are situated within the disk.

In Aristotelia the fruit is extremely baccate, the mesoderm
being copious, fleshy, and capable of fermentation ; so that the
berries are used by the natives of Chile in the fabrication of a
kind of wine, of which they are very fond. In Fiesta the
fruit, though indehiscent and of similar form, has a dry testa-
ceous pericarp. It is three-celled in the former, 4-locular in
the latter.

In Aristotelia the outer fleshy integument of the seed is
furnished, below the hilum and above the chalaza, remote
from both, with an enlargement in the form of a horny laminar
prolongation, decurrent for some distance, and then arched
over involutely ; it appears like a sacciform duplicature of the
integument, filled with long corneous cells. Where only one
seed is perfected, this process is either superior or inferior,
according as the upper or lower ovule is fertilized; when two-
seeds are matured, which are always superposed, the process
is seen upon one seed on the right hand of the line which se-
parates them, and upon the left in the other. This appendage
is not unlike that figured by Gaertner in Ganitrus (Eleocarpus
serratus), il. p. 271, tab. 140, and is often seen in the seeds of
Eleocarpus and Monocera: it has not before been noticed in
Aristotelia by any botanist, except Prof. Agardh, who, in his
‘Theor. Syst.’ p. 276, alludes to it as appearing upon the
“putamen.” In Friesia the corresponding fleshy tunic is
quite smooth, without any such appendage. :

In Aristotelia the second or osseous tunic is externally quite
smooth ; in /riesia it is always very tuberculated.

It appears to me, therefore, that with so many and such
prominent differences of structure, it must be conceded that
Friesia has little to justify its amalgamation with Aris-
totelia. It offers a much closer approximation to Vallea,

Gay states that in Ardstotelia the typical plant has velvety
stipules, which are very caducous. I have never perceived
any indications of them; and they do not appear in the
drawing I made of the living plant forty-five years since.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez. 43

The source of this mistake appears to me obvious; for in the
axils of the leaves there is. seen an oval bud consisting
of several decussately imbricated, velvety, bract-like, con-
cave, pointed, oval scales, out of which a new floriferous
branch springs ; and these soon fall away after the development
of the branch, which is consequently marked at its base by
several annular cicatrices, as may be seen in all the dried
specimens. |

ARISTOTELIA, L’Hér.—F lores seepius hermaphroditi, vel im-
perfecte polygami, rarius 4-meri. Sepala 5, oblonga, acuta,
basi toro cupuliformi agglutinata, estivatione valvata, de-
mum decidua. Petala 5, cuneato-oblonga, apice subtrun-
eata et leviter emarginata, sepalis paulo longiora, membra-
nacea, estivatione imbricata. © Dzscus amplus, annulari-

- eupuliformis, sub-5-gonus, carnosulus, toro arcte adnatus.
Stamina 15, in phalanges 5 disposita, in foveolis totidem
elevatis supra marginem disci inserta, nempe 3 in quoque
angulo biseriata, quorum 2 exteriora, omnia sepalis hoc
modo absolute opposita; jfilamenta brevia, subulata, com-
pressa, pilosa; anthere lineares, 4-sulcatee, 2-loculares, lo-
culis collateraliter adnatis, imo breviter divaricatis, in sinu
dorsaliter affixee, erectee, scabridulee, apice rima brevi oblique

_ transversa utringue dehiscentes. Ovartwm subglobosum,
3-sulcatum, fundo disci insitum, 3-loculare; ovula in quo-
que loculo 2, ad medium axis Centralis appensa.’ Stylus
erectus, teres, petalis equilongus ; stigmata 3, brevia, subu-
lata, subdivaricata. ructus baccatus, globosus, pisi mag-
nitudine, pulpa copiosa gelatinosa tunicatus, 3-locularis,
endocarpio dissepimentisque membranaceis, columna cen-
trali tenui ad medium seminifera. Semzna in quoque loculo -
2 vel 1, dorso convexa, ventre angulata, et hinc ad medium
hilo parvo signata; integumentum externum (arillina) ni-
grum, nitidum, carnosum, processu supra angulum basalem

_. decurrente laminari galeatim inclinato subcorneo appendi-

- culatum, intus raphe chordiformi brevi ad basin ab hilo
descendente munitum; integumentum secundum osseum,
ovatum, imo truncatum, hinc crassissimum et foramine in
locellum vacuum pro raphes intrusione perforatum, apice
mamilla parva tilsorop at notatum ; integumentum tnter-

- num tenuiter membranaceum, ad basin liberum, hine cha-

_ laza magna orbiculari fusca signatum, apice micropyle fusco

-punctata ; albumen ovatum, imo valde truncatum, co-
piosum, carnosum ; embryo inclusus, paulo brevior, cotyle-
donibus ovatis, crasso-foliaceis, seit tereti ad micropylen
spectante 2-plo longioribus.

44 Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidarieex.

Arbores Chilenses sempervirentes ; folia subopposita, oblonga,
glanduloso-serrata, petiolata ; racemi axtllares, brevissimi,
paucifiort.

1. Aristotelia Maqui, L’Hérit. Stirp. 31, tab. 16; Lam. Ilust.
t. 399; DC. Prodr. ii. 56; Gay, Chile, i. 336 ;—Aristotelia
glandulosa, R. & P. Syst. Fl. Per. p. 126; Potr. Suppl.
il. p. 587;—frondosa, ramosissima; foliis suboppositis,
late ovatis vel oblongis, imo rotundatis vel subcordatis,
apice subobtusis aut breviter attenuatis, marginibus sub-
revolutis, dentato-serratis, dentibus glanduliferis, utrinque
glabris, nisi in costa nervisque pilosulis, supra leete vi rn
bus, nitentibus, reticulato-venosis, subtus pallidis vel glau-
cis; petiolo tenui, apice 2-glanduloso,. supra canaliculato,
limbo dimidio vel 3 plo breviore, puberulo ; racemis in ramis
novellis axillaribus, ramose 3-5-floris, subpuberulis.—In
Chile frequentissima: v, v. et s.

An evergreen tree, growing to the height of 12 feet. The
leaves are 24-3 inches long, 14-2 inches broad, on a petiole
1 inch long; one or two peduncles grow out of each axil,
4 lines long, each bearing on its apex three one-flowered pedi-
cels, 3 lines long, between two minute bracts; the sepals are
1 line long, the petals 14 line*.

I collected also, in the province of Aconcagua, the variety
Andina, described by Philippi (Linn. xxxiil. p. 31), and dis-
tinguished by its much thicker leaves. ee!

2. Aristotelia glabra, n. sp.;—foliis oppositis, oblongis vel
lanceolato-oblongis, imo acutis, apice obtusis, membrana-
ceils, marginibus subrevolutis, integris vel obsolete glandu-
loso-serratis, undique glaberrimis, reticulato-venosis, sub-
concoloribus ; a tenuissimo, glabro, supra canaliculato,
apice minutissime 2-glanduloso, limbo 3-—4-plo breviore :
racemis in ramulis novellis axillaribus, glaberrimis, rachi
tenuissima, petiolo paulo longioribus, 3—4-floris.—In Chile :
v. v. et s. (Prov. Quillota); v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. (Hort.
Kew. cult. A.D. 1779). :

This is very distinct from the preceding, in its very glabrous
leaves, sometimes acutely narrowed at the base, upon more
slender petioles; they are 2-2? inches long, $-14 inch broad, -
upon a petiole 6-9 lines long; the peduncle of the raceme is
6 lines long, its pedicels 2-3 lines long, sometimes abortively
with only one or two flowers.

*A ont: of this plant, with copious analytical details, will be given
in my ‘ Contributions,’ plate 80.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez. 45

2. FRIESIA.

This” genus has certainly some points. of resemblance. to
Asiitotelia : but the many. difetential characters, already enu-
merated, are too numerous to admit of the two genera being
amalgamated together. Aristotelia is confined to Chile, while
Friesia hitherto has been found only in insular positions,
being distributed over New Zealand, Tasmania, and Hong
Kong. Its generic features may be thus stated :—

Frresia, DC. ; i eistslclia (in sponte), Hook, fil. — Flores
dioici aut. polygami. Sepala 4, oblonga, utrinque sub-
obtusa, estivatione valvata, decidua. Petala 4, cuneato-
oblonga, apice 3-loba, lobis oblongis, rotundatis, sepalis paulo
longiora, estivatione imbricata. Duscus e glandulis 4
squamiformibus carnosulis sepalis oppositis tori margine
enatis constans, pilosus, Stamina 12, disco interiora, crebre
uniserialia ; filamenta brevia, compresso-subulata, apice in-

_ curva, pilosa; anthere oblong, 4-sulcate, in sinu cordato

_ basifixee, 2-loculares, pilosule, primum poris 2 magnis api-
calibus, demum rimis lateralibus dehiscentibus. Ovariwm
in sterilibus, quadratim disciforme, depressum, in fertilibus

_ovatum, toro semiimmersum, 4-loculare; ovula in quoque

~ loculo 2 ; stylus brevis, subulatus ; stigma obtusum, obscure
4-lobum. Fructus exsuccus, bacciformis, globosus, pi-
peris mole, 4-locularis, pericarpio crustaceo, dissepimentis
membranaceis. Semina in quoque loculo 2, superposita,
angulato-triquetra, angulo centrali hilo parvo medio affixa ;
integumentum externum nitidum, crassiusculum, mesodermide
gelatinosa mox siccata repletum, exappendiculatum ; 3 integu-
mentum secundum osseum, extus valde tuberculatum, imo
crassiore, et hinc foramine minuto in locellum parvum va-
cuum pro raphe intrusa perforatum ; entegumentum internum
submembranaceum, coloratum, chalaza magna orbiculari
signatum ; albumen subovatum, imo truncatum, carnosum ;
embryo inclusus ; cotyledonibus subfoliaceis, ovatis, radicula
tereti ad micropylen spectante longioribus.

Arbores Tasmanice, Nova-Zelandice et Chinenses ; folia sub-
opposita, ovata, serrata vel integra, PEER: : flores ramoso-
paniculati, vel intra bracteas solitarti, subracemiformes,
axillares, parvi. :

1. Friesia peduncularis, DC. Prodr. i. 520; Bot. Mag. Ixxii.
tab. 4246 ;—Eleocarpus’ peduncularis, Lab. Nov. Holl. ii.
15, tab. 155.—In Tasmania.

2. Friesia racemosa, A.Cunn.in Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 1. vol. iv.

_ p. 233 Hook. Teon. vii. tab. 601 ;—Eleocarpus dicera, Vahl.

46 Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariee.

Symb. ii. 67 ;—Dicera? serrata, Forst. Prodr. 227; DO.
Prodr. i. 520; A. Rich, Fl. Nov. Zel. 304 :—Aristotelia ra-
cemosa, Hook, fil. Fl. N. Zel. i. p. 33.—In Nova: Zelandia.
3. Lriesia fruticosa ;—Aristotelia truticosa, Hook. fil. l.c. p.34.
—In Nova Zelandia. |
4, Hriesia Chinensis, Gardn. & Champ. in Hook. Kew Journ.
1, 243.—In ins. Hong Kong.

3. .VALLEA.

This genus; proposed by Mutis, was first established by
Linneus, in the Supplement to his ‘Systema.’ Its floral
characters were figured and described in the ‘ Flora Peruviana ;’
and the genus was afterwards better illustrated by Kunth.
Most botanists have placed Vallea in the Eleocarpee; but
the authors of the new ‘Genera Plantarum’ have arranged it
in their tribe Sloanew, on account of the ‘ subligneous muri-
cated capsule.” But there is very little resemblance in the
pericarp of this genus to that of Sloanea and its allied genera,
where, in a dry capsular fruit, the valves are thick, ligneous,
and densely covered with long spines or rigid hairs. It is not
correct to say that the pericarp of Vallea is muricated; on
the contrary, the fruit is baccate, the mesocarp being thick,
soft, and fleshy, covered by a thin membranaceous epicarp,
which is corrugated in the form of many fleshy obtuse tuber-
cles; this dries upon the testaceous endocarp after the fall of
the fruit, when it becomes imperfectly dehiscent at its summit.
I have seen the fruit in an unripe state only, when the seeds
have not been sufficiently perfected to ascertain the nature of
the integuments ; but a longitudinal section through the centre
shows that the edges of the dissepiments are firmly ageluti-
nated upon a solid central column that rises to three-quarters
of the length of the cells, the remaining upper portions being
separated by a hollow space; and it is this which limits the
small extent of the apical dehiscence of the fruit when it be-
comes quite dried. ‘This structure is analogous to that in -
Tricuspidaria ; but there the axile column scarcely rises above
the base; so that the edges of the dissepiments, being un-
restrained, admit of a considerable extent of divarication of the
valves. In Aristotelia this central column rises to two-thirds
- of the length of the cell; but the endocarp is of too thin a
texture to give sufficient elasticity to the parts, after they be-
come dried, to cause its dehiscence. It will appear, therefore,
that Vallea ought to stand close to Aristotelia, as it possesses
all the essential characters of the Eleocarpee : it has the calyx
and petals of Lriesta, a disk very different from any of the
Sloane, the stamens, ovary, style, and stigma as in Aristo-

Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariee. AZ

telia. It has, however, one peculiarity in sometimes having
stipules, which do not seem to be known in other genera of
the Eleocarpee ; nor do mey exist in the Sloanee; but this
appears to be only a partial feature in the genus.

have drawn up an amended character of Vallea from my
own observations.

VALLEA, Mutis.—Flores hermaphroditi. Sepala 5, oblonga,
acuta, marginibus lanuginosis, estivatione valvata. Pe-
tala 5, sepalis paulo longiora, membranacea, obovata, fere
ad medium 3-loba, marginibus supersessis, eestivatione im-
bricata. Discus crassus, in annulos 2 fossa intermedia con-
strictus, exteriore plano, margine undulato toro adnato, in-
teriore subcupuleformi, margine elevato et crenulato, in-
tervallo staminigero. Stamina 40, in seriebus 2, in con-
strictione disci crebre disposita ; filamenta linearia, compla-
nata, superne tenuiora, puberula, apice incurvata; anthere
lineares, sub-4-gone, antice et postice profunde sulcate,
basifixe, 2-loculares, apice utrinque poro obliquo angulato
dehiscentes. Ovariuwm conico-rotundum, 3—4-suleatum, 3-
4-loculare, loculis 3-ovulatis ; ovu/a subreniformia, axe cen-
trali affixa, superposita: stylus filiformis, erectus, stamina
equans, glaber; stigmata 3-5, subbrevia, teretia, subdivari-
cata. ructus baccatus, globosus (pericarpio succulento, in
tubercula plurima elongata obtusa carnosa corrugato, endo-
carpio levi), 3-locularis, siccus dehiscente ad apicem brevis-
sime ac loculicide 3-valvatim aperiens: semina pauca, ig-

_ nota.

Arbores Neogranadenses et Peruviane, frondose ; folia al-
terna, integra, ovato-oblonga, subcordata, integra, petiolata,
interdum stipulata, stipulis parvis, reniformibus, geminis ;
paniculi axillares et terminales, pedicellis bracteatis.

1. Vallea stipularis, Mutis in Linn. f. Suppl. 266; DC. Prodr.
i, 520; H. B. K. v. 349, tab. 489.—In Santa Fé de Bogota:
v. s. tn herb. Mus. Brit. (Mutis).

This plant is very well described and figured by Kunth.

2. Vallea pubescens, H. B. K. v. 350 ;—ramulis teretibus, ni-
grescentibus, junioribus ferrugineo-tomentosis; foliis ovato-
oblongis, imo subrotundis, vix cordatis, apice subobtusis,
integris, e basi 3-5-nerviis, nervis conspicuis, reticulato
venosis, supra nitidis, glaberrimis, subtus flavido-glaucis,
undique presertim in axillis nervorum molliter ferrugineo-
pubescentibus; petiolo tenui, fere glabro, limbo dimidio
breviore; stipulis geminis, reniformibus, fere sessilibus,
extus parce puberulis: paniculis axillaribus, folio paulum

48 Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez.

brevioribus, rufo-puberulis, bis dichotome divisis, cum flore
in dichotomis ; pedicellis incrassatis, bracteolis minimiis, ca-
ducis; fructu carnoso, tuberculato, globoso, pisi majoris
mole.—In Nova Granada et Peruvia: v. s. in herb. meo,
Peru (Mathews, 3048) ; in herb. Mus. Brit.*

3. Vallea cordifolia, R. & P. Syst. Fl. Per. 182; Prodr. 75,
tab. 14; DC. Prodr. i. 520 ;—ramulis teretibus, junioribus
rufo-tomentosis ; foliis elongato-oblongis, imo cordatis vel
truncatis, sursum gradatim angustioribus, longiuscule acu-

‘minatis, marginibus sepius sinuatis, supra obscure viridi-
bus, nitentibus, glabris, nervis tenuibus, reticulatis, subtus
fusco-ferrugineo-glaucis et undique presertim in nervis
rufo-pubescentibus ; petiolo subtenui, tereti, parce puberulo,
limbo 3-plo breviore ; stipulis deficientibus et forsan nullis :
paniculis in ramulis junioribus subterminalibus, pubescenti-
bus, laxe dichotome divisis, cum flore in dichotomiis ; brac-
teis foliolosis; pedicellis crassissimis; stigmate 5-fido.—
In Peruvia: v.s. in herb. meo, Peru (Mathews, 892); a
herb. Mus. Brit. |

The leaves in this species are 4-43 inches long, 2}—3 inches
broad, on a petiole 1 inch long. No stipules can be disco-
vered in any of the specimens I have seen, although DeCan-
dolle states their presence, perhaps under a mistake: they are
not mentioned by Ruiz & Pavon.

4. Vallea glabra, n. sp.;—ramulis teretibus, glabris; foliis
imo truncatis (non cordatis), ovatis vel obovatis, subpandu-
reformibus, apice obtusule ac breviter attenuatis, integris,
3-nerviis, supra pallide viridibus, nitentibus, reticulatis,
subtus pallidissime flavo-glaucis, glabris (nisi axillis nervo-
rum que barbate sunt), nervis venisque nudis, stramineis ;
petiolo tenuissimo, glaberrimo, imo apiceque paululum in-
crassato, limbo dimidio breviore; manifeste exstipulatis :
paniculis glaberrimis, terminalibus, bis dichotome divisis,
cum flore in dichotomiis, pedicellis apice incrassatis ; sepalis
glabris, marginibus intus lanatis; stigmate 3-fido.—In
Peruvia: v.s. in herb. meo, Prov. Chachapoyas (Mathews).

This is a distinct species, hitherto undescribed, approaching
the last in the want of stipules. Its leaves are 24-3 inches
long, 14-1? inch broad, on a petiole 13-14 inch long. The
terminal panicle is 14 inch long, pedicels 2-24 lines long;
sepals 2 lines long; stigma 3-fid.

* This species, with ample details, will be figured in the forthcoming
volume of my ‘ Contributions,’ pl. 81.

Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariee. 49

4, TRICUSPIDARIA.

There are many points of analogy between this genus and
Aristotelia; but it differs in its solitary and much larger
flowers upon lengthened peduncles, in their being always
hermaphrodite, in having a tubular calyx, more fleshy
petals, longer stamens arranged uniserially on the summit of
a tall cylindrical disk or gynophore that supports the ovary,
in its long subulate style, its capsular fruit, and in its seeds.
In Aristotelia the hilum is upon the middle of the ventral
edge of the seed; in 7ricuspidaria it is at one extremity, the
other being deficient of the horny appendage. The outer tunic
is less fleshy, more friable, and easily separating when dry,
leaving the chord of the raphe upon the second integument or
bony shell, extending from one extremity to the other, where
it is lost in the large truncated chalaza. There are two spe-
cies, both natives of Chile, one of which I examined atten-
tively, many years ago, in the living state. The following
is an amended and more amplified generic character, founded
upon my own observations.

TRICUSPIDARIA, R. & P.—F lores hermaphroditi. Calyx urceo-
lato-tubulosus, submembranaceus, margine breviter sinuato-
5-dentatus, demum irregulariter dirupto-partitus et deciduus.
Petala 5, equalia, cuneato-oblonga, concava, imo subsac-
cata, intus usque ad medium carinata, apice in denticulos 3
acutos incisa, calyce 3-plo longiora, carnosa, imo disci in-
serta, estivatione e marginibus longitudinaliter late inflexis

_ introplicato-valvata, decidua. Discus in forma gynophori,
alte cylindraceus, profunde 10-sulcatus, ovarium fulciens,
persistens. Stamina 15, petalis equilonga, uniserialiter

- summo disci inserta, ovarium crebre circumstantia; fila-
menta filiformia, compressa, pilosula, superne paulo divari-
catim curvata; anthere his dimidio breviores, lineares, 4-
sulcatee, summo filamentorum geniculatim affixe, apice con-

- niventes, collateraliter 2-loculares, loculis vertice e poris 2
confluentibus, brevissime 2-valvatim dehiscentes. Ovarium
disco superpositum, elongatum, apice conico-subcylindricum,
3—4-sulcatum, 3—4-loculare: ovula in quovis loculo 12-16,
per paria angulo centrali horizontaliter affixa ; sty/ws ovario
equilongus, tenuiter subulatus ; stigma obtusulum aut vix
ullum. Capsula ovata, 3—4-quetra, angulis undulatis, stylo
acuminata, disco persistente stipitata, 3—4-locularis, ultra
medium loculicide patentim dehiscens, dissepimentis medio
valvarum affixis, ad axin solutis, margine seminiferis, columna
centrali nulla. Semina in quoque loculo 4-8, biserialia,
obovata, ogre Mame una extremitate Aclo minimo notata,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 4

50 Mr. J. Miers on the 'Tricuspidariee.

altera rotundata ; integumentum externum nitidum, nigrum,
carnosulum, sicco fragile et facile desiliente, raphen ab hilo
ad chalazam in forma chorde longitudinalis includens;_
tunica secunda obovata, subossea, imo incrassata et truncata,
hine foramine intra locellum vacuum (pro raphes transitu)
perforata, apice mamilla parva apiculata, levis, opaca, pal-
lida; integumentum internum submembranaceum, fulvum,
imo chalaza magna orbiculari notatum, apice micropyle
punctatum : albumen obovatum, prope chalazam truncatum,
carnosum ; embryo inclusus, fere equilongus, cotyledonibus
ovatis, compressis, vadicula tereti ad hilum spectante 4-plo
longioribus.

Arbores Chilenses, sempervirentes, frondose ; folia suboppo-
sita, oblonga, glanduloso-serrata, breviter petiolata: bel
speciost, albt, majuscult, solitart’, axillares, longe pedun-
culate.

1. Tricuspidaria dependens, R. & P. Prodr. F. Per. 64, tab. 36,
Syst. p. 112; DC. Prodr. i. p. 520 ;—Tricuspis dependens,
Pers. Ench. i. p. 9;—Arbor frondosa, ramis divergentibus,
alternis, rarius suboppositis, teretibus, glabris, ultimis bre-
vibus, rigide spiniformibus et foliolosis; foliis subalternis,
rarius oppositis, subparvis, ovatis, utrinque obtusis, coria-
ceis, marginibus subrevolutis, crebre glanduloso-serratis,
supra leete viridibus, glaberrimis, subtus pulverulento-glau-
cis; petiolo brevissimo, glabro, limbo 10-plo breviore : flori-
bus axillaribus, solitariis, subbreviter pedunculatis, folio
paulo brevioribus ; calyce irregulariter rupto, demum deci-
duo; petalis subcoloratis, extus pulverulento-tomentosis :
capsula disco stipitata, depresso-trigonoidea, levi, subcar-
nosa, valvarum marginibus planis.—In Chile prov. austra-

- lioribus: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. (spec. typ. Ruiz & Pav.) ;
Concepcion (Dombey).

There can be no doubt in regard to the identity of this spe-
cies, with which the following has been confide It is an
evergreen tree, about 20 feet high, with a trunk about a foot
in diameter, growing in moist places and on the sides of rivers
in the provinces of Concepcion and Itata, with pendent braaches
which reach the ground and there sometimes take root; it has
much smaller leaves than the following species, more diva-
ricating and shorter branchlets (often like leaf-bearing spines),
extremely short petioles, and smaller flowers. The leaves are
generally 9 lines, sometimes 15 lines long, 6-8 lines broad, on
a petiole 1-1} line long; the peduncle is 8 or 9 lines long;
the flowers have a very sweet smell; the calyx, 2 lines long
and broad, becomes lacerated to the base, and soon falls off;

Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez. 51
the petals are darker, 6 or 7 lines long; the filaments are 3

_lines, the anthers 2 lines long; the ovary is conically oblong,
somewhat puberulous, and, together with its long Peer

subulate style, is 5 lines long; the capsule is 5 lines high, 7

lines broad, smooth and subfleshy (not transversely corruga-

ee) 3-valved, the margins of the valves being straight and
attened.

2. Tricuspidaria Patagua, nob. ;—Tricuspidaria dependens,
Hook. (non R. & P.) Bot. Mise. iii. p. 156; Gay, Chile, i.
p- 338;—Crinodendron Patagua, Mol. (non Hook.) Hist.
Chile, pp. 146 & 290; Cav. Diss. 300, tab. 158 ;—Arbor

frondosa, ramis elongatis, subascendentibus, teretibus, stria-

- tellis, cinereis, brevissime tomentellis; foliis seepius oppo-

- sitis, oblongo vel lanceolato-oblongis, imo cuneatis, apice
rotundatis aut obtusis, coriaceis, marginibus subrevolutis,
sinuato-serratis, dentibus glanduloso-mucronulatis, supra
pallide viridibus, glaberrimis, nitidis, subtus glauces-
centibus et preesertim in nervis prominulis arcuatim nexis
a6 puberulis, petiolo canaliculato, flavido-pubescente,
imbo 8-plo breviore: floribus solitariis, axillaribus, longe
pedunculatis, folio paulo brevioribus; calyce campanulato,
margine demum lacerato, ab ovario in forma annulari sece-

dente pedunculum circumdante prolapso; petalis niveis,
carnosis, majusculis, intus usque-ad medium valde cari-
‘natis, marginibus introplicatis; capsula disco stipitata,
ovata, utrinque acuta, subtrialata, marginibus valde un

- dulatis, coriacea, transversim corrugata, seminibus nigris,
nitentibus.—In Chile prov. centralibus: v. v. e¢ stcc. (Brid-
ges, 159). ;

_ This is a handsome tree, about 30 feet high, also evergreen,

growing in drier situations in. all the central provinces,

extending even into the deep valleys of the Cordillera: it
produces a timber of much utility and of considerable size—

according to Molina, sometimes 7 feet in diameter; but I

never heard of any approaching so large a size. Its leaves

are from 14-24 inches long, 8-12 lines broad, on a petiole

3 lines long; the peduncle in flower is 8-10 lines long, in

fruit 12 lines long, gradually thickening upwards, and 5-sul-

cate; the calyx is 14 line long, 2 lines in diameter, seceding
from the summit of the pedicel and remaining strung upon it,

in the form of a fimbriated annular disk; the petals are 7-8

lines long; the capsule is 6 lines long and broad, pointed at

each extremity, opening upon the sharp, sutural, much undu-

lated edges of the valves, which, curving back horizontally,

show the seeds attached to each side of the margin of the
4®

52 Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez.

dissepiments ; the pyriform seeds are 2 lines long, 14 line in
diameter *. :

5. CRINODENDRON.

This name was given to the well-known Patagua of Chile
by Molina, who described it so imperfectly that Ruiz and
Pavon did not recognize it when they founded their genus
Tricuspidaria upon the same plant. Molina gave Cavanilles
a rough drawing, showing the flower and seed, made from
memory, which the latter described and figured in his ‘ Dis-
Sertationes,’ the characters there assigned to it being altoge-
ther erroneous. Sir William Hooker, in 1833, described a
ean from the island of Chiloe, collected by Cuming, which

e supposed to be the same as that incorrectly described by
Molina and Cavanilles, and accordingly named it Crinodendron
Patagua. In giving an outline of its generic character, he
wrongly described the flower as having no calyx, which had
fallen away from Cuming’s specimens; the inflection of the
petals was not noticed; and the remarkable glands were not
observed upon the disk, which was figured as being simply
columnar. Gay, in his ‘ History of Chile,’ erroneously de-
scribes the calyx; but he gives an account of the structure of ©
the fruit, which was not known previously. Crinodendron
cannot be said to have existed as a genus until Sir William
Hooker first established it in his ‘ Botanical Miscellany ;’ and
he, perceiving its near affinity to 7ricuspidaria, placed it in
the Lleocarpee, notwithstanding the then apparently discordant
characters of its floral envelopes. De Candolle has not noticed
the genus ; but Endlicher placed it in his tribe 7rdeuspidarie,
in association with Vallea and Tricuspidaria. Bentham and
Hooker, in their ‘ Nova Genera,’ have regarded it as a syno-
nym of Tricuspidaria, evidently unaware of the characters
which separate it from that genus. The following is an
amended diagnosis, according to my own observations, as far
as regards the floral structure; not having seen the ripe fruit,
I have copied the details in that respect from Gay’s work,
where alone it is described.

CRINODENDRON, Hook. (non Mol. nec Cavan.).—Vlores her-
maphroditi. Sepala 3, obovata, apice 2-dentata, dentibus —
-rotundatis, zqualia, parallele nervosa, utrinque adpresse
pilosa, eestivatione paulo imbricata, valde caduca. Petala 5,
oblonga, sepalis plusquam duplo longiora, extus convexa,
- imo breviter saccata, lateribus inflexis, apice breviter et

* A figure of this species, with full structural details, will be shown in
my ‘ Contributions,’ plate 82.

i e. Oe a eT NE NS per Pe Ne mn ak, ee

Mr. J. Miers on the 'Tricuspidariez. 53

acute 3-dentata, carnosula, suberecta, extus glabra, intus in

nervis parallelis prominulis pilosula, estivatione introflexo-

_plicata, dentibus valvatis, mox decidua. Discus in forma

gynophori late columnaris, centralis, extus in glandulas 10
parallelas oblongo-ovatas inciso-sulcatus, coloratus, per-
sistens. Stamina 20, equalia, summo disci circa ovarium
uniseriatim inserta ; fi/amenta tenuissime linearia, imo paulo
latiora, subcurvata, brevissime hispida; *anthere longe line-
ares, 4-sulcate, scabridule, geniculatim basifixee, apicibus
conniventes, antice et postice profunde sulcate, 2-loculares,

_ vertice e poris 2 confluentibus brevissime 2-valvatim serius

longitudinaliter dehiscentes. Pollen minute globosum.
Ovarium ovatum, disco stipitatum, sulcatum, velutino-pi-
losum, 5-loculare; ovula 24-30 in quovis loculo, crebre
3-seriatim axi centrali affixa: stylus subulatus, erectus, sub-
tenuis, 5-sulcatus, subglaber; stigma obsoletum. Capsula
(sec. cl. Gay) subrotunda, grosse bullata, coriacea, velutina,
4-5-locularis, loculicide dehiscens; semana in quovis loculo

_ 3-4, superposita, axi affixa, rotundo-pyriformia, subangu-

lata; testa crustacea: embryo in albumine subtenui corneo-
carnoso, orthotropus; cotyledones plani, suborbiculares,
radicula brevi, supera.

rbor Chilensis et Chiloensis, frondosa, sempervirens ; folia
sublanceolata, glanduloso-serrata, breviter petiolata: flores
spectost, aurantiact, majusculi,-solitarti, axillares, longis-
sime pedunculati. :

. Crinodendron Hookerianum, C. Gay, Flor. Chile, i. p. 341 ;

—Crinodendron Patagua, Hook. (non Mol. nec Cav.) Bot.
Mise. iii. p. 156, tab. 100 ;—Arbor frondosa ; foliis suboppo-
sitis vel subternis, lanceolato-oblongis, utrinque obtusis aut
subacutis, marginibus valde revolutis, remote serratis, dentibus
longe glanduloso-mucronatis, supra pallide viridibus, subtus
flavido-glaucis, in axillis nervorum fasciculato-barbatis,
nervis arcuatis prominentibus, petiolo limbo 12-plo breviore
costaque pubescente: floribus axillaribus, solitariis, cum

edunculo apice incrassato pubescente 2-3-plo longiore
olia subeequantibus ; sepalis utrinque puberulis; petalis
carnosulis, aurantiacis, glabris, sepalisque mox deciduis;
ovario flavide tomentoso ; stylo subulato, ad medium piloso;
capsula ovato-globosa, majuscula, grosse bullata, tomentosa,
4-5-suleata, 4-5-loculari, apice breviter loculicide dehis-
cente; seminibus in loculis 3 vel 4, majusculis; testa crus-
tacea.—In Chile prov. Valdivia et in insula Chiloe: v. s. in
herb. meo, Mus. Brit., et Hook., Valdivia (Bridges, 613) ;
Chiloé (Capt. King ; Cuming, 22).

54 Prof. T. R. Jones.and Dr. H. B. Holl on

An evergreen tree, 8-16 feet high, with a trunk 8 inches
in diameter: leaves 13-4 inches long, 5-12 lines broad, on a
petiole 14-2 lines long; peduncle 14-1? inch long, gradu-
ally thickening to the summit; sepals 4 lines long, 3 lines
broad, free and attached to the margin of the thickened apex
of the peduncle, each with seven parallel nervures; petals
9-11 lines long, 4-5 lines broad, including the {flected
margins, with three apical teeth 1 line long, glabrous; co-
jumnar disk 1 line high, 2 lines in diam., glabrous; filaments
3 lines, anthers 5 lines long ; scabridly rugulose; ovary 3 lines
long, 2 lmes broad; style 4-7 lines long; capsule 8-10 lines
in diameter; seeds at least 2 lines in diameter, attached to the
central column*. :

VII. — Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.
No. VIII. Some Lower-Silurian Species from the Chair of
Kildare, Ireland. By Prof. T. Rupert Jonss, F.G.S.,
and Dr. H. B. Hou, F.G.S. :

[Plate VIL. ]
In 1863 Mr. W.H. Baily, F.G.S., Paleeontologist of the Geologi-

cal Survey of Ireland, sent us, from the mountain near Kildare
known as the Chair of Kildare}, some of the grey, crystalline,
encrinital limestone, of ‘‘ Caradoc-Bala”’ age, containing the
minute fossils referred to by Prof. M‘Coy, in Sir R. Griffith’s
‘ Synopsis of the Silurian Fossils of Ireland,’ p. 58, as Cythere
phaseolus of Hisinger. In 1865 Mr. Joseph Wright, F.G.S.,
of Cork, visiting the Chair of Kildare, brought away a quan-
tity of this limestone to examine at his leisure; and havin
broken it up and picked out the separate fossils, he foun
many of these little Entomostraca, and sent us a liberal suppl
of them for examination. ‘These specimens are all wicedla
calcareous representatives of closed carapaces: they may be
said to consist of the carapace-valves replaced by calcite and —
filled with the same; while a very thin film of pulverulent
calcareous material sometimes represents the outermost portion
(or surface) of the valves.

It has been difficult to find alliances for these Lower-Silu-
rian Entomostraca, simple as they are in form and structure;
but since our determination of the Silurian Primitie of the

_ * A representation of this plant, with particulars of its floral structure,
will be seen in plate 83 A of my ‘ Contributions.’

+t See the explanatory memoir entitled ‘Data and Descriptions to ac-
company Quarter-Sheet 85 N.E, of the Map of the Geol. Survey of Ive-
land,’ 1858.

the Paleozoic Bivalved Sitoinabieine 55

Malverns and elsewhere, described in the‘ Annals Nat. Hist.’*
ser. 3. vol. xvi. (1865), pp. 414-425, pl. 13, we have a clearer
view of the probable salktumenes of some of these specimens
from Kildare; whilst others of them fall into the groups of
Cythere and Bairdia, as recognized by the shape of the cara-
pace-valves. Primitia is a characteristically ehirian genus T
(see Ann. Nat. Hist. 7. c.); and now Cythere and Bairdia are
-shown to have existed at that early period, judging from fossil
carapaces, such as already have been accepted as evidence of
the persistency of these genera from the Upper-Palzozoic
(Carboniferous) times to the present day.

1. Primitia Maccoyitt, Salter, sp. Pl. VII. figs. 1 a-c,
a & b, 3 a-e.

Cythere phaseolus, M‘Coy (not of Hisinger), Synops. Sil. Foss. Ireland,
1846, p. 58.
Bide Weaccorts, Salter, in Morris's Catal. Brit. Food. nd odit, 1854,
105

Cythere Maccoyii, (“ Forbes, n.s.?”), Baily, Descript. Quarter-Sheet
35 N.E. Geol. Surv. Ireland; 1858, p. 10.
Cythere? phaseolus§ (M‘Coy, not of Hisinger), Salter, in Murchison’s —
‘Siluria,’ 2nd edit. 1859, p. 538, and 3rd edit. 1867, p. 517.
Carapace like a bean, smooth, subovate, swollen in the
middle and equally compressed at the ends; somewhat Leper-
ditioid in outline, having a nearly straight dorsal line and
slightly sloping antero- and postero-dorsal margins, and being
somewhat narrower at one extremity than at the other. Dorsal
profile acute-oval (in some specimens rather acute-ovate). At
the middle third of the hinge-line the edge of each valve is
suddenly depressed, and the boundary of the inflection is
rounded in the young and slightly ridged in the old specimens.
The ventral border of each valve is thickened with a rim,
which is doubled in large and aged individuals.

* In this paper on Primitie, at p. 417, the name “Schrenk” is twice
printed by mistake for Schmidt; also in the footnote at p. 424.

+ To the already recorded Primitie (Ann. Nat. Hist. /. c.) we wish to
add two, namely, (1) Cytheropsis rugosa, Jones (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3.
vol. i. p. 249, pl. 10. fig. 5, figured upside down) from the Trenton Lime-
stone of Canada, which in shape much resembles Primitia semicircularis,
J. & H., whilst its punctation is such as we see in P. variolata, J. & H.;
(2) Leperditia Solvensis, Jones, a very small Leperditioid Entomostracan,
without eye-tubercle or muscle-spot, from the Lower Lingula-flags, of
Upper Solva, on the west side of Solva Harbour, near St. David’s, South
Wi es (see Annals Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvii. p. 95, pl. 7. fig. 16; and
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xx. p. 238).

t For the relative sizes of the Primitie &c. described in this paper, see
further on, page 58.

§ Specimens from the Chair of Kildare are also referred to, in the
‘Catal. Collect. Fossils Mus. Pract. Geol.’ 1865, p. 7, as “ Cythere phaseo-
lus, case 7, tablet 37, specimen 15.”

56 Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on

_ As one valve does not overlap the other in this Entomos-
tracan, it is not a Leperditia; and the absence of both eye-
spot and muscle-spot also distinguishes it from that form and
the allied Lsochilina. 'The acutely elliptical depression of
the dorsal margins and the ventral rims remind us of similar
features in Primitia cristata, P. umbilicata, and P. tersa (Ann.
Nat. Hist. /.c. pl. 13. figs. 1-3); and a ventral rim is charac-
teristic also of other Primitice, whether the median pit or fur-
row is present or not.

P. Maccoyiit is very abundant in the limestone of the Chair
of Kildare. |

Several years since, Mr. Salter intimated that this fossil
could not be the same as Hisinger’s Cythere phaseolus. ‘The
latter, we know, is a Leperditia closely related to (or the young
of) L. Balthica; and, though figured roughly in Hisinger’s
‘ Letheea Suecica’ (pl. 1. fig. 1), with a mere ovate outline (as,
indeed, L. Balthica also was at first), it is really Leperditioid
in shape, and has other characters of the genus.

An individual P. Maccoyii is present in one of the specimens
of Bala-Caradoc limestone from Aldeans*, on the Stincher
(or Stinchar) River,in AyrshireT, preserved in the W oodwardian
Museum at Cambridge, and, indeed, appears to have been no-
ticed, though not recognized, by Prof. M‘Coy (see Ann. Nat.
Hist. ser. 2. vol. vii. p. 387 ; and further on, p. 60).

In the equivalent limestone of Keisley, in Westmoreland,
which has a close affinity, both in fossils and mineral charac-
ter, with that of the Chair of Kildare, P. Maccoyit has been
discovered by Prof. Harkness (see his account of the Lower
Silurian Rocks of Westmoreland, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.
vol. xxi. pp. 243 &c.).

2. Primitia Sancti-Patricii,n. sp. Pl. VIL. figs.4a,46.

Carapace smooth, almost semicircular in outline, convex in
the middle and nearly equally compressed towards the margin
all round ; back very slightly arched, rounded at the end of |
the hinge-line ; one extremity rather more broadly curved than
the other; ventral margin fully convex, and bordered (espe-
cially posteriorly) with a faint rim where the edge of the valve
turns inward. Dorsal profile acute-oval.

Rather more semicircular than P. obsoleta, this Irish species
differs from it also in having less of the marginal rim and no
sulcus, and in being more oval than ovate in the profile of the
closed valves. Indeed it seems to be intermediate between P.

* Also written Aldens and Aldons.
+ Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1850, Trans. Sect. p. 107; Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soe. vol, viii. (1851) pp. 189 &c. ; and ‘Siluria,’ 3rd edit. 1867, p. 156.

the Paleozoic. Bivalved Entomostraca. 57

obsoleta and P. ovata, both of Scandinavian origin (see Ann.
Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xvi. pl. 13. figs. 12 & 13). Rare.

1. Cythere Wrightiana, sp.nov. Pl. VII. figs. 5a, 56.

Carapace smooth, elongate-reniform or subcylindrical, like
a haricot bean; ends nearly equal in curvature and compres-
sion; but one (the anterior) is rather more elliptical and rather
more compressed than the other; dorsal line elliptic; ventral
line slightly sinuate, being somewhat incurved at the middle.
Dorsal profile elongate-ovate. Rare.

Modifications of this shape are not uncommon among the
earapaces of Cythere, both recent and fossil; but we cannot
definitely match this form with any known species. The same
may be said of those that follow.

We have named this old Cythere after Mr. Joseph Wright,
F.G.S., to whose care we owe the many well-preserved speci-
mens of Entomostraca that we have seen from Kildare.

2. Cythere Jukesiana, sp.nov. Pl, VII. figs. 6 a, 6d.

Carapace subcylindrical, but very much narrower and rather
more compressed at one end (anterior) than at the other,—in
fact strongly tapering from the posterior third forwards. The
back is arched behind the middle, and the ventral margin is
incurved a little in front of the middle. Ends elliptical in
curve ; the posterior is broader than the anterior extremity.
Dorsal profile subovate, acute at the ends and compressed at
the sides. Rare.

Named after the Director of the Geological Survey of Ireland.

3. Cythere Bailyana, sp.nov. Pl. VII. figs. 7 a, 7 0.
Carapace smooth, somewhat bean-shaped; straight on the

back, rounded nearly equally and attenuated at the ends; in-

eurved and compressed at the middle of the ventral region.
Dorsal profile acute-oval, laterally compressed. Rare.

Named after the Paleontologist of the Geological Survey of
Treland.

4. Cythere Harknessiana, sp. nov. Pl. VII. figs. 8 a, 8d.

Carapace smooth, nearly ovate; the back is more strongly

_ arched than the ventral edge ; and these opposite margins have

their greatest convexity in an oblique direction one to the
other—that of the ventral margin being in advance of the
middle, and that of the back rather behind it. Dorsal profile
nearly oval, but subacute at the ends. Rare.

We dedicate this Lower-Silurian species to Prof. Harkness,
F.R.S., of Queen’s College, Cork, who has laboured on the
Paleozoic rocks of Ireland and the north of England.

58 Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on

1. Bairdia Murchisoniana, sp.nov. Pl. VII. figs. 9a, 9 6.

Carapace smooth, almost subcylindrical, arcuate, tapering,
and compressed at the ends. Anterior end rounded obliquely,
posterior obtusely pomted. Dorsal profile narrow and acutely
oval. Rare.

This elegant Bairdia, resembling to some extent other
elongate forms of Bardia, but wanting the broadly produced
and hatchet-shaped anterior end of the Carbonitaiias and
Permian B. curta and its varieties*, is dedicated to Sir R. L.
Murchison, Bart., whose Silurian researches have so greatly
aided in elucidating the structure and history of the old rocks
of Ireland, as well as of Great Britain and many other parts
of the world.

2. Bairdia Griffithiana, sp.nov. Pl. VII. figs. 10 a, 10 3.

Carapace smooth, subdeltoid; back obliquely arched, with
steep unequal slopes to the extremities, the anterior of which
makes an acute angle with the ventral border, whilst the pos-
terior is obtusely rounded. Ventral border slightly sinuate.
Ventral profile acute-ovate, compressed. Rare.

The name of Sir Richard Griffith, Bart, the veteran Geolo-
gist of Ireland, is attached to this species.

3. Bairdia Salteriana, sp.nov. Pl. VII. figs. 11 a, 11.

Carapace smooth, swollen, subovate; with angular com-
pressed ends, and an acute-oval profile. Rare. ‘T'o some ex-
tent this species resembles a subrhombical variety of B. plebeta
(see ‘ Permian Entomostraca,”’ in the Transact. Sel Nat.
Field-Club, vol. iv. pl. 11. fig. 12 a).

Named in honour of J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S., whose re-

searches among Silurian Fossils are well known.

Measurements.
Length. Width. Thickness.
inch, inch. inch.

Primitia Maccoyii, old ...... 0-09 00575 0°045

> fe intermediate| 0-07 0:0525

Pa “ young ....| 0°0375 | 0-025 0-02

is Sancti-Patricii...... 0:05 0:04 0025
Cythere Wrightiana ........ 00675 — oe 0:0275

: ‘022

Ee Ass ees 0-055 | 1002 0-015

9). dukesiana......... 0:07 00275 00225

» _- Saatknegsiana.,,..»...... 00575 | 0:0325 0:0325
Bairdia Murchisoniana ...... 0:0525 | 0:0225 00175

PO. See 0°04 00225 nearly | 0-015 to 0:0175

9° MOMEFIANA 6.5.5... 0045 0°0225 0-0225 nearly

* Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xviii. p. 42.

the Paleozoic Bivalved Bitotiotiedea! 59

From the “ Caradoc” or ‘ Bala-Caradoc” formation there
are some other Bivalved Entomostraca known, namely :—

1. Primitia strangulata, Salter, sp. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3.
vol. xvi. p. 416; from Coniston Waterhead, Lancashire ;
and found also in the ‘ Brandschiefer”’* of the Baltic
Provinces, according to Schmidt.

la. , Var. a, op. cit. p.417. Robeston Wathen, Pem-
brokeshire.
2. Salteriana, J. & H., op. cit. p. 417. Sholes Hook,

Haverfordwest; in the ‘ Brandschiefer”’ of Wannemois
and in the Borkholm bed (Schmidt).

2a. , var. crenulata, Schmidt, op. cit. p.417. Pag-
gar and Borkholm. |

semicordata, J. & H., op. cit. p. 417. Sholes Hook,

Pembrokeshire.

matutina, J. & H., op. cit. p.418. Cheney Longville,

Shropshire.

simplex, Jones, op. cit. p. 417. Harnage +, Shrop-

shire; and in the Llandeilo schists of Busaco, Portugal.

bicornis, Jones, op. cit. p.420. Harnage.

3 nana, J. & H., op. cit. p.420. Harnage.

. Leperditia [Primitia?| minuta (Kichwald, sp.), Schmidt,
Untersuchungen, p. 194; in the Brandschiefer and the
Wessenberg and Borkholm beds.

9. f ?| brachynotha, Schmidt, Untersuch. p. 195;

Borkholm.

10. [: ?| obliqua, Schmidt, Untersuch. p. 195; Bork-
holm.

11. Beyrichia complicata, Salter. Abermarchant &c. (See
Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvi. pp. 164 &c.) This spe-
cies occurs also in the Llandeilo rocks of Wales, and in
the ‘ Brandschiefer”’ of the Baltic Provinces (Schmidt).

affinist, Jones. ‘Tramore, Ireland. Op. cit. p. 171.

3.

4
5
6.
7
8

12.

* This Brandschiefer is in the Sink part of the lowest Silurian
groee of the Baltic Provinces of Russia; and the Borkholm bed lies
sgner up, being the uppermost of the Lower Silurian beds. See F.
Schmidt's ‘ Untersuchungen itiber die Silurische Formation von Esthland,
Nord-Livland und Oesel,’ 8vo, Dorpat, 1858 ; and Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. xiv. pp. 43 e¢ seq.

+ The Lower Silurian schists at Harnage (near Shrewsbury, in Shrop-
shire), which yield these little Entomostracans, are regarded by the
Geological Surveyors as belonging to the Caradoc-Bala formation. Mr.
Salter, however, thinks that they may be of Llandeilo age.

{ In the last edition of ‘Siluria,’ at page 516, this species is placed by
mistake in the Llandeilo column of the Table of Silurian Fossils, and B.
Barrandiana (a Liandeilo fossil) in the Caradoc Column.

60 Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on

13. Beyrichia Wilckensiana, Jones, op. cit. p. 89. Horderley,
Shropshire.

14. Cythere Aldensis, M‘Coy, sp. Aldeans, Ayrshire. Re-
specting this last species it is advisable to give here all
the particulars we know of it.

Cythere Aldensis, M‘Coy, sp. Pl. VII. fig. 12.

Cytheropsis, n. sp. M‘Coy, 1851. Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1850, Trans. Sect.

p. 107.
Cytheropsis Aldensis, M‘Coy, 1851. Ann. N. Hist. ser. 2. vol. viii. p. 387.

Cytheropsis Aldensis, M‘Coy, 1852. Syst. Descr. Pal. Foss. Geol. Mus.
Cambridge, pl. 1 L. fig. 2.

Cytheropsis Aldensis (M‘Coy), Salter, 1859. In Murchison’s ‘Siluria,’
2nd edit. p. 539.

Cythere? Aldensis (M‘Coy, sp.), Jones, 1867. In Murchison’s ‘Siluria,’

3rd edit. p. 517. :

In his memoir “ On some New Cambro-Silurian Fossils,”
1851 (Ann. Nat. Hist. 7. c.), Prof. M‘Coy thus describes this
species :-—

«‘ Arcuato-oblong, dorsal margin much arched, greatest convexity
about the middie, sloping more towards the anterior, which is
slightly smaller than the posterior end ; posterior end broadly arched,
anterior end obtusely pointed; a concave flattened sinus, rather
more than half the length of the shell, in the ventral margin, rather
nearer to the anterior than the posterior end; an obscure roughened
spot slightly nearer to the anterior than the posterior end, and
slightly nearer to the dorsal than the ventral margin; valves
moderately and evenly gibbous; surface very minutely punctured,
under a strong lens. Length 14 millimetre, depth about two-thirds

the length.
‘“‘This little species is accompanied by a more elongate, oblong,
less arched form, of greater rarity, which may either be a distinct

species or the male.
«Extremely abundant in the dark earthy limestone of Aldens,

Ayrshire.”

In the Woodwardian Museum at Cambridge are preserved
some specimens of the “‘ Lower Bala’’ Limestone of Aldeans,
collected by Prof. Sedgwick in 1850, and containing several
(six or seven) small Bivalved Entomostraca, one of which
Prof. M‘Coy described as above, and figured in the Brit. Pal.
Foss. Camb. Mus. part 2. fasc. 1. pl. 1 L. fig. 2. Through the
courtesy of Mr. Harry Seeley, one of us has carefully examined
these specimens. ‘l'hey are all imbedded to a greater or less
extent in the matrix ; and there are at least two Sistinet forms.
One of these we refer to P. Maccoyii (see above, p. 56) ; and
the most striking of the others is the specimen figured by
Prof. M‘Coy. What appears as an obscure tubercle, however,

the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 61

on the figure is an exaggerated feature, and without import-
ance; in other respects the specimen somewhat resembles our
new Cythere Jukesiana, but it is much shorter in proportion
and more arched. It also approaches some of the Badrdie in
shape; but its narrow (anterior) extremity has the curvature of
a Cythere, and is markedly deficient in the peculiar up-turned
hatchet-like edge characteristic of Bairdia.

C. Aldensis is smaller (4; inch long) and less convex than
the specimen of Primitia Maccoyii associated with it in the
same limestone.

The name “ Cytheropsis”” has been applied to this and
other Paleozoic Entomostraca*. With regard to this term as
a generic appellation, we once thought it useful in classifying
those Paleozoic Entomostraca that do not closely assimilate
either to Leperditia or Beyrichia, but in outline and size re-
semble many of the Cythere of existing seas, though differing
from them in having tubercles, relatively thick valves, or other
distinctive features (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol.i. p. 249). The
establishment, however, of the natural group of Primitie en-
ables us to bring together several of the “ simple Beyrichie,”
some of the dubious Leperditioid forms, and nearly all the so-
called Cytheropses. Indeed of the known * se referred to
Cytheropsis there remain only C. rugosa (Jones, Ann. Nat.
Hist. ser. 3. vol. i. p. 249, pl. 10. fig. 5), which is probably a
Primitia, figured upside down, and C. stliqua (Jones, op. cit.
fig. 6), which, perhaps, like some of the Kildare specimens, is
a Cythere or a Macrocypris. HKxcepting the relatively greater
thickness of the valves in some of them (and that is more ap-

arent than real), there is nothing to indicate that these old

ntomostraca, which ‘‘ Cytheropsis’’ was intended to com-

rise, differed from what now exist as Cythere, Bairdia,

acrocyprides, &c. ‘The so-called Cytheropses of the Car-
boniferous formations have already been shown to belong to
Leperditia Okeni, &c. (see Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xviii.
p- 3d).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Primitia Maccoyii (full-grown): a, right valve; 8, dorsal, and
ec, ventral aspect.

Fig. 2. P. Maccoytti (intermediate stage of growth): a, left valve; 5, ven-
tral aspect.

Fig. 3. P. Maccoywi (young): a, left valve; 6, ventral aspect; c, end
view.

* “Oytheropsis” has also been applied to a group of recent Cytheride by
G. O. Sars in 1865; but G. 5S. Brady proposes Lucythere in its place for
these living forms.

62 hibliographical Notice.

Fig. 4. P. Sancti-Patricii: a, right valve; 6, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 5. Cythere Wrightiana: a, left valve; 6, ventral view.
Fig. 6. C. Bailyana: a, right valve; 6, dorsal view.

Fig. 7. C. Jukesiana: a, right valve; 6, ventral aspect.

Fig. 8. C. Harknessiana: a, right valve; 6, dorsal aspect.

Fig. 9. Bairdia Murchisonana: a, left valve ; 6, ventral view.
Fig. 10. B. Griffithiana: a, left valve; 6, ventral view.

Fig. 11. B. Salteriana: a, right valve; 6, ventral view.

Fig. 12. Cythere Aldensis: right valve.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

On Subaérial Denudation, and on Cliffs and Escarpments of the
Chalk and the Lower Tertiary Beds. By Wri11am Waitaker,
B.A., F.G.8., &. 8vo, pp. 27. Hertford, 1867. |

«For some years,” writes Mr. Whitaker, in this reprint from the
‘Geological Magazine, “ geologists have more or less agreed in the
view that the present features of the earth, whether hill, valley, or
plain (with some small exceptions, as volcanic outbursts), haye been
formed directly by denudation; though idirectly disturbances,
whether faults, upheavals, or sinkinys, have of course hau their
effect in determining the flow, so to speak, of the denuding agent.”

Of late much discussion has been held on the comparative effect
of the two forces, disturbance and denudation, and on the relative
extent to which sea-action on the one hand and atmospheric agen-
cies on the other have worn away the earth’s surface and carved its
rocks into their present form.

Although the action, simple or combined, of frost, avalanches,
glaciers, icebergs, coast-ice, river-ice, rain, snow-water, springs,
torrents, and rivers, has never been ignored by geologists since their
science took a systematic form, yet doubtless they have been too
much influenced in general by the popular notion that the sea has
been up and over the land time after time, and effected the scoop-
ings and carvings of hill and valley,—the quiet and slow action of -
air and rain (universal, indeed, but lost sight of by the unobservant)
having been neglected in many calculations as to the alterations
the earth’s surface has undergone. Now that advanced knowledge
and improved observasion have given credit to atmospheric agencies,
rather than to marine action, for some of the enormous denudations
recognized by geologists in past as well as in present times, we are
not at all surprised to find some favouring the new views with such
warmth as reaction, enthusiasm, and party-feeling usually create.
With an earnest love of truth and of his subject, the writer of this
pamphlet has carefully collated the statements of many geologists
about “ subaérial denudation,” showing how much has already been
done and thought on the subject; and he adds his own experience
and views, somewhat dogmatically and with some contempt for those
whom he regards as differing from him.

Royal Society. 63

Scientific knowledge is arrived at by repeated efforts, with imper-
fect observation and half-true hypotheses ; and every effort is re-
garded as good and true until further researches and better conclu-
sions eliminate the errors, leaving a residuum of real truth as a basis
for further advance. The “ subaérialists” and the “ submarinists ”’
(we know not, indeed, if there be any pure and simple followers of
these schools) may, by their one-sided efforts, help to carry on
observation and knowledge; and it seems as unavoidable that
this should be the natural method of progress in geology as that
by tacking and tacking the wind-stayed ship should make its weary
way to port. We look, then, on Mr. Whitaker’s pamphlet, com-
prising his réswmé of what has been done and his opinions of what
ought to be thought, as an effort in the right direction ; and we trust
that, whether the ship’s prow be now too much to windward or the
contrary, the voyage is successfully, though laboriously, progressing
towards the happy land of geologists, where all the strata will be
seen and all the fossils deciphered, where homotaxis and boulder-
drift are unknown, where ice will do everything to please some,
and water slave for others, where the voleano will give up the se-
crets of its laboratory to solve the problems of the plutonist, and the
hydrothermalist, no longer in hot water, will have his doubts re-
moved.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ROYAL SOCIETY.

April 23, 1868.—Dr. William Allen Miller, Treasurer and
Vice-President, in the Chair.
«On the Geographical and Geological Relations of the Fauna and
Flora of Palestine.” By the Rev. Henry Baker Tristram, M.A.,
F.G.S.

A detailed examination of the fauna and flora exhibits results
remarkably in accordance with the views expressed by Mr. Sclater
and Dr. Ginther on the geographical distribution of species. Pa-
lestine forms an extreme southern province of the Palearctic
region.

In every class, however, there are a group of peculiar forms,
which cannot be explained simply by the fact of Palestine impinging
closely on the Ethiopian, and more distantly on the Indian region,
but which require a reference to the geological history of the
country.

The results of the examination of the collections made in 1864
by the expedition assisted by the Royal Society, may be tabulated
thus :-—

64 Royal Society :—

Indian, including © .
Total. Palearctic. Ethiopian. those which are Peculiar,

also Ethiopian.

Mammalia .... 82 41 30* 13 7
Aves: «0... 0s2 326). 258 36+ 14 27
Reptilia ..... fe nie 25 13f 2 A§
Pisces, fluviatile 17 1 a = 10].
Mollusca...... 146 48 8 2 81
Flora, general.. 9634
Flora, Dead-Sea

basin (Phane-

rogamic).... 113 27 tf Sees 26 3 -

Several of the Ethiopian Mammalia are sedentary forms, and
seem to point to an earlier settlement than across the recent deserts.
There is no trace of any immigration from the Indian region. Of
the peculiar species, Hyraxz syriacus belongs to an exclusively Ethio-
pian and isolated type, yet is specifically different from its congeners,
which are all most sedentary in their habits. |

The Avifauna is very rich in number of species, most unequally
distributed. _The Ethiopian and Indian types are almost exclusively
confined to the Dead-Sea basin, excepting only the desert forms.
There are several Indian species, as Ketupa ceylonensis, which have
no affinities with any Ethiopian forms. Of the peculiar species,
besides several modifications of well-known Paleearctic forms, there
are eleven, belonging to as many different Ethiopian and Indian
genera. Three of these are decidedly Indian in their affinities. The
Avifauna of the Dead-Sea basin is decidedly distinct and typical,
sometimes Indian, more generally Ethiopian in its character.

In the Reptilia there is a less prominent intrusion of Ethiopian
types, there being a general similarity to the Egyptian herpetological
fauna, which must be classed within the Paleearctic region. The
Indian is present in Daboia xanthina; and the affinities of a new
genus Rhynchocalamus are rather obscure. Snakes in_particular
are more limited to the original locality of the individuals ; and the
groups, like the individuals, are more stationary.

The fluviatile ichthyological fauna is much more distinct, though
the number of species is small. In its consideration we confine
ourselves to the Jordan and its tributaries, in which are three
Nilotic fishes, three others extending eastward in Asia, six to other
rivers of Syria, and four peculiar, bearing a strong affinity to the
species and genera (as Chromis and Hemichromis) of tropical Eastern
Africa.

Of the Mollusca, most of the peculiar species have no geographical
signification. The Pulmonifera have developed in groups which

* Of which 9 are also Indian. t Of which 8 are also Indian.
t Of which 1 is also Indian. § And 5 others Asiatic, but not Indian.
|| Of which 5 are also Syrian and Asia Minor.
gq About 1300 species are known from Palestine (Phanerogamic).
** Of which 26 are also Indian.

i i it eee

Rev. H. B. Tristram on the Fauna and Flora of Palestine. 65

are modifications of desert types in the south, and of Mediterranean
forms on the coast. Variation in this class appears rapidly to follow
segregation, as shown by the Jordanic species. The fluviatile mol-
lusea are much more distinct, and indicate a very ancient separation
from any adjacent district.

Similar inferences may be drawn from the examination of the
Arachnida, Lepidoptera, Hemiptera, and Orthoptera, as well as
from the Rhizopod fauna, which is similar to that of the Indian
Ocean. (The examination of the Coleoptera is not yet completed.)

The flora of Palestine is, on the coastline and highlands, simply a
reproduction of that of the Eastern Mediterranean. That of the
Jordan valley is mos¢ distinct. Of 113 species by the Dead Sea,
only 27 are European, and these chiefly weeds of world-wide distri-
bution. In this area the flora is almost exclusively Ethiopian, con-
sisting largely of species extending from the Canaries to India.

Thus in the Dead-Sea basin, an area of but a few square miles,
we find a series of forms of life, in all classes, differing from those of
the surrounding region, to which they do not extend, and having
Ethiopian and, more strictly, Indian affinities. The basin is depressed
1300 feet below the sea-level; and as zones of elevation correspond
to parallels of latitude, so here a zone of depression represents the
fauna and flora of a low latitude. If the flora were representative,
this law, that climatal zones of life are mutually repeated and repre-
sented by elevation or depression and latitude, would account for
their existence.

But we have a transported flora ; this negatives the idea of an
independent origin on the spot. The theory of migration, under
present conditions, is refuted by the coexistence of peculiar and
unique forms with others now found in regions widely apart. Of
these, the physical character, and the phenomena of their present
distribution, present insuperable obstacles to their migration under
existing geological conditions.

Their existence must be mainly due to dispersion before the isola-
tion of the area; this must have been after the close of the Eocene
period, to which belong the most recent superficial deposits of
Southern Palestine. There are no beds synchronizing with the
miocene deposits of Sicily &c.; it must have had a fauna and flora
contemporaneous with the miocene flora of Germany. There is
geological evidence that since the Eocene period the Jordan fissure
has had no connexion with the Red Sea or Mediterranean. There
are subsequent vast marl deposits of the Dead Sea when it was at a
higher level; but they are wholly unfossiliferous. The diminution
of the waters may, for reasons given, be fixed about the close of
the tertiary epoch. We have also evidence of the extension of the
glacial period thus far south, as in the moraines of Lebanon.

Still the lake existed in its present form before the glacial epoch,
when there was an unusually warmer climate, and the more antique
Ethiopian fauna and flora had a more northerly extension. This
would be contemporaneous with the miocene continent of Atlantis,
and the Asturian flora of South-west Ireland.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 4. Vol. ii. 5

a Royal Institution :-—~

Palestine would then be East African. Afterwards the glacial
inroad would destroy the mass of preexisting life, excepting the few
species most tenacious of existence, which survive in the still com-
paratively warm depression of the Jordan valley, which thus became
a tropical “ outlier,’’ analogous to the boreal marine outliers of our
own seas. ‘The Indian types are explained by the former continuous
miocene continent from India to Africa. The peculiar species may
either yet be found in Arabia, or, if not, may be descendants of
species which inhabited the country with a limited range, or may be
variations stereotyped by isolation. |

The peculiar fishes of the Jordan are most important, dating
probably from the earliest period after the elevation of the land.
The genera of the peculiar species are exclusively African, while the
species are representative rather than identical. We may explain
this by the miocene chain of freshwater lakes, extending from Galilee
to the Nyanza, Nyassa, and Zambesi, when an ichthyological fauna
was developed suited to the warm conditions that prevailed, part of
which survives in the Jordan.

- During the glacial period Lebanon must have been similar in
temperature to the present Alps, as the existing mammals and birds
on the summits are identical with those of the Pyrenees and the
Alps;-not so the glacial flora, of which almost every trace has been
lost. But the flora had not the same powers of vertical migration
with the fauna, of which, however, the Elk, Red Deer, and Reindeer,
found in the bone-caverns, have long since perished.

During the present period the Mediterranean forms have over-
spread the whole country, excepting the mountain-tops at an eleva-
tion of 9000 feet and the Jordan depression. ‘These two exceptions
can be best explained by the fact that the traces of the glacial inroad
are not yet wholly obliterated, and that the preceding warm period
has left its yet stronger mark in the unique tropical “‘ outlier”’ of the
Dead-Sea basin, analogous to the boreal outliers of our mountain-
tops, the concave depression in the one being the complement of the
convex elevation in the other.

ROYAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN,
February 7, 1868.

‘‘On the Animals which are most nearly intermediate between
Birds and Reptiles.”” By Professor Huxtny, LL.D., F.R.S.

Those who hold the doctrine of Evolution (and I am one of them)
conceive that there are grounds for believing that the world, with all
that is in it and on it, did not come into existence in the condition in
which we now see it, nor in anything approaching that condition.

On the contrary, they hold that the present conformation and com-
position of the earth’s crust, the distribution of land and water, and
the infinitely diversified forms of animals and plants which consti-
tute its present population, are merely the final terms in an immense
series of changes which haye been brought about, in the course of

ene,

Prof. Huxley on the Animals between Birds and Reptiles. 67

immeasurable time, by the operation of causes more or less similar
to those which are at work at the present day.

Perhaps this doctrine of evolution is not maintained consciously
and in its logical integrity by a very great number of persons*. But
many hold particular applications of it without committing them-
selves to the whole; and many, on the other hand, favour the ge=
neral doctrine without giving an absolute assent to its particular
applications,

- Thus, one who adopts the nebular hypothesis in astronomy, or is
a uniformitarian in geology, or a Darwinian in biology, is so far an
adherent of the doctrine of evolution. !

And, as I can testify from personal experience, it is possible to
have a complete faith in the general doctrine of evolution and yet to
hesitate in accepting the nebular, or the uniformitarian, or the Dar-
winian hypotheses in all their integrity and fulness; for many of
the objections which are brought against these various hypotheses
affect them only, and, even if they be valid, leave the general doc-
trine of evolution untouched.

On the other hand, it must be admitted that some arguments which
are adduced against particular forms of the doctrine of evolution
would very seriously affect the whole doctrine if they were proof
against refutation.

' For example, there is an objection which I see constantly and
confidently urged against Mr. Darwin’s views, but which really strikes
at the heart of the whole doctrine of evolution, so far as it is applied
to the organic world. |

It is admitted on all sides that existing animals and plants are
marked out by natural intervals into.sundry very distinct groups:
insects are widely different from fish, fish from reptiles, reptiles
from mammals, and so on. And out of this fact arises the very
pertinent objection, How is it, if all animals have proceeded by
gradual modification from a common stock, that these great gaps
exist?

We, who believe in evolution, reply that these gaps were once

non-existent ; that the connecting forms existed in previous epochs
of the world’s history, but that they have died out.
_ Naturally enough, then, we are asked to produce these extinct
forms of life. Among the innumerable fossils of all ages which
exist, we are asked to point to those which constitute such connect-
ing forms.

Our reply to this request is,in most cases, an admission that such
forms are not forthcoming; and we account for this failure of the
needful evidence by the known imperfection of the geological record.
We say that the series of formations with which we are acquainted
is but a small fraction of those which have existed, and that between
those which we know there are great breaks and gaps.

* The only complete and systematic statement of the doctrine with
which I am acquainted is that contained in Mr. Herbert Spencer’s ‘ Sys-
tem of age en a work which should be carefully studied by all who
desire to know whither scientific thought is tending.

5*

68 : Royal Institution :—

I believe that these excuses have very great force; but I cannot
smother the uncomfortable feeling that they are excuses.

If a landed proprietor is asked to produce the title-deeds of his
estate, and is obliged to reply that some of them were destroyed in a
fire a century ago, that some were carried off by a dishonest attorney,
and that the rest are in a safe somewhere, but that he really cannot
lay his hands upon them, he cannot, I think, feel pleasantly secure,
though all his allegations may be correct and his ownership indis-
putable. But a doctrine is a scientific estate, and the holder must
always be able to produce his title-deeds, in the way of direct evi-
dence, or take the penalty of that peculiar discomfort to which I have
referred.

You will not be surprised, therefore, if I take this opportunity of
pointing out that the objection to the doctrine of evolution, drawn
from the supposed absence of intermediate forms in the fossil state,
certainly does not hold good in all cases. In short, if I cannot pro-
duce the complete title-deeds of the doctrine of animal evolution, 1
am able to show a considerable piece of parchment evidently belong-
ing to them.

To superficial observation no two groups of beings can appear to
be more entirely dissimilar than reptiles and birds. Placed side by
side, a Humming-bird and a Tortoise, an Ostrich and a Crocodile
offer the strongest contrast, and a Stork seems to have little but ani-
mality in common with the Snake it swallows.

Careful investigation has shown, indeed, that these obvious differ-
ences are of amuch more superficial character than might have been
suspected, and that reptiles and birds do really agree much more
closely than birds with mammals, or reptiles with amphibians. But
still, “though not as wide as a church-door or as deep as a we
the gap between the two groups, in the present world, is considerable
enough.

Without attempting to plunge you into the depths of anatomy,
and confining myself to that osseous system to which those who desire
to compare extinct with living animals are almost entirely restricted,
I may mention the following as the most important differences be-
tween all the birds and reptiles which at present exist.

1. The pinion of a bird, which answers to the hand of a man or
to the fore paw of a reptile, contains neither more nor fewer than
three fingers, These answer to the thumb and the two succeeding
fingers in man, and have their metacarpals connected together by firm
bony union, or ankylosed. Claws are developed upon the ends of at
most two of the three fingers (that answering to the thumb and the
next), and are sometimes entirely absent. '

No reptile with well-developed fore limbs has so few as three fin-
gers; nor are the metacarpal bones of these ever united together ;
nor do they present fewer than three claws at their terminations,

2. The breast-bone of a bird becomes converted into a membrane
- bone, and ossification commences in it from at least two centres,
The breast-bone of no reptile becomes converted into a membrane
bone, nor does it ever ossify from several distinct centres,

Prof. Huxley on the Animals between Birds and Reptiles. 69

3. A considerable number of caudal and lumbar, or dorsal, ver-
tebree unite together with the proper sacral vertebre of a bird to
form its “sacrum.” Jn reptiles the same region of the spine is con-
stituted by the one or two sacral vertebre.

4. In Birds the haunch-bone (ilium) extends far in front of, as
well as behind, the acetabulum; the ischia and pubes are directed
backwards, almost parallel with it and with one another; the ischia
do not unite in the ventral middle line of the body.

In reptiles, on the contrary, the haunch-bone is not produced in
front of the acetabulum ; and the axes of the ischia and pubes diverge
and lie more or less at right angles to that of the ilium. The ischia
always unite in the middle ventral line of the body.

5, In all birds the axis of the thigh-bone lies nearly parallel with
. the median plane of the body (as in ordinary Mammalia) in the
natural position of the leg. In reptiles it stands out at a more or
less open angle with the median plane.

6. In birds, one half of the tarsus is inseparably united with the
tibia, the other half with the metatarsal bone of the foot. This is
not the case in reptiles. :

7. Birds never have more than four toes, the fifth being always
absent. The metatarsal of the hallux, or great. toe, is always short
and incomplete above. The other metatarsals are ankylosed together,
and unite with one half of the tarsus, so as to form a single bone,
which is called the tarso-metatarsus. an

Reptiles with completely developed hind limbs have at fewest
four toes, the metatarsals of which are all complete and distinct from
one another.

Although all existing birds differ thus definitely from existing
reptiles, one comparatively small section comes nearer reptiles than
the others. These are the. Ratite, or struthious birds, comprising
the Ostrich, Rhea, Emu, Cassowary, Apteryx, and the but recently
extinct (if they be really extinct) birds of New Zealand, Dinornis
&c., which attained gigantic dimensions. All these birds are remark-
able for the small size of their wings, the absence of a crest or keel
upon the breast-bone, and of a complete furcula; in many cases, for
the late union of the bones of the pinion, the foot, andthe skull. In
this last character, in the form of the sternum, of the shoulder-girdle,
and in some peculiarities of the skull, these birds are more reptilian
than the rest ; but the total amount of approximation to the reptilian
type is but small, and the gap. between reptiles and birds is but very
slightly narrowed by their existence,

How far can this gap be filled up by a reference to the records of
the life of past ages?

This question resolves itself into two :— 3

1. Are any fossil birds more reptilian than any of those now
living ?

2. Are any fossil reptiles more bird-like than living reptiles?
And I shall endeavour to show that both these questions must be
answered in the affirmative.

3: ie Royal Institution :-—

It is very instructive to note by how mere a chance it is we
happen to know that a fossil bird, more reptilian in some respects
than any now living, once existed.

Bones of birds have been obtained from rocks of very various dates -
in the Tertiary series without revealing any forms but such as would
range themselyes among existing families,

A few years ago the great Mesozoic formations had yielded only
the few fragmentary ornitholites which have been discovered in the
Cambridge greensand, and which are insufficient for the complete
determination of the affinities of the bird to which they belonged.

However, the very fine calcareous mud of the ancient Oolitic sea-
bottom which has now hardened into the famous lithographie slate of
Solenhofen, and has preserved innumerable delicate organisms of the
existence of which we should otherwise have been, in all probability, -
totally ignorant, in 1861 revealed the impression of a feather to the
famous paleontologist Hermann von Meyer. Von Meyer named the
unknown bird to which this feather belonged Archaeopteryx lithogra-
phica ; andin the same year the independent discovery by Dr. Hiaber-
lein of the precious skeleton of the Archwopteryw itself, which now
adorns the British Museum *, demonstrated the chief characters of
this very early bird. But it must be remembered that this feather
and this imperfect skeleton are the sole remains of birds which have
yet been obtained in all that great series of formations known as
Wealden and Oolite, which partly lie above, and partly correspond
with, the Solenhofen slates.

Though some paleontologists may be forced, by a sense of con-
sistency, to declare that the class of birds was created in the sole
person of Archeopteryx during the deposition of the Solenhofen slates
and disappeared during the Wealden, to be recreated in the Green-
sand, to vanish once more during the Cretaceous epoch and reappear
in the Tertiaries, I incline to the hypothesis that many birds beside
Archeopteryx existed throughout all this period of time, and that we
know nothing about them, simply because we do not happen to have
hit upon those deposits in which their remains are preserved.

Now, what is this Archwopteryw like? Unfortunately the skull
is lost; but the leg and foot, the pelvis, the shoulder-girdle, and the
feathers, so far as their structure can be made out, are completely
those of existing ordinary birds.

On the other hand, the tail is very long, and more like that of a
reptile than that of a bird in thisrespect, Two digits of the manus
have curved claws, much stronger than those of any existing bird ;
and, to all appearance, the metacarpal bones are quite free and
disunited.

Thus it is a matter of fact that, in certain particulars, the vldeet
known bird does exhibit a closer approximation to reptilian structure
than any modern bird.

Are any fossil reptiles more bird-like than those which now
exist?

* The fossil has been described by PrOneneys Owen, in the ‘ Philosophi-
cal Transactions ’ for 1863,

SCENT ee. cscokinan tia tae nacre amansaeenett

ort

Prof. Huxley on the Animals between Birds and Reptiles. 71

As in the case of birds, the tertiary formations yield no trace of
reptiles which depart from the type of the existing groups. But
otherwise than is true of birds, the newest of the Mesozoic forma-
tions, the chalk, makes us acquainted with reptiles which, at first
sight, seem to approach birds in a very marked manner. These are
those flying reptiles the Pterodactyles, which resemble the great
majority of birds in the presence of air-cayities in their bones, in the
wonderfully bird-like aspect of their coracoid and scapula, and in
their broad sternum with its median crest. Furthermore, in some
of the Pterodactyles, the premaxille and the symphysial part of
the mandibles were prolonged into beaks, which appear to have
been sheathed in horn, while the rest of each jaw was armed with
teeth.

But horn-sheathed beaks are found in reptiles as well as in birds ;
the structure of the scapulo-coracoid arch and of the sternum, and
the pneumaticity of the bones vary greatly among birds themselves ;
and these characters of the Pterodactyles may be merely adaptive

- modifications.

On the other hand, the manus has four free digits, the three inner
of which are strongly clawed, while the fourth is enormously pro-
longed, in total contrast to the abortion of the corresponding digit in
birds, The pelvis is as wholly unlike that of birds as is the hind
limb and foot,

Thus it appears that Pterodactyles, among reptiles, approach birds
much as Bats, among mammals, may be said to do so. They area

‘sort of reptilian Bats * rather than links between reptiles and birds ;

and it is precisely in those organs which in birds are the most cha-
racteristically ornithic, the manus and the pes, that they depart most
widely from the ornithic type.
_ Clearly, then, the passage from reptiles to birds is not from the
flying reptile to the flying bird. Let us try another line. I have
already observed that in the existing world the nearest approxima-
tion to reptiles is presented by certain land birds, the Ostriches and
their allies, all of which are devoid of the power of flight by reason
of the small relative size of their fore limbs and of the character of
their feathers. .

_ Can we find any extinct reptiles which approached these flight-
less birds, not merely in the weakness of their fore limbs, but in other
and more important characters ?

I imagine that we can, if we cast our eyes in what at first sight
seems to be a most unlikely direction.

The Dinosawria, a group of extinct reptiles, containing the genera
Iguanodon, Hadrosaurus, Megalosaurus, Poikilopleuron, Scelidosaurus,
Plateosaurus, &e., which occur throughout the whole series of the Me-
‘sozoic rocks, and are, for the most part, of gigantic-size, appear to me
to furnish the required conditions.

_ In none of these animals is the skull or the cervical region of

__ * It will be understood that I do not suggest any direct affinity between
Pterodactyles and Bats.

i ees ~ °° Royal Institution :-—

the vertebral column completely known, while the sternum and the
manus have not yet been obtained in any of the genera, In none
has any trace of a clavicle been observed.

With regard to the characters which have been positively deter-
mined, it has been ascertained that :—

1. From four to six yertebre enter into the composition of the
sacrum, and become connected with the ilia in a manner which is
ae ornithic, partly reptilian.

. The ilia are prolonged forwards in front of the acetabulum as
wal as behind it; and the resemblance to the bird’s ilium thus pro-
duced is greatly increased by the widely arched form of the acetabular
margin of the bone, and the extensive perforation of the floor of the
acetabulum.

3. The other two components of the os innominatum have not been
observed actually in place ; indeed only one of them is known at all ;
but that one is exceedingly remarkable from its strongly ornithie
character. It is the bone which has been called “ clavicle” in Me-
galosaurus and Iguanodon by Cuvier and his successors, though the
sagacious Buckland had hinted its real nature*. But these bones
are not in the least like the clavicles of any animal which possesses
a clavicle, while they are extremely similar to the ischia of such a
bird as an ostrich ; and in the only instance in which they have been
found in tolerably undisturbed relation with other parts of the ske-
leton, namely, in the Maidstone Jguanodon, they lie, one upon each
side of the body, close to the ilia, I hold it to be certain that these
bones belong to the pelvis, and not to the shoulder-girdle, and I
think it probable that they are ischia; but I do not deny that they
may be pubes.

4, The head of the femur is set on at right angles to the shaft of
the bone, so that the axis of the thigh-bone must have been parallel
with the middle vertical plane of the body, as in birds. ff

5. The posterior surface of the external condyle of the femur pre-
sents a strong crest, which passes between the head of the fibula and
the tibia as in birds. There is only a rudiment of this structure in
other reptiles.

6. The tibia has a great anterior or “ procnemial” crest, convex
on the inner and concave on the outer side. Nothing comparable to
this exists in other reptiles; but a correspondingly developed crest
exists in the great majority of birds, especially such as have great
walking or swimming powers.

7. The lower extremity of the fibula is much sorhlies than the
other ; it is, proportionally, a more slender bone than in other rep-
tiles. In birds the distal end of the fibula thins away to a point,
and it is a still more slender bone.

8. Scelidosaurus has four complete toes, but there is a rudiment of
a fifth metatarsal. The third or middle toe is the largest, and the

* The so-called “coracoid” of Megalosaurus is the ilium. I am in-
debted to Professor Phillips, and to the splendid collection of Megalosau-
rian remains which he has formed at Oxford, for most important evidence
touching this reptile.

Prof, Huxley on the Animals between Birds and Reptiles. 78

metatarsal of the hallux is much smaller at its proximal than at its
distal end.

Iguanodon has three large toes, of which the middle is the longest.
The slender proximal end of a first metatarsal has been found adhe-
rent to the inner face of the second; so that if the hallux was com-
pletely developed, it was probably very small. No rudiment of the
outer toe has been observed.

It is clear, from the manner in which the three principal meta-
tarsals articulate together, that they were very intimately and firmly
united, and that a sufficient base for the support of the body was
afforded by the spreading out of the phalangeal regions of the toes.

From the great difference in size between the fore and hind limbs,
Mantell, and more recently Leidy, have concluded that the Dino-
sauria (at least Iguanodon and Hadrosaurus) may have supported
themselves for a longer or shorter period upon their hind legs. But
the discovery made in the weald, by Mr. Beckles, of pairs of large
three-toed footprints, of such a size and at such a distance apart
that it is difficult to believe they can have been made by anything
but an Jguanodon, lead to the supposition that this vast reptile, and
perhaps others of its family, must have walked, temporarily or per-
manently, upon its hind legs.

However this may be, there can be no doubt that the hind quarters
of the Dinosauria wonderfully approached those of birds in their gene-
ral structure, and therefore that these extinct reptiles were more
closely allied to birds than any which now live.

But a single specimen, obtained from those Solenhofen slates to
the accident of whose existence and usefulness in the arts paleonto-
logy is so much indebted, affords a still nearer approximation to the
‘missing link ” between reptiles and birds. This is the singular
reptile which has been described and named Compsognathus longipes
by the late Andreas Wagner, and some of the more recondite orni-
thic affinities of which have been since pointed out by Gegenbaur.
_ Notwithstanding its small size (it was not much more than 2 feet in
length), this reptile must, I think, be placed among, or close to, the
Dinosauria ; but it is still more bird-like than any of the animals
which are ordinarily included in that group.

Compsognathus longipes has a light head, with toothed jaws, sup-
ported upon a very long and slender neck. The ilia are prolonged
in front of and behind the acetabulum. The pubes seem to have
been remarkably long and slender (a circumstance which rather
favours the interpretation of the so-called “ clavicles ” of Iguanodon
as pubes). The fore limb is very small. The bones of the manus
are unfortunately shattered; but only four claws are to be found, so
that possibly each manus may have had but two clawed digits.

The hind limb is very large, and disposed as in birds. As in the
latter class, the femur is shorter than the tibia—a circumstance in
which Compsognathus is more ornithic than the ordinary Dinosauria.

The proximal division of the tarsus is ankylosed with the tibia, as
in birds. In the foot the distal tarsals are not united with the three

74 Royal Institution.

long and slender metatarsals, which answer to the second, third, and
fourth toes. Of the fifth toe there is only a rudimentary metatar-
sal, The hallux is short, and its metatarsal appears to be deficient
at its proximal end.

- It is impossible to look at the conformation of this strange reptile
and to doubt that it. hopped or walked, in an erect or semierect
position, after the manner of a bird, to which its long neck, slight
head, and small anterior, limbs must have given it an Nien angi
resemblance,

I have now, I hope, redeemed my promise to show that, i in past
times, birds more like reptiles than any now living, and reptile more
like birds than any now living, did really exist.

But, on the mere doctrine of chances, it would be the height of
improbability that the couple of skeletons, each unique of its kind,
which have been preserved in those comparatively small beds of So-
lenhofen slate, which record the life of a fraction of Mesozoic time,
should be the relics, the one of the most reptilian of birds, and the
other of the most ornithic of reptiles.

_ And this conclusion acquires a far greater force when we reflect
upon that wonderful evidence of the life of the Triassic age which is
afforded us by the sandstones of Connecticut. It is true that these
have yielded neither feathers nor bones; but the creatures which
traversed them when they were the sandy beaches of a quiet sea
have left innumerable tracks which are full of instructive sugges-
tion. Many of these tracks are wholly undistinguishable from
those of modern birds in form and size; others are gigantic three-
toed impressions, like those of the Weald of our own country;
others are more like the marks left by existing reptiles or Am-

hibia.

i The important truth which these tracks reveal is, that at the
commencement of the Mesozoic epoch bipedal animals existed which
had the feet of birds, and walked in the same erect or semierect
fashion. These bipeds were either birds or reptiles, or more pro-
bably both; and it can hardly be doubted that a lithographic slate
of Triassic age would yield birds so much more reptilian than
Archeopteryx, and reptiles so. much more ornithic than Compsogna-
thus, as to obliterate completely the gap which they still leave be-
tween reptiles and birds.

But if, on tracing the forms of animal life back in time, we meet,
as a matter of fact, with reptiles which depart from the general type
to become bird-like, until it is by no means difficult to imagine a
creature completely intermediate between Dromeus and Compsogna-
thus, surely there is nothing very wild or illegitimate in the hypo-
thesis that the phylwm of the class Aves has its root in the Dinosau-
rian reptiles—that these, passing through a series of such modifica-
tions as are exhibited in one of their phases by Conysognathus, have
given rise to the Ratite—while the Carinate are still further modi-
fications and differentiations of these last, attaining their highest
specialization in the existing world in the Penguins, the Cormorants;
the birds of prey, the Parrots, and the song-birds. . i 98

— See en me

Mi Veoaltacek. 75

- However, as many completely differentiated birds in all probabi-

lity existed even in the Triassic epoch, and as we possess hardly any
knowledge of. the terrestrial reptiles of that period, it may be re-
garded as certain that we have no knowledge of the animals which
linked reptiles and birds together historically and genetically, and
that the Dinosauria, with Compsognathus, Archaeopteryx, and the
struthious birds, only help us to form a reasonable conception of
what these intermediate forms may have been.

In conclusion, I think I have shown cause for the assertion that
the facts of paleontology, so far as birds and reptiles are concerned,
are not opposed to the doctrine of evolution, but, on the contrary, are
quite such as that doctrine would lead us to expect; for they enable
us to form a conception of the manner in which birds may have
been evolved from reptiles, and thereby justify us in maintain-
ing the superiority of the hypothesis that birds have been so ori-

ginated to all hypotheses which are devoid of an equivalent basis

of fact.

a

MISCELLANEOUS.

Occurrence of Tinnunculus cenchris in Britain. :
By W. 8. Danis, F.L.S,

Tuts Museum has just been fortunate enough to obtain a fine
specimen, killed within a few miles of York, of a species of Falcon,
the occurrence of which in this country has, I believe, never before
been authentically recorded,—namely, the little Kestrel of South-
eastern Europe, Tinnunculus cenchris(Naum.). The specimen, which
is a mature but apparently not an old male, was presented to the
Museum by Mr. John Harrison, of Wilstrop Hall, near Green Ham-
merton, who shot it upon his farm at that place, after having ob-
served it for some little time flying about.. The date, he thinks, was

_ about the middle of last November; but of this he took no note, as

he at first thought that the bird was merely a small and curious
variety of the common Kestrel. It, however, presents all the dis-
tinctive characters of Timnunculus cenchiis, among which the yel-
lowish-white claws may be mentioned as affording an easy means of
identifying the bird.

Mr. Graham, of York, to whose intervention the Museum is in-
debted for the acquisition of this interesting specimen, has informed
me that, on a recent excursion of his, he saw another example of
this species, in the possession of the Rev. Charles Hudson, of Trowell,
near Nottingham, On my writing to that gentleman, he kindly
informed me that the specimen of the “small Kestrel’? had been in
his possession for about eight years, and that he purchased it from
a joiner named Brown, formerly living at Thorpe Hall, near Brid-
lington, who was an enthusiastic collector of birds, and in the habit
of preparing them for people in that neighbourhood. Brown’s ac-
count of the bird, which he denominated the ‘* American Falcon,”

76 Miscellaneous.

was that it was shot between Bridlington and Bridlington Quay,
one Sunday morning, by a man who sold it to him for eighteen
pence. Mr. Hudson purchased it for half a sovereign.

Museum, York, June 24, 1868.

Lathodomous Annelids.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GruntLtemen,—As I am anxious to put on record all the cases
which I can ascertain of the occurrence of Lithodomous Annelids or
worms, allow me to mention that I find that Dr. Ed. Grube, in his
“‘ Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden,” published
in the‘ Archiy fiir Naturgesch.’ vol. xxi. 1855, has described, under
the name of Heterocirrus saxicola, an Annelid which perforates
limestone, and belongs to the same family (though differing in im-
portant generic features) as Leucodore, Johnston (Polydora, Bosc).
The Annelid was found at Villa Franca.

I also find that that most accurate and talented investigator, M.
Lacaze-Duthiers, in his researches on the Gephyrean Bonellia, ob-
served that this animal inhabited cracks in rocks, and by preference
calcareous rocks; further, he noted, in the case of calcareous rocks,
that the rock was to a certain extent excavated, thus fitting to the
body of the worm. It is almost impossible to assign any but a
chemical means of excavation to Bonellia.

I am, Gentlemen,
Truly yours,
E. Ray LAnKusrer,

Oxford, June 4th,

On some Species of Oliva.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GrntLEMEN,—lI have but just now seen Mr. Marrat’s reply to my
observations on this subject. In considering the value of the species
in question, I weighed the matter as far as it was possible to do it
without seeing the specimens. Whether my conclusions are wrong
or not, it is not for me to say.

As regards the apparent inaccuracies in my paper pointed out by
Mr. Marrat, he will, I think, find, on referring to it again, that they
are explained by the context.

With respect to my observation as to the fallibility of colour as a
guide for distinguishing species, I cannot help thinking that Mr. -
Marrat’s reply tends rather to prove its truth than otherwise.

As far as J am concerned, the question as to the specific value of
Mr. Marrat’s species will rest here.

I am, Gentlemen, yours, &e.

THomas GRAHAM Ponton,
Clifton, Bristol, June 26, 1868.

Miscellaneous. {7

we Note on a Variety (?) of Aleyonella fungosa.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GEenTLEMEN,—I have much pleasure in introducing to your notice
a variety, as I believe it to be, of the above species; it grows in
large pyriform or fusiform masses, on twigs of bushes dipping just
below the surface of the water, in a pond about a mile from Exeter,
near the South-western Railway.

The polyzoon has from forty-eight to fifty tentacles, which are much
longer than those figured by Professor Allman. The ccencecium is
repeatedly branched from the base upwards : the upper branches only
are free; the lower portion is of a very tough, dark-brown, nearly
black, coriaceous substance, the upper or free portion thin and trans-
parent; and, instead of being smooth, these are wrinkled into a number
of transverse folds, the edges of which are frequently coloured brown.
Some of the apices of the ectocyst are nearly smooth, or with only
the rudiments of folds; and others, again, are rugged, and the
orifices widened and rolled back, so as to give them a sort of trumpet-
shaped mouth; but they all have the brown annulations as above
mentioned.

The apices of the ectocyst are emarginate or notched similarly to
those of A. Benedeni, but they have no appearance whatever of a
ridge or furrow.

The statoblasts are of three kinds: —1. Those with a rather broad
annulus, and the centre perforated with a rather large perforation,
the sides or edges of which are pressed into slight plaits or folds ;
these vary in colour from pale yellowish brown to a full rich brown ;
they are dotted with raised points, the same as in the type figured
by Professor Allman; the annulus is reticulated the same. 2. With
a much broader outline, nearly orbicular, dark brown, and without
any perforation. 3. Forming a very broad ellipse, and with a com-
paratively very broad annulus; this forms somewhat of an angle,
or point, at the long axis of the ellipse, nearly approaching the form
of the statoblast in Lophopus crystallinus ; but they are thicker and

more opaque than in that species.

The above appear to be the principal differences that I have been
able to observe in this variety or species. There is one more, however,
which may have some weight; and that is the form of the tubes:
these are not round as in A. Benedeni, or pentangular as in A. fun-
gosa, but are intermediate between the two; for when a section is
made of a mass of tubes at right angles to their length, they will be
seen to be irregular, the outside ones round, whilst those on the in-
side are from 3- to 4-, 5-, or 6-angular.

This variety appears to me to be intermediate between A. fungosa
proper and A. Benedeni, as it seems to possess characters belonging
to both. Thus the round tubes and the emarginate mouth would
point to Benedeni ; whilst the subangular tubes and the mode of
growth and attachment, with the form of the staloblasts, point to

fungosa, leaving the remarkable rugose and annulose appearance of
the ccencecium peculiar to this variety.

78 Miscellaneous.

The pond in which this was found is a very small one, only 5 or 6
yards in diameter, and the only other s d aihwe IT have met with in: it
is Lophopus erystallinus ; of the latter I have not met with any this
year. This variety grows attached to twigs in the full blaze of ey
sun; and the little animals appear to enjoy it immensely. The s
men I obtained was about four inches long, by an inch thick in the
middle; but I left another about the same length but apparently
thicker.

I am, Gentlemen,
Yours obediently,

Devon and Exeter Institution, Epwarp Parritr. ©
Exeter, June 18, 1868.

On the Avicolar Sarcoptide, and on the Ucicnorphos of the Acavina.
By C. Rosin.

The Acarina pass through a series of metamorphoses—a hexapod
larva issuing from the egg becoming converted into a nympha, from
which the adult Mite proceeds. The author has observed in the
Sarcoptide a more complicated series of phenomena; in these the
males pass through four, and the females through five stages, indi-
cated as follows :—

1. The egg, on issuing from which the animal has the form of
_ 2. A heeapod larva, followed by the stage of

3. Octopod nymphe without sexual organs. |

4. From some of these nymphee issue :—a, sewual males, after a
moult which is final for them ; 6, from others issue females without
external seaual organs, resembling the nymphe, but larger, and in
some species furnished with special copulatory organs.

Finally, after a last moult following copulation, these females
produce

5. The secual and fecundated females, which do not copulate, and
in the ovary of which eggs are to be seen. No moult follows that
which produces males or females furnished with sexual organs; but
previously to this the moults are more numerous than the changes
of condition.

Ovular and embryonal state.—The eggs of these Acarina are of a
cylindroid form with rounded ends, one of which is smaller than the
other, and corresponds with the rostrum. They are more or less
flattened on one side; and to this surface the ventral surface of the
young animal corresponds. The exclusion is effected by the division
of the cephalic extremity into two halves. The ova are deposited
by the avicolar Sarcoptidee in the angle formed by the barbs with
the stem of the feather. In general the segmentation of the vitellus
has not commenced when the eggs are laid ; but in some species thé
vitellus is divided into four lobes while the ege is still in the oviduct,
The division takes place in planes perpendicular to the greater axis
of the vitellus.

The Larva.—In all the species the larvee are hexapod; and the
arrangement of the epimera shows that it is the third, and not the

tz Sere eel each ae isdancigisetoobrireetese y:

Miscellaneous. 79

fourth pair that they possess on issuing from the egg. When the
males haye the fourth pair of legs disproportionately large, these legs
remain small throughout the preparatory state, and only acquire their
large size under the skin of the nympha before the last moult. The
larvee undergo from two to three moults before passing to the state
of nymphe. They have only one pair of hairs at the apex of the
abdomen. —

The Nymphe.—The impuberal octopod individuals, or nymphe,
show no distinctive sexual characters. In those species the males
of which have the fourth pair of legs disproportionately large, these
remain small during the whole of this state, and increase in size
under the skin before the last moult, at the same time that the
sexual organs are produced. At the same period are formed the
posterior prolongations of the abdomen in some species; and at its
close the sex of the individuals may be distinguished.

Tn the larva from which a nympha is to be produced, the fourth
pair of feet are seen beneath the skin, folded forwards. These and
the lobes and hairs borne by many nymphs are evidently produced
beneath the skin of the larva. The nymph have two pairs of long
sete: at the apex of the abdomen.

_ The nymphee have only the single granular teqgumentary plate of the
epistoma, the thoraco-abdominal plate of the sexual individuals being
wanting in them. They undergo two or three moults in this state.

The coupled females.—These, although larger, are not always easy
to distinguish from the nymph; in some species they have two
colourless appendages to the hinder part of the body, which do not
exist in the nymphe. This copulation of adult males with indi-
viduals having no sexual organs is remarkable, as nothing of the
kind has been observed in Tyroglyphus, Glyciphagus, &c., although
a similar phenomenon was noticed in Psoroptes by Bourguignon and
Delafond. In these avicolar Sarcoptide a female may often be seen

in copulation and retained by the male, showing through her integu-

ments a female with well-developed genital organs. The adhesion
of the male to the female is effected by means of the two anal disks

possessed by the former. The adhesion lasts for some days, but the

actual coition seems to occupy but a small portion of this time, The
ova are developed in the ovaries of the females whilst still in this

_ nymph-like form, and before the final moult.

The author remarks upon the relationships of these parasitic Sar-

-coptidee, and gives the following list, in a note, of the forms observed
‘by him, which will be fully described in his memoir :—1. Ptero-

lichus, 8. n., including 5 new species; 2. Dermalichus (Koch), sp.

passerinus (Linn.), oscinwm (Koch), and 1 new species ; 3. Ptero-

nyssus, §.0., sp. Dermal. preinus (Koch); 4. Proctophyllodes, g. n.,

-sp. Dermal. glandarinus (Koch), and 4 new species ; 5. Pterodectes,

g.n., with 3 new species.—Comptes Rendus, tome lxvi. April 20,

1868, pp. 776-786.

The Pelus and Hind Limbs of Whales.

Professor Yan Beneden has read a-paper at the Academy of

80 Miscellaneous.

Sciences of Brussels describing the pelvis of Cetacea. He has de-
scribed and figured the femur and tibia of the Greenland Whale;
they are both rudimentary, and somewhat similar to the rudimen-
tary femur observed by Mr. Flower when describing the Finner
Whale (Physalus).

On a remarkable Form of Pleuronectidee from the Mediterranean. ©
By Dr. SrernDAcHNER.

This fish, described under the name of Apionichthys Ottonis, has
rudimentary, punctiform eyes, a short, fissure-like branchial aper-
ture, and a long pointed caudal fin, into which the dorsal and anal
gradually pass. The length of the head is contained 54 times, the
depth of the body 33 times, and the caudal 41 times in the total
length. On the blind side of the body the ventral is wanting. The
lateral line passes through 87—90 scales; the dorsal contains 70-73
and the anal 52-54 rays. On the upper margin of the lower lip
there are 16-17 cilia, but only on the eye-bearing side of the head.
The nasal orifice on the blind side of the head is dilated into a disk,
and lobed.— Anzeige der Akad. der Wiss. in Wien, May 22, 1868,
p. 120, :

On the Antherozords of the Mosses. By E. Rozz.

The author’s first investigations on the antherozoids of the Mosses
led him to express the opinion that these organs are composed of a
biciliated filament with two spiral turns, to which a mass of amyla-
ceous granules adhered, but only during their motility. In the
spring of this year he ascertained that these granules, instead of
being affixed directly to the spiral, are contained in a hyaline plas-
mic vesicle, which is attached to the filament by a sort of tangential
adhesion.

Under a power of 1500 diameters, this vesicle is clearly discerned,
both by its spheroidal outline and by the very brisk molecular moye-
ments of its contents. It swells in water immediately after the
quiescence of the ciliated spiral; then it suddenly bursts, and the
amylaceous granules continue in the liquid the lively molecular tre-
pidation which seems normally, in the vesicle, to coincide with the
cessation of the ciliary movement.

Except as regards the existence of this vesicle, the facts previously
indicated by the author are by no means modified. From this new
fact it appears that the antherozoids of all classes of Cryptogamia pre-
sent not only an organ of locomotion, but also a vesicular appendage
filled with a plasmic liquid suspending either non-analyzable grains
or amylaceous granules. This fact was foreseen by M.A. Brongniart.
The author’s recent observations were made upon the antherozoids
of various genera of Polytrichacexe (Atrichum, Pogonutum, Polytri-
chum), still contained in their mother cells, and upon the free an-
- therozoids of Brywm capillare and pseudotriquetrum, Mnium hornum,
and Hypnum cupressiforme.—Comptes Rendus, tome lxvi, June 15,
1868, pp. 1222-1223,

THE ANNALS .

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. ]

No. 8.. AUGUST 1868.

aa,

VIII.—On a remarkable Sponge from the North Sea.
By 8S. Loven*.

[Plate VI. ]

THE Swedish Museum of Natural History at Stockholm pos-
sesses two specimens of a siliceous sponge which seem to well de-
serve acareful examination. One of them belongs to collections
made by myself long ago on the coasts of Finmark, while the
other was obtained last year by M. G. von Yhlen in the North
Sea, on the Storeggen, at the depth of about two hundred
fathoms, and presented by him to the Museum. Both are
preserved in spirits.

The external form of this sponge is peculiar—a. clavate
body, which may be called the head, supported by a slender
stem thrice as long, round, and somewhat curved, the inferior
end of which has been attached to the bottom of the sea by
numerous roots (Pl. VI. fig. 1). The whole sponge without
the roots is 52 millimetres high, the length of the head 13 mil-~
lims., that of the stem 39 millims. The colour is pale yel-

-lowish grey. The transverse section of the head is oval; its
upper Ne is flattened, and in one specimen quite plain ;
in the other (fig. 2) it has a large, oblong, well-defined aper-
ture, from which canals, separated by irregular partitions, are
seen to penetrate into the interior. This is the well-known
osculum (Bowerbank), which the living Sponge is capable of
opening and closing at will, and its interior canal-system.

he surface of the head (fig. 3) is smooth, finely and irregu-
larly reticulated, with scattered and somewhat larger lacune,
and, when seen under the microscope, seems as if covered
with very fine hairs from projecting spicules. The stem,
which is hard, firm, and elastic, has a distinct, finely hairy

* Translated from the ‘ Ofversigt af K. Vetenskaps Akademiens For-
handlingar,’ Stockholm, 1868, p. 105.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii, 6

aaa Dr. 8. Loyén on a remarkable Sponge

dermal layer. Its inferior end is thickened into a dilated base,
from which the fine root-fibres spread in branches, formin
loops, and having attached to them numerous grains of sand,
spicules of sponges, and Foraminifera.

A closer examination has given the following results. The
dermal layer of the stem is thin, but tough, and may be drawn
off in long pieces. It then shows a transparent uncoloured
protoplasma, full of small yellowish granular corpuscles, with
or without larger granules (fig. 4). In this parenchyma is
imbedded (fig. 5) a felt of very small siliceous spicules, spindle-
shaped, not inflated in the middle, furnished with a central
canal (fig. 6). When measured, these were found to be from
Ql millim. in length and 0:0018 millim. in thickness to
0°08 millim. in length and 0-002 millim. in thickness ; the
mean length was 0°08 millim., and the relation between length
and thickness in one as 100: 3°6, in another as 100: 1°8,
the mean of eight measurements as 100: 2°76. The granules
of the parenchyma are more discernible if prepared with gly-
cerine, while the spicules are more distinct in Cased balsam.

Within the dermal layer the stem is made up of closely
packed spicules, held together by a relatively small quantity
of parenchyma (fig. 7). At first sight it seems as if the stem
were composed of very long, rather spiral filaments; but a
closer examination shows the spicules to be very short, but
disposed in strings ; so that the whole has the aspect presented
in fig. 8. The spicules are all of the same type: they are
spindle-shaped needles (figs. 9, 10, 11), having near the middle
a slight but distinct globular inflation or nodule, and tapering
towards either end from that point, not in a straight line, but
forming together a very obtuse angle. It is owing to this
peculiarity that the needles, united in rows, ee uce the
slightly spiral structure of the stem. Every needle ends in a
fine but rounded point (fig. 12). They are more or less round,
The layers of which they consist are not to be discerned ; only
the exterior one appears in the transverse section (fig. 13) as a
very thin ring. T ey have a fine central canal, which, if the
needle is not broken, is closed at the point. When the infla-
tion in the middle is not larger than is shown in figs. 9,10,11,
the central canal goes through it without branching ; but if
the nodule has increased alittle more in two opposite direc-
tions (as is shown in fig, 14), which is very seldom the case,
two fine but distinct transverse canals are seen to go off cross-
wise from the central canal into its nodule or inflation. I
have not observed this formation of secondary canals in the
middle nodule carried further than shown in fig. 14; it is an
incipient branching, and appears also in other parts of the

ae ae

from the North Sea. 83

needle. Figs. 15 and 16 show beginnings of such branches
directed towards the middle of the needle; figs. 17 and 18 the
same directed towards the pot. Sometimes the branching is
double crosswise, four branches with four canals (fig. 19),
sometimes regularly, sometimes rather irregularly, or in con-
nexion with bifurcation (fig. 20). I have, besides, several
times found an irregular heap of round, bladder-like tuberosi-
ties (figs. 21, 22, 23), to which the central canal gives no
branches. Often there are spicules with graduated points
(figs. 24, 25) ; very seldom their surface is studded with short,
pointed projections (fig. 26).

When the spicule is perfectly entire and uninjured, the con-
tents of the central canal, even after boiling in nitric acid, re-
tain their transparency ; but if the spicule has been broken,
even scarcely perceptibly, at the outermost point, the canal is
partly filled with long, interrupted columns of gas, less trans-
parent than the lumen of the canal (figs. 28, 29, 30). |

Prof. Lieberkiihn observed the first formation of siliceous
spicules in young individuals of Spongilla*. Ina cell with
nucleus and nucleolus there appears among the granules a little
ball of silica, from which, in opposite directions, but not exactly
in the same straight line, shoot out two points, which are little
by little elongated, until they form spindle-shaped needles, the
ball remaining near the middle as the nodule. It is hardly to
be doubted that the inflation or nodule in the spindle-shaped
needles of our sponge, and which, as long as it is of small
size, receives no branches from the central canal, is the part
earliest formed—the siliceous ball. Of the growth of the
needle, free in the parenchyma, we know at present very little.
It inereases by layers one over another. Prof. Kélliker, who
regards the canal as a solid fibre of soft organic matter, on

which, within the cell and from its contents, silica is deposited,

supposes that the spicule increases by secretion of silica from
the parenchyma in leas one above anotherf. In our sponge
these layers are scarcely discernible. But another siliceous
sponge from the Arctic Sea has offered some observations
which may deserve to be previously mentioned here. The
layers are very distinct, and seem to be alternately soft and
hard. A spicule has lost, near the end, its exterior layer, so
that the point projects beyond the remaining part of it, as out
of a sheath. Between the outermost broken lamella and the
exterior surface of the uninjured point there is a space, the
former contents of which, a soft substance, have disappeared,
the Canada balsam now occupying their place. If one of the
* Miiller’s Archiv, 1856, p. 408, t. 15. f. 17-238.

t Icones histiologicee, i. p. 61.
iS. G¥

84 Dr. 8. Lovén on a remarkable Sponge

spicules, boiled in nitric acid, has been a little damaged, its —
inner parts are altered; if the point is broken, there appears
in the canal, and between two or more layers of silica, besides
some gas, a black substance—the carbonized soft matter. If
the point is not damaged, but the side, this substance is spread
between the outermost layer and the next, but the canal and
the inner layers retain their transparency unaltered. In one
spicule a part of the canal and the interval between the inner-
most and the following layer is filled with the dark substance,
which has been pressed out right through a third layer, by
very fine pores, at right angles from the longitudinal axis.
From this it seems to follow that the canal, normally closed
at the ends, contains a soft organic matter alternating with
the lamellee of silica in such a manner that one of these is the
exterior, and that the layers are perforated with minute pores.
The fluid contents of the needle accordingly may be in contact
with the exterior, and an exchange of substance take place.
That this is really the case is shown by the manner in which
branches are first formed, when the hitherto firm and straight
lamelle, as if yielding to a force from the interior, without
fracture, bend outwards with undiminished thickness, and,
bulging out, soon take up in the interior a branch from the
central canal. The silica of the exterior layers has its source
in the surrounding parenchyma. The spicule is by degrees
covered with new layers of silica. If an anchorate spicule,
which is of the same structure, with central canal and lamelle,
is brought into contact with a needle, it is soldered to it, co-
vered with layers of silica, and finally partly immersed in the
needle, thick and with blunted outlines, whilst in the interior
the originally slender and elaborate form is well discerned
through the glassy mass.

The spicules of our sponge are of various lengths. I have
found them from 2°93 millims. in length and 0°047 millim. in
thickness to 0°79 millim. in length and 0°01 millim. in thick-
ness, the mean length 2°12 millims.,—the relation of length to
thickness being in one as 100: 1°95, in another as 100 : 0°93,
the mean relation as 100 : 1°42. :

The stem is continued into the head above its middle, and
there ends conically. From that part proceed the spicules
which give to the head its structure, form, and consistency
(figs. 31,82). Between the erect spicules of the stem, bundles
of needles are inserted (fig. 33), which radiate in different
directions (if with any regularity I cannot say), downwards,
upwards, and to the sides. These bundles are light and firm
as the stem, arcuated, gradually broader and somewhat flat-
tened, soon divided into several almost cylindrical branches ;

from the North Sea. 85

they consist of spindle-shaped needles, of exactly the same

as those of the stem, but smaller. Ten measurements have
given from 1°14 millim. in length and 0-013 millim. in thick-
ness to 0°4 millim. in length and 0°011 millim. in thickness ;
the mean length was 0°73 millim., and the relation of length
to thickness in one as 100 : 2°86, in another as 100: 1-09, the
mean of twelve measurements being 100: 1°85. Very rarely
there appear some few small straight needles without nodules
near the middle (fig. 27). The nearer the surface, the more
the bundles divide; but, regularly, not one of their spicules
reaches out of the dermal layer, in which appear other
spicules (fig. 34) of the same type as those in the skin of the
stem, but longer, arcuated, without nodule (fig. 35), and
placed in the same manner. The measurements gave from
0°45 millim. in length and 0004 millim. in thickness to 0°34
millim. in length and 0°0046 millim. in thickness; the mean
length was 0°39 millim. ; the relation of length to thickness
in one as 100: 1:25, in another as 100: 0°8, the mean being
100 : 1.

The interstices between these bundles of spicules, which
form the partitions of the canal-system of the head, are filled.
with the parenchyma, which, although it has been a very long
time under the influence of the alcohol, has a yellowish-brown
colour, is firm and tough, has very numerous, mostly oblong
corpuscles and granules, among which there are some larger
ones with granular contents (fig. 36).

From the rather thickened base of the stem, out of its
dermal layer, a great number of roots go off, irregular and
branched filaments here and there forming loops and gradually
spreading over a surface almost twice as great as the upper
surface of the head (fig. 37). The roots consist in greater
_ part of a tolerably transparent colourless substance, the same
as that of the skin, covered by a somewhat thin layer of fine,
yellowish, granular matter. Very rare, extremely small and
straight spicules may possibly belong to this layer, though it
is very difficult to refer them to it with certainty among the
great number of foreign objects of many kinds which are
attached by the granular layer’s having crept over them and
penetrated even into the canal of the fragments of sponge-
spicules (fig. 38).

When the stem of the: sponge is broken not far from the
root, and the upper part, thus separated from the basal, is
turned upside down and placed on the flattened surface of the
head, the stump of the stem directed upwards, it has an un-

uestionable Bhaneis to the well-known Hyalonema Sieboldi,
ray, as this has been hitherto exhibited. What we have

86 Dr. S. Lovén on a remarkable Sponge

called the head answers to “the sponge” of the Hyalo-
nema, and the stump of the stem to the splendid “ twisted
cord” hitherto supposed to. rise from the sponge. But the
difference of size is very considerable. The large specimen of |
Hyalonema figured by Professor Max Schultze has “ the
sponge’’ ten times as high and in volume more than six
hundred times as large as the head of our sponge, “ the twisted
cord”’ eight times as long and very much thicker. E

The opinions as to the true nature of the Hyalonema have
been widely different among naturalists. That the zoophyte
Palythoa and the sponge Hyalonema are two separate organisms
no doubt is possible. Professor Max Schultze’s researches
have settled this question, on which opinions have been so
divided. In another point all who have treated of the Hya-
lonema as a natural production have agreed: they all assume
“the sponge” to be the basal part, “the coil” a part arising
from it.

But if we regard the Hyalonema in the contrary manner, if
we place it so that “ the sponge” is upwards, ‘the coil” down-
wards, and suppose this to be only a part of the stem, torn off -
by the fisherman’s line, the remainder having been left at-
tached to the bottom (in the same manner, for example, as the
deeply immersed Lygus mirabilis (O. F. M.) is so often cut off
by the dredge), and if we then compare it more closely with the
sponge here described and figured, we shall have, as I will try
to show, a view of its structure and habits approaching more
nearly to the truth than that now generally accepted.

The surface of the Hyalonema called the lower one of “ the
sponge ’’ is now the upper one, corresponding to that which is
marked a in fig. 1, and shown by fig. 2. In our sponge this
surface is provided with a great osculum, in the bottom of
which the canal-system is seen entering the inner parts of the
head. Professor Max Schultze is the only author who has
described the same surface in the Hyalonema. If ever at-
tached to the bottom, it ought to bear traces of it; sand, frag-
ments of shells, Foraminifera would, as usual (for example,
in Euplectella cucumer, Owen, and £. aspergillum, Owen),
adhere to it. This, however, is not mentioned. On the other
hand, there open on this surface “ not less than six irregularl
oval apertures, half an inch wide, which are in connexion wit
anastomosing canals, bordered by a membranous and porous
network of siliceous needles. These canals can be followed as
far as two inches deep in the sponge, and form an irregular
lacunar system, which is in conjunction, through the fine
meshes of the spongious network, with the openings on the
surface.’ It is evidently the oscula of Hyalonema, with the

from the North Sea. 87

canal-system, which Prof. Schultze here describes; and it is
difficult to explain the extraordinary circumstance that these
openings, which are so important to the life of the A gay
should have their place where it is adherent to the rock, and
where the current issuing from them would meet with such
resistance.

By an incision in the head (‘‘ the sponge’’) Prof. Schultze
laid open its inner structure. The stem (“the coil’’) is con-
Gitelk: as in our sponge, deeply into it; and the spicules of the
head, inserted among the larger ones of the axis in the form
of flattened strings or blades, are regularly disposed all round
“the axis.”’ The figure (M.Schultze, ‘Die Hyalonemen,’ pl. 2.
f. 1) shows, though rather indistinctly, this structure, which
accords well with that of our sponge. The parenchyma of the
specimens examined by Prof. Schultze, was very much dimi-
nished by drying.

It is evident that the stem (‘‘ the coil”’) of all the specimens
of Hyalonema described has been torn off at its free end.
Professor Schultze expressly states that its long needles are
all broken; they are of the same type of form as those of
our sponge—spindle-shaped, more or less round, thickest at
the middle, tapering towards both ends, and somewhat spirally
bent. The thickest part of many of the smaller and those of
middle size has an inflation or nodule, in the interior of which
the central canal gives off two short transverse canals, at nght
angles and in opposite directions; All this is as in our
a From this simple primary type of spicule a number
of secondary, more complicated forms are derived, almost
without exception the same as in our Sponge, although in the
latter not so fully developed. Such are the spicules with
graduated ends (/. c. pl. 3. f. 5, 6, 7, our figs. 24,25) or studded
_ with short spines, into which the canal does not enter (/. c. pl. 3.
f. 1-4, 9-15, our fig. 26), or with branches in two or four
crossing directions (/. c. pl. 4. fig. 1, our figs. 14,19); but
those of Hyalonema are strongly and perfectly developed,
forming six-rayed needles, or five-rayed ones where one part
of the primitive needle is lost (/.c. pl. 4. f.3, 5,6). There can
be a branch also in only one side (/.c. pl. 3. f.15, to compare
with our figs. 15,18). Whether the arcuated spicules without
nodulés, found in the dermal layer of our sponge (figs. 6, 35),
are to be recognized in the spicules figured by Prof. Schultze
(pl. 3. f. 2,3) may be left undecided.

Besides these affinities, there are also differences. In addi-
tion to the spindle-shaped needles, Hyalonema has also another
type of siliceous spicules, which are not to be found in the
specimens of our sponge I have examined. It is the type of

88 Dr. 8. Lovén on a remarkable Sponge

the amphidisci (birotulate spicula, Bow.) described and figured
by Messrs. Bowerbank and Schultze. Spicules of this form
are found, as far as hitherto known, among marine sponges, so
pertect only in Hyalonema, and less perfect in Halichondria
and in the freshwater genus Spongitta, where they are well
known from the excellent and long-continued researches of
Prof. Lieberkiihn*. In this genus they enter into the com-
position of the envelope of the gemmules (ovaria, Bow.) in
great number and in regular order. This kind of spicules
accordingly is in connexion with the propagation. In Ayalo-
nema Prof. Schultze searched in vain for such an arrangement;
but this cannot be expected to be recognized in its primitive
order in a dried specimen. If the specimens of our om
here described, so extremely small in comparison with the
gigantic Hyalonema Sieboldi, were young, not yet prolific, or
if the sexes were separated in this form of Sponges, the ab-
sence of the amphidisci might be explained.

The spindle-shaped needles of the stem of Hyalonema are
of an immense length. The greater number of them reach
from one end to the other; some of them are up to 0°67 metre
long. The entire ones have their greatest thickness a little
under the middle. The longest, though broken, needles have
their thickest part nearer their free end. If this point is sup-
posed to be at a distance of 0°5 metre from the end concealed
in the interior of the sponge, then the longest needles, when
entire, ought to have had the length of a metre, nearly eight
times the longitudinal axis of the head. The longest needles
of our sponge are not the fourth part of the length of the head.
The stem of the Japanese sponge may have had the length of
a single needle ; thirteen needles of the longest in our sponge
would not, if laid end to end, have attained the length of the
stem, which is, however, not more than thrice that of the
head. This great difference in the length of the needles can-
not be entirely explained by the young state of the indivi-
duals; their character of incomplete development, however,
appears, as already remarked, by the comparison between
their secondary forms, which in our Sponge are much less
developed; and the same character is probably also indicated
by the circumstance that in our Sponge the nodule very seldom
recelves transverse branches from the central canal, which
appears to be a common case in Hyalonema. It may also
be remarked that in Hyalonema the deposition of siliceous
layers in the longest needles has gone so far that the nodule
at the middle has been outwardly quite concealed, while its

* Miiller’s Archiv, 1856, pl. 15. f. 28, 29, 30; Bowerbank, British
Spongiada, figs. 208-222, 317-319.

en

from the North Sea. 89

innermost layers, by being bent, show that it existed when
the needle was smaller. This may also possibly be an
indication that the specimens of Hyalonema examined are old
individuals. ;

The long needles of Hyalonema present a singularity first
observed by Dr. Gray, and of which no trace is seen in our
sponge. Their free ends have hooks placed in rings or ——

irected towards the thickest point of the needle. Professor
Schultze expressly remarks that this cannot depend on the
exterior layers having been partly broken. It is an uncom-
mon case.

Professor Schultze, who described the oscula of the flattened
surface of the head of his great Hyalonema, found this same
surface in the smaller younger specimens covered by a net-
work of spicules similar to that which covers the free end of
Euplectella cucumer, Owen, and E. aspergillum, Owen*. No-
thing similar is to be found in our sponge.

The head of the large specimen of Hyalonema examined
by Professor Schultze shows a great number of circular holes,
with a diameter of nearly a line, surrounded by bundles of fine
siliceous needles, radiating in all directions from their edges.
They are not at all to be found in our sponge. Professor
Schultze regards them as ‘‘ chimneys” (that is, oscula) ; but
these are situated, as shown above, in Hyalonema as in our
and many other species, on the free surface of the head. Pores
for entering currents they cannot be. In their present form
they are probably foreign to the structure of the sponge, tubes
formed by the same parasitic zoophyte which Prof. Schultze _
discovered in their yellowish-brown clothing, and the urti-
cating organs and arms of which he recognized.

In looking back on what is said above—the differences

(which may depend partly on distinction of species or different

ages, partly on incomplete observation), the affinities in the
most important points (in the form of the head, with its great
oscula on the free surface, the spicules in its interior radiatin

around the i end of a stem composed of spindle-shaped
siliceous needles)—it seems to follow that the little sponge
which I have described, from the great depth of the North
Sea, is a Hyalonema in its complete state, with its stem un-
injured, and with its roots. But with regard to certain dif-
ferences—the absence of amphidisci ahich seem to belong to
the propagation), the much shorter spindle-shaped needles and
their little-developed secondary forms—it seems probable that
the specimens I have described are young individuals of a

* Loc. cit. p. 9; Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. iii. p. 203, pl. 13; Trans. Linn.
Soc. xxii. pl. 21, see footnote, p. 118,

90 Dr. 8. Lovén on a remarkable Sponge.

species of Hyalonema distinct both from H. Steboldi, Gray, and
from H. lusitanicum, Barboza du Bocage. In the present state
of our knowledge of sponges, it is not advisable to make a new
genus of it.

There exist between the fauna of lower animals living in
the North Sea or fossil in the Crag formation, on one side,
and that of the Japan seas, on the other, certain analogies
which deserve to be kept in view. ‘The crustacean Geryon
tridens, for instance, described by Kréyer, which lives in the
North Sea, always far from the shore, bears a very close afli-
nity to the Japanese genus Galena of De Haan.

Hyalonema may be traced far back in geological time.
The sponge from the Greensand figured as Siphonia pyri-
formis, Goldf., by J. de C. Sowerby*, has a strong resemblance
to it; and Prof. Suess has recognized it in the Serpula paral-
lela, M‘Coy, of the Yorkshire Coal-formation T.

The genus Hyalonema may be characterized thus :—

Hyatonema, Gray.

Spongia silicea; corpus clavatum in facie superiore applanata
oscula gerens, stipite suffultum intrante, tereti, radiculis affixo.
Spicula fusiformia stipitis ad longitudinem spiraliter et arte con-
juncta parenchymate tenui ; corporis in fasciculos radiantes congesta,
interstitiis parenchyma lacunosum amplum continentibus; cuticule
simplicia arcuata; amphidisci [gemmulas vestientes ? ].

1. Hyalonema Sieboldi, Gray.
Hab. in mari Japonie.

2. H. lusitanicum, Barboza du Bocage.
Hab. in mari Atlantico extra oras Lusitanie.

3. H. boreale, nob.

Hab. in mari septentrionali extra oras Norvegie, profunditate
200 orgyarum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Hyalonema boreale, nob., magnitudine sesquies aucta.
Fig. 2. Facies superior cum osculo.

Fig. 3. Facies externa strati dermalis.

Fig. 4, Eadem, magnitudine auctiore.

Fig. 5. Spiculorum ejusdem congeries.

* Fitton, ‘Strata below the Chalk,’ p. 340, pl. 15 a.
+ Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellschaft Wien, xii. p. 85. (Ann. Nat. Hist.
ser. 3. xviii. 404.)

a oe

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 911

Fig. 6. Spicula singula.

Fig. 7. Stipitis sectio longitudinalis cum parenohymste

Fig. 8. Stipitis pars, sublato strato dermali.

Figs. 9-11. Spicula fusiformia, simplicia.

Fig. 12. Apex spiculi.

Fig. 13. Sectio ejusdem.

Fig. 14. Spiculi pars media, ramis inchoatis canalem excipientibus.
Figs. 15-26. Spiculorum forme secundariz.

Fig. 27. Spiculum minutum simplicissimum, rarum.

Figs. 28-30. Spicula fracta, canali aére repleto.

Figs. 31, 32. Sectiones longitudinales corporis.

Fig. 33. Finis stipitis in eodem, cum fasciculis spiculorum radiantibus.
Fig. 34. Ramuli ultimi fasciculi.

Fig. 35. Spiculum strati dermalis corporis.

Fig. 36. Parenchyma corporis.

Fig. 37. Radicis pars.

Fig. 38. Spongolithes in parenchymate radicis exceptus.

IX.—List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the
West Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S.

[Continued from vol. i. p. 333. ]
[Plate VIIL.]
Lycide (continued).
METRIORHYNCHUS, Guérin-Ménev.

1. Metriorhynchus sulcicollis.
Lycus sulcicollis, Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 78.

I have received two species which, I believe, respectively
belong to Mr. James Thomson’s Lycus sulcicollis and Lycus
semifiabellatus. His description of the former is as follows :—

** Prothorax of a brownish black, with yellow sides; elytra
yellow, with the posterior fourth black ; underside black ; base
of the thighs yellow.

“Very elongated, almost parallel in the male. Female with
the antenne very broad, almost pectinated. Prothorax with
the anterior margin very projecting in the middle; sides lightly
sinuated, posterior angles sharp; base strongly bisinuated, in
the middle a very deep Guest changing into a ridge in front.
Elytra each with four strong ridges, the intervals regularly .
reticulated.

“ Length 7 to 11 millims., breadth 24 to 4 millims.”

With all this my specimens agree; but they have also one
or two other striking characters, which one would have ex-
pected to be mentioned if they were present. The black an-

92 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

tenn, for example, have the terminal article of a pale yellow.
Fig. 2.

The thorax, beside the ridge and groove, y., 4
has four diverging minor ridges radia- wea:
ting from the middle ridge (fig. 1); and
the reticulations of the elytra between
each ridge are singly scalariform, as shown by
in fig. 2, and not doubly scalariform as
in the next species.

2. Metriorhynchus semiflabellatus. Fig. 3.
Lycus semifiabellatus, Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 79.

Mr. Thomson’s description of what
I suppose to be this is as follows :—

‘‘ Above yellow, with the middle of
the prothorax, the scutellum, and a little
more than the posterior third of the
elytra black ; ee legs and antenne
black, as well as the base of the thighs,
the middle of the metasternum and the
last article of the antenne yellow.

“Very elongated, slender, parallel. Antenne very broad,
with prolonged articles diminishing towards the extremity ;
prothorax angularly rounded in front, in the middle a ridge
changing behind into a broad groove. Elytra straight on the
sides, having each three strong ridges; intervals reticulated.

“ Length 74 mill., breadth 2 mill.” | 7

The only difference between this and the description of the
preceding species is that, while the elytra of L. sulcicollis have
four strong ridges with the intervals “regularly reticulated,”
this has only three strong ridges with the inter- Rig, 4,
vals “ reticulated,’”’ and that the scutellum of this a
species is black, while that of the other is not. fpr PA
The difference in reticulation is not alluded to; [BRREREE
but the reader will see, on comparing fig. 4, which
shows it in this species, with fig. 2 in the last,
that it is an excellent distinction.

I am in doubt whether any difference is meant to be implied
by the use of the different expressions “ reticulated” and
“regularly reticulated ;” but the single scalariform interval
appears more suggestive of regularity than the smaller and
‘ i ie double scalariform interval, which is necessarily more
crowded; and on.that ground I have referred the “ regularly
reticulated” to L. sulcicollis ; and I am the more supported in
doing so by the scutellum (or, rather, the scutellar region)
being black in it. The numerical difference of three stron
ridges instead of four I cannot find: they all have four; and

PELE LEAR UE RULE AE

Elina me it

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 93

I have come to the conclusion that the allotment of only three
ridges to this species is a mistake on the part of Mr. Thomson.
In all the allied Lycide the ridges are usually the same in
number; and it seems by no means probable that in one sec-
tion there should be two different. species, so nearly allied
to each other, yet having different numbers of ridges on
the elytra. In many, however, and in particular in this spe-
cies, the four ridges are not always observable at the base,
the fourth being sometimes concealed or, rather, occupied
by the shoulder; but nearer the apex they are all four always
very visible.
Dascyllide.

PTILODACTYLA, Latr.

5

Ptilodactyla punctatostriata.

Nitida, castanea, elytris dilutioribus; thorace distincte et
crebre leviter punctato; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis
levissime sparsim punctatis.

Long. 24 lin., lat. 2 lin.

Shining, chestnut-coloured, the elytra a little paler than the
thorax. Head finely punctate and slightly pubescent. Thorax
distinctly and (under a lens) rather deeply and thickly

unctate, most closely on the sides and angles, not so closely
ut with larger punctures on the disk. Scutellum heart-
shaped, with two raised lobes at the base, finely punctate.

Elytra punctate striate, base and shoulders less so, the inter-

stices finely punctate ; the strie disposed obliquely, except the

sutural stria, which is straight; the shoulder separates two
strie, which unite about halfway down, those on each side of
these again unite concentrically below them; the stria next to
the sutural one is short, and fills a space left at the base by

the oblique direction of the others.

This is another instance of the occurrence at Old Calabar
of American forms (most nearly related to Brazilian types).
Prilodactyla is strictly an American genus, and has not hitherto
been recorded as met with in the Old World. |

CopTOcERA*, nov. gen.
(Fig. 5; and details, figs, 6-11.)

Mentum subtriangulare, apice truncato. Ligula quadrilobata,
lobis duobus utroque latere conicis magnis ciliatis (fig. 6).
Maxillz lobo exteriore in duos lobos diviso rectos tenues et
ciliatos ; lobo interno lato, apice truncato, forsan semifisso

* From xérra, I cut, and xépas, a horn, in allusion to the truncate termi-
nation of the last article of the antenne.

94 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

margine interno (fig. 7). Palpi labiales et maxillares arti-
culo ultimo subsecuriformi. Mandibule sat prominentes
arcuate, apice fortiter bidentate (fig. 8). Labrum antice
rotundatum (fig. 9). Caput declive ; epistoma antice rectum.
Oculi sat parvi parum prominentes. Antenne (fig. 10)

Fig. 10.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 11.

dimidio corporis longitudine, fere equales, fortiter serrate,
articulo primo brevi sat parvo, secundo minuto, ceteris
fere zqualibus latis, tertio parum longiore, ultimo truncato
(fig. 11). Prothorax transversalis, postice latior, ad basin
fere recte truncatus, parum bisinuatus. Scutellum postice
rotundatum, sat magnum. Elytra lata, antice subparallela,
pone medium dilatata, apice late rotundata. Pedes me-
iocres ; tarsi mediocres, articulis primis quatuor trigonis,
bilobatis, bilamellatis, lamellis latis et magnis, quinto ungui-
culis robustis. Carina prosternalis brevis et tenuis. Corpus
crassum, convexum, postice parum dilatatum.

Coptocera gallerucotdes.

Levis, nitidissima, testaceo-ferruginea; antennis, apice man-
dibularum, palpis, tibiis tarsisque nigris. Capite antice
oblongo, biimpresso, impunctato ; thorace sat convexo, im-
punctato, disco bifoveolato, lateribus parum explanatis et
reflexis, postice impressis. Scutello mitriformi. LElytris
levissime seriatim punctulatis, stria suturali et stria laterali
prope humeros fortius punctatis, lateribus bisinuatis, mar-
gine reflexo, humeris et disco ante medium et pone medium
separatim elevatis. Subtus fulvo-pubescens.

Long. 9 lin. ; lat. elytrorum ad basin 3 lin., pone medium
5 lin.

Smooth, very shining, testaceo-ferruginous, with the an-
tenne, the palpi, the apex of the mandibles, and the tibize and

EE OT ee Se

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 95

tarsi black. The head impunctate, biimpressed in front. The
thorax rather convex, impunctate, with the disk bifoveolate

and the sides somewhat expanded and reflexed, and impressed

near the posterior angles, which, although acute on the great

scale, are inflexed and rounded at the tip, the anterior angles
obtuse and rounded at the apex; base nearly straight. Scu-
tellum mitre-shaped. Elytra very faintly impressed with a
series of punctures in rows; but there is a sutural line or stria
and an anterior marginal one, both of which are pretty deep
and strongly punctate; the sides are bisinuate, and the mar-
gins reflexed ; the shoulders and the disk near the scutellum
and before the middle, and the disk behind the middle, all
separately raised into prominences. Beneath fulvo-pubescent,
the pubescence longest on the metasternum. Abdomen rather
flat and somewhat soft.

This species looks exceedingly like some of the tropical
Gallerucidze, as Agelocera, Rhombopalpa, &c. It does not
appear to have been common, a few specimens only having
been received. |

Elateride*.
APHANOBIUS, Esch.
Aphanobius seclusus, Cand. Elat. iv. p. 322.

Several specimens received.

The genus Aphanobius has hitherto been supposed to be
peculiar to the East. ‘Ten species are described by Candéze.
Of these, four are from the Mauritius and five from other parts
of the Indo-Malayan district—Singapore, Java, India, China,
&c.; the occurrence of the only other species (the present) at
Old Calabar is, as I think, an evidence either of a connexion be-
tween Africa and India, or else of a great geological antiquity
of the generic form. The presence of many other Indian
forms in Africa makes the former the more probable explana-
tion; and the greater diffusion of such Indian forms would

seem to indicate that the connexion was probably of a much

older date than that which seems to have existed between the
west coast of tropical Africa and the opposite coast of Brazil.

CRATONYCHUST, Boisd. & Lacord.
Cratonychus umbilicatus, Gyll., Cand. Elat. iii. p. 322.

This is the only species in the large genus Cratonychus

* All the Elateridz which I had then received from Old Calabar were
placed by me in Dr. Candéze’s hands at the time he was engaged on his
great work on that family, and were therein described. A few additional
species have since been received.

+ Ido not agree with my friend Dr. Candéze in his reasons for aban-

‘doning the old name Cratonychus and substituting Melanotus.

96 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

which is found out of the limits of the northern hemisphere :
all the rest come from Europe, Siberia, North America, &c.
I think we must regard it as a straggler which has passed the
barrier of the Sahara either before or after it became dry land.
It appears to be distributed all over Africa proper, -having
been met with in Senegal, Guinea, Old Calabar, the Cape of
Good Hope, and Caffraria. |

CARDIOPHORUS, Esch.
Cardiophorus accensus, Cand. Elat. iii. p. 178.

One or two specimens received.

MELANOXANTHUS, Esch.

Melanoxanthus melanocephalus, Germ. Zeitsch, v, p. 191 ;
Cand. Elat. ii. 512.
Elater melanocephalus, Thunb. Nov. Spec. Ins. Diss. iii. p. 63; Olliv.,
Fab., Herbst, &c.

Var. subsuturalis.

This species seems nearly cosmopolitan. It is found, not -
rarely, in Brazil. It occurs in India, the Malaccas, and gene-
rally in all the tropical regions of Asia from Arabia to China.
It has also been met with in Madagascar and the Mauritius,
and Bourbon Island.

The specimen (only one) which I have received from Old
Calabar agrees with the ordinary type, with the exception that
the black mark on the thorax is a little wider and extends
further back on the thorax, and that the black apex of the
elytra extends further up them and runs narrowly and feebly
up the suture for a short space. I have therefore treated it as
a variety.

HETERODERES, Latr.

Heteroderes coctus, Cand. Elat. 11. p. 366.

This is one of the commonest of the Elateride of Old
Calabar.
IscHIopONTUS, Cand.

Ischiodontus monachus, Cand. Elat. ii. p. 120.
One specimen received.

Psepuus, Cand,
§ 1. Third article of antennz smaller than the fourth.
1. Psephus limonioides.
Generi Limonio facie similis (ex. gr. Limonio fulvipilis, Cand.),
fusco-niger, parum nitidus; fronte convexa, antice im-

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 97

pressa, breviter fulvo-pilosa, fortiter punctata; prothorace
parum elongato, profunde ac dense punctato, convexo, pos-
tice breviter canaliculato, sat longe presertim lateribus et
disco fulvo-piloso, angulis posticis longis et parum divari-
catis ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis subrugose granu-
latim punctatis, fulvo-pilosis; antennis nigris ; pedibus tes-
taceo-ferrugineis.

Long. 44 lin., lat. 13 lin.

_ Similar in general appearance to the genus Limonius, and

more especially to the Limontus fulvipilis, Cand. Subcylin-

drical in form, fuscous black, slightly shining. Head thickly

and strongly punctate and fulvo-pilose, convex, with a well=

marked transverse impression close to the margin of the keel.

?
;
:
ity
: -
)

Antenne black or brownish black, with the second and third
articles minute. Prothorax deeply and very closely punctate,
fulvo-pilose, especially on the sides and disk, convex, with a
short distinct smooth canaliculation behind, longer than broad,
narrowest in front; sides sloping to the front, where they are
rounded in; the posterior angles long and slightly divaricated,
keeled along their outer margin, also shortly in the middle and
on their inner margin, sharp at the apex. Scutellum elongate
pentagonal. Klytra of the breadth of the thorax, nearly
parallel or very slightly dilated until beyond the middle, not
very much attenuated at the apex, punctate striate, the striz
not very strongly punctate, the intervals flat, subrugosely
granularly punctate. Legs testacéo-ferruginous, fusco-pu-
bescent. Lamelle on the second and third tarsi only.
Three specimens received.

2. Psephus brevipennis, Cand. Elat. ii. p. 27.

Several specimens received.

3. Psephus macrophthalmus, Cand. Elat. ii. p. 26.
Only one individual received.

4. Psephus elimatus, Cand. Elat. ii. p. 22.
Only one specimen received. ;

§ 2. Third article of the antenne as large as the fourth.
5. Psephus conicollis.

Fuscus, parum nitidus, griseo-pilosus ; fronte fortiter sat dense
punctata, convexa, antice impressa; prothorace convexo,
sparsim subleviter punctato, postice ae canaliculato,

latitudine majore, ab angulis posticis sensim angustato, an-

gulis posticis carinatis; elytris leviter punctato-striatis, in-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 7

98 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

terstitiis planis, granulatim subrugosis; subtus castaneus,
abdomine parum dilutiore; pedibus castaneis, tarsis secundis
et tertiis lamella instructis.

Long. 44 lin., lat. 14 lin.

Conical in front, and conical or subcuneate behind. Fus-
cous, slightly shining, griseo-pilose. Head convex, intpressed
in front, rather coarsely and somewhat densely punctate. Pro-
thorax broader than long, convex, faintly punctate (most so in
front), and clothed with a longish pubescence, with a slight
longitudinal canaliculate depression behind, gradually narrowed
from the posterior angles to the anterior angles, the posterior
angles carinated. In one of my specimens the exterior outline
of the posterior angles is slightly rounded, which may be a
sexual difference. Scutellum elongate, mitre-shaped. Elytra
wedge-shaped or conical at the base, nearly as Viol as the
base of the thorax, gradually attenuated to the apex, feebly
punctate striate, the intervals flat, subgranulously transversely
rugose. Below chestnut, darkest on the thorax ; metathorax
thickly punctured all over, rather deepest on the sides, the
punctures so close to each other as to meet. Legs chestnut.
Lamellz on the second and third tarsi.

Two specimens (probably male and female) received.

6. Psephus nitidus.

Statura P. conicolli, minor, rufo-castaneus, nitidus, vix pilosus,
fronte punctata; prothorace leviter punctato, postice fere
impunctato; elytris levissime striato-punctatis, interstitiis
parum elevatis, transversim subrugosis.

Long. 33-4 lin., lat. 1 lin.

Similar in form and sculpture to Psephus conicollis, smaller,
reddish chestnut, almost without hairs, shining. Head punc-
tate, anteriorly very slightly depressed. Prothorax conically
rounded to the front, finely and sparingly punctate, more espe-
cially behind, posterior angles rounded in, carinate. Scutellum
elongate, mitre-shaped. LElytra very finely punctate striate,
interstices slightly elevated, transversely granulously sub-
rugose. Underside and legs same colour as the upperside.
Metathorax very coarsely punctured on the sides, but finely
punctured on its disk, the punctures scattered and not touching
each other. eee

Only one specimen received,-

7. Psephus striatopunctatus, Cand. Elat. ii. p. 21.
Several specimens received.

a

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 99

8. Psephus beniniensis, Cand. Elat. i. p. 21.
Only one or two specimens received.

OLopHzus, Cand.
Olopheus gibbus, Cand. Elat. ii. p. 15.

a
This varies considerably in size, some being very nearly twice
the size of others. |

TEeTRALOBUS, Lepell. et Serv. :
1. Tetralobus Chevrolatii, Cand. Elat. 1. p. 374.

In my specimen I observe one character not noticed by
Candéze in his description, viz. that the spine of the pro-
sternum is deeply canaliculate.

One specimen.
2. Tetralobus subcylindricus.

Nigro-brunneus, pube fulvo-sericea brevissima sat dense ves-
titus, punctatissimus, elongatus, elytris subcylindricis;
fronte punctata, postice linea levi carinata, antice excavato,
carina frontali transversali subrotundata; prothorace crebre
et sat fortiter punctato, ineequali, subquadrato, antice lateri-
bus rectis et parallelis, angulis anticis rotundatis, angulis
posticis divaricatis, apice retrorsum flexis, subtus grosse
Sparsim punctatis; elytris subparallelis, prope medium
levissime dilatatis, creberrime leviter punctatis, haud striatis,
obsoletissime nervatis, apice angulis suturalibus rotundatis ;
subtus mesosterno et metasterno sat longe fulvo-pilosis ; ab-
domine fulvo-sericea pube vestito, ischiis fere parallelis,
transversim depressis, interne parum incisis, vix dentatis.

Long. 19 lin., lat. 6 lin.

Brownish black, clothed with an excessively short but dense
silky fulvous down, thickly punctured, elongate, rather narrow,
transversely convex, so as to appear almost subcylindric, at

least as regards the elytra. Head rather coarsely punctate,

behind with a slight smooth raised line, in front with a deep
longitudinal excavation ; the frontal transverse keel subrotun-
date, in some aspects like a truncate triangle with the corners
rounded and the middle slightly sinuate. The prothorax
closely and rather coarsely punctate, unequal on its surface,
slightly depressed on each side of the middle in front, also on
the disk, and on each side behind the middle, and with a small
oblique distinct fovea near the posterior angles; the sides
parallel, margins rounded in, anterior angles rounded, posterior
strongly divaricate, with their apex slightly incurved, and with
a small raised tubercle in their middle ; base with a lobe in front

7*

100 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

of scutellum. Scutellum rounded at the base, pits os
at the apex. lElytra convex, subcylindrical, subparallel, a
very little dilated about the middle, very thickly and finely
punctate, without striz, but with some obsolete traces of ner-
vures near the base; sides with a slight bent keel at the base,
the sutural angle at the apex rounded. Underside of pro-
thorax much more coarsely, but not nearly so closely punctate
as the upper surface, the spine with a slight appearance of
keel on each side near the base; the mesosternum and meta-
sternum clothed with rather long fulvous hair; the abdomen
with fine down only, as on the upperside. The posterior
haunches are of nearly equal breadth throughout, with a trans-
verse depression of no great depth; the free margin at the
inner end slightly notched, but very slightly, if at all, toothed.

- Only one specimen received. It is most nearly allied to 7.
punctatus from Senaar, both having the thorax very much
punctate; but its shape is different, and the elytra in this
species are not nearly so much costate as in punctatus.

Auaus, Esch.
Alaus Candézet.

Niger, squamulis cinereis cervinis fuscisque marmoratus ; an-
tennis haud longitudinem thoracis zequantibus, fuscis, articulis
primis tribus nitidis et pubescentibus, ceteris opacis et velu-
tinis, valde serratis ; prothorace latitudine longiore, lateribus
parum depressis, sinuato, parallelo, angulis posticis divari-
catis, carinatis, apice retrorsum flexis; elytris pone humeros
et postice depressis, antice fortiter punctato-striatis, versus
apicem punctis levioribus instructis, apice subemarginato,
angulis externis rotundatis, suturalibus submucronatis ;
subtus pube magis concolori vestito; mesosterno et meta-
sterno pilosis; abdomine segmentorum marginibus extus
subdenticulatis.

Long. 14 lin., lat. 44 lin.

Black, densely clothed with ashy and fawn-coloured scales,
marbled and peppered with brown. Antenne very strongly
serrate, brown, the first three articles shining and pubescent, the
remainder opaque and velvety. Head concave in front. Pro-
thorax longer than broad, disk most convex behind the middle,
with the sides subparallel, sinuate, and somewhat depressed ;
anterior margin bisinuate ; posterior angles diverging, keeled,
their apex slightly incurved. Scutellum sloping more in front
than behind, obovate. Elytra depressed towards the apex and
behind the shoulders, punctate-striate, the punctures distinctly
apart from each other, deepest outside the shoulder, less deep

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 101

towards the suture, and gradually diminishing as they ap-
proach the apex, which is subemarginate, with the external
angles rounded and the sutural angles turned outwards and
feebly mucronate. Below more uniform in tint; the meso-
sternum and metasternum pilose; the abdomen with the mar-
gins of its segments subdenticulate at the external angle. In
the female the pencilled margin of hairs on the free margin of
the last segment of the abdomen is composed of singularly
shaped hairs, somewhat club-shaped, or like an irregular knob
on a thin stalk—cherries on a stalk, in fact, only the cherries
are not round. ,
The African species to which this comes nearest is A. sene-
scestylage but it differs in the prothorax not having a broad
ongitudinal median canal, in there not being a tubercle on it
in front of the median lobe, in the sides being sinuate instead
of rounded, in the elytra not being tubercular at their base, in
their apex not being bidentate, and in their third interval not
being more raised than the others. It has more resemblance,
however, to some of the Malayan species.
Only one specimen (a female) received.

Lacon, Lap.

Lacon sordidus, Cand. Elat. i. p. 114.

Of this species I have one specimen, given to me by Mr.
Fry, who had acquired it from Mr. Gray, of Glasgow, with
the locality marked as Old Calabar. Mr. Gray was in rela-
tions with my friends.the missionaries, and I have no doubt
that his locality is to be depended on. The only habitat given
by Candéze for the species is Senegal.

My specimen is probably immature, being chestnut-coloured
instead of black. It may be worth mentioning, as a character
not noticed by Candéze, that the scales on the elytra are dis-
posed in pairs on the intervals between the strie, and are
_ arranged obliquely, pointing backwards towards each other,

so that it gives them the appearance of a plaited flat rope.

Ditoporarsus, Latr., Cand.
Dilobotarsus cornutus, Cand. Elat. Nouv. p. 8 (1864).

Castaneus, elytrorum apice ochraceo, pilis albidis et ochraceis
hie et illic sparsim irroratus, lineari-elongatus, angustus,
subcylindricus ; fronte excavata, luteo-squamulosa; protho-
race ineequali, antice latiore, lateribus sinuatis, apud mar-
ginem anticum tuberculis duobus, transversim granulose .
multistriolato; elytris anguste linearibus, granulose crebre

102. Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

punctatis, obsolete nervosis, basi pilis ochraceis obductis,

fascia saturatius castanea ante apicem pilis albidis et pos-

tice pilis ochraceis marginata, altera fascia interrupta vel

potius linea tenui transversa interrupta punctorum albido-

rum paulo a scutellum ; antennis pedibusque castaneis.
Long. 5 lin., lat. 13 lin.

Chestnut, with the apex of the elytra paler or ochraceous
and a band immediately before the lighter space darker chest-
nut, and here and there spattered with whitish and ochreous
scales ; linear-elongate, narrow, subcylindric; the head exca-
vated in front, clothed with yellowish-white hairs. Prothorax
broadest in front, unequal, with depressions on the sides and
in front of the scutellum, and with two rather large tubercles
near the anterior margin ; sides sinuate, covered with numerous
transverse fine granulous striz, giving the effect of punctures.
Scutellum black, deeply sunk in the elytra, nearly vertical,
elongate, with the apex rounded and somewhat knobbed.-
Elytra narrowly linear, granulously thickly finely punctate,
- obsoletely costate, clothed with ochraceous hairs on each side
of the scutellum, and with two interrupted slender bands of
white scales, the anterior one a little behind the scutellum,
confined to one or two small spots of white hairs or scales, the
posterior immediately in front of the darker band of chestnut,
which is just before the pale apex ; the anterior margin of this
pale apex is clothed with ochreous-yellow scales, which gives
a light border to each side of the darker band, making it ap-
pear darker in colour than it really is. The antenne and legs
- chestnut. Underside of body brown, except the sides and
margins of the sutures and segments of the abdomen, which
are chestnut.

The above description was written before I saw that given in
Dr. Candéze’s ‘ Elatérides Nouveaux,’ and I have allowed it
to stand, as perhaps useful to some as a second description,
and at all events convenient to those who may not possess the
Supplement to Dr. Candéze’s ‘ Elateride,’ which has been
published under the above title in the Mémoires of the Roy.
Acad. of Brussels. 3

This is another instance of the occurrence of Brazilian forms
at Old Calabar. No Dzlobotarsus has previously been found
out of South America; and as it is a genus of remarkable
characters and striking form, there is no room for referring its
affinity to some other type which may occur in the Old World.
It is what I should term a crucial example of the occurrence
of a purely American form in Africa proper. But another
noteworthy circumstance is, that this species is not (as is the
case with most of the strictly American forms which we have

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 103

recorded from Old Calabar) confined to the west coast of
Africa, but is also found on the east coast. I know of three
specimens in different collections—my own from Old Calabar,
one from Natal, in the collection of Mr. Janson, from which
Dr. Candéze’s description was taken, and one from Algoa Bay,
in the collection of Mr. Wilson Saunders, nearly twice the size
of (but still the same as) the other two.

Eucnemide.
OISOCERUS*, nov. gen., De Bonvoul.

This remarkable genus has not yet been published; and I
had intended that its first appearance should be in M. de Bon-
vouloir’s work on the Eucnemide, on which he has been for
some time engaged. As, however, I have now reached the

lace in my list where it comes in, I have asked my friend
Mr de Bonyouloir to favour me with an advance copy of his
description, which he has kindly done; so that I am able to
give the reader that eminent entomologist’s own description
of ee giant of his group, in anticipation of that in the work
itself :—
“Genus OISOCERUS.

“‘ Head strongly convex, tolerably deeply sunk in the pro-
thorax; epistome continuing directly the curve of the fore-
head, forming a very obtuse angle with the latter, and con-
sequently distinctly bent in as regards the head, slightly nar-
rowed at its base, with its anterior margin arched in front.
Mandibles only showing exteriorly a surface transversely
arched and narrow, very much crossed, with a long and sharp
point. Antenne distinctly shorter than the half of the body, more
or less strongly flabellate. Pronotum short, strongly attenuated
in front; marginal ridges and prosternal sutures converging
in front. Propectus not canaliculated below along the external
ridge, showing laterally a single marginal line obliquely con-
_ verging in front, starting from the posterior angles and reach-
ing the anterior angles, deflexed, without another supplemen-
tary line. Propleura tolerably broad, subtriangular. _ Pro-
sternal sutures rectilinear. Prosternum without mentonniére,
with its anterior margin raised in a keel very slightly sinuated
in the middle. Metathoracie episterna subparallel; epimera
invisible. Posterior haunches furnished with an upper trans-
verse blade tolerably narrowed on the outer side, and raised
above the abdominal surface so as to leave a free passage for
the thighs to rest in. Legs rather narrow, scarcely thickened

“d From oiods, a willow, and xépas, a horn, in allusion to its flabellate
antenne.

104 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

at the summit. Tarsi cylindrical, with the penultimate article
simple.

«This genus is extremely remarkable, not only by its facies
but by its characters, and cannot be confounded with any other
of the family of Eucnemide: It appears to approach a little
to the genus Phlegon, but is distinguished from it very easily
by the structure of its antenne as well as by the penultimate
article of its tarsi being simple.

“ Otsocerus Murrayi, Be Bony. Pl. VIII. fig. 5.

“* Oblongo-elongatus, postice tantum leviter attenuatus, obscure
brunneus, supra pube fulvescente brevi dense vestitus ;
capite sat fortiter dense rugoseque punctato, clypeo medio
valde excavato ; antennis pronoto multo longioribus longius-
que flabellatis articulo tertio flabellato (¢), vel pronoto vix
longioribus brevius flabellatis articulo tertio dentato ( ? );
pronoto latitudine multum breviore, lateribus sinuato, basi
media bipunctato, medioque foveis duabus sat profundis no-
tato, minus fortiter dense rugoseque punctato ; elytrisdistincte
striatis, interstitiis leviter dense transversim rugose punc-
tatis ; lobo prosternali basi depresso ; pedibus rufo-brunneis.

** Long. 9-10 lin., lat. 34 lin.

“‘ Body oblong-elongate, slightly attenuate in its posterior
third only, slightly convex, of a reddish brown, somewhat
opaque, covered above with a yellowish short and dense
pubescence. Head tolerably distinctly punctate, punctuation
very close and rugose. Hpistome slightly narrowed at the
base, distinctly broader than the space between it and the eye,
strongly excavated transversely in its middle. Forehead
scarcely visibly depressed in its midst in front, marked in
some with a small longitudinal keel extending ‘backwards
to the vertex, and absent in others. Antenne very short,
passing distinctly ( ¢) or scarcely ( 2) the posterior angles of
the pronotum ; in the ¢'the third article is prolonged in a very
elongated compressed branch, about twice as long as the first
two articles united, the remainder similarly prolonged, with
their branches becoming gradually longer towards the extre-
mity, the last subequal to the preceding; in the ? the third
article is simply prolonged into a strong internal tooth, which
is nearly equal to the rest of the article, the fourth into a
narrow branch of the length of the first two articles united,
the remainder similarly prolonged, and gradually becoming a
little longer towards the apex; in both sexes the antenne are
covered by a very close yellowish pubescence. Pronotum
nearly twice as broad as long, sufficiently distinctly attenuated
in front and very distinctly sinuated on each side above the

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 105

posterior angles, which are strongly prolonged behind, with a

| Somat a little less strong than that of the head, but very

ense and very rugose; marked in the midst of the base with
two small punctiform depressions, and with a longitudinal
line which reaches the anterior margin; moreover, marked on |
each side in its middle by a transverse or subrounded, tolerably
large and very deep depression. Scutellum elongate quadrate.
Elytra oblong, subparallel, slightly attenuated in their posterior
third, very distinctly striated, their intervals scarcely convex,
finely, very densely, and very rugosely transversely punctate. .
Underside of body of a deeper reddish-brown colour. Pro-
pectus tolerably distinctly and.not very densely punctate in
the middle, more rugosely on the sides. Prosternal projection
rather strongly depressed in the middle of its base, with its
sides somewhat raised, very slightly narrowed in its posterior
half, and almost subrounded behind, then abruptly and strongly
inflexed and terminated below in a sharp point. Abdomen

_ very finely, very densely, and somewhat rugosely punctate.

te and tarsi of a deep reddish brown.”

Apparently rare, only a few specimens having been re-
ceived.

Buprestidz.
Corasus, Cast. & Gory.

1. Corebus nodifrons.

/@nescenti-brunneus, subopacus, subpunctatus, aciculatim ru-
gosus, pube cinerea et nigra irregulariter vestitus; elytris
pube nigra bifasciatis prope apicem, et versus apicem pube
ochracea notatis; capite nodoso; thorace impresso; elytris
apice denticulatis; subtus nitidus, eneus, fulvo-pubescens,
aciculatim rugosus.

Long. 5 lin., lat. 14 lin.
Brown, with a slightly greenish brassy tinge only visible

from some points of view, subopaque, subpunctate, acicularly

transversely rugose, clothed with a fine longish grey or ash-

_ eoloured pubescence, irregularly mixed with black, which is

disposed in two bands near the apex of the elytra, where a few
ochraceous hairs occur both on the black bands and along their
sides. Head vertical, with the epistome slightly raised, being
divided off by oblique grooves on each side; from it a deep
longitudinal groove runs back to the vertex, making two lon-
gitudinal tubercles highest behind on each side of the head,
which, however, are slightly interrupted, so that from some
points of view there would appear to be four tubercles besides
the epistome, while from others there only appear two, which

106 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

are very prominent when seen from behind. Eyes moderate.
Thorax subquadrate, unequally impressed, a large fovea in
the lobe in front of the scutellum, two others placed obliquely
on each side of it, a transverse one in front, and a triangular
one on the inflexed side, which is sinuate; posterior angles
obtuse, and posterior margin of median lobe truncate, straight.
Scutellum triangular, Hlytra with the shoulders not very
prominent, and the apex fimbriated with fine denticulations.
Underside shining eneous, fulvo-pubescent, acicularly rugose.
One specimen.

(Subgen. Polyonychus, Chey.)

This subgenus is not accepted by Lacordaire nor by Kiesen-
wetter, although the former so far inclines to adopt it as to
point out the characters which distinguish it from Oorebus,
and the latter divides Corabus into two sections, of which the
one has the characters of Corebus as restricted by Chevrolat,
and the other those of this genus (Polyonychus). Although
the seizable generic characters are trifling, the difference in
facies is tolerably marked; and I therefore think it a useful
section, worthy of being preserved, particularly in a family
which is so numerous, and of which the species are so much
alike as the Agrilide. The true Corebi are the broader flat
species with irregular patches or bands of different coloured
pubescence, of which C. rubi may be taken as the type, while
the more uniformly metallic and less banded species, such as
C. elatus, compose the genus Polyonychus. It is to be ob-
served, however, that the name is not happy ; for both Corebus
and Polyonychus have equally the claws of the tarsi split in
two.

2. Corceebus (Polyonychus) viridanus, Cast. & Gory, Monogr.
7 Bupr. t. 3. f. 15.

One specimen.

3. Corebus (Polyonychus) sophoroides.

Agrilo Sophore affinis, thorace antice latiore; elytris apice et
fascia prope apicem pilis albidis leviter et sparsim obtectis.
Long. 2} lin., lat. 4 lin.

This species differs in the following respects from Castelnau
and Gory’s description and figure of Agrilus Sophore, to
which it was referred by some continental entomologists to
whom I sent it. In the first place the tarsi are short, more
especially the first article, which is inconsistent with the genus
Agrilus, m which Castelnau and Gory place Sophore. Pass-
ing that, it is, like it, a small bright-green insect like an Agri-

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 107

lus, but, although more elongate than most of the Corebi, has
a good deal of the facies of that genus. Its surface is very
anular, and the head has a slight impression in the middle.
he thorax may be said to be nearly square, but is certainly

not broadened behind, as said by Gory, but in front. As in

A. Sophore, its disk is convex in front, with a strong transverse
impression behind, and a hollow which comes from each side
to unite with the posterior angles, which are sharp; but the
bottom of this hollow space is not purple, but of a brilliant
fiery copper or brassy green; that, however, is not a point of
any importance; neither, perhaps, is it that the underside is
black, with very little neous hue, instead of being bronzy.

_ The legs, too, nearly correspond, being (especially the posterior

ones) of a bright coppery golden hue, which is near enough to
Gory’s description—‘ a brilliant golden green.” But Gory
takes no note of a peculiarity which could not fail to strike
him had it been present in his species, viz. that there is a
transverse band of whitish scales near the apex, and the apex
itself is clothed with similar scales.

It is possible enough that this may be Gory’s A. Sophore,
and that the differences which I have pointed out are due to his
having had rubbed specimens to describe from, or to errors in
his description : but ee not entitled to take this for granted;
and as it certainly does not agree with his description, nor with
his figure, I have no alternative but to describe it anew under
afresh name. Whether it is new or not, I think there is no
doubt that it ought to come into the metallic section (Polyo-
nychus) of the Corebi, and that it does not properly belong
to the genus Agrilus as restricted either by Lacordaire or by
Gory himself.

AGRILUS, Curtis.
1. Agrilus ignicollis. Pl. VIII. fig. 1.

Sat crassus, supra viridis, thorace cupreo-rubro, subtus niger,

naa pubescens; capite convexo, levissime aciculato,

eviter longitudinaliter impresso, canali angusto secus
marginem interiorem oculorum, oculis minus convexis;
thorace antice latiore, transversim plicato, angulis posticis
obtuse rotundatis, angulis anticis projicientibus; elytris
aciculatim punctatis, apice cuneato-truncato, denticulato,
fascia parva apicali albido-piloso; tarsis primo articulo sat
longo. 7

Long. 34 lin., lat. 14 lin.

Rather stout; above bluish green, with the thorax fiery
copper; below bluish black, with a slight pale pubescence.

108 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

Head convex, faintly aciculated, slightly impressed longi-
tudinally, and with a narrow canal on the inner margin
of the eye; eyes rather flat. Thorax without impressions,
narrowed behind, transversely plicate, with the posterior an-
gles obtusely rounded, the anterior angles projecting, anterior
margin sinuate; posterior basal median lobe moderate. Scu-
tellum broad and ridged in front, acuminate behind. Elytra
acicularly punctate, with the apex cuneate-truncate, denticu-
late, and clothed with a small band of whitish pile. Under-
side acicularly punctate, with a frequent short ah pubescence.
Tarsi moderate in length, the first article long, longest in the
posterior tarsi.
Several specimens received.

2. Agrilus Bonvouloirit.

Subopacus, capite et thorace brunneo-znescentibus, elytris
viridibus ; elongatus, capite et thorace aciculatim transverse
plicatis; elytris subrugose aciculatim punctatis; subtus
eeneo-cupreus. , |

Long. 5 lin., lat. 1 lin.

Above somewhat dull; head and thorax brownish brassy ;
elytra green, with a purplish tinge when looked at horizontally
from before or behind ; the underside shining greenish coppe
brassy ; elongate, nearly of the size and shape of Agrilus bi-
guttatus, but a little smaller and more attenuated in front.
Head irregularly transversely and obliquely acicularly plicate,
the plicee curved; a narrow longitudinal depression down the
forehead, and a narrow canal along the inner margin of the eye.
Thorax transverse, transversely finely plicate, unequal, broader
than long, slightly narrowest in front ; anterior margin nearly
straight, sides subparallel ; basal margin with the median lobe
short, broad, and its sides oblique, a curved raised space at
each posterior angle, with a sinuate depression winding round
in front of it. Scutellum broad at the base, with a transverse
basal ridge, acuminate at the apex. LElytra acicularly sub-
rugosely punctate, with a basal triangular fovea at the mner
side of the shoulder, slightly expanded behind the middle;
apex conical, sharply denticulate. Underside bright shining
greenish coppery brassy, bluish under the thighs, acicularly
punctate, the segments of the abdomen not much more thickly

unctate in front than behind. ‘Tarsi as long as the tibia,
first joint as long as all the rest put together.

One specimen. |
3. Agrilus capensis.

A. Bonvouloiri affinis, forsan varietas ejus, fronte magis ex-

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 109

cavata; elytris postice purpureis; abdomine segmentis
crebre antice punctulatis.
Long. 4 lin., lat. ? lin.

_ This may be a small variety or one of the sexes of A. Bon-
vouloirit; but there are one or two points of distinction which
seem to me to warrant its being provisionally described as dis-
tinct. It is smaller, and the elytra are purple behind, that
colour encroaching more or less on the green at the base; the
head is more deeply excavated; the scutellum is bi-ridged
transversely at the base, and the segments of the abdomen are
finely and closely punctate along the anterior margin.

Several specimens have been received. I am informed by
_ Mr. Edward Saunders that in some cabinets it stands under
the unpublished name of A. capensis, which I have preserved.

A, Agrilus Saunders. Pl. VIII. fig. 2.
Ainescenti-olivaceus, apice parum cupreo ; elytris punctis, sex
albido-pilosis (duobus ad basin, duobus ante medium, duo-
bus propinquioribus post medium) instructis.
Long. 34 tne lat. # lin. 3
In general appearance similar to Agrilus sexguttatus, but
smaller and narrower in proportion, also similarly marked
with six small spots of white.scales. Brassy olivaceous,
ey coppery at the apex of the elytra; surface finely gra-
nulous. Head with the forehead very prominent, and with a
longitudinal groove separating it into two lobes. Thorax sub-
quadrate, slightly widest in front, transversely finely acicu-
larly rugose, behind with a broad transverse curved depression
concave to the front, with a slightly deeper impression in the
middle and another on each side. There is also a some-
what curved impression near the middle in front; median
lobe short, curved. Scutellum small, triangular. LElytra
finely granular, with a small depression, full of whitish scales,
at the inner angle of the shoulder; and a larger median
depression, filled with whitish scales, somewhat before the
middle, and a still larger one (although all actually small)
_ behind the middle and closer to the suture; the apex doubly
emarginate, more deeply next the suture, with a large tooth
at the sutural angle and another at each of the external angles:
exterior to this external tooth there are one or two minute
_ denticulations. Underside and legs greenish brassy, sparingly
__ clothed with a longish whitish pubescence. The upper margins
of the segments as seen beyond the elytra clothed with whitish
ubescence. Posterior tarsi with the first article equal in

ength to the three following; in the anterior tarsi the first —
article not quite so long.

110 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

Two or three specimens. .

I have named this species after Mr. Edward Saunders, in
recognition of the services he has already done in rescuing a |
portion of the Buprestide from the confusion in which they
lay—services which all entomologists must hope will be con-
tinued and extended to other groups. ;

MyYcHOMMATUS%, nov. gen.

Caput parum excavatum, secus marginem internum oculorum
canaliculatum ; epistoma antice parum emarginatum. Anten-
ne breves, articulis primis, secundis et tertiis obconicis, pri-
mis majoribus, secundis et tertiis equalibus, ceteris fortiter
serratis, transversis, undecimis emarginato-truncatis. Pro-
thorax depressus, brevis, transversalis, lateribus canaliculatis,
postice latior et medio lobato. Scutellum sat magnum,
planum, transversum pentagonale, antice arcuatum. LHlytra
elongata, disco plano et subdepresso, a basi ad apicem gra-
datim attenuata, apice parum expanso, rotundatim truncato,
dentibus fimbriato. Ischia postica margine antico excavato,
margine libero late curvatim emarginato. Tuibie postice
extus pilo fimbriate, antice simplices; tarsi sat robust,
lamellis omnes instructi, articulis brevibus, postici articulo
primo parum elongato, ceteri fere equales: unguiculi sat
fortes, breviter fissis. Metasternum antice protensum,
medio profunde emarginatum. Prosternum depressum,
antice truncatum, postice projiciens. Corpus elongatum,
depressum, cuneatum.

This genus has the cuneiform facies of Stenogaster, dif-
fering apparently only in being smooth and shining, instead
of unequal and marbled with irregular pubescence, &e.; and
Stenogaster being wholly Brazilian, at first I regarded it as
another instance of the presence of a South-American form on
the west coast of Africa; but the presence of lamelle on all its
tarsi removes it from that category. Its facies, however, seems
to require the establishment of a new genus for its reception,
the shortness of the tarsi preventing its taking a place among
the Agrili, which it most resembles in form.

Mychommatus cyaneus. Pl. VIIT. fig. 3.

Nitidissimus, et supra et subtus leete cyaneus, elytris violaceo-
cyaneis ; capite leviter sparsim punctato; prothorace parum
fortius punctato, disco fere impunctato, angulis posticis sub-
rectis ; scutello impunctato ; elytris sparsim leviter punctatis, -

* From pvy?, a recess, and dupa, the eye, in allusion to the canal along
the inner margin of the eye.

‘A eee —
Pe eae Oe a ag td a ee ee
fey et Spires

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 111

striis irregularibus, sutura depressa et leviter lineata, humeris.
elevatis, lateribus sinuatis, apice denticulato, angulis sutura-
libus leviter mucronatis ; subtus leviter transversim rugoso-
_ punctatus, albidis setis minutissimis instructus.
Long. 6 lin., lat. 14 lin.

Bright and shining, rich blue both above and below, the
elytra violet-blue. Head very faintly and sparingly punc-
tate; thorax a little more strongly punctate, but still very
sparingly, a little more thickly in front, and almost im-
punctate on the posterior part of the disk; posterior angles
nearly right-angled, basal lobe emarginate. Scutellum im-
punctate. LElytra sparingly and finely punctate, the punc-
tures arranged somewhat longitudinally; shoulders rather
ay an irregular depression inside of them; suture

epressed, and with a fine line along it, and denticulate at the
apex, about seven to nine denticuli fringing the rounded
apex of the elytra. Underside finely transversely rugose,

finely punctate, and bearing very minute whitish scales or
sete.

One specimen.
Bewronora, Esch.

Belionota Championi, Murr. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1862, xxiii.

p- 451. Pl. VIII. fig. 4.
Not rare.

PSILOPTERA;-Sol.

Psiloptera piperata, Murr. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1862, xxiii.
p. 451. Pl. VIII. fig. 7.

Not very rare.

CHRYSOCHROA, Sol.

Chrysochroa elongata, Fab. Syst. Eleuth. t. ii. p. 200;
Cast. & Gory, Buprest. i. p. 10.

One specimen received.

CHRYSODEMA, Cast. & Gory.

Chrysodema chrysochlora, Pal. de Beauv. Ins. recueill. en Afriq.
et en Amér. 1805, p. 44; Cast. & Gory, Bupr. iv. p. 68.
Pl. VILL. fig. 6.

One specimen.

Notwithstanding the great authority of Prof. Lacordaire, I
cannot bring myself to merge the old genus Ohrysodema with
the typical Chalcophora, and therefore still keep Palisot de
Beauvois’s C. chrysochlora under the former genus.

[To be continued. ]

142 “Mr. C. Spence Bate on Anomurous Crustacea.

X.—Carcinological Gleanings. No. IV.
By C. Spence Bare, F.R.S. &c.*

[Plates IX., X., XTI.]

THE entrance to the English Channel appears to be the boun-
dary or extreme limit of two distinct faunas. We find species
that are decidedly arctic in their character represented by spe-
cimens that have a generally depauperized appearance, both as
to size and typical expression, while Mediterranean species are
represented without any large amount of variation in form or
dimensions of specimens. But my observations induce me to
believe that the southern forms, when taken on our shores, are
generally dredged from water of considerable depth ;. whereas
those of the arctic types are as invariably taken in shallow water.

The variations of depth and local habitats appear to us to
depend more upon the condition of food and its general supply
than upon other causes; we therefore think that the geogra-
phical distribution of animals -in limited regions can only be
worked out by a previous knowledge of the history of the ani-
mals, particularly in relation to their food, and even then can-
not be very reliable.

Amongst the anomurous Crustacea I would wish to notice
the genus that Leach has named Munda in order to distin-
guish it from the genus G'alathea; but the points of distinction
are not sufficient to warrant so great a separation, and they
appear to me to be naturally but species of one genus.

Three fine specimens I have recently taken on the shelly
ground off the Dudman, in about thirty fathoms of water.
The first specimen that was obtained differed from those pre-
viously known and described by having, instead of a long
central rostriform spine flanked by two shorter ones of analo-
gous construction, three equally important anteriorly porrected
spines—this in consequence of the two lateral go being de-
veloped to a length corresponding with that of the central in
normal specimens; whilst in another specimen the central
spine appears to be rather longer in proportion to the lateral
ones than that figured by either Leach or Prof. Bell, so that
the specimen bears a very close relationship to Galathea mono-
don of Milne-Edwards from the Brazils—a circumstance that
supports an opinion that I have elsewhere expressed, that
there is a very considerable resemblance between the Crustacea
of the South-American coast and that of the British seas.

This species, Galathea bamffica (Munida Rondeletit, Bell),
is stated to be one of the rarest of our Crustacea, and is seldom
to be met with in our museums. Its habitat is most probably

* Abstract, communicated by the author, from the Report of the Com-

mittee appointed to explore the Marine Fauna and Flora of the South
Coast of Devon and Cornwall. (Brit. Association Report for 1867, p. 275.)

Mr. C. Spence Bate on Anomurous Crustacea. 118

the temperate latitudes, in tolerably deep water, on the western
shores of Europe; for although extending as far as the Shet-
lands, yet the specimens that have been dredged in the colder
regions are, we believe, invariably very small, and the inha-
bitants of very deep water.

Among the Galathee that we have taken on our coast, and
which embrace all that were previously known as British,
is one that we think must be accepted as not having been pre-
viously described.

The largest specimen, measuring from the extremity of the
tail to that of the extended hands, is little more than 2 inches,
of which the animal itself, measuring from the extremity of
the rostrum to that of the tail, is little more than 1 inch. ‘This
species differs from either of the others in having the large
pair of chelate pereiopoda flat and broad, the fingers much
curved, very distant, and meeting only at their apex when
closed, furnished on the inside with a considerable brush of
hairs, and armed near the base of the moveable finger with a
prominent tubercle or tooth, but which appears to be of little
importance, since it is not able to impinge against the opposite
finger. I have sometimes thought that this specimen may
only be am extreme form of the male of Galathea squamifera ;
but the armature of the surface of the hands, which 1s generally
a safe guide in specific character, has a distinct variation. In
_G. squamifera the arms are covered generally with a series of
eurved scale-like tuberculations, the-anterior margin of which
is divided into a series of bead-like elevations, of which in the
most typical parts, such as on the surface of the meros and

us, the central prominence is elevated to a point; and the
whole of the tubercular ridge is crowned by a row of short
hairs, so minute that they are not perceptible except by the
assistance of a lens. These tuberculations are closely packed
and regular. )

In the supposed new species the tuberculations are less
prominent and defined, their margins can only be perceived
to be at all baccated by careful arrangement of the light, while
the cilia, being far less numerous, are yet more conspicuous
under the lens. If-it be only a variation of G. squamifera, as
we are inclined still to consider it, it is too important a va-
riety to be passed over without notice; and we have named it
senagian y Galathea digitidistans, until the observation of a
larger series of specimens than we have as yet seen may en-
able us to arrive at a correct conclusion.

The zoéa of the genus Porcellana has, I believe, been figured
from exotic species by Dana*; and having the opportunity of
* [Also by Fritz Miiller, ‘ Fiir Darwin,’ p. 35, fig. 24.—Eb. |

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 8

114 Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of Pagurus.

observing that of P. platycheles (Pl. IX. fig. 4), I have taken
advantage of the circumstance. It differs from the recognized
typical zoéa of the common shore-crab (Carcinus menas) in the
monstrous development of an anterior and two posterior cor-
nuous processes to the carapace, and in the formation of the
telson; but in its complete character it offers an intermediate
condition between the brachyurous and macrurous Crustacea.
It has the appendages of the cephalon and pereion developed to
a similar extent with those of the Brachyura, whereas the telson
and carapace bear a nearer resemblance to the same parts
in the Macrura, from which they differ in degree only. In the
carapace, instead of the rostrum and the posterior angles of the
carapace being only just pronounced as in the macrurous zoéa,
they are developed to a larger extent in the anomurous larve,
and in the young of the Porcellane to nearly twice or three
times the length of the animal; while the telson, instead of
being shaped like the caudal fin of a fish, has in the Anomura
the central portion sometimes produced to an angle posteriorly.

Beyond this stage of the development of this species, or, I.
believe, any species of the Anomura, we have no sure know-
ledge, except that which I stated relative to the genus G‘lauco-
thoé being a stage in the development of the genus Pagurus.

The zoéa of Pagurus (Pl. IX. fig.1) is probably tolerably well
known to carcinologists, but Iam not aware of its having been
figured* or described. It has the anomurous character of a
pointed rostrum and a projecting point at each of the posterior
angles of the carapace, and the telson terminating in a gradu-
ally widening fishtail-like appendage, fringed with a few ter-
minal spines—the appendages being’ developed rather on the
type of those of the Brachyura than of the Macrura. During
our expeditions we have taken specimens that we believe to be
the zoéa of the same genus still further developed; we say be-
lieve to be, because it is only from analysis that we have come
to this conclusion, and have not the testimony of direct obser-
vation that the one is the older stage of the other.

That which we take to be the second stage of the genus
Pagurus (Pl. IX. fig. 2) was captured toward the end of
May, in a towing-net, in Plymouth-Sound. From its general
appearance my first impression was, that it was the young of
a Palemon; but closer observation and a careful dissection
of its parts induced me strongly to believe that it is the
young of one of the anomurous group of Crustacea,—in the
first place, the form of the carapace; im the next, the general
divergence of its appendages from and their resemblance to
those of the zoéa of a macrurous Decapod. The superior

* [Likewise figured by Fritz Miiller, op. cit. p. 36, fig. 26.—Ep. ]

Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of Pagurus. 115

antenna is developed upon the brachyurous type; but the
inferior has the squamiform appendage of the macrurous
Crustacea. So have all the other appendages that pertain to
the cephalon and pereion, except the last pair of pereiopoda ;
and these are not developed, at least they were not percep-
tible to our examination—a circumstance that would accord
with the animal being an undeveloped anomurous crusta-
cean. The pleon and its appendages bear a very close resem-
blance to those of the larva of a prawn, since it is equi-
laterally developed and furnished with a pair of appendages,
posteriorly and ventrally, attached to each somite, the last of
which is much larger than the others, and is evidently a pro-
gressive stage in the development of the great caudal plates of
the macrurous Crustacea.

We attribute it to the genus Pagurus rather than to any of
our other anomurous Crustacea, because it differs from the
known zoéa of Porcellana, and of that of Galathea we have no
knowledge; but from the nearer approach of these last genera
to each other in their adult stage than to Pagurus, we are in-
clined to believe in a nearer resemblance of their larvae. Hence
our assumption that this present immature species is a young

Pagurus.

“The next stage to which we allude (Pl. IX. fig. 3) is one
which we noticed in our preliminary Report to the British
Association.

The animal is a small creature that was taken floating near
the surface of the sea, in a warm day in June. Its general
appearance is that of a young macrurous crustacean, and as
such it has been classified near to Callianassa and Calliadina.
It is symmetrical, except in the larger development of the
great chela of the right side. The two succeeding pereiopoda
_are very long, but simple in their formation; the last two are
considerably reduced in size, and the anterior terminates in a
small imperfectly didactyle forceps,while the posterior has a
_ copious terminal brush, consisting of cilia and short and broad
> peat amongst which the short, obtuse, and spinous dactylos is

rnible. The pleon is well developed, having each somite
clearly defined, and all, except the first, carrying an equally
developed pair of appendages, each of which consists of a
peduncle and two unequal rami. The posterior pair, or uro-
poda, differ from the others in having the peduncle shorter
and the outer ramus longer and more robust; it is likewise
slightly curved, in the older specimens, more on the left side
than on the right.

In this condition they probably continue until they find a
suitable molluscous shell in which to reside. I imagine that

ge

116 Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of Pagurus.

they may continue to cast their exuvium and grow, during
the whole time that they are deficient of such shell, because
I have taken specimens occupants of shells that are still
smaller than the one described, and yet further advanced to
maturity. It would be curious to see if, were they deprived
entirely of the use of a shell for a habitat, they would con-
tinue to grow and retain the normal form of the pleon gene-.
rally—a feature that characterizes some of the exotic closely
allied genera.

Thus a careful examination of numerous specimens has
enabled us to demonstrate the progressive development of the
genus Pagurus, and to affirm with much confidence, judging
by the descriptions and figures of the authors, that the genera
Glaucothoé of M.-Edwards and Prophylax of Latreille are no
other than an immature stage of the genus Pagurus ; but since
their specimens were exotic, they are probably the young of
some foreign species. | at 7

Amongst the macrurous Crustacea we have had the oppor-
tunity of examining and figuring the larva of Palinurus (LX.
fig.2). The young of this genus was first made known to the
British Association by the late Mr. R.Q. Couch, of Penzance, at
the Meeting at Dublin, in 1857, when he drew attention to the
- near resemblance existing between it and the genus Phyllosoma.
In 1864-65, M. Gerbe, in the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ repeated
the discovery of Mr. Couch, and asserts that the larva of Pali-
nurus is identical with the genus Phyllosoma, and that conse-
quently the genus Phyllosoma is the young of the genus Pali-
NUrUs. , | 3

The larvee of most of the Decapod Crustacea have the largest
amount of development commencing with the cephalon and
the pleon; whilst in the larva of Palinurus the greatest ad-
vancement exists in the anterior part of the cephalon and in
the pereion, whereas the pleon is almost rudimentary.

On comparing it with the genus Phyllosoma (Pl. X. fig. 1),
as M. Gerbe has done, there is little that can warrant a sepa-
ration of the two in the general structure of the animals,
or that might not be accounted for by increased develop-
ment of the younger specimens. Yet there are certain points
that weigh heavily in the balance of evidence against the
larva of Palinurus and Phyllosoma being but different stages
of the same animal.

(1) It is contrary to our experience that so small an amount
of progressive development has taken place in an animal
that has increased in growth to about thirty times its size.
We generally perceive, in the development of Crustacea, that
the most important changes are those that immediately succeed

Mr. C. Spence Bate on Crustacea. 117

the birth of the larva. (2) The most certain mark by which a
young animal may be known is the immature-condition of the
antennz, more especially the flagella ; now, whilst in the larva
of the Palinurus they are very rudimentary, in Phyllosoma they
assume an adult character, and in the second pair one that is
of a peculiar feature, at least in the species to which we refer.
(3) The oral appendages appear to be present, though only
as the germs of the future parts; whilst in Phyllosoma they
appear to exist in a rudimentary condition that assimilates
little to a progressive stage. (4) Double branchial vesicles are
attached to the cox of each pair of pereiopoda, whilst none
exist in the larva of Palinurus. We must admit, however,
that this argument is not very strong, seeing that in the adult
Palinurus such organs are present, and that there must be a
period when they first appear; and it is most probable that
their earliest stage is of the most simple character. And per-
haps we should not have thought it sufficiently important to
have remarked upon, had not M.Gerbe stated that Phyllosoma,
like the larva of Palinurus, was without branchial appendages,
and M.M.-Edwards remarked that these vesicular appendages
are vestiges of the external branch of the limbs. (5) Phyllo-
soma is a tropical genus, and with such we can only compare
the larva of Palinurus; two specimens only of the former have
been obtained in the British seas, whereas Palinurus is very
common on our coasts—an argument that might be very forci-
ble were we not cognizant of the fact that we are quite as much,
if not more, in the dark in relation to the development of the
common lobster. :

Our ignorance upon these interesting and important points
in the history of the Crustacea, together with the discovery of
Fritz Miiller that the larva of Penews, and probably that of
some other prawns, very closely resembles that of the cirripeds
and other entomostracous larve, shows that there is much yet
to be done of far more interest to zoological science than the
mere discovery of new species to be added to our fauna. The
, tae diversity of structure, and the wonderful variation in the

evelopment of animals that possess a great similarity in their
adult condition, indicates that careful study of these animals
will probably assist in throwing a considerable light on some
of the more profound problems of biologieal knowledge.

Several specimens of Scyllarus arctus have been taken recently
on our coasts. It is some years since Mr. Couch announced
the first appearance of this as a British species; and none has
since been recorded until these last two years, when six have
been taken near Penzance by Mr. Cornish, and one off the
Mewsitone, near the eastern entrance of Plymouth Sound ; two

118 Mr. C. Spence Bate on Crustacea.

of these were furnished with spawn, and two of the others were
found in the stomach of a codfish. That which was obtained
off the Mewstone was 43 inches long, and one of the most in-
teresting additions to our local fauna: this length is half as
long again as that recorded by M. Milne-Edwards of the Medi-
terranean specimens.

In the dredging-list published by the British Association,
the common lobster of Europe is called Astacus gammarus (L.),
marinus (Fabr.), and Homarus vulgaris (M.-Edwards). But,
since the descriptions of Crustacea by Linneus are so very
general, and the specific name used by him has been long
closely associated with that of a very distinct genus, we think
that of Fabricius, the next in succession, should be adopted.
Again, the generic name, given by Fabricius, of Astacus,
although prior to all others, yet included the freshwater genus,
with which it is so closely associated as to make an exchange
inconvenient. I therefore propose, in accordance with the
rules laid down by the Association, to retain the generic name
of M. M.-Edwards and the specific name of Fabricius, and
call it Homarus marinus, Fabr.

We cannot turn away from this species without noticing the
manner in which the process of repair is carried on in the de-
velopment of a new flagellum to the inferior pair of antenne.
Mr. Lloyd, Conservator of the Marine Zoological Collection at
Hamburg, to whom we are indebted for the preparation from
which fig. 4 in Pl. XI. is taken, writes to me :—‘‘ The animal
lost the antenna by accident, just where the juncture with the
peduncle takes place, and then the antenna began to grow in
a spiral case, the spiral growing larger and increasing the
number of its turns as it grew older, but never getting hard
or coloured. When the entire exuviation of the lobster took
place (in about four months after the antenna was broken off),
the antenna was drawn out of its special case and came forth
straight, the spiral skin retaining its shape. Hardening of the
antenna does not take place (or at least it does not appear
hard) till after exuviation, and in like manner the limbs of all
the lobsters here which renew their limbs.”’ ;

A specimen of the genus Awius was taken by Mr. Couch off
Polperro, and described by him as new, in the ‘ Zoologist,’
1856, pp. 52-82; but I am not aware that it has been since
met with.

I have taken what I believe to be specimens of Crangon
fasciatus and Cr. sculptus; and a careful comparison of them
with the descriptions and figures of the authors has failed to
convince me that they are not more or less spinous varieties
of the same species; and in character they agree so well

2 ESE Se eC aS

Mr. C. Spence Bate on Crustacea. 119

with the description of Crangon boreas that it is difficult to
believe that they are not depauperized specimens of that large
arctic species.

Several specimens of Alpheus ruber have been taken on
shelly ground off the Dudman,—and from the same locality
two other specimens of A. Hdwardsii, which I believe is the
first time that this latter species has been recorded as British.
I had them alive for several days. Their colour is a bril-
liant red crimson, A. ruber being rather paler and more banded
than A. Edwardsit. One peculiar and interesting feature in
the structure of this animal is the alteration of the character of
that portion of the carapace that covers and protects the organs
of vision (not so much from the anterior development of the
carapace as from the eyes having receded beneath it), which,
hile it offers protection to the organs of vision, yet has be-
come so transparent that it is only by close and careful exami-
nation that, in the living state, the relation of the two parts to
each other can be distinguished.

The next genus to which we have to allude is one that we
believe must be described as new to our fauna. It was first
deseribed by Costa from a Mediterranean species (Zypton
=) , as far back as 1844, in the ‘ Annali dell’ Accad.

gli Aspir. Nat. di Nap.’ ii., also by Grube (Ein Ausflug
nach Triest und Quarnero, pp. 65 & 125), and again by Hel-
ler under the name of Pontonella (Verhandlungen des zool.-
bot. Vereins in Wien, p. 627, Tafel ix. f. 1-15), as well as in
his ‘ Crustaceen des siidlichen Europa, p. pl. f. . Be-
lieving it to be distinct, I have given it the name of Typton
spongiosus, of which the following is a short description :-—

Gen. char.—Carapace short and deep, covering the entire
pereion. Pleon twice as long as the carapace, with the lateral
walls deep. Eyes prominent, not concealed under the cara-
pace ; superior antenne having a secondary branch. First pair
of pereiopoda equal, slender, long, and chelate; second pair
large, in general the right much larger than the left.

Spec. char.—Carapace having a short simple rostrum. Eye
longer than the rostrum. Anterior antenne with the secondary
appendage longer than the primary ; posterior antenne having
the squamiform plate of the third joint small, pointed, and not
ciliated. Second pair of pereiopoda having the propodos as
as long and nearly as ee as the carapace. Dactylos of the
right hand with the cutting margin convex and simple, of the
left hand less convex and cuneated. Posterior pair of pleo-
_ with the posterior external angle of the outer ramus

entated, the inner tooth being the longest; telson armed with

120 Mi. C. Spence Bate on Crustacea.

8 lateral dorsal spines, and tipped with a few spines and
airs.

We have taken several specimens of Nika; and from their
general resemblance to N. Couchii, while possessing the chan-
nelled telson of N. edulis, so particularly pointed out by Bell
as specifically distinctive, I am much inclined to believe that
there is but a single British species yet known, and that
N. Couchit is but a variety of N. edulis, Risso. An examina-
tion of its parts in detail has shown us that the mandibula
(Pl. XI. fig. 3) are formed on a plan that nearer associates
the genus with Crangon than with Alpheus, in the family
of which (Alpheidee), the latter being the type, Nika is placed
by Milne-Edwards and Bell, while Dana, more correctly we
think, has placed it in a subfamily of the Crangonide, the
Lysmatine. ;

Two or three specimens of Athanas nitescens have been
taken off Polperro.

Hippolyte Barleet, which was described by me from a Shet-
land specimen several years ago, must, I think, be ges
from the list of species, since, as pointed out by the Rev. A.M.
Norman some time since, it is only an accidental variety of
_ H. Cranchit. Observations of the Stomapoda on the south-
western coast have been limited to a few of the commoner
a : whether this arises from the species not being abun-

ant on our southern shores as compared with those on the
northern, or from accidental causes attributable to collecting
arrangements, is yet to be determined.

Amongst the smaller Crustacea, there is little to which I
should wish to draw special attention, except the recent dis-
covery of what may prove to be an undescribed Anthura, and
some observations on the structure of Tanais. :

In 1861 Van Beneden asserted that the proper place of the
genus Tanais was near to that of the family of the Diastylide,
because the cephalon was developed upon the type of the cara-
pace of the Decapoda. In 1864 this opinion was followed by
Dr, Fritz Miller, who stated that though he had been unable
to identify branchial appendages, yet he felt assured that it
possessed rudimentary organs, because he had observed a cur-
rent of water playing from beneath the carapace. Recently,
having obtained some living specimens, I have been able to
support Dr. Fritz Miiller’s conclusion relative to the current of
water; for, by the assistance of transmitted light, I have been
able, through the walls of the carapace, to see the branchial
appendage waving to and fro; since which I have dissected
out the organ, a drawing of which accompanies this memoir.
(Pl. XI. fig. 5.)

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. 121

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PuaTE IX.

. 1. First stage of development of Pagurus*.

. Second stage. The author gives this with the reservation stated,
having taken it swimming in the open sea. , dorsal view of
cephalon ; a, eye; 6, superior antenne ; ¢, inf. ant. ; d, mandible ;
g, posterior maxilliped; 4, first pair of gnathopoda; /, second
pair; &, first pair of pereiopoda; /, m,n, 0, three posterior pairs
of pleopoda; p, g,¢, pleopoda ; #, sixth pair of pleopoda ; z, telson.
Fig. 3. Third stage, representing the genus Glaucothoé of Milne-Edwards

and Prophylazx of Latreille: n, penultimate pair of pereiopoda ;

o, ultimate pair of pereiopoda; p, a leopod ; wu, sixth or poste-
T rior pair of pleopoda; z, telson; P, pleon of an older specimen.
Fig. 4. Zoéa of Porcellana platycheles : 2, telson.

PLATE X.
_ Fig. 1. Phyllosoma.
Fig. 2. Zoéa of Palinurus marinus.

PLATE XI,

. Typton spongiosus, n. sp. References as above.

. Alpheus Edwardsu.

. Mandible of Nika edulis. :

. Homarus marinus. Development of flagellum to lower antenna.
. Tanais : “% first pair of gnathopoda, with branchial appendage
attached.

SSS
Ory CO bo

XI1.— Observations on some of the Heliotropiez.
By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S., Ke.

In the ‘ Prodromus’ of De Candolle we find the order Borra-
ginee divided into four distinct tribes, the Cordiew, Ehretiee,
Heliotropiee, and Borragee. Long before the appearance
of that work, the late Mr. R. Brown had pointed out, in his
‘ Prodromus,’ p. 492, that the Cordiew ought to be held asa
distinct family, on account of their 4-fid style, and their seeds
without albumen, with plicated cotyledons—an opinion sup-
ported by Endlicher and Lindley for reasons which appear
sufficiently valid. Von Martius nghtly held that the pertectly

obasic style, placed in the middle of four distinct ovaries,
entitled the Borragee to rank as a separate natural order, and
accordingly he combined the two remaining tribes of DeCan-
dolle, the Ehretiee and Heliotropiec, in another family, which
he designated with the name of Ehretiacee. 'The uncertainty
and confusion in the distribution of the species in these several
groups have in great measure arisen from a neglect to examine
the structure of the fruits; it may, however, be taken as a rule
that among the whole of them it is essential that the seeds
_ * This was taken so young from the ovum that I am not certain whe-

ther the long projecting rostrum is a feature or not, as at this period it is
generally folded under.

122 Mr. J. Miers un some of the Heliotropiee.

should be suspended and solitary in their respective cells, with
a superior radicle. But it is important to notice that Gaertner
distinctly attributes to Beurreria, and figures, a 4-carpellary
fruit, with seeds having an inferior radicle; and Kunth de-
scribes his-South-American species of Ehretia (formed into
the genus Amerina by De Candolle) as having a unilocular —
ovary, with four ovules attached to two bifid pies parietal
placentee—structures only reconcileable with Verbenacee : in-
deed De Candolle appeared so far disposed to adopt this view —
that he suggested the latter genus might be allied to Tectona.
Amerina, however, appears much nearer Citharexylon, with
which it agrees in its tubular persistent calyx, its cylindrical
5-lobed corolla, with five exserted stamens, the ovary and
seed being formed as above indicated, having also an arbores-
cent habit with opposite leaves. The doubts that have been
thrown upon the truth of Kunth’s observations concerning
Amerina and of Gaertner’s regarding Beurreria are only in-
ferences founded upon analogy ; but no one has yet shown by
actual examination that the statements of those botanists are
contrary to fact.

It is difficult to draw a line of distinctive characters between
the Ehretiee and Heliotropiee: some have suggested a suffru-
ticose habit in the former, and a subherbaceous one in the
latter; but these characters are too variable to be of use:
others have urged the presence of albumen and a bifid style in
the former, and the want of albumen with an undivided stigma
in the latter; but the former character has been denied to
Ehretiee by De Candolle, and I have to show the existence of
a deeply cleft stigma in Heliotropiee. De Candolle places
Tournefortia in Ehretiee ; Fresenius, who has elaborated the
Brazilian Borraginee, ranks that genus in Heliotropiee, and
with reason. ‘To the latter tribe, again, has been assigned the
distinctive character of a scorpioid spicated inflorescence ; but
that character is rendered nugatory by the presence of solitary
axillary flowers in Coldenia and in many species of Schleidenia,
and of several congested single axillary flowers in Tigquilia.
There remains, therefore, scarcely a tangible uniform character
that can mark the limit between Ehretiece and Heliotropiee.

In regard to Khretia I will not venture to offer any decided
opinion, because I have had no opportunity of examining its
species; but we are evidently much in the dark concerning
its real structure. All authors agree in attributing to Hhretia
a 4-locular ovary with a slender simply 2-fid style, a single
ovule suspended from the summit of each cell, and a baccate
fruit enclosing a 4-celled nut, or two nucules, each 2-celled.
But Dr. Wight, in his ‘ Icones,’ pls. 1382 & 1383, figures in
Ehretia a bifid style upon an ovary which is 1-locular, with

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiez. 123

_ two opposite bipartite parietal placentz, each fork bearing a
' single ovule, as in Agiphila and Amerina. If these figures
be correct, as there is no reason to doubt, these species cannot
_ belong to Hhretia, or else the characters of the genus have
_ been erroneously defined, and the tribe itself has been placed
in a wrong family. These discrepancies show that we have
yet much to learn in regard to the Hhretiee. If we hold
_ Beurreria still in doubt, as well as Amerina, for the reasons
_ before given, there will remain only Lhretia itself to represent

_ the tribe; and this offers so many anomalous characters that
~ DeCandolle considered it must ultimately be divided into se-
_ yeral genera, of which he traced the outlines in Beurreria,
Carmona, Xerodema, and Menais. Xerodema has been shown

to be identical with Rhabdia, a Brazilian genus minutely and
_ accurately described by Prof. von Martius in his ‘ Nova
Genera,’ and since figured by Sir Wm. Hooker (Icon. 823).
This construction, of a 1-locular ovary, with two opposite
2-lamellar placente bearing an ovule on each of their reflected
margins, and a fruit with four nucules, each with a longitu-
dinal open slit leading into two cells, is quite at variance with
the structure that has been attributed to Ehretia and its allied
genera. I will offer some observations upon Rhabdia and
Cortesia under separate notices.

The following is a synopsis of the genera of the Helio-
tropiec :—

1. Fructus baccatus; albumen distinctum.
A. fms 2, singule 2-loculares.
_ @. Embryo rectus; stamina inclusa; stylus brevis;
stigma latum, breviter 2-lobum.............. Tournefortia.
B. Pyrenz 4, singule 1-loculares. ;
6, Embryo lunatim curvatus; corolle laciniz subu-
late; stamina inclusa; stylus longiusculus;
stigma majusculum, apice conico, piloso ...... Messerschmuidtia.
2. Fructus exsuccus; albumen distinctum, aut nullum.,
C. Pyrenz 2, singule 2-loculares; stamina inclusa.
e. Stigma breve, vix divisum; albumen nullum.... Heliophytum.
d. Stigma magnum, elongatum, profunde 2-fissum ;
NE ATMPRATOLUIDN og os oo cis oko ae 9% 0 ee Cochranea.
Di ne 2, singulee 2-loculares.
e. Stamina longe exserta; stylus tenuis; stigma te-
RSE CT eee) ee Tiquilia.
K. Pyrenze 4, singulee 1-loculares.
J. Anthere apice papilloso coherentes ; stylus brevis
aut subnullus; stigma magnum ; flores interdum
Solitaril Ut axillares |... 2. epee... Schleidenia.
g. Anthere glabree, oblongee, libere ; stylus medio-
cris; stigma magnum; flores in spicas longas
curvatas terminales, l-laterales.............. Heliotropium.
h. Anthere glabree, globose, libere ; stylus simplex,
2-fidus ; flores axillares, solitarii ............ Coldenia.

124 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex.

Pentacarya, Hook. & Arn., and Euploca, Nutt., appear to
be foreign to this group. Piptoclaina, Don, differs little from
Heliotropium, except in its four broadly margined 1-celled
nuts, frequently reduced to two by abortion; it has five dis-
tinct sepals (not a tubular 5-toothed calyx, as Don states) ; it
has the habit of Coldenia, but with terminal solitary spikes.
Halgarnia, Gaud., also appears alien to this group, because of
its campanular calyx and its incompletely 2-celled ovary. with
two pairs of collateral ovules suspended from two semisepti-
form placente. As the genera Cochranea and Messerschmidtia
hitherto appear almost unknown, I will here define them and
note their species.

COCHRANEA.

This genus, proposed by me in 1825, upon a Chilian plant,
was afterwards dened as a variety of the Heliophytum
stenophyllum, Hook. & Arn. It differs from Heliophytum in
the peculiar habit of the plants (being short, erect, branching
shrubs) ; they have more woody (not fistulose) branches, which
are generally covered with numerous very fasciculated linear
leaves; the genus also is remarkable for its very large elon-
gated stigma, two or three times the length of the style, or
even longer, having a broad annular peltate enlargement at
its base, and cleft at the summit, generally halfway down, into
two narrow subulate segments, which are entire, or more rarely
2-denticulated. The fruit consists of two bilocular nucules, as
in Heliophytum ; but they have not the same deep vacuities on
the inner face, and the seeds are enveloped in a distinct albu-
men. ‘The inflorescence is not in long, solitary or geminate
spikes, as in Heliophytum, but is corymbosely branched, at
first in subglobose heads, afterwards becoming more spread.

CocuRaNeA, nob. ;—Heliotropium et Heliophytum in parte
auct.—Sepala 5, lanceolata, erecta, plus minusve pilosa,
eestivatione imbricata, persistentia. Corolla hypocrateri-
formis, tubo cylindrico vel supra medium paulo infundibuli-
formi, fauce plicis 5 angustato, sub-5-gono, nervis 5 crassis
a medio loborum in angulis tubi decurrentibus et intra
faucem spe glandulis totidem munitis, limbo expanso, vix
ad medium 5-lobato, lobis rotundatis cum plicis totidem alter-
nantibus, estivatione valde imbricatis. Stamina 5, inclusa,
fere sessilia, tubi dimidia longitudine: jfilamenta brevissima,
circa medium tubi affixa; anthere lanceolate, 2-lobe, mu-
cronate, imo breviter auriculate, in sinu dorsaliter affixe, —
erectee, utrinque rima laterali dehiscentes. Dzscus parvus,
hypogynus, margine crenulatus. Ovariwm in hoc impositum,

2,
>
a
oa
M
é

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. 125

subglobosum, 4-sulcatum, 4-loculare, loculis ovulo solitario
Suspenso munitis: stylus teres, superne paulo incrassatus ;
stigma inclusum, valde elongatum, imo annulo crasso cinc-
tum, sursum attenuatum, plus minusve epg 2-fissum,
laciniis subulatis, integris, vel 2-denticulatis. Mructus ex-
succus, globosus, profunde 2-sulcatus, calyce persistente in-
clusus; nucule 2, semiglobose, marginibus rotundatis, facie
subplana, foraminulo obsoleto incavate, ossez, singule 2-
loculares, loculis 1-spermis. Semen ovatum, apice suspen-
sum ; ¢ntegumenta tenuissima; albwmen parcum, carnosum;
embryo orthotropus, cotyledonibus ovatis, subcompressis,
earnosulis, radicula tereti ad summum spectante duplo lon-
gioribus.

Suffrutices Chilenses, dumost, odore balsamico scatentes, ra-
_ most; ramis sepe virgatis, valde foliosis ; folia in axillis
alternis plurima, fasciculata, sepius anguste lineares, mar-
ginibus interdum valde revolutis: panicula terminalis, pri-
mum subcapitata, demum expansa, valde ramosa, ramis bre-
viter divisis et spicatifioris ; flores parvi, 1-laterales, sessiles,
ebracteati. |

1. Cochranea conferta, nob. Trav. Chile, 1. 529;—Heliophytum
stenophyllum, var. rosmarinifolium, DC. Prodr. ix. 552;
Gay, Chile, iv. 456 ;—ramis strictiusculis, erectis, breviter
pauciramulosis, in junioribus viscoso-pilosulis, demum
glabris, confertissime imbricatim foliosis; foliis in axillis
alternis, plurimis et fasciculatis, anguste linearibus, imo
spathulatis, sessilibus, marginibus valde revolutis, supra
subrugulosis, glabris aut obsolete puberulis, subtus parce
rigido-pilosis: paniculis terminalibus, corymbosis; ramis

alternis 3-4, spicas plurimas alternas gerentibus; floribus
sessilibus, uniserialibus ; stigmate stylo 2-plo longiore, fere
ad medium 2-fido, laciniis subulatis, obtusulis.—In Chile:
v. v. ad Cuesta larga de Llaillay; v. s. in herb. variis (Cu-

ming, 377; Bridges, 235); in herb. Hook., Coquimbo

(Harvey), ex Mus. Paris. Chile (Gay).

_ I found this plant in 1822 in the province of Quillota, where
it is frequent upon the lofty hills, forming a bushy shrub from
3 to 5 feet in height. Its erect branches are densely covered
with crowded, imbricated leaves, fasciculated in the approxi-
mated axils; they are 14~18 lines long, 4 line broad. The
terminal inflorescence, when fully developed, has a main

duncle 14-2 inches long, bractless, expanding into three or

four alternate branchlets, 9 lines long, bearing many crowded

sessile flowers arranged uanstanely in a spike ; the sepals are
1j line long, obtusely subulate, glabrous, with ciliated mar-

126 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiez.

gins; the tube of the corolla is 2 lines long, glabrous, with
five glands in its mouth; the border is 24 lines in diameter,
white, with red nervures, becoming pink when faded; the
stamens, half the length of the tube, reach its mouth; the
ovary 1s 4-grooved, seated on a crenulated disk; the style is
about the same length; the stigma, double that length, is an-
pre ie at its base, conical, and simply 2-fid to nearly its
middle*. :

Var. auriculata ;—caulibus erectis, rugosis; foliis creberrime
divaricatis, imbricatim tectis ; ramulis paucis, fuscis, granu-
lato-papillosis; foliis in axillis approximatis circiter 10,
longe linearibus, sessilibus, imo latioribus et subauriculatis,
marginibus subsinuatis, subrevolutis, supra paps pani-
culis terminalibus, corymbosis; stigmate stylo zquilongo,
apice 3-dentato.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Hook. (Lobb, 442).

A plant with the habit of C. congesta, differing in its more
crowded, more divaricated, longer leaves. It is probably a
distinct species intermediate between C. congesta and C. si-
nuata, differing extremely from the latter in its habit, its longer,
narrower, and more crowded leaves. The leaves (generally
eight or ten in each approximated axil) are 14-2 inches long,
1 line broad, quite glabrous above, with subsinuated margins,
are minutely puberulous or pulverulent below, when examined
under a strong lens; the peduncle and its branches are pubes-
cent; the acute-lanceolate sepals are pilose on both sides; the
cylindrical tube of the corolla is angular and pilose ; the stigma
(rather longer than the style) is somewhat conical, and 3-den-
ticulated at its apex. In Bridges’s No. 1838, referred by De
Candolle to H. myosotifolia, where I have placed it, the stigma
is invariably as I have there described it; but here it is con-
stantly 3-lobed or imperfectly 4-denticulate, as De Candolle
mentions. There is probably some confusion in the specimens.

2. Cochranea corymbosa, n. sp. ;—valde ramosa; ramis brun-
neis, rugosis; ramulis longis, adscendentibus, subflexuosis,
epidermide rubente laxa rimosa nitente vestitis; foliis ma-
joribus fasciculatis, late lanceolatis, acumine brevi obtu-
sulo, in petiolum longum imo dilatatum sensim cuneatis,
planis, submembranaceis, tenuissime nervosis, utrinque sub-
glabris, rugulosis, versus marginem et in. costa subsca-
brido-pilosis : paniculis in ramulis terminalibus, corymbosis,
glabris ; ita longissimo, compresso, rubente, nitido,
superne alternatim et subremote ramoso; ramulis apice bis

* A drawing of this plant, with ample analytical details, will be shown
in Plate 53 a, in the second volume of my ‘ Contributions.’

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. 127

dichotome divisis, ultimis tenerrimis, unilateraliter spicati-

floris; floribus majusculis, inferioribus breviter pedicellatis,
reliquis sessilibus; sepalis lanceolatis ; stigmate stylo equi-
longo, conico, fere ad basin 2-fisso, laciniis subulatis, ob-
tusulis.—In Chile: v.s. in herb. Mus. Brit. et Hook., Co-
quimbo (Bridges, 1341).

This species is at once distinguished from all the others by
its much larger, flat, submembranaceous leaves. It seems to be
a low-growing shrub with ascending branches, with branchlets
3—4 lines apart, which are subangular, subcompressed, 4—6
inches long, with axils 4-6 lines apart, which are somewhat
nodose; the leaves (including the petiole, 7 lines long and
_4 line broad) are 2 inches long, 3-34 lines broad, the narrow
petiole being somewhat enlarged at its insertion upon the
node; within this, three or four shorter leaves are fasciculated
in each axil; they are all nearly glabrous. The terminal
peduncle is 4 inches long, bearing at intervals of 3 to 9 lines
several branches 6-12 lines long, each divided into two uni-
lateral spikes 14 inch long, bearing sessile flowers 2 lines apart;
the sepals, almost glabrous outside, are pubescent within and
on the margins, are 2 lines long, acutely lanceolate; the tube
of the corolla is 3 lines long, } line broad, with a border 5 lines
in diameter ; the anthers, 1 line long, are inserted 1} line above
the base; the pistil is the length of the sepals, the style being
rather longer than the stigma, and twice the length of the

ovary.

3. Cochranea sinuata, n. sp. ;—subdichotome et tortuose ramo-
Sissima, ramis ramulisque glabris, epidermide laxa fusca
rimosa vestitis, junioribus pilosulis ; foliis in axillis plurimis,
fasciculatis, linearibus, apice rotundatis, imo in petiolum
angustum longe spathulatis, marginibus undulato-sinuatis,
sepe subrevolutis, submembranaceis, supra rugulosis, in
nervis impresso-sulcatis, obsolete pilosis, subtus_palli-

dioribus, plus minusve cano-pilosis: paniculis terminalibus,
subcorymbosis, alternatim ramosis, ramis geminatim divisis
et spicatifloris ; stigmate stylo paulo longiore, imo annulato,
conico, granulatim viscoso, ad medium 2-fisso, laciniis 2-

_ denticulatis—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit., Coquimbo

eae” sine num?®.); ¢ herb. Hook., Coquimbo (Bridges,

This is evidently a low-growing shrub, with erect branches,
which, in the lower portions, are nearly bare of leaves, very
rough, with tortuous branchlets again divided, the younger
ones being 5 or 6 inches long. The leaves are 9-14 lines long

128 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex.

(including a petiole of 3 lines), 14-2 lines broad, with very
sinuous and undulated margins. The many approximated
floriferous branchlets form a large corymbose head: each ter-
minal panicle has a peduncle 4 lines long, with four alternate
branches 3-4 lines apart, 4 lines long, each divided into two
spikes 14 inch long; the sepals are 1 line long, oblong, obtuse,
pilose outside; the tube of the corolla is 14 line long, with a
border 4 lines in diameter ; the pistil is 1 line long, the stigma
being a little longer than the style.

4, Cochranea stenophylla ;—Heliophytum (Heliotropium) ste-
nophyllum, Hook. & Arn. Beech. Voy. 66; DOC. Prodr. ix.
552; Gay, Chile, iv. 456 ;—caulibus erectis, longiusculis,
vix flexuosis, subnudis, nodis prominulis ruderatis, superne
valde ramosis, ramulis plurimis, alternatim approximatis,
divaricatis, griseis, glabris, paucifoliosis et. puberulis;
foliis fasciculatis vel rarius volitariia, linearibus, utrinque
attenuatis, crassiusculis, supra breviter sparsim tuberculato-
pilosis, subtus adpresse hirtulis: paniculis terminalibus,
subcorymbosis, pilosis ; pedunculo ramos 3—4 alternos breves
spicatifloros gerente; floribus majusculis, crebriter sessili-
bus; stigmate stylo equilongo, imo incrassato, conico, fere
ad basin 2-fido, laciniis 2-dentatis.—In Chile: v. s. in herb.
Mus. Brit. et Hook., Coquimbo (Bridges, 1340).

These specimens have a somewhat flexuous knotty stem,
1 foot long, above which they throw out several close ascending
branches, 4-10 inches long, with several divaricating branch-
lets, at distances of 6-9 lines, and about 4 inches long. The
leaves are 5-lines long, ? line broad; the terminal peduncle,
6-9 lines long, bears three alternate short curving spikes, each
with about six flowers, all forming a corymbulose head; the
sepals, 1? line long, 4 line broad, are linear, pilose on both
sides; the tube of the corolla is 2 lines long, a little swollen in
the mouth, pilose on its angles, with a border 4 lines in dia-
meter; the pistil is 1} line long, the stigma as long as the
style, cleft for nearly half its length into two obtuse segments,
which are minutely 2-denticulated at their apex.

The original typical specimen is not to be found in the
Hookerian herbarium. |

5. Cochranea myosotifolia ;—Heliophytum stenophyllum, var.
myosotifolium, A..DC. Prodr. ix. 552; Gay, Chile, iv. 456;
—ramosum, ramis subtortuosis, irregulariter diffusis, crebre
nodosis, epidermide rimoso, griseo ; ramulis teretibus, griseo-

uberulis ; foliis in axillis alternis, plurimis, fasciculatis,
inearibus, imo paulo attenuatis, apice obtusulis, utrinque

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. 129

adpresse scabrido-pilosis, marginibus subrevolutis ;_ inflores-
centia terminali, pubescente ; pedunculo 2-fido, in ramos di-
chotome spicatifloros diviso; floribus crebriter sessilibus ;
stigmate stylo brevissimo 8-plo longiore, imo incrassato,
sursum acutissime conico, ad medium 2-fisso, laciniis sub-
setaceis.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit., Coquimbo
(Bridges, 1338).

This appears to be a low straggling shrub, with irregularly
pertine branches covered with a glabrous splitting epidermis;

e lower ones are knotty, with prominent leafless nodes; the
upper branches are terete and pubescent, with axils 2—6 lines
apart. ‘The leaves are 8 lines long, 1 line broad; the peduncle
of the terminal inflorescence is 9 lines long, its branches 3-4 lines
long, each bearing two short spikes, all forming a corymbose
head; the sepals are 2 lines long, acutely linear, pilose on
both sides; the tube of the corolla is 1? line long, somewhat
szarger about the mouth, and pilose outside, with a border
35 lines in diameter, with five radiating, broad, coloured
nervures ; anthers 1 line long, reaching the mouth; pistil 14
line long, the ovary, style, and stigma being in the proportions
of 3:1: 8,

6. Cochranea florida ;—Heliophytum floridum, A. DC. Prodr.
ix. 553 ;—Heliotropium floridum, Gay, Chile, iv. 457 ;—
e basi ramosissima, ramis subangulatis, ramulisque crebris,
rufescentibus, glabris ; foliis linearibus, obtusis, imo angus-
tissime spathulatis, planis aut marginibus vix revolutis,
utrinque subrugulosis, fere glabris aut versus margines ob-
solete pilosis: paniculis terminalibus, corymbosis, 1—3-ra-
mosis, ramis spicatifloris; floribus sessilibus, majusculis ;
stigmate stylo fere equilongo, imo annulato, apice 2-fisso,
laciniis 2-dentatis.—In Chile: v.s. in herb. Hook., Coquimbo
(Cuming, 858 ; Bridges, sine num?.) ; ex Mus. Paris. (Gay).

A low-growing shrub, with suberect or decumbent stems,
with ascending, very approximated branches, covered with a
lax, reddish, shining epidermis; leaves 8-10 lines long, 1-14
_ line broad, decurrent on a petiole of one-fourth their length ;
peduncle of terminal inflorescence 1 inch long; its branches, 3
_ or 4 lines apart, are bare at base, spicated unilaterally, with
few sessile flowers; the acutely lanceolate sepals, pilose on
both sides, are 24 lines long; the tube of the corolla is penta-
pes glabrous, 3 lines long, the expanded border 5 lines in

lameter ; the stamens occupy the upper half of the tube; the
pistil is 2} lines long; the conical stigma, annular at base, is
cleft for one-third or one-fourth of its length into two segments,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 9

130 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropies.

2-denticulate at their apex. In Bridges’s specimen the flowers
are paler and smaller, and the leaves narrower.

7. Cochranea hebecula, n. sp.;—ramosissima, ramis griseis,
creberrime ramulosis, ramulis junioribus dense sericeo-
pubescentibus, incanis ; foliis fasciculatis, oblongo-linearibus,
imo in petiolum angustissime spathulatis, apice rotundatis
aut obtuse attenuatis, carnosulis, subplanis, utrinque incano-
pilosulis, eveniis: paniculis corymbosis, terminalibus, 2-3-
spicatis; floribus majusculis, 1-serialibus; stigmate stylo
6-plo longiore, 2-fido, laciniis 2-denticulatis—In Chile:
v. 8. tn herb. Mus. Brit., Coquimbo (Bridges, sine num?.).

This appears to be a bushy plant, with knotted branches
3 lines thick, divided at their summit into numerous very
close leaf-bearing ramifications, 8-10 inches long, with branch-
lets 4-6 inches long; the axils are 3-6 lines apart; the leaves
8-12 lines long, 1 line broad ; the terminal peduncle is 6 lines
long, sometimes bearing a single spike, 2 inches long, or with
two or three alternate spicated branches 3—4 lines apart, much
shorter, bearing a few large flowers 1 line apart; calyx 1 line
long, cleft nearly to the base, where it is shortly cupuliform,
with five acutely oblong segments, densely pilose on both sides;
the tube of the corolla 14 line long, 5-gonous, somewhat pilose
outside, with a border 4 lines in diameter; pistil somewhat
longer than calyx; stigma annular at base, six times as long
as the style, cleft for one-third of its length into two broadish
bidenticulate segments.

8. Cochranea ericoidea, n. sp. ;—ramosissima, ramis ramulis-
que tenuissimis, divergentibus, pallidis, glaberrimis aut
molliter puberulis, axillis cupula brevissima obtusa promi-
nula foliigera munitis; foliis pluribus, fasciculatis, parvis,
linearibus, sessilibus, apice callosis, carnosulis, enerviis,
supra pilis rigidulis, imo tuberculatis scabridulis, subtus
costa et marginibus subrevolutis scabridule hirtellis: pani-
culis terminalibus, pilosis, seepius geminatim eanatiexie
floribus sessilibus, minoribus ; stigmate longissimo, incluso,
2-fido, laciniis obtusis.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit.
et Hook., Coquimbo (Bridges, 1339).

This appears to be a low straggling shrub, with very slender
divaricating branches, having much the habit of an Aloysia;
the lower branches are quite smooth and bare; the foliiferous
branchlets are very slender, scarcely more than } lime in
thickness, nodose at the axils, with a very short obtuse spine,
pie ee by the persistent base of the midrib of the exterior
eaf: out of these cupular nodes, which are 2-3 lines apart,

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. 131
three or four leaves spring, which are 3-5 lines long: the

peduncle is 2-3 lines long, with geminate or three alternate
spikes 3 lines apart, 1-14 inch long, rigidly and shortly pilose;
the sessile flowers are 1—2 lines apart; the sepals, ? line long,
are connate at base into a short cup, with oblong segments,
callous at the apex, fleshy, pale green, pilose on both sides ;
tube of corolla 1 line long, wider and pilose above, with a
border 2 lines in diameter ; pistil the length of tube of corolla,
with a subglobose sulcated ovary seated on a 10-lobed disk ;
the ‘stigma, annular at base and as broad as the ovary, six
times as long as the style, tapering to an obtuse point, cleft
for a quarter of its length into two obtuse segments.

9. Cochranea filifolia, n. sp. ;—ramosissima, ramis_teretibus,
nodosis, epidermide grisea rugulosa tectis, striatellis ; ramulis
alternatim approximatis, subadscendentibus, glabris, juniori-
bus papilloso-tomentosis; foliis in axillis, plurimis, in-
equalibus, fasciculatis, rarius solitariis, spathulato-lineari-
bus, parvis, crassiusculis, granuloso-rugosis, divergentibus :
paniculis floribundis, in ramulis terminalibus, glanduloso-
puberulis; pedunculo bis dichotome diviso, ramis ultimis
tenuibus, spicatifloris ; floribus sub-2-seriatis, remotiusculis,
sessilibus; sepalis brevibus, extus farinaceo-leprosis ; stig-
mate imo lato, conico, profunde 2-fido, laciniis obtuse 2-
dentatis.—In Chile: v. s. in herb.Mus. Brit. et Hook., Co-
quimbo (Bridges, 1343).

These specimens of Bridges’s collection, though under the
same number as C. chenopodiacea in M. de Boissier’s herba-
rium, are specifically very distinct from it. ‘The plant is
everywhere covered with a resin-like minute granulation; the
leaves are more than twice the length and narrower than
those in the species referred to: it is somewhat ericoid in its
habit, with the young branchlets terete, fulvous, and rugulose,
6-8 inches long, with axils 3-4 lines apart. The leaves are
3-6 lines long, 4 line broad. The peduncle of the terminal
inflorescence is 3-1 inch long, twice dichotomous, the ultimate
branches spicated, 2 inches long, with about eight rather large
sessile flowers, 3—4 lines apart, all forming a corymbose pani-
cle; the sepals are ? line long, obovate, obtuse, erect, fleshy,
covered with whitish leprous scales, glabrous within ; the tube
of the corolla is cylindrical, 1 line long, the border being 3-4
lines in diameter; the ovary, subglobose, 4-grooved, is seated
on a lobed disk; the stigma is six times as long as the very
short style, has a basal ring broader than the ovary, is shortly
conical, obtuse, cleft halfway into two obtuse 2-dentate seg-

g#

132 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiez.

ments : the fruit, consisting of two nuts enclosed in the persis-
tent calyx, is polished and glabrous.

10. Cochranea hispidula, n. sp. ;—crebre ramosissima, ramis
subrugoso-striatis, ramulis subdivergentibus, teretibus, brun-
neis, pilosis ; foliis fasciculatis, sessilibus, spathulato-lineari-
bus, obtusis, marginibus valde revolutis, carnosulis, fusco-
viridibus, undique hispidulis; paniculis in ramulis termi-
nalibus, brevibus, bis dichotome divisis, pubescentibus ;
ramis ultimis 2-seriatim spicatifloris ; floribus paucis, crebris,
sessilibus ; stigmate stylo 6-plo longiore, apice 2-fido, laci-
niis 2-dentatis—In Chile boreali: v. s. in herb. Hook.
(Lobb, 440).

This is evidently a low-growing shrub, with extremely
crowded, elongated branchlets, 3-4 lines apart, 8 or 9 inches
long, the lower ones again branching, the upper ones simple:
the axils are 3 lines apart; the leaves are 4-6 lines long, } line
broad. ‘The peduncle of the inflorescence is 6 lines long, its
branches 6 lines long, their ultimate 2- or 3-spicated branch-
lets being 9 lines long ; the calyx is tubular, cleft halfway into
five erect teeth, is pubescent on both sides, 1 line long; the
tube of the corolla is 1 line long, pubescent outside, with a
border 2 lines in diameter ; the pistil is 1 line long; the stigma,
eight times the length of the style, annular at base, slenderly
conical, cleft for a quarter of its length into two bidentate
segments.

11. Cochranea chenopodiacea;—Heliophytum chenopodiaceum,
A. DC. Prodr, ix. 553 ;—Heliotropium chenopodiaceum,
Gay, Chile, iv. 458;—nana, divaricato-ramosissima, gla-
bella; ramulis subrigidis, teretibus, flavidulis, junioribus
obsolete puberulis ; axillis cupula prominente munitis ; foliis
fasciculatis, parvis, spathulato-linearibus, subteretibus, mar-
ginibus valde revolutis, carnosulis, fere sessilibus, glabris
vel subviscosis: paniculis terminalibus, bis dichotome di-
visis, ramis ultimis tenuibus, spicatifloris; floribus paucis,
sessilibus, pallide ceeruleis ; calyce tubuloso, 5-dentato, extus
pilosulo ; stigmate stylo 2-plo longiore, apice obtuso, breviter
bifido.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Hook. ex Mus. Paris., prov.
Copiapo, ad montes Arqueros (Gay).

This plant was found by Gay in the more northerly pro-
vince of Copiapo, in the silver-mining district of Arqueros,
and is distinct from the plant I have referred to C. filifolia,
which has been confounded with it. Gay says it is a low
shrub, not more than a foot high, with many short stiff spread-
ing branches, which are terete, covered with a yellowish,

Dr. R. Bergh on Phidiana lynceus. 133

shining epidermis. The fasciculated leaves are very small,
somewhat glutinously rugulose, 1 or 2 lines long, scarcely
+ line broad ; the terminal inflorescence has its spicated branch-
lets 6 lines long; the calyx is broadly tubular, 1 line long,
cano-pubescent outside, divided halfway into five triangular
teeth ; the tube of the corolla is a trifle longer than the calyx,
cylindrical and pilose outside; the pistil is as long as the tube
of the corolla; the ovary semiglobose, seated upon the disk ;
the stigma, annular at base, is rather longer than the style,
conical, and divided at its apex into two short obtuse segments.
The glabrous fruit consists of two nucules, each 2-celled.
[To be continued. |

XII.—On Phidiana lynceus and Ismaila monstrosa.
By Dr. Rup. Bereu*.

[Plate I.]
THE genus Phidiana, Gray, may be thus characterized :—

: PHIDIANA, Gray.

Corpus gracilius, elongatum. Rhinophoria perfoliata ; tentacula
elongata. Papille dorsales in series obliquas confertas disposite.
Podarium antice rotundatum vel subtruncatum.

Margo masticatorius mandibule singula serie denticulorum pre-
ditus. Radula paucidentata, dentibus uniseriatis armata.

This genus agrees, with regard te the structure of the rhi-
nophoria, with the more remote: genus Antiopa, as well as with
Flabellina, Cuv., from which latter, however, it is easily dis-
tinguished by the bases of the papille and by the produced
anterior corners of the foot in Flabellina ; but the statements of
Dr. Gray and Messrs. Alder and Hancock, as to the occurrence
of lateral teeth in the latter genus, were not borne out by a
more recent examination of this point in a new species, £7.
Sempert, Bgh. Facelina, Ald. & Hanc., is also easily dis-
tinguished by the produced corners of the foot. Spurilla, Bgh.
(see the ‘Transactions of the Royal Danish Society of
Sciences,’ vii. 1864, p. 205), forms an intervening link between
Phidiana and the more typical Afolidide, particularly oli-
diella, a new genus, comps as yet four species (viz. 7.
Semmeringii, F. S. Leuckart, 4. occidentalis, Bgh., n. sp.,
Af. glauca, A. & H., 4. Alderi, Cocks), and which may be

thus characterized :—
ALOLIDIELLA, Bgh.

Forma corporis, rhinophoria, tentacula, papille et podarium ut in
Atolidvis sensu strictiore.

* Extract from ‘ Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den naturhistoriske
Forening i Kjobenhayn’ f. 1866,

134 Dr. R. Bergh on Phidiana lynceus.

Margo masticatorius mandibule minutissime longitudinaliter pli-
catus. Dentes radule uniseriati. Dentes pectiniformes, medio emar-
ginati.

Only four species can with certainty be classed under Phi-
diana, viz. Ph. inca (d’Orb.), Ph. patagonica, d’Orb., Ph. uni-
lineata, A. & H., Ph. lynceus, Bgh., n. sp. Perhaps 4. Al-
deriana, Desh. (F'rédol?, ‘Le Monde de la Mer,’ 1864, x1, £7)
and 44. northumbrica, Ald. & Hance., also belong to Phidiana.
An anatomical examination of Ph. lynceus, Beh., affords several
interesting results, particularly with regard to the organs of
vision. ‘I'he eye was observed in the middle of the external
margin of the cerebro-visceral ganglion. Immediately behind
the eye, and a little further in, another, smaller, shortly pedun-
culate globular body was observed, which proved to be an
accessory eye; the diameter was 0°05 to 0°06 millim., the
plement black, the lens small, colourless, with a small yellowish

ind of nucleus. Close behind the accessory eye a vesicle, spa-
ringly filled with cells and nuclei, with thin walls, was seen to
protrude from the surface of the ganglion. This vesicle might
be the auricular vesicle ; no other organ that could be so in-
terpreted was found. Whilst plurality is a frequent phenome-
non amongst Acephala and Tunicata, no instance of the normal
occurrence of more than one pair of eyes was hitherto recorded
in the class of Gasteropoda. The earlier statements concern-
ing the occurrence of such an arrangement in the genus Diplom-
matina (Bens.) turned out to be founded on a misconception *.
Nor was Claparéde able to find the black spot which Mibeitle:
Tandon stated he saw in Neritina fluviatilis behind the true
eye, and which he described as being like an accessory eyef.
Agassiz states, in his ‘ Lectures on Comparative Embryology,’
1849, p. 86, that on a little Margarita from the roadstead of
Boston, he had seen a row of eyes placed at the base of the
tentacles of the epipodial fringe. But this statement is not
borne out by the results of a careful examination of M. grén-
landica and M. cinerea. When viewed from beneath, the ten-
tacles of the epipodial fringe in IM. grénlandica, Ch., are seen
to issue each from a small depression, of which the inner mar-
gin is almost always swollen in the middle, and contains a
varie quantity of black pigment; sometimes this pigment
is disposed in the shape of a ring, and in that case these tu-
bercles assume a striking similarity to eyes. These tubercles
resembling eyes are of very different shapes, sometimes rather
oval; in some cases the pigment is continued along the lateral

* Comp. A. Adams in ‘Ann. & Mag. N. Hist.’ ser. 2. vi. 1860, p. 113,
and thd. xii. 1863, pl. vii. figs. 11, 12.

+ Comp. Claparéde in Miiller’s ‘Archiv,’ 1857, p. 189, and Moquin-
Tandon in ‘ Hist. Nat. des mollusq. fluv. et terr. de la France,’ ii. p. 522.

Dr. R. Bergh on Phidiana lynceus. 135

margin of the depression in which the tentacle stands, and
even further, so as to form a narrow black border along the
lobe between two succeeding tentacles; in these cases the
underside of the base of the tentacle is occasionally also
coloured. In some individuals no pigment was observable,
and the tubercles were then generally but little developed.
These latter are of a firm consistency ; and their colour is due
to peculiar cells, which stand perpendicular on the surface, and
much resemble those sbeleded: in the eyes of various mollusca.
No ganglion could be found in the base of the tubercles ; and
therefore the tubercles in question cannot even be regarded
as merely photoscopic eyes, much less as corresponding in
structure with the real eye of these animals. Something
similar, but in smaller degree, was observed in M. cinerea,
Couth. (var. grandis). The real eye in Margarita was seen
as a black spot shining through the apex of the ophthalmo-
phorium; and on this spot a small oval opening was observed,
of varying size, and which could be distended by pressure.
No lens, nor apparently any vitreous humour existed. A simi-
lar opening seems to exist on the eye of Pssurella rosea (Lam.).
If these observations are confirmed, the eye will in these
animals exhibit the same remarkable structure, without diop-
tric apparatus, which has been found in Nautilus. ‘To return
to Phidiana lynceus, it may be observed that a doubling of the
eye on one or both sides has certainly been observed as a mon-
strosity in many Gasteropoda; butthe occurrence of accessory
eyes in the Phidiana was certainly no monstrosity, for the
three individuals examined agreed perfectly in this respect.
Nor could these organs be stetsalahad in any other way than as
eyes. There exist, no doubt, AXolidide in which the ear remains
in its embryonal stage, with one otolith; but, excepting a few
Pteropoda, there exists scarcely any Gasteropod in which the
ear exhibits such a development of pigment as is seen in the
organs referred to in Phidiana lynceus.

he band or tube connecting the sacs which contain the
urticating cells with the lobes of the liver was unusually long
in this species, rolled up in a coil generally placed on one side
of the lobe. Both cysts and free urticating cells were seen
dispersed through the whole length of the tube. Dr. Bergh
does not agree with the theory advocated by Prof. Huxley,
Dr. Gosse, and Mr. Strethill Wright, that the urticating cells
in Atolidide are a kind of fecal excretions, and derived from
the animals on which they live; for sacs containing urtica-
ting cells are wanting in many genera, as Embletonia, Fiona,
Phyllodesmium, in Hermacine and Proctonotine, though these,
or at any rate most of them, certainly feed upon animals which

136 Dr. R. Bergh on Phidiana lynceus.

possess urticating cells. Besides it is easy to show that in
several Alolididee (for instance, species of Glaucus, which live
almost exclusively on one kind of food, Vellella and Porpita)
the urticating threads found in the digestive tube and derived
from the food are quite different from those found in the urti-
cating cells and secreted by the animals themselves. Nor does
that theory agree with the fact that the urticating cells are toa
great extent not free in the sacs, but enclosed in cysts, and
become free only by the bursting of the latter. Dr. Bergh refers
finally to the great analogy in anatomical respects between
Aolididee and Pleurophyllidide, and concludes that the urti-
cating cells in the sacs are the product of the AZolididee them-
selves, and not derived from their food. |

On the back of one of the specimens of Phidiana lynceus,
immediately behind the second group of papille, a deep de-
pression was observed, as if some body had been located there
but had fallen off; in the middle of this depression an irregular
round opening of 0°25 millim. diameter was seen. The sexual
gland was very much atrophied, only the foremost and hind-
most lobes being well developed. In the second specimen a
round opening, 0°75 millim. broad, was observed in exactly
the same place as in the first specimen, and a pointed promi-
nence was seen in the opening ; another, much smaller opening
was seen in front of the one described. On the sides of the
animal several yellowish slanting bodies seemed to shine
through the integuments from inside. When the inner cavity
was examined the greater part of the space usually filled by
the sexual gland was occupied by a parasite, the cand being
atrophied as in the first individual. The parasite was a Co-
pepodous crustacean, with the back downwards, the head
forwards, and the posterior extremity reaching out into the
larger opening before described. This crustacean reminded
one of the Splanchnotrophus brevipes of Hancock and Norman,
but differs from this in several important points, viz. the
well-developed large cephalothorax, the articulated abdomen,
the absence of true limbs, the peculiar arm-like lateral
prolongations of the body, the dorsal prolongation, and the
remarkable prolongation of the abdomen (which forms a kind
of tail).

The only specimen was a female: no males could be dis-
covered; and Dr. Bergh recalls with good reason Professor
Kréyer’s remark, in his last contribution to the history of pa-
rasitic Entomostraca (Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, ser. 3. ii.
1863, p. 396), that ‘ whenever the incompleteness of our know-
ledge compels us to found genera on females only, or to group
species of which only the female is known together with others

Dr. R. Bergh on Ismaila monstrosa. 137

of which both sexes are known, it must always be care-
fully borne in mind that such arrangements are only provi-
sional, and can only be definitely settled when the males shall
have been examined.” Nevertheless he ventures, with all
due reservation, to give a generic character of the new para-
site found in the Phidiana, and which he calls [smaila.

IsMAILA, Bgh., n. g.

Foemina.—Cephalothorax distinctus. Duo antennarum paria ; an-
tenn priores minute ; posteriores paullo majores, prensoria. Ab-
domen supra in tria segmenta divisum, ultimum in appendicem
erectam productum; segmenta omnia utroque latere in brachium
elongata ; duo priora segmenta inferiore pagina, pedum abdomina-
lium loco, duobus paribus brachiorum inter sese similium predita.
Cauda elongata, apice solum articulata, ultimo segmento appendicibus
caudalibus brevissimis setigeris.

Mas ignotus.

The mouth was furnished with a very powerful pair of
mandibles. ‘The species is called /sm. monstrosa, n. sp.

Dr. Bergh has observed the Spl. brevipes, Hance. & Norman
( 2 ), in anew species of Galvina trom the Kattegat, G. viridula,

gh.; a specimen of G. rupiwm yielded another parasite,
namely an oceanic Acaride, of which some very few have been
observed before. Having on a former occasion given a less
accurate description of the rasp in Galvina rupium, the
author now supplies the deficiency. by an accurate drawing
showing a peculiar depressed position of the apex, which is not
seen from above, and therefore not observable in the figures
given by Hancock (Monogr., suppl. pl. 47. figs. 25-27), but
which seems to be found in all species of Galvina.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

. The rasp of Phidiana inca, D’Orb., from the side.

. A dental plate of the same, from underneath.

. A part of the rasp of Phidiana lynceus, Bgh., from the side.

. A dental plate of the same from above obliquely.

. The apex of a rhinophore of the same.

. The middle dental plates of Galvina rupium, MOll., from the side.

. The same, from above.

. The central part of the nervous system of Phidiana lynceus:
a, Senebon olfactorium ; 6, gangl. cerebroviscerale ; c, gangl.
pedieeum; d, gangl. buccinatorium; #, commissura pedixa ;

8, comm. visceralis (branchialis); y, commissura buccalis;
6, comm. sympathica.

Fig. 9. The larger eye of Phidiana lynceus.

Fig. 10. The smaller eye of the same,

Fig. 11. The epipodial margin of Margarita grinlandica, Ch., with the

round bodies resembling eyes.

Figs. 12 § 15. Small bodies seach blake eyes.

pEpEzeey
CONDO Whe

138 Dr. W. B. Carpenter on Spirifer cuspidatus.

Figs. 14, 15,16. Cells from the surface of the latter.

Fig. 17. Cells from the stratum containing the pigment of the true eye.
Fig. 18. The true eye of Margarita grénlandica, from the side.

Fg. 19. The same, from the front.

Figs. 20, 21, 22. Ismaila monstrosa, in different positions.

XIUI.— On Spirifer cuspidatus.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

University of London.
GENTLEMEN, July 20, 1868.

I have no intention of discussing with Prof. King the vali-
dity of the generic distinction which has been affirmed to
exist between Syringothyris and Spirifer, since this distinction
was not laid down by myself, and the main question involved
in it lies beyond the scope of my own researches. But, for the
sake of those who are associated with me. in this matter, I
feel it necessary to make a few remarks upon that portion of
his argument which relates to the microscopic structure of the
shell in these two types respectively.

Prof. King, having been allowed, by the kindness of Mr.
Davidson, the fullest opportunity of examining the singularly
well-preserved specimen of Spirifer cuspidatus, of which I de-
scribed the structure in my last communication on this subject,
and having found himself equally unable with myself to dis-
cern in it any trace of those perforations which he has so
persistently asserted to exist in that type, supplies the de-
ficiency out of the depths of his own imner consciousness.
‘“‘ Impressed,” he tells us, ‘ with the preceding evidences and
considerations, I can only conclude that, wherever imperforate
spaces occur in Spirifer ier Sane perforations were origi-
nally present in them. And although Mr. Davidson’s speci-
men (also, it must be remembered, Prof. Harkness’s) may be
noted as ‘ exhibiting not the smallest trace of perforations,’ I
have no hesitation whatever in adopting the same simple
conclusion in this case as well, rather than seek for its explana-
tion in any strange morphological doctrine.”

What ‘strange morphological doctrine” is involved in the
assertion that the true Spirifer cuspidatus belongs to that “ im-
perforate’ type which I showed to exist among Brachiopods, at
the very time when I first demonstrated* that the ‘ puncta-
tions”’ by which the true Terebratulide and certain Spiriferide
_are characterized are the orifices of ‘ perforations,” I must own

* Reports of the British Association for 1844.

Dr. W. B, Carpenter on Spirifer cuspidatus. 139

myself unable to discover. But however “ strange” it may
seem to Prof. King, I re-affirm, as a simple fact of observation,
capable of being at once verified by any competent and un-
prejudiced microscopist, that not only do my preparations of
this shell show “ not the smallest trace of perforations,” but
they exhibit a continuity of shell-structure where the per-
forations ought (in Prof. King’s idea) to be seen, which is not
surpassed in distinctness by that of a recent Ithynchonella*.
No metamorphism could produce shell-structure where none
previously existed.

For anything I know to the contrary, however, Prof. King
may still hold to the conclusion which he expressed with
as little hesitation some twenty years agoy, not only that

triferide, but that Rhynchonelle (or Hypothyrises, as he
then designated them) are perforated. For although he has
been repeatedly challenged, both publicly and privately, either
to justify or to retract that statement (which, to use plain
English, gave the lie to the figures and descriptions I had
published four years previously), he has never, so far as I am
aware, explicitly done either the one or the other.

Now, as there cannot be any common basis of discussion
between Prof. King and myself, so long as he “‘ doubts the
absence of perforations in any Brachiopod whatever,” and as
he appears at last to have made himself acquainted with the
shell-structure of the recent Rhynchonella psittacea, to which I
long since directed his attention as affording conclusive evi-
dence on this point, I think that the scientific world has a
right to know his present opinions on the following ques-
tions :-— |

1. Do any traces of perforations exist in the shells of the
recent Rhynchonella psittacea and Rh. nigricans ?

* Compare my representations of the minute structure of the shell of
Rhynchonella psittacea in ‘ Reports of the British Association’ for 1844,
figs. 27-30, or in my Introduction to Mr. Davidson’s Monograph, plate 5,
figs. 4, 5, with the representations of the structure of the perforated Tere-
bratulide given in figs. 34-36 of the same ‘ Reports,’ or in pl. 4. figs. 6, 7
of the ‘Introduction.’ It is needless to repeat figures so well known.

+ “Dr. Carpenter places Hypothyrises in his non-perforated division of
the Brachiopods ; but punctures, though much more minute than those
in Terebratulide, occur in every species that has passed under my ob-
servation. Punctures also occur in Productide and piriferidee ; in short,
I ett Be) absence in any Brachiopod whatever.” (Permian Fossils,
p- , note.

“ But unfortunately for Dr. Carpenter’s observation and Dr. de Koninck’s
conclusion [as to the imperforateness of the Paleozoic Spirifers], I have
seen punctures in species of every genus of Spiriferide, so that I am led

to conclude a punctated structure characterized the entire family.” (Op.
ct. p. 124.)

140 Dr. W. B. Carpenter on Spirifer cuspidatus.

2. Is there any reason for supposing that these shells have
ever been perforated ? 7

3. Do any traces of perforations exist in the fossil Rhyncho-
nelle generally? (Of course I do not expect Prof. King to
surrender Rhynchopora Geinitziana; but I speak of such types
as Ith. acuta, octoplicata, and rostrata.) :

4, Is there any reason for supposing that these shells have
ever been perforated ?

If Prof. King does not yet feel himself able to give that
direct and explicit negative to these questions, in which I
have reason to believe that all other brachiopodists are agreed,
it is to be hoped that he will feel it due to science to Jjustily
his affirmative conclusion by publishing the evidence on whic
it rests. If, on the other hand, he is now prepared to admit
that which he formerly so unhesitatingly denied, I have fur-
ther to ask :—

5. What appearances are presented by Mr. Davidson’s spe-
cimen of Spirifer cuspidatus which place it in a different
category from the foregoing as regards the supposed existence
of perforations ?

When Prof. King shall have given a plain answer to these
questions, those who are interested in this subject will be able
to judge for themselves whether the cnviseble perforations
which he sees with his mind’s eye in Mr. Davidson’s specimen
of Spirifer cuspidatus* are anything else than a delusion of
that too vivid imagination which, twenty years ago, led him
to assert their existence in Rhynchonelle and Spiriferide
generally, and to doubt their absence in any Brachiopod
whatever. And it will then be quite time enough to inquire
into the validity of Prof. King’s observations upon Prof. Hark-
ness’s and other specimens, detailed in his last paper.

I may add that I possess sections of two Devonian species
(Sp. spectosus and Sp. Verneuilli) in which the continuity of
imperforate shell-structure is, if possible, even more distinct
than in Mr. Davidson’s specimen, in consequence of the entire
absence of metamorphic change. ‘These and any other of my

* I rest the whole case of the imperforation of Spirifer cuspidatus upon
this specimen, for two reasons,—first, that it has the best-preserved shell
I have ever met with in a Carboniferous-limestone fossil; and, secondly,
because Prof. King has examined this very specimen, so that there can be
no question about the appearances which its structure presents. But
the most careful examination of those appearances has only confirmed the
statement I originally made, when the question was simply one of observa-
tion, not involving any “strange morphological theory ”—that, “although
the structure of this shell is often obscured by metamorphic action, I
possess sections in which it is extremely well preserved, and in which
there is an evident absence of the perforations.” (Rep. Brit. Assoc, 1844.)

Messrs. Salvin & Godman on Diurnal Lepidoptera. 141

preparations are open to the examination either of Prof. King
or of any other naturalist interested in the question, on the
simple condition that the results of such examination shall be
made public in a form satisfactory to myself. I do not require
that these results shall accord with my own; I only ask that
simple facts of observation shall not be twisted into conformity
with preconceived theories, and that, where accordance exists,
it shall be freely admitted.
I remain, Gentlemen,
Your obedient Servant,
WILLIAM B. CARPENTER.

XIV.—On some new Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera from
South America. By Osspert Savin, M.A., F.L.S., &e.,
and F. Du Cane GopMAN, F.L.S. &e.

HAvinG recently acquired several interesting collections from
the eastern valleys of the Andes of Bolivia, Peru, and Ecuador,
we hasten to publish descriptions of some of the most promi-
nent of the species which appear to us to be uindsseried: To
these we have added others which have been recently sent to
us from several parts of Central America and Mexico. It is
not our intention to leave these species, of which we now
merely give isolated descriptions, in this “ unprotected.” state;
but as time shall enable us to work out.the more difficult groups,
we purpose giving a more detailed account of all the species
contained in these collections, and a complete record of all the
localities where the species were obtained. Besides the species
here described, these collections contain others which we have
little doubt are new to science, especially such as belong to the
genus Jthomia and its allies; but as these groups require a
more careful study than we have as yet been able to bestow
upon them, we leave them for the present.

1. Callitera pyropina.

¢. Exp. 2°85. Diaphanous, nervures brown ; posterior wings
with an evanescent band between the end of the cell and the
anterior angle, and the whole of the outer margin diaphanous
brown, broad at the posterior angle, where it encloses three
round spots, between each of which and the margin is a narrow
transverse streak; this Best of the wing is clothed, the
transparent film with dark pink-coloured scales, the diaphanous
brown portion with violet-coloured scales: between the radial
nervures and close to the extremity of the wing is an ocellus
of very dark blue scales, surrounded by the diaphanous

142 Messrs. Salvin & Godman on new Species of

brown of the margin, this ocellus has a white pupilla, and
there is another isolated white spot between the third median
branch and the lower radial. ‘’he wnderside of the posterior
wings differs from the upper as follows :—the pink-coloured
spots are much paler, and the brown markings near the pos-
terior angle are covered with scattered brown (instead of
violet) scales: the ocellus has a buff submarginal ring.

?. Larger, the wings more rounded, and the colours of the
posterior wings more vivid; a small white spot appears in the
centre of the pink spot between the second and third median
branches,

Hab. Kastern Peru, Lower Huallaga (£. Bartlett), Pozzuzo
(Pearce),
Mus. 8. & G.

Nearest to Hetera Esmeralda, Dby., but is much larger, the
wings more elongated, the pink spots on the posterior wing
larger, and the colouring of this portion much more extended,

2. Pierella rubecula.

6. Exp. 3:1. Brown, the anterior wings with a green
opalescence ; the posterior wings have the terminal half, ex-
cept the actual margin, deep rufous, and two black ocelli at
the anterior angle, that nearest the costa having a white pu-
pilla: three narrow black bands, the inner two very faint,
cross both wings, the outer band being nearly straight, the
others convex; the innermost band, where it crosses the cell,
is separated into distinct spots. The underside uniform and
paler, washed with a purplish tinge and covered with faint
darkish freckles; the cross bands are more distinct: there are
also small distinct black spots at the base of both wings, and
a series of indistinct white spots follow the ocelli; the anterior
wings have three small white spots near the apex.

?. Larger, the anterior wings less acute, and the general
coloration darker, the markings being more distinct.

Hab. Guatemala, forests of Northern Vera Paz and valley
of the Polochic (Salvin & Godman).

Mus. 8. & G.

Near Hetera luna (¥.), but may be at once recognized by
the very distinct rufous patch on the posterior wings.
3. Hetera pallida.
Hf. luna, Hew. Ex. Butt. ii. t. 42. f. 3.

All specimens from Nicaragua resemble the drawing given
by Hewitson as representing H. luna (F.). These differ from
Southadieeaciain specimens, which must be considered to be

%

Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America.. 143

the true Papilio luna of Fabricius, in being. uniformly much
paler in colour. This Nicaraguan race, having apparently
permanent characters and a distinct geographical habitat, re-
quires aname. We propose to call it Hetwra pallida.

4. Pierella ocreata.

6. Exp. 2°75. Dark brown, the anterior wings have three
black bands crossing the cell, the middle one being prolonged
to the inner margin; the end of the cell is also black: two
parallel black bands cross the wing from the inner margin to
the costa, the innermost traversing the third section of the
median nervure; between these bands and the outer margin
are a series of spots, that nearest the costa white, the next
black, and the two following white: the posterior wings have
three black cross bands, beimg the continuation of the first,
second, and fourth of the anterior wing; beyond the third of
these bands is a large white patch, followed by a red one,
the latter having a transverse irregular lower margin, and
enclosing a distinct white spot between the third median
branch and the lower radial; beyond these patches the wing
is darker, and has a white spot between the upper radial and
subcostal nervures, and a pupillated black ocellus between the
radials; the outer margin is rather deeply indented, the end
of the third median branch carrying a somewhat prominent
tooth ; the indentations are all margined with buff. The ge-
neral coloration of the underside is paler, the bands being
more strongly shown ; between the two parallel bands is pale
greyish, which is continued on the posterior wings as a large
angulated patch tinged with red over its lower portion: the
neighbourhood of the anal angle is tinged with buff, and a
buff line between two black lines follows the sinuations of the
outer margin: a third white spot appears between the second
and third median branches, and the ocellus has a buff sub-
marginal ring. ‘The anal patch, characteristic of the males of
this section, 1s dark brown.

@. Larger and darker, the anterior wings being less acute ;
the underside of the posterior wings has a fourth white spot
between the first and second median branches.

Hab. Panama (M‘Leannan), Veragua (Arcé).

Mus. 8. & G.

Allied to H. helvina of Hewitson, from which it manifestly
differs in having the upper portion of the red spot white.
5. Antirrhea pterocopha.

g. Exp. 3°85. Apex of the anterior wings not rounded,
but abruptly obtuse, the outer margin being angulated at the

144 Messrs. Salvin & Godman on new Species of

extremity of the upper radial; posterior angle definite and
obtuse : posterior wings with the extremity of the first branch
of the median nervure prolonged into an obtuse, and the third
branch into an acute projection: anterior wings brown, with
three bluish-white spots between the extremity of the cell and
the outer margin: posterior wings brown at the base, black at
the extremity, an irregular tawny spot at the anterior angle;
posterior angle with a succession of three blue spots across the
wing, that between the second and third branches of the me-
dian nervure whitish in the middle. Underside brown; a
curved black band crosses both wings from the anal angle of
the posterior wings to the extremity of the cell of the anterior;
another, parallel line between this and the base of the wings:
between these lines on the anterior wings is a median black
line crossing the cell; all these lines have whitish outer
margins gradually separating into freckles, so as to give the
under surface a mottled appearance: outer margin of both
wings deep tawny, a conspicuous black spot between the angle
of the costal and subcostal nervures of the posterior wings.
Antenne brown.
Hab. Veragua (Arcé).
Mus. 8. & G.

The specimen from which our description is taken is in bad
condition, but is sufficiently perfect to enable us to point out
the remarkable characters of this conspicuous species. We
are not aware that it has any near ally.

6. Oressinoma sorata.

3g. Exp. 2:2. Like O. typhla, Klug, but differs in being
larger, the posterior wings much more elongated at the anal
angle, the anterior wings more angulated, and the outer mar-
gin straighter; the white band which crosses both wings is
narrower and straighter; the indistinct submarginal markings
of O. typhla are replaced by distinct white lunules on the
hinder wings, and by a straight whitish line on the anterior
wings; on the underside the buff submarginal edging of the

osterior wings is less abruptly sinuated, and the white band

fa a dark inner margin.

Hab. Callean, Northern Bolivia (Pearce).

Mus. 8. & G.

7. Acrea testacea.

g. Exp.1:9. Both wings sooty, the nervures being rather
darker; the anterior wings between the costal and median
nervures, and almost as far as the end of the cell, brick-red ;
an oblique band of the same colour beyond the cell reaches

Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. 145

from the costa to the second branch of the median nervure.
Underside paler, the. posterior wings yellowish, the nervures
and a line between them sooty. Antenne black.

Hab. Apolobamba, Northern Bolivia (Pearce).

Mus. 8. & G.

8. Heliconius notabilis.

9. Exp. 3:1. Dark sooty black ; anterior wings with two
conspicuous white spots—one (quadrate) at the extremity of
the cell, the other (oval) between the cell and the apex; the
margins of these spots and a large patch contiguous to the
inner one, and reaching to beyond the first branch of the
median nervure, brick-red. Underside paler, the red spot only

. showing a pinkish tinge; the basal half of the costa of the
posterior wings yellow ; four red spots at the base of the pos-
terior wings. Antenne black.

Hab. Canelos, Eastern Ecuador (Pearce).

Mus. 8. & G.

Allied to H. Xenoclea, Hew., but differs in having the spots
of the anterior wings white and red, instead of red orange.

9. Hueides lineata.

go. Exp. 2°4. Black; anterior wings with a broad arched
band from the base, widening towards the outer margin and
posterior angle, tawny orange; an oblique curved band, di-
vided by the radial nervures, occupying the central portion
of the apex, reaches to the costa; hind wings with the
whole central portion tawny orange, the black margin extend-
ing almost to the cell along the nervules, and to a less distance
between them. Underside red brown intermingled with yel-
lowish about the apical third of the anterior wings: posterior
wings having the nervules dark, a red-brown longitudinal
mark between them, the base yellowish, and a row of thirteen
white spots close to the outer margin. Antenne black, a row
of lateral white sto on the abdomen, and four on the head.

9. Larger and paler. |
- Hab. Guatemala, valley of the Polochie (H. Hague).

Mus. 8. & G.

10, Eresia mesta.

Exp. 2°55. Grey, both wings bordered with brownish
black, the nervures being of the same colour ; apex of the an-
terior wings with a row of four submarginal white spots ; pos-
terior wings with five white spots round the anterior angle
and outer margin; a patch of tawny yellow along the inner
margin and anal angle. Underside paler, the tawny patch
more apparent, the base of the costa of the posterior wing

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 10

146 Messrs. Salvin & Godman on new Species of

yellowish grey. Antenne yellowish white, black at the base,
the club being tipped with tawny orange.

Hab. Canelos, Eastern Ecuador (Pearce).

Mus. 8. & G.

This species has some resemblance to Jthomia ceno,

11. Hresia phedima.

o. Exp. 2:4. Anterior wings black; basal portion of the
cell, part of the inner margin, and the whole space between
the submedian nervure, the median and its first branch almost
to the posterior angle, tawny yellow; terminal portion of the
cell, a jae patch between the first and second branches of the
median nervure, and a smaller one between the second and
third, dingy yellow; a series of three elongated spots of the’
same colour between the cell and the outer margin; six white
submarginal spots between the nervules: posterior wing
tawny yellow, with costal and outer margins black, the latter
with six white submarginal spots. Underside paler, the white
submarginal spots more prominent, the dingy yellow spots of
the upper surface clear yellow; a central band of the same
colour crosses the posterior wings, the costa of which is tawny
yellow. Antenne black, the club yellow.

9. Larger. The basal tawny-yellow marks of the anterior
wings more restricted, and the marks of the apical — of
the wing greyer and larger; the white submarginal spots of
both wings more distinct: posterior wings with a white spot
near the anterior angle next the margin. Underside with the
markings of the terminal half of the anterior wings and the
central portion of the posterior wings white. Antenne with
the basal third only black, !

Head in both sexes black; fore part of the palpi and two
spots between the eyes white. Abdomen tawny above, with
a central black line, beneath yellowish white.

Hab. Pozzuzo, Eastern Peru (Pearce).

Mus. 8. & G.

12. Callicore eupepla.

The recent acquisition of a Venezuelan specimen of Calh-
core Metiscus, Dby., has convinced us that there are three very
distinct races of this form of Callicore, which may be shortly
characterized as follows :—

Callicore Metiscus, Dby. Gen. Diurn. Lep. t. 30. £.5.

Has the refulgent spot of the anterior wings subtriangular, —

the inner edge being straight and cutting the median nervure
at a slightly obtuse angle; between this spot and the base of
the wing are a few scattered bluish scales. The refulgent

Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. 147

spot on the posterior wings is large and only slightly tinged
on its inner edge with blue; beneath, the sa of the anterior
wings is confined to a quadrate spot within the cell; the bend
only of the costa of the posterior wings is red, this colour not
reaching to the base of the wing; a small branch, however,
leads into the basal black transverse band.

Hab. Venezuela (Sallé).

Mus. 8. & G.

Callicore eupepla, sp. n.

The refulgent spot of the anterior wings, except along the
- eosta, reaches to their base, the lower portion being bluish.
On the posterior wings the refulgent spot blends into a rich
blue, which pervades the whole of the wing. Underside—a
broad band of red crosses the anterior wings near their base :
the costa of the posterior wings is red for two-thirds of its
length, and beyond the termination of this colour is a quadrate
spot, also red.

Hab. Costa Rica (Carmiol).

Mus. 8. & G.

13. Callicore phlogea, sp. n.

The refulgent spots are narrower than in either of the pre-
ceding species, and, looking at both anterior and posterior
wings, form a crescent-shaped mark; the posterior wings are
suffused with blue; underside, the basal half of the anterior
wings, except the base itself, is red-—The costa of the pos-
terior wings is red for two-thirds of its length, this ane
branching at its base as in C. Metiscus.

Hab. New Granada, Bogota (Sp. ex Dr. C. Felder).

Mus. 8. & G.

14, Batesia hypoxantha.

Like B. hypochlora, Feld. (Voy. Nov. t. 53. f. 1, 2), but
differs in the following characters. The upper surface is
ean where B. hypochlora is blue, a submarginal band of

e same colour surrounding the outer margin of the posterior
wings. The red spot of the anterior wings is pinker. Beneath,
the hind wings are pure yellow, not green as in B. hypochlora,
the last-mentioned species having a well-defined submarginal
band of the same colour, whereas in the present insect this
band is indistinct.

Hab. Pebas, Upper Amazon (Hauswell).

Mus. 8. & G. et H. W. Bates.

15. Batesia hemichrysa. ?

Like B. hypochlora, but differs in having the hind wings
10*

148 Messrs. Salvin & Godman on new Species of

beneath and the apical spot of the fore wings clear golden

yellow instead of green. In the same way it differs from

B. hypoxantha, which has these markings pale yellow. The

submarginal band of the hind wings is distinct as in B. hy-

pochlora. et
Hab, Guadalquiza, Ecuador (Pearce). |
Mus. 8. & G. |

We think that neither of these species can be justly referred
to B. hypochlora, Feld. The plate above referred to repre- _
sents the colouring of the underside of the hind wings as green,
whereas in one of our proposed species this portion is yellow, —
and in the other golden, almost orange.

16. Paphia cyanea.

&. Exp. 3:25. Apex of the anterior wings angular, pos-
terior wings with a marginal appendage; wings glossy blue,
black towards the costa and outer margin; a wide refulgent
blue band crosses the hind wings from the posterior angle,
past the end of the cell to beyond the second branch of the
median nervure of the anterior wings; this band is followed
by a spot of the same colour between the radial nervures, —
another being situated between the upper radial and subcostal
nervures. Entire surface beneath silvery white, covered with
minute ‘transverse black lines, interspersed on the anterior
wings with darker patches: posterior wings lighter, the anal
half of the outer margin occupied with a buff-coloured elon-
gated mark with a green margin, and containing five white
lunules tipped externally with a blue followed by a black
spot; palpi streaked with seven lines alternately black and
white. Antenne black, with whitish marks beneath.

Hab, Canelos, Ecuador (Pearce).

Mus. 8. & G.

Certainly a Paphia, but quite unlike any member of the
genus in coloration.

17. Paphia tyrianthina.

&. Exp. 3°50. Like P. centaurus, Feld., but has the an-
terior wings more falcate and elongated; a short middle dis-
coidal nervure is also-present ; the purplish tint is more diffused
and less broken up by blue ae the posterior wings
have no marginal appendage; the underside is puhasaly
darker and the cross lines less distinct.

Hab. Apolobamba, Bolivia (Pearce),

“Mus. 'S. & G. - .

’ Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. 149

18. Morpho Justitia.

36. Like WM. theseus, Deyr., but the base of the wings is
rich brown instead of hoary grey, the margin is much darker,
and the brown spots clearer, the submarginal row of the hind
wings being further from the margin, the dentation of which
is deeper; the anterior wings are more acute and elongated
beneath, the markings within the cell are less distinct, while
those in the neighbourhood of the two ocelli, between the
branches of the median nervure, are much clearer, and ap-
proach nearer to the ocelli; the pale band above the ocelli of
the posterior wings is narrower in MV, Justitie. 2

Hab. Guatemala, valley of the Polochic (Hague).

Mus. 8. & G.

19. Hurygona aurantiaca.

6. Exp. 1:75. Above tawny orange; the apical half of
the anterior wings and the anterior angle of the posterior
wings black, the inner edge of the former irregular; inner
margin of the hind wings dusky. Beneath yellowish white,
an indistinct band crossing both wings beyond the cell; a row
_ oo submarginal spots. Antenne brown, the club
black.

Hab. San Geronimo, Vera Paz (Hague).

Mus. 8. & G.

Like E. Teleclus, Stoll, but the tawny yellow of the upper
surface is much more extensive; beneath it is much less sil-
very and the marks less distinct.

: 20. Eurygona Hieronyme.

6. Exp. 1:30. Above dark brownish black, with a line
of tawny red running parallel to the inner margin of the pos-
terior wings. Beneath greyish brown; a narrow tawny band
edged with black crosses both wings beyond the cell, and
another faint band between it and the outer margin: hind
Wings with a black spot, edged externally with white between
the second and third branches of the median nervure; two
whitish dashes edged with black near the anal angle; a suc-
cession of indistinct marks surround the outer margin. An-
tenne black and white, the club black.

Hab. San Geronimo, Vera Paz (Hague).

Mus. 8. & G.

21. Euterpe nigrescens.

6. Exp. 2°70. Like EF. Eurytele, Hew. Ex. B. i. t. 5. f.1;
but the tawny colour of both wings is brighter orange, the
yellow spots of the anterior wings are also. paler, and there
are two elongated yellow spots between the submedian ner-

150 Messrs. Salvin & Godman on new Species of

vure and the first branch of the median; the base of the an-
terior wing is blacker. Beneath blacker; instead of a large
black spot near the middle of the costa of the posterior wings,
a black streak unites with the black of the outer margin ; wide
black marks extend over the vicinity of the median nervure
and its branches. Antenne wanting.

Hab. Guatemala, valley of the Polochie (Hague).

Mus. 8. & G.

22. Pieris Josepha.

d. Exp. 3°25. Near P. Josephina, Gdt. (Hiibn. Ex. Schm. ii.
t. 126), but differs in the contour of the posterior wings.
These wings in P. Josephina are elongated, the outer margin
being much rounded, the anal angle only slightly project-
ing; the third branch of the median nervure is fully *15
longer than in P. Josepha, which has the outer margin more
straightened, the anal angle prominent, and the wing wider
and more triangular. The geographical distribution of the
two races is as follows :—

P. Josephina, Antilles (Haiti, and Cuba).

P. Josepha, Guatemala (valley of the Polochic) and Mexico
(Oaxaca), Nicaragua. )

Mus. 8. & G. |

We have several specimens of both sexes of both species,
and find the above differences constant. Hiibner’s figure seems
to have been undoubtedly taken from an Antillean specimen.

23. Papilio Fenochionis.

3. Exp. 3°55. Like P. Epidaus, Bdv., anterior wings more
transparent; whole of the outer half of the posterior wings,
except a submarginal row of white lunules and two red spots,
black. The central longitudinal band is continued into this
black spot instead of stopping abruptly at the end of the cell.
Beneath, the central red band is edged on both sides by black
instead of only on the inside; the whole of the outer portion
of the posterior wings, as on the upperside, is sooty black,
with a submarginal single row of white lunulate spots.

Hab. Oaxaca, Mexico.

Mus. 8. & G. |

24. Papilio euterpinus.

3d. Exp. 3°95. Wings rounded, entire, the costa much
arched, the outer margin of the posterior wings slightly sinu-
ated, but without projecting destation black; the upper
margin of the cell of the anterior wings and the portion with-
out the cell of the posterior wings thinly spirited! with yellow
scales ; a curved band of brick-red colour occupies the greater

Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. 151

portion of the cell, and, extending thence towards the pos-
terior angle, is cut by the second and third median nervures.
Beneath browner, the margin of the brick-red band of the an-
terior wings black, the apical portion of the same wings and
the whole surface of the posterior wings thinly covered with
yellowish scales. Head and antenne black.

Hab. Guadalquiza, Ecuador (Pearce).

Mus. 8. & G.

This fme species is quite unlike any other known member
of the genus. It must be placed with P. Zagreus, Dby., and
its allies. Instead, however, of assuming the garb of Lycorea,
it takes that of the underside of Huterpe Callinice, Feld.

25. Papilio xanthopleura.

¢. Exp. 5°80. Anterior wings elongated, acute, the outer
margin only slightly concave ; outer margin of the posterior
wings deeply catpatol, the third branch of the median nervure
bearing the longest projection; inner margin very hairy:
black, each space between the nervules terminating at the
outer margin of the anterior wings with an elongated, indis-
tinct greenish line; the end of the cell of the posterior wings
followed by four radiating patches, separated only by the ner-
vules, bluish green; an oval spot of the same colour between
the branches of the subcostal nervure and a similar triangular
spot near the anal angle; a row of seven similarly coloured
spots surrounds the wing near the margin, the indentations of
which are narrowly edged with white; the spot nearest the
anterior angle nearly white. Underside brown, the apex of the
anterior wings paler; indistinct yellow markings about the
end of the cell, and others, rather greener, near the posterior

angle, those nearest the margin being divided by the median
' fold: posterior wings with a row of seven submarginal brick-
_ red spots edged with black ; above the spot, at the anal angle,
is a subtriangular yellow mark. Antenne black; a yellow
ape behind the eye, another on either side of the origin of

e maxillary palpi, others of the same colour on either side
of the prothorax, the base of the wings, and the middle of the
front part of the thorax; abdomen black, dark brown beneath,
with a large yellow patch on either side.

Hab. Eastern Peru, Lower Huallaga (Bartlett).

Mus. 8. & G.

Allied to P. Corebus, Feld. (Voy. Nov. t. 13. f. a, 6), but
abundantly distinct. ‘The remarkable yellow patch on either
side of the abdomen distinguish this fine species from every

152 - Bibliographical Notices.

other of this group. It is, probably, the largest of the Ame-
rican Papilionidee.
26. Papilio soratensis.

¢. Exp. 440. Costa moderately curved, posterior angle
rounded, outer margin concave ; posterior wings dentated, the
branches of the median nervure bearing the longest projections :
greenish black ; a double row of round yellow spots crosses the
anterior wings beyond the cell to the pa angle; the
outer margin towards the same angle also yellow: posterior
wings with a series of six submarginal, lunulate, greenish
spots; all except that next the anterior angle followed by ma-
cular blue spots, which are again followed by seven linear
greenish spots; the spot at the anal angle reddish, the
indentations of the hind wings yellow. Beneath, anterior
wings black, with the apex and the whole of the posterior
wings brown; the spots corresponding to the series of the
upperside are larger, and there is an elongated transverse
spot within the cell: the posterior wings are crossed beyond
the cell by a curved band with a dark inner margin, the outer
edge being deeply indented; a series of pale, lunulated spots
near the outer margin; an orange spot with a black centre at
the anal angle, followed inwardly by a black spot with bluish
centre; there are yellowish hairs along the inner margin.
Antenne black; head, thorax, and abdomen black; a yellow
spot on either side of the maxillary palpi; underside of the
ubdomen tawny.

Hab. Apolobamba, Bolivia (Pearce).

Mus. 8. & G.

The only species that at all resembles this in form is P.
Cacicus, Luc.; but from this it materially differs in the arrange-
ment of its markings.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Principles of Geology, or the Modern Changes of the Earth and its
Inhabitants considered as illustrative of Geology. By Sir Cartes
Lyett, Bart., M.A., F.R.S. Tenth and entirely revised Edition.
In two Volumes, 8vo. Vol. i. 1867; vol. ii. 1868. .

Siluria. A History of the Oldest Rocks in the British Isles and other
Countries ; with Sketches of the Origin and Distribution of Native
Gold, the General Succession of Geological Formations, and Changes
of the Earth’s Surface. By Sir R. I. Murcutson, Bart., K.C.B.,
&e. &e. &e. [Third Edition.| Fourth Edition including the
‘Silurian System.’ With Geological Map and numerous Illustra-
tions. S8vo, 1867, |

Bibliographical Notices. 153

Acadian Geology: the Geological Structure, Organie Remains, and
Mineral Resources of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince
Edward Island. By J. W. Dawson, M.A., LL.D., &. &e. &e.
- Second Edition, revised and enlarged; with Geological Map and
numerous Illustrations. 8vo. London, 1868.

We haye before us three new and greatly enlarged editions of im-
portant geological works, of which geologists may well be proud, as
showing the advance of the science and the manner in which first-
class writers can and do treat of it, and of which geologists also
assuredly make every-day use, both at home and abroad, in the
cabinet and in the field. One of these noble works is purely philo-
sophical, giving the principles on which the science is founded ; the
others magnificently and in detail show the application of these
principles-in the study of the structure, history, and capabilities of
large portions of the globe.

All geologists know the value of Lyell’s ‘ Principles of Geology,’
the object of which is well expressed in its title—namely, to eluci-
date the causes and history of those changes on the earth’s surface
that have been, by a careful study and full exposition of the changes
we can now recognize as taking place in both the organic and
the inorganic world. Without this idea of the continuous and
similar, but ever-varying, operations of natural agencies, the Philo-
sophy of Geology would be wanting in its leading principle. In
Sir Charles’s own words, ‘‘ The ‘ Principles’ treat of such portions
of the economy of existing nature, animate and inanimate, as are
illustrative of geology, so as to comprise an investigation of the per-
manent effects of causes now in action, which may serve as records
to after-ages of the present condition of the globe and its inhabi-
tants. Such effects are the enduring monuments of the ever-varying
state of the physical geography of the globe, the lasting signs of its
destruction and renovation, and the memorials of the equally fluc-
tuating condition of the organic world. They may be regarded, in
short, as a symbolic language, in which the earth’s autobiography is
written.” Besides this special subject, the work before us gives us
the historical sketch of the early progress of geological knowledge,
which has served as a mine for all popular writers on geology ; also
‘a series of preliminary essays to explain the facts and arguments
which lead me,” says the author, “to believe that the forces now
operating upon and beneath the earth’s surface may be the same,
both in kind and degree, as those which at remote epochs have
worked out geological changes.” With this principle is bound up
the personal interest of this excellent and charming book. Excel-
lent in its original plan, in its steady growth and advance through
riper and riper editions, and charming in its perfect English, elegant
style, and fascinating hold upon the reader. Without some legiti-
mate bias, some special aim, the best-written book may prove merely
a heavy work of reference. A thread for the necklace, a string to
bind the bouquet, a persistent idea in a scientific work, connecting
the collected facts and notions as a philosophic whole, is requisite

154 Bibliographical Notices.

to ensure the fulness of beauty, aroma, and perfection that can be
attained. The doctrine of Uniformity in the series of past changes
in the animate and the inanimate world, then, is the living thought
_ that gives completeness of form and a charming spirit to Sir C. Lyell’s
‘Principles of Geology.’ Every phenomenon of nature with which
the geologist has to do, whether great or small, commonplace or
wonderful, has its character and bearings studied fully and candidly,
without the superstition and bonds of antiquity, on one side, leading
us back to the mythic period of geology, and without the seeming
cold-heartedness of ultra-positivism, on the other ; and all are made
to show how long, how steadily, how ceaselessly, how perfectly the
world’s work has been carried on. As the chief expounder of the
disputed doctrine of Uniformity, Sir Charles stands on the highest
point in the field of discussion, beyond, perhaps, most of his fol-
lowers ; for some almost give up ‘the hope of finding paleeozoic mam-
mals, some are weak in their belief in the absence of greater heat-
agency in early times, and some begin to limit the earth’s age, as
a cooled globe, to a hundred million years or so; but it is well that
his position should be clear to all good thinkers, ‘if not perfectly in-
controvertible ; and, indeed, he fairly uses all his facts for the sup-
port of his view, without lessening their value to those who, think-
ing differently, have to thank him for the conscientious care and
painstaking labour by which he has brought together all that bears
on the subject-matter of the ‘ Principles,’ from books, from people,
and his own researches. The sources of information are indicated
by many footnotes, and in the text too, or have been referred to in
earlier editions ; and, indeed, it must be a matter of grave considera-
tion to a geological writer now-a-days as to the extent to which
references to published notions and descriptions should be introduced
in the pages of a new. work, unless he is anxious to leave popular
writers and compilers no excuse for their careless habit of quoting
opinions and statements at second hand, from such large and lead-
ing works as that before us, and referring them to a wrong author-
ship, instead of going to the fountain-heads in special memoirs and
journals for the adopted facts and views. To those who take up a
scientific subject for the first time, it is easy to refer details, princi-
ples, and all to a favourite author, or perhaps to their only manual or
book of study—anticipating the time when the science will be so far
advanced that its accepted principles, formule, and practice will be
universally applied, and pass, without reminder, as the result of the
labours and thoughts of nearly forgotten men. Whilst, however,
the science is still imperfect, let each geologist, be he gatherer of
facts or builder of hypotheses, have the credit as well as the respon-
sibility of his contributions to the general stock of knowledge. This
is our author’s practice ; and hereby his work indicates the progress
of modern geology among his contemporaries, as it supplies avowedly
a history of geological thought and research in former times.

The author himself supplies a list of the principal additions and
corrections in this the tenth edition of the ‘ Principles.’ In vol. i.,
the ninth chapter, on the progressive development of organic life,

Bibliographical Notices. 155

has been entirely rewritten, and the broad features of fossil faune,
favourable to the doctrine of ‘* progressive development ” or of “ pro-’
pe evolution,” are fairly stated, and the probability of other
ata turning up in favour of “uniformity” is also insisted on, as
well as “the unvarying constancy of the laws of nature,” enabling
us.to reason ‘‘ from the present to the past in regard to the changes
of the terrestrial system, whether in the organic or inorganic world.”
The tenth, eleventh, twelfth, and thirteenth chapters are also quite
new, treating of the changes of climate,—1st, as proved by reference
to successive and different geological formations, 2ndly, as resulting
from various geographical conditions, and, 3rdly, as possibly caused
by astronomical changes, such as variations in the excentricity of the
earth’s orbit, changes in the obliquity of the ecliptic, and different
phases of the precession of the equinoxes. Mr. Croll’s suggestion as
to the probable effects of a large excentricity in producing glacial
epochs is fully discussed, and the question is entertained whether
geological dates may be obtained by reference to the combined effects
of astronomical and geographical causes. Many points illustrative
of changes in the inorganic world, now in progress, are elucidated in
this volume with new woodcuts, or with the description of new facts,
or both. The enlargement and emendation of those chapters com-
prised in the second volume, and treating of volcanic phenomena
and earthquakes, and of the changes of the organic world now in
progress, are very extensive. Under the first-mentioned head comes
the subject of upheaval and subsidence of large areas of the earth’s
surface, the internal condition of the earth, metamorphic rocks, &e.
Under the other heading we have several rewritten chapters,—on
Lamarck’s theory of transmutation, Darwin’s ‘Origin of Species’
and ‘ Pangenesis,’ Natural and Artificial Selection (Darwin’s hypo-
thesis being fully accepted), geographical distribution of animals
and plants, the extinction of species, &c. The forty-third chapter
is devoted to the consideration of Man, his origin and distribution,
calmly treated, and leading to the clear belief in man’s uprising by
progressive development from a lower stage of being, and adopting
the fact of early man having been totally ignorant and barbarous.

“ We are sometimes tempted to ask whether the time will ever
arrive,” says our veteran and thoughtful teacher (p. 493), “‘ when science
shall have obtained such an ascendency in the education of the millions
that it will be possible to welcome new truths instead of always looking
upon them with fear and disquiet, and to hail every important victory
gained over error, instead of resisting the new discovery long after the
evidence in its favour is conclusive. The motion of our planet round the
sun, the shape of the earth, the existence of the antipodes, the vast anti-
quity of our globe, the distinct assemblages of species of animals and
plants by which it was successively inhabited, and, lastly, the antiquity
and barbarism of Primeval Man,—all these generalizations, when first
announced, have been a source of anxiety and unhappiness. The future
now opening before us begins already to reveal new doctrines, if possible
more than ever out of harmony with cherished associations of thought.
It is therefore desirable, when we contrast ourselves with the rude and
superstitious savages who preceded us, to remember, as cultivators of

156 Bibliographical Notices:

science, that the high comparative place which we have reached in the
scale of being has been gained step by step by a conscientious study of
natural phenomena, and by fearlessly teaching the doctrines to which
they point. It is by faithfully weighing evidence, without regard to
preconceived notions, by earnestly and patiently searching for what is
true, not what we wish to be true, that we have attained that dignity which
we may in vain hope to claim through the rank of an ideal parentage.”.

The nature of fossils of all sorts, from the microscopic siliceous
atoms of the lowest plants to the bony remains of Man, their rela-
tions to the materials in which they are imbedded, the causes of their
burial, and their distribution in agreement with the terraqueous
conditions of the earth’s surface at any given time, past or present,
form matter enough for the always interesting chapters towards the
conclusion of the work; and they have had their share of amend-
ment and augmentation.

In fact, in this elaborate work we have a series of well written
and philosophical essays on several branches of natural history,
closely related one to another, to the gradual formation of the exist-
ing surface of the globe, and to its foregone changes and future mo-
difications. This is an exhaustive work, complete, and without a
rival, Elegant in style, perspicuous, and far from pretentious, this
masterly book is read by many not studying geology as a science ;
for it gives a clear account of many natural phenomena in which
Man has a deep and common interest.

Murchison’s ‘Siluria,’ having almost as wide a circulation as the
‘Principles,’ is also well known to geologists, amateur and profes-
sional, though it is more technical, and treats specially of certain
rock-formations and fossils. The wide extent, however, to which
Silurian strata reach in the different quarters of the globe—the
fullness and accuracy with which these strata and their fossils are
described and delineated—the many elucidations of the bearings
that these have theoretically on the philosophy of geology, on one
hand, and practically on the structure and capabilities of different
hills, plains, and regions, on the other, render this “ unrivalled
résumé of all that is known about the Lower Paleozoic rocks and
fossils, all the world over,” indispensable to many and attractive to
others. It contains also a comprehensive sketch of the Upper
Palzozoic formations, their history and their relationships, compri-
sing valuable notices of the geology of several parts of Britain, Ger-
many, &¢., where such rocks abound. Moreover the interesting
and practically useful subject of gold and its distribution has a very
careful and comprehensive chapter devoted to it; and an essay on
geological succession (showing the very gradual out-coming of the
higher kinds of animals), and on the intensity of some natural opera-
tions in former times, complete this grand work. The improvements
in this new edition are very extensive, and are mainly noticed in the
author’s preface, where, moreover, as also in the text, he takes care
to enumerate as far as he can the manifold sources of information
and aids to knowledge that his contemporaries have supplied him

Bibliographical Notices. 157 3

with. Our acquaintance is enlarged now with the great and old Lau-
rentian formations of Canada, thanks to the Geological Survey of that
country, and with synchronous rocks in Scotland, Bohemia, and else-
where, as worked out by Giimbel, Murchison himself, and others—
with far more of the so-called “ Primordial” fauna of the Lingulella-
flags and the corresponding beds in Bohemia than formerly known,
thanks to Barrande, Salter, Hicks, and others—with a clearer view
of the Caradoc-Bala series and its intercalated volcanic masses,
thanks to our Geological Survey—with improved notions respecting
the Middle and Upper Silurian rocks and fossils, thanks to Salter,
Davidson, and many others—and so forth. The clearing up of the
doubt as to the real geological place of Telerpeton Elgunense, Hypero-
dapeton, and Staganolepis, of the upper Sandstones near Elgin, now
determined to be Triassic, is a great gain. The clear notices of the
nature and relations of the palwozoic rocks of the Pentlands and of
Ayrshire, by Mr. Geikie, are also highly acceptable; and the more
exact knowledge of the Paleozoic rocks of the Continent, from the
communications of De Prado, Collomb, De Verneuil, Kjerulf, Dahll,
Barrande, Helmersen, and others—_and of those of Canada and
America also, by Logan, Hall, Billings, Bigsby, &c., add greatly to
the value of this edition.

«<Lastly,” writes Sir Roderick, “after taking a “general view of
the history of the different races of animals which have succeeded to
each other during all geological periods, I have, in the last chapter,
added a brief sketch of my long-cherished convictions respecting
many of the former physical and “mechanical changes of the earth’s
surface, as contrasted with any movements which have taken place
in historical times ;” and well does he argue respecting the great
changes the young earth suffered, as proved by the long and deep
fractures, extensive dislocations, enormous reversals of crumpled
strata, and vast removals of shattered rocks, that such great move-
ments and denudations are inexplicable by reference to the modern
action of common earthquakes, volcanoes, rain-wash, and wave-
action; and he refers rather to such mighty operations as we have
been lately reminded of by the powerful earthquake-wave of Hawaii,
rolling in, 60 feet high, for a quarter of a mile, and answering, with
its fatal bore, the devastating eruption of Mauna Loa.

Although these two great chiefs among geologists, Murchison and
Lyell, differ in opinion as to whether the progressive advance of
organic nature has been at a relatively slow or rapid rate, and whe-
ther the changes of land and sea, and all the concomitant variations
of physical conditions, have taken place violently or gently, in long
past periods, these are matters that little concern the actual truths
of geology and the application of geological knowledge to the mani-
fold requirements of our age. To the advance of the science and to
its practical use each of these noble works is an admirable contribu-
tion and aid.

Both of the eminent geologists above mentioned are veterans,
fellow-workers forty years ago, when their science was young.

158 Bibliographical Notices.

Their labours, indeed, have been great and continuous since then ;
and not the least important portion of their work has consisted i in
directing and helping younger labourers in the same field of research,
Among these Dr. J. W. Dawson, Principal of M‘Gill University,
Montreal, is eminent. In 1842 Sir C. Lyell visited Nova Scotia,
giving and taking information on what he saw in the remarkable sec-
tions of coal-beds &¢. in the Bay of Fundy and elsewhere, and putting
Mr. Dawson and others on the right track towards elucidating the
geology of their Province. Great results have followed. Year by ©
year new observations were made, authenticated, and published,
chiefly in the ‘ Journal of the Geological Society of London,’ until, a
few years since, Dr. Dawson published his ‘ Acadian Geology ; and
now, with greatly increased material, collected and made known by
himself and others, he has brought out what is rather a new work
than a new edition, so much enlarged, enriched, and so much more
complete is the present thick volume of nearly 700 pages.

Acadia or Acadie is the old and beautiful name, derived from a
Micmac (native Indian) word meaning the “place” or “ place of
abundance,” applied by the early French colonists to what is now
known as Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and the neighbouring
islands; and, distinct in its natural arrangement and produce from
Canada on the one hand, and from the United States on the other,
this water-cut region deserves its special and appropriate name. So
the author thinks, and he cordially hopes the name Acadia will live,
and that the region will in the end assert its natural preeminence.
A general account of the Acadian provinces is followed by a descrip-
tion of the deposits of the modern period, including submarine
forests, remains of prehistoric man, and other interesting matters—
showing how rapidly some of the changes of the surface, due to
alterations of drainage and burning of forests, may have taken place.
The Boulder-clay and other deposits of the Glacial period, with the
remains of Mastodon &c., are next noticed and illustrated. These
lie on the Triassic rocks, which, with their trap-rocks, useful mine-
rals, fossil plants, and reptilian remains, are fully treated of. After
noticing the Permian blank, Principal Dawson takes up the Carboni-
ferous period and its wondrous accumulation of fossil fuel and other
deposits, with its minerals, physical characters, and its fossils both
of animal and vegetable origin. Eleven chapters are not too much
for this rich subject, on which the author has devoted many years
of labour and acute research, and from which he has extracted a
yast store of information, both for paleontologists in particular and
for geologists at large. . He has reconstructed several of the strange
trees and plants of the period, and brought together the shattered
remnants of many reptiles, with two kinds of land-shells and a
centipede. But these are already known to reading geologists.
The Devonian rocks in this portion of the American continent are
richer in plants than those of Europe and Britain; and several
insects, too, as well as plants, have been discovered in them by the
geologists of New Brunswick. Dr. Dawson’s remarkable plant, the
Psilophyton, is mainly of Devonian age, though some older fragments

Royal Society. 159

of it are found in the Upper Silurian. The Silurian, Huronian, and
Laurentian rocks are also found in Acadia, and have been elucidated
by Dr. Honeyman, Mr. Hartt, and others. The economic geology of
the region is kept well to the fore, also its physical geography and
agricultural characteristics, as dependent on its geological structure.
Many subjects of great interest in general geology are illustrated or
described in this volume, especially the nature of coal, the flora of
the coal, preservation of erect trees, origin of gypsum, life in seas,
estuaries, &c., trails, rain-marks, and footprints, albertite, gold,
primeval man, &c. Upwards of 270 woodcuts, mostly excellent in
character, a good geological map, and, lastly, several lists of contents,
special subjects, and illustrations, a valuable appendix, and useful
index complete this satisfactory, well-written, and well-printed
work on the geology and geological resources of Acadia. These
large and varied provinces possess enthusiastic enlightened geolo-
gists, and furnish fields as rich for their research as the unprece-
dented supply of gold which Nova Scotia offers tothe miner. It must
be a mutual satisfaction to our Acadian brethren and ourselves to
have at command this handsome and elaborate réswmé of all that is
known of the geology of that important region.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ROYAL SOCIETY.
June 11, 1868.—Lieut.-General Sabine, President, in the Chair.

“ On the Osteology of the Solitaire or Didine Bird of the Island of
Rodriguez, Pezophaps solitaria (Gmel.);’> By Atrrep Newron,
M.A., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, and Epwarp Newrton, M.A., Auditor-General
of Mauritius.

The Solitaire of Rodriguez was first satisfactorily shown to be
distinct from the Dodo of Mauritius (Didus ineptus) by Strickland
in 1844, from a renewed examination of the evidence respecting it,
consisting of the account given by Leguat in 1708, and of the re-
mains sent to France and Great Britain. Strickland, in 1848,
further proved it to be generically distinct from the Dodo. The
remains existing in Europe in 1852 were eighteen bones, of which five
were at Paris, six at Glasgow, five in the possession of the Zoological
Society (since transferred to the British Museum), and two in that of
Strickland, who, at the date last. mentioned, described them as be-
longing to two species, the second of which he named Pezophaps
minor, from the great difference observable in the size of the
specimens. In 1864 one of the authors visited Rodriguez, and there
found in a cave two more bones, while a third was picked up by a
gentleman with him. All these bones have been described, and most
of them figured, in the publications of the Zoological Society, and in
the large work of Strickland and Dr. Melville *.

* The Dodo and its Kindred. London: 1848, 4to.

160 Royal Society :—

Encouraged by his former success, that one of the authors of the
present paper who had before been to Rodriguez urged Mr. George
Jenner, the magistrate of the island, to make a more thorough search
in its caves ; andin 1865 this gentleman sent no less than eighty-one
specimens to Mauritius. These were forthwith transmitted to Lon-
don, and exhibited at a meeting of the Zoological Society in that
year, when it appeared that the notion previously entertained of
there having been two species. of Pezophaps was erroneous, and
that probably the difference in size of the specimens was sexual.

News of this last discovery reached England during the meeting
of the British Association at Birmingham, and, prompted by Mr.
P. L. Sclater, that body made a liberal grant to aid further re-
searches. Owing to several causes, the scarcity of labourers in
Rodriguez being the chief, nearly a year elapsed before these could
be begun. But in 1866, some coolies having been expressly sent
thither to dig in the caves, a very large collection of the bones of
this bird, amounting to nearly two thousand specimens, was obtained.
These specimens include almost all the most important parts of the
skeleton, and furnish the authors with the material for the present

aper. ,

j This vast series of specimens shows that there was a very great
amount of individual variability in the bird, .so much so as to render
the task of describing them minutely, and yet generally, a very diffi-
cult one. Yet, in consequence of this wealth of material, the authors
have greater confidence in the opinions they declare. Professor
Owen, having lately published a very detailed account of the osteo-
logy of the Dodo *, the present paper follows as closely as possible
the mode of treatment he therein adopted, the authors thinking that
they are so consulting the convenience of those who may wish to
compare the structure of the two allied birds. Thanks to him,
also, they have been able themselves to examine the very specimens
which he described ; and they are further indebted to many others
—Mr. George Clark of Mauritius, Professors Reinhardt, Fritsch,
and Alphonse Milne-Edwards, Sir William Jardine, and Mr. Flower,
for valuable assistance in the shape of models or other additional
material. To Mr. J. W. Clark they also mention their obligations
for reconstructing from specimens in their possession the skeletons
of the Dodo and of two Solitaires now exhibited.

The description of the latter follows in much detail, the amount
of individual variability to which each bone was subject being spe-
cially dwelt on, and the whole compared bone by bone with that of
the Dodo and also of Didunculus. Pezophaps differs from Didun-
culus quite as much as Didus does, but it is nearly allied to the
latter. Still there are important differences. The neck was much
longer than in Didus, and the vertebree, on the whole, larger. The
ribs also possess perhaps somewhat thicker heads and articular tu-
bercles. The pelvis is much more rounded, and approaches that of

* “On the Osteology of the Dodo (Didus ineptus, Linn.),” Trans. Zool. Soc.
vol, vi. pp. 49-85.

Messrs. A. & E. Newton on the Solitaire of Rodriguez. 161

the normal Pigeons much more than that of Didus does; but in its
posterior portion it differs very remarkably from that of any known
bird; for the pubis in Didus has not yet been discovered. In
the sternum Pezophaps generally agrees with Didus, but has some
distinctive features. This bone shows articular surfaces for four
sternal ribs only, instead of five, which seems to be the normal num-
ber in Didus ; and the posterior extremity, so far as can be judged
from the imperfect condition of the specimens, is very unlike what it
is in that bird ; but the characters deducible from this last portion in
birds generally are shown to be very inconstant. The “‘scapular arch”’
differs from that of Didus, its constituent portions having been appa-
rently never ancbylosed as is the normal state there, and consequently
resembling in this respect those of the generality of birds. The angle
made by the junction of the coracoid and scapula cannot be accu-
rately determined, but would appear to have been not much less
than what it is in Didus. The scapula is of very peculiar form,
unlike, so far as known to the authors, that of any bird, being in-
clined somewhat forward, and only pointing backward at its extre-
mity, where it becomes spatulate in shape. The coracoid exhibits,
as usual in this very significant bone, some good diagnostic charac-
ters. Itis much stouter than it is in Didus—a fact not so surprising
when the exceedingly abnormal form it there assumes is taken into
consideration. At its sternal end it differs from that of most other
birds, in the extension and rounding off of the outer border. Other
peculiarities in it are also described, one of which appears to be sexual.
This is the surface to which the scapula is articulated, and which in
the large individuals (presumed to be males) is roughly quadrate,
while in the smaller ones (the supposed females) it is triangular.
In Pesophaps the bones of the wing are more massive and smoother
than in Didus, judging from such remains of the latter as exist.
The most remarkable thing about them, however, is the presence of
a bony knob on the radial side of the metacarpal, unlike what is
found in any other bird. It is large in some of the specimens,
supposed to have belonged to old males, but very little developed in
the presumed females. It is more or less spherical, pedunculate,
and consists of a callus-like mass with a roughened surface, exceed-
ingly like that of diseased bone, and was probably covered by a
horny integument. It is situated immediately beyond the proximal
end and the index, which last would appear to be thrust away by
it to some extent. It answers most accurately and most unexpectedly
to Leguat’s description of it :—‘*‘ L’os de laileron grossit 4 l’extré-
mité, et forme sous la plume une petite masse ronde comme une
balle de mousquet.” A description of its structure, as ascertained
microscopically by Mr. J. Gedge, is added. The extremity of the
wing is wanting. The leg-bones of Pezophaps, when compared with
those of Didus, show more strongly developed ridges and muscular
impressions, just the converse of what is observable in those of the
wing; but the leg-bones having been minutely and correctly de-
seribed by prior authors, it is unnecessary here to say much of them.
Part of the skull, too, had been already described ; but the only
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 11

162 Royal Society :-—

specimen then known was so incrusted with stalagmite that not
much could be made of it. The present remains show that it was
very markedly different in many respects from that of Didus. 'The
cranium is narrower and longer, and without the peculiar frontal
protuberance of Didus, being nearly flat at the top, with the fore
and hind part elevated into two bony ridges of cancellous structure.
The upper mandible also presents a remarkable difference from that
of Didus, where the axes of the nasal process and the maxillary
converge, whereas in Pezophaps they diverge. The maxilla also was
relatively very small; and the mandible differed by being much
straighter above, showing a salient angle on its lower edge (which is
very inconsiderable in Dzdus), and being much more solid poste-
riorly. In the quadrate the two birds are more alike. The rest of
the bones of the head are wanting.

A comparison of the entire skeleton shows that Pesophiabe is in
some degree, and perhaps on the whole, intermediate between Didus
and the normal Columbe, while it has some features, such as the
armature of the wing, quite peculiar. It has no very near affinity to
Didunculus ; indeed that form must be considered the type of a
separate family, though not so aberrant as the Didide, which must
be looked upon as the most remotely connected of the order Colum-
bee. Strickland was amply justified in arriving at the conclusion
that the Solitaire of Rodriguez was generically distinct from the
Dodo; but it seems expedient to define his genus Pezophaps more
precisely. Accordingly the following characters are assigned to it :—

Rostrum mediocre, curvatum, processu nasali et ramis maxillaribus
antice divergentibus. rons plana, porcé osseo-cancellatéa cireum-
data. Ossa coracoidea robusta. Ale breves, involatiles. Manus
singulis bullis osseo-callosis armatz. Collum et pedes longiores.

In like manner the genus Didus may be defined :—

Rostrum magnum, aduncum, processu nasali et ramis maxillaribus
antice convergentibus. Frons tumida, in umbonem hypoconicum
osseo-cancellatum surgens. Ossa coracoidea attenuata, scapulas
obtuse attingentia. Alze breves, involatiles. Manus inermes. Col-
lum et pedes breviores.

The account given by Leguat of his Solitaire is then quoted in
full, as also that of d’Heguerty, the latter from Strickland, and the
authors proceed to remark upon the different causes of extinction
of species within historic time. This, when effected by man’s
agency, is seldom done by man’s will; and various cases are cited
to support this opinion. In extirpating species man generally acts
indirectly ; and they succumb to forces set in motion indeed by him,
but without a thought on his part of their effect. In the case of the
extinction of the Solitaire of Rodriguez, the cause usually suggested
seems inadequate ; and the authors consider it was probably effected
by feral Swine, and quote a remarkable passage from an old French
Voyage, showing the extraordinary abundance of these creatures in
Mauritius, where, in or about the year 1708, above fifteen hundred
had been slain in one day. It is plain that where these abounded

Messrs. A. & E. Newton on the Solitaire of Rodriguez. 163

inactive birds could not long survive. It is supposed that the case
was the same in Rodriguez as in Mauritius; for in every country
newly discovered by Europeans, it has been an almost universal cus-
tom to liberate Pigs, and there is no reason to believe that the island
first named was an exception thereto.

The extraordinary fidelity of Leguat’s account of the Solitaire is
next considered. It is borne out in every point save one, perhaps, by
a study of the remains. The rugose surface at the base of the
maxilla, the convexity of the pelvis, the somewhat lighter weight of
the Solitaire than of the Dodo, its capacity for running, and, above all,
the extraordinary knob on the wing, all agree with the description he
has given us. The authors attempt also to account for the origin
of this last by observing that its appearance is so exactly that of
diseased bone, that it may have been first of all occasioned by injuries
received by the birds in such combats with one another as Leguat
mentions, and aggravated by the continuance of their pugnacity.
The authors remark, also, that it is the habit of Pigeons to fight by
buffeting with their pinions.

The particular in which Leguat may have erred is in the assertion,
or perhaps rather inference, as to the monogamous habits of the
Solitaire ; and the cause of the error (if such it be) may be ascribed,
without derogating from his truthfulness, to his anxiety to point a
moral, which may have led him to imagine he saw what he wished
to see. He especially mentions that one sex would not fight with the
other, which is just what takes place among polygamous birds. The
case of a very well-known bird (Otis tarda), about which much
has been written, is then cited, to show that even now, after centuries
of observation, it is doubtful whether it be monogamous or polyga-
mons. lLeguat, therefore, may easily have been mistaken in his
Opinion, even setting aside his evident leaning on the matter. The
notion of Pezophaps having been polygamous was before entertained
by one of the authors, and arises from a consideration of the great
difference in the size of the two sexes, which in birds is generally
accompanied by polygamous habits; but the question is now not
likely to be solved.

The amount of variability which every bone of the skeleton of this
a presents, warrants the conclusion that as much was dis-
played in those parts of its structure which have perished, letting
alone Leguat’s direct evidence as to the individual difference in the
plumage of the females. If such a process, therefore, as has been
termed ‘‘ Natural Selection,’ or ‘‘ Survival of the Fittest,’ exists,
there would have been abundant room for it to operate; and there
having been only one species of Pezophaps might, at first sight,
seem an argument against the belief in such a process. A little re-
flection, however, will show that such an argument is unsound.
Confined in a space so restricted as one small island, every indivi-
dual of the species must have been subject to conditions essentially
identical in all cases. Whatever power such a process might possess,
there would be neither occasion nor opportunity for its operation, so
long as no change took place in the physical character of the island.

ii*

164 Royal Society.

But if we venture to indulge our fancy, and consider what would
have been the inevitable result of a gradual upheaval of the island,
and a corresponding extension of its area until it became vastly in-
creased and its original low rounded hills were exalted into moun-
tains, it is plain that a great variety of physical conditions would
be thereby incurred. One side of the island would be exposed to
the full force and direct influence of the trade-winds, the other side
would be completely sheltered from them. The climate of these two
portions would accordingly differ, and a great difference would be
speedily wrought in the character of their vegetation, while that of
the elevated central part would undergo a corresponding modification.
After some longer or shorter period, we can conceive the island itself
being broken up into two portions, separated from one another by a
strait, such as divides the North and Middle Islands of New Zealand.
This rupture would certainly tend still more to affect the existing
fauna and flora; and at the end of another epoch there can be little
doubt that the animals and plants of each portion, exposed to different
influences, would present a decidedly different appearance, and the
eastern and western islands (supposing the separation to have taken
place in the direction of the meridian) might each possess its own
special form of Solitaire, as the islands composing New Zealand have
their peculiar species of Apteryz.

But it is only in such a case as has just been imagined that consi-
derable modifications would be likely to be effected. It therefore
seems to be no argument against the existence of such a process as
that of “ Natural Selection,”’ to find a small oceanic island tenanted
by a single species which was subject to great individual variability.
Indeed a believer in this theory would be inclined to predicate that
it would be just under such circumstances that the greatest amount
of variability would be certain to occur. In its original state,
attacked by no enemies, the increase of the species would only be
dependent on the supply of food, which, one year with another,
would not vary much, and the form would continue without any
predisposing cause to change, and thus no advantage would be taken
of the variability of structure presented by its-individuals.

On the other hand, we may reflect on what certainly has taken
place. Of the other terrestrial members of the avifauna of Rodriguez
but few now remain. A small Finch and a Warbler, both endemic
(the first belonging to a group almost entirely confined to Madagascar
and its satellites, the second to a*genus extending from Africa to
Australia), are the only two land-birds of its original fauna now
known to exist. The Guinea-fowl and Love-bird have in all proba-
bility been introduced from Madagascar ; but the Parrots and Pigeons
of which Leguat speaks have vanished. The remains of one of the
first, and the description of the last, leave little room to doubt that
they also were closely allied to the forms found in Madagascar and
the other Mascarene islands ; and thus. it is certainly clear that four
out of the sia indigenous species had their natural allies in other
species belonging to the same zoological province. It seems im-
possible on any other reasonable supposition than that of a common

Miscellaneous. 165

ancestry to account for this fact. The authors are compelled to the
belief that there was once a time when Rodriguez, Mauritius, Bourbon,
Madagascar, and probably the Seychelles were connected by dry
land, and that that time is sufficiently remote to have permitted the
descendants of the original inhabitants of this now submerged conti-
nent to become modified into the many different representative forms
which are now known. Whether this result can have been effected’
by the process of ‘‘ Natural Selection’’ must remain an open ques-
tion; but that the Solitaire of Rodriguez, and the Dodo of Mauri-
tius, much as they eventually came to differ, sprang from one and
the same parent stock, seems a deduction so obvious, that the au-
_ thors can no more conceive any one fully acquainted with the facts
of the case hesitating about its adoption than that he can doubt the
existence of the Power by whom these species were thus formed.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on the Existence of a large Pelican in the Turbaries of England,
By A. Mrtnz-Epwarps.

We know very little about the birds of which the remains are
found in turbaries, and hitherto their precise determination has
never been attempted. There would nevertheless be much interest
in such an examination, and in seeking what species of this class
inhabited our countries at the period when the beaver, the urus, the
aurochs, and the gigantic stag lived in great numbers in the forests
and on the banks of the watercourses. I have recently been able
to convince myself that investigations-of this kind may furnish im-
portant results.

The turbaries of the neighbourhood of Cambridge have fornished
a considerable number of the.bones of birds, which Mr. Seeley and
Prof. Alfred Newton have been kind enough to submit to my exa-
mination. I was astonished to find among these remains the bone
of a pelican. This bone, which belongs to the Woodwardian Museum,
was obtained from the turbaries of the marshy districts (fenlands)
which cover the northern parts of the county of Cambridge. These
deposits have been studied with much care by Mr. Seeley, who, with
his usual obligingness, has furnished me with valuable information
upon the subject.

Beneath peat in course of formation, of variable thickness, and
containing some freshwater shells and existing plants, there is a
clay filled with marine shells and containing some remains of marine
mammalia. This clay rests upon a bed of peat in which the trunks
of trees are met with, some of them still placed vertically. It is in
this layer that the bones of terrestrial animals occur; and although
the exact position where the humerus of the pelican was collected
was not noticed, its colour and nature prove that it is derived from
this peaty deposit. The mammalia indicated as occurring in it
belong to the following species:— Bos frontosus, B. primigenius,
Cervus megaceros, Ursus arctos, Lutra vulgaris, Canis lupus, Cervus

166 Miscellaneous.

elaphus, C. capreolus, Sus scrofa, and Castor europeus. Finally, I
have been able to recognize several species of birds, such as the
swan (Cygnus ferus), the wild duck (Anas boschas), the teal (Anas
querqucdula), the crested grebe (Podiceps cristatus), the bittern
(Ardea stellaris), and the coot (Fulica atra). These birds still oceur
in great abundance on the east coast of England. Their presence
in the turbaries, therefore, cannot surprise us; but this is not the
case with the pelican, which does not belong to the British fauna;
for the few individuals which have been met with there had been
carried by the winds very far from the regions which they usually
inhabit. Now the existence of our pelican in the peaty deposits of
Cambridge cannot be explained in this way. The bone in question
is derived, in fact, from a young bird, consequently too weak to
undertake a distant journey. A glance at the fossil the history of
which I am giving is sufficient to prove that the work of ossification
was not completed, as is indicated by the state of the articular ex-
tremities. We cannot, therefore, think for one moment that this
bird has quitted Africa or the south of Russia, and, being turned
from its course by atmospheric currents, has come to die in England
upon the edge of the marshes in which the peaty layers in which it
was discovered were being deposited. Such an explanation as this
is inadmissible; and this pelican was evidently a native of that
country.

The humerus here referred to is of very considerable dimensions.
Its articular extremities are imperfect ; it is not, therefore, entire,
and evidently with increased age it would have become considerably
elongated. Nevertheless it measures about 37 centimetres. Know-
ing the length of the arm-bone, we may easily deduce from it that
of the entire wing ; for in the pelicans the proportions of the various
bones which form the solid framework of the anterior limb vary very
little. Thus, if we represent the length of the humerus of these
birds by 100, that of the forearm would be 113, and that of the
hand 78. Consequently, assuming that in our pelican from the
turbaries the proportions of these bones were the same, the forearm
would have measured 42 and the hand 29 centimetres, which brings
the whole length of the wing without its feathers to 1:08 metre.

I have compared the fossil from the Cambridge turbaries with
several arm-bones of adult pelicans belonging to different species,
such as Pelecanus onocrotalus, P. crispus, P. philippinensis, and P.
thagus, but I have not found one the dimensions of which were the
same; even the largest onocrotali scarcely approach it. Must we
therefore regard the bird from the turbaries as a distinct species, of
larger size? This supposition seems a very probable one; but it
would perhaps be premature to attempt at present to establish a
new specific type; and before inscribing it upon our scientific cata-
logues, it seems to me that it will be more prudent to wait until
further researches have led to the discovery of some parts of the
skeleton of adult birds, which may make known to us more accu-
rately the proportions of our British pelican.—Comptes Rendus,
June 22, 1868, pp. 1242-1244. ;

Miscellaneous. 167

On Oliva auricularia, Lam., O. aquatilis, Reeve, and O. auricularia,
DOrb. By F. P. Marrar.

The history of these shells is somewhat remarkable—so much so
that each author who has written upon them has had some informa-
tion to impart of a character differing considerably from that of his
predecessor.

Lamarck described a species which he called O. auricularia
(Animaux sans Vertébres); the former part of this description
refers to the O. aquatilis, Reeve, pl. 18. fig. 38, while the latter
(columella callosa, complanata”’) refers to the O. auricularia, Lam.,
as figured by Reeve, pl. 18. fig. 39.

D’Orbigny (Voy. Amér. Mérid. vol. ix. pl. 59. figs. 20-22) has
figured a shell, accompanied by the animal, and named it Olivanceil -
laria auricularia, Lam., from which species it differs so much as to
be regarded as even generically distinct. Deshayes, in a footnote to
the description of O. awricularia, Lam., remarks that D’Orbigny has
confounded his shell with Lamarck’s species, and considers D’Or-
bigny’s species to be O. biplicata, Sow., quoting the figure in Wood’s
Supplement. Again, this author, under the species 0. biplicata,
Sow., gives D’Orbigny’s 0. auricularia as a synonym, and describes
the difference existing between the two species. In the Tankerville
Catalogue, page 33, Appendix No. 2351, we have a description of
the two species under the name of 0. ‘patula seu aperta, Sol. MS.,
the former portion of this description referring to the O. auricularia,
Reeve, or the thick African species, and the latter portion to the O.
aquatilis, Reeve, or the thin South-American shell.

Duclos (Genre Olive, pl. 29. figs. 4-7) has not only figured the two
shells hitherto confounded under the O. auricularia, Lam., but has |
introduced two figures of another allied species or variety (pl. 29.
figs. 5 & 6).

Reeve, in his ‘ Monograph on the genus Oliva,’ in 1851, separated
the shells into two species, viz. O. auricularia, Lam., and O. aqua-
tilis, Reeve, but gave a wrong locality to the former, viz. Brazil
instead of Africa. The Messrs. Adams, in their valuable work on
the ‘Genera of Recent Mollusca,’ vol. i. pp. 140 & 141, give a de-
scription of the genus Olivancillaria, D’Orb., and figure at pl. 15.
fig. 2 a copy of D’Orbigny’s animal and shell, with the name 0. ve-
sica, Gmelin. On the same plate, fig. 2°, 0. auricularia, Reeve, is
given as the shell of D’Orbigny, the first having an open canaliculate
spire, and the second a closed canal; in fact two species could
scarcely be selected that differ more widely. Dr. Gray, in his work
on the Olivide, p. 19, gives the Claneophila auricularia, Lam., as the
O. aquatilis, Reeve, and O. patula, Sow., as a synonym, and to the
thick African shell he has given a new name, Cl. gibbosa, Gray.

What inferences can we draw from these contradictory statements?
First, that the O. vesica, Gmel., is the O. auricularia, Lam., in part, as
well as the O. patula,Sow., in part, and of Duclos in part, these authors
all believing that the O. aquatilis, Reeve, was only a variety of 0.
auricularia, Lam.; and the credit of distinguishing them as species

168 Miscellaneous.

is due to Reeve. I suppose we shall have to record the O. aquatzlis,
Reeve, as the O. auricularia, Lam., unless we should find a figure of
this shell in some early work under another name.
_ The only shell remaining is the O. auricularia, D’Orb. Both
Deshayes and Duclos are of opinion that D’Orbigny made some mis-
take: I am of quite the contrary way of thinking. We have the
animal and shell given, the latter differing essentially from the O.
auricularia, Lam.; and D’Orbigny might easily have thought it
might belong to that variable species, as it was then supposed to be.
T cannot think that such a naturalist as D’Orbigny would figure an
animal and put an imaginary shell upon it; and therefore I conclude
that the shell figured is the one dredged, and no other. Having
arrived at this conclusion, and having carefully compared the shell
figured with O. biplicata, Sow., there is no doubt in my mind of its
being entirely new. In the first place, its open spire is sufficient to
prevent its being mistaken for O. awricularia, and it differs from O.
biplicata in not being biplicate but multiplicate, in not haying the
violet interior and basal band, and in having the basal band spotted
—characters by which it may at once be distinguished from that
species. |

I think the species might be named after its discoverer, 0. Orbignyt.

2 Peveril Terrace, Edge Lane, Liverpool.
July 17, 1868.

On a Viviparous Sea- Urchin. By Dr. E. Gruss.

Our knowledge of the sexual conditions, reproduction, and develop-
- ment of the Sea-Urchins hitherto extended only to the fact that
there are produced from the fecundated ova bilateral free-swimming
larvee furnished with lines of cilia (Pluteus), and that internal buds
are formed in these, and become developed; in accordance with the
5-rayed type, with a spiny test and feet, into sea-urchins, which
acquire male or female genitalia. The semen and ova issue through
several small apertures situated at the summit of the test near the
madrepore-plate. :

The little Sea-Urchin upon which I have the honour to report to
the Academy enlarges our knowledge of the natural history of the
Kchinoida by a very singular character: it produces living young,
which are already sea-urchins, provided with test, spines, and feet,
and so large that their diameter is more than one-tenth of the length
of the parent animal, to which I give the name of Anochanus.

In its appearance Anochanus most closely resembles the Nueleo-
lites (Echinobrissus) epigonus lately described by Dr. von Martens; it
has an oval test, not broader behind, of 9-5 millims. in length, with
a pit descending in the hinder interambulacrum, in which the anus
opens, and a subventral peristome of elongate-oval form; but the
feet run in uninterrupted rows from the peristome to the summit,
which nearly oceupies the middle. But the most peculiar circum-
stance is that we seek in vain for genital openings and a madrepore-

Miscellaneous. 169

plate at the summit, which, however, contains an orifice of con-
siderable size, concealed by overlying spines. This orifice does not
lead into the cavity occupying the whole inner space of the test,
but into a peculiar sac spread out beneath the dorsal arch, which
does not seem to communicate with the general cavity, and in which
the above-mentioned little sea-urchins lie; so that they can make
their escape through the opening, which corresponds with them in
diameter. The walls of this sac are formed by a membrane filled
with a microscopic calcareous latticework; this is applied to the
margins of the orifice, which are broadly turned inwards, and is thus
suspended. Upon the inner surface of the sac small Pedicellarie
are seated, and upon the inner surface of the above-mentioned 'in-
curved margins small spines; upon the surface of the test, besides
‘the spines, Pedicellarie of larger dimensions occur ; and the spines
(which, however, do not appear to the eye to form rows) are of two
kinds—namely, longer ones, which are not very sharp, and shorter
-ones spreading at the end into small teeth.

The internal space of the test, situated beneath the sac destined
for the reception of the young, is chiefly occupied by the intestinal
eanal, which is attached to the wall, and commences with a very
narrow cesophagus: on the anterior part of the wide portion. in
which this is immersed, and which perhaps may be indicated as a
stomach, a spot beset with minute paired ceca may be observed. A
very fine and rather rigid canal, descending from the bottom of the
‘brood-sac and probably continued to the region of the peristome,
may perhaps be the sand-canal, and the spot from which it origi-
nates the madrepore-plate. But no trace of genitalia is to be seen,
‘which is in accordance with the want of genital apertures. The
‘germs of the young must be produced on the lower surface of the
-brood-sac; for here are suspended oval corpuscles about ? millim.
‘in length, ‘closely embraced by a saccule, which greatly resemble the
youngest spineless embryos in the brood-cavity, whilst the most de-
veloped of the latter, as already stated, possess a test with feet and
‘spines, and even with Pedicellarie, Nevertheless these young ani-
mals do not present any complete agreement with the’parent animal;
their test is circular in its horizontal circumference, the peristome
‘central, the larger spines distinctly stand in two longitudinal rows
upon the interambulacra, and, above all, they want the apical orifice
and the pit for the anus, although a spot free from spines may be
-observed upon the back of the test a little behind the middle.

According to this representation (which, indeed, is founded only
upon the investigation of a single specimen) these germs, which are
‘seated upon the calciferous walls of .a sac opening outwards with a
wide orifice, would have to be regarded as buds, and Anochanus as a
young or larval state, like a Pluteus; but the young which it pro-
duces must await a sexual development.

However, it is permissible, and will facilitate future comparisons,
-to give the animal on which these investigations have been made: a.
‘distinct name; and as, according to the statement. of Salmin, thes
natural-history dealer, it was. found in-'the Chinese Sea, it- may. be-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 12

170 Miscellaneous.

provisionally cited as Anochanus sinensis.—Monatsber. Berl. Akad.
Wissensch. March 12, 1868, pp. 173-180.

Note on the Anatomy of Pontobdella verrucata (Leach).
By L. Vartranv.

The number of rings in the zoonite in Hirudo and most of the
allied genera is 5; in Pontobdella it is 4, as was recognized by
Savigny. The body of P. verrucata contains 10 complete zoonites
in its middle part, behind the cincture; the extremities and the
cincture are less regularly formed, the rings being often grouped in
threes. The total number of rings is 66. In the male zoonites
(the six immediately following the cincture) the testes oceupy the
first ring, the nervous ganglion is placed between the third and
fourth, and upon the last are the muciparous pores.

Beneath the skin and muscles the body presents a thick layer of
yellowish-brown glandules, the excretory canals of which may be
traced to the surface ; they probably endue the animal with a pro-
tective coat. The muciparous vesicles of the cincture present a
ciliated inner pavilion analogous to that indicated first in the
Lumbricina, and afterwards in the Branchiobdelle.

The trunk, by which these worms suck the blood which con-
stitutes their food, is quite unarmed, so that it probably only pene-
trates by separating the tissues. The cesophagus is surrounded by
whitish glandules, the excretory ducts of which are directed forward,
towards the anterior disk: An analogous arrangement has been in-
dicated in Aulastoma by Leydig, who supposes that these glands
discharge themselves at the jaws to facilitate their action; the
author thinks that they have probably to do with the formation of
the oviferous cocoon. The so-called stomach, which the author
would prefer to name ingluvies or crop, is a reservoir in which the
blood. accumulates without undergoing any perceptible change. It
is divided anteriorly into seven chambers, indicated outside by slight
constrictions, and separated by incomplete septa; behind is a large
-eeecum to which the intestine is applied longitudinally. The intes-
tine has two lateral dilatations at its origin, and is divided into four
nearly equal parts. The walls of the ingluvies are formed by in-
terlaced fibres of laminar tissue and smooth museular fibres, without
distinct glandular elements; the walls of the intestine contain a
multitude of true glandular acint. It is here that the process of
‘digestion commences.
The female generative apparatus consists of a long sac or cecum,
the anterior neck-like part of which terminates at a whitish body
of glandular aspect. From this starts a duct which unites with
that of the opposite side, to open by a single median aperture. The
glandular organ likewise receives from five to seven ducts on its
inner ‘surface ; and. these the author believes come from the trans-
parent glands. which occur at some parts, mixed with the yellowish
subcutaneous glandules. This system would then have to be re-

Be Zins ee aa

Miscellaneous. 171

garded as a diffused vitellogene, analogous to that indicated in other
Cotylide worms.

The Pontobdella envelopes its ovum in a cocoon fixed by a pedicle
to submarine bodies; this is figured by Hesse and Van Beneden, but
from an altered specimen, unless it belongs to a different ‘species.
The animal embraces the cocoon with its anterior disk to complete
and fix it. Hence, and from the facts observed in cther species,
the author concludes that the so-called salivary glands furnish the
material for this protective envelope of the ova.— Comptes Rendus,
July 13, 1868, pp. 77-79.

Considerations upon the fixation of the limits between the Species and
the Varvety, founded upon the study of the European and Me? iter-
ranean species of the Hymenopterous Genus Polistes (Latr.). By
M. Sicwet.

I. For several years the question of the mutability or immutability
of the species has been afresh brought under discussion, and. vividly
attracts the attention of zoologists. Nothing can contribute more
to exhaust this question and to pave the way to its solution, by aiding
powerfully to fix the limits between the species and the variety, than
the profound study and exact statistics of certain genera of insects
richly represented in individuals, and possessing a sufficient number
of species common in our climates to allow us to study them on a
large scale in regular and complete series. Series captured in the
nests especially, by permitting the comparison of allied species and
the exact observation of the transitions between each species and its
varieties, will singularly facilitate our conclusions, and give them a
high degree of certainty.

Such a genus is the Hymenopterous genus Polistes, represented in
the whole of Europe, in Algeria, and in the western part of Asia by
four species (three of which are very common even in the environs of
Paris), viz. P. gallicus, biglumis, diadema, and Geoffroyi.

II. But these last three species are identical with P. gallicus, aaa
only differ from it as varieties. It is this opinion that I endeavour
to establish here by numerous and, I think, convincing proofs, in
order to show for once how the study of the Hymenoptera on a large
scale and on the iiving animal may contribute to fix the limits be-
tween the species and the variety. |

III. The above four species may be well characterized ; but their
diagnostic characters are neither constant nor essential, as is proved
by the following propositions, deduced from long-continued and accu-
rate observations :—

- 1. The subvarieties are so numerous that we may at pieasure create
new varieties among them.

2. The transitions between the different varieties are so frequent.
and so insensible that it is often impossible to say where one been
or subvariety ends, and where the next one commences. = -

3. In the same nest we see hatched simultaneously or stitcassively

Sac Be Miscellaneous.

the different varieties and subvarieties, especially P. gallicus, biglumis,
and Geoffroyi, with all the passages from one to the other.

4. Among the numerous individuals of P. biglumis that I have
captured or bred from nests, I have never been able to find a female.
The females revert more or less to the characters of P. gallicus, or
are replaced by the female of the latter. :

5. Nor does the male of P. biglumis exist ; it always, more or less, —
presents the characters of P. gallicus.

6. From this it follows that P. biglumis, according to the most
accurate observation made upon large series and numerous nests, is
only a peculiar modification, a variety, of P. gallicus.

IV. Observations upon the exotic species of Polistes lead to per-
fectly analogous conclusions.

Y. To sum up, the exact and serial observation of the genus
Polistes serves marvellously to prove that the mutability of the spe-
cies, in zoology, although very great as to its varieties, does not
extend beyond these, and does not attain to the production of spe-
cific types when these are well defined and correctly established.—
Comptes Rendus, July 13, 1868, pp. 75-77.

On a new Soedias of Chirogalus from the West Coast of Madagascar.
By M. A. GranpIvrer.

Chirogalus Samati (nob.). Obscure fusco-griseus, subtus fulvescens.
Cauda crassa, obsolete rufescente; fascia alba a fronte media ad
nasi apicem decurrente; oculis nigro circumdatis; auriculis paulo
longioribus quam Chiregals Mili.

Long. ab apice nasi ad caude basin 19 centim.; caude 17 centim.

Habitat flumen Tsidsibon, in littore occidentali Madagascar insule.

This Chirogalus is specially remarkable by its head, which resem-
bles that of a young cat, and by the size of its tail, which is 6 centi-
metres in circumference ; it owes this size, which is abnormal in the
Lemurids, to the presence of a thick layer of fat, similar to what
occurs round the tails of the Cape sheep.

The hair of the body, as well as that of the tall is rather short.
It is known to the natives by the name of Kéli-bé- houi.

I have named this animal after M. E. Samat, who has resided for
the last twenty-two years on the west coast of Madagascar, and
from whom I have received great kindness during my stay in these
inhospitable regions. To him I owe my acquaintance with this
curious Lemurid and the two specimens which I have forwarded to
the Paris Museum.

I avail myself of this occasion to make known a curious fact
which the beautiful collections recently brought from the north-
west coast of Madagascar by the skilful keeper of the Musée de
Bourbon, M. Lantz, have enabled me to verify, viz. that Berniera
major and Berniera minor are but one species: B. major is the
male, B. minor the female. M. Lantz has taken some fifteen of each
animal in the same locality, and ascertained that they lived a:
»' Saint-Denis, Ile de Réunion, Dec. 18, 1867.

PRS des Sciences Nat. viii. . 294.

THE ANNALS 7

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. }

No.9. SEPTEMBER 1868.

oti
=

XV.—On the British Species of Alpheus, Typton, and Axius,
and on Alpheus Edwardsii of Audouin. By the Rev. A. M.
Norman, M.A.

In the ‘Annals’ of the present month Mr. Spence Bate records
and figures two Macrourous Crustacea as new to our fauna,
under the names of “ Alpheus Edwardsii”’ and “ Typton
spongiosus.” ‘The former species, however, is so far from being
hitherto unknown in our seas, that this is the third time that
it has been announced as a new discovery ; and the Crustacean
here called Typton spongiosus was described and figured by Mr.
Couch, in 1861, as “‘ Alpheus Edwardsii.” It seems strange
that Mr. Bate should not have known this, as the species was
found in his own neighbourhood, and, moreover, Mr. Couch is
one of the members of the Devon and Cornwall Dredging
Committee.

T should not, however, have considered it necessary to no-
tice this, if it had not been that the greatest confusion exists
as to what ‘ Alpheus Edwardsii”’ is, on which account it
seems desirable to make a few observations upon the genera
Alpheus and Typton. Le

Bavivny, in his ‘ Histoire de ’ Egypte,’ admirably figured a
Crustacean, to which Audouin, in the descriptive portion of that
work, gave the name “ Athanas Edwardsi.”” Milne-Edwards,
in his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Crustacés,’ described a Mediterranean
form which he erroneously considered to be Audouin’s spe-
cies. Lastly, Mr. Couch (Proc. Linn. Soc., 1860, Zoology, v.
p- 210) described a Cornish Crustacean under the same name ;
but his species is neither that of Audouin nor that of Milne-
Edwards, but the Zypton spongicola of Costa. The name of
Alpheus Edwardsii has thus been given to no less than three
distinct species, two of which, as we shall presently see, occur
in our seas, though the true Alpheus Edwardsii of Audouin is
not European.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 13

—s

174 Rev. A. M. Norman on the British Species of Alpheus.

As long ago as 1835, Mr. Hailstone Sey off Hastings
a shrimp, which he figured and described in ‘ Loudon’s Maga-
zine of Natural History,’ and to which Mr. Westwood gre
the name of Hippolyte rubra; in a subsequent page, Mr. Hail-
stone claimed a right to name it himself, and styled it Hippo-
lyte megacheles ; and further on in the same volume, Mr. West-
wood established a genus for its reception, calling it Dienecia
rubra. Why Prof. Bell omitted this species in his ‘ History
of British Stalk-Eyed Crustacea,’ I cannot understand. In
1854, Mr. Guise, having found the same species in the island
of Herm, described it in the ‘Annals,’ and named it “Alpheus
afinis.”” In 1862 Prof. Heller pointed out the distinction be-
tween the Red-Sea species (Alpheus Edwardsii, Aud.) and
that found in the Mediterranean (Alpheus Edwards, Milne-
Edwards), and named the latter Alpheus platyrhynchus. The
Alpheus now found by Mr. Bate off the Dodman is the Medi-
terranean species, and the same which had been previously
taken in our seas by Hailstone and by Guise. As I write,
thirty or forty specimens of this Alpheus, procured by me at
Herm, are before me, and also a specimen of the true Alpheus
Edwardsti of Audouin, for which I am indebted to Prof. Heller.
From these examples | draw up the diagnostic characters which
follow.

Alpheus Edwardsii, Audouin.

1826. Athanas Edwardsii, Audouin, Savigny, Descript. de l’Egypte, pl. x.
fig. 1 (figures admirable).

1840 (P about), Alpheus Edwardsu, Guérin, Iconogr. du Régne Anim.
Crust. pl. 21. fig. 3 (copy from Savigny).

1861. Alpheus Edwardsit, Heller*, Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. W. Math.-
nat. Cl. xliv. Bd. i. p. 267.

Supraorbital portions of anterior margin of carapace rounded,
the front thus furnished with only a single central point
7.e. the rostrum. The left first pereiopod much larger, an
of totally different structure from the right; outer side of
hand (not furnished with any spine-like central point pro-
jecting at the junction of finger and thumb) having a dee
incised curved groove widest at the distal extremity, sud-
denly contracting in breadth towards the base, and at the
same time curving downwards; finger large, very broad
and massive, the outer margin very strongly arched, form-
ing a complete semicircle; inner margin furnished at the
base with a large tubercular process, which fits into a corre-
sponding socket in the thumb. Right hand very much
smaller, and formed more after the pattern of the hand in

* Beitrage zur Crustaceen-Fauna des rothen Meeres.

SNe hd ee te Sieg rele: Pay ae aa

Rev. A. M. Norman on the British Species of Alpheus. 175

Palemon. The fingers of both hands articulating by a ver-
tical movement with the hand.

Hab. The Red Sea.

Alpheus megacheles, Hailstone.
1835. Hippolyte rubra, Westwood, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. viii.
. 272 (out not Alpheus ruber, M.-Edw.).
1835. Hippolyte megacheles, Hailstone, ibid. p. 395.
1835. Dienecia rubra, Westwood, wbid. p. 552.
1837. Alpheus Edwardsti, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. ii.
p. 352 (but not of Audouin).
— oe ruber, Costa, Fauna del Regno di Napoli, Crost.
pvoeg. 4.
1850. Disnocia rubra, White, Cat. Brit. Crust. in Brit. Mus. p. 41.
1854. Alpheus affinis, Guise, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xiv. p. 275.
1857. Alpheus affinis, White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. p. 112.
1862. Alpheus platyrhynchus, Heller*, Sitzungsb. der Kais. Wiener Akad.
d. W. Math.-naturw. Cl. xl. Bd. i. p. 400, pl. 1. figs. 21-24.
1863. Alpheus platyrhynchus, Heller, Die Crust. des siidlichen Europa,
. 276, pl. 9. figs. 18, 19.
1868. Alpheus Edwardsit, Bate, Brit. Assoc. Rep. (1867), p. 283; Ann.
Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. ii. p. 119.

Supraorbital portions of carapace produced into spine-like
points ; and these, together with the rostrum, give a triden-
tate anterior margin to the carapace. The right and left
first pereiopods formed on nearly the same model, though
differmg in minute details, one (generally the left) larger
than the other, and having the centre of its broad outer side

_ produced forwards between the-finger and thumb into a
spine, above and below which the hand is excavated, the
upper groove the larger, not curved; finger very flat, acute
above, twisted, no tubercle on the inner margin. Smaller
hand having that part of the thumb against which the finger
impinges grooved; upper margins of both finger and thumb
fringed with long sete ; inner margin of finger microscopi-
cally pectinated. Fingers of both hands articulating by a
curious lateral movement.

Hab. Herm (Guise & A. M.N.), Jersey (A. M. N.), Hastings

_ (Hailstone), off Dodman (Bate), Mediterranean (Milne-
Edwards), Adriatic (Heller).

Alpheus ruber, Milne-Edwards.

21814. Cryptophthalmus ruber, Rafinesque, Précis des découvertes somio-
logiques, &c.
21825. Cryptophthalmus ruber, Desmarest, Consid. gén. sur Crust. p. 215.
1837. Alpheus ruber, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. ii. p. 351,
and Atlas du Régne Animal de Cuvier, édit. trois., Crust. pl. 53. fig. 1.
1840. Alpheus ruber, Lucas, Hist. Nat. des Crust. p. 182.

* Beitrage zur naéheren Kenntniss der Macrouren.

13*

176 Rev. A. M. Norman on the British Species of Typton.

1849, Alpheus ruber, Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 271.
1850. Alpheus ruber, White, Cat. Brit. Crust. in Brit. Mus. p. 88; and

(1857) Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. p. 112, pl. 8. fig. 3.
1863. Alpheus ruber, Heller, Crust. des siidlichen Europa, 274.

This species may at once be distinguished from the pre-
ceding by the four longitudinal carine of the larger and
greatly flattened hand.

Three Cornish specimens of this species in my collection
have the right hand the greatly developed organ; while a
Mediterranean example and also that figured by Bell have the
left the larger.

The description of Cryptophthalmus ruber of Rafinesque
and Desmarest appears to be partly applicable to the last spe-
cies and partly to this. The words, however, ‘“ la plus grande”’
(main) “est a trois angles en dessous’’ cannot possibly be
reconciled with A. megacheles, though they may be with 4.

ruber, if what Milne-Kdwards speaks of as the outer side be

viewed as the under. The Cryptophthalmus ruber of Costa is
unquestionably a synonym of the last species, and not of this.
Hab. Falmouth (Cocks), Polperro (Laughrin), Mediterra-
nean (Milne-Edwards & Costa), Adriatic (Grube), Algerian
coast (Lucas).
Typton spongicola, Costa.
Wns Tuamen spongicola, Costa, Fauna del Regno di Napoli, Crost. pl. 6 bis.
s. 1-6.
1856. Pontonella glabra, Heller*, Verhandlungen des zool.-botan. Vereins
in Wien p. 629, pl. 9. figs. 1-16.

1861. Alpheus Edwardsit, Couch, Proc. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. v. p. 210
(but not Alpheus Edwardsit of Audouin, nor that of Milne-Edwards).
1863. Typton spongicola, Heller, Crustaceen des siidlichen Europa, p. 254,

pl. 8. figs. 12-17.
1868. Typton spongiosus, Bate, Brit. Assoc. ed (1867) p. 283, pl. 3.
fig. 1; and Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. ii. p. 119.

The genus Zypton differs from Alpheus in having the eyes
free, and not concealed beneath the anterior portion of the
carapace, in the second instead of the first pair of pereiopods
being the more largely developed members, and in the mandi-
ble being without an appendage, whereas in Alpheus it is fur-
nished with a two-jointed palp. 7 |

Seven or eight years ago, Mr. Laughrin, the intelligent
coastguardsman of Polperro, found within the oscula of Jso-
dictya palmata, procured off that coast, some shrimps. Mr.
Couch gave an account of these in the Proc. Linn. Soc.,
naming them Alpheus Edwardstii, M.-Edw. One of these
specimens came into my hands; and having compared it with
a specimen of Typton spongicola from the Adriatic, I found

* Beitrag zur Fauna der Adria.

©
S42), * ot 7 oS en Rea Ve See EN ial
Ree ge a) NPIL ERE iets” Sean ND ee CFT er Wy Coo = a ae

Rev. A. M. Norman on the Genus Axius. 177

them to agree in every particular. Mr. Spence Bate considers
a species he has now met with to be distinct from that of
Costa, and names it Typton spongiosus; but no character is
given which will distinguish it from the Adriatic and Medi-
terranean form, The proportionate length of the eye and
rostrum differs in different specimens, possibly according to
age. In his generic characters, Mr. Bate says that the riglit
hand of the second pereiopoda is generally much larger than
the left; but the contrary would seem to be the case from the
descriptions and figures of both Costa and Heller, and from
the Adriatic and British examples in my own collection. In
the genus Alpheus, however, we have seen that the rule is not
constant, and that in the same species sometimes the one and
sometimes the other limb will be the larger in size, and have
the peculiar points of structure of that organ as distinguished
from the smaller. It must, in addition to this, be borne in
mind that in this and allied species the animals upon the
slightest provocation are willing to part with their large claws,
and that consequently reproduced members of smaller size are
7 ee? and may easily be mistaken for fully developed
mbs. :

Hab. Polperro, Cornwall (Laughrin), Mediterranean (Costa),

Adriatic (Grube & Heller).

Genus AXIUS.

I have not examined the typical specimen of Axius sti-
rynchus; but all the examples of Awius I have seen agree
closely with the description, referred to by Mr. Bate, of the
late Mr. R. Q. Couch (Zoologist, 1856, p. 5282) of a form
which he considered distinct from Leach’s species. My col-
lection contains five specimens procured by Mr. Dodd in
Jersey, and one taken by the Rey. R. N. Dennis, at Seaford,
“Sussex. All these have the telson quadrangular, the hands
smooth, the fingers channelled, the particular articulation of
cephalothorax and abdomen described by Mr. Couch, and the
transverse lateral tufts of hair on the abdominal segments.
All the points of difference indicated are probably at the most
sexual. My specimens are in spirits: it is not improbable
that, in drying, the sides of the telson would curl downwards;
and thus that portion of the body might easily assume the
“ elongate-triangular ’’ form ascribed to it by Leach and Bell.
At least we require further knowledge before it would be
wise to give a distinctive name to the form in the col-
lections of the late Mr. R. Q. Couch and myself. The young
in this genus are much more hirsute than full-grown indivi-
duals.

178 Mr. G. 8S. Brady on Marine Ostracoda

Crangon sculptus and fasciatus.

I am surprised at Mr. Bate’s suggestion that Crangon
sculptus and Crangon fasciatus are the same species. In my
humble judgment, no two Crangons belonging to the same
section of the genus can have stronger distinctive features.
Can it be that Mr. Bate has not met with the true C. fasciatus?
The differences’ are not confined to the number of spines:
there are other characters; and of far more consequence is the
fact that, whereas in C. sculptus the abdomen is elaborately
ornamented with beautiful sculpturing, in C. fasciatus it 1s
quite smooth. Dr. Kinahan’s figures and description of this
latter species are very good (Trans. Royal Irish Acad.
vol. xxiv. (1861) p. 76; and Proc. Royal Irish Acad. 1862,
p- 362, pl. 12). Crangon nanus, Kroyer ( = C. bispinosus of
Hailstone) appears to me to be the species most closely related
to C. fasciatus*.

P.S. As though to confirm what I have just said—among
some shrimps dredged during the past month in Shetland by
Mr. Jeffreys, and received from him this morning, I find se-
veral C. fasciatus, but there are no C. sculptus; nor is that
species known to inhabit the Shetland seas. I have never
found these two species in company, nor seen a specimen in-
termediate in character. Crangon fasciatus I have dredged
off the Northumberland coast (where C. sculptus has not been
found at all), at Falmouth, and off Guernsey ; and C. sculptus
I have procured in the Minch, Lamlash Bay, and Guernsey.

XVI.—Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca.
By GrEorGE STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S. &e.

No. II. Marine Ostracoda from the Mauritius.
[Plates XII. & XIII.] |

THE species here described have been found in mud brought
from the Mauritius, and kindly placed in my hands by my
friends Messrs. Thomas Blain and E. C. Davison, of Sunder-
land. It is interesting to note that two of the species, Cythere
Darwinii and C. Hodgii, occur also in the Malay archipelago,
and that the specimens from the Mauritius exhibit slight, but
decided differences; while Macrocypris maculata, Xestoleberis
margaritea, and Cytheridea punctillata have a still wider range

* Judging from Kroyer’s figures of C. boreas, Phipps, in the ‘ Natur-
historisk Tidskrift,’ vol. iv. (1842) p. 218, pl. iv. figs. 1-14, I should con-
clude that it is distinct from all our British species.

Se

From the Mauritius. 179

of distribution, extending even into the European seas. Some
additional species from the same locality will be described in a
future Number of ‘ Les Fonds de la Mer.’

List of Species.

Cythere hamigera, nov. sp.
bispinosa, nov. sp.

—— convoluta, nov. sp.
Cytheridea punctillata, Brady.
spinulosa, ov. sp.
Loxoconcha Lilljeborgii, nov. sp.
Xestoleberis margaritea, Brady.

Pontocypris attenuata, nov. sp.
Dayisoni, nov. sp.
Macrocypris maculata, Brady.
Cythere demissa, nov. sp.

— — nov. Sp.

—— fumata, nov. sp.

— Hodgii, Brady.

—— Darwinii, Brady*.

Pontocypris attenuata, nov.sp. (Plate IV. figs. 11-14.)

Carapace, as seen from the side, subtriangular or siliquose,
highest in front of the middle, and tapering to a point be-
hind; greatest height scarcely equalling half the length :
anterior extremity broadly rounded ; posterior subacutely
pointed: superior margin obtusely angular at its highest
point, from which it slopes ont backwards with a gentle
curve ; inferior slightly sinuated about the middle: outline,
as seen from above, compressed, somewhat clavate, widest
at the anterior third, rounded and slightly mucronate in
front, pointed behind ; greatest width equal to rather more
than a third of the length. End view oval, widest in the
middle. Surface of the shell smooth, slightly punctate, and
clothed with numerous exceedingly short and fine hairs.
Colour pale yellowish brown. Length ; inch. Animal
unknown. |

This pretty species approaches very closely to the European
¥, iynltiles, but is paler in colour, less distinctly pubescent,
has a more shining surface, a more angular dorsal margin, and
is also destitute of serratures at the posterior extremity.

Pontocypris Davison, nov. sp.

(Plate XIII. figs. 9, 10.)

Se ai of the female (?) somewhat tumid, as seen from the
side subreniform, highest in the middle; greatest height

fully equal to half the length; rounded in front: posterior
extremity rounded off below, scarcely angular; superior
margin boldly arched, highest in the middle, inferior sinuated
in front of the middle. Seen from above, the outline is
ovate, widest near the middle, pointed in front, rounded be-
hind; width much less than the height. The surface of the
shell is granular or very finely punctate, and quite devoid

* Described in ‘ Les Fonds de la Mev.’

180 Mr. G. 8. Brady on Marine Ostracoda

of hairs: colour whitish, semitransparent, with an opaque
milk-white central patch and marginal belt. Length
siz Inch,

Ihave much pleasure in inscribing this species to my friend
Mr. E. C. Davison, whose untiring diligence in collecting and
general interest in all subjects connected with marine zoology
have materially helped my own studies in this department.

Cythere demissa, nov. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 1, 2.)

Somewhat similar to C. pellucida, but much smaller. Seen
from the side, oblong, rather higher in front than behind ;

greatest height equal to about half the length: anterior ex- |

tremity broadly rounded, posterior subtruncate, and armed
below the middle with four small teeth: superior margin
straight, or very slightly curved; inferior deeply sinuated
in front of the middle. Viewed from above, the shell is
oblong-ovate, slightly constricted in the middle, broader
behind than in front; extremities obtuse; width less than
the height. Surface covered with closely set rather coarse
punctations. Length 34 inch.

Cythere plana, nov. sp. (Pl. XIII. figs. 7, 8.)

Valves, seen from the side, elongated, subquadrangular, nearly
equal in height throughout; height considerably less than
half the length: anterior extremity evenly rounded; poste-
rior rounded above, obsoletely angular below: superior
margin straight; inferior also nearly straight, but distinctly
sinuated in front. Outline, as seen from above, compressed
ovate. Surface of the shell smooth and polished, bearing
numerous small, distant, rounded papille, and round the
margins several long radiating hair-like lines. Colour dull
brown. Length 5; inch.

Three or four separated valves only of this species were
obtained.

Cythere fumata, nov. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 13, 14.)

Carapace compressed. Seen from the side, angular, subreniform,
highest in front of the middle; greatest height equal to
more than half the length: anterior extremity broadly and
obliquely rounded, posterior subtruncate, slightly produced
below: superior margin sloping steeply and in a slightly
waved line from before backwards, and terminating in a
somewhat produced obtuse angle; inferior margin deeply
sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, compressed, sub-
hexagonal, widest in the middle, and tapering evenly to the
extremities, which are obtusely pointed ; width equal to less

ee NN pS ee ee ee ee ee

from the Mauritius. 181

than half the length. Surface of the valves covered with
closely set angular excavations, arranged in a subradiate
manner, and bearing just within and parallel to the anterior
margin a prominent raised ridge. Colour smoky brown.
Length ;!; inch. :

Cythere Darwinti, Brady. (Plate XII. figs. 11, 12.)
Cythere Darwinii, Brady, Les Fonds de la Mer.

The specimens found in the Mauritius mud differ somewhat
in shape and surface-markings from the type specimens, which
were collected in the sea of Java. Ihave therefore thought
it desirable to give a figure. It will be seen that the outline
here is less flexuous ; but the essential characters of the species
appear to be the same.

Cythere hamigera, nov.sp. (Plate XII. figs. 5-7.)

Carapace tumid, densely spinous. Seen from the side, sub-
quadrangular, highest over the anterior hinge-joint ; greatest
height equal to more than half the length: anterior extre-
mity broad and well rounded; posterior narrow, scarcely
rounded: superior margin straight, rather steeply sloping,
with a slight sinuation in front of the middle; inferior
nearly straight. Seen from above, the outline is ovate,
widest behind the middle, broadly rounded behind, obtusely
pointed or subtruncate in front; greatest width scarcely
equal to the height. Surface densely clothed with short
tubercular spines, which towards the dorsal margin are
often developed into sharp, reflexed, hook-like processes.
Length +5 inch. :

Cythere bispinosa, nov. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 8-10.)

Shell tumid. Seen from the side, subtrapezoid ; greatest height
in front of the middle, and equal to more than half the length :
anterior extremity obliquely rounded, bordered with a thin
squamous lamina; posterior emarginate above, produced
below the middle into a prominent subdentate beak: supe-
rior margin sinuated in the middle, suddenly sloping at
each extremity ; inferior slightly convex in the middle, and
sinuated toward the extremities. Seen from above, ovate,
widest behind the middle; extremities broadly rounded,
mucronate. End view almost rectangular, with irregularly
jagged margins. Surface of the valves uneven, beset with
numerous small tubercles, and bearing three sharply cut
longitudinal crests, that within the ventral margin termi-
nating behind the middle in a sharp projecting spine.
Length 5 inch.

182 Mr. G. S. Brady on Marine Ostracoda

Cythere convoluta, nov. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 3, 4.)

Carapace of the female (?), seen from the side, subquadrangular,
highest in front of the middle; greatest height equal to
about two-thirds of the length: anterior extremity broadly
rounded ; posterior produced below the middle into a broad
slightly dentate process, emarginate above : superior margin
slightly arched in front, excavated behind the middle; in-
ferior almost straight, bending upwards behind. Seen from
above, the outline is irregularly ovate or subhexagonal,
constricted in the middle, broadly mucronate before and
behind; greatest width near the middle, equal to more than
half the length. Surface of the valves sculptured with pro-
minent, flexuous, reticulating ridges, and with a prominent
sharp crest running entirely round and a little within the
margins, but less conspicuous posteriorly. Length ,!, inch.

Cytheridea punctillata, Brady.

Cytheridea punctillata, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1865, vol. xvi. p. 189,
pl. 9. figs. 9-11.

Carapace of the female (?), seen from the side, subreniform,
highest in front of the middle; greatest height equal to half
the length: anterior extremity well and evenly, posterior
obtusely rounded: superior margin gently arched, inferior
nearly straight. Seen from above, ovate, pointed in front,
broadly rounded behind, scarcely constricted in the middle ;

eatest width near the posterior extremity, equal to about
half the length. Surface marked with closely set rounded
puncta, and a few minute round papille.

I cannot distinguish the examples here described from the
European species Cytheridea punctillata, which occurs abun-
dantly in some ieee) of the British and Scandinavian seas,
and also, as a fossil, in the posttertiary clays. There are,
indeed, some slight differences of form and sculpturing ; but
these seem subject to much variation, and are certainly not of
sufficient importance to warrant our regarding them as indices
of specific rank.

Cytheridea spinulosa, nov. sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 1-6.)

Structure of the shell very robust and thick; valves tumid.
As seen from the side, almost elliptical, highest near the
middle; greatest height equal to more than half the length;
extremities broadly and obtusely rounded, and bearing be-
low the middle a series of (about twelve on the anterior and
six on the posterior) short rounded marginal teeth : u
margin feebly arched, highest in the middle; inferior almost

pil
Dl iv
icicle ele aN a iia —

from the Mauritius. 183

straight. Outline, as seen from above, subcuneiform, widest
behind the middle, obtusely mucronate in front, broadly
rounded and centrally emarginate behind; greatest width
equal to half the length. End view broadly ovate. Shell
covered with large, distant, subcircular or obscurely angular
pittings, and raised behind the middle into a rounded emi-
nence. Colour white. Length > inch.

Loxoconcha Lilheborgii, nov. sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 11-15.)

Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subrhomboidal,
highest in the middle; greatest height equal to nearly two-
thirds of the length: anterior extremity obliquely rounded ;

sterior produced above the middle into a short (often bi-
entate) process: superior margin arched, highest near the
middle, behind which it is gently sinuated ; inferior sinuated
in front, protuberant behind. Outline, as seen from above,
subovate or obscurely cian widest about the middle,
pointed in front, strongly mucronate behind; greatest width
much less than the height. Shell marked throughout with
large oblong pittings, which are arranged in concentric
rows, and tend to form furrows by their coalescence on the
ventral surface: a conspicuous angular protuberance near
the postero-dorsal angle of each valve. Length #5 inch.

LL. Lilheborgit is in general appearance not very unlike a
West-Indian species (Z. avellana) described by me in Trans.
Zool. Soc. vol. v.; but the present species is well characterized
by the posterior dorsal protuberance, and is, moreover, of very
different outline when seen from above or below. JL. affinis, a
Mediterranean species, is also a nearly allied form.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XII.
Fig. 1. Cythere demissa, seen from left side.
Fig. 2. The same, from above. 40
Fig. 3. Cythere convoluta, seen from left side. 83 ae
Fig. 4. The same, from above.
Fig. 5. Cythere hamigera, seen from right side.
Fig. 6. The same, from above. x 50.
Fig. 7. The same, from front.
Fig. 8. Cythere bispinosa, seen from left side.)
Fig. 9. The same, seen from below.
Fig. 10. The same, from front.

Fig. 11. Cythere Darwinit, from left side. ‘x40,
Fig. 12. The same, from below.
Fig. 13. Cythere fumata, from left side.
Fig. 14. The same, from below.

184 M. Jules Kiinckel on the existence of
PuatTe XIII.

Fig. 1. Cytheridea spinulosa, from left side.

Fig. 2. The same, from above. x 40

Fig. 3. The same, from below. ;

Fig. 4. The same, from front.

Fig. 5. The same, hinge-margins. os RA

Fig. 6. The same, ventral contact margins. :

Fig. 7. Cythere plana, left valve, from side. -) |

Fig. 8. The same, from above.

Fig. 9. Pontocypris Davison, from left side.

Fig. 10. The same, from below.

Fig. 11. Loxoconcha Lilljeborgu, from left side. ;- x 40.

Fig. 12. The same, from above.

Fig. 13. The same, from below.

Fig. 14. The same, from front.:

Fig. 15, The same, from behind. iy

XVII.— On the existence of Capillary Arterial Vessels in In-
sects. By JULES KtNncKEL*,

ZOOLOGISTS supposed that the circulation of the blood in insects
was limited to certain currents detected by Carus in transparent
larvee, when in 1847 M. Blanchard proved that the trachez of
these animals fulfilled the function of arteries, by conveying,
in a peripheral space, the nutritive fluids to all the organs.
He ascertained, by means of delicate injections, the existence
of a free space between the two membranes composing the
trachez: the injected fluid expelled the blood and replaced it.

After having verified and confirmed M. Blanchard’s discovery,
M. Agassiz insisted upon the evidence of the demonstration.
Seeking afterwards to complete this discovery, he paid parti-
cular attention to the termination of the tracheee. In a memoir
published in 18497, this naturalist distinguished the ordinary
trachee terminating in little ampulle and the trachee termi-
nated by little tubes destitute of a spiral filament, which he
named the capillaries of the trachee. M. Agassiz expresses
himself as follows :—“ In the grasshoppers which I injected
by the dorsal vessel I found in the legs the muscles elegantly
covered with dendritic tufts of these vessels (the capillaries of
the trachez) all injected with coloured matter; and in a por-
tion of a muscle of the leg of an Acridium flavovittatum, sub-
mitted to a high magnifying-power, I observed the distribution
of these little vessels, which has a striking resemblance to the

-® Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ July 27, 1868, tome Ixvii.
pp. 242-244,

+ Proc. American Association, 1849, pp. 140-143; translated in Ann.
des Sci. Nat. 3° sér. xv. pp. 358-362.

peste:

~

Capillary Arterial Vessels in Insects. 185

distribution of the blood-vessels in the bodies of the higher
animals.”’ ; !

Nearly twenty years have passed since the period when
M. Agassiz announced these facts, which appear to have been
but little understood ; for the authors who have written on the
—— and physiology of insects have not even mentioned
them.

The direct observation of the phenomenon of circulation
_ was wanting: no one had succeeded in detecting the move-
ment of the blood either in the peritracheal space or in the
capillaries; and M. Milne-Edwards indicated as a fact to be
regretted that “‘ the existence of currents in the tubiform lacunze
had not yet been ascertained.’’ Having been led, by general
researches upon the organization of the Diptera, to study the
apparatus of circulation and respiration, I have frequently
examined the trachee. I always saw, without difficulty, the
globules between the two coats; but, the animals being dead,
the blood was motionless. In pursuing my investigations of
the distribution of the trachez in the muscles, I was too much
struck by the character of this distribution not to dwell upon
it. Having succeeded in removing a muscular bundle from a
living LHristalis, without tearing it, and brought it quickly
into the focus of a powerful microscope, I had the surprise of
seeing the blood imprisoned between the two membranes of
the trachez running in this peritracheal space, and penetrating
into the finest arterioles. I observed-the course of the blood-
globules with the same facility as in the capillaries of the
mesentery or the membrane uniting the digits of a frog. I
was, therefore, fortunate enough to see the circulation of the
blood in the capillaries of insects.

I have been able to convince myself of the existence of a
system of arterial capillaries in all insects: the most delicate
arterioles creep not only through the muscles, but also over the
other organs. In general the blood thus observed by trans-
mitted light presents a rosy tint very favourable for observa-
tion. When the blood abandons the trachee and its arterioles,
which I have frequently seen, they lose their coloration. The
trachea, recognizable by its spiral filament, may always be
perceived ; but it is very difficult to distinguish the arterioles,
so delicate and transparent are their walls.

The difficulties of the experiment are great. The insect
must be quickly opened, a muscular bundle must be taken
from the living animal, and this bundle conveyed under the
microscope; and then, under favourable conditions, the blood
is seen flowing rapidly through the arterioles. For these in-
vestigations a considerable magnifying-power is necessary. I

186 M. T. Thorell on Aranea lobata.

have been singularly aided by the very perfect immersion-
objectives which M. Nachet was kind enough to place at my
disposal.

It is necessary to give a precise explanation of the structure
of the arterioles and their mode of distribution.

The trachee, as is well known, are composed of two coats :
the inner coat forms the envelope of the aériferous canal; the
outer coat, or peritracheal membrane (peritoneal membrane of
the Germans), surrounds the former envelope, leaving an in-
terval, the peritracheal space. But at the point where the
trachez penetrate between the muscular fibres, the inner coat
disappears, and the aériferous canal terminates cecally, whilst
the outer coat or peritracheal membrane becomes the wall of
the blood-vessels or arterial capillaries. It is not only the
spiroid thickening of the inner coat, or spiral filament, that
disappears, it is the inner coat itself that stops and suddenly
closes the aériferous canal. In this way we see, starting from
a more or less voluminous tracheal stem, very delicate blood-
vessels, in larger or smaller number, which divide and sub-
divide regularly to their extremities.

The blood retained in the peritracheal space remains through-
out its course in contact with oxygen ; it reaches the capillaries
perfectly vivified, and is a true arterial blood. The capillaries
are not in communication with venous capillaries; the blood
diffuses itself through the tissues, nourishes them, and falls
into the lacune; the lacunar currents convey it again to the
dorsal vessel.

Thus, to sum up, the trachez of insects, which are aériferous
tubes in their central portion and blood-vessels in their peri-
pheral part, become at their extremities true arterial capillaries.

XVIII.— On Aranea lobata, Pallas (A. sericea, Oliv.).
By T. THore.i*.

Tus large and well-marked Epeirid, which Pallas described
and figured in 1772 (in ‘ Spicilegia Zoologica,’ t. i. fase. 8.
p- 46, tab. 3. figs. 14,15) under the name of Avanea lobata,
and of which arachnologists have hitherto possessed onl

doubtful or incorrect notions, is, as the following remarks will
render evident, identical with the form known under the ap-
pellation Argiope |. Epetra sericea (Oliv.), which, by its size
and beauty, its unusual aspect, and its general occurrence,
attracts notice more than any other species of spider, except

* Translated from the ‘Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps Akademiens
Forhandlingar,’ 1867, No. 9, by Arthur W. E. O’Shaughnessy.

M. T. Thorell on Aranea lobata. 187

aie the splendid Argiope Briinnichic*, in the arachnoid
auna of the south of Europe, now even attaining the unknown
northern limit of that fauna.

When Pallas published the first or Latin edition of his
above-named work, he was ignorant of the habitat of A.
lobata, and unfortunately advanced a supposition that the
species was probably the same as Petiver’s Araneoides Cap.
Jasciata lutescens, &c.t. It is, beyond a doubt, this circum-
stance only which has caused later writers to overlook the
correspondence of Olivier’s A. sericea and Pallas’s A. lobata ;
for, although the description and figures which Pallas has left
are not particularly weil marked, they are sufficiently accurate
to enable any one looking at them with unprejudiced eyes to
recognize in A. lobata its identity with A. sericea.

We have only to recollect that the examples which Pallas had
before him were preserved in spirit: in such examples the silky
down which covers the body is not apparent, whereas one oy
perceives the two dark longitudinal bands and the large blac
transverse spots in front of the petiolus conspicuous in Pallas’s
representation, as also the “linee bis geminez fuscescentes
supra > gate abdominis subtrilobum longitudinales’’ of which
he speaks, which marks are, on the contrary, in living or dried
ee ay more or less hidden by the silk-like covering of hair.

Pallas states (Joc. cit.) that he met with several specimens —
of his A. lobata ‘in Museo Academie Petropolitane :” pro-
bably they came from Southern Russia, where this spider had
been already found in 1768 by Lepechin. His “‘ Aranea se-
noculata thorace depresso, abdomine exovato globoso lobato,
sete in dorso 4 nigris’’t (which received from Gmelin, in

inn. Syst. Nat. ed. 13, the name A. argentea), is in fact in-
disputably nothing else than a variety of the common A. seri-
ced, which also was later observed in South Russia (Crimea)
by Al. v. Nordmann§.

But, should there yet remain, in spite of the agreement of
the two descriptions, any doubt as to the European origin of

* Aranea Briinnichi, Scop. (Annus V. Hist.-Nat.: 1772) = Aranea
fasciata, Oliv. (1789) 1. Epeira (Nephila) fasciata Auct. rec.

+ Petiver, ‘Gazophylacium Nature et Artis,’ i. tab. 12. f. 11; Catalogus
classicus et topicus, p. 3, No. 440.

{ os ‘Tagebuch der Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des
Russischen Reiches in den Jahren 1768 u. 1769.’ Uebers. von C. W.
Haase. Th. i. p. 316, Taf. 16. fig. 2(1774). (The first part of the Russian
original was printed in 1771).

§ “In the Crimea I have sat for a whole hour opposite the web of the
beautiful Argyopes sericeus, the large female in the centre, the small male
at the edge of the wide-meshed web.”—Nordmann, “ Erstes Verzeichniss
der in Finnland und Lappland gefundenen Spinnen, Aranez,” in Bidrag
till Finlands N aairkinsdoin, Etnografi och Statistik, viii. p. 18 (1863).

188 M. T. Thorell on Aranea lobata.

A. lobata, and its identity with A. sericea which is dependent
upon that fact, it will be sufficient and conclusive to consult
the German edition of the Spicil. Zool. fase. 9, translated and
revised by Pallas himself, and printed in 1777 under the
title ‘ Naturgeschichte merkwiirdiger Thiere,’ 9te Sammlung,
pp. 71, 72. From the account therein given of A. lobata we
extract the following :—

“‘.... the true country of the spider the description of
which I have already furnished from preserved specimens.
.... LT have met with it in the warm southern parts about the
Wolga, and on the Upper Irtisch, and have indeed found it
already perfectly developed in the month of May. .... It has
also been noticed by my lamented friend Prof. Falk in the
corners of houses in Zariczan; and Prof. Lepechin, who has
described and figured it in the first part of his Fuacial Voyage
(p. 395, pl. 16. fig. 2), found it under the hollow bark of a tree,
brooding over its eggs’’ (loc. cit. p. 72).

Thus we find,—first, that Pallas expressly gives the south
of Russia (both in Europe and Asia) as the country of A. lo-
bata; and, secondly, that, according to Pallas, Lepechin’s
above-named Aranea (“‘abdomine .... lobato,” &c.) is the
same species as the A. lobata, Pallas.

Both Pallas and Nordmann in the above-cited passage give
us every reason to suppose that this species is as far from
being one of the rarer forms of spider in the south of Russia
as it is indeed in Italy and the south of France.

Attention having been once called to the matter, no one
would henceforth think of believing Pallas’s A. lobata to be
the same as Petiver’s “ Araneoides capensis” from the Cape
of Good Hope; also Olivier’s specific name sericea must give
place to the much older one of lobata, and the species be
henceforth known as Argiope lobata (Pallas).

Fabricius adopts A. lobata in the ‘Species Insectorum’
(1781), after Pallas (Spicil. Zool.) ; and while he cites this
author, he includes also, but with a query, Petiver’s species
from the Cape among the synonyms, doubtless on the ground
of Pallas’s previously hazarded guess concerning the habitat
of A. lobata. He does the same in the ‘ Mantissa Insectorum’
(1787). For the habitat of the species, Fabricius, in both
these works, has candidly left a blank. But some years later
(1793), in the ‘ Entomologia Systematica’ (tom. 11. p. 407),
while giving the same diagnosis and synonymy for A. lobata
as in the Piece Insectorum,’ he says, ‘‘ Habitat ad Caput
Bone Spei,” showing that he now abandoned his former un-
certainty as to the country of this species, and, of his own.
accord, regarded it as exclusively exotic—an assumption

M. T. Thorell on Aranea lobata. 189

which has been admitted ever since*. We see, however, from
this that Fabricius had no knowledge of Pallas’s A. lobata
beyond that which he derived from the Spicil. Zool., and
moreover that he was as unacquainted with the above-cited
passage in Pallas’s ‘ Naturgesch. merkw. Thiere’ as any one
of the various authors who have occupied themselves with
Olivier’s A. sericea.

Walckenaer (Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Apt. p. 117) believes, cu-
riously enough, that the true Hp. sericea does not belong to
the European fauna. This is the more unaccountable, from
the fact that Olivier, who first described this spider under the
specific name sericea, expressly says that he found it “ fre-
_, in Provence.” alckenaer nevertheless accepts as
prover y a European species the L. dentata (Risso), differing
from A. sericea merely in markings, which, coming from Nice,
is consequently from almost the very same region (south of
France) where Olivier found his Aranea sericea! Walckenaer
seems to be as little acquainted from personal observation with
E. dentata (his description of it is a mere extract from Risso)
as with any European example of A. sericea.

The specimens of the species in question, however, which I
have seen, and which I collected in Italy in the tracts about
Naples, where Costa also found “ Epeira sericea” t, agree

erfectly not only with Pallas’s A. lobata, but also with the
escriptions and figures which Olivier, Latreille, Walckenaer,
and Audouin have left us of A. (H.)-sericea. ‘They lack the
markings which belong to “ EL. dentata”’ according to Risso’s
(and Walckenaer’s) representation of that form, which, how-
ever, is certainly only a colour variety of “£. sericea” |.
lobata.

To “ #. dentata’’ Walckenaer rightly refers Lepechin’s
above-named “‘Aranea (...abdomine... fobato, &e.)” (A. ar-
gentea, Gmel.), which, as we have already seen, is allowed by
Pallas himself to be identical with his A. lobata; here also
should undoubtedly be referred Argyopes prelautus, Koch,
from Turkey (tracts of the Balkan), as Walckenaer has sup-

posed

* Walckenaer says (Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 116), with reference
to Epeira argentata (Fabr.), ‘‘ Conférez pour cette espéce Pallas, ‘ Spici-
be Zoologica,’ fasc. 9. p. 46, tab. 3. figg. 13 et 14” (it should be “14 &
15”)—that is to say, the descriptions and figures of A. lobata, which,
however, do not in the least agree with Walckenaer’s description of Z.
argentata, but do agree very well with that which he gives of E. sericea.
E. argentata, moreover, comes from America (“ India,” Fabr.).

+ O. G. Costa, ‘Cenni rag ossia descrizione sommaria delle specie
nuove di animali discoperti in diverse contrade del regno nell’ anno 1834,’
p. 16 (1834). ae

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Voll. ii. 14

190 M. T. Thorell on Aranea lobata.

The most important synonyms of this remarkable species,
which is spread over the whole of Southern es from
Spain in the West to Southern Russia in the East, Southern
Siberia, Northern Africa (Egypt, Algeria*), and which has
even been observed in the Cape Verde Islands and in Senegal,
should be as follows :—

Argiope lobata (Pall.) 1772.
Var. a, sive forma principalis.
Syn. Aranea lobata, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. i. fase. 9. p. 46, tab. 3. figg. 14 et
15 (1772).
—— ——., Pallas, Naturgesch. merkw. Thiere, i. 9te Samml. p. 71,
pl. 3. figg. 14 et 15 (1777).
—— ——.,, Fabr. Spec. Insect. p. 536 (1781).
ood , Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 13. t.1. pl. 5, p. 2955 (1789?).
sericea, Oliv. Encycl. Méth. iv. pp. 188 et 198 (1789).
Epeira sericea, Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins. i. p. 107 (1806).
, Hahn, Die Arachn. i. p. 8, fig. 4 (1831).
Walck., Hist. Nat. d. tos Apt. ii. p. 116 (1841).
margaritacea, Risso, Hist. Nat. d. princip. Product. de Europe
mérid. v. p. 40 (1826).
Argyope sericea, Sav. et Aud. in Descr. de Egypte, ed. 2. xxii. p. 334,
pl. 2. fig. 6 (1827).
Var. B.

Aranea argentea, Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat, ed. 13. t. i. pl. 5, p. 2959
(1789 ?).
Segestria dentata, Risso, Hist. Nat. d. prince. Prod. de Europe mér.
_v. p. 161 (1827).
‘Epeira dentata, Walck. Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 118 (1841).
Argyopes prelautus, Koch, Die Arachn. v. p. 37, fig. 359 (1859).

In conclusion, I would say a few words respecting the
generic name Argiope, which is usually written Argyope or
Argyopes. Both in the passage in the ‘ Description de
VEgypte,’ where the genus is characterized by Audouin
(t, xxi. p. 328, in ed. 2), and in the index to. the same part
(p. 466), the Latin name employed is Argiope; but in French
it is Argyope ( Genre ARGYOPE, Argiope,”’ just as Audouin
writes elsewhere “Genre THGNAIRE, Zegenaria,’ “Genre
PHOLQUE, Pholcus,” “ Genre FaucHEuR, Phalangium,” &c.).
Later, in describing the species, he has used this latter form
of the word, not only for the French, but also for the Latin
name. However, as Audouin jirst, and in characterizing the
genus, wrote Argzope, and as this is moreover the only correct
orthography (the name is in fact formed from ’Apysd7rn, nom.
prop. myth. femin. gen.), it should be retained through the

* Probably also over the eastern maritime countries of the Mediterra- .
nesn. In Syria occurs an allied form, Argiope splendida, Say. & Aud.,
which is possibly not specifically distinct from A. lobata.

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee, 191

rejection of the barbarous Argyope, which has obtained cur-
rency with Lucas, Walckenaer and others. Latreille* has
changed it (on what grounds I know not) to Argyopes, making
it a masculine; and he is followed by Sundevall, Koch, Key-
serling, and others. It is desirable that the genus should
henceforth resume its original and correct name—Argiope,

Sav. & Aud.

XIX.— Observations on some of the Heliotropiee.
By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.

[Concluded from p. 183. }
MESSERSCHMIDTIA.

The late Mr. Robert Brown (in 1810) pointed out the neces-
_ sity of constituting a distinct genus for those species of Tourne-
fortia which differed from all the others in having the border
of the corolla cleft into subulate lobes, a baccate fruit contain-
ing four nucules (each unilocular and monospermous), the seed
with a very curved embryo and a superior radicle (Prodr.
P 496); but he omitted giving a name to the genus. In 1819

6mer and Schultes adopted this view, calling the genus
Messerschmidtia, a name previously given by Linneus to
those species of Tournefortia which have a fruit with two
nucules, each 2-celled. As such characters, according to their
showing, belonged to Tournefortia proper, the Messerschmidtia
of Linneeus naturally fell to the ground. Adopting it, there-
fore, for the group in question, they enumerated eleven species,
all natives of the New World, mostly climbing or subscandent
plants; but it is strange that among these there appears only
one species that answers to the essential characters of their
own generic diagnosis. G. Don (1837), following the same
train, amplified the species to twenty-four, in total disregard
of the distinguishing features of Messerschmidtia, associating
with them several belonging to Heliophytum. Endlicher (1838)
acknowledged the genus, and gave it a tolerably correct dia-
gnosis, though with some few errors. By some authors the
name has been applied to other very different groups, selected
from Tournefortia; and this has caused no little confusion.
DeCandolle, in his elaboration of the Borraginee (in 1845),
be ignored Messerschmidtia as a genus, admitting neither

at of Linneeus nor of Rémer and Schultes; but he retained
this name, as a section, for a small number of species of Zour-
nefortia possessing very different characters (Prodr. ix. 528).

* Cuyier’s Régne Animal, nouv. éd. iv. p. 70 (1829),
. 14*

192 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex.

Fresenius (in 1857), in Mart. Flor. Bras., enumerated twenty-
six Brazilian species of Touwrnefortia, among which are several
belonging to Messerschmidtia; but he did not adopt this name,
even as a section, apparently unaware of the peculiar structure
of its fruit: the species of both these genera are therefore
indiscriminately mingled together in that work. In order to
clear away the mystification engendered by these several dis-
cordant views, it appears necessary to define the true limits of
Messerschmidiia with greater accuracy—a task of no great
difficulty, as I have found its characters constant in all the
species | have examined. It may readily be distinguished
from Tournefortia and Heliophytum by its four monospermous
nucules, in which respect, however, it accords with Heliotro-
pium; but it differs from all those genera in the greater length
of its narrow acuminated sepals, in the narrow segments of
the border of its corolla, which are cleft to the base, in the
hippocrepiform duplicature of its carpels, in the depressed
form of its 4-lobed fruit, in the extreme curvature of its
embryo, and generally in its climbing habit. Heliophytum
and Heliotropium differ in the very imbricated estivation of
the lobes of their corolla. In Yournefortia, where the lobes
of the border are not cleft to the base, these are simply folded
together in a plicato-valvate eestivation, while the intermediate
plicatures in the sinus of the lobes make a fornix over the
mouth of the tube. In Messerschmidtia the extremely narrow
lobes of the border in the bud are quite involute by the rolling
inwards of their margins, the estivation being thus subvalvate,
not by the margins, but by the juxtaposition of the rounded
inflected surfaces of the lobes.

MESSERSCHMIDTIA, R. & Sch. (non Linn.).—Sepala 5, longe
linearia, seepe setiformia, erecta, tubum corolle seepe eequan-
tia, persistentia. Corolla tubulosa, tubo angusto, plicis 5
longitudinalibus sulcato, cum angulis nervigeris, supra me-
dium paululo inflato, fauce constricta, limbo ad basin 5-
partito, laciniis linearibus vel anguste lanceolatis, stellatim
expansis, estivatione involutiva. Stamina 5, inclusa, infra
faucem fere sessilia; filamenta brevissima, longe supra me-
dium tubi orta, tenuia; anthere obconice oblonge, tubo 6-
plo breviores, imo sagittatee, dorso ad sinum affixes, apicibus
mucronatis puoaue circa stigma fornicatim coherentes,
2-loculares, loculis collateralibus rima longitudinali latera-
liter dehiscentibus, glabre. Discus parvus, hypogynus,
margine crenulato. Ovariwm conico-oblongum, in stylum _
gradatim angustatum, disco insitum, 4-loculare, loculis 1-
ovulatis; ovulo suspenso. Stylus longiusculus, filiformis,

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. 193

stamina attingens, glaber, aes incrassatus et turbinatis ;
stigma obtuse conicum, 4-sulcatum, pilosum. Fructus bac-
catus, parce carnosus, globose 4-gaster, depressus, in medio

- umbilicatus et styli vestigio notatus ; pyrene 4, demum se-
parabiles, dorso convexee, intus angulate, hippocrepice pli-
cate, carunculate, et hinc primum coherentes, ossez, inde-
hiscentes, 1-loculares, 1-sperme: semen hippocrepice cur-
vatum ; integumentum tenue; albumen parcum, carnosum ;
embryo conformis, cotyledonibus ovato-oblongis, foliaceis,
imcumbenter arcuatis, radicula supera ad stylum spectante

. 6-plo longioribus. :

Suffrutices Americant, plerumque Brasilienses, sepius sub-

- scandentes; ramis tenuibus, sepe fistulosis ; folia alterna,
petiolata, oblonga, integra, glabra, aut adpresse pilosa: in-

_ florescentia axdllaris et terminalis, divaricatim vel dichotome
ramosa, ramis ultimis spicatifloris, apice recurvatis ; flores
parvi, 1-laterales, crebrt, sessiles aut brevissime pedunculati,
ebracteati.

* Panicule axillares et subterminales.

1. Messerschmidtia subulata, Gardn. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1.532 ;—
' Tournefortia Gardneri, 4. DC. Prodr. ix. 526; Fresen. in
_ Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 54 ;—Tournefortia lanceolata, Fes.
l. c. p. 55 ;—scandens, ramulis teneribus, fistulosis, pilosius-
- culis; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, acuminatis, imo rotundatis,
submembranaceis, utrinque rugulosis et sparse adpresso-
villosulis ; petiolo pilosulo, limbo 12-plo breviore: paniculis
axillaribus et terminalibus, pubescentibus, brevibus, crebre
alternatim ramosis et spicatifloris; sepalis lobisque corolle
longe subulatis; baccis 4-gastris—In Brasilia: v.v. prov.
Rio de Janeiro (Jurujuba, Botafogo, et Rio Cumprido)
v. 8. Tejuco (Gardner, 175). |

A slender climbing plant, frequent in the neighbourhood of
Rio de Janeiro: its long slender branches are } line thick,
with axils about 2 inches apart; leaves 2-34 inches long,
9-14 lines broad, on a slender petiole 2-3 lines long ; panicle
4 inch long, branching from the base with three or four alter-
nate curving branches } line apart, each 6 lines long, with
about twelve sessile flowers closely uniserial on the upperside;
sepals 2 lines long, } line broad at base, setiform, ciliate on
margins; tube of corolla 2 lines long, pilose outside, a little
swollen below the mouth ; segments patent, very narrow, with
inflected margins 3} lines long ; stamens cohering in the mouth
by their barbated summits; style long, slender, swollen above,
with an annular ring terminated by a conical pilose apex ;

]

194 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex.

fruit baccate, 4-lobed, depressed, with four nuts, as in the
generic diagnosis.

2. Messerschmidtia Martit, nob. ;—Tournefortia Marti, Fresen.

. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 55 ;—subscandens, ramis teretibus,
subglabris, in junioribus sparse pilosulis; foliis oblongis,
imo rotundatis, gradatim angustatis, acutis, membranaceis,
supra densius, subtus sparse strigoso-pilosis, pilis e tuberculis
albis et adpressis; petiolo tenuissimo, pilosulo, limbo 8-plo
breviore: paniculis axillaribus, laxis, bis dichotomis aut
subpentastachyis, ramis subcompressis, valde divaricatis,
pubescentibus, ultimis spicatifloris; floribus sessilibus,
1-serialibus, puberulis.—In Brasilia, prov. Bahia et Espirito
Santo: v.s.7n herb. meo (Rio Ilheos, Mart.).

A plant 10-20 feet high, with scandent or weak straggling
branches scarcely a line in thickness, with axils 6—9 lines
soa leaves 2-34 inches long, 1-12 inch broad, on a very
slender petiole 24-3 lines long; peduncle 8 lines long, with
two divaricating arms 5 lines long, each bearing two or three
floriferous spikes 13 inch long, with about ten or twelve some-
what distant flowers; sepals 1} line long; tube of corolla
2 lines long, swollen below the mouth, segments narrow,
1 line long, with introflected margins; anthers cohering by
their barbated summits; ovary glabrous, subglobular, dis-
tinctly 4-lobed; style swollen at its apex by a crenulated
annular ring; stigma short, conical and papillose.

3. Messerschmidtia Organensis, nob. ;—scandens, ramis pen-
dentibus, flexuosis, fistulosis, angulato-compressis, Bian:
rimis; foliis oblongis, imo rotundatis, acute acuminatis,
membranaceis, utrinque glaberrimis, marginibus subrevo-
lutis; petiolo glabro, canaliculato, limbo 8-plo breviore ;
axillis plerisque floriferis: paniculis supra-axillaribus, foliis
paulo faaebus, glaberrimis, longe et tenuiter peduncu-
latis, ebracteatis, alternatim ramosis, ramis laxis, tenuibus,
spicatifloris; floribus remotiusculis, breviter pedicellatis ;
sepalis et lobis corollz longe subulatis.—In Brasilia, prov.
Rio de Janeiro: v. v. ad Imbuhy in montibus Organensibus.

I found this very distinct species in 1838, growing in virgin
forests. ‘The axils are 14-1}? inch apart; the leaves are 24-3
inches long, 10-13 lines broad, on a petiole 4-5 lines long.
The panicles are always supra-axillary, 24-3 inches long, com-
wletely glabrous, on a slender naked peduncle 1-14 inch long,
bearing eight or ten alternate slender patent spicated branches
6-9 lines long. “The terminal panicle is pyramidal, 6 inches
long, and compound, consisting of a great many alternate

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. 195

branches like the axillary panicles, but without leaves: the
uniserial flowers are 14-2 lines apart, each on a pedicel 4 line
long; the sepals are 1 line long, glabrous, with ciliated mar-
gins; the tube of the corolla 2 lines long, its segments 1 line
long ; the anthers cohere by their papillose summits ; the style
is slender, enlarged at its summit, and terminated by an oval,
obtuse, pilose stigma. |

4. Messerschmidtia Blanchett’, nob.; Tournefortia Blanchetii,
A. DC. Prodr. ix. 524; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras..xix. 52;
—-scandens, ramis teretibus, adpresse sericeis ; foliis ovatis,
acutissime acuminatis, imo obtusis, membranaceis, utrinque

ilosis, subtus pallidioribus, nervis parum distinctis, petiolo
imbo 10-plo breviore: paniculis axillaribus et terminalibus,
divaricato-dichotomis, subferrugineo-pubescentibus ; flori-
bus in ramis ultimis spicatim sessilibus, remotiusculis ; se-
palis lanceolatis, 'acuminatis, tubo corolle sericeze dimidio
brevioribus; limbi lobis anguste linearibus.—In Bahia
(Blanchet, 1914) (non vidi).

A species much resembling M. Salzmanni. Leaves 24-3
inches long, 20-24 lines broad, on a petiole 4 lines long;
flowers 3 lines long.

5. Messerschmidtia salicifolia, Gardn. Lond. Jour. Bot. 1.181 ;
—Tournefortia salicitolia, DO. Prodr. ix. 531; Hresen. sn
Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 55 ;—scandens, ramis_fistulosis,
angulato-compressis, subflexuosis, molliter patenter pilosis ;
foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, lanceolatisve, imo obtusis, a medio
sensim acuminatis, supra molliter pilosulis, subtus ferru-
gineo-glaucis, tomentoso-villosulis, marginibus ciliatis; pe-
tiolo patenter ferrugineo-villoso, limbo 12-plo breviore :

_ paniculis axillaribus et terminalibus, folio longioribus et
suboppositis, bis dichotome geniculatim divisis, ramis alter-
natim ramosis et spicatifloris, villosis; floribus remotius-
culis, sessilibus ; sepalis lobisque corollze acutissimis ; drupis
4-castris, pilosis.—In Brasilia ad Rio de Janeiro: v. v. és.
Morro de Flamengo (Gardner, n. 81).

A climbing plant, not uncommon in the neighbourhood of
Rio de Janeiro, with branches 1-14 line thick, geniculately
flexuose at the axils, which are about 1 inch apart; the leaves
are 2-4 inches long, 5-18. lines broad, on a petiole 2-3 lines
long. The panicle, 2 inches long and broad, has a peduncle
6 lines long, its primary very divaricated branches 4 lines
long, the secondary branchlets 3 lines long, each bearing two
or three spikes 6-9 lines long, with about ten to fifteen sessile
flowers ? line apart; sepals 1 line long, clothed with long

196 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee.

hairs upon raised tubercles; tube of corolla 1 line long, with
segments of equal length; anthers cohering in the mouth by
their acuminated papillose summits; style glabrous, with a
turbinated fringed summit, crowned by a short, oblong, pilose
stigma.

6. Messerschmidtia Vauthiert, nob. ;—Tournefortia Vauthieri,

DC. Prodr. ix. 526; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. 55 ;—
- scandens ?, glaberrima, ramis angulato-sulcatis ; foliis ellip-

ticis, acuminatis, imo obtusis, petiolatis: paniculis axillari-

bus, ferrugineo-subvelutinis, folio dimidio brevioribus ; se-
palis corolleeque lobis subulatis, tubo subvelutino dimidio
brevioribus.—In Brasilia, in montibus Organensibus (non

vidi).

From the above brief character, this species differs from
M. Organensis in its always axillary panicles, of only half
their length, and which are ferruginously velutinous; its
leaves, somewhat smaller, have a comparatively longer petiole;
and the flowers are pubescent. It is said to be near M. macro-
loba, but I have seen neither of them. Its leaves are stated to
be 24 inches long, 8—12 lines broad, on a petiole 3-5 lines long ;
the corolla is 2 lines long. 3

7. Messerschmidtia floribunda, G. Don, Dict. iv. 370 ;—Tour-
*nefortia floribunda, H. B. K. ui. 79; Rom. & Sch. Syst. iv.
541; DC. Prodr. ix. 527 (non Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix.
51) ;—-scandens, ramis teretibus, cano-tomentosis ; foliis ob-
longis aut ovato-oblongis, acuminatis, imo rotundatis, supra
tenuissime pubescentibus, subtus cano-tomentosis; petiolo
teretiusculo, cano-tomentoso: paniculis axillaribus, dicho-
tome multifidis, cano-tomentosis ; spicis 20-24, filiformibus,
diffusis ; floribus unilateralibus, distantibus ; sepalis corolle-
ue lobis acuminato-subulatis; drupis glabris, 4-gastris.—
n Cumana (non vid?).

Kunth does not state the length of the inflorescence or the
size of the leaves ; but their petioles are said to be 3 or 4 lines
long, Fresenius has confounded with this species the M/.mem-
branacea, Gardn., which is a very different plant.

8. Messerschmidtia macroloba ;—Tournefortia macroloba, DC,
Prodr, ix. 527; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras, xix. p. 55;—
scandens ?, glaberrima, ramis teretibus, superne obtuse an-
gulatis; foliis elliptico-lanceolatis, longe acuminatis, imo
subobtusis ; petiolo limbo 12-plo breviore: paniculis axil-
laribus et terminalibus, puberulis, folio multo brevioribus ;

_ sepalis lineari-lanceolatis, corolla tubo dimidio brevioribus,

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiece. 197 ©

corolle lobis subulatis, patentibus, tubum squantibus.—In
Brasilia, Rio de Janeiro (Lotschy) (non vidt).

Leaves 4-5 inches long, 14 inch broad, on a petiole 3-4 lines
long. It is remarkable for the extreme length of the lobes of
the border of the corolla.

9. Messerschmidtia vicina, nob. ;—ramis teretibus, rugosis,
- lignosis; ramulis subcompressis, angulato-sulcatis, juniori-
bus pallidis, glabris; foliis oblongis, imo obtusis, apice
acuminatis, submembranaceis, supra sparse scabridulis,
_ rigide adpresso pilosis, pilis brevibus e tuberculis majusculis
albis enatis, subtus pallidioribus, rugoso-punctatis, glabris,
- costa tantum subpilosa; petiolo supra plano, scabridulo,
limbo 12—18-plo breviore: racemis axillaribus, subglabris,
geniculatim flexuosis; ramulis alternis, 3-4, gracilibus ;
floribus remotiusculis, parvis, sessilibus; baccis glabris, 4-
astris.—In Brasilia: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit., Penédo, Rio

. Francisco (Gardn. 1362).

The leaves are 3—44 inches long, 13-14 inch broad, on a
etiole 3 lines long; peduncle of inflorescence bare, 9 lines
ong, geniculated at the axils of the alternate branches, which
are 5-6 lines apart, and 24 diminishing to 1 inch long; sepals
very narrow, 1 line long.

10. Messerschmidtia ramiflora, nob. ;—scandens, ramis laxe
ramulosis, ramulis pendentibus, fistulosis, compressis, sul-
catis, subglabris ; foliis oblongis, vix lanceolatis, imo acutis
aut subobtusis, apice acuminatis, nervis tenerrimis, utrinque
immersis, glaberrimis, nisi in costa parce puberula, fusco-
viridibus, opace rugulosis, concoloribus; petiolo tenui, su-
perne tomentoso, limbo 8-plo breviore : paniculis axillaribus,

- multiramosis; folium excedentibus, brevissime pubescentibus ;

oe petiolo 3-plo longiore; ramis plurimis, alternis,
ongiusculis, simplicibus aut 2-fidis, uniserialiter spicatis ;
floribus remotiusculis, breviter pedicellatis ; sepalis corolle-
que lobis longe subulatis.—In Brasilia: v. s. in herd. Mus.
Brit., Rio Parahybuna, prov. Minas Geraés (Gardner,

- 8037). Sieh

_ The axils are ? inch apart; the leaves 23-31 inches long,

1-1} inch broad, on a petiole 5 lines-long; each axil is flori-

ferous. ‘The panicle is 833—-4$ inches long, upon a bare pe-

duncle 1-13 inch long, with many alternate branches, 3 lines
apart, 1-24 inches long, often bearing a small leaflet at its base ;
flowers 1-serial, 1-2 lines apart, slightly pubescent ; sepals

1} line long; tube of corolla 1-2 lines long, below glabrous,

segments 1 line long; anthers cohering by their barbate sum-

198 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex.

mits ; ovary, style, and stigma 1} line long, glabrous ; style four
times the length of the ovary, turbinate at its summit, with a —
fringed margin, supporting a pilose ovate stigma one-tenth of
its length.

11. Messerschmidtia valga, nob.;—ramis teretibus, lignosis,
lenticellatis, ramulis striatellis; foliis ovato-oblongis, imo
obtusis aut in petiolum acutiuscule decurrentibus, apice sub-
acuminatis, submembranaceis, utrinque pilis brevibus e
tuberculis sparsim adpresse strigosis, supra nervis tenuibus
nigris immersis, subtus paulo prominulis, livide glaucis ;
petiolo superne sulcato, pilosulo, limbo 5-6-plo breviore:
paniculis axillaribus, folium squantibus, parce a
pedunculo petiolo equilongo; rachi brevi, flexuosa, divari-
catim bisdichotoma, aut tristachya; ramis rigidulis, spicati-
floris ; floribus 1-serialibus, remotiusculis; sepalis corolle-
que lobis longissime subulatis, valde pilosis.—In Brasilia :
v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit., Maceio (Gardn. 1363).

Its axils are 3 inch apart; the leaves are 21-23 inches long,
14-14 inch broad, on a petiole 5 lines long; peduncle of
inflorescence 9 lines long, its two branches 4 lines long, the
spicate branches, slightly curved, 12 inch long; the flowers
13 line apart; pedicels 4 line long; sepals 14 line long; tube
of corolla 1? line, the segments 1} line long; anthers very
short, cohering by their apices in the mouth of the tube; pistil
14 line long; style six times as long as the stigma.

12. Messerschmidtia minuta ;—Tournefortia minuta, Bert. in
DC. Prodr. ix. 527 ;—scandens?, ramis virgatis, junioribus
minute puberulis ; foliis anguste lanceolatis, obtusis, sca-
bridis, petiolatis : paniculis axillaribus, conjugatim ramosis,
ramis_ spicatifloris; floribus remotis; sepalis lanceolatis,
acutis ; corolle tubo medio coarctato, limbi lobis lanceolato-
acuminatissimis ; drupis 4-gastris.—In Jamaica (non vid?).

Leaves 1} inch long, 3 lines broad.

** Panicule in ramis aut in ramulis terminales.

13, Messerschmidtia microphylla, nob. ;—Tournefortia micro-
phylla, Desv. in Ham. Prodr. p. 24 (non Bert.) ; DC. Prodr.
ix. 528 ;—Tournefortia lucida, Desf: Cat. Hort. Par. p. 397
(non Desv.) ;—subscandens?, undique glaberrima, ramulis
tenuissimis, teretibus, lenticellatis; foliis parvis, obovatis,
imo rotundatis, a medio gradatim angustioribus, apice valde
obtusis, submucronulatis, crassiusculis, obscuris, utrinque
rugulosis ; petiolo tenui, limbo 6-plo breviore: paniculis in
ramulis terminalibus, suboppositifoliis, breviter puberulis,

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. 199

- bis dichotome divisis aut simplicioribus ; ramulis —

- floris, filiformibus; floribus minutis; sepalis corolleque
lobis longe subulatis, puberulis.—In Antillis: v. s. in herd.
Mus. Brit., ins. 8* Cruz (Van Rohr).

This appears to be a slender plant, with somewhat trailing
branches 4 line thick, with axils 4-6 lines apart; leaves
7-11 lines long, 5-6 lines broad, on a petiole 14-2 lines long ;
the peduncle of the inflorescence is 3 lines long, its two
branches 2 lines long, the spicated branchlets 6-12 lines long;
the flowers 14 line long, on a pedicel 4 line long; the sepals
somewhat shorter than the tube of the corolla, and its lobes
the same length as theirs. |

14. Messerschmidtia volubilis, Rom. & Sch. Syst. iv. 541;
Don, Dict. iv. 370 ;—Tournefortia volubilis, Linn. Sp. 201
~ (non h. & P.); DC. (in parte) Prodr. ix. 523; Lam. Dict.
v. 308, tab. 95. fig. 2 (non 1 nec 3); Gaertn. Fr. i. 365,
- tab. 76. fig.2; Fresen. (in parte) in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix.
- 533;—scandens, ramulis tenuissimis, fistulosis, rufo-pubes-
centibus; foliis parvis, lanceolato-oblongis lanceolatisve,
acutis, lete viridibus, utrinque scabridule rugulosis, supra _
laxe pilosis vel subglabris, subtus adpresse puberulis; pe-
tiolo puberulo, tenui, limbo 6-plo breviore : —— seeplus
terminalibus, subpuberulis, bis vel ter dichotome divisis ;
ramis tenerrimis, valde divaricatis, spicatifloris; floribus
_ breviter pedicellatis, parvis; sepalis laciniisque corolle
lanceolato-subulatis ; drupis 4-gastri-globosis, centro de-
pressis, glabris, subdiaphanis, 4-maculatis——In Antillis:

v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. (ex hb. Miller.).

This very slender species is probably confined entirely to
the Antilles; but many plants assigned to it should be ex-
cluded: Gardner’s No. 1785, from Ceard, referred here by
Prof. A. DeCandolle, is WM. Salzmanni; and others included
by Prof. Fresenius should in like manner be rejected,—for
instance, var. Azrsuta, from Bahia (Blanchet), and others from
Rio de Janeiro (Schott, 4939) (p. 1595). Its branches are
scarcely more than } line in thickness, with axils 6—7 lines
apart; the leaves are 12-15 lines long, 5-6 lines broad, on a
petiole 2 lines long; the peduncle is 3 lines long, the primary
and secondary branches 3 lines, the ultimate spikes 12-15 lines
long. In Gaertner’s figure the position of the nucule is re-
versed: the radicle of the embryo ought to point to the
summit.

15. Messerschnudtia velutina, G. Don, Dict. iv. 370 ;—Tourne-
fortia velutina, H. B. K.379, tab. 201; DC. Prodr. ix. 524;

200 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee.

. —scandens, ramis teretibus, cano-tomentosis; foliis ovato-
oblongis, obtusule acuminatis, imo rotundatis aut acutius-
culis, crassis, utrinque lanato-tomentosis, subtus albidis ;
petiolo cano-tomentoso, limbo 6-plo breviore: paniculis ter-
minalibus, dichotomis ; ramis plurimis, subalternis, diffuse
divaricatis, spicatifloris, cano-tomentosis ; floribus unilate-
ralibus, remotiusculis; sepalis lanceolatis, pubescentibus ;
drupis hispidulis, 4-gastris—In Mexico, prope Acapulco
(non vidi).

Axils #-1 inch apart; leaves 3-3} inches long, 13-16 lines
broad, on a petiole 6—7 lines long. The terminal panicle is
diffusely divided into about ten unilateral spikes, 4-5 lines
apart, each about 3 inches long, with sessile flowers 1-2 lines
apart.

16. Messerschmidtia spigelliflora, nob. ;—Tournefortia spigel-
leeflora, A. DC. Prodr. ix. 525 ;—scandens, ramis teneribus,
teretibus, fistulosis, patenter rufulo-pilosis; foliis elliptico-
oblongis, acuminatis, acute mucronulatis, imo obtusis, mem-
branaceis, utrinque albo-tuberculatis et sparse adpresso-
pilosis, supra fusco-, subtus pallide viridulis, nervis tenuibus
obscuris ; petiolo dense piloso, limbo 12-15-plo breviore :
panicula terminali, longiuscula, laxe 3—4-chotome divisa,
geniculatim flexuosa, dense pilosa, ramis ultimis curvulis,
spicatifloris ; floribus crebre 1-seriatis, pilosis ; sepalis lobis-
que corolle acutissime subulatis—In Guiana Britannica :
v. s. in herb. meo (Schomb. 749).

A climbing plant, with slender branches }—? line thick, with
axils 1 inch apart; leaves 3-34 inches long, 14-14 inch broad,
on a petiole 3 lines long ; panicle 5 inches long and broad, with
geniculated conjugated divisions widely spreading, three times
dichotomously divided ; peduncle 1inch long ; primary branches
6-20 lines, secondary 9 lines, spicated branches 14 inch long;
sepals 1} line long, tube of corolla narrow, straight, 3 lines
long, lobes of border 1 line long; anthers included, cohering at
their summits; style elongated, turbinately thickened at its
apex, and surmounted by a rather long, obtuse, pilose stigma.

17. Messerschmidtia membranacea, Gardn. Lond. Journ. Bot.
i, 181 ;—Tournefortia membranacea, DC. Prodr, ix. 530 ;—
_ Tournefortia floribunda, Fresen. (non H. B. K.) in Mart. FI.
Bras. xix. p. 54;—scandens, ramis compressis, flexuosis,
subfistulosis, ferrugineo-tomentosis ; foliis ovato-oblongis,
imo rotundatis aut subcordatis, apice acutis et breviter mu-
- cronatis, supra pilis brevibus rigide adpressis incanis crebre
tectis, subtus pallidioribus, densius velutinis, in nervis costa-

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. 201

que flavido-tomentosis; petiolo tomentoso, limbo 5-6-plo
breviore: paniculis axillaribus et terminalibus, flavo-tomen-
tosis, bis treme geniculatim divisis, ramis ultimis spi-
catifloris; floribus 1-seriatis, crebre sessilibus; sepalis la-
ciniisque corollz valde subulatis, tubo superne inflato ; drupis
4-castris, glabris——In Brasilia: v. v. in prov. Rio de
Janeiro, ad Botofogo; v.s. in herb. variis, ex eodem loco

(Gardn, 82). :

Prof. Fresenius makes this plant identical with Kunth’s
Tournefortia floribunda, which does not belong to Messer-
schmidtia; it differs in its compressed flexuous subfistulose
branches, its acute (not acuminated) leaves, covered with short
rigid hairs (not slenderly pubescent nor cano-tomentose be-
neath) ; it differs also in its longer style and stigma. In Kunth’s
pant the drupe is globular, containing four globose nucules.

this species the flattened branches are 14 line broad, with
axils 1-24 inches apart; the leaves are 24 inches long, 14-1?
inch broad, on a petiole 4-6 lines long: the panicle, widely
a is 4 inches long, on a peduncle 6 lines long; primary
‘and secondary branches 9 lines long, tertiary spicated, 3-6
lines apart, each 9-18 lines long; sepals $ line long; tube of
corolla less than 1 line long, the rest all conformable to the
generic character; drupes glabrous*.

18. Messerschmidtia Salzmanni, nob. ;—Tournefortia Salz-
- manni, DC. Prodr. ix. 524; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix.
p. 51 ;—scandens, ramis teretibus, fistulosis, subflexuosis,
simplicibus aut breviter ramulosis, flavide aut ferrugineo-
tomentosis, axillis subnodosis ; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis vel
lanceolatis, sensim acuminatis, imo rotundatis, supra pilis
brevibus velutino-tomentosis, subtus pallidioribus, ferrugineo-
tomentosis ; aw superne canaliculato, dense ferrugineo-
pubescente, limbo 9-10-plo breviore: paniculis in ramulis
alaribus terminalibus, flavo vel ferrugineo-tomentosis, bis
dichotome divaricato-divisis,ramis conjugatis velsimplicibus,
ultimis spicatifloris; floribus remotiusculis, brevissime pe-
dicellatis ; sepalis laciniisque corolle longe subulatis——In
Brasilia, prov. Bahia (Blanchet, 3787-3789, et Claussen,
412-419) ; v. s. in herb. meo, Ceardé (Gardner, 1785) ; in herb.
Mus. Brit., Bahia (Luschnatt).
A plant with long tortuous scandent branches, with axils
3-2 inches apart; leaves 2}~-3} inches long, 1-1} inch broad,
on a petiole 3-4 lines long; peduncle of inflorescence 5 lines,
* A drawing of this plant, with sectional details to show the generic

‘structure, will be given in the second yolume of my ‘Conritributions,’
Plate 53 B. :

202 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiew.

two primary divaricating branches 6 lines long, bearing five
alternate floriferous spikes 3 lines apart, 12-20 lines long ;
sepals } line, tube of corolla 1} line, segments 1 line long; an-
thers included, cohering by their summits; ovary glabrous;
style slender, incrassated at the apex, and surmounted by a
pies elliptical stigma; drupes much depressed, deeply 4-
obed, 14 line in diameter, glabrous, the nucules incurved,
dorsally tuberculated.

*** Panicule terminales et subpyramidate.

19. Messerschmidtia candidula, nob. ;—Tournefortia sericea,
DC. (non Vahl) Prodr, ix. 524; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras.
xix. 54 ;—scandens, ramulis rectiuscule elongatis, teretibus,
subfistulosis, molliter cano-tomentosis; foliis ovatis, brevis-
sime acutis, imo rotundatis aut subcordatis, supra dense
viridibus, rugulosis, sparse molliter sericeo-villosis, in nervis
sulcatis, subtus dense albo-lanato-tomentosis ; petiolo tomen-
toso, limbo 20-plo breviore: panicula terminali, anguste
pyramidata, albo-tomentosa, alternatim breviter ramosa,
cum ramulis brevissimis et approximatis, paucifloris ; flori-
bus minusculis, crebris, obsolete pedicellatis; sepalis corol-
leeque laciniis lineari-setaceis, pubescentibus, tubo imo gla-
bro, superne densissime villoso; drupis depresso-globosis,
4-sastris, pilosis—In Brasilia: v. s. in herb. meo, Ceara

(Gardn. 1078).

This plant has been referred to the Tournefortia sericea of
Vahl, a species from the Antilles, known only from his short
description. It differs from it in its leaves not being glabrous
above, and being nearly sessile, in its much denser terminal and

amidal inflorescence (not axillary and dichotomously di-
vided). Its branches are nearly straight and simple, 14 line
thick, with axils 3-14 inch apart; the leaves are 1#—2 inches
long, 1-1} inch broad, on a petiole scarcely more than 1 line
in length. The terminal inflorescence is not pedunculated,
24 inches long, 1 inch broad, consisting of many alternate
branches 1-2 lines apart, each with very crowded short flori-
ferous branchlets 2—4 lines long; flowers on very short pedi-
cels, crowded ; sepals 14 line long; tube of corolla 1} line long,
lobes of border 4 line long; anthers cohering at their apex ;
the style, thickened at the summit, including the stigma, is
# line long; the drupe in its structure quite conforms to the
generic character. 3

20. Messerschmidtia villosa, nob. ;-—Tournefortia villosa, DC.
Prodr, ix. 524; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 52;—

ramis teretibus, hirsutissimis; foliis ovatis, acuminatis,

Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiez. 203

supra sparse pilosis, subtus conferte fulvo-sericeo-villosissi-
mis, petiolatis : paniculis terminalibus, divaricato-dichotomis,
aut in ramis axillaribus 1-foliosis, divaricato-dichotomis,
fulvo-hirsutissimis; sepalis laciniisque corolle longe subu-
latis, villosis, tubi apice villosissimo.—In Bahia (Blanchet,
215, 821, 1151, 2202) (non vidi).

The leaves are 13-23 inches long, 1-14 inch broad, on a
etiole 3 lines long; sepals 2 lines long; tube of corolla 3 lines
ong.

21. Messerschmidtia subsessilis, Don, Dict. iv. 370 ;—Tourne-
fortia subsessilis, Cham. Linn. viii. 119; DC. Prodr. ix, 521;
Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 53 ;—scandens, ramulis
tenuiter rectiusculis, teretibus, rigidule ferrugineo-tomentosis ;
foliis divergentibus, elongato-obovatis, acute acuminatis,
imo subrotundatis, utrinque ruguloso-punctatis, e tuberculis
sparsim adpresse pilosis, nervis supra impressis, subtus cos-
taque prominulis, fulvo-pilosis; petiolo tenui, rufo-piloso,
limbo 15-plo breviore: panicula terminali, subpyramidata,
alternatim breviter laxe ramosa, ramis inferioribus rufo-
pilosis, imo pluribracteatis,.superne ramulos 4 alternos spi-
ceatifloros ebracteatos gerentibus, superioribus cum ramulis
conjugatis floriferis, aut simpliciter spicatifloris; floribus
pedicellatis; sepalis corolleque lacinis longe subulatis,

ilosulis, tubo fauce contracta.—In Brasilia: v. s. in herb,
us. Brit., Pernambuco (Gardn.1076).°

The above plant agrees with Chamisso’s eeien of this
species : it is nearly allied to MW. Pohlii. The slender branches
have the axils 6—9 lines apart; the leaves are 2-23 inches
long, 11-14 lines broad, on a petiole 2 lines long. ‘The ter-
minal inflorescence is 3 inches long; the alternate branches,
2-4 lines apart, are about an inch long; the pedicels are 4 line
long; the sepals 1 line long; the tube of the corolla 14, the
segments # line long.

22. Messerschmidtia Pohlit, nob.;—Tournefortia Pohlii, Fresen.
in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 52 ;—scandens, ramis subcom-
pressis, fistulosis, rufo-pilosis; foliis ovatis vel oblongis,
acute acuminatis, imo rotundatis, supra tomentosis, nervis
flavo-pubescentibus, subtus rufescenti-tomentoso-velutinis ;
petiolo tomentoso, limbo 10-plo breviore: panicula termi-
nali, pyramidata, alternatim divaricato-ramosa, ramis sim-
plicibus et spicatifloris, aut iterum brevissime ramulosis,
ramo inferiore szepe 1-folioloso ; floribus sessilibus, dense vil-
losis ; sepalis corolleeque laciniis longe subulatis; drupis 4-
gastris, glabris.—In Brasilia: in herb. Imp. Vindob. (Pohl,

204 Prof. W. King on the Histology of Rhynchonella.

3535) ; v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. , mont. Organens. ad Imbuh
(Gardn. 546). ;

A very distinct species, having straight elongated branches,
with axils 1} inch apart; leaves 14-32 inches long, ?—2 inches
broad, on a rather stout petiole 2-3 lines long; the terminal
panicle is 6 inches long in flower, 8 inches long in fruit, with
twenty to twenty-four alternate patent branches 4-6 lines
apart, 1-2 inches long, diminishing upwards, bare at base, the
lower ones again branched, the upper ones simply spicate ;
flowers 1 line apart; sepals rather fleshy, very pilose on both
sides, 1} line long; tube of corolla fleshy, contracted in the
middle, 14 line long, its segments #—1 line long; anthers”
cohering in the mouth by their scabrid summits; ovary and
style ho glabrous; stigma short, conical, pilose, sub-
2-lobed.

XX.—On a point relating to the Histology of Rhynchonella.
; By Professor W. KiNG.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Glenoir, near Galway,

GENTLEMEN, August 10, 1868.

Dr. Carpenter, according to his letter inserted in the
‘ Annals’ of this month, has taken it upon himself to “ think
that the scientific world has a right to know” my “ present
opinions’ on a number of points, which he has written out,
pertaining to the genus Rhynchonella and some other shells.
As regards most of these points, it strikes me that I am not
by any means required to notice them: there is one, however,
on which, considering the way in which it is represented by
Dr. Carpenter, I feel myself called upon to say a few words.
It is quite correct that ‘some twenty years ago”’ I was led
“to believe that certain very minute dark points, which I ob-
served here and there dispersed over the surface of the valves
of various fossil species, were the remains of orifices belonging
to extremely minute perforations,” and consequently to “ doubt
the absence ”’ of a perforated structure in any palliobranchiate
shell. Now it so happens that ample evidence has long been
published by which the “ scientific world” is enabled to judge
of my “ present opinion” on the subject to which my “ doubt”
applies. In a paper of mine, entitled ‘‘ Notes on Permian
Fossils,”’ which appeared in the ‘ Annals’ of April 1856, I
inserted a footnote, containing some remarks on the histology

On the Development of the Sexes in Insects. 205 -
of Rhynchonella, &c., and concluding with the following pas-

sage :— .
“But let me not forget to acknowledge that I was in error
in doubting the absence of perforations ‘in any Brachiopod
whatever:’ the account which Dr. Carpenter has given of
Rhynchonella psittacea in his late chapter* is quite conclusive
on this point ; but I cannot help thinking, from their occurring
in R.? Geinitzianat, that perforations will yet be found in
— species supposed, or stated, to be without them’’t.
he way Dr. Carpenter writes with reference to my volun-
taril ktowledgell error, also the other ‘‘remarks”’ he has
indulged in in his letter, will, I feel assured, be quite sufficient
to convince the “ scientific world” that, for anything more he
can adduce, the “ main question ” (¢. e. the ‘remarkable fact
incontestably established ’’) at issue between us is, as far as
we are mutually concerned, now closed,—that, if kept open, it
would inevitably degenerate into a mere personal dispute,
redundant of reticences, and bolstered up with no end of

irrelevant matter. Yours very truly, &e.

WILLIAM KING.

XXI.—On the Law of Development of the Sexes in Insects.
By Professor VON SIEBOLD§.

THE assertion made by Landois in his preliminary communi-
cation {| that the eggs laid by insects possess no definite traces
of the sexual organs, and that the sex of the larve is only
developed as male and female after their escape from the egg-
shell by the influence of difference of food received from with-
out, will not only possess the highest interest for all naturalists
who attend to the reproductive history of organic bodies, but,
as Landois applies this theory specially to the reproduction of

* Reference is here made to Dr. Carpenter’s memoir “ On the Intimate
Structure of the Shells of Brachiopoda,” appended to Mr. Davidson’s
Monograph of Brit. Foss. Brachiopoda: Introduction. A perusal of my
footnote will explain the reason why I only referred to Dr. Carpenter’s
“late chapter.”

+ The presence of perforations in this species has caused me to regard
it as the type of anew genus Sh si of the family Rhynchonellide.

t See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvii. p. 337. Even in June
(Geological Magazine) of last year I again drew attention to this point,
acknowledging “ the mistake I made in asserting that certain imperforate
Pallivbranchs are perforated,” and in “ concluding that all Spiriferidee are
perforated.” ,

§ Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the Zeitschrift fiir wis-
sensch. Zoologie, d xvii. pp. 525-532.

{| See Zeitschrift fiir wiss. ool. xvii. p. 375, and Ann. & Mag. N. H.
sér. 3. vol. xix. p. 224.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Voll. ii. 15

206 Prof, von Siebald on the Law of

bees, must also produce considerable excitement among the
breeders of bees, as Landois in so many words completely de-
nies the existence of the very peculiar parthenogenetic circum-
stances under which the male bees are developed from the eggs.

Landois appeals to his repeatedly successful experiments by.
which he thinks it is proved that all the eggs laid by a normal
queen are fertilized by her, that in consequence of this ferti-
lization the development of the larve in the eggs takes place,
and, further, that these larves when just hatched from the egg
do not yet possess any definite indications of sex. ‘The sex
of bees is rather [according to him] only fixed as male or fe-
male by the difference of nourishment taken from without,
according as the workers furnish drone-food to those larvee in
the drone-cells, or worker-food to those in the worker-cells.

Landois transferred the bottom of a drone-cell, furnished
with an egg, into a worker-cell, and vice versé the egg-bear-
ing bottom of a worker-cell into a drone-cell; and by this means
from the egg destined by the queen to become a worker, the
larva from which in consequence of this transfer was nourished
with drone-food, he obtained a drone, whilst from the egg
destined by the queen to become a drone, the larva of which
in consequence of a similar substitution was brought up on
worker-food, a worker was produced.

Whether no error or illusion can occur in these experiments
must be decided by practised and experienced bee-keepers, to
whom I particularly recommend the repetition of this ex-
periment. For my part I can only appeal here to those
results which are to be obtained by anatomical and micro-
scopic investigations of the larvee of insects in course of de-
velopment within the egg. -Taking these into consideration,
I feel compelled to express the greatest doubt as to the cor-
rectness of the new theory set up by Landois.

From the very careful investigations of various reliable
observers in the domain of the developmental history of
insects, we know that, even in the egg, simultaneously with
the development of the different systems of organs of an
insect-larva, the sexual organs also begin to be formed, and
even become differentiated to such a degree that in a larva
which has just escaped from the egg-shell we are already able
to distinguish the male or female sex from the difference in
form of the first rudiments of the inner reproductive organs.

Herold, the well-known insect-anatomist, obtained the
following results from his accurate investigations of the de-
velopment of the cabbage-butterfly* :—The organs which

* See his ‘ Entwickelungsgeschichte der Schmetterlinge,’ Kassel und
Marburg, 1815, p. 1. :

ea G hi ee

Development of the Sexes in Insects. 207

are produced ‘by the formative power from the fluid of the
ege are, a nervous system, a muscular system, an air-vessel
system, and an alimentary system, together with the salivary
and biliary vessels belonging to the latter,—also a pair of
excretory organs (namely, the spimning-vessels), a dorsal
vessel, and, lastly, the germs of undeveloped reproductive
organs, with a perfectly distinctly visible distinction of the two
sexes. On the fifth plate of the above-mentioned work he
gives an exceedingly instructive and true view of the germs
of the reproductive organs of both sexes, as these gradually
enlarge from the first formation of the cabbage-caterpillar in
the ege up to its full growth and approach to transformation.
In fig. 1 he shows the two reniform corpuscles divided by
three constrictions into four sections lying one behind the
other (the future testes), with two filaments issuing from them
laterally (the future efferent ducts), from a male caterpillar
which had crept out of the egg a-few hours before; whilst in
fig. 2 of the same plate we may recognize the two bud-like
corpuscles, with four laterally approximated. sausage-like
divisions and two fine filaments springing from behind, as the
future ovaries and oviducts of a female caterpillar of similar
age. I will not, however, conceal that Hermann Meyer, of
Zurich, did not succeed* in finding the sexual. parts in cater-
eg which were only a few days old; on the other hand,
eismann, in his remarkable work on the embryology of
insects} completely affirms the correctness of the observations
first made by Herold in butterflies of the occurrence even in
the embryo of the germs of the sexual glands with distinctly
visible distinction of the sex, inasmuch as he could likewise
distinguish the rudiments of the sexual glands in the embryos
of flies in the egg, although the difference between the germs
of the male and female sexual glands is much less striking.
In the investigation of a Tipulide larva, however, Weismann
obtained other results, which I must not pass over. When he
sought the genital glands in the embryos of Corethra plumi-
cornist, he certainly convinced himself that in this insect also,
as in the larvee of the true flies, the sexual glands are already
traced out in the embryo; but he found that in the larve of
Corethra just escaped from the egg the distinction is as yet
by no means clear, and this distinction does not make its
-* “Ueber die Entwickelunz des sheen! aoe, der Tracheen und der

keimbereitenden Geschlechtstheile bei den Lepidopteren,” Zeitsch. fiir
_ wiss. Zool. Bd. i. p. 177.

+ “Die nachembryonale Entwickelung der Musciden nach Beobach-
—— an Musca vomitoria und Sarcophaga carnaria,”’ ibid. Bd. xiv.
p. 219. .

t Die Metamorphose der Corethra plumicornis, ibid. Bd. xvi. p. 99.

15*

208 Prof. von Siebold on the Law of

appearance in a marked manner until after the‘fourth change
of skin. From Mecznikow’s very accurate embryological
investigations on insects, it appears also that although the
tracing out of the sexual glands takes place very early in all
embryos of insects, their further development does not advance
at an equal rate in all such embryos; so that it is only in
certain insects that the differentiation of the sexual organs
occurs very early, and, indeed, already in the embryo, wilt
in other insects, on the contrary, it is postponed, and takes place
only in the excluded larve. In the very young larve of
Simulia, just escaped from the egg, Mecznikow* observed a
small round genital rudiment, and concluded from this that
the rudiments of the sexual organs are formed in the larve
within the egg. The same author recognized, even at the
first formation of the embryo in the viviparous Aphides, the
first rudiments of the sexual apparatus as the so-called genital
hillt. During the further development of the embryo, and
indeed very early, this genital rudiment becomes differentiated
into ovarian tubes, in which so-called pseudova are likewise
very soon developed; so that even during the embryonal life of
the aphis-embryo the development of the new generation com-
mences, and goes so far that in the embryos ready to be born
two germ-chambers occur in each ovarian tube, of which the
lowest already encloses an embryo in the first stage of its deve-
lopmentf. In Aspidiotus Neri, on the contrary, Mecznikow§
could not find any genital hill so early produced and differen-
tiated into ovarian tubes, such as he had succeeded in dis-
covering in the Aphides.

From these known circumstances in the first development
of the reproductive organs of insects it appears that differences
occur in it, and that in a certain series of insects the differen-
tiation of the sexual apparatus occurs in the embryos while
still enclosed in the egg-shell, whilst in other insects this dif-
ferentiation only takes place after the exclusion of the larve.
Landois’s theory can certainly find no application to the insects
belonging to the first series—namely, the Lepidoptera and
Flies (Muscide) ; in the second series, in which Corethra, Si-
mulia, and Aspidiotus are to be placed, it may be possible
that the still rudimentary and indifferent sexual glands of the
larvee are further developed in accordance with the male or
female type, under the influence of the incepted nourishment.
When, and in what manner in the larve of the bees the first

* “Embryologische Studien an Insecten,” Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd.
xvi. p. 405.

+ Ibid. p. 444, pls. 28 and 31. figs, 16-37, and p. 458.

{ Ibid, p. 459, pl. 31. fig. 46. § Ibid. p. 475.

Development of the Sexes in Insects. 209

rudiments and the definite differentiation of the sexual glands
appear, we have no direct investigation to show. I earnestly
recommend such investigation to entomologists for the solu-
tion of the question before us. Leuckart, however, has
already given an indication in this direction *, when he says,
“fon the sixth day I find in the female larve the first traces
of internal genitalia.”

With regard to the above-mentioned discovery of Meczni-
kow’s, of the development in the embryos of the viviparous
Aphides of ovaries in the germ-chambers of which the datinite
tion of a new generation was already commenced, M. Landois
has informed me, by letter under dus of the 6th May, that
he has succeeded by the gradual application of artificial cold,
and during the withering of their food-plants, to cause the dis-
appearance of the viviparous a eee (the so-called. Nurses),
and the appearance in their place of the sexual generation
consisting of males and ovipositing females. I cannot doubt
this result which Landois has obtained from his experiments ;
but I will take the liberty of putting the question, How, in
this case, does the production of the two sexes simultaneously
with the existence of scanty nourishment agree with the new
theory set up by Landois ?

From his experiments on bees, Landois draws the conclu-
sion that the development of female and male bees is induced,
independent of the fecundation or non-fecundation of the ova,
only by difference of the food als to the larvee—abun-
dant nourishment producing females, and scanty nourishment
males. According to the observations and statements of our
most experienced observers of bee-life, this opinion, expressed
by Landois as to the different feeding of the larve of bees, is
not correct. All writers who have treated of the rational
management of bees agree in this, that the whole of the larve
in the earliest period of their life (up to the sixth day) receive
the same nutriment, namely, food-paste (digested chyle-paste),
with which the larvee destined to become queens are fed, abun-
dantly and uninterruptedly, until their change to the pupa
state; whilst the larve of the workers and drones afterwards
(from the sixth day) receive, instead of chyle-paste, a coarser
sort of food prepared from undigested honey and pollenf.

* Bienenzeitung, 1865, p. 210. |

+ To indicate only a few of the many authorities who have expressed
themselves concordantly as above with regard to the feeding of the larvee
of bees, I cite the ape | — 7

Leuckart : “ Ueber die Nahrung der Bienen im ausgebildeten Zustande
und wiahrend des Larvenlebens,” Bienenzeitung, 1855, p. 207.

Berlepsch : ‘ Die Biene und die Bienenzucht,’ 1860, p. 102.

Klein: ‘Die Biene und ihre Zucht,’ 1864, p. 29.

210 Prof. von Siebold on the Law of

This identity of the nourishment of the young brood of the
workers and drones seems to have been entirely overlooked by
Landois. A difference between the food of the drones and
workers, such as Landois lays so much stress upon, does not
exist. As, from the observations of our most experienced
breeders of bees, the workers are able to rear a queen from a
worker larva before it is six days old, and as the workers can,
by means of royal food, procure a queen from every egg
normally deposited in a worker-cell, but not from an egg nor-
mally deposited in a drone-cell, it follows, as a matter of
course, that in bees the sex is definitely fixed beforehand even
in the egg by the effectuation or omission of fecundation, and
not merely defined by the difference of the food of thedarva.

The development of the eggs laid by unfertilized queens,
from which, according to the experience of all observant bee-
keepers, only drones are produced, is not regarded as parthe-
nogenesis by Landois; at least the term ‘‘ parthenogenesis ”’ is
avoided by him, although he speaks of a primary and a secon-
dary drone-broodedness, the cause of which is thus explained
by him: “ that eggs are laid by queens or workers, which are
furnished with scanty formative materials, from which weakly
larve must be developed, and consequently drones.”

Whence does Landois conclude that these eggs laid by drone-
brooded queens and workers are furnished only with scanty
formative materials? By what investigation has Landois
arrived at the knowledge that from such eggs weakly larve,
and consequently drones, must be developed? Has Landois
convinced himself by careful observation and exact dissection
of such drone-mothers of the absence of male semen in their
sexual organs? Our scientific bee-keepers could state with
regard to a great number of drone-brooded queens, with cer-
tainty, that they had remained unfecundated, and that they
consequently laid unfertilized eggs, but, as experience has
proved, capable of development, from which, whether depo-
sited in drone- or worker-cells, only drones are developed.
The dissection of such drone-mothers, which has been often
enough undertaken by people well acquainted with the sub-
ject, has always proved that the seminal receptacle, whether
normally developed or rudimentary, contained no trace of male
semen.

As Landois refers to the fact that, with regard to the pro-
position that ‘‘ drones always proceed from unfertilized eggs,”

Schmid und Klein, ‘ Leitfaden fiir den Unterricht in Theorie und
Praxis einen rationellen Bienenzucht,’ 1865, p. 26.
Vogel, ‘ Praktisches Handbuch der Bienenzucht,’ 1866, p. 99.

Development of the Sexes in Insects. 211

Dzierzon himself doubted his own theory, because, in the

experiments on intercrossing German and Italian bees, re-

markable and inexplicable phenomena occurred which could

not be brought into harmony with Dzierzon’s theory, I must

ae to the arguments which I have already urged against
is doubt of Dzierzon’s*.

Landois states that by taking very young larve of Vanessa
urtice and feeding them impertectly he reared from them only
males, and by feeding them abundantly only females. ‘This
assertion is in complete contradiction to the phenomenon which
may be observed in Polistes gallica with regard to the produc-
tion of the sexes. Every female of Polistes fecundated in the
autumn, after passing through its winter-sleep, founds a separate
colony at the commencement of the spring ; 1t makes a comb for
itself, furnishes the cells of this with eggs, and then, still

uite alone, feeds the larvee produced from these eggs until
they are full-grown. From these larve the so-called workers
(that is to say, small female individuals) are always developed ;
male individuals are never bred in the months of June and July;
and it is only in August that the first males issue from the
operculated cells of these colonies of Polistes. According to
Landois’s theory, the larve reared by the solitary Polistes
mother ought to furnish males, as this brood is usually very
scantily provided with nourishment, and indeed often left for
a considerable time without food by their mother, which has
to complete the business of feeding them without any assist-
ance. ‘This starvation of the brood of Polistes occurs -when the
temperature becomes cold, when the sky is overcast, and
during rain and wind; for when the weather is unfavourable,
even if this lasts for several days, the females of Polistes re-
main uninterruptedly inactive, concealed behind their combs.
As no supply of food is laid up in the combs of Polistes, but
the nourishment is always poured from mouth to mouth by
the Wasp into the larve, the scarcity of food often causes the
development and growth of the larve to go on very slowly
and with interruptions. According to Landois, all these cir-
cumstances ought especially to favour the development of
male individuals ; but until a large number of workers (which,
as larvee, certainly do not revel in a superabundance of food)
have been excluded to assist the mother, no male individuals
of Polistes are developed.

_ In order to give more currency to the assertion that in those
insects the larvee of which are developed in their food a dis-
proportionate number of females are developed, Landois refers

_* Wahre Parthenogenesis bei Schmetterlingen und Bienen, 1856, p. 92.
- (English translation, p. 74.)

212 Mr. F. P. Marrat on some new Species of Oliva.

amongst other instances, to a great number of Dipterous genera
the larve of which wallow in the excess of their food, and
mentions that, out of 403 species of these Diptera, Meigen knew
only the females of 255. But these examples cannot be
adduced as in the least in favour of Landois’s theory; for
Meigen, in his well-known ‘ Systematische Beschreibung der
europiischen zweifliigeligen Insekten,’ very frequently, by his
own admission, had only a single female and also very often
only a single male in his hands as the type of the descriptions
of his species. Such scanty material as this is certainly
insufficient to prove the predominance of one sex over the
other.

.

XXII.—On some new Species of Oliva.
By F. P. Marrar.

In selecting the following shells and describing them as new
species, I have been guided principally by prominent features
in each case, that, in my opinion, warrant the selection and
publication.

Oliva lignaria, Marrat, is very remarkable: at one time I
supposed it might be a variety of O. inflata, Lam. ; at another
its resemblance to O. maura, Lam., appeared to be considera-
ble; and at a third it was, until compared, thought to be a
variety of O. zrisans, Lam. It may prove to be a variety of any
one of these three shells when specimens are obtained show-
ing the gradual variation; but at present a shell possessing
such connecting characters is still to be brought under notice.

O. sabulosa, Marrat.—The specimens of this shell are de-
scribed as having red-brown markings. I think, in most if
not in all cases, the original colour has been dark brown, and
that bleaching in the sun has produced the red-brown colour,
notwithstanding one of the shells is brilliantly polished and
possesses all the appearance of a dredged shell.

I am much surprised that a shell of rather common occur-
rence and so decidedly distinct as O. angustata, Marrat, should
have remained so long unnoticed by conchologists. Years
ago its form was familiar to me among the shells imported in
the boxes from China.

1. Oliva lignaria, Marrat.

Shell cylindrically oblong; spire depressed, callous; suture-
edge dotted; colour drab, with dark-brown interrupted
bands and angular lines, shaded with purplish spots and
dotted lines ; the whole interior of the aperture of a uniform
purple brown; folds very prominent, one or two tinged

Mr. F. P. Marrat on some new Species of Oliva. 213

with brown; plaits numerous, indistinct; canal edged with
brown.

Borneo.
About the size of a small O. maura.

2. Oliva sabulosa, Marrat.

Shell oblong fusiform; spire flatly conical; whorls rounded,
callous ; colour yellowish white, with small red-brown spots
and two interrupted letter-like bands; columellar plaits
prominent, continued nearly the whole length; interior of
the aperture and columella cream-coloured; basal folds
broad and raised.

Locality unknown.

Larger than O. tricolor, Lam., or episcopalis, Lam., with
the spiral whorls peculiarly rounded and callous.

3. Oliva angustata, Marrat.

Shell narrowly cylindrical; spire slightly raised, canaliculate,
edged with small rather close dots; colour pale yellow,
with two brown interrupted bands and small pale dots;
columella plaited more than midway, with two or three

— folds at the base ; interior of the aperture bluish white.
ina.

Most nearly allied to O. neostina, Duclos, but is smaller,
narrower, mal differs in the folds and columellar plaits.

4. Oliva nota, Marrat.

Shell ovate fusiform, rather inflated; spire considerably ex-
serted, canaliculate; suture with large brown blotches;
white, with broad wavy brown lines, which become darker
about the belt; belt white; columella rounded, basal band
white; a single deep-purple fold at the base; the pattern
of the shell is seen through in the interior,

- Locality unknown.
oath ike any other species known to me. Size 4; inch by

='s inch.

; 5. Oliva exilis, Marrat.

Shell narrowly fusiform ; spire elongate conical, canaliculate ;
colour white, with pale yellow-brown reticulated markings ;
beneath the spire and basal band white; columella callous,
with five or six very strong plaits at the base; interior of
aperture white. 3

South America.

This is a third species belonging to the genus Lamprodoma
of Swainson. Size, similar to the last.

214 M. E. Claparéde on-a new Genus
6. Oliva pulchra, Marrat.

Shell fusiform, rather narrow; spire conical, whorls slightl
flattened; suture canaliculate; pale cream-coloured, wit
brown festoons below the suture ; body-whorl with irre
brown longitudinal flames, spotted above the white basal
band; columella slightly granular, with a single fold at the
Dass... |
Among some shells from California; but the locality is

doubtful. A small shell, not larger than O. oryza, Lam.

XXII.—On a new Genus of Gastrotrichous Rotatoria.
By E. CLAPAREDE*.

THE genera Chetonotus, Ehrb., and Ichthydium, Ehrb., have
hitherto occupied only an uncertain place in the zoological
system. M. Ehrenberg joined them to Ptygura and Gleno-
phora to form a family of Rotatoria; Dujardin considered
them to belong to the Infusoria; M. Vogt classes them in a
general way among the Vermes; M. Schmarda makes them
almost Annelides; M. Ehlers even approximates them to the
Nematoida. The opinion most generally accredited is that

which regards them as Turbellaria. M. Max Schultze was

the first to develope this opinion when he made known, under
the name of Turbanellay+, a new genus belonging to the same
group. The two authors who have most carefully studied
these interesting animals of late are Mr. Gosset and M. Mecz-
nikow §.

The former, in making known several new species, avoids
pronouncing an opinion on the natural position to be assigned
to the family Cheetonotides (Hairy-backed animalcules, as he
calls them). It was, indeed, very difficult for him to form a
judgment, on account of the unfortunate union with this family
of two dissimilar genera, namely, Taphrocampa, Gosse, and
Echinoderes, Duj. Now the Taphrocampe are, as I have
already demonstrated, true Rotatoria. As to Hchinoderes, it
has no affinities with either the Rotatoria or the Turbellaria.
The mistake of Mr. Gosse with regard to them is easily ex-

* Translated from the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ 5¢ sér. tome
Vili. pp. 16-23.
ot Beitr e:zur Naturgeschichte der Turbellarien, von Dr. Max Sigis-
mond Schultze, (Greifswald) p. 69.

t “The Natural History of the Hairy-backed Animalcules” (Intellee-
tual Observer, 1864, pp. 807-406).
~ § “Ueber Chetonotus und Icthydiuwm, und eine neue verwandte Gat-
tung Turbanella,” Miiller’s Archiv, 1853, p. 241.

ee eT ee ee Oe ee Re eae ee

wae) VAs

of Gastrotrichous Rotatorta. 215

plained, as that naturalist only knew Echinoderes from a bad
figure of Dujardin’s. After the recent investigations on this
singular type, Mr. Gosse would no longer think of approxi-
mating it to Chetonotus.

M. Mecznikow* not only describes several species hitherto
unknown, but also makes known, under the names of Chetura
and Cephalidium, two very remarkable new genera evidently
nearly allied to the preceding. This naturalist reviews all
the previously expressed opinions as to the zoological position
of this singular group ; he discusses them carefully, and ends
by rejecting them. He himself resolved to erect the genera
that we have enumerated into an order apart, under the name
of Gastrotricha, an order which would form with that of the -
Rotatoria a peculiar class in the subdivision of Vermes. Finally,
therefore, the Jchthydinia (for that is the name which has been
most generally given to them), after having been tossed about
in every direction on the ocean of classification, return to drop
anchor nearly at their starting-point.

The opinion maintained by M. Mecznikowt has a good
deal in its favour. In any case, I accept his order of Gastro-
tricha, characterized essentially by the clothing of vibratile
cilia on the ventral surface of the body, and also by some other
secondary characters, such as the absence of jaws &c. The
affinity of this order with the Rotatoria also appears to me to
be incontestable. ‘The convenience of uniting all these ani-
mals in one class will then be the only subject of discussion.
We know, moreover, that naturalists are still divided in opi-
nion on the subject of the natural position to be assigned to
the Rotatoria. .

Putting on one side the latter question, we find the order of

the Gastrotricha composed at present of six genera, namely,
_ Cheetonotus (Ehrb.), Ichthydium (Ehrb.), Chetura (Meczn.),
Cephalidium (Meczn.), Dasydites (Gosse), Turbanella(Schlz.)t.

_ * “Ueber einige wenig bekannte niedere Thierformen, von Elias Mecz-
nikow,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoologie, 1865, Bd. xv. p. 450.

+ ‘Beobachtungen tiber Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte wir-
belloser Thiere and er Kiiste von Normandie angestellt von Dr. E. Clapa-
réde,’ Leipzig, 1863, p. 90, = 16. figs. 7-16 ; and “ Bemerkungen iiber Echi-
noderes etching ecznikow ” (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoologie, 1865, Bd. xv.
4tes Heft, p.458). In the work cited I described two species under the
names of Echinoderes Dujardinti and E. monocereus. A year later, with-
out knowing of my observations, Mr. Gosse renamed the former of these
species; but as he likewise dedicated it to Dujardin, this does not cause
any inconvenience in synonymy. Mr. Gosse writes it Echinodera, and
not Echinoderes.

t It is just to say that M. Perty, without discussing the question with
the same care as M. Mecznikow, nevertheless arrived at nearly the same

216 M. E. Claparéde on a new Genus

All these genera consist at present only of freshwater spe-.
cies. It is therefore interesting to make full acquaintance
with a marine form, which certainly differs much from the
types hitherto described, so that I have been obliged to form
for it a new genus, which I will characterize further on under
the name of Hemidasys*.

Hemidasys agaso lives abundantly in the most muddy
parts of the port of Naples; hence its specific name (agaso,
groom). For a long time I regarded it as an epizoon. The
surest means of procuring it is to examine carefill the speci-
mens of Neretlepas caudata (Spio caudatus, Delle Chiaje). We
soon meet with some individuals bearing one or two specimens
of Hemidasys : these are fixed by their posterior extremity be-
tween the feet of the Annelide. Their body, which is very
contractile, elongates and contracts alternately, the anterior
extremity feeling rapidly about in all directions, to seek its
nourishment among the sete of the Nereilepas. ‘Their move-
ments resemble those of many of the Rotatoria. In attentively
examining the mud, we find several free Hemidasyes; their
being parasites, therefore, is only occasional or accidental. I
have, howe never met with Hemidasys on other Annelides
in the mud except Nerezlepas.

Hemidasys agaso attains a length of 0°3 to 0°5 millim., with
an average breadth of 0°12 mullim. Its form is that of a
small band, or thick strap, with nearly parallel margins. In
general it is more flattened than most of the other Gastro-
tricha. The surface of the body is formed by a delicate
cuticle separated from the adjacent parenchyma by a stratum
of liquid of a slight rose-colour. The colour of this liquid is
probably due to a simple effect of contrast, like that of the
vacuoles and the contractile vesicles in the Infusoria. The
liquid stratum is traversed by a great number of little bands,
which pass directly from the parenchyma to the cuticle. At
the point where it is attached to the latter, each band dilates a

result. (‘Zur Kenntniss kleinster Lebensformen nach Bau, Function,
Systematik, &c., von Dr. Maximilien Perty,’ Bern, 1852, p. 35.)

* M. Mecznikow also mentions the genus Sacculus, Coma On the
other hand, the Russian naturalist does not mention Dasydites, Gosse,
the diagnosis of which nevertheless dates back to 1851 (Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. Sept. 1851). In any case the genus Sacculus has nothing to do
here. It was, it is true, classed originally among the Holotricha, ‘thr, :
but this not very natural order contains, besides some Gastrotricha, cer-
tain true Rotatoria. The Sacculi have a mastax with two hammers and
an incus. Their males are destitute of digestive apparatus ; in short, they
are true Rotatoria in all points. -M. Mecznikow certainly did not know
them when he enumerated them among the Gastrotricha. Mr. Gosse,
moreover, in his recent work on this group makes no mention of them.

of Gastrotrichous Rotatoria. 217

little, and appears to contain a small nucleus. These dilata-
tions appear at first like little spots of the cuticle, and the
latter consequently appears, under a sufficient magnifying-
power, to be punctate.

The dorsal surface of the body is even. On the other hand,
its ventral surface has some small appendages, of a conical
form, whose position and number are always the same: all
show the same conformation; they are cones formed by a
prolongation of the cuticle, and enclosing an axial cord, which
can be easily traced to the parenchyma of the body. This
cord is separated from its cuticular covering by a liquid or
semiliquid stratum. We find first of all six of these conical
appendages disposed in a half-ring a little behind the buccal
extremity ; the two outermost are the largest, and the two
innermost the smallest; the two intermediate ones have a
medium size.

The following appendages are distributed in pairs on the
two sides of the body, but in such a manner that the first two-
fifths of its length are destitute of them. Between the two
hindermost appendages are placed eight others of smaller size,
in a transverse line. Lastly, there are two more placed near
the generative pore. In all the cones in the posterior part of
the body the axis appears to me to be double.

_ All these appendages are moveable, and serve, no doubt, as
tactile organs, perhaps also as levers facilitating locomotion.
Those which form transverse ranges appear to be mutually
dependent, and move together like a comb.

Che cuticle also bears vibratile cilia, which appear to play
the principal part in locomotion when the animal is free : these
cilia are exclusively ventral; they form a band which extends
from the foremost pair of conical appendages for almost two-
fifths of the total length of the animal. At this point, which

is exactly at the level of the union of the cesophagus and in-

testine, the ciliated band stops abruptly; behind there are
no vibratile cilia. The Hemidasyes, therefore, properly speak-
ing, are Thoracotricha rather than properly Gastrotricha.

The anterior extremity is separated from the rest of the
body by a slight constriction at the level of the anterior pair
of ventral appendages. This part may be designated by the
name of cephalic lobe, although, leaving the mouth out of con-
sideration, it presents nothing which could characterize a head.
This lobe is covered with slender and stiff bristles, like the
tactile bristles of the Mollusca, Annelides, and Turbellaria,
and in particular those of the other Gastrotricha. The
mouth is terminal, surrounded by a circular lip broken up into
little obtuse papille and covered with vibratile cilia. It leads

218 M. E. Claparéde on a new Genus

into a cavity which may be regarded as the buccal cavity, and
from this into a straight muscular cesophagus, which extends
through the first two-fifths of the body. This part of the diges-
tive tube alone can enable us to understand the approximation
that M. Ehlers has attempted to make between the Gaatroieiaiee
and the Nematoida. However, this analogy is of no import-
ance. The cuticle of the cesophagus is a little thicker imme-
diately behind the buccal cavity. The intestine is cylindrical
and of a yellowish green colour, with its walls filled with
granulations and little drops; it extends in a straight line to
the anus. The rectum is colourless. |

The nervous system is unknown in all the Gastrotricha
hitherto investigated. In Hemidasys agaso this system seems
also wanting, unless we may regard as of nervous nature four
pairs of homogeneous and colourless globules lodged in the
thickness of the parenchyma. Such an interpretation, how-
ever, would be very hypothetical. We might urge in its favour
the fact that the first pair of these organs is in relation with a
pair of little vibratile pits of the surface. These little organs
remind us involuntarily of the vibratile pits of Nemertes and
of many other Turbellaria, as well as of those of some An-
nelides—organs to which sensitive functions have often been
ascribed. However, even in this ease the functions of sensa-
tion are far from being demonstrated. The idea of an aqui-
ferous or excretory system also naturally presented itself to
my mind; but there was nothing to support this in my ob-
servations.

Hemidasys agaso is hermaphrodite. Originally I enter-
tained a diametrically opposite opinion with regard to its
sexual characters. In fact I had only found individuals with
well-developed testes; but subsequently I found others loaded
with their eggs, although otherwise formed like the first, and,
in particular, furnished, like them, with a testis. If the indi-
viduals containing zoospermia but without eggs are frequent,
on the other hand I have never met with individuals provided
with eggs and destitute of zoospermia. This is how I explain
this particular form of hermaphroditism :—Each individual
only produces one egg, or rarely two at atime. After laying
this egg, and before producing a new one, it loses temporarily
all the characteristics of the female sex ; nevertheless its male
apparatus continues to possess zoospermia: hence an apparent
predominance of the male sex.

The testis is an oval pouch, situated close to the intestine in
the posterior part of the body. I have always found it filled
with groups of zoospermia, fascicular bundles of the length of
0-044 millim.; their anterior third is undulated, the two other

ye

eae ee ee

of frastrotrichous dlotdtoria. 219)

thirds ave simply filiform. Ee EeEY speaking, it would appear
that we eueht to regard this pouch as a seminal Vesicle vather
than as a testis; for f bave onlescut mative zoospormie 1 its
hiteriovs.. Fit ! lave fom ne otter erganscapable of heme
veeardell asa male sexual gla Lhe .cdetevet ¢amal. ts
alw: wie filled with Zoospe rnin, mi fests WL 2 pes. This
orean ia formed hy g vesicle (alt of oruptther batt, aad hy
“1 speute pertons tied byw canal alone tis axis. “Phe port is
direeted towards the sexual pore, which. ix itself protected Wy
two little plates. i tave not bee able tose: ovenes, proper ly
so enlied. An isolated ret in Various stases ef erowth has
alone met Wy eves ¢ soine fimes there have beck feu of thenn
‘The mature ovate is oval. gad a atelins evanala The
ureter axis attains a leneth of ONISS milhin. “Phe cornnal
vesicle oxdinatily contaims two spots. There is na special
fomale pore; the scxnal pore that Pieave deseriberd teauls, ti all
probability, inte an atrinm common to both the male and the
female apparatiis.

The heranapt hroadisny ot flensselersys ‘a descryes parti-
wilne ote! tbs Mak Sb aive: tina alee, vly thought that
the Gastioticha were hernmtaphredite, “Lids opinion Has benz
combated in the most posite manner by AL. Mecamkow, In
all the ether Gaustroineha the male elements lave etily beer
met with oxecptionallys and AM, Aieeziteoiw sip piesed tat the
simultaneous, preseues of Zoospermiia and ovules noticed hy
M. Selvaltze was fo be explamed as ovcirms im fecrimdated
females. din te edie nes CeTARO,, OFL the contra the RUSE
af zoospemmaa is the ride, and qe hermeaph aren is eon
testable.

E conclude this article with a diagnosis oF the gents s—

Gcenns bani iar

Gastrottigha of a lineal form with a vibratile coat restricted
to the anterior recion of the ventral surface, Body armed
with a certain nim er of eonien! weatral appendawes, which
contain in the axis a prol NS ation af the pureneliy Wheh.

Species Llemiasys agaso, Clprd,

Inhabits the mid of the barbonr of Naples, voliumtarily fixing
itself to the hody of Neverlepas canate, Delle 0} inaye,

220 Mr.G.8. Brady.on Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos.

XXIV.— Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca.
By George STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S. &e.

No. III. Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos.
[Plates XIV. & XV.]

In this gathering, for which I am indebted to my friend Mr.
Thomas Blain, of Sunderland, the chief point of interest is the
occurrence of two British species, Cythere antiquata (Baird),
and Pontocypris(?) angusta, Toads, The shells of the second
are empty, and I am not yet able to state with certainty whe-
ther the generic position assigned to it is correct. The first-
named occurs abundantly, and is very finely developed; I
have noticed it also in other collections from the shores of the
Levant and Grecian Archipelago. The prevailing species in
the gathering are Cythere tarentina, Baird, C. ise Brady,
C. favoides, Grate, and Loxoconcha affinis, Brady.

List of Species.

Cythere prava (Baird).
fistulosa (Baird)
(?==runcinata, Baird).
senticosa, Baird

(= hystrix, Reuss).
antiquata (Baird),
Loxoconcha affinis, Brady *.

CyPrip&.
?Aglaia pulchella, Brady.
Pontocypris (?) angusta, Brady.
intermedia, nov. sp.
Bairdia formosa, nov. sp.

CYTHERID.
alata, nov. sp.
Cythere favoides, nov. sp. Xestoleberis margaritea, Bradyt.
—— Speyeri, nov. sp. Cytherura acris, nov. sp.
tarentina, Baird. Sclerochilus (?) seegeeus, nov. sp.
crispata, nov. sp. Paradoxostoma(?) reniforme, nov.
—— dissimilis, nov. sp. Sp.

Pontocypris intermedia, nov. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 1, 2.)

Shell, viewed from the side, subtriangular; greatest height a
little in front of the middle, and equal to half the length:
anterior extremity broad and well rounded, posterior nar-
rowed, almost angulated: superior margin forming an ob-
tuse angle a little in front of the iia thence sloping
with a gentle curve to the front, but much more steeply
backward ; inferior margin scarcely sinuated. Outline, seen
from above, ovate, with pointed extremities ; greatest width
situated in front of the middle, much less than the height.
Colour white ; surface smooth, granular. Length ', inch.

This presents characters intermediate between those of the

* Normannia affinis, sete Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vy. p. 382.
+ Cytheridea margaritea, Brady, ibid, p. 370.

_ Mr. G. 8. Brady on Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos. 221

two common northern species, P. trigonella and P. mytilordes,
but cannot, I think, be properly referred to either of them.

Bairdia formosa, nov. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 5-7.)

Carapace, as seen from the side, subtriangular, highest in the
middle; height equal to considerably more than half the
length: anterior extremity rounded and bordered below the
middle with several (usually from six to ten) unequal short

spines; posterior produced below the middle into a short
sh beak, below which it bears a variable number of
slender curved spines: superior margin very boldly arched,
inferior almost straight. Seen from above, subrhomboidal,
widest in the middle, more acutely pointed behind than in
front; width equal to half the length. Surface of the shell
closely and regularly impressed with small rounded punc-
tures ; colour white. Left valve much larger than the right,
and overlapping on the dorsum. Length 3‘; inch.

Cythere crispata, nov. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 14, 15.)

Carapace, as seen from the side, compressed, oblong, sub-
reniform; greatest height near the middle, and equal to
rather “more than half the length: anterior extremity ob-
scurely rounded and crenulated below the middle, posterior
truncate: superior margin gently arched, slightly excavated
in front of the eyes; inferior almost straight: all the mar-
gins more or less rugged. Outline, as seen from above,
oblong, subquadrangular, widest behind the middle, broadl
mucronate in front, truncate behind, deeply constricted at
the anterior third, and more gently near the middle; width
considerably less than half the height. Surface of the valves
exceedingly irregular, marked with waved, rounded, and
irregularly flexuous ridges. Colour yellowish brown.
Length 7 inch.

This so much resembles, in outline and in style of surface-
marking, Cythere badia, Norman, that in my ‘ Monograph of
the Recent British Ostracoda,’ I have, in the note on distribu-
tion, referred it to that species. A reexamination of the spe-
eimens, however, has induced me to believe that it ought to be
considered distinct, though it must. be admitted that the dif-
ferences are chiefly of degree rather than of kind, consisting in
the larger size and the excessive development of the rugosities
of the surface. There is, however, a good distinctive character
in the truncate posterior extremity. It seems to constitute a
link between C. badia and a form previously (Trans. Zool.
Soe. vol. v.) referred by me to Cythere canaliculata, Reuss.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 16

222 Mr.G.S. Brady on Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos.
Cythere favoides, nov. sp. (Plate XV. figs, 5-7.)

Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subquadrangular,
higher in front than behind; greatest height equal to rather
more than half the length: anterior extremity well rounded
and slightly dentate below the middle; posterior produced
below the middle into a subsquamous flange or bordering
process, slightly emarginate above the middle: superior
margin a little elevated over the eyes, thence sloping gently
backwards in an almost straight line; inferior gently si-
nuated. Seen from above, ovate, widest behind the middle;
extremities obtusely mucronate; greatest width equal to
half the length. Shell of the male much more elongated,
the dorsal margin slightly sinuated; posterior extremity
not so deeply excavated above the middle. Surface of the
valves marked with a beautiful hexagonally reticulated
pattern of delicate raised ridges, and towards the anterior
extremity with a broad border, which is crossed by numerous
radiating hair-like lines. ‘Length of female 2; inch.

Cythere Speyert, nov. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 8-11.)

Shell of the female tumid. Seen from the side, broadly subreni-
form, highest in the middle ; greatest height equal to nearly
two-thirds of the length: anterior extremity rounded, pos-
terior produced into a sort of beak below the middle, and
excavated above: superior margin boldly arched, highest in
the middle ; inferior slightly sinuated in front of the middle,
bending upwards behind. Seen from above, ovate, widest
in the middle, broadly mucronate behind, obtusely pointed
in front. Shell of the male (?) larger (fig. 8), the dorsal
margin less conspicuously arched, the posterior not so pro-
minently beaked. Surface of the valves marked with close
and coarsely impressed round puncta; the ventral margin
(of each valve) bearing towards the posterior extremity a
single, sharp, downward-pointing spine. Length of female
iy inch. :

This species is very similar in general appearance to the
British C. convexa, and differs chiefly in being very much
more tumid: the peculiar ventral spine is also sometimes pre-
sent in the British species.

Cythere dissimilis, nov. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 12 & 13.)

Valves, as seen from the side, subquadrate, highest in front of
the middle; greatest height equal to rather more than half
the length: anterior extremity broadly and somewhat
obliquely rounded, posterior oblique, deeply excavated, and

Mr. G. 8. Brady on Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos. 223

terminating below in a strong triangular projection: supe-
rior margin gibbous over the anterior hinge, then deeply
excavated, and terminating behind in a strong spinous ele-
vation ; inferior straight. Seen from above, the outline is
hexagonal, deeply constricted in the middle, extremities
mucronate. Shell-surface covered with closely set angular
pittings, having an elevated ridge just within and parallel
to the anterior margin, and two short and sharp longitudinal
ribs on the central portion of the valve ; one large triangular
spine at the postero-superior angle, with two or three smaller
ones below. Length 5, inch.

Loxoconcha alata, nov. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 8-13.)

Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, flexuous, sub-
rhomboidal; greatest height near the middle, and about
equal to two-thirds of the length; extremities obliquely

_ rounded, the posterior slightly emarginate above the middle:
superior margin gently arched, highest in the middle; in-
ferior sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, the outline
is rhomboidal, acutely pointed in front, mucronate behind,
slightly constricted in the middle, behind which the lateral
alee form two conspicuous protuberances ending abruptly
behind; greatest width behind the middle, nearly equal to
the height. The shell of the male is more elongated, nearly
equal in height throughout, the dorsal margin straight and
abruptly angular at its posterior.extremity. Surface of the
shell marked with fine, closely set, subconcentrically
arranged pittings, and having below the middle of each
valve a subangular aleform projection. Length 7, inch.

The nearest ally of this species is probably Cytheropteron
_multiforum (Norman). It is, perhaps, questionable whether
C. multiforum ought not to be referred to the genus Loxo-
concha; and had I, at the time of writing my monograph of
the British species, been acquainted with the form now under
notice, I should probably have taken that view of the matter.
But, not having seen the animal of C. multiforum, having,
‘moreover, seen no female carapaces recognizable as such
(which in the present species have all the normal characters of
the genus), and knowing of no instance of a distinct lateral
ala in Loxoconcha, I was induced to consider it a Cytheropteron.
It will be interesting, when opportunity occurs, to examine
the animal of C. multiforum: if it be a true Loxoconcha, we
must expect some day to find the hitherto overlooked females ;
if not, the present species would appear to form a curious
connecting link between the two genera.
IG*

224 Mr. G.8. Brady on Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos.

Cytherura acris, nov. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 3-4.)

Carapace of the (male ?), as seen from the side, oblong, sub-
clavate, nearly equal in height throughout; height scarcely
equal to half the length: anterior extremity rounded, pos-
terior produced in the middle into a long tapering process :
superior margin nearly straight; inferior also straight or
very slightly sinuated, produced posteriorly into a sharp
spine. Sosa from above, subhexagonal, oblong, with parallel
sides, obtuse in front, sharply mucronate behind; width
equal to the height. Valves obscurely reticulated, marked
with two subparallel longitudinal ridges, the lower of which
terminates behind, on the ventral surface, in a sharp spine,
and thence runs rectangularly across the valve, forming a
sharply cut declivity. Length =, inch.

The gathering contains also several specimens smaller and
more tumid than those here described, which are probably the
female of the same species.

Sclerochilus (?) egaeus, nov. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 3, 4.)

Carapace, seen from the side, elongate, siliquose, highest in
the middle; greatest height equal to less than half the
length ; extremities narrowly rounded, the posterior almost
angular: superior margin boldly arched, sloping almost in
a straight line to the front, but with a more distinct curve
backwards; inferior sinuated in front of the middle, curving
upwards behind. Outline, as seen from above, ovate,
widest in the middle, extremities equally and subacutely
pointed ; width equal to fully one-third of the length. Sur-
face smooth, white, with clouded patches. Length 54 inch.

Paradoxostoma (?) reniforme, nov. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 1, 2.)

Carapace, seen from the side, elongate, reniform, nearly equal
in height throughout; height much less than one-half the
length ; extremities evenly rounded: superior margin gently
arcuate, inferior sinuated in the middle. Seen from above,
compressed, ovate, acutely pointed in front, subacutely be-
hind; width equal to scarcely one-third of the length.

_ Surface smooth ; colour whitish, marked with spots of white
opacity. Length 7, inch.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Pontocypris intermedia, seen from left side,
Fig. 2. The same, seen from above.

Fig. 3. Sclerochilus (?) egeus, seen from left side.
Fig. 4. The same, seen from above.

M. A. Pomel on the Classification of Echinida. 225

=

. Bairdia formosa, seen from left side.

ig. 6. The same, seen from above.

ig. 7. The same, seen from the front.

1g. 8. Loxoconcha alata (male), seen from left side.
ig. 9. The same, seen from above.

. The same, seen from below.

Sos

oe
bad et bed bet CO OD
5? ~“]

Fig. 11. The same, seen from the front.
Fig. 12. The same (female), seen from left side.
Fig. 13. The same, seen from below. |
Fig. 14. Cythere crispata, seen from left side.
Fig. 15. The same, seen from above.
PLATE XV,
Fig. 1. Paradoxostoma(?) reniforme, seen from left side.
Fig. 2. The same, seen from above.
Fig. 3. Cytherura acris (male ?), seen from left side.
Fig. 4. The same, seen from above.
Fig. 5. Cythere favoides (male), seen from left side. _
. Fig. 6. The same (female), seen from left side.
_ Fig. 7. The same, seen from above.
Fig. 8. here Speyer (male), seen from left side.
Fig. 9. The same (female), seen from left side.
Fig. 10. The same, seen from below.
Fig. 11. The same, seen from the front.
Fig. 12. Cythere dissimilis, right valve, seen from the side.
Fig. 13. The same, seen from above.

[All magnified 40 diameters. ]

XXV.— Observations on the Classification of Echinida, to

serve as an Introduction to the Description of the Tertiary

Fossil Echinodermata of Western Algeria. By A. PomEL*.

I HAVE had the honour to present to the Academy a series of
lithographic drawings representing some fossil Echinodermata
from Algeria, which are to form a part of the paleontology of
that country. The descriptive part of the work is not yet
printed; and I now submit to the judgment of the Academy
the introduction to this work, in which I propose certain mo-
difications in the classification followed by authors.

The number of the series of coronal plates, sometimes
twenty, or two in each area, in the true Echinida, sometimes
much greater by their multiplication in the interambulacral
areas, and even in the ambulacral areas in the Tessellata,
gives a first division, of the rank of a suborder.

The Echinida present three types, which advance regularly
from the bilateral to the radial symmetry, and which I
name Spatiformes, Lampadiformes, and G'lobiformes. The
first have the mouth placed very eccentrically in front, and
the anus behind ; the obliteration of the anterior ambulacrum

* Translated from the ‘ Comptes Rendus,’ Aug. 3, 1868, pp. 302-305.

226 M.A. Pomel on the Classification of Echinida.

and the obovate form mask the radial symmetry for the be-
nefit of the bilateral. The second have the mouth central or
nearly so, the ambulacra similar, and the anus more or less
posterior, but often mounting high enough to enter into the
series of the genital pieces, which open behind to receive it.
The third have the mouth central and the anus opposite,
always completely enclosed by the genital apparatus. This
division appears to us more natural than the division ito
two groups of regular and irregular forms, the distinctive
character of which is not so absolute as it has been repre-
sented. .

The Spatiformes or Spatangoides form two groups, according
as their ambulacra are constituted by simple pores throughout
their whole extent (Ananchytida), or as these ambulacra are
petaloid (Spatang?). 'The homogeneity of the family of true
Spatangi is such that no one has yet supposed that it could ~
be subdivided; however, an attentive study permits us to.
recognize and even to define in it several new well-marked
groups.

1. The Hupatagia have the madreporic tubercle prolonged
behind between the ocellar pieces in the place of the unpaired
genital plate ; their petals are even with the test, and provided
on the interporiferous area with tubercles like those of the
other areas; we may further separate in it the type with an
internal fasciole (Breynia), that with lanceolate petals (Hupa-
~ tagus), and that with sublinear petals (Zrachyspatagus).

2. The Brissta are like the foregoing, as far as the ma-
dreporide goes; but their petals are depressed, well-defined,
ade with an interporiferous zone provided only with granules.
Some have the tubercles of the back heterogeneous (Leskia) ;
others have them almost homogeneous, and their periprocta is
remarkably open (Brissus) ; others have some small, oblique,
closely approximated dorsal tubercles and a moderate peri-
procta (Brissopsis).

3. The Micrasteria have the apical apparatus compact—
that is to say, with the madreporic tubercle in the centre of
the genital plates, which are contiguous. The tubercles of the
back are most frequently scattered amidst an abundant granu-
lation. The ambulacra are depressed and well defined. Al-
most all the genera have fascioles.

4, The Toxasteria -have the apex compact, and some
scattered dorsal tubercles; but their petals are even with the
test, and the anterior ambulacrum has linear pores, either
alone or mingled with round pores. The peristome is not so
boldly labiated as in the other Bpatanportes There are no
fascioles.

M. A. Pomel on the Classification of Echinida. 227

5. The Holasteria have the apex lengthened in conse-
quence of the intercalation of the ocellar pieces between the
genital pieces. The petals are still even with the test, with
the pores but slightly developed in most of them. Some
fascioles may be seen at the ambitus. In some the apex is
continuous (/olaster) ; in others it is disjointed, and there are,
as it were, two ambulacral summits (the sole genus is Meta-
porinus).

The Ananchytida are divided into two groups: the first,

with the apex elongated, Offaster; the second, with the apex
compact, Stenonia.
- The Lampadiformes are either edentate or furnished with
teeth. The former are divided into the Echinoneida, with a
mouth without tubercle, or floscule, and with simple or sub-
petaloid ambulacra; and Cassidulida, furnished with a flos-
cule and tubercle at the mouth, and with petaloid ambulacra.
The second are divided into the Clypeastrotda, with petaloid
ambulacra, and the Lchinoconida, with simple ambulacra.

The Echinoneida comprise three types :—

1, The Dysasteria are still almost spatiform, and many
authors have united them with the Ananchytida; but they
have the ambulacra of the Lampadiformes on the inferior sur-
face; their ambulacral summit is disjointed in the true Dys-
aster, and simply elongated in Hilccheiws,

2. The Echinonea have the ambulacra simple and uniform
from the mouth to the apex, whith is compact; the peristome
is often oblique ; of fossil genera Pyrina may be cited.

3. The Caratomia also have their apex compact, but
their ambulacra pass into the petaloid form ; they are almost
simple in Caratomis, subpetaloid and unequal in Asterostoma,
and petaloid in Pygaulus.

The Cassidulida are those of authors, less the Caratomia.
Some have a very rudimentary floscule between the cushions,
and the petals are dissimilar in Archiaria, similar in Clypeus ;
others have a well-developed floscule, with conjugated pores
in Pygurus, non-conjugated pores in Hchinanthus; and a
fifth phyllodean type is remarkable on account of the short-
ness of the petals, Hawjasia, foreshadowing the following

type.

The Clypeastroida remain, divided into Clypeastres, Scutelle,
and Lagane. However, it would be perhaps convenient to
divide the last-mentioned group into true Lagane, with a
buccal rosette and petaloid ambulacra, and Echinocyam? with-
out buccal rosette, and with ambulacra hardly petaloid, and
formed of non-conjugate pores.

The Echinoconida are, again, those of authors, less the tooth-

228 M.A. Pomel on the Classification of Echinida.

less types. Some have the anus far from the apex; the
peristome is small and but slightly angular in Hehinoconus ;
it is large and strongly notched in Pygaster; others have the
frame of the periprocta partly constituted by the genital cirele—
Echinoclypus ; and as the peristome is strongly notched, there
is a manifest passage to the type of the regular Echinida.

The Globiform Echinida are very homogeneous, but yet
they can be divided into two distinct subfamilies, the Cida-
rida, with the ambulacra prolonged on the buccal membrane,
and destitute of buccal branchie, and the Hchinida, with the
ambulacra not prolonged, but provided with buccal branchiz,
applied against the frame of the peristome in a more or less
deep notch.

The Cidarides are only varied in a slight degree; some
have the ambulacra flexuous—Temnocidaris and Cidaris.
Others have the ambulacra straight, and the tubercles rela-
tively small—Orthocidaris and Diplocidaris.

The Echinides are, of all the Echinida, those in which the
serial arrangement is most difficult to find. We have decided
to make two groups of them, the perforation of the mamilla
of the tubercles being characteristic of the Diademia and
wanting in the Echinia.

The Salenia have been raised into a tribe, and even into
a family, because one of the pieces which, in the ordinary
Kchinida invest the anal membrane, is in this case fixed to
the test, and also because the anus is eccentric in the peri-
proctal frame, as is the case in many other living types. It
is therefore probable that this tribe will be suppressed, or
perhaps be distributed among the others.

The Diademia include several types; Heterocidaris, with
short ambulacral lips and a small peristome; Hemieidaris,
with a large, diagonal peristome, and with very narrow am-
bulacra ; Diadema differing from these by its tubercles being
equal in the two areas; and Pedina-with a small peristome,
much notched, and with slightly developed tubercles.

The Lchinia are a little more varied; the peristome has
its lips but slightly unequal, and its notches sharp in
some; the test has no sculpture, and the tubercles of the two
areas are unequal in dropeltis, subequal in Phymasoma and
Celopleurus ; the test is ornamented with sculpture and im-
pressions in Temnopleurus and Salmacis. The peristome has
no notches, or very slight ones, and the lips are very unequal
in Codechinus, equal in Psammechinus. Its notches are very
clean, and even deep, and the lips very unequal, in Magnosva
and Stomechinus. ‘The peristome is almost round, and the
notches are narrow and deep in Tripneustes. Lastly, with

Miscellaneous. 229

the peristome of Phymasoma we have the ambulacra almost
petaloid at the base in Helioctdaris and Acrocladia.

It may be remarked that the above classification arranges
the Echinida in two continuous series, namely, the toothless
and toothed; all that was necessary to obtain this incontes-
table improvement was to refer the Echinonea to their proper
place.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On a Collection of Pteropods and Heteropods.
, By F. P. Marrar.

THe following collection of Pteropods and Heteropods was ob-
tained by Capt. Whiteway, of the ship ‘Annie Cheshyre,’ during
several voyages from Liverpool to Valparaiso. This gentleman has
been in the habit of collecting various marine objects, and with the
utmost liberality has given them to our local museums and private
collectors. It is truly surprising to find what a very large number of
interesting specimens have been procured by the indefatigable exer-
tions of a single individual. The following list comprises only one
section of his work. The specimens were placed in my hands, and
were found to include the following species :—

PTEROPODA.

Cavolina tridentata, Forsk. Chio lanceolata, Lesueur.
Forskalii, D’ Orb. (?) pyramidata, Browne.
—— gibbosa, Rang. Balantium recurvum, Children.

—— uncinata, Rang. : Styliola recta, Lesweur.
limbata, D’ Ord. corniformis, D’Orb.

—— longirostris, Lesweur. —— subulata, Quoy § Gaim.

— quadridentata, Lesweur. —— virgula, Rang.

—— labiata, D’Orb. Triptera columnella, Rang.

—— depressa, D’Orb. Spirialis rostralis, Eyd. § Soul.

- Diacria mucronata, Quoy § Gaim.
trispinosa, Lesweur.

inflata, D’ Orb.
rotunda, D’ Orb.

Clio cuspidata, Bose. Heterofusus bulimoides, D’Or®. «
HETEROPODA.
Ianthina bifida, Nuétadl. Atlanta rosea, Zyd.

communis, Lam,
—— globosa, Swain.

involuta, Hyd.
Lesueurii, Lyd.

exigua, Lam. —— inflata, Lyd.
— fragilis, Lam. turricula, D’Orb.
Atlanta brunnea, Eyd. Oxygyrus Keraudrenii, Rang.

—— inclinata, Lyd. Carinaria cymbium, Linn.
—— Peronii, Lesu. § Blaimv.

2 Peveril Terrace, Edge Lane, Liverpool.
August 12, 1868.

230 Miscellaneous.

Observations on some Mammalia from the North of China.
By M. A. Mitnn-Epwarps.

Carnwora.—The author indicates two species of the genus Meles,
iM. leptorhynchus and M. leucolemus. The former resembles the
common badger in appearance; but the black bands on the sides of
the head are much diminished and narrow, so as not to pass the ear
beneath. The cranium is much more narrowed between the orbits,
and the whole fronto-nasal region is very narrow. ‘The anterior
aperture of the nostrils is small, the lower margin of the posterior
nares is much more produced, and the lateral margins of the adja-
cent portion of the palatine arch constitute each a trenchant crest
passing outside the outer face of the ala of the pterygoid. The upper
tubercular molar is narrower and more elongate than in the European
badger.

M. leucolemus differs considerably from the known representatives
of the genus, and might be regarded as the type of a new generic
group. It is much smaller than the preceding (which is somewhat
less than M. taxus); its hairs are much longer, and its throat and
breast pure white. The skull is much shortened, especially in its
cranial portion, the crests of which are scarcely salient. The part
immediately behind the postorbital angles is not narrowed. The
anterior frontal region is broad and depressed, whilst the muzzle is
much drawn out, giving the face a conical form. The suborbital
foramen is enormous, and the zygomatic arches very short. The
exterior meatus auditorius is remarkably large, and approximated
to the glenoid cavity. ‘The mastoid apophyses are scarcely promi-
nent. The tympanic cases, instead of being much inflated, are ex-
tremely depressed. The aperture of the posterior nares is thrown
very far back, beyond the level of the articulation of the lower jaw.
The third superior incisor is very oblique, and extends nearly to the
canine; it is deeply worn by the friction of the lower canine. The
tubercular molar is comparatively little developed. Both these spe-
cies inhabit the vicinity of Pekin.

Panthers are common in this part of China; and, according to
M. Fontanier, two species occur there. Of one of these the fur is
much longer and thicker than in the Indian leopard, and the tail is
very thick from base to apex; the skull is much more arched from
before backwards than in the Indian and African leopards, the cra-
nium is more developed, and the fronto-nasal region longer; the
posterior margin of the bony palate is strongly emarginate, and the
aperture of the posterior nares is short and broad. The skull dif-
fers considerably from that of Gray's Leopardus chinensis; and the
species is named by the author Felis Fontanierit.

Rodentia.—Two large species of Pteromys inhabit the forests of
the Tscheli Mountains. The largest, P. melanopterus, is nearly of the
size of P. momoga from Japan, from which it is distinguished by the
much greater length of the tail, and by the slightly fulvous-grey
colour of the upper part of the body, which contrasts with the nearly
black tint of the upper surface of the parachutes and feet. The

Miscellaneous. 231

other, P. wanthipes, is rather smaller, and has a short but very
thickly furred tail. It is yellowish grey above, becoming fulvous on
the lateral membranes and feet. The body beneath is greyish.
Ruminants.—M. Fontanier brought from Pekin a stag equal to
C. elaphus in stature, and resembling that species in its general
characters. It is distinguished by the more elongate form of the
head, the greyer colour of the coat, and by the great development of
the ischiatic patch, which is yellow. Hence the author names this

‘species Cervus wanthopygus.—Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 5. tome viii.
pp. 374-376.

Notes on some Alge from a Californian Hot Spring. _ By Dr. H. C.
Woop, Jun., Professor of Botany in the University of Pennsyl-
vania..

Some time since, Prof. Leidy handed me for examination a number
of dried Algz, which he had received from Prof. Seidensticker, by
whose sister, Mrs. Partz, they had been gathered in the “ Benton
Spring,” which is situated in the extreme northern point of Owen’s
Valley, California, sixty miles south-west from the town of Aurora.
Afterwards a number of similar specimens came to me directly from
Mrs.Partz by mail. The subject of life in thermal springs is one of
so much general interest, especially in connexion with that of spon-
taneous generation, as to induce me to make a very careful exami-
nation of the material and offer the results to the readers of this
journal. In this connexion the following extract from a letter of
Mrs. Partz to her brother is very relevant :—

*‘T send you a few samples of the singular vegetation developed
in the hot springs of our valley. These springs rise from the earth
in an area of about 80 square feet, which forms a basin or pond that
pours its hot waters into a narrow creek. In the basin are produced
the first forms, partly at a temperature of 124°-135° F. Gradually
in the creek and to a distance of 100 yards from the springs are
developed, at a temperature of 110°-120° F., the Algee, some grow-
ing to a length of over 2 feet, and looking like bunches of waving
hair of the most beautiful green. Below 100° F. these plants cease
to grow, and give way to a slimy fungus growth, though likewise of
a beautiful green, which, finally, as the temperature of the water
decreases, also disappears. They are very difficult to preserve, being
of so soft and pulpy a nature as not to bear the least handling, and
must be carried in their native hot water to the house, very few at
a time, and floated upon paper. After being taken from the water
and allowed to cool, they become a black pulpy mass. But more
strange than the vegetable are the animal organizations, whose
germs, probably through modifications of successive generations, have
finally become indigenous to these strange precincts. Mr. Partz and
myself saw in the clear water of the basin a very sprightly spider-
like creature running nimbly over the ground, where the water was
124° F., and on another occasion dipped out two tiny red worms.”

In regard to the temperatures given, and the observation as to

232 Miscellaneous.

the presence of animal life in the thermal waters, Mr. Wm. Gabb, of
the State Geological Survey, states that he has visited the locality,
knows Mrs. Partz very well, and that whatever she says may be
relied on as accurate.

The colour of the dried specimen varies from a very elegant bluish
green to a dirty greenish and fuscous brown. After somewhat
prolonged soaking in hot water, the specimens regained apparently
their original form and dimensions, and were found to be in very
good condition for microscopical study.

The plant in its earliest stages appears to consist simply of eylin-
drical filaments, which are so small that they are resolved with some
difficulty into their component cells by a first-class one-fifth objec-
tive. Fronds composed entirely of filaments of this deseription were
received. Some of these were marked as “first forms,” and as
having grown in water at a temperature of 160° F. Probably these
were collected immediately over the spot where the heated water
bubbled up. At this temperature, if the collection made is to be
relied on as the means of judging, the plant does not perfect itself.
To the naked eye these “first forms” were simply membranous ex-
pansions, of a vivid green colour and indefinite size and shape,
scarcely as thick as writing-paper, with their edges very deeply cut
and running out into a long waving hair-like fringe. Other speci-
mens, which grew at a much lower temperature, exactly simulated
those just described, both in general appearance and microscopical
characters.

These, I believe, were the immature plant.

The matured fronds, as obtained by the method of soaking above
described, were “gelatinous membranous,” of a dirty greenish or
fuscous brown at their bases, and bright green at their marginal
portions, where they were deeply incised and finally split up into
innumerable hair-like processes. Proximally they were one or even
two lines in thickness, distally they were scarcely as thick as tissue
paper. Their bases were especially gelatinous, sometimes somewhat
translucent, and under the microscope were found to have in them
only a few distant filaments.

Two sets of filaments were very readily distinguished in the adult
plant. The most abundant of these, and that especially found in
the distal portions of the fronds, were composed of uniform cylin-
drical cells, often enclosed in a gelatinous sheath. The diameter of
such filaments varies greatly; in the larger the sheaths are generally
apparent, in the smaller they are frequently indistinguishable.

In certain places these filaments run more or less parallel side by
side, and are glued together into a sort of membrane. It is only in
these cylindrical filaments that I have been able to detect hetero-
cysts, which are not very different from the other cells: they are
about one-third or one-half broader, and are not vesicular, but have
contents similar to those of the other cells. In one instance only
was I able to detect hairs upon these heterocysts.

The larger filaments are found especially near the base and in the
other older portions of the frond. Their cells are generally irregu-

Miscellaneous. 233

larly elliptical or globose, rarely are they cylindrical. They are
mostly of an orange-brown colour; and there exists a particular
gelatinous coating to each cell rather than a common gelatinous
sheath to the filament. These larger threads are apparently pro-
duced from the smaller filaments by a process of growth.

Near the base and in the under portions of the fronds, these fila-
ments are scattered in the homogeneous jelly, in which they run in-
finitely diverse courses. In the upper portions of the frond, and at
some little distance from the base, the adjoining cells are very close
to one another, and pursue more or less parallel courses, with enough
firm jelly between to unite them into a sort of membrane.

‘This plant certainly belongs to the Nostochacez, and seems a sort
of connecting link between the genera Hormosiphon of Kiitzing and
Nostoc.

The best algologists now refuse to recognize the former group as
generically distinct; and the characters presented by this plant seem
to corroborate that view.

The species appears to be an undescribed one; and I would pro-
pose for it the specific name Caladariwm, which is suggested by its
place of growth. ‘There are several species of allied genera, which
grow in the hot springs of Europe; but no true Nostoc has, I believe,
been found before in thermal waters. The following is the technical
description of the species ;—

N. caladarium, sp. nov.

NV. thallo maximo, indefinite expanso, aut membranaceo-coriaceo vel
membranaceo-gelatinoso vel membranaceo, aut lete viridi vel
sordide olivaceo-viridi vel olivaceo-brunneo, irregulariter pro-
funde laciniato-sinuato, ultimo eleganter laciniato ; trichomatibus
inzequalibus, interdum flexuoso-curvatis, plerumque subrectis et
arete conjunctis, in formis duabus occurrentibus: forma altera
parva, viridis, articulis cylindricis, cum cellulis perdurantibus hic
illic interjectis, vaginis interdum obsoletis, seepius diffluentibus,
instructa; forma altera maxima, articulis globosis vel oblongis,
aurantiaco-brunneis, cellulis perdurantibus ab ceteris haud di-
versis.

vee: Cellule cylindrice maxime 5,>4,, une.; cellule perdurantis
suey une.

Diam. Forme prime articuli maximi ;,4,5 unc.; aiaps one ai ti

1 =. oo secunde articuli oblongi longi spo sey une.,
lati , articuli globosi 3z55-zopy UNC.
rei to, pun often more or less imbedded in, the fronds of the
Nostoc, were scattered frustules of several species of diatoms, none
of which was IJ able to identify. In some of the fronds there were
numerous unicellular Algze, all of them representatives of a single
species belonging to the genus Chroococcus, Nageli. This genus con-
tains the very lowest known organisms—simple cells without nuclei,
multiplying, as far as known, only by cell-division. These cells are
found single or associated in small families; and in certain species
these families are united to form a sort of indeterminate gelatinous

234 Miscellaneous.

stratum. In this species the families are composed of but very few
cells, surrounded by a very large, more or less globular or elliptical
mass of transparent firm jelly. The species is very closely allied to
Chroococcus turgidus, var. thermalis, Rabenh., from which it differs
in the outer jelly not being lamellated.

The following is the technical description of the species :—

C. thermophilus, sp. nov.

Ch. cellulis singulis aut geminis vel quadrigeminis et in familias
consociatis, oblongis vel subglobosis, interdum angulosis, haud
stratum mucosum formantibus; tegumento crassissimo, achroo,
haud lamelloso, homogeneo; cytioplasmate viridi, interdum sub-
tiliter granulato, interdum homogeneo.

Diam. Cellule singule sine tegumento longitudo maxima > 4,;’,
latitudo maxima 5,1,,".—ASilliman’s Journal, July 1868.

Description of two Sacculinde. By M. Hzssz.

The author remarks upon the importance of the habitat of para-
sitic Crustacea in ascertaining their identity, and states that, with
but few exceptions, these animals are strictly confined to particular
species of Crustacea or fishes. He describes two new species of
Sacculinide parasitic upon crabs.

Sacculinidia Gibbsiv.

Larger than the examples found on Carcinus menas, being 25
millims. in length, 20 in breadth, and 10 in thickness. Its form is
rounded quadrate, slightly flattened laterally; the pedicle, which is
short, presents on each side two rounded protuberances, reverted
towards the upper part of the body. The position of the anal orifice
varies in consequence of the contractions of the body ; it is generally
placed directly opposite to the pedicle. Its construction is exactly
as in the parasite of Carcinus menas.

The skin is thin, showing through it the meanders of the oviferous
tubes. It has a velvet-like appearance, and is very tense. The ova
are large, oval, and contain only a single vitellus. The eye appears
as a red spot; at the middle of the body laterally are two round
black spots, which always occupy the same place. The colour of the
body is very deep yellow, with a reddish-brown tinge. -

The specimen was found, in January 1867, on the abdomen of an
example of Pisa Gibbsii, where it was not protected by the carapace.
M. Hesse remarks that it is singular that the Pisa had not freed it-
self from its parasite, which it could easily reach.

Sacculinidia Herbstia nodosa (!).

Measurements, 25x15x5 millims. Resembles the parasite of
C. menas in form, but presents laterally two horizontal expansions,
one forming a cylindrical process, the extremity of which is curved
downwards like a hook. Anal aperture placed at the middle of the

Miscellaneous. 285

lower part of the body. Pedicle long, and much dilated at base.
Colour light yellow. Found, in November 1867, attached to the
intestinal canal of Herbstia nodosa.

The author remarks that the Sacculinidous parasite of C. menas,
after getting rid of its ova, has a very transparent envelope of a
light bluish colour. Through this the body of the parasite is visible,
shifted to the upper part of the envelope, close to the buccal orifice
and pedicle; it is opaque, and of a yellow colour. After a time the
parasite dies, shrivels, and becomes detached, when its former posi-
tion is indicated only by a chitinous ring. From this, flat squamous
corneous pieces are seen to radiate towards the centre: these have
denticulated margins; they leave at the centre an oval orifice, esta-
blishing the communication between the parasite and its victim.
These parts are probably moveable, and may, by rising or sinking,
alter the size of the orifice. In course of time all these traces of the
presence of the parasite become obliterated.— Ann. Set. Nat. sér. 5.
tome viii. pp. 377-381.

On the Calamites and Fossil Equiseta.
- By M. Scurprr.

M. Schimper has referred to the Equisetinex of the Carboniferous,
Triassic, and Jurassic periods, and has endeavoured to prove that
the Calamites ought to have their place in that group of vascular
Cryptogamia, not only because of the external and internal struc-
ture of the stem, but also because of their organs of fructification,
which show a great analogy with those of the Hgwiseta of the pre-
sent epoch. He has shown that the fossil spikes that were taken
for spikes of Calamites, and which are remarkable for their great
resemblance to the catkins of the Lycopodiacee, do not belong to
the Calamites, but to Annularia and Sphenophyllum, fossil genera
which establish the passage from the Hquiseta to the Lycopodiacee.

M. Schimper has also proved, by means of some fine specimens
and a number of drawings, that all the fossil trunks of the Bunter
Sandstone, of the Keuper, and of the Rhetic strata, that had
‘been designated under the names of Calamites, belong to thegenus
Equisetum.

The trunks of these gigantic Hquiseta had a diameter of more

than 12 centimetres and a height of from 8 to 10 metres; the
branches which adorned the higher parts of them, in the form of
a crown, were simple, and bore at their extremity a spike of the
size of a pigeon’s egg and organized exactly like the spikes of our
living Equiseta. The subterranean rhizomes were well developed,
and gave origin, like those of many of our Hquiseta, to tubercles
_ which had the form and size of a hen’s egg.
_ According to M. Schimper, Equisetum columnare (Brongn.), of the
Oolite of Scarborough, is specifically different from the homonymous
species of the Keuper.—ASociété d’ Hist. Nat. de Strasbourg, Feb. 5,
1868; Bibl. Univ. Aug. 15, 1868, Bull. Sez. pp. 325-326.

«

236 Miscellaneous.

On the Contractile Tissue of Sponges. By N. Lizperxiun.

In a recent supplement to his numerous investigations of Sponges,
Lieberkiihn has paid special attention to the ciliated embryos of the
Spongille. The ova present a perfectly regular segmentation. They
are situated, like the embryos, in lacunse of the parenchyma of the
body. It is there also that the spermatic cells are found. To ob-
serve the embryos, Lieberkiihn divides the Spongilla into thin sec-
tions, which he leaves to soak in water for a day. The embryos up
to the moment when they commence their independent life remain in
the envelope formed by the contractile tissue of the sponge, in which
they turn about by means of their ciliary coat. During this period
the cavity of the body, which is filled with liquid, is formed. A
portion of the spheres of segmentation which have not undergone
much modification are crowded together in the posterior part of the
body, where they form an opaque mass. The cilia of the embryo
are very long, and implanted upon still amorphous sarcode, and not
upon true cells. The mass of the embryo properly so called,
however, is formed by contractile and nucleated cells, a portion of
which enclose siliceous spicules in their interior. This tissue is iden-
tical with the contractile parenchyma of the sponge itself.— Archiv
fiir Anat. und Physiol. 1867, p.509; Bibl. Univ. 1868, Bull. Sci.
p. 168.

Comparatiwe Investigation of the Generative Organs of the Hare,
Rabbit, and Leporide. By S. Antone.

The author gives an account of the anatomy of the generative
organs in the Leporides produced by the union of a male and female
hybrid between a male hare and female rabbit.

In certain organs, such as the feet and the ovaries, the Leporide
occupies a middle place between the hare and the rabbit. The
generative organs are complete in both sexes. In the female the
ovaries resemble those of the hare in colour and texture, and those
of the rabbit in the volume and dissemination of the Graafian vesi-
cles. The vagina and vulva, on the other hand, resemble those of
the rabbit in their dimensions, the position of the meatus urinarius,
and the extent and arrangement of the canal of Gaertner. The
fecundity of these hybrids is shown by their anatomy: the females
possess many ovules, and the testes of the males furnish a liquid
filled with spermatozoids. In the mule, Brugnone is the only ob-
server who has detected spermatozoids.

The author concludes with the following summary of results :-—

1. The female hybrid of the hare and rabbit can be fecundated
by the male hybrid. :

2. These hybrids, whilst presenting intermediate characters, pos- ~
sess genital organs which much more resemble those of the rabbit
than those of the hare.—Comptes Rendus, June 22, 1868, pp. 1267- -
1269.

THE ANNALS 2%

AND .

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. }

No. 10. OCTOBER 1868.

——

XXVI.—On the Typical Value of the Lingual Dentition in the
es Distribution of the Genera of Gasteropoda into Natural

oups and Families. By JoHN Denis Macpona.p, M.D.,
F RS., Staff Surgeon, R.N.

[Plate XVI. ]

THOUGH many of the weak points of pure conchology have
been brought to light by the study of the lingual dentition of
the Gasteropoda, there is yet much more to be accomplished,
embracing not only the acquisition of new facts by further
research, but the right use of those already in our possession.
We are, even now, only sufficiently acquainted with the sub-
ject to know that any system of conchology, however plausibly
framed, cannot be reliable where this important test has not
been brought to bear. It is nevertheless true that the import
of the dental characters has been either misinterpreted or not
sufficiently taken into account in some of our best works on
malacology. It is scarcely to be believed, for example, that,
as at present received, the greater number of the genera of the
two significant families Muricide and Buccinide require reci-
pent change of place, the truth of which position will be
emonstrated as we proceed with the inquiry.

Mr. Jabez Hogg, in a paper* lately read before the Micro-
scopical Society, quotes a passage from Mr. 8. P. Woodward’s
: econ of Mollusca,’ that I had already transcribed for my
own mae some eight or nine years ago; but, as that pur-

se does not appear to be infringed upon by the tenor of Mr.

ogg’s reasoning, I shall still adopt the quotation in question,
as affording a good idea of the commonly received views of
classification by the lingual dentition (op. c7t. p. 450) :—

_* “On the ae Membrane of Mollusca, and its value in Classifica-
tion,” by Jabez Hogg, F.L.S. &c., published in the ‘Quarterly Journal of
Microscopical Science,’ No. 31, July 1868. .

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. ii. 7

4
oes

238 Dr. J. D. Macdonald on the Typical Value of

“‘The patterns or types of lingual dentition are on the whole |
remarkably constant, but their systematic value is not uniform.
It must be remembered that the teeth are essentially epithelian
cells, and, like other superficial organs, liable to be modified
in accordance with the wants and habits of the creatures. The
instruments with which animals obtain their food are of all
others the most subject to those adaptive changes, and can
never form the basis of a Tidicsonincat system.” And I add
here a note from the bottom of page 450 :—‘ The carnivorous
opossums have teeth adapted for eating flesh, but are not on
that account to be classed with placental carnivora.”’

To state that the systematic value of the types of lingual
dentition is not uniform implies, first, that we are fully ac-
quainted with a subject which is yet avowedly only in its in-
fancy ; and, secondly, that from this knowledge notable in-
stances may be advanced demonstrating the truth of the asser-
tion. We are surely not to form a hasty conclusion to this
effect from the analysis of such a family as the Bullide, for
example, including a mass of beings differing as much ¢néer se
as the families of Pteropoda, and much more than the three
acknowledged families of Heteropoda do. Now the principle
which I desire to maintain is that Gasteropoda whose general
anatomical characters, including the configuration, sculp-
turing, and minute structure of their shells, suggest their
distribution in the same group will be found still further to
be associated as well as distinguished by the type and pecu-
liarity of their lingual dentition—moreover, that prima facie
resemblance or difference, with or without conformity in the
dentition of the animals, may only require a little further
investigation to reveal their natural affinities or antipathies.
Anticipating myself a little, I think I may safely state, from
extended observation, that Concholepas, Purpura, Ricinula,
Vitularia, or any other genus properly referable to the Mu-
ricide will always be found with a lingual dentition unequi-
-vocally on the type of that of Murex. But if some Pisani,
Ranella, Triton, Fasciolaria, and other equally incongruous
genera are associated with them, it is no wonder that the den-
tition should be found to exhibit no ‘ uniform systematic
value.”’ For further illustration we may select the Buccinide,
whose dental characters are so distinctive that any single
genus property’ belonging to it can never be confounded with
Muricide or any other family. The excellent authorities
Forbes and Hanley (vol. iii. p. 388), speaking of the genus
Nassa, remark that “it is one of the best marked and most
easily recognized groups, both as to shell and animal, among
the Muricide (!), though some conchologists strangely persist

the Lingual Dentition in the Grasteropoda. 239

in mingling it with-Buccinum.” The buccinoid type of ribbon
is nevertheless invariably found with Nassa, Cyclonassa, Pusio-
stoma (Sw.), Myristica, and numerous other genera strictly ap-
pertaining to the family. But if Ricinula, Planaxis, Cassis,
Columbella, and Oliva are placed in the same category, the
dental characters will assuredly be found wanting; for the
genera just mentioned cannot, with any justice to zoological
science, be distributed into less than five distinct families apart
from Buccinide.

I conclude therefore that, until all the families of the Gas-
teropoda have been sifted in this way, superfluous families re-
jected and nature’s own families found, we cannot be in a
position to affirm that the dental characters are not in all cases
to be depended upon—though this may be in reality quite
true.

If it is intended, by the assertion that the “teeth are essen-
tially epithelian cells,” to lessen their morphological importance
and convey the idea of mutability, surely we ought to be able
to draw a distinction between the normal and abnormal deve-
lopment of the same organs in different members of the same
species. Moreover the teeth are formed from a special matrix
at the fundus of the lingual sac, determining in every case the
constant evolution of certain characters ; and any defect in the
formative pulp will repeat any consequent malformation in
each succeeding row of teeth.

If it is implied that, as it were, obedient to circumstances
affecting adaptation, nature may possibly give a buccinoid
ribbon to a veritable Murex, such a doctrine is quite untenable.
My own impression is that the distinctive characters of the
teeth are in accordance with a definite plan, whether we asso-
ciate this with the adaptation of the creatures to the special
conditions of their existence or not. Any one finding Helicina
(a truly terrestrial Nerite) and Helix (an inoperculate bisexual

snail, with a broad lingual pavement) ees in a tropical
forest under precisely similar circumstances, would be io ae)
to yield the palm to the plan rather than to the conditions of
existence. — bn Mr. Darwin’s beautiful hypothesis, the diver-
gence of species from a primitive type may be readily admitted;
yet, like the coloured components of white light diverging
from the prism, it would be unphilosophical to suppose them
capable of reciprocally interchanging their characters and
properties, even if it were possible to refer all to a common
source.

No one would approve of establishing the peculiarities of the
dentition of Mammalia or of any other great class of animals
as a kind of ready reckoner of affinities, without taking into

tH bee

240 Dr. J. D. Macdonald on the Typical Value of

account all other important structural particulars. Using a
similar mode of reasoning to that adopted by Mr. Woodward,
it might be said that although the dentition and habits of the
pteropods Crese’s and Hyalea are obviously carnivorous, they
are not on this account to be classed with the whelks or any
other carnivorous Gasteropoda; nor, indeed, should they. But
for this I will contend, that the dental characters are of equal
importance in the discrimination of the Opossum from the
Bandicoot, Clio from Pneumodermon, and of Murex from Bucci-
num, and that the genuine gasteropodous families are to be
distinguished by their teeth, subordinate to certain broader
features of structure, including union or distinctness of the
S€Xes.

The question as to the actual number of rows of teeth oc-
curring in any particular genus or species ought not to super-
sede the consideration of other characters afforded by them ;
for it is just possible that the typical number forming part of
the morphological plan of the family may be rendered obscure
by suppression and modified development in minor types. I
endeavoured on a former occasion to set forth this principle,
and I have since found abundant proof of its correctness.
Here, indeed, it may be assumed that there is a want of uni-
formity ; but, as even this appears to be amenable to fixed
laws, the defect is more likely to be in our own philosophy
than in the institutions of nature. The dental formula of
Conus, Terebra, and Pleurotoma may be assumed to be a single
series of fangs in each pleura, with a naked central space,
characterizing the Toxifera of Dr. Gray; yet when in Clava-
tula we find five rows of dental organs arranged as though the
teeth of Mitra had been inserted between those of Bela or
Mangelia, we recognize a primary and two minor types, de-
pending upon the suppression of the central or the pleural
teeth, as the case may be. Other examples of suppression of
one or more of the members of the typical ribbon are to be
found amongst the Turritellide and the Lamellariade. It
is also of importance to observe the manner in which the
dental processes are connected with the basal plates, and in
particular whether they are recurved from the fore part of
those plates or arise near or from their posterior border, in
which latter case the teeth are not rewerel but point directly
backwards. ‘Thus the words recurved and direct would sufii-
ciently express the two principal conditions here indicated
the dental points being in all cases retrorse. Asa eneral
rule, the teeth are recurved in the vegetable feeders, and direct
in the carnivora. Simple fanged teeth, or those without folia-
tions, are carnivorous, whether disposed in the manner of a

the Lingual Dentition in the Gasteropoda. 241

nt, as in Ianthina or Scalaria, or in the pleure of a
ingual ribbon, as in Atlanta and Carinaria. There are, how-
ever, mixed characters in the dentition. of some genera; and
the subject requires much careful study to elicit all that may
be deducible from it as a guide to classification.

It would be very desirable to establish a fixed nomenclature
for the parts, and some uniform mode of description of the
lingual apparatus, so that the dental characters of any species
referred to the fixed types shall be definite and unequi-
vocal,

I have already employed Prof. Huxley’s excellent name
“‘ odontophore” for the tooth-bearing membrane, with its ex-
panded ale in front embracing the tip of the tongue and being
continuous with the lining membrane at the sides of the oral
cavity, the posterior tubular portion of this organ, named
the lingual sac, carrying the teeth upon its floor, extending
backwards to the closed extremity containing the dental pulp
or formative matrix, and forwards over the tip to the frenum
of the tongue. The upper wall of the lingual sac terminates
anteriorly in a crescentic fold, by which it becomes continuous
with the lining of the cesophagus. The fore part and body of |
the tongue proper is supported by lateral cartilages wrapped
together by muscle and ligament at the mesial line, and often
having smaller supplementary pieces moveably articulated in
front, as in the Zurbos and Nerites. The cartilages in the
carnivorous families in particular conjointly form a grooved
surface, over which the odontophore glides when in action.
The common dental area or the space occupied by the teeth is
usually divided into three lesser longitudinal areas, a central
and two lateral, commonly known as rachis and pleure. The
latter name may be retained; but the “ central dental area,”
though longer, is preferable to “rachis,” which is not sufii-
ciently definite.

The central area usually presents a median series of dental
plates, either alone or with one or more lateral series. The
median series, however, is often suppressed. The pleure may
present one, two, three, or many longitudinal rows of teeth ;
and these are numbered, from within outwards, first, second,
third, &c.

With what has been already said of the basal plates and
dental processes connected with them, this brief anatomical
_ sketch will answer all practical purposes. The special types
of dentition will be noticed when the groups or families which
they characterize come under consideration.

Having completed the foregoing introductory remarks, I

242 =Dr.J. D. Macdonald on the Typical Value of

shall now attempt the grouping of all the genera which I have
found (in many cases by repeated nial observation) refer-
able either to Buccinidee or Hines, substantiating my posi-
tion by satisfactory proof and reference to the labours of others,
furnishing decisive evidence in authentic preparations, figures,
and descriptions.

In order that there should be no possible mistake in the
types of the two very distinct forms of dentition to which I
refer, I have selected two examples for each, viz. those of
Buccinum undatum (Pl. XVI. fig. 1, odontophore laid flat) and
Cassidulus melongena (fig. 2) for Buccinide, and those of
Murex tenuispina (fig. 3) and Concholepas peruviana (fig. 4)
for Muricide.

BUCCINIDZ.

Lingual dentition triserial, the distinctive feature of which
is a stout conical fang at the inner extremity of the pleural
plates.

Systematic Name. References and Remarks.
Buccinum undatum ....| Preparations and drawings, fig. 1.
—— cyaneum ........ Gray’s ‘Guide to Mollusca,’ p. 22, referring
also to Lovén, t. 5. f. 5,
Cantharus undosus ....| Personal observation in Fiji, and an excellent
preparation in Mr. Barron’s collection.
Pisania striata ........ Personal observation in the Mediterranean ;

description, Gray, op. cit. p. 15.

Pusiostoma mendicaria .| Personal observation and preparation.

Cominella maculosa, & | | Figured by Hogg, op. crt. pl. 10. fig. 833; de-
two undetermined sp. scription, Gray, p. 16.

Chrysodomus antiquus | Forb. & Hanl. vol. iii. p. 427, fig. 31; Gray,

fig. 9, p.18; Mr. Barron’s preparations.

propinquus ...... F. & H., description, vol. ii. p. 420.
islandicus....**..| Ibid. p. 419, pl. SS. fig. 2 ¢; Mr. Barron’s|
preparations.
QTACINS.. «hes besa Figured by Hogg, plate 10. figs. 82 & 34.
Nassa reticulata ...
annulata ...... Description of dentition, Gray, p. 17, and
incrassata...... Lovén’s figures, t. 5.
——arcularia ......
RN 6 ie he 5 8 5% Mr. Barron’s preparations.
Neritula neritacea ....| Ditto.
Cassidulus melongena ..| Personal observation at Jamaica, preparation
and drawings.
——morio ........ | Gray, fig. 6, p. 10, where also the dentition
—— nodosus........ of C. nodosus and of C. vespertilio is de-
—— vespertilio .... scribed.

Triumphis distorta ....| Description, Gray, p. 15.

the Lingual Dentition in the Gasteropoda. 243

Bullia and Phos are, in all probability, also members of this
family ; but only those genera or, more critically, those species
have been introduced whose Buccinoid character has been de-
termined by their lingual dentition, either actually figured or
satisfactorily described. The list already includes some of the
principal genera, and will, no doubt, be soon very considerably
augmented when the information and research of other natu-
ralists is brought to bear upon it in the manner above indi-
cated.

MovrIcip&.

Lingual dentition triserial, the distinctive feature of which is
having strongly curved s¢mple acuminate teeth in the pleure ;
and the origins of the central teeth are usually in bold relief
upon the basal plates. :

Systematic Name. References and Remarks.
Murex tenuispina......| Personal observation, preps. and drawings.
—— trunculus........ Figured by Hogg, op. cit. pl. 10. fig. 35.
—— brandaris ........ Mr. Barron’s preparations.
—— erinaceus ........ Forbes & Hanley, pl. TT. fig. le.
ura lapillus ...... Mr. Barron’s preparations ; descrip.Gray, p. 20.
— Blainvillii ...... Mr. Barron’s preparations.
—— hemastoma...... Figured by Hogg, pl. 10. fig. 36.
Iopas Francolina ...... Mr. Barron’s ie ee hag
Trophon bamfium...... F. & H. pl. SS. fig. 3 6.
magellanicus ....| Mr. Barron’s preparations.
—— clathratus........ F. & H., description of axile tooth.
Monocerosimbricatum. .| Figured by Troschel.
—— brevidentatum....| Mr. Barron’s preparations.
Vitularia fiscellum ....| Description, Gray, p. 19.
MN ees ev ess Characters of genus, Gray, p. 19.
Muricidea (Sw.) ...... Personal observation in the South Seas.
Fusus or Colus probosci-| I have found the dentition of this species to
dalis be as follows :—Axile plates broad, with a
large central tooth, and a smaller one on
either side of it. Pleural teeth simple,
uncinate.
Hemifusus 07 Cochlidium| Dr. Gray’s description, p. 11 (“ Teeth central,
tuba 3-toothed, lateral, hooked, versatile”) may
be contrasted with the above.

The present state of the two families to which I have con-
fined my attention in this paper shows the utter impossibility
of classifying the Gasteropoda by the purely conchological
method of comparing shell with shell, independently of the
light which we now know may be derived from the dental
characters. On applying to the systems of Gray, Woodward,
and Adams the plummet of the foregoing lists, it will be
found that, though they differ considerably inter se, they all

244 On the Lingual ‘Dentition in the Gasteropoda.

differ more strikingly from the plummet, as shown in the
following table :—

Bucci deter-

. . System of System of
mined by the Lin-/System of Gray*. y y,
unk Deuba. y Y ‘| Woodwardt. |H.& A. Adamsf.
Buccinum Buccinum Buccinum Buccinum
Cantharus ” ee ”
Pisania ” ” ”
Pusiostoma - re 9
Cominella — Cominella Cominella
Chrysodomus ze - m
Nassa if Nassa Nassa
Neritula * Cyclonassa Neritula
Cassidulus ie ” efor
Triumphis ” ” ”

Muriciwz#.
Murex Murex Murex Murex
Purpura ” ” ”
Topas ” ” ”
Trophon Trophon Trophon Trophon
Concholepas§ 5 ” 7
Monoceros 9 ” ’
Vitularia “i . Vitularia
Rapana 9 Rapana -
Muricidea i a Muricidea
Fusus or Colus 5 a ¥

proboscidialis
Hemifusus or re » Hemifusus (Sw.)

Cochlidium tuba

Sistrum§ ” ” ”

Were all the genera included in each system given in ex-
tenso, a very much greater difficulty would present itself to
the mind of any one attempting to reconcile their differences.
Enough has been said, however, to show that the lingual
dentition would appear to be the only appeal. Indeed the
effort to accomplish this desirable object in any other way
would only lead to unscientific dispute, and develop no satis-
factory result. |

In a subsequent paper I shall consider the relationships of
all the families of proboscidiferous Gasteropoda in which the
central and often the pleural teeth point directly backwards
without recurvature—in short, the Orthodontal Proboscidifera.

Haslar Hospital, Sept. 11, 1868.

+ Manual of Mollusca.
§ Omitted in Muricide above.

* Guide to Mollusca, vol. i.
t Genera of Mollusca.

Dr. Nylander on Lichens in the Luxembourg Gardens, 245

XXVII.—Notule Lichenologice. No. XXIII.
By the Rev. W. A. LeicuTon, B.A., F.L.S.

Dr. NyLANDER has published, in the ‘ Bulletin of the Botanical
Society of France’ (t. xiii. pp. 364 &c.), a very interesting
account of the lichens which he collected in the garden of the
Luxembourg Palace at Paris. Independently of the valuable
lichenological information it comprises, it 1s an instructive
example of what diligent and accurate research may accom-
plish in a circumscribed space, and a proof that botanists need
not go far afield for their collections, but that treasures lie at
their very doors, if only their eyes and hearts will look for and
oe them.

he paper is prefaced by some remarks which, excellent in
themselves, are also highly suggestive in various ways. Of
all plants, lichens are the most extensively diffused, living on
barks, woods, rocks, stones, and earth, especially when these
substrata are located in a pure fresh air, which is absolutely
essential to their nourishment and healthy development. Most
lichens, as a general rule, avoid towns, and if they make their
appearance there, are most frequently found in a state of in-
complete development, either sorediate or entirely sterile.
There are, indeed, some few species (as Physcia partetina, Ph.
pulverulenta, var. pityrea, Ph. obscura, Ph. stellaris, Placodium
murorum, Pl. callopismum, &c.) which willingly inhabit cul-
tivated places; but in the interior of great towns we may ge-
nerally search in vain for them on the trunks of trees and on
the walls. In such localities their usual abodes are occupied
by Cryptogams of an inferior order (such as Protococcus), which
delight especially in an impure air, or one surrounded with
houses or walls. Lichens, on the contrary, refuse to live in
such conditions. The trunks of trees in the gardens and
plantations of great towns are for these reasons destitute of all
trace of lichens. On the other hand, in the open coun
every tree is more or less adorned with thalli and apothecia of
divers colours. The magnificent trees of the pcmirs of the
Tuileries bear scarcely anything but Protococcus. In the
Jardin des Plantes scarcely any trees bear lichens, and those
only in the most exposed places.

e may observe, en passant, that lichens are by no means
parasites, properly so called; and it is at least very doubtful
whether they are injurious to the trees upon which they grow.
All that can be said is that they may to a certain extent be
injurious to the living bark, either by obstructing its respira-
tory functions or by applyimg to its surface an excessive
humidity. 7

246 Dr. Nylander on Lichens in the Luxembourg Gardens.

The garden of the Luxembourg, by reason of its more
favourable situation, is less destitute of lichens than any other
public walk in Paris. Consequently lichens constitute in some
degree a standard of the salubrity of the air, and a very
sensitive hygrometer. The sweet-chestnuts in the Observatory
avenue are especially remarkable for the numerous lichens
growing on their bark, and which are in such abundance as
generally can only be found at a considerable distance from a
town. We are thus authorized to assert that this portion of
the Luxembourg is the most healthy spot of all Paris.

Diligence has rendered the list as perfect as possible; but
it should be remarked that those portions of the garden from
which the public is excluded may possibly have furnished
some additions.

The number of lichens enumerated is about forty; they are
as follows :—

1. Parmelia acetabulum (Neck.), Dub. Forma virescens
sterilis.

2. Physcia parietina, Li. Frequentissime fertilis. And
also forma thallo virescente, and a var. sorediosa marginibus
thalli sterilis sorediosis.

3. Physcia stellaris (Ach.) typica et var. tenella, Scop.
Sterilis.

4, Physcia obscura (Ehrh.), var sorediosa. Sterilis.

5. Physcia pulveruienta, var. pityrea (Ach.). Sterilis.

6. Lecanora (Squamaria) saxicola (Poll.). Rara.

7. Lecanora (Placodium) murorum (Hffm.), Ach., Nyl. L.
Paris. 119. Fertilis. K+.

Var. corticicola. Forma thallo contracto. K+.

8. Lecanora (Placodium) callopisma, Ach., Nyl. L. Paris. 36.
Differt a L. murorum thallo ; sporis crassioribus et paraphy-
sibus apice clava minore. .

9. Lecanora citrina, Ach., Nyl. L. Paris. 35. Sterilis. Like
L. epixantha, Ach., but with different chemical reaction: L.
epixantha, K—, L. citrina, K+. )

10. Lecanora (Placodium) teicholyta, Ach. Raro fertilis.

11. Lecanora candelaria, Ach., Nyl. Syn. i. 412; Lich.
Scand. 108 (Physcia). K—.. Sterilis.

A speciebus analogis Physcie longe differt reactione chryso-
phanica nulla.

12. Lecanora medians, Nyl. in Bull. Soc. Bot. de Fr. t. ix.
1862, p. 262, sub Placodio. Haud raro fertilis.

K—. Distat itaque LZ. medians absolute ab extus sub-
simili ZL. murorum, sed affinis est L. vitelline et preecipue L.
crenate Nyl. (crenulata, Whinb.).

Dr. Nylander on Lichens in the Luxembourg Gardens. 247

13. Lecanora vitellina, var. epixantha (Ach. L. U. 208, sub
Lecidea), Ny\. L. Scand. 141. Seepius fertilis. K—.

14. Lecanora cerina (Ehrh.), Ach. Forma thallo cinereo
turgescente rugoso ; fertilis.

15. Lecanora pyracea, f. pyrithroma, Ach., Nyl. Scand. 145.
- Forma rupestris (Scop.), Nyl. @.¢. Sporis 1-sept. varian-
tibus septo crassiore.

16. Piriiora sophodes, var. teichophila, Nyl. Fertilis.

Var. exigua, Ach. Nyl. Scand. 152.

17. Lecanora circinata (Pers.), Ach., Nyl. Scand. 152. Fer-
tilis. :

18. Lecanora galactina, Ach., Nyl./.c. 184 (sub Squamaria).
_K-—. Gel. hym. iodo cerulescens, deinde seepe vix nisi-thece
sic tinctee.

Note.—Lecanora dispersa (Pers.) =L. galactina ecrustacea.
Apothecia LZ. disperse livido-pallescentia vel subcornea aut
nigrescentia pruinosa, margine albo crenulato vel obsolete
erenulato (seepe subintegro vel farina epithallina alba crenu-
lato), trita obvenientia margine proprio subconcolori demum
explanato; spore 8, ellipsoidez simplices; paraphyses graci-
lente (seepius apice incrassate ibique granulationibus in-
sperse). K —.

19. Lecanora urbana, Nyl. Thallus albus opacus granu-
lato-squamulosus, granulis depressis crenatis, mediocris ; apo-
thecia pallido-subincoloria leviter albo suffusa conferta medio-
ceria, margine thallino subcrenulato-eincta, seepe subangulosa ;
spore 8, ellipsoidese; paraphyses crassiuscule, articulate, apice
incolori, non clavate. Gel. hym. iodo cerulescens, dein vix
nisi thecz (sordide violaceo vel ceerulescenti) tincte. Ad
lapides, Rue de |’Ouest.

Note-—A L. galactina Late: differt thallo firmiore pu-
rius albo et paraphysibus duplo vel triplo crassioribus distincte-
que articulatis.

Comparanda est cum JL. galactina nova species in regione
Parisiensi vigens Lecanora teichotea cui thallus albidus sub-
radiato-rimosus, ambitu placodioideo effiguratus; apothecia
fusco-rufa convexiuscula, margine thallino crenulato cincta;
sporee 8, ellipsoidex ; paraphyses capitulo lutescente ; spermo-
gonia incoloria (extus solum puncto obscuro indicata), sper-
matiis arcuatis. Pertinet vero hee ad.aliam stirpem Lecano-
rarum ; thallus C+ erythrinicam dilutam. Affines L. teichotee
sunt L. pruinifera, Nyl. (L. pruinosa, Chaub. in St. Am. FI.
Ag. 497, nomen non retinendum ob idem alii datum) et Z.
Reuterti, Scher., quarum thalli C+ erythrinice.

20. Lecanora dissipata, Nyl. Thallus precipue hypothallo
nigricante subleproso indeterminato constans; apothecia sub-

248 Dr. Nylander on Lichens in the Luxembourg Gardens.

incoloria vel livido-pallida leviter albo suffusa minora, sat

conferta, margine thallino albo opaco subintegro vel obsolete

crenulato cincta; spore 8, ellipsoidee ; paraphyses haud bene
discrete.

Ad lapides murorum. :

L. dissipata (comparanda cum L. dispersa) differt ab L.
urbana hypothallo, apotheciis dispersis minoribus, paraphysi-
bus vix articulatis et minus bene discretis (addito ammoniaco
distinctiores et evidentius articulate conspiciuntur). Gel.
hym. in omnibus tribus similiter iodo tingitur et gonidia in iis
abundantia sub apotheciis.

21. Lecanora parisiensis, Nyl. n. sp. (vel potius var. L. sub-
fusce). Thallus cinereus, mediocris, rugosus vel rugoso-
granulatus vel subverrucosus, sat determinatus, hypothallo
non visibili; apothecia nigra vel fusco-nigra vel rarius fusca,
nuda (interdum leviter cesio-pruinosa), mediocria, planiuscula,
margine thallino rugoso vel subcrenato cincta, strato subja-
cente gonidico lete viridi; spore 8, ellipsoidee ; wig Boag
distincte articulate, apice leviter incrassate, et sat late fusces-
centes. Gel. hym. iodo cexrulescens (deinde thece vulgo sole
sic vel nonnihil violaceo tincte).

Ad corticem presertim esculorum. K+.

Differs from all varieties of L. subfusca by its thick articu-
late paraphyses, but chiefly approximating var. allophana, Ach.,
which has larger spores and slenderer paraphyses.

22. Lecanora scrupulosa, Ach., Nyl. Scand. 162. Gel. hym.
iodo vinose rubens. K+.

23. Lecanora umbrina (Ehrh.), Ach., Nyl. /. c. (forma cya-
nescens, Ach.). K—.

Note.—Lecanora Flotowiana, Anz. Manip. 53 =L. wmbrina
saxicola =Lecidea pelidna, Ach. K-.

Lecanora Sommerfeltiana, Krb. Lich. Sel. 99 =L. crenulata,
Dicks., Nyl. L. Par. 123; Heppe, 63. K-—-.

e Lecanora Sommerfeltiana, Heppe, 61=L. dispersa, Pers.
24, Lecanora erysibe (Ach.), Nyl. Scand. 217. 3
25. Lecanora depressa (Ach.), var. calcarea (L.), Nyl. 1. ¢.

154.

26. Lecidea parasema, var. enteroleuca, Ach., Nyl. 1. c. 217.
Etiam f. synothea, Ach. 7

27. Lecidea albo-atra, var. athroa (Ach.), Nyl. d. c. 235.

28. Arthonia tenellula, Nyl. in Flora 1864, p. 488. Vix
nisi var. A. patellulate, Nyl. Scand. 262.

29. Verrucaria sorediata, Borr. (V. Garovaglit, var. incrus-
tans, Nyl. Prodr. Gall. 179, Pyrenoc. 20).

30. Verrucarta virens, Nyl. Pyrenoc. 25, Scand. 270, var.
obfuscans.

On the Annelids dredged off the Shetland Islands. 249

31. Verrucaria nigrescens, Pers., Nyl. Scand. 271.

32. Verrucaria fuscella, Turn., Ach. Ny). 1. c. 271.

33. Verrucaria rupestris, Schrad., Ach., Nyl. Pyrenoc. 30;
Scand. 275 (Lichen immersus, Hfim., Pers.; V. galactina,
Mass., Anz.).

It may be noticed also that Capnodium profusely covers the
upper portions of the branches of the trees with its thin, black,
unequal, areolato-diffract crust, which has every appearance of
a crustaceous lichen, but with the texture of the mycelium of
Fumago, and is always sterile. It may be called Fumago cir-
cumvagans, and may be regarded as a form or variety of the
common HLumago vagans.

I es aye oe 1
ie SRA Se Se ihe eee 7
I ee ae. x 23
Ne i Ga eas 3
ME oy sy secre a 1
een oe ee ee, e 5

40

XXVIII.—Report on the Annelids dredged off the Shetland
Islands by Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys in 1867. By W.C. M‘InvTosu,
M.D., F.L.8.*

Mr. Gwyn JEFFREYS, in his dredging-expedition to the Shet-
land Islands last year, kindly selected, chiefly with the assist-
ance of Mr. Sturges Dodd and the Rev. A. M. Norman, a large
number of Annelids, which he most courteously placed at my
disposal; and, as they were properly preserved in vessels and
fluid sent for the purpose, their subsequent examination proved
very satisfactory.

| he majority of the Annelids come from St. Magnus Bay,
or, rather, from the deep water (80-100 fathoms) beyond this,
not because they so disproportionately abound there (although
the muddy sand is eminently favourable for their increase),
but probably because the dredging was most frequently car-
ried on in that neighbourhood. The other localities, in the
order of the respective collections, are off Balta, North Unst,
Bressay Sound, Outer Haaf (Skerries), and (a small shore col-
lection made by Mr. Dodd) at Hillswick.

* Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Meeting of
the British Association at Norwich, August 20, 1868.

250 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh’s Report'on the Annelids

The Annelids found in the deep water off North Unst form
a collection very rich in new or rare forms; for, out of thir-
teen species, three at least are new to science, and four not
hitherto found in Britain. The collection from the Outer
Haaf, Skerries, has also several rare forms; out of eight, four
are new to Britain and one to science. Out of sixty found
in St. Magnus Bay, four are new to science and eighteen to
Britain. These figures contain the entire new or rare forms
in the individual collections, without reference to their occur-
rence in others, as will be apparent when I mention that, out
of a total of about ninety-two Annelids at present identified,
five or six, so far as I can make out, are new to science, and
about twenty-two to Britain. As before stated, this is one of
the best collections of the kind ever made in Britain, whether
we regard the excellent condition of the preparations or the
number of new forms. As might be expected, many of the
additions to our fauna are Scandinavian in type; but others are
not so, at least they do not occur in the valuable catalogue
recently published by Dr. A. J. Malmgren, the enterprising
naturalist of Helsingfors.

I have described some of the supposed new forms elsewhere,
and therefore shall merely name them; others have not yet
been noticed. They are as follows :—Hipponoé Jeffreysii,n.sp.,
a small Amphinomacean. Hunoa , the second species of
the genus found in Britain, the first being ZL. nodosa, Sars,
also found in the Shetland seas by Mr. Jeffreys, and described
by Mr. Lankester as a new form, under the name of Antinoé
zetlandica*; in the present species the scales are quite smooth,
often bordered with a dark pigment-belt, and the inferior
bristles of the feet have an entire clawed tip. Stgalion Buskit,
n. sp., a species having the general aspect of S. boa rather than
that of S. Mathilde, to which the are are most nearly allied
in structure ; but the bristles are longer than in either case, and
characteristically different. Notoctrrus scoticus,n.sp.,a Lumbri-
nereian with a dorsal branchial lobule to each foot. Humenta
Jeffreysit, n. sp., a form dredged last year in the Hebrides, but
too much decomposed to be minutely described: it is allied to
E. crassa; but there are no traces of branchial filaments.
Praxilla artica (? Mgrn.), a species that very probably is P.
articat, Malmgren; but as that author has only mentioned
that it is similar to P. pretermissa (differmg in the hooks
having six teeth), we are left quite in doubt as to his form.
Polycirrus (?) tribullata, n. sp., a species having the snout and
tentacles of a Polycirrus, but without bristles or hooks im the

* Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxv. p. 377, tab. 51. figs. 13, 17, 18, 22, & 23.
+ Annulata Polycheeta Spetshergie, &c., 1867, p. 100.

dredged off the Shetland Islands. 251

anterior region, which, however, is furnished with three cir-
cular and somewhat flattened papillee on each side.

Of the forms new to Britain are :—Harmothoé longisetis,
Grube’, which, however, I think, is H. Malmgrent, Lankester’,
and thus has been previously got in this country. Sigalion
limicola, Ehlers’. fe ciliata, Mill.* Genetyllis lutea,
Mern.” Anaitis kosteriensis (?), Mgrn.° Lumbrinerets fra-
gilts, Miill.’, a species which probably includes ZL. tricolor
and some others, and therefore has been found previously on
British shores. Onuphis sicula, Quatref.*, a curious species
(inhabiting a tube composed of shell-fragments, stones, and
sand), allied to O. tubicola, but differing entirely in the struc-
ture of certain of its bristles. Hone Nordmanni, Mrgn.°
Scoloplos armiger, Mill." Naidonereis quadricuspidata
(Fabr.), Girst." Trophonia glauca, Mgrn.” Chetopterus nor-
vegicus, Sars’*,a species which apparently comprehends C.
insignis, Baird“. Scolecolepis cirrata, Sars”. Aaiothea ca-
tenata, Mgrn.” Praxilla pretermissa, Mgrn.“ Prazilla gra-
cilis, Sars”. Clymene ebiensis, Aud. & Ed.” Ampharete ar-
tica, Mgrn.”

Besides the foregoing, there are several whose examination,
partly from their fragmentary state, has not been completed,

1 Archiv fiir Naturges. 1863, tom. xxix. p. 37, Taf. 4. fig. 1.

* Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. p. 375, tab. 51. figs. 11, 25, 28.

3 Die Borstenwiirmer &c. p. 120, Taf. 4. figs. 4-7, & Taf. 5.

4 Zool. Danica, tab. 89. figs. 1-4.

5 Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, 1865, p. 93, tab. 14. fig. 32.

6 Annulat. Polycheet. &c. p. 20.

7 Prodr. Zool. Dan. p. 216; Zool. Danic. i. p. 22, tab. 22. figs, 1-3.
8 Hist. Nat. des Annelés, i. p. 352.

9 Nord. Hafs-Annul. p. 409, & Ann. Polycheet. p. 69, tab. 11. f. 64.
10 Zool. Dan. i. p. 22, tab. 22. .

1 Groénlands Annulat. Dorsibr. p. 200, figs. 106-110.

® Annul. Polychet. p. 82, tab. 13. f. 78.

8 Beskriv. og Jagttagelser &c. p. 54, pl. 11. fig. 29.

4 Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxiv. p. 477, tab. 49.

%® Nyt Mag. vi. p. 207 &c. (fide Malmgren).

© Nord. Hafs-Ann. p. 190, & Ann. Polych. p. 99, tab. 10. fig. 59.
7 Nord. Hafs-Ann. p. 191, & Ann. Polych. p. 100, tab. 11. fig. 62.
18 Fauna litt. Norveg. ii. p. 15, tab. 2. figs, 18-22,

9 Figured in Rég. An. iii. pl. 22. fig. 4,

70 Nord. Hafs-Ann. p. 364, tab. xxvi. f. 77.

1 Fauna litt. Norveg. ii. p. 24.

* Nord. H.-Ann. p. 388, tab. 19. f. 69,

*8 Danske vid. Selsk. Forh. p. 17.

4 Op. cit. p. 33.

252 Dr. F. Plateau on the Production of the Sexes in Bees.

and which are at any rate in the same category, viz. a Siga-
lion, a Syllis, an Autolytus, an Amage, and a Polycirrus.

I may also remark, in passing, with reference to some of the ~
other known forms found in this collection, that the Halosydna
Jeffreysit, Lankester*, is H. gelatinosa, Sarst, as men-
soni in Dr. Giinther’s Zoological Record for 1866, and that
I have not yet been able to make out a specific difference be-
pen Leodice norvegica, Linn., and Eunice Harassii, Aud.

4

In addition to the Annelids proper, there were some Plana-
rians, Ommatopleans, Borlasians, and a very remarkable form
allied to the latter group, with a bifid proboscis—besides a

boring Sipunculus, lodged in its cavity inside a fragment of
shell.

XXIX.—On the Production of the Sexes in Bees.
By Feiix Puateav, D.Sc.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natwral History.

Ghent, Sept. 9, 1868.
GENTLEMEN,

Having been occupied for a long time with investigations
upon the parthenogenesis of the Invertebrata, I have read
with eagerness the interesting notice by M. von Siebold “f On
the Law of Development of the Sexes in Insects,” in which’
the learned Professor endeavours to refute the assertions and
experiments of M. Landois.

The theories of Dzierzon and of Von Siebold, ingenious as
they are, and notwithstanding the numerous facts which are
cited in their support, seem nevertheless to be so much in con-
tradiction to our general knowledge of the reproduction in the
higher animals, that researches such as those of M. Landois
should be received with favour, and we ought to take care
not to reject them without having exhausted all possible argu-
ments in connexion with them.

M. von Siebold, indeed, passes over in complete silence
some very important observations which seem to me to be
entirely in favour of M. Landois. Androgynous or herma-
phrodite bees have been remarked long since by a school-
master named Lucas; and more recently this monstrosity has
been observed by MM. Doenhoff, Menzel, and Engster;

* Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. p. 377, tab. 51. figs. 12, 19, 26.
+ Beskriv. og Jagtt. &c. 1835, p. 63, pl. 9. fig. 25.
} Hist. Nat. du Litt. de la France, ii. p. 141, pl. 3. fig. 5, 6, 7, 10, & 11.

Dr. F. Plateau on the Production of the Sexes in Bees. 253

lastly, in 1864 and 1865, M. von Siebold himself and M.
Leuckart paid attention almost simultaneously to this singular
fact, hick. is far from being rare *.

I shall not enter upon this subject in much detail; it will
be sufficient for me to say that in the androgynous bees
there is a mixture of male and female characters varying from
one individual to another, and which is met with in a number
of organs both internal and external; very often we find
simultaneously, on each side of the body, a few testicular coils
and a few ovarian tubes, a well-developed male copulatory
3 ager and a sting, although the sting is wanting in the
male. According to M. Leuckart all the hermaphrodite indi-
viduals (of which he examined about fifty) must be regarded
as workers presenting certain male characters.

Here, therefore, we have bees in which the genital and
other organs have been developed. at once in the male and in
the female direction—an evident proof that the larva has no
sex before a certain period (the sixth day), and that an influ-
ence which exists outside it causes it to deviate subsequently,
either towards the male or the female type.

Moreover certain animals, such as the Aphides, according
to the beautiful investigations of M. Balbianit, of which M.
von Siebold likewise says nothing, commence by having the
two sexes united and in the same state of development. The
viviparous Aphides are and remain hermaphrodites: in the
oviparous Aphides, when the embryo is to become a female
insect, the male organs retain their rudimentary character,
while the female organs increase; on the contrary, when the
individual is to be a male, the female part of the original her-
maphrodite apparatus becomes transformed into a true testicle,
the cells which it contains becoming fusiform follicles filled
with spermatic corpuscles. Finally, the male apparatus does
not disappear, and exists, after birth, in the oviparous indi-
viduals of both sexes with characters which scarcely differ in
any respect from those which it presents in the viviparous
Aphides.

To return from this to the causes which may determine the
formation of the sexes in bees. It is possible that M. Landois

* Von Siebold, “ Ueber Zwitterbienen,” Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. xiv.
p- 73; Bibl. Univ. Archives, xx. p. 64. Leuckart, “Ueber Bienen-
zwitter,” Bericht iiber die Versammlung deutsch. Naturf. und Aerzte,
1865, iii..p. 173; Bibl. Univ. Archives, xxv. p. 172.

+ Comptes Rendus, tome Ixii. pp. 1231, 1285, 1890; Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 3. xviii. pp. 65 and 106 (but see M. Claparéde’s observations
on Balbiani’s researches, Ann. des Sci. Nat. 5¢ sér. vii. p. 21, and Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. xix. p. 360). a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Voli. 18

254 Dr. F. Plateau on the Production of the Sexes in Bees.

deceives himself in ascribing the production of males to in-
osufficiency of nourishment; but would not the intimate com-
position of this nourishment have an influence? Given a
very young worker-larva, the genital organs of which may
equally become male or female, as is indicated by the herma-
phrodite bees, since a special nourishment may make of it a
queen, according to Schirach* and the bee-keepers, one is led
to assume, until zncontestable evidence to the contrary is ob-
tained, that the food may also force the male reproductive
organs, which exist in a latent state, to become developed to
the exclusion of the others.

Would not the form of the cells also play its part? for it is
certainly not without motive that the ike of the male cells are
convex. | |

Permit me to add a few words with regard to the very
recent investigations of MM. Sanson and Bastian, which, far
from invalidating those of M. Landois as those authors think,
only serve to confirm them, in my opinion.

MM. Sanson and Bastian} cut away from a male cell the
bottom part which bears the egg, remove the bottom of a
worker-cell, and substitute for it the preceding piece, which
they fix by passing a hot needle along its margins. |

Like M. Landois and M. Bessels, who have made analogous
experiments, MM. Sanson and Bastian remove the queen, so
as to avoid mistaking for the eggs which they have placed
artificially others subsequently laid by the female.

The ninety-three male eggs introduced by the method just
described were regularly expelled by the workers, from which
MM. Sanson and Bastian conclude that the experiments of
M. Landois are erroneous.

But we may remark that the process employed by this last-
mentioned observer is entirely different, Knowing well that
the worker-bees promptly cleanse the cells of all foreign
bodies, he carefully avoided mutilating the cells after the
fashion of MM. Sanson and Bastian, whose handiwork, which
would certainly be very coarse for bees, would be immediately
recognized by them. He delicately removed the egg with a very
small fragment of wax, and stuck it into the interior of the
new cell, by means of this little fragment, in the most natural
position possible. Under these conditions the author saw the
eggs of workers transported into male-cells give birth to
drones.

MM. Sanson and Bastian introduced into an artificial hive,

* Histoire Naturelle de la Reine des Abeilles. Trad. Blassiére, 1771,
. 45.
+ Comptes Rendus, tom. Ixvii. p. 51.

Te eee ee

On the Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner. 255

composed exclusively of male cells selected elsewhere, some
living workers and their queen ; all the bees produced in these
cells were workers. I see nothing in this opposed to the theory
of M. Landois; the eggs deposited in the drone-cells fur-
nished workers because the bees had furnished them, after

sition, with worker food. We may add, in support of
this opinion, that the queen had deposited two eggs ihich the
workers destined to the production of males, as they closed
the cells with convex lids, But they afterwards destroyed
these eggs, because it was exactly at the season (very ill-
chosen by MM. Sanson and Bastian) when they kill the
drones.

Lastly, what, it seems to me, must give the cause to M.
Landois, is that MM. Sanson and Bastian have seen de-
posited in worker-cells eggs which gave origin to males.

hese two naturalists, indeed, endeavour to explain the fact
“4 means of Dzierzon’s theory. ‘The queen, they say, was
old, and her spermatic reservoir no longer contained a suffi-
ciency of spermatozoids, for it was semitransparent. Now,
if the seminal receptacle is opaque when it is completely full,
it is perfectly transparent when empty, and it seems to me
that when we find it only semitransparent, it will still
contain far too many spermatozoids to allow the observer to
think that the eggs have not been fecundated.

XXX.—On the manner of Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner
and Blue Lobelia. By T. H. Farrer, Esq. _

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,
The following notes of observations on the fertilizing-appa-

-ratus of the scarlet runner and the common blue lobelia, made

by one who has not the slightest pretence to scientific know-

ledge, would never have been sent to the press, but for the
kind suggestion of Mr. Charles Darwin, to whom they have
been communicated. ‘That these interesting facts, if not men-
tioned by previous observers, should have escaped his notice

never occurred to me for a moment, although at the time this
paper was written I had not seen his papers on the fertilization
of the kidney bean in the ‘ Gardeners’ Chronicle’ of the 24th
of October 1857 and the 14th November 1858, which he has
kindly sent me. In these papers the structure and functions

of the kidney bean are fully given, with his own interesting

experiments; and though in them the details of the lobelia
18*

256 Mr. T. H. Farrer on the manner of

are not given, there is a reference to that flower which shows
clearly enough that they had not escaped him.

Whatever these facts are worth, they are the obvious results
of Mr. Darwin’s own most suggestive papers on Primula,
Linum, and Lythrum, referred to in such high terms by
Dr. Hooker in his Norwich address. To an amateur, dismayed
by the difficulties of botanical classification, perplexed by his
own sieges’ s for microscopical dissection, and disgusted by
the mere cataloguing of species, Mr. Darwin’s suggestion that
the true account of the structure and functions of flowers is
frequently to be found in their capacity for fertilization, and
especially in their capacity for cross fertilization with the pollen
of other flowers, is a ray of light which opens out an endless field
of interesting observation. And to those who look in science
for wider speculations, the grand generalization contained in
these and other papers of Mr. Darwin’s, to the effect that fer-
tility in the animal and vegetable world requires the union of
elements which are neither identical nor dissimilar, but dif-
ferent and yet similar, with all its consequences, affords end-
less matter for thought, whilst it receives life and reality from
the minute observations of details in which his papers abound,
and of which they set such wonderful and stimulating exam-
ples. I know of no writings which so well illustrate the axiom
of the great German poet and observer—

“ Was fruchtbar ist, allein ist wahr.”
Sept. 17, 1868. T. H. FARRER.

Mechanism for transporting Pollen in the Scarlet Runner
(Phaseolus coccineus).

The two wings are united to the back and outside of the
keel some little distance above the base of both; their blades
fold backwards from the centre towards the outside, and, by
the bending of the spiral keel, with the pistil and stamens in-
side it, the wings are thrust a little to the right hand, so that
the folded or bent blade of the left wing is opposite to the coil
of the keel, and is the natural place on which any insect seeking
to reach the bottom of the flower would alight. The lower parts
or claws of the wings remain upright, and are firm and elastic.

The keel encloses the stamens and pistil from a point a little
above the ovary, and at the upper mk the margins are joined
so as to form an imperfect tube: it makes together with them
nearly two complete turns, of which the upper one and a half
lie close above one another in the same plane. This plane is
inclined at a smail angle to the blade of the left wing, and is
so placed that the mouth of the spiral tube points obliquely

ren ‘yt eer Sr el ahs Poe ae thee ee

Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner. 257

downwards and towards the base of the left wing. To a spec-
tator looking into the flower, the way, if any, to the base of
the petals and of the ovary is obviously down the left wing
and past the mouth of the spiral tube; but there is hardly
room, in the quiescent state of the flower, even for the pro-
boscis of an insect between the base of the wing and the keel.

On following the development of the flower in the bud, it
appears that the peculiarity of the spiral coil of the keel, with
its enclosed stamens and pistil, only appears at a late stage.
In the earlier stage, though the anthers and the brush round
the style are fully formed, the length of the style, filaments,
and keel, and the form of the keel, are like those of other
i, ol aa flowers.

he filaments of the stamens, which are, except one, united
and stiff at the base, are in the upper part very thin and flexi-
ble, and follow the windings of the spiral keel.. The anthers,
which are small, lie in two rows entirely within the tube or
hollow of the keel, a little within its mouth, and within and
below the stigma.

The pollen is not very abundant, and is not dry and dusty,
but moist and sticky.

The style is stout, strong, and very elastic; it is set firmly
on the stiff upright ovary, so that its point of attachment to
the ovary and base of the flower is at some distance from that
of the attachment of the keel to the stiff claw of the wing.
The stigma is at the extremity of-the spiral coil, and on the
lower or outer side, ¢.¢. on the side next the wings; it is
sticky, and is clothed with fine hairs. In the untouched flower
it just protrudes out of the mouth of the tube of the keel, so
that its tip is just visible on looking downwards into the flower.
A little below it the style is clothed with stiffish hairs or bris-

_ tles, which partly encircle the style like a circular brush, but

which are considerably more in number on the upper or outer
side of the coil than on the inner or under side. This brush
is opposite to and in contact with the opening anthers.

Under these circumstances it is not obvious at first sight
how the flower is fertilized. As regards self-fertilization, the
arrangement does not seem a happy one; for the stigma is
outside and below the tube of the etl whilst the anthers and

llen are shut up within it.

The plants are frequented by, indeed they swarm with, bees.
‘These are of various kinds, of which I do not know the names.
But, so far as I could see, the smaller or hive-bees never suc-
ceeded in getting what they wanted through the mouth of the
flower. ‘They occasionally lighted on the petals, and looked
in, but invariably went round to the back of the flower, and

258 Mr. T. H. Farrer on the manner of

there sometimes remained and sometimes went away disap-
pointed. When they remained, they inserted their proboscides
into a hole bored through the calyx, the petals, and the sta-
minal tube. I never saw them bore these holes, though every
flower where they remained had them. One humble-bee,
however, (black, with two yellow bars on his back, and a light-
coloured tail) certainly did bore or, rather, nip these bili
and this bee invariably adopted the same plan, and never
looked at the mouth of the flower. But by far the greater
number of the larger bees alighted on the wings, or, rather,
generally on the left wing of the flower, and inserted their
proboscides down the apparent natural channel towards the base
of the flower. So far as I saw, the same bees always adopted
the same course. In alighting on the wing of the flower, they
weighed it down, and in so doing pressed outwards the stiff
elastic lower part or claw. On doing the same thing with
one’s finger, it became obvious that the bee thus opened for its
proboscis a clear path to the hollow between the claw and the
staminal tube, and also to the base of the separate stamens,
between which and the other stamens would be his access to
the hollow surrounding the ovary. The tendency of pulling
back the keel is to widen the openings between the separate
stamen and the others; and there is a curious appendage out-
side the base of the separate stamen, which lies exactly in the
path of the bee’s proboscis, and which, when pressed, pulls
the separate stamen back towards the vexillum, and leaves free
access to the ovary. From the vigorous sidling struggles the
bees constantly made, it looks as if they were trying in this
way to get to the inside of the staminal tube, which I see is
always penetrated by the bees which bore holes.

But, however this may be, it clearly appears that the same
bending down of the wings of the flower which opens for the
bees a way to its base, produces another and a very curious
effect on the style. The lower part of the wings of the flower
being attached to the lower and outer part of the keel, when
the former is bent outwards, it pulls the base of the keel out-
wards too. The effect of this is to pull the upper spiral coil or
tube of the keel backwards also, and at the same time to con-
tract it. The style, which before had been exactly adjusted to
the length of the keel, now becomes too long for it, and, in
consequence of the stiffness of the lower part and the wiriness
of the upper part of the style, the tube of the keel is pulled
backwards on the style, or, which is the same thing, the coil
of the style is pushed forwards through the tube, so as to
thrust the upper end of the style quite out of the tube, and
expose the whole of the stigma and the bristles below it. In

a SE a = le RR ee a rasa 2 0

Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner. 259

consequence of the direction and contraction of the spiral coil,
this protrusion of the stigma is at first made in a direction _
rather outwards than upwards, towards the blade of the left
wing of the flower; but as the thrust continues, the stigma
turns more and more upwards. The anthers remain in their
place within the tube, in consequence of the thin thread-like
character of the filaments, which crumple up, and have not,
like the stiff elastic style, the power to thrust themselves out-
wards. Consequently the anthers are passed over and swept
by the brush of the style. |

The result of these movements is that when the bee first
inserts his proboscis into the flower, the stigma will exactly
meet and sweep the base of it, and will brush off from it and
keep a large part of any pollen it may have brought from
other flowers. As the bee presses the wing of the flower
further back, the style comes out further; the stigma turns
upwards away from the insect, and that part of the style which
is covered with hairs comes in contact with the base of the
proboscis. In coming out of the tube or hollow of the keel
this brush has been forced against and has swept the sticky
pollen out of the anthers, and is covered with it; and, in
consequence of the position of the hairs and the direction of
the thrust, the pollen is especially thick on the side of the
style which is next the bee. As he struggles and twists to
get the nectar, abundance of the pollen is deposited on and
clings to the base of his proboscis,.as may be seen by thrust-
ing any pointed object into the flower. When he quits the
flower, its wing springs back to its original place: the keel of
the flower does so also, and the end of the elastic style retreats
to its own old position within the hollow of the keel. But it
does not do this very quickly; and as the bee’s motion, and
_ especially that of his proboscis, is very rapid, his proboscis
must be withdrawn before he ceases to weigh down the wing,
and at any rate before the stigma retreats. It follows that
his proboscis will not, in retreating, be touched or swept by
the stigma; and the last thing it will touch in leaving the
flower will be the pollen-covered brush of the style, from which
it will carry off an abundant load of fresh pollen, to be depo-
sited in its turn on the stigma of the next flower.

I found the base of the proboscides of some bees which

I caught covered with the pollen. I also found the stigmas
of flowers which had opened in a room, and were not visited
by bees, quite free from pollen, although, on pressing down
the wing of the flower, the brush of the style was seen to be
covered by it. On the other hand, the stigmas of the flowers
visited by bees were always covered with pollen.

260 Mr. 'T. H. Farrer on the Mechanism for

_ If the above observations are correct, this looks like a v
curious and elaborate mechanism in order to secure the fer-
tilization of one flower by the pollen of another. The form
and position of the wings, their partial cohesion with the keel,
the spiral and partly tubular keel, the delicate flexible fila-
ments of the stamens, the moist and sticky pollen, the ~—
elastic column of the style, its spiral form, the position an
character of the stigma, the brush that sweeps out the an-
thers, the motion of the style on the bee’s visit (which first
brings the stigma into contact with. his proboscis, and then,
when it has swept him clear of the pollen of a former flower,
brings the brush loaded with its own pollen into contact with
the proboscis, and deposits its load with him, and fimally
allows him to withdraw without touching the stigma again)
are surely a number of very remarkable and elaborate —
tions, all apparently tending to the transportation of po.
from one flower to another.

Mechanism for Fertilization of the common Blue Lobelia.

The corolla has a broad lip or lower side, so as to afford a
standing-place to insects; the tube is slit on the upper side,
so as to afford play to stamens and pistils. |

The stamens have hard, syngenesious anthers, and separate,
flexible filaments, which are attached to the calyx at some
distance from the base of the style, so that they look like
shrouds to a mast. The two on the lower side are the shortest
when the flower opens, and look as if they pulled the anthers
downwards.

The anther-tube is open at the top in the early bud, but
closes before the flower opens, and then again opens by a very
small aperture, which is at this stage, in consequence of the
bending over of the upper anthers, pointed downwards at right
angles to the mouth of the tube of the corolla. Out of the top
of the connective of the two lowest anthers grows a cluster of
short thick bristles in a downward direction across the mouth
of the tube of the corolla. The anthers are very hard exter-
nally, and internally very soft; they open inwards when the
wert opens. ‘There is an abundance of dry powdery yellow

ollen. :
j The style is surrounded imme-
diately below the stigma by a ring
of bristles, which are developed in
the bud at an early stage, and point
outwards and upwards until the
stigma is fully developed. The
stigma remains inside the anther-tube when the flower first

OF eee ee ee I 5 on os ~

Fertilization of the common Blue Lobelia. 261

opens; after a time, it protrudes. It has two lobes, but they
are folded or pressed together when the flower first <atiou
and then only expose their perfectly smooth outer or lower
sides. When the stigma protrudes from the anther-tube, the
lobes open, the smooth outer surface is turned back, the ring
of bristles is reflexed on the style, and the upper or inner stig-
matic surface of the lobes, covered with short hairs or papille,
makes its appearance below the mouth of the anther-tube,
where it faces outwards and downwards, so as to meet any-
thing which is thrust into the tube of the corolla.

hen the flower first opens, the length of the style, as
compared with that of the stamens, is such that the closed
stigma with its ring of spreading bristles is at the bottom of
the anther-tube. The style grows rapidly, sweeping the pollen
with its ring of bristles, and pressing it towards the mouth of
the anther-tube. Towards the end of this stage of growth,
the style becomes so long relatively to the stamens, that it
presses towards or against the mouth of the anther-tube like a

spring. If at this stage a bit of the top of the anther-cases is

cut off, the compressed pollen is forced outwards with quite a
spurt.

It is clear that the principal function of all this apparatus is
not to fertilize the stigma with the pollen of its own flower.
The back of the stigma, which is smooth and has no papille,
alone comes in contact with that pollen, and the stigmatic
surface is only displayed when the-pollen of its own flower is
nearly all expelled from the anthers, and when the stigma is
beyond the place at which it would be found.

But all becomes clear if the function is to enable insects to .
earry pollen from one flower to another.

Ji—a short time after the flower has opened, when the

_anther-cells have burst, when the anther-tube has opened

slightly at the top, when the mouth of the anther-tube is
turned downwards, and when the style is growing and is
pushing the stigma and its brush towards the mouth of the
anther-tube—any pointed object is thrust into the tube, it
touches and rubs and pushes a little backwards the stiff bris-
tles attached to the connective of the lower anthers. This
motion, combined with the thrust of the style and of its brush,
forces the pollen through the small opening of the anther-
tube downwards in a gentle stream or shower on the back or
upper side of the object inserted. A pencil will become co-
vered for some length by it. The aperture or slit in the tube
of the corolla affords free play to the anther-tube under this
treatment.

Bees frequent this lobelia, and get well dusted on the back

262. On the Fertilization of the Blue Lobelia. -

with the pollen. When an insect leaves one flower and goes
to another, possibly a flower lower in position and in a later
stage of development, on another stem or plant, he will ve
likely find the stigma of that flower expanded and protruded.
If so, it will just sweep his back dusted with the pollen of the
previous flower; and if he then mounts to a flower higher in,
position and in an earlier stage of development on the second.
stem or plant, he will probably find the anthers in a state to
give up their pollen to him, and so on.

The flowers are very commonly out two at once on one
stem, the lower one with the stigma protruded and unfolded,
and the upper one with the stigma still within the anther-
tube, and the anther-tube ready to discharge its pollen at a
touch. The number of flowers visited by a humble-bee in a
few minutes is very remarkable. rites:

It is interesting to watch the gradations of this curious
structure in Campanula, Jasione, and Lobelia. All have the
stamens set upon the calyx; all have the brush on the style
for sweeping out the anthers; in all the stigmatic surface
remains closed until the pollen has been swept out; and in all,
when the stigma opens it turns its back on its own pollen, if,
indeed, any is then left on the style. But there are great
differences. &

In Campanula the brush is long and the three-lobed stigma
large; the pressureof the growing style with its brush against
the anthers is effected by means of the edges of the lobes of
the valvate corolla, which are folded deeply inwards, and,
being opposite to the stamens, press against their backs as the
flower opens; and the transportation of pollen must be effected
by the moving about of the insect within the bell and against
the pollen-covered style. ‘There must be a profuse expendi-
ture of pollen; but even here there seems to be a-wonderful
economy in the bristles, which are not scattered on the style
promiscuously, but are set on in ten rows apparently opposite
the ten anther-cells.

In Jasione the brush is shorter, and the two-lobed stigmatic
surface quite small; the long thin lobes of the corolla do not
press the anthers against the brush, but, instead, the anthers in
the opened flower are syngenesious. ‘Their attachment to one
another, however, is slight, is at the base only, and does not exist
in the early bud. The transport of pollen must be effected by
the insect walking over the numerous flower-heads, and
amongst and against the long protruding styles, of which
some in each head are generally pollen-covered, with closed
stigmas, and others pollen-stripped, with opened stigmas.

In Lobelia the anthers are short, the brush on the style is

Dr. J. E. Gray on a new Japanese Coral. 263

teduced to a ring of bristles, and the stigma is also small;
but by the remarkable arrangements above noticed in the hard
and completely syngenesious anthers (syngenesious from an
early stage in the bud) and in the style, the pollen is ejected
in small quantities at a time on the exact spot in the insect on
which it should be placed: for transportation to the stigma of
another flower, and is swept with equal precision from that
spot by the stigma of the next flower he visits.

XXXI.—Note on a new Japanese Coral (Isis Gregorii), and
on Hyalonema. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Mr. Brapiey Grecory, the Surgeon of H.M.S. ‘ Rattler,’ has
sent to Mr. Carruthers, for the British Museum, a fragment of
a coral which appears to be new to science. Mr. Gregory ob-
serves :—‘ The man who was sent to procure specimens of the
Hyalonema from Inosima brought back in addition ‘a large
branch of what at first appeared like the plant that grows in
the marshes, called Hquisetum; but on close inspection it was
found solid and smooth like glass, with joints and secondary
branches coming from it. The gentleman who was kind
enough to show me this thing tore off a small branch, which I

_ have sent to you lashed on to a piece of bamboo.”’

The specimen sent indicates a new species of Jsidinew. The
branch is very long, slender, of nearly equal thickness almost
throughout the whole of its length, only very slightly and
gradually tapering just at the tip. It is oe of about fifty
or fifty-one elongated slender joints united by a short but
distinct pale brown articulation. The joints are very similar
in length, being rather more than half an inch long ; but some-

times there is a shorter one interjected in various parts of. the

series. ‘The branch is about 27 inches long, and 3 inch in
diameter ; the horny internodes are very much shorter than the
joint, and about the same diameter.

Unfortunately the specimen does not show what was the
general distribution of the branches. This may be verticillate,
as Mr. Gregory compares the coral to an Hguisetum; and
the elongated branches are like the slender ones of some
of the species of that genus. The specimen does not afford
any means of determining if the branches arise from the cal-
careous joints, or from the horny internodes of the stem, which
distinguishes the two genera Js¢s and Mopsea.

Waiting the receipt of more perfect specimens, I propose to
eall the coral, provisionally, Isis Gregort?, after the gentleman
who so liberally sent it to the British Museum.

264 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Sieboldii.

Mr. Gregory sent with this coral a very interesting speci-
men of Hyalonema Sieboldit. It is attached to a sponge
which shows on the surface the numerous cireular and oblong
(this form being perhaps produced by compressing the open
mouths) oscula, surrounded by a slightly raised edge, which are
figured in Professor Schultze’s plate. The presence of these
oscules shows that the prominences in the bark cannot be “ the
oscule” as Dr. Bowerbank supposes.

The coil is very short, very thick, and formed of a large
number of short spicules. ‘These spicules, though short, are
complete; for they taper at the tip, and exhibit the usual ap-
pearance of perfect spicules; otherwise it might have been
supposed that this was only the base of a longer coil. The
coil is a full inch in circumference at the base, and spread out
towards the end. It has unfortunately been entirely deprived
of its bark, except just where it emerges from the sponge,
where there is a narrow imperfect ring of the bark, with
small-sized circular prominences, being the contracted po-
lypes, which are raised considerably above the surface, and
have a small central impression. The coil is about 8 inches
long; but one or two of the spicules are nearly one inch
longer.

Every specimen that I see ef this production more and more
confirms my first idea that the coil and bark constitute a coral
which is connected with a parasitic sponge.

XXXII.—On a new Free Form of Hyalonema Sieboldii, and
its manner of growth, By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.,
VP Aes Phas.

Mr. W. Currer has most kindly sent to me for examina-
tion a series of seventeen specimens of Hyalonema Sieboldit.
which he had just received from Japan. ‘They are all in good
condition, better than most specimens when they arrive. The
bark in all but one is decidedly in its natural state; this, on
the other hand, certainly has been entirely stripped of its
bark, and fresh bark recently stripped from some other speci-
men has been artificially put on to it; it would almost appear
as if the coil of two specimens had been twisted together into
one.

The series shows two very distinct varieties—one the kind
hitherto known, which is found affixed to a sponge, and the
other a free form of the coral, which is covered with bark
to the very base of the coil. Of the sixteen specimens in their
natural state, nine belong to the first, and six to the latter or
free variety.

eat eal

ee a

PR pay ee eee peret ont
‘ f Teer

Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Sieboldii. 265

The attached variety is generally of a larger size and greater

- diameter; but they are known, even when the sponge is ab-

sent, by the basal portion sunk in the sponge being conical
and tapering to a fine point formed of the very slender ends
of the spicules. Six specimens of this variety have the
sponge attached to the coils. The sponges vary considerably
in, size ; but they are all more or less oblong, and most of them
show more or less distinctly, according to the care that has
been taken of them when they were collected and packed, the
circular oscule, with its prominent edge, that is well repre-
sented in Professor Schultze’s plate in his essay on the coral.
The three other specimens have the naked conical base of the
coil, and have, no doubt, been separated from the sponge
when they were collected.

The six specimens of the free variety are all rather smaller
and more slender than the majority of the other specimens ;
they have the lower half of the coil covered with bark to the
base. The coil in these specimens does not suddenly taper to
a fine point, as in the specimens that are taken out of sponges,
but is only a very little smaller in the diameter of the base
than in the middle length of the specimen. The bark of
these specimens has never been removed, the tubercles or
papille being regularly disposed and of a nearly uniform size;
and there are generally two, and sometimes three, papille or
animals quite at the end, which is more or less truncated, and
in the dried specimens sometimes bent up or recurved.

There can be no mistake as to the end of the coil that is
covered with the bark*; for it is easy to determine the different

* Tam aware that Dr. Bowerbank states that M. Bocage has mistaken
the mEper part of the Portuguese specimen for the lower ; but this is only
a proof of the very cursory and incomplete manner in which he examined

the Portuguese specimens in the British Museum; for any one who is

acquainted with the structure and organization of the spicules of Hyalo-
nema cannot possibly mistake one end of them for the other. The state-
ment is as inaccurate as his assertion that the bark, the papille, and the

animal of the Portuguese and Japan specimens are alike, or his declara-

tion that the papille or contracted animals are oscules, and have no ten-
tacles nor cnidia, in defiance of the observations of Brandt, Schultze,
and Bocage, as well as myself. It is rather a difficult matter attempting
to discuss a scientific question with Dr. Bowerbank. For example, when
I say ‘‘ Hyalonema [meaning the coil] has no spouge-structure,” he re-
plies, “Brandt, Schultze, &c., have proved that Hyalonema {meanin
the sponge to which the coil is attached] has sponge-structure,” whic
I never denied (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 905). When I said, “silica is not
exclusively secreted by sponges, as the advocates of the sponge theory
seem to believe,’ he replied, “no one ever asserted that silica is ex-
clusively secreted by sponges ;” yet a little lower down in the same page
(P. Z. S. 1867, p- 904) he argues that the spicules of Hyalonema must have
been secreted by sponges, as silica is only secreted by the Protozoa—that
is, sponges.

266 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Sieboldii.

ends of the separate spicule, and, from the same character,
equally if not more easy to determine the ends of the coil of
spicules. The spicules of Hyalonema are elongate, unequally
fusiform : that is to say, thicker in the middle portion and ta-
pering at each end; but the lower tapering part of the spicules
is much the longest, and it tapers to a much more slender and
finer point—the end above the thickest part tapering very
gradually and being truncated before it reaches to a slender.
point. The consequence is that the coil is always much thicker
in the upper part, from the greater thickness of the spicules,
than in the lower one.

Since I have seen these specimens, I have a strong belief that
the Hyalonema Sieboldii, fg. 1. pl. 1 of Brandt’s ‘ Symbole,’
and most probably of Hyalocheta Possieti, t. 2. f. 6, are free
corals, with the basal end covered with bark; but he did not
so regard them. I may also observe that the spicules figured
(t. 2. f. 12 & 13) are represented on the plate with what he
calls the upper part or free end of the spicule towards the
bottom of the plate.

The specimens of this variety are exactly like the free spe-
cimens that M. Bocage found on the Portuguese coast; and
they show that both the Japanese and the Portuguese species
are sometimes found free, without any sponge at the base, and
at others growing from a mass of sponge; and it has been
lately observed that sometimes even two corals will grow
from the same sponge.

I think this goes far to show that the attachment of the
coral to the sponge is not a necessity, but only a frequent
habit, and to prove that the coil of spicules is not a develop-
ment of the spicules of the sponge to which it is attached. If
this were the case, the sponge, which would be so important
to its development, would always be present; for if the coil is
the development of the spicules of the sponge in which it lives,
how are the spicules developed when there is no sponge at
the base to develop them ?

The coil itself cannot be a sponge, as it is destitute of sar-
code, inhalant pores, and excurrent oscules—the distinctive
characters of sponges.

On the other hand, if we regard the spicules as the secretion
of the animal that invests them, all these difficulties disappear;
and every part of the structure leads to this conclusion.

This series of specimens is very instructive; and I have
been able to secure a part of them for the British-Museum
Collection, so that they may be examined by any one interested
in the controversy.

First, all the specimens, like all the others received from

Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Sieboldii. 267

Japan, have the tubercle or papilla formed by the contracted
animal cylindrical, prominent, and truncated, and very unlike
the slightly raised elongated oblong papilla of the contracted
animal of the Portuguese specimens of Hyalonema lusitanicum;
and the bark of all of them is covered with a sand-like coat,
very different from the smooth bark of those which inhabit
the Atlantic Ocean. , 3

‘Secondly, it is interesting as showing that the Japanese
species, like the Portuguese one, sometimes lives free, and. has
the base of the coil entirely covered with animals, some of
them being situated on the very extremity of the base. Indeed,
from the number of specimens of this form that have been
brought home in this collection, it may be as common as those
that live in sponges ; but, not being of such a large size, the
latter may be preferred both by the collectors and the persons
who purchase them and bring them over to this country.

In the collection there are two anomalous specimens. One
of them differs from all the other specimens of both varieties
in the coil being much more slender, formed of a comparatively ~
small number of spicules, and very much longer than any of
them. ‘The coil is about 24 inches long, and scarcely half an
inch in circumference. The bark that remains on the coil is
thinner than usual, but is studded with regular, equal-sized,
-normal-shaped papille, but of a smaller size than in the other
~ specimens.
The other specimen has been evidently manipulated
by the Japanese; and though the base is covered with pa-
pile, itis clear that the coil (or, rather, the two united coils of
which it appears to be formed) belongs to corals that were
attached to a sponge. This coil is very thick, and formed of
very numerous spicules; the lower half and the conically
attenuated base is covered with short strips of bark that have
been artificially applied round it when the bark was in a fresh
or moist state; the papillz on the bark, being probably taken
from more than one specimen, are of very unequal sizes, and,
-from manipulation, of irregular form. The eggs of two sharks
have also been artificially attached to this specimen.

Specimens which have been thus artificially doctored are
iecis known from those that are covered with the proper bark
of the coil. In the latter the papille or contracted animals
have a regular arrangement oa a uniform shape and size;
while the tubercles or papille of the bark that has been arti-
ficially applied are irregularly arranged and generally more or
less distorted by the manipulation.

P.S. I have no doubt there has been a considerable impor-
tation of specimens of Hyalonema. Mr. Cutter has sent me

268 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata.

twenty additional specimens, which he has just purchased, to
examine. ‘T'welve of them are imbedded in larger and smaller
fragments of sponge; and the coils vary greatly in diameter
‘and length, and in the quantity of bark on them. Two belong
to the free variety ; one is not in a good state: the other con-
firms me in the opinion that the Hyalocheta Possieti, figured
by Brandt, is a free variety; for it nearly resembles this figure;
but the polypes are not quite so long nor quite so much
clustered.

When examining these specimens I was induced to re-study
the whole question and to re-read Professor Max Schultze’s
well-reasoned and very interesting paper on the genus in the
‘Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ for March 1867 (xix. p. 153), and
made the following notes, feeling satisfied that Prof. Schultze,
like myself, is only desirous of arriving at the truth as to the
structure of this most interesting marine production, and that
we chiefly differ from observing the specimens in different
states and from a different point of view.

I think that Prof. Max Schultze overestimates the simi-
larity of the Palythoa on the Axinella and the animal of Hya-
lonema. The Awzinella is not “ always covered with this para-
site;”’ the animals are scattered singly or in groups on the sur-
face of the sponge, forming irregular tubercles, which caused
Esper to call the sponge Spongia tuberculata. I cannot con-
sider it ‘ the most perfect analogy to the parasitism of Palythoa
fatua in Hyalonema;” there the polypes form a uniform con-
tinuous bark, the inner coat of which surrounds each of the
siliceous spicules with a sheath of cortum. (See Brandt, t. 4.
f. 14.)

There can be no doubt that the idea of our Hyalonema being
a sponge arose in MM. Valenciennes and Milne-Edwards’s
minds from the examination of very imperfect specimens; for
the latter states that “ the polypes, which we have observed in
a dry state on different parts of the axis, appear to be only
parasites belonging to the order Zoantharia.” One of the
three figured in Prof. Schultze’s work is destitute of any bark ;
and the other two only have very small quantities of the bark
on the coil near the sponge. Well-preserved specimens gene-
rally have about half the length of the coil covered with ani-
mals. They seem more abundant in England than on the
Continent. I have had through my hands, since I first de-
scribed the genus in 1835, between 300 and 400 specimens.

Dr. Max Schultze observes :—‘‘ Thus, therefore, we have
every imaginable proof of the mutual relation of the ‘Glass
rey and the sponge, which may be briefly recapitulated as —

ollows :—

Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. 269

_ “1, The long siliceous. threads are in structure indubitable
sponge-spicules. They must therefore have been produced in
a sponge.” [I have shown that in structure and function they
are unlike any sponge-spicules known. See Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1868, i. p. 292.]

“2. Such a sponge, likewise with siliceous spicules, occurs
constantly at the lower extremity of the ‘Glass Rope,’ in
organic connexion therewith.” [Bocage and I have shown
that many most perfect specimens of H. Sieboldit and H. lus#-
tanicum are found that never had any sponge connected with
them (see species figured, Brandt, t. 1. f. 1; t. 2. f. 6), though
Dr. Max Miiller regards the sponge as something permanently
constant. |

“3. The sponge at the lower extremity of the long threads
has very characteristically constructed spicules, inasmuch as
their axial canal always possesses one or two perpendicular
transverse canals. ‘The same characteristic structure is also
displaye by the longer and shorter threads of the ‘Glass
Rope.’”’ [This character is common to the spicules of many
sponges, and may be common to these and the spicules of Hya-
lonema, which, as stated above, differ from the spicules of all
known sponges in the structure of the end and in their mode of
growth and function. The reason why I did not refer to this
point in my former paper is that I did not, and even now do.
not, regard it as so important as Prof. Schultze seems to con-
sider it. ‘The existence of a transverse canal being common
to siliceous spicules of a sponge and of Hyalonema did not
appear to me to decide that the latter were not secreted by a
polype. The value of microscopic observations depends on
the accuracy and knowledge of the observer ; and we must not
decide beforehand that a siliceous spicule with a transverse
eanal cannot be secreted by a polype because we have not be-
fore observed one, especially when the spicule has other cha-
racters that separate it from all sponge-spicules, as is the case
with the long spicule of the coil of the Hyalonema.]

I have been often told that Prof. Schultze has shown a
series of spicules gradually passing from the form in the sponge
to that in the coil. I cannot find any one showing any
passage from one to the other, nor the slightest approach to
one with the ring of spines, or the peculiar appearance of the
end or fracture. ‘There is a considerable difference in form
between the cruciform spicules of the sponge at the base and
that on the bark—so great as to have induced Brandt to call
one Spongia spinicrux and the other Spongia octancyra; yet
probably the sponge on the bark is only an extension of the

sponge at the base, like the sponge found between the ends of
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. ii. 19

270 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata.

the spicules of the top of the coil. Sponges permeate and
overrun everything in their neighbourhood.

_ Prof. Max Schultze observes that no one who has opened
the sponge and examined the extremely fine ends of the long
siliceous threads in the axis of the sponge “ can doubt that the
most intimate organic union exists between the porous sponge
and the ‘ Glass Rope,’ and that both, therefore, form an organi¢
whole.” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xix. p.155.) If Prof.
Schultze means that some particles of the sponge extend
themselves up between the spicules of the coil, that is, no
doubt, true; but as we all know that sponges will extend them-
selves up between all kinds of structure, I cannot regard that
as any proof of organic union. And I suspect that this is
what he does intend when he refers to the examination of im-
perfect specimens which had been removed from the sponges
(p. 155); and he seems not to have seen any specimen that
never had a sponge attached to it (though such are now known
to exist), and erroneously suspects that M. Bocage’s specimen,
which is now in the British Museum, was imperfect.

It is curious that neither Prof. Schultze, Dr. Bowerbank, nor
any of the advocates of the spicules being developed from the
sponge has ever attempted to show how the sete 2 are deve-
loped by the sponge, whence they originate, or to show any
connexion between the individual sponge-spicules and the spi-
cules of the coil, or that there is any connexion between the
pores and tubes of the sponge and the coil. As far as I have
seen, the coil under the bark is a solid body composed of many
closely packed spicules united together by fibrous corium like
the lower surface of the bark, and which surrounds each and
at the same time unites all the spicules into a mass destitute
of any pores or canals; and the end of the coil in the sponge,
in the four or five specimens that were cut open for the pur-
pose of examination, has always been separated from the
cavernous part of the sponge by a thick, very hard, compact
coat formed of felted spicules. As this coat and the cavernous
structure of the sponge are not represented in Schultze’s t. 2.
f. 1, I suspect it 1s rather a diagram than a representation of a
specimen.

Prof. Max Schultze states, “As yet only lime salts are
known in the skeletons of polypes.” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
1867, xix. p. 154.) And Dr. Bowerbank observes, “I be-
lieve that the animal power of organizing siliceous matter to
form either an internal or an external skeleton will be found
to be strictly confined to the great subkingdom of the Protozoa.”
(Proce. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 904.)

These authors have overlooked the analysis of coral quoted

a :

Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. 271

from Dana, in which it is shown that as much as 23 per cent.
of silica is found in the Madrepores; and silica is also found
in the axis of Gorgonia and other corals, forming an essential
part of their organic structure. (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 120.)

Prof. Lovén, who adopts Prof. Schultze’s theory, that the
sponge is an integral part of the organism, when describing a
true sponge from the North Sea which he regarded as a Hyalo-
nema, came to this conclusion from the study of the form and
structure of the Japan sponge as described by Prof. Schultze,
which had been overlooked or not properly appreciated by
Prof. Schultze himself and other zoologists, myself among the
number, which, I think, fully prove that the sponge is not
affixed to marine bodies and silaced at the base, but at the
apex of the glassy coil, the base of which he believes to be

ixed to some marine body, regarding the siliceous coil, as
seen in museum specimens, as only a fragment that has been
accidentally broken from its other fixed part. This latter
notion is inconsistent with what we know of the habits of the
genus, and also with the structure of the spicules of the differ-
ent specimens, which always taper towards the end in a most
uniform and regular manner, very unlike an accidental break
of a coil of spicules produced by an external force.

Dr. Lovén says that the cireular holes on the outer surface
of the sponge (the chimneys or oscula of Prof. Schultze)
“cannot be the pores for the exterior current.”” But I think
that if he had been able to examine the sponge he would have
found that they are connected with the oscwla in the internal
cavities of the sponge. (See Lovén, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1868,
il. pp. 81, 89.) )

fous ‘difficult to understand how what are here called the
“free”? Hyalonemata keep themselves erect on the sea-bottom;
for it is clear they must do so, as the similar size and develop-
ment of the polypes show that they must be all equally within
the reach of food. (See P. Z. 8. 1867, pp. 119, 902.) The
direction and manner in which the polypes on the apex are
developed shows that this cylindrical coral must be perma-
nently erect.

It is quite possible that the Hyalonemata live with the sili-
ceous filaments sunk in the sand; and that might explain
why we have never seen, even in the most perfect and well-
developed specimens, the coil of siliceous spicules covered with

the polypes and the bark-like crust for more than half its length,
_ and that always on the upper part of the coil.

A dealer, more than two years ago, showed me a number
of coils in the state in which he received them from Japan, in
which the exposed filaments of the coil were covered with

19*

272 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata.

mud; and he said that the collector told him that they lived
with part of the coil sunk in the mud. I did not credit the
account then, but I see reason to do so now. ;

I believe that it will be found that the coral grows erect,
with the part of the coil not covered with animals sunk in the
mud, like the Sea-pen or Pennatula (the siliceous spicules,
not being liable to Monae or change in structure, are well
adapted for such a mode of life in their uncovered state), and
that the sponge when present is a parasite that grows at the
apex, and not, as has hitherto been considered, at the base of
the coil of the coral.

If this theory is the true one, as I believe it to be, the family
and genera may be thus characterized :—

Hyalonemade.

Social zoanthoid polypes, secreting a central siliceous in-
ternal axial coil for their support. The upper half of the coil
covered by a uniform cylindrical bark regularly studded with
retractile polypes. The polypes are developed at the apex and
are directed upwards as the coral grows; those on the bark
near the naked part of the spicules are degenerate or less
developed than those on the other part of the bark; they ap-
pear to die off below as the lower part of the coil sinks deeper
in the sand.

The axis consists of numerous siliceous threads or spicules
extending from end to end and coiled together into a cylindri-
cal rope-like form.

The spicules, as far as they are covered with the bark-like
polypes, are each surrounded and separated from each other by
a thin sheath of corium, the whole forming a dense cylindrical
coil enclosed by the external bark formed of the united polypes.

The part not covered with the bark consists of the lower
half of the same spicules, which are separate and distinct from
each other, forming a beautiful tuft of glassy filaments.

Each spicule is formed of a great number of concentric
coats with a central canal, like the spicules of sponges; but
the ends of the spicules are cutnished and truncate, showing
the lamine of which they are formed, the inner laminz pro-
jecting beyond the others, and the outer being the shortest.
(Brandt, t. 2. f. 12, 18, 15; Schultze, t. 2. f. 3, 4, 5.)

The spicules are linear-elongate, subcylindrical, unequally
fusiform, tapering at each end, the end that is enclosed under
the bark being the longest and most slender*. (Brandt, t. 2.
f. 12, 13, 14, 15.) The surface is smooth, but near each end

* The fractured or imperfect ends, the concentric ridges and spines on
the surface, and the spicules being surrounded with cortwm at once

Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. 273

there are concentric ridges edged with a series of spines that
are directed towards the middle of the length of the spicule.
(Schultze, t. 2. f.4,5). These spicules are lengthened as the
coral grows.

The corals live erect at the bottom of the sea, with the free
part of the spicules sunk in the mud or sand.

The upper part of the coral is often taken pcos of by
a cup-shaped parasitic sponge (Carteria). The sponge de-
stroys the polypes; and the ends of the spicules form a short
rapidly tapering cone, which is separated from the sponge
by a number of spicules felted together, forming a Heed case
which separates the end of the coil from the rest of the sponge.

The coils of spicules, as left when the polypes die and the
bark has rotted or been eaten away by fishes, &c., are often
found in the sea, as are also the separate spicules.

M. Bocage makes a statement that is otherwise difficult
to understand. He says, “I have several specimens of Hyalo-
nema with other parasites: two are covered with an Antipa-
tharian, three absolutely destitute of polypes and sponges,
one embraced by the foot of an Actinia of what seems to me a
new species.” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. ii. p. 37.)
Dr. Semper has lately named a single specimen of Hyalonema
he received from the Philippines H. Schultzez, because it is
destitute of polypes and bark, but attached to a sponge.

They have been found in a fossil state in Mountain Limestone,
retaining the siliceous character of-the coil.

HYALONEMA, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, p. 64; Ann. &
- Mag. Nat. Hist. 1850, vi. p. 306; P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 118
(not Lovén, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1868, p. 90); Brandt, Sym-
boi. 14 (1859); Wyville Thomson, Intell. Observ. 1867, p.81.

Hyalocheta, Brandt, Bull. Acad. Pétersb. 1857, p. 17; Symbol. 17 (1859).
_ Bark sandy. Polypes cylindrical when contracted. Tenta-
cles 20.
1, Hyalonema Sieboldii, Gray, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 65, &c. B.M.

H. mirabilis, Gray, P. Z. S. 1857, p. 279 ; Bowerbank, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 18;
Lovén, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1868, p. 90.

Type, without parasitic sponge on apex :—

H. Sieboldii, Brandt, Symbol. t. 1. f. 1; Wyville Thomson, Intell. Observ.
1867, p. 93, f. 1.

Var. Possieti. Polypes produced and clustered.
Hyalocheta Possieti, Brandt, Symbol. t. 2. £. 6-20.

separate the siliceous spicules of zoanthoid polypes from the spicules of
sponges. ;

274 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata.

A. With parasitic sponge on apex.

i. erieepsy ae Brandt, Symb. t. 1. f. 4,5; Schultze, Hyalonemen,
t,.1, t. 2. Ge 2,
H. mirabile, Bowerb. P. Z. 8. 1867, t. 4. £.8.

B. Without the Si but with the part of the coil deprived
) polypes where it had been.

H, Steboldit, Brandt, Symbol. t. 1. f. 2,3, 6, 7, t. 2. f. 2.
Hab. Japan.

In examining some thirty-seven specimens which have lately
arrived in London from the same locality in Japan, I find the
contracted animals vary considerably in form and size. The
are generally nearly uniform in size and distance from eac
other in the same specimen. In one with small close polypes
I found a small oblong cluster of some twenty or twenty-five
polypes, rather smaller than the others, all crowded together
into a mass.

Some three or four specimens had the contracted animals
considerably larger and further apart, not quite regularly cir-
cular in shape ; but they are very different from the contracted
animals of H. lusitanicum.

One specimen without any sponge had the polypes very
irregularly dispersed—some far apart, others very close, and
even clustered together forming irregular prominences. This
specimen is somewhat like Hyalocheta Possieti (Brandt, Sym-
bol. ii. t. 2. f. 6); but the polypes are not quite so long and
prominent as in that figure. ‘The study of these specimens
and others I have seen induces me to believe that there is only
a single rather variable species found in Japan.

Unfortunately all the sponges on Japan Hyalonemata I have
been able to examine have been in a bad state, with an eroded
surface, as if they had been worn by the sea; and that is pro-
bably the condition of the ones figured by Schultze, though
the oscules are represented as complete; but the surface of the
sponge, judging from the sunken part of some of the speci-
mens in the complete state, is covered with a close-grained
dermal layer. They have generally been crushed in pack-
ing or drying; some exhibit circular perforations on the sur-
face. They vary greatly in shape, some being large and ob-
long, others contracted, ovate-elongate, like Brandt’s t.1. f. 4, 5.
I believe these forms arise from their being squeezed when
taken out of the sea, or after being washed. ‘There are three
specimens in the British Museum, one only anything like
perfect, which, ovate-elongate before it was soaked in water,
is conical cup-shaped, with a large conical cavity reaching

Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. 275

nearly to the apex of the coil. The cavity is partly filled up
with irregular contorted plates of different sizes, project-
ing from the wall of
the cavity. The parietes a. b.
are thin; the upper edge : :

of the cavity is thin,
sinuous, and not show-
ing any indication of
having been attached to
any marine body. ‘The
apex of the coil is sunk in
one side of the wall of the
| ee oP ike sponge.

e second specimen is
somewhat like the former;
but the upper part of the
wall is broken away, the
parietes are thickened,
and there are three un-
equal conical concavities,
the middle one much
deeper than the rest.

he third specimen is
much more imperfect. It
is a square spongy mass
me has asa eiiichied
and disintegrated ; it has
only a moderate-sized
central conical concavity ;
but a great part of the cup
is wanting.
_ As far as I have seen,
all the sponges are more
or less cup-shaped, with
a central conical open
cavity.

2. Hyalonema Schultzet is
probably a distinct
species, as it came
from the Philippines;
but it is described

probably from a dead
specimen of a coil ig se e658. us % growing in the mud,
; reduce the natural size. a. the
t ges eck its bark contracted polypes on the apex, larger ;
and animals. b. the parasitic sponge on the apex.

276 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids.

HyYanoturix, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 119.

Bark smooth. Polypes oblong when contracted, low. Ten-
tacles 40, .

Hyalothrix lusitanica, Gray, 1. c. 1867, p. 119. B.M.
Type Hyalonema lusitanicum, Bocage, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 265, t. 22; 1865,
p. 662; Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866, xvii. p. 287; Lovén, Ann.
& Mag. N. H. 1868, p. 90. /
Var. spongifera.
HT. lusitanicum, Bocage, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, ii. p. 36; Bow-
erbank, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 902.

Hab. Portugal.

P.S. Dr. Perceval Wright, who has just returned from
dredging for Hyalonemata on the coast of Portugal, informs me
(Sept. 14) that he believes the coral (1. lusitanicum) grows at
the bottom of the sea in deep water, with the free part of the
coil sunk in the sand. He also mentioned to me that M. Bo-
cage has some specimens of the sponge that grows on the H.
lusitanicum with a shallow cavity that is covered with a netted
lid formed of spicules, like the lid of Hwplectella. I do not
find any trace of such a lid in the three sponges on the Hyalo-
nema Steboldit in the British Museum; but it seems to exist
in some specimens of that sponge, as Dr. Lovén says that Prof.
Schultze found “the flattened surface of the smaller and
younger specimen (No. 4) covered by a network of spicules
similar to that which covers the free end of Huplectella.”
(Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1868, ii. p. 89.)

XXXIII.—On the Boring of certain Annelids.
By W. C. M‘Inrosu, M.D., F.L.8.*

[Plates XVIIL, XIX., XX.]

At the Meeting of the British Association held at Dundee,
my friend Mr. E. Ray Lankester read a very interesting paper
on “ Lithodomous Annelids,” or, rather, on the boring of
Sabella saxicava, Quatref., and Leucodore ciliata, Johnst.,
chiefly with reference to the latter. In the discussion which
followed, Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys and I strongly opposed the
theory advocated by the author as to the action of a purely
chemical agency in the production of the perforations. Ispe-
cially mentioned that Leucodore ciliata bores in aluminous
shale—a fact fatal to the chemical (or acid) theory—and am

* Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Meeting of
the British Association at Norwich, Aug. 24, 1868.

Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 277

now compelled to make a few remarks on the subject at this
stage, on account of the publication of the above-mentioned
paper in the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for April of this
year (1868). In the latter publication the author states that
* Dr. M‘Intosh was the only observer at Dundee who expressed
a belief that these Annelids perforate rocks other than carbonate
of lime. He said he had seen aluminous shale so bored; but
I think he had other excavations in mind, such as Annelids
will make in the semisolid silt filling cracks in shale, or else that
he has since seen reason to change his opinion; for he has not
produced any such specimen of shale, although then challenged
todo so. I submit that the opinion as to aluminous shale,
unsupported by any chemical test or specimen, and confessedly
only casually noticed, should not be of any weight in the
balance against the facts as to the exclusive erosion of lime-
stone which are above recorded.”’ I had for the time forgotten
the subject till I saw this paper (and for the first time its
challenge) in the ‘ Annals ;’ yet, on referring to my notes on
Leucodore ciliata, made several years ago, I find that it bores
not only in aluminous shale, but in a material, in a chemical
sense, even more impenetrable.
_ Boring and burrowing are very common features in the
British Annelida. The majority are fitted chiefly for perfo-
rating sand or sandy mud, such as the Lumbrict, Nephthys,
Nerine, Cirratulus, Nereis, Eteone, Glycera, Arenicola, Scali-
bregma, Ammotrypane, Ophelia,-Travisia, Aricia, Terebella,
Sabella, Mca, and others; and the modes in which they
contig this their daily occupation vary greatly. Glycera and
ephthys especially disappear with rapidity amongst the sand
by boring with their proboscides, the former passing its elon-
gated organ through a considerable space in a single thrust.
_ Eteone dashes through the water in ever-varying screw-coils,
and carries its snout with equal facility through sand; and
the motions of Ammotrypane aulogaster are even more vigorous,
especially as regards penetration of the latter. The efforts,
again, of Scalibregma, Ophelia limacina, Travisia, and Mea
are less violent; but they easily penetrate the same semisolid
medium. Some, such as Nereis pelagica and Dumerilit, occa-
sionally occupy galleries in the stems of softened Laminaria ;
while Hediste (Nereis) diversicolor bores in vast numbers in
the peat of Perrelle Bay, in Guernsey, and more sparingly in
easual pieces of the same material on the eastern shores of
North Uist. Several delight to bore in muddy clay, such as
Eunice, Lumbrinereis, and Notocirrus. Many species occur in
galleries between the layers of shale and sandstone, and in the
cracks of granite, gneiss, and other rocks, amidst sandy mud,

278 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids.

as well as elsewhere, such as several of the Spionide, Eunice,
Lysidice, Trophonia, Syllis armillaris, Psamathe fusca, Cas-
talia punctata, Eulalia, Thelepus (Venusia), and Aphlebina.
Of these, Lysidice is often found under the calcareous spread-
ing base of Corallina officinalis along with Leucodore, under
the large littoral Ascidians at Herm, and in masses of Celle-
pora from the deep water off St. Martin’s Point, Guernsey,
and, though it would seem to take possession of an old tunnel,
yet appears capable of accommodating the hole to its own
wants. Lastly, a few Annelids bore rocks, stones, and shells
of various kinds, amongst which are Leucodore, Dodecaceria,
Sabella saxicava, Heterocirrus saxicola, Grube* (a species 1
cannot at present distinguish from Dodecaceria concharum),
besides some of the adjoining group, Gephyrea.

There is no more common Annelid along the rocky parts of
the beach at St. Andrew’s than Leucodore ciliata (Pl. XVIII.
fig.1); and,indeed, it is a very abundant British form in general.
It especially haunts the soft blue shale at the West and Castle
Rocks of the ancient city, apparently, like its companion Pho-
las crispata, because it finds such more easily excavated than
the denser sandstone, just as we see it avoiding the hard gra-
nite and gneiss of the Channel Islands and the outer Hebrides,
and tunnelling its galleries under the spreading base of Coral-
lina and the numerous Nullipores, both free and surmounted
by the tangles, or as M. de Quatrefagest found at Guettary,
in the case of Sabella saxicava, which preferred to bore the
calcareous rocks rather than the quartz with which they alter-
nated. It is likewise abundant in the fissures of the shale and
sandstone, forming tunnels amidst the muddy débris so abun-
dant in these localities, where Dr. Johnston seems alone to
have found it. (C&rsted, again, gives “sandy tubes” as its
sole habitation. Vast numbers of the common limpet-shells
are also invaded by them, their tracks with the loop at the
bottom being visible from the inner surface as whitish streaks;
and the irritation frequently causes the mollusk to secrete
layer upon layer of the nacreous lining. It abounds likewise
in many other littoral and deep-water shells, such as Buccinum,
Fusus, Haliotis, Ostrea, and Anomia, and, indeed, in favour-
able sites, almost upon every shell thick enough to bore into.

Its presence amidst the shale and sandstone is easily recog-
nized by numerous small tubes, composed of agglutinated
sand and mud (Pl. XTX. fig.1), which project from the surface
of the stone in dense groups, so as to form in many cases a
kind of sward of tubes—a habit apparently characteristic of the

* Archiv fiir Naturges. 1855, p. 108, Taf. 4. f. 11.
+ Ann. des Se, Nat. sér. 3. Zool. tome viii. 1847.

Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 279

race in all parts of the world; for the Abbé Dicquemare long ago
noticed this on the coast of France, and in more recent times
M. Schmarda* describes and figures a species (Leucodore so-
cialis) having a similar habit, on the coast of Chili, Mr. Alex.
Agassiz another on the shores of the United States, M. de
Quatrefages at Boulogne, M. Claparéde at Skye, and Dr. 8.
Wright in the Frith of Forth. Mr. Lankester, however, does
not allude to this habit; and such tubes are certainly rare on
the calcareous rocks. Very short ones are occasionally ob-
served on the surface of Corallina. 'These tubes are composed,
according to the nature of the site, of minute grains of sand
and a or pure sand, cemented together by a tough secre-
tion, which likewise gives a smooth coating to their interior.
They project sometimes nearly half an inch from the stone or
other material; and, when laid along the surface, in some cases
they exceed this in length. If the animals are scattered, it
idl seodily be observed that each is supplied with two inde-
pendent and occasionally divergent tubes, which thus corre-
spond to the double nature of their perforations in the stone.

oth are formed in the same way, the Annelid reversing itself
in its gallery at will and augmenting the length of the quies-
cent tube: thus the restless tentacles are observed to project
now from the one and now from the other. The animal dis-
plays great energy in proceeding with its work, its tentacles
resembling a struggling Ascaris that has been seized by the
middle and is endeavouring to make its escape. Not only are
these organs thrown about in all directions, but each under-
goes a series of vermiform wrigglings, no head meanwhile
being visible from the aperture of the tube. After lashing
the water for some time, they may be noticed moving along
the surface of the stone with a serpentine motion like indepen-
dent worms, and seizing any convenient particle of mud, sand,
or food they may encounter. Upon effecting this, the tentacle
is not contracted as in the Hydrozoa and Actinozoa, but its
vermiform motions along the rocky surface remain unaltered,
while the particle is observed to wend its way towards the
mouth of the tube along the tentacle in a ecbkahis manner,
to be seized by the lips of the animal. Bastert distinctly no-
ticed this quality in the tentacles of Leucodore, mentioning
that, however unwilling, the prey was dragged by the organs
into the tube and consumed at leisure. Hence he inferred they
had many of the pairs pertaining to the tentacles of polypes.
The fact also did not escape the notice of that most patient and
keen observer of nature, Sir J. Dalyell, in “ Spio seticornis;” for
he says, ‘‘ The particles that may be selected for the edifices are

* Neue wirb. Thiere, 1. ii. p. 64, tab. 26. figs. 209 & 209 a,
+ Basteri Opuscula Subseciva, tom. ii. lib. 3. p. 135,

280 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids.

seized and passed along the tentaculum, and apparently carried
to the mouth*”’. If the particle of sand, for instance, after en-
tering the mouth ofthe tube, is considered suitable, itis by-and-by
pushed out with the snout, and arranged on the circumference
of the tube with the glutinous secretion. Occasionally the
proximity of other tubes affords an opportunity for abstractin;
particles therefrom, as well as causes frequent collisions with
neighbouring tentacula, especially apparent when two take
possession of the same prey. Now and then a small mass of
mud and sand may be seen travelling outwards from the tube
along the tentacle, to be dropped at some distance. Quantities
of débris, again, may sometimes be observed issuing from
both apertures; and in those vessels in which the animals have
been vigorously at work on new sites, heaps of minute grains
of sand or altered shale are grouped on the flat surface around
the tubes ; or if these are elevated in the vessel and project
horizontally, the débris falls to the bottom or clouds the side
of the glass. Where the basis material is bluish shale, this
débris has a brownish colour, and the particles assume a some-
what definite ovoid shape, so that the heaps have a peculiar
miliary appearance. The alteration in the colour in this case
is interesting, showing that in all probability the masses have
passed through the digestive tract of the Annelid. Moreover
we may be fairly warranted, from the appearances, in assuming
that at least some of the constituents of such heaps are the
results of the boring, and not all due to the seizure of external
particles from (in this case) the smooth surface of the shale.
There was nothing peculiar in the instance of the sandstone,
whose loose débris after boring resembled the grains of sand
removed from the mass.

The benefits of a tube superadded to the gallery in the stone
are apparent; for the tentacles are thus enabled to take a longer
sweep through the surrounding water for the capture of minute
structures while the delicate body remains protected. More-
over a field of competition is opened up to these social Anne-
lids, in which it must at least occasionally occur that the best
and most rapid builder of these tubes is placed under more
favourable conditions for existence than those with shorter tubes
or those confined to the dead level of the rock or shell.

When the animal happens to find a largemass of loose material
nearits tubes, it sometimes protrudes its headand anterior region,
and aids the tentacles in dragging it towards the mouth of the
tube, or occasionally the anterior part of the body is extruded in
an exploratory manner ; but, as arule, they are very shy. <A free
animal is now and then encountered, and, if in perfect health,

8

* Power of the Creator Ke. vol. ii. p. 159.

Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids, 281

it is not the helpless animal described by Dr. Johnston*, but
progresses very actively indeed, either on a horizontal or per-

endicular surface; and if circumstances are unfavourable for
its gaining the stone, or, if it so chooses, it fashions a tube
round its body with ease and rapidity (provided materials are
forthcoming), either on the bottom or along the side of the
vessel. Nor is it satisfied with the construction of one home,
but roams about from place to place and forms several. In
such instances the tube is not generally turned on itself,
but is more or less linear, the cup of the anal segment com-
municating freely with the water by the open end of the tube.
They are also not unfrequently found swimming on the sur-
face of the water, like other Annelids.

The first point that strikes the observer in regard to the
perforations in the sandstone and shale is that they are grouped
in pairs, sometimes with a thicker and sometimes with a
_ thinner intervening column. In many cases this column would
seem to be formed of débris ; but in others, especially those in
shell, sandstone, and Corallina, some of the original material is
left; so that, by this feature, the- observer is seldom left in
doubt as to the identity of any particular gallery he encounters,
From the exterior the tubes, as usually observed, proceed in-
wards either as nearly straight or more or less curved cylin-
drical galleries, and terminate in the case of each pair by
joining ina = at the bottom, the latter being either abruptly
or gently curved, according to the thickness of the intervening
column. This siphonal form of gallery is very general among
the Annelida and other burrowing animals; various Teredelle,
Eunice sanguinea, Cirratulus cirratus, and others follow this
habit in the fissures of rocks; while Corophiwm longicorne, so
abundant in company with Hdwardsia on some of our muddy
or clayey shores, has its burrow of the same characteristic
formation. In Leucodore, as a rule, the intervening column
attains the largest dimensions inferiorly, a considerable wedge of
sound shale being often left at the loop. The latter, moreover,
in some was marked by two or three grooves, showing that at
various times the animal had altered the depth of its galleries
to suit its convenience, perhaps in relation to the length of its
built-up or external tube, though this is not a matter of much
consequence. All the tubes were lined by the delicate secre-
tion before mentioned.

In the borings in shell, Nullipore, and Corallina the tube or
perforation had not, in our specimens, the form of a keyhole,
as mentioned by Mr. Lankester, but possessed a solid column
of the original structure, or else one of consolidated débris, in-
tervening between the tunnels. In the sea-worn specimens of

* Catalogue of Worms, Brit, Mus, p. 206.

282 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids.

chalk and limestone, the empty perforations, however, do ex-
hibit a form somewhat like a keyhole in transverse section ;
but in the calcareous rocks and stones containing living speci-
mens the double tube is completed by an intervening column
of débris, except at the loop. In not a few of the worn pieces
of chalk and limestone, only the widened inferior end or junc-
tion of the tube remains. This is a point of some interest,
since Dodecaceria concharum abounds in the same sites, and its
gallery is distinguished in transverse section by having no in-
curvation, or only a very slight incurvation in the middle, and
is not double; yet the dried remains of this worm might most
aptly be described “ as a black carbonaceous film,” whereas the
dried remnants of Leucodore are of a pale or straw-yellow hue.

Amongst the minute fragments of flint which form the
fine gravel of Luccomb Chine, in the Isle of Wight, are
many loose rounded pieces of limestone and chalk more or
less perforated by Leucodore and Dodecaceria; but the living
examples of the former occur chiefly between half tide and
low-water mark, the best site being at the verge of the latter,
and this more especially as regards Dodecaceria. Leucodore
is not only abundant in the substance of the rocks themselves,
as mentioned by Mr. Lankester, but swarms under the spread-
ing base of Corallina, though, on account of the inconspicuous
nature of the apertures in the latter, little or no trace of the
borings can be observed until the surface is split off. Besides,
in this (littoral) region there are numerous flattened stones,
one or two feet square, that have their surfaces quite worm-
eaten by the perforations of the Annelids, whose now vacant
galleries have been considerably enlarged by the action of the
sand and surf. Occasionally the borings in these large stones
were arranged in a linear series, the worm having attacked
the commencing fissures as the most vulnerable parts of the
mass. At White-Cliff Bay, again, the perforations in the
chalky rocks abounded in the same region, and were of a
somewhat larger size than those made by our northern ex-
amples.

Diet tions of the general structure of Leucodore have been
published by the Abbé Dicquemare, Dr. Johnston, MM. Cirsted,
Grube, Claparéde, and Keferstein; so that my remarks at pre-
sent shall be confined to the tentacles, bristles, hooks, and
anal segment.

The tentacles (Pl. XTX. figs. 1 & 2) are a pair of very mobile
muscular organs, possessing in each case a ciliated furrow on the
inner side, Dr. Johnston being in error in averring that the in-
ferior side is so supplied. Dr. Strethill Wright* has given a

somewhat minute account of their microscopic appearance in
* Edinb. New Phil. Journ. 1857, vol. vi. p. 90.

Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 283

this species (in all probability), which he termed Spio seti-
cornis. He sheurred that the tentacles, when seizing a frag-
ment of oyster, attached themselves to it “not by winding
themselves round it, but by simple adhesion, as if they were
studded with numerous suckers and hooks, like the arms of the
cuttle-fish.” This prehensile apparatus “ consists of numerous
large papillee thickly crowded together along the borders of
the tentacles,” each having an “acuminated soft ciltum or
spine.” On forcibly pressing the tentacle, “the spme-bearing
papille burst, and there issues from each of them a.... pear-
shaped capsule (trichocyst).... which, again, on rupture, dis-
charges a multitude of acicular spicules.” He likewise states
that the tentacles are furnished with “a ciliated band running
from the tip to the base,’ but does not point out the actual
disposition thereof. In his drawing of the tentacle (fig. 18)
the papille are ranged along each side of the organ from base
to apex.
en the tentacle is extended, as in its ordinary motions
(Pl. XIX. fig. 1), there is little or no appearance of wrinkles.
A very considerable alteration, however, ensues on placing the
animal, even without irritating pressure, between glasses, and
certainly much more so if the tentacle itself is removed by
violence. The ciliated groove along the inner border, like the
rest of the organ, is minutely granular, especially towards the
tip, the latter, on the slightest contraction, assuming a minutely
warty aspect (fig. 2). Besides thelong cilia which cover the
furrow, there are various motionless hairs along the opposite
or exterior border of the organ, as indicated by Prof. Keferstein,
and which are also present on various other parts of the animal.
The wrinkling of the tentacles in most views is very marked,
the whole organ being crossed by transverse seams, between
every two of which a series of very distinct temporary papille
occur at the edge, which papillee sometimes do possess a mo-
tionless cilium or ‘ spine,” and are more likely to do so under
paralyzing pressure ; but the appearance shown by Dr. Wright
is the result of injury, and not a natural interpretation of their
anatomy, however closely his outline may indicate what he
saw. ‘These temporary papille, in common with the entire
surface of the furrow, certainly present a streaked appearance;
but such is due to the compressed cilia; and I have never been
able to see the remarkable “ trichocysts” and their acicular
contents as described by this ingenious naturalist, to whose
observations I gave due respect by repeated examinations.
Circular cells filled with minute granules often escaped through
the delicate epiderm of the pressed organ, together with mi-
nute granules and swarms of discarded cilia; but there was no

284 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids.

trace of the “ trichocysts.” M. de Quatrefages*, again, in-his
remarks on the respiration of the Annelids, refers to a drawing.
of the tentacle of a Polydora, which may or may not be this
species. He shows the ciliated region to be cellular, but does
not notice crenations.

On the tentacles of several were the curious parasitic forms.
represented in Pl. XIX. fig. 3. They were attached by a short
stalk, and, when set free, moved rapidly through the water by
the aid of their cilia, which in their fixed condition were next
the tentacle. :

The fifth body-segment of the worm has the characteristic
strong hooks (PI. XVIII. fig. 2), which are accompanied bythe
peculiar bristles with spear-shaped. heads (fig. 3), besides the
minute dorsal fascicle of the ordinary structure. The tip of
each of the first series is strongly curved; and towards the
concave side thereof a spur projects, apparently with a twist:
backwards and ventrally ; and hence, if the organs are sepa-
rated and pressed between glasses, this spur in not a few cases
almost escapes observation: this is especially the case in spirit
preparations. In the larger southern examples the spur is less
visible than in the smaller, as the hook under pressure assumes
a position which hides the projection; it is very evident,
however, when the hook is viewed én situ. ‘The shaft of the
hook in the large examples is marked at intervals by trans-
verse strie. Mr. Lankester’s figurest may be taken as the
representatives of altered bristles from specimens in which
they have been subjected to some morbid influence, either due-
to the nature of the habitat (calcareous rock) or otherwise.
Other specimens from the same rock show the ordinary struc-
ture with the single spur beneath the tip. In some of the
altered specimens the spear-shaped bristles accompanying the
hooks are absent. Mr. Alex. Agassiz has given a better view
of their structure, though he does not refer to the spear-shaped
bristles which accompany them. In the majority of the spe-
cimens from St. Andrew’s three of the hooks were well deve-
loped, the first being the longest, and the fifth and sixth rudi-
mentary but nevertheless showing the secondary fang or spur
even more distinctly than the others. In larger examples from
Cobo Bay, Guernsey, and the southern shores of nolan,
these hooks are more numerous f.

* Ann, des Se. Nat. sér. 3. Zool. tome xiv. pl. 5. fig. 10.

+ Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. i, 1868, pl. 11. fig. 9.

{ At the late meeting of the British Association, Mr. Lankester, while
at once admitting the erroneous condition of his own published drawing
of the hooks, denied the accuracy of mine as exhibited in a large coloured
drawing accurately copied from the two figures (PI. X VIII. figs. 2 a, 6) ac-

~

Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids, 285

‘The inferior appendages of the rest of the body-segments
consist of characteristic hooks—organs, | may add, that have
received but scant justice from their artists, with the exception
of M. Claparéde*.and Mr. Agassiz, though the latter appears
to have slightly misapprehended their true nature, as he speaks
of “a stiff bristle extending from the base of the curve’””—which
can only refer to the wing of the structure, about to be de-
seribed. The figuret of this careful observer, though earlier,
is more correct than Mr. Lankester’s. - When the hook is pressed
flatly between glasses (Pl. X VIII. fig. 4 a), the crown shows
a long tooth in front, with a shorter superior process and a dis-
tinct wing; but the latter, of course, has been altered by pres-
sure, as, when viewed under favourable circumstances (fig. 4 d),
it has a wing on each side of the crown and upper part of the
shaft. Dr. Thomas Williams was in error when he assigned
a dorsal position to these hooks{. ‘The bristles throughout
conform to one type (fig. 5), having a long shaft, somewhat
abruptly bent and tapered at the tip, which has a narrow pro-
cess or wing on each side.

- The anal segment is furnished with a peculiar cup (fig. 6),
whose margin does not form a continuous ring, but is inflected
and slit in the middle of the dorsal surface. A few minute
and motionless cilia are placed round the margin. The papilla
of the anal orifice is richly ciliated. The organ does not im-
press the observer as being eminently adapted for adhering to
surfaces, after the manner of a sucker; nor have I been so
fortunate as to see the animal using it for this purpose. Mr.
A. Agassiz and MM. Claparéde and De Quatrefages, however,
have seen the Annelid employing it for such ; and M. Meczni-
koff§ is another author who mentions that a “ sucking-disk ”
is met with in Lewcodore. Dr. Williams, again, remarks that
the anal segment is expanded with geometrical exactitude into
a hollow cone, which acts on the principle of the sucker, the
worm “letting down its weight on the part, in order to press

-companying this paper. He said that, instead of one spur, there were
several spurs beneath the curved tip. Ofcourse I have found no reason to
alter an opinion formed after an examination of specimens from the north,
east, and west of Scotland, from the north-east, south, and south-west of
England, and from the Channel Islands. Mr. Agassiz and Prof. Kefer-
_ stein, moreover, show only one process; and though M. de Quatrefages
represents at least two beneath the tip of the hook of his Leucodore nasuta
from Bréhat, [am bound to add that many of this distinguished author's
drawings are not scientifically accurate. I do not know on what authority
my friend made his statement; and it is to be hoped he will clear up the
mystery. * Archiv fiir Anat. u. Phys. 1861, Taf. 13.

+ Ann. Nat. Hist. ser, 3. vol. xix. pl. 6. fig. 38. ~

t Report Brit. Assoc. 1851, p. 208.

§ Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xvi.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 20

286 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids.

out the water with which the bottom of the tube may be filled ;”’
and thus the Annelid ‘amid the raging billows is securely
anchored to its cell.”” From the siphonal nature of the tube,
this description cannot apply in any degree. £m

Another very common borer in shells, nullipore, and ealea-
reous rock is Dodecaceria concharum, Cirst., a Cirratulean
which has a larger tube, shaped something like a keyhole
in transverse section, and terminating in a slightly dilated,
smooth, cecal extremity. This animal likewise lives in the
fissures of the rocks in the Channel Islands, forming in the
mud long galleries bent in various ways, but always readily
distinguishable from those of Leucodore. In addition to the
foregoing localities, a specimen was sent me alive from St.
Andrews rocks in its characteristic tube in sandstone. In
this instance the perforation in the stone was lined by a con-
siderable coating of carbonate of lime, so that it had a smooth
whitish aspect—as if the animal had not relished constant con-
tact with the rough grains of sand, and had fashioned a coat-
ing analogous to the well-known secretion of Teredo, Even
in the spreading base of Corallina officinalis, the gallery in-
habited by this animal is often so smooth, and its appearance
on fracture so characteristic, that the observer is led to suspect
the existence of some secretion which covers over the rough-
nesses of the tube and the rocky surface. The bristles (Pl. XX.
fig. 4) in this species have a dilated and flattened tip with a
finely serrated edge, and taper to a fine point. The shape of
the hooks (figs. 2 & 3) is peculiar and characteristic, and en-
ables the observer to distinguish the dried remnants at once.
The animal tinges the spirit of a rich dark-green hue, just as
Sark specimens of its ally Cirratulus cirratus do, but gives
no BS reaction to test-paper. The Nerets sextentaculata of
Delle Chiaje*, which lives in holes in the rocks of the Nea-
politan shores, is, in all probability, referable to the same spe-
cies: and the Narganseta corallit of LeidyT is likewise either
the same or a very closely allied form. The latter bores dead
portions of Astrangea astreformis.

A third British borer is Sabella saxicava, Quatref., which,
according to Messrs. Stewart and Lankester, is found in the
limestones near Plymouth; and I have found it abundantl
in Oyster, Pecten, Anomia, and other dead and living shells
dredged off the Channel Islands, as well as perforating the
Balani that cover the sides of the Gouliot caves at Sark, near

* Memorie sulla Storia e Notomia degli Animali senza Vertebre del
Regno di Napoli, vol. iii. p. 176, tab. 43. fig. 16.

+ “Marine Invert. of Rhode Island and New Jersey,” Journ. Acad. Nat.
Se. Philad. ser. 2. vol. iii.

Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 287

low-water mark, my attention having been first directed to the
latter site by Dr. Bowerbank, who kindly sent me dried spe-
cimens. In these caves the tube of the Annelid is often coiled
in its groove beneath the Balan?, and then pierces the shell of
the latter to appear on the upper surface. It likewise bores
abundantly in Cellepora pumicosa, and in one instance had
bored quite through the valve of a living Pecten pusio. It
often occurs in the same oyster-shell im a combined attack
with Gastrochena dubia, Leucodore, and boring sponges, or
sometimes places its tubes in groups in convenient fissures of
the shell without boring, so that they can be dislodged en
masse like short and contorted tubes of Tubularia indivisa.
Another site is under empty limpet-shells amongst muddy
débris, part of each tube being inserted into a perforation in
the shell; while, again, the cracks and fissures of the rocks
near low-water mark afford a very favourite habitat in the
Channel Islands, and their tubes are often seen projecting
through incrusting sponges and Ascidians, both simple and
compound. The species has a tough horny tube, whose ex-
posed portion is furnished with minute grains of sand ; but the
immersed portion is hyaline and more delicate. The boring
in the shell and limestone is circular, and, though often more
or less curved or coiled, it is not to be confounded with the
work of Dodecaceria or Leucodore. need not allude further
at present to the structure of the species, save to observe that
its branchiw are speckled with pale.green and white, and fur-
nished with two or three brown pigment-specks exteriorly,
and that its hooks (Pl. XX. figs. 5 & 6) (which are accompanied
by broadly spear-tipped minute bristles, fig. 7) and bristles
(fig. 8) have the structure represented. ‘he body shows a
distinct acid reaction towards the posterior end, and especially
at the tip of the tail.
- The fourth native borer is a little Sipunculus, which exter-
nally appears to be identical with S. Johnstona of Forbes. It
occurs in limestone on the shores of the Isle of Wight, bores
into the spreading base of Corallina with the foregoing forms
in the Channel Islands, tunnels the mud in the fissures of
various rocks, and one occurred in a shell sent by Mr. Gwyn
Jeffreys in his rich Zetlandic collection of 1867. The form of
the perforation in the latter case is club-shaped; and a young
specimen had bored its tiny gallery from the tube of its parent
—a very rare occurrence amongst the true Annelids. In this
instance the tubes of Campanularia verticillata had taken
possession of several of these minute galleries after the death
or exit of the original inhabitant. This boring Sipunculus is
quite neutral to test-paper. |
20*

288 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids.

Annelidan borings have been noticed by many observers.
In 1765 Baster* describes and figures the very species
(Leucodore ciliata), I have no doubt, which has just been
brought forward by Mr. Lankester. He observes, ‘‘ Alteram
Nereidis speciem, quam hic describo, voco méinimam tentaculis
longissimis ;”’ and his next sentence shows that he had at
least. as extensive an acquaintance with its habitat as some
very recent writers :—‘‘ Hee in lapidibus, ostreis, aliisque
piscibus testaceis, qui e limoso maris fundo petuntur, reperitur
quam frequentissime, habitans semper in parvo ex limo aut
arena constructo tubulo.”’ ‘This author, although he does not
further allude to the habitations in the stones, mentions that
he put a quantity of sand beside them in a glass vessel, and
that they very soon bored into this, and constructed tubes at
the entrance of their tunnels. The Abbé Dicquemareft in 1781
also refers to the same species, and he gives figures of the
animal which, however inaccurate, may at least bear com-
parison with some of very modern date. He called it a sea-
insect, and he cites it as an influential agent in destroying the
calcareous rocks and stones in the neighbourhood of Havre.
In a second paper by the same author {, what appears to be a
Sabellaria is described, which, it is stated, prolongs its tail
within the rock or stone, as well as fashions a tube of coarse
sand or fine gravel outside.. He advanced the idea of a sol-
vent to account for these borings, an explanation all the more
likely, as his specimens of rocks bored by marine “ insects ”’
were all calcareous. Dr. P. C. Abildgaard § gives fair deserip-
tions and figures of two species which bore into the marble
cliffs and calcareous stones below water at Santa Cruz in the
West Indies. He calls the one TZerebella bicornis, and the
other Terebella stellata. The first is a Cymospira (C. bicornis)
characterized by having a hard, horny, flattish operculum,
from which project two branched antler-shaped processes. He
also mentions at the end of his paper that another was sent
him with three horns on its operculum, the third being closely
appressed to the plate; but the animal was otherwise similar
to the first. The latter is thus closely related to the Cymo-
spira tricornis of Dr. Baird ||, who remarks that it had ap-
parently burrowed in Madrepore—a habit characteristic of
other species of the genus, whose galleries occasionally pierce

* Basteri Opuscula Subseciva, tom. ii. lib. iii. p. 154, tab. xii. fig. ii. a, c.

t+ Observat. et Mém. Phys. tom. xviii. 1781.

t Op. cit. tom. xx. 1782.

§ Schrift. Gesellsch. ntrf. Freund. Berlin, i. 1789, pp. 138-144. Iam
indebted to Dr. Albert Giinther for a copy of this paper, he having sent

a complete translation, instead of a mere abstract in the original (German). —
|| Journ. Linn, Soc. vol. viii. 1865, p. 17.

Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 289

the fractured blocks in all directions. The second species
of stone-borer (7. stellata = Pomatostegus stellatus, Mérch,
Schmarda, &c.) described by Dr. Abildgaard has an operculum
composed of three flats or plates raised one above another, and
supported by a central column or axis, and likewise has been
found perforating coral reefs. Mr. Osler* alludes to the
abundance of worm-perforations (when treating on the same
subject) in the Mollusca, thus—‘ The boring Annelids are in-
numerable in calcareous rocks, and are found to attack every
marine shell almost as soon as it has acquired sufficient thick-
ness to afford them a nidus ;” and he further instances the cases
of the Nereides, Arenicola piscatorum, and Terebella conchi-
lega, as well as that of the Spatangi burying themselves in
sand. His figure of 7. conchilega, however, very much re-
sembles 7. littoralis. Mr. Templeton + fairly describes the
— of a species, which is probably L. ciliata, in the
imestone rocks of Whitehead, Belfast Lough, and figures the
rforated stone and the animal in various positions. Mr.
arner { refers to the subject in the Zoological Transactions,
thus, “ Certain Annelides apparently possess the power of ex-.
cavating. The rocks on our coast are pierced by a minute worm,
probably of the genus Déplotis of Montagu ; it is strongly cili-
ated, but its mouth does not appear adapted for making its way
into such hard substances.’’ His figure is doubtless intended
to represent Leucodore; but only two eyes are shown, and
there is no structural distinction made at the fifth segment
of the body. In the same Transactidns, Mr. R. Templeton §
mentions a borer in the corals of the Isle of France called
Anisomelus luteus, which has numerous long, hollow, prehen-
sile tentacles, that seize prey like Sapajous’ tails. It forms
for itself a minute tube on the surface, as well as. bores into the
coral. M. Cirsted || next describes the boring of Dodecaceria
concharum in shells. M. de Quatrefages § details the perfora-
tions of Sabella saxicava, and points out the interest which
such would have to the geologist ; for though a Helix might
perforate limestone like the marine lithophagous mollusca, and
thus render its pristine site ambiguous, there could be no
doubt about the ancient condition of stones bored by this Sa-
bella. In his recent work he refers more than once to the
subject**. Dr. Williamstf observed the boring habit of Leu-

* Phil. Trans. 1826, p. 342.

+ Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 1836, p. 234.

t Zool. Trans. vol. ii. p. 95.

§ Zool. Trans. vol. ii. p. 27, tab. v. figs, 9-14,

|| Annulat. Danic. Consp. p. 44, 1843.

4] Ann. des Soe, Nat. sér. 3, Zool. tom. viii. 1847..

** Hist. Nat. des Annelés, vol. i. pp- 129 and 133; vol. ii. pp. 295, 415,
457, 552, 583, 597. Tt Report Brit. Assoc. 1851, p. 208.

290 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids.

codore ciliata, but did not enter into the modus operandi. M.
Marcel de Serres * describes the genus Stoa, one of the chief
characteristics of which is that it perforates West-Indian shells
—a fact, however, which had previously been observed by other
naturalists. M. Valenciennes t, in his remarks on the per-
forating Echint, instances the case of a Sipunculus that bores
wood. M. Lacaze-Duthiers { describes, in a careful paper,
Bonellia viridis, a Gephyrean which bores calcareous rocks on
the shores of Corsica. Prof. Grube § has lately described two
other forms beside that first mentioned, viz. Sabella saxicola
and Phascolosoma verrucosum, which perforate the limestones
of Martinsica and the island of Lussin in the Adriatic.

The chemical theory in regard to such borings, it is well
known, has frequently been brought forward by zoologists in
the instances of Mollusca and Sponges, and lately has even
been assumed with regard to the Bryozoa||. Moreover it
has more than once been promulgated to explain the means
whereby Annelids perforate shells and rocks. Besides those
already alluded to, ‘Vi. Osler, for instance, brings forward the
ease of the Annelids to show that a shell is not essential to
the boring-process, and in support of the solvent theory ; yet
he could not find any such agent in the animals. Like his
successor Mr. Lankester, he gets over the ‘“ argillaceous’’ dif-
ficulty by averring that they do not bore in this material, but,
more fertile in resources, he hints that they probably inhabit
cavities bored by other animals {]. A.S. Cirsted considered
that Dodecaceria concharum bored partly by aid of the secre-
tion of its alimentary canal (which, says he, contains muriatic
acid), and partly by aid of its hooks. Sir J. Dalyell** likewise
thought that the tube of this animal might be enlarged by
some solvent. Mr. Spence Batett accounts for the majority
of marine borings by an ingenious theory which adroitly
shifts the onus of the solvent from the animal itself to its sur-
roundings ; or, in other words, he avers that the solution of the
difficulty and the rock is achieved by the agency of free car-
bonic acid held in solution by sea-water. He instances “ the
- groove sunk by the Sprroglyphus, which Annelide affords a good
example to illustrate the theory ; for it not only sinks a groove
in the shell on which it has erected its own, but, should its
contortions bring it into contact with any portion of its own

* Ann. des Sc. Nat. sér. 4. tom. iv. 1855, p. 230, pl. 8 c. figs. 1-8.

+ Compt. Rend. Acad. Se. Paris, tom. Ixi. 1855.

} Ann. des Sc. Nat. sér. 4, Zool. tom. x. p. 49, pls. 1-4.

§ Ein Ausflug nach Triest und dem Quarnero, pp. 47, 48, 1861; and
Die Insel Lussin u. ihre Meeresfauna, 1864. ;

|| Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xvii. p. 472.

q Phil. Trans. 1826. . ** Pow. Creat. vol, ii. p. 210.
Tt Transact. Brit. Assoc. 1849, p. 73-75.

> oo

Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 291

shell, it absorbs it equally with any other.” It will be ob-
served that in the last clause he anticipates and answers one
of Mr. Lankester’s recent queries*. It may also be remarked
in passing, that it is probable that the genus (Spiroglyphus)
here referred to is the same as the Stoa of M. Marcel de Serres,
as hinted by Mr. Shuttleworth in the same vol. of the ‘ Ann.
des Se. Nat.’

This chemical or solvent theory has been shown by many
authorities to be inadequate to explain all the facts connected
with the boring of the Mollusca; for, besides the boring of
wood by the Zeredo, some of the Pholades perforate gneiss,
mica-schist, talc, peat, resin, and sandstone, as well as calca-

_reous rocks; and I would only refer to the careful digest and

observations on the subject in the ‘ British Mollusca’ of Messrs.
Forbes and Hanley, and to the experienced and recent re-
marks of Mr. Gwyn Jeffreyst. M. Valenciennes is of the
same opinion with regard to the Echini. Indeed MM. Cail-
liaud ¢ and Fischer §, in describing the borings of LE. lividus,
show that it excavates (notwithstanding the adverse opinion
of Mr. Trevelyan ||) not only calcareous rocks, but gneiss,
granite, whitestone (leptynite), schist, &c., while foreign spe-
cies invade basalt: and the former author, in his first plate,
represents several specimens of Echinus lividus, of the natural
size, located in their holes in granite from Croisic, on the coast
of France. Dr. Bowerbank {| likewise, in his careful and con-
scientious observations on the boring question, gives no sup-
port to such a theory; and Mr. Hancock ** could find no trace
of acid in his specimens of Cliona. M. de Quatrefages adds
his weight into the scale against the idea of a solvent in the
Annelidan perforations. Lastly, although Mr. Lankester ap-
pends the following sentence to his letter in the ‘ Annals’
for July last, “‘It is almost impossible to assign any but a

-ehemical means of excavation to Bonellia,” it may be re-

marked that M. Lacaze-Duthiers, in the original paper, appears

‘to be more cautious than to attribute its work to such an

agency.
Physiologically it cannot be considered that carbonic acid in -

* Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. i. p. 237, line 9 from bottom.

+ Brit. Mollusca, vol. i. Introd. p. xxvii, and vol. iii. p. 94.

t Catalogue des Rad., des Annél., des Cirrhip. et des Solfdscrne’ Marins
&e. dans le Départ. de la Loire Inférieure: Nantes, 1865.

§ Ann. des Sci. Nat. Zool. sér. 5. tom. i, 1864, p. 321.

|| This gentleman considered that the seca (Ev lividus) possessed
neither chemical nor mechanical power of perforating rocks, but that
such excavations were produced by countless generations of such creatures,
which thus, after the or of ages, gradually had worn the stone away.
(Edinb. Phil. Journ, vol. xlvi. 1849, p. 386.)

{| British Spongiade., vol. i. p. 221.

** Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. iii. p. 329.

292. Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh ow the Boring of certain Annelids.

a free state, and in such a quantity as to act on calcareous
rock or shell, is a likely accompaniment to such an animal as
Leucodore working in a tube, whatever may be the case with
the salivary glands of Dolium, Tritonium, Aplysia, and the
acid secretion of Gastrochena and other Mollusca. Annelids
are very sensitive to irritants and narcotics, and must be
judged by the same rules in this respect as the majority of
other animals. And this statement is not impugned by the
fact that a few, such as Citrratulus, may occasionally be
found burrowing in odoriferous mud, like the ubiquitous
crustacean Carcinus menas. It therefore appears to me to
be just as prudent and useful to bring forward the chemical
theory in regard to the perforations of Limnoria and Chelura
terebrans in wood, of the Pholas crispata in the hard shale
and sandstone in company with Leucodore at St. Andrews,
in regard to the deep cavities made by Patella vulgata in the
latter rock on the same sites, in regard to the borings of the
Lchint and the wide interlacing channels of Hymeniacidon
in shells and stones on all our shores, as to produce it for the
explanation of Annelidan perforations. Yet Mr. Lankester
prefaced his observations on the boring of Lewcodore by the
statement that he was prepared to find such due to chemical
action, because an acid reaction was found in Sabella saaxt-
cava*, We are thus prepared for the following remark :—
‘ Supposing, then, the agency in Leucodore to be a chemical
one, has any acid been observed? It has: specimens of
Leucodore, placed on litmus-paper, give a strong acid re-
action.”” I have carefully tested for acidity in numerous
specimens of Leucodore from St. Andrews; but not a trace
thereof rewarded my attempts, though an ambiguous stain is
occasionally produced by old sea-water in which they and
other Annelids have been confined. No acid reaction at all
was visible ; and to apply the epithet ‘‘ strong” to such a case
would certainly be after the fashion of a hey unknown
tous. Moreover I asked a distinguished young chemist, Dr..
Crum Brown, to repeat the tests. He wrote me as follows:
—‘‘] found exactly as you have stated on the labels, viz.
that Cephalothrix filiformis has a marked acid reaction in
“every part of its body, and that Lewcodore ciliata is quite
neutral. The perforated and grooved stone is not calcareous,
and is scarcely attacked by acids: prolonged action of tole-
rably strong hydrochloric acid dissolves a little iron.... It
appears to be 4 kind of mica schist.” I was not more suc-

* T.am glad to say that Mr. Lankester has since seen reason to change
his opinion. While maintaining the correctness of his statement with
regard to the acidity of Zeuwcodore, he withdrew his chemical theory after
the reading of my paper at the Meeting of the British Association.

Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 293

cessful in finding acid traces in the southern examples. For
a considerable time I have been familiar with an acid reaction
in the cutaneous textures of many Nemerteans, such as Bor-
lasia olivacea, B. octoculata, B. lactea, Lineus longissimus,
Stylus purpureus, Cephalothria filiformis, Ommatoplea alba,
O. melanocephala, O. gracilis, &c.; indeed acidity seems
characteristic of the group, the only exceptions as yet observed
being in the deeply tinted O. purpurea and in O. pulchra,
which have an alkaline reaction, rendering red litmus-paper
blue. One of the most vivid red streaks is caused by the
common Cephalothrix filiformis, referred to above. Some
species of Chone, again, which do not bore, likewise give
an acid stain to litmus-paper. The mere presence of acidity,
therefore, is no proof whatever that an animal bores. None
of the Nemerteans, for instance, do so, their habitats being in
muddy sand under stones between tide-marks, in fissures of
rocks, or in the cavities of old shells and stones from deep
water. It is well to bear in mind also that Dodecacerta con-
charum and Sipunculus, both very common borers, show no
acid reaction when tested with litmus-paper.

_ While thus shutting out the chemical means of boring
from being the law to be applied universally to the perfora-
tions made by Annelids, I should deem it rash at present, on
my rts to promulgate any new theory, or to support any of
the old.

Mr. Lankester concludes his paper with some remarks on
“the specific title and distinction of the lithodomous Leuco-
dore.”’ ‘The boring species,” he says, ‘‘ does not differ ob-
viously from Leucddore ciliata. I have not been able to
make a comparison of specimens ; but it seems probable they
differ only in habit.” Yet he suggests the name of L. cal-
carea for the boring form. I cannot agree with the author here
either ; for | have never seen more than a single British species -
of Leucodore, which, however, bores in materials very varied
in their composition. It is unsafe to suspect a form to vary
specifically simply on the ground of its habitat ; and assuredly
some more weight would have been given to his view of this
matter if he had founded the distinction on the abnormality of
the hooks of the fifth segment of the body, or on the absence
of the spear-tipped bristles which accompany them. The
perusal of the remarks of M. de Quatrefages* on the dif-
ferent species of Leucodore is somewhat unsatisfactory ; and it
appears to me to be by no means certain that at least five of
his species do not refer to one, or at most to two forms. It is
further worthy of note that, so far as I am aware, no other
observer (excluding the more than doubtful cases of M.

* Hist. Nat. des Annelés, vol. ii. p. 296 e¢ seg.

294 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids.

(Ersted and Mr. Lankester) has clearly made out another
European species; for I consider Leuckart’s Leucodore mu-
ticum* a somewhat inaccurately described L. ciliatus, John-
ston. ‘The possession of only two eyes, and the fact that the
great hooks occur on the “ sixth’’ segment of the body, and
are three-toothed, characterize the LZ. nasutus of M. de Qua-
trefages. The author states that the anal segment terminates
in a flattened cup, which permits the Annelid to attach itself
to solid bodies ; and his figure shows no split in the margin.
If the latter arrangement is correct, then the previous cha-
racters may hold. It is also but fair to remark that speci-
mens occur at St. Andrews with two eyes, and even with one
only, and that the anterior pair in all, being on a lower level,
are less easily seen from the dorsum than the posterior. The
same may be said of L. audax and its circular cup. More-
over, as the latter assumes somewhat altered appearances in
those whose tails are regenerating, some caution is needed in
basing specific differences thereon. His L. Fabricii rests, as
a species, upon characters that require further elucidation ;
and the remarks on L. ciliata are based on Dr. Johnston’s
description; and hence the author is misled as to the structure
of the hooks of the sixth segment (fifth of the body), which
really, as already mentioned, have a secondary spur or process.
L. dubia is also founded on insufficient data. Lastly, there
can be little doubt that the Polydora cornuta described by
M. Claparédet, and given by M. de Quatrefages as the type of
anew genus, is nothing more than L. ciliata. The want of
scientific accuracy in the figures of the genus in the ‘ Annelés’
renders identification difficult.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XVIII.

Fig. 1. Leucodore ciliata, Sohnst.; enlarged under a lens.

Fig. 2. Great hooks of the fifth segment of the body: a, as usually seen
in the separated and perfect organ under pressure; 0, a more
complete view, as obtained in the living animal or in a favourable
spirit preparation. x 700 diameters.

Fig. 3. Spear- cate bristles accompanying the former. - x 700 diams.

Fig. 4. Hooks of the posterior region of the body: a, pressed between
glasses; b, seen in front, so as to exhibit both wings. x 700

diams.
Fig. 5. Front and side view of two of the bristles of the same species.
x 700 diams. 35.
Fig. 6, Caudal segment and its cup. x 210 diams.

PiaTE XIX.
Fig. 1. Tubes erected by Leucodore at the apertures of its tunnel. The

* “Zur Kenntniss der Fauna von Island,” Archiv fiir Naturges. 1849,
p. 200, Taf. iii. fig. 12.
+ Recherches Anat. sur les Annélides, Turb. &c. 1861, p.47, et op. cit.

ee

Dr. W. B. Carpenter on Spirifer cuspidatus. 295

_ attenuated tentacles are seen protruding from the mouth of one.
Enlarged under a lens. . 5
Fig. 2. Tentacle of Leucodore, magnified. The organ is in the somewhat
contracted condition in which it usually appears when the ani-
mal is placed between glasses: a, ciliated groove on the inner
surface; 6, cavity of tentacle; c, blood-vessel.
Fig. 3. Ciliated parasite attached to a fragment of the tentacle, a. x 700

PLATE XX.
Fig. 1. Dodecaceria concharum, CErst., from a tangle-root, St. Andrews.
: ‘E ed under a lens.

Fig. 2. Hook of the same species. x 350 diams.
Fig. 3. Extremities of two of the latter: a, of the same specimen; 4, of
| a developing or somewhat imperfect specimen. x 700 diams.
Fig. 4. Bristles from a dried specimen in limestone from Torquay, sent
by Dr. Bowerbank. x 350 diams.

Fig. 5. Posterior hook of a small Sabella saxicava, from a dried specimen
in a Balanus sent by Dr. Bowerbank. xX 700 diams.

Fig. 6. Thoracic hook of 8. saxicava. X 350 diams.

' Fig. 7, Minute spear-shaped bristles accompanying the latter. x 700
di

ams.
Fig. 8. Bristles of the same pipe a & b, two of the forms met with in
the thoracic region, the latter being viewed laterally ; c, posterior
sd from the dried specimen referred to under fig.5. xX 850
ams.

XXXIV.—On the Structure of the Shells of Brachiopoda.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Oban, Sept. 21, 1868.

GENTLEMEN, |

On my return from the mission of scientific research into
the zoology of the deep sea, with the charge of which I have
had the honour to be entrusted by the Admiralty, at the in-
stance of the Council of the Royal Society (and the very re-
markable results of which will be made public at the earliest
age period), I find the note of Prof. King contained in your
ast Number, on which [ have only to remark that the admis-
sion he has cited of the fallacy of his original imputation upon
the accuracy of my researches into the structure of the shells
of Brachiopoda is limited to the single case of the recent
Rhynchonella. psittacea, which did not enter into his original
charge, because he had not then examined it. That charge
was founded upon his superficial examination of fossil Rhyn-
chonellida and Spiriferida; and neither then nor since has
Prof. King made the slightest retractation of it. By declining
to reply to my last three questions, he leaves the matter ex-
actly where it was before; so that it must be presumed that

296 =Mr. G. Krefft on a new Species of Thylacine.

he still holds to his original assertion as to the existence of
perforations in these dts
When Prof. King shall have shown the least ground for
the belief that shell-tissue of the most peculiar and charac-
teristic kind can be formed during the process of fossilization,
so as to fill vacuities that existed in the recent shell (which is
just as if, in the silicification of a piece of wood pee
perforated by large holes, these holes should be filled up by
true woody tissue), his assumption that the whole of Mr. Da-
vidson’s type specimen of Spirifer cuspidatus and that the
imperforate spaces in the shells of Syringothyris were origi-
nally perforated may deserve consideration. Until then, I
venture to think that the imperforateness of the former type,
and the patchiness of the perforations in the latter, are esta-
blished by Prof. King’s confessed inability to set aside the
facts stated by me on these points, as the direct results of
careful and experienced observation.
Trusting that this is the last occasion on which I shall feel
it necessary to address you on this subject,
| I remain, Gentlemen
Your obedient Servant,
WILLIAM B. CARPENTER.

XXXV.—Description of a new Species of Thylacine (Thyla-
cinus breviceps). By GERARD KREFFT, Curator and Secretary
of the Australian Museum, Sydney. ;

[Plate XVII.]

SKULL shorter (63 inch.) than that of 7. cynocephalus (74 inch.) ;
the palatal openings much reduced in size; occipital foramen
larger than in the well-known species. The anterior part of the
skull is not much compressed ; and the sharp nick so prominent
in all skulls of 7. cynocephalus, between the second and third
premolars, is wanting in the present species. The greatest dif-
ference exists in the teeth, which in the new species are very
large, the most prominent being the second and third molars
in both jaws. ‘he canines are thicker, and form a shorter
curve; the outer incisor of the upper series is also very much
larger than the corresponding tooth in 7. cynocephalus.

I enclose three photographs of the skulls of both animals*
in different positions, both very perfect, and that of 7. eyno-
cephalus larger than that of the new species. The last molar
in T. breviceps has been lost from both specimens (in posses-
sion of the Trustees of this Museum) ; but the sockets indicate

* We have given in the Plate the figures of the new species only —En.

Dr. J. E, Gray on two new Species of Salamandra. 297

a larger tooth, though, owing to the youth of the animal, it is
not yet in the same position as the one shown ‘in the skull of
T. cynocephalus.

The existence of a second Thylacine has been known to old
residents in Tasmania for years past, as they were in the habit
of distinguishing the two fa by the names of Greyhound-
and Bulldog-Tiger. Mr. George Masters, Assistant Curator
of the Australian Museum, has spent some nine months on
the island ; and being anxious to clear this matter up, he col-
lected about twenty-six skulls, two of which belong to the
Thylacine for which I now propose the name of breviceps.

f shall. on a future occasion, give you a fuller account of
the excellent collection made by Mr. Masters.

Sydney, May 2, 1868.

XXXVI.—Notice of two new Species of Salamandra from
Central America. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. Ke.

Mr. OsBert SALVIN has lately sent to the British Museum a
collection of animals in spirits, collected at Guatemala and
Costa Rica. It contains two species of Salamandra, which
appear not to have been previously entered in the catalogues.

dipus Salvinit.

Black ; chin, throat, and underside of body and tail and limbs
pale brown; back and upper surface of the tail for about
two-thirds of its length opaque white, with irregular-shaped
black spots, and connected in front with a streak on each
side of the back and head, continued to the eyebrows.
The black spots have a very narrow white margin. The
head very short; nose blunt, short, rounded; nostrils
lateral, below the most prominent part of the nose, with
an indistinct pale spot under them to the edge of the upper
lip. The toes very short, webbed to the tip. Tail cylin-
drical, tapering, almost as long as the body and head.

Hab. Guatemala (Osbert Salvin, Esq.). B.M.

OPHIOBATRACHUS.

Body long, cylindrical ; tail very long, cylindrical, rounded at
the end. Head very small; mouth large ; eyes rather large,
lateral ; nose blunt, ovate; tongue circular, peltate. Legs
far apart, elongate, slender, weak; toes very short, sub-
equal, 4/5, free. Skin smooth, closely and minutely

black-dotted. Vent linear. Teeth minute in both jaws;

palatine teeth in an arched line on each side of the internal
nostrils. 3

208. Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging

This genus has many characters in common with the genus
Batrachoseps ; but it differs in the tail (which is twice as long
as the body and head) being cylindrical and of the same dia-
meter and subannulated appearance as the body and head,
giving the whole animal the appearance of a Cecilia or worm.

Ophiobatrachus vermicularis.

Black. Length of the body and head 22 inches, of the tail
4} inches. 7

Hab. Costa Rica (Osbert Salvin, Esq.). B.M.

XXX VII.—Last Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles.
By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, F.R.S.* ;

THIS was my seventh expedition to the northern extremity of
our seas, and occupied the whole of the summer. It was not so
successful as those in some previous years, owing to the stormy
state of the weather. While my friends in England, Wales,
Ireland, and Scotland were enjoying calm sunshine,’ our
climate was exactly the reverse; and the persevering course
of the wind (from north-west to south-west) prevented our
doing much at sea. The North Sea is notoriously subject to
broken weather, this being the point where the warm air in-
duced by the Gulf Stream and westerly winds meets the cold
air brought down by the arctic current. ‘The fauna of the
Shetland waters, however, is by no means exhausted. Every
expedition has produced novelties, not only in the Mollusca,
but in all other departments of marine zoology.

On the present occasion I obtained, at a depth of 120
fathoms, a fis specimen and a larger dead one of a fine
species of Pleurotoma, P. carinata of Bivona. It was origi-
nally described as a Calabrian fossil ; and Searles Wood records
a single specimen having been found in the Coralline and
another in the Red Crag. Professor Sars and Mr. M‘Andrew
dredged a few specimens off the coasts of Norway; and the
former gave some interesting particulars of the animal, which
I have been able to confirm by my own observation. Although
allied to P. nivalis, and found in the same locality, it has dis-
tinct eyes placed on rather prominent stalks or ommatophores,
whereas P. nivalis has no eyes nor any trace of eye-stalks.
On this account Sars proposed the generic name 7¥yphloman-
gelia for the latter species; but it must be borne in mind that
Eulima stenostoma is also eyeless, and yet is closely related to

* Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Norwich
Meeting of the British Association, August 20, 1868. ;

ey

among the Shetland Isles. 299

its congeners and companions, all of which have very con- —
spicuous eyes. It is a somewhat remarkable coincidence that
the shell of L. stenostoma resembles a large Achatina acicula
(a land mollusk), which is in the same category as regards
these so-called organs of sight. The shells of P. carinata and
P. nivalis are easily distinguishable. cee :

Among the rarer and more noteworthy mollusks procured
this year were the following :—

Mencia tumidula, St. Magnus Bay and near Fetlar.
Described by me from the Hebrides in the Reports of the
Association for 1866.

M. donacina, 8. Wood. A single valve from deep water
in St. Magnus Bay. Another valve had been dredged by
me at Falmouth in 1839. It is a rare Coralline Crag fossil. —
It nearest ally is M. substriata.

Utriculus globosus, Lovén. A small living specimen oc-
curred again in St. Magnus Bay.

__U. expansus, Jeffry. A few young specimens also in St.
Magnus Bay.

dostomia Warreni, Thompson. Never having seen this
shell in a fresh and perfect state, I considered it (Brit. Conch.
iv. p. 148) a variety of O. obliqua. But the discovery of live
specimens in St. Magnus Bay and near Fetlar enables me to
separate the two as distinct species. O. Warrent has a
shorter spire and more swollen whorls than O. obliqua, the
suture is deeper, the strie are much stronger at the base of
the shell, the whole surface is covered with most delicate and
close-set microscopic spiral lines, and the umbilicus is well de-
veloped and deep. The animal of O. Warreni has a peculiar
foot ; this is not plain and rounded at its extremity, as in
O. obliqua, but is deeply bilobed or forked like the tail of a
swallow. No other species of Odostomia, so far as [ am aware
has a similar foot. One individual spun a fine glutinous thread
from the middle of the sole of the foot, and kept itself suspended
for some time from the surface of the water, with the point of
the shell downwards. I found a dead specimen of O. obliqua
on the same ground with O. Warrent.

O. umbilicaris, Malm. A young specimen from St. Magnus
Bay, nearly globular, and thus exhibiting the same distinctive
characters as the adult.

Siphonodentalium Lofotense and Cadulus (or Loxoporus) sub-
fusiformis again occurred, the former being more widely dis-
tributed. Both inhabit the Mediterranean; and the latter is
a Sicilian and Viennese fossil. I had an excellent opportunity
of observing them alive and in active motion. The thread-

_ like and extensile organs by which the Solenoconchia seize

their prey are unlike the tentacles of any Gastropod, and their

300 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging

function is quite different. I would call these organs cap-
tacula, an appropriate word and not less classically formed
than tentacula.

Leda pernula was again dredged in St. Magnus Bay ; but
with it was a dead and apparently semifossil valve of Tellina
calcarea. I must therefore hesitate in considering the one
more than the other recent or an inhabitant of the British seas
at the present time. : sh

Being in the south of Europe last winter I undertook the
examination of the Mediterranean and Adriatic shells; and the
result greatly surprised as well as interested me. The dredg-
ings of Capt. Acton (the Commandant of the Italian navy) in
the Gulf of Naples, and the extensive collections of Dr. Tiberi
at Portici, General Stefanis at Naples, Herr Weinkauf from
Algeria, and of Dr. Brusina at Zara, especially yielded a
vast quantity of new material for a comparison of the marine
testacea of the north and south of Europe. Many of the
species having been described (some insufficiently) under
different names, the difficulty of identification is considerable ;
but there is no doubt that a remarkable concordance exists,
and to a great extent, between the mollusca which inhabit
the deeper parts of the Atlantic and: Mediterranean seas from
62° to 36° N. lat. The littoral kinds differ much more—a
circumstance which may have been occasioned by climatal
conditions. ‘To exemplify the former proposition I subjoin a
list of 75 species, usually considered northern, which are
common to the North Sea and the Mediterranean, with their
principal synonyms :—

Names of Species. Synonyms.

Terebratula caput-serpentis, Linné.
Argiope lunifera, Philippi ........ Terebratula cistellula, Searles Wood.
Crania anomala, Miiller .......... Anomia turbinata, Poli.

Pecten septemradiatus, Mill. ...... Ostrea inflexa and O. clavata, Poli.
Fy WIM ON osha vaca oe en ks P. Bruei, Payraudeau.

P. Teatte, ond 6 eeL Aa P. furtivus, Lovén.

P. striatus, Miill. 5

P. Hoskynsi, Forbes.........6.04: P. imbrifer, Lov.

P., vitreus, Chemnitz ..........0200% P. Gemellarii-filii, Biondi.

P, similis, Laskey... .......s000+. P. pygmezeus, von Miinster.

Laie Baril; Toe, oo Eee Pasian L. crassa, Forbes.

L. elliptica, Jeffreys.
L. subauriculata, Montagu.

Re NS Ahi sion 0. s.00:05 dv camuad P, pectinata of some authors, not
of Lnnné.

Mytilus phaseolinus, Ph.

Modiolaria discors, ZL.

Nucula nitida, G. B. Sowerby.

NN. CORUM ON ong es 6 = ee hos N. decipiens, Ph.

Leda pygmma, v. Miinst........... Probably Nucula segeensis, Ford.

ARCA ODUGUB, BF 6 oe kes ek . A. Korenii, Danielssen.

ee

among the Shetland Isles. . 301

; Names of Species, Synonyms,
Lepton nitidum, Turton.

Montacuta ferruginosa, Mont.

Lucina borealis, Z.

Axinus Croulinensis, Jeffr.

Cyamium minutum, Fabricius.

Cardium minimum, Ph. .......... C. suecicum, Lov.

Astarte sulcata, Da Costa ........ Tellina fusca, Poli.

Lucinopsis undata, Pennant ...... Venus incompta, Ph.

Tellina balthica, Z. .............. T. rubiginosa, Poli.

T. pusilla, Ph.

Scrobicularia nitida, Mill. ........ Syndesmya intermedia, Thompson.

Lyonsia Norvegica, Ch. .......... Pandorina coruscans, Scacchi.
ia convexa, W. Wood........ T. ventricosa, Ph.

Newra rostrata, Spengler .......... N. attenuata, Ford.

ea dorsalis, Trt.

Siphonodentalium Lofotense, Sars.

S. quing ee PRG ee eae 2 S. pentagonum, Sars.

Cadulus subfusiformis, Sars.

Chiton Hanleyi, Bean.

C. cancellatus, G. B. Sow.

SS ES PPE ETE C. asellus, Sp.

I ne C. corallinus, Rvsso.

Tectura virginea, Miill.

Propilidium ancyloides, Ford.

Scissurella crispata, Fleming ...... S. aspera, Ph., var.

Trochus cinerarius, L., var. variegata.

Rissoa reticulata, Mont. .......... R. Beanii, Hanley.

R. cimicoides, Forb. ............ R. sculpta, F. § 4., not of Philippi.

R. Zetlandica, Mont.
R. abyssicola, Ford.
a, Mont., and var. interrupta R..obscura and R. simplex, Ph.

R. inconspicua, Alder.
MUNIN, FID, ow wee ess cerss R. Oenensis, Brusina.
R. vitrea, Mont.
Jeffreysia diaphana, A/d......:.... Rissoa? glabra, Ald., not of Brown.
J. opalina, Jeffr.

aria Trevelyana, Leach.
Aclis Walleri, Jeffr.

_Odostomia clavula, Zov.

O. albella, Lov.
O. umbilicaris, Malm.
Q. conspicua, Ald.

0. Scille, Scacchi.

O. nitidissima, Mont.

Eulima bilineata, Add.
Natica catena, Da C. ............ Probably Nerita helicina, Brocchi.
Velutina levigata, Penn.
Cerithium metula, Zov. .......... Meee fae Hanley ; perhaps
Cerithiopsis Barleei.
Purpura + dane L.
Trophon Morchi, Malm .......... Bela demersa, Tiberi.
Bulla utriculus, Brocchit .......... B. Cranchii, Leach.
’ Philine scabra, Mill, ............ Bullea angustata, Biv.
Aplysia punctata, Cuwer.......... A. hybrida, J. Sowerby.
Spirialis retroversus, F........... Sczea stenogyra, Ph.; oceanic.
Clio pyramidata, Z............... Oceanic.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 21

302 Mr. J. Gwyn J effreys on Dredging

How is this concordance to be accounted for? I have care-
fully read again Forbes’s elaborate essay ‘‘ On the Connexion
between the distribution of the existing Fauna and Flora of
the British Isles, and the Geological changes which have
affected their area, especially during the epoch of the Northern
Drift’? (Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain,
vol. i. 1846); but I cannot find in it a satisfactory solution of
the question. He, indeed, mentions the continuance of some
“arctic” species in the British seas, the rest having “ retired
for ever,” and that certain other species which he called
‘‘ Boreal or Celtic” occurred in a fossil state in Sicily; and
he states (p. 390) that “in the deepest of the regions of depth
in the Aigean ” the same representation of a northern fauna as
exists in our own seas is maintained, “ partly by identical and
partly by representative forms.” The instances he gives do
not support such a view; and I am not a believer in “‘ repre-
sentative forms.” He evidently was not aware of the fact
that boreal (not arctic) species still live in the Mediterranean.
I, however, fully agree with him that at some former time
(which he designates “the newer pliocene epoch’’) there was
an open communication between. the Atlantic (according to
him the “ North Seas’’) and the Mediterranean, by which the
fauna became diffused. I should -be inclined to place the
Atlantic point of communication at Bordeaux, and that of the
Mediterranean at Narbonne, in the line of the Languedoc
Canal, which extends from one coast to the other, and is very
little above the present level of the sea. This communication
must have been very wide; and it remained open during the
glacial epoch, which affected not only the north of Kurope
but also Naples, Sicily, and probably Rhodes. Dr. Tiberi
showed me a fine valve of Pecten Islandicus which had lately
been fished up in the Gulf of Naples at a depth of 50 fa-
thoms, and with it a valve of P. opercularis quite as large as
northern specimens ; both the valves were in a semifossil state,
and the former was covered with the same Greenland species
of Spirorbis (8. cancellatus, Faby.) as I noticed on valves of
P. Islandicus dredged in the Shetland seas at depths varying
from 75 to 170 fathoms. Sir Charles Lyell has not adverted,
in the last edition of his ‘ Principles of Geology,’ to the re-
markable occurrence of such glacial fossils in the Shetland
sea-bed, to which I called the attention of geologists in my
former Reports as well as in the 2nd volume of ‘ British Con-
chology,’ p. 58; and he seems to. have strangely overlooked
the observations of Philippi and Seguenza on the fossils of
Calabria and Sicily, when he stated (Princ. Geol. i. p. 298)
that “ deposits filled with arctic species of marine shells are to

among the Shetland Isles. 303

be seen in full force on the North American continent ten or
more degrees further south than in Europe.” Possibly he
was misled by one of Forbes’s conclusions (Rep. Geol. Surv.
. 402), that “‘ no glacial beds are known in Southern Europe.”

his, however, was more than twenty years ago. I have
myself identified from the Calabrian and Sicilian deposits
several high-northern shells (e. g. Terebratula cranium, T. sep-
tata, Lima excavata, Mytilus modiolus, Cyprina Islandica, Mya
truncata, var. Uddevallensis, Saxicava Norvegica, Puncturella
Noachina, Emarginula crassa, Buccinum undatum, and Natica
afinis or clausa), and from the Rhodian deposits Terebratula
septata and Lima Sarst.

My old companion, Mr. Waller, picked up on the beach in
a small bay on the west coast of Shetland a shell of Spirula
australis. It is a tropical Cephalopod, and is not unfrequently
thrown up by the waves on the southern and western shores of
England, Wales, and Ireland, together with exotic species of
Teredo, lanthina, and Hyalea brought from southern latitudes.
Dr. Mérch informs me that several shells of the Spirwla have
this year been found in the Faroe Isles. The transport of
such tropical productions to northern latitudes has been usually
attributed to the Gulf-stream. It now, however, appears more
probable that this is the consequence, not of the direct action
and course of the Gulf-stream, but of the prevalence of
westerly and south-westerly winds, which waft onwards to
northern latitudes, in a northerly and north-easterly direc-
tion, the floating objects carried to a certain distance by the
Gulf-stream. The direct course of the Gulf-stream has not
been observed further north than about 45° N. lat.; from that

int it would seem to dwindle into a north-easterly surface

ift. A chart will shortly be published by the Admiralty in
explanation of this view of the case; and the following papers
on the subject ought to be consulted by physical geographers :
—Dr. Stark “On the Temperature of the Sea around the
coasts of Scotland during the years 1857 and 1858, and the
bearing of the facts on the theory that the mild climate of
Great Britain during winter is dependent on the Gulf Stream ”’
(Trans. R. 8. Edin. 1859), and Capt. Thomas’s tables and re-
marks in Mr. Alex. Buchan’s Report “On the Temperature
of the Sea on the Coast of Scotland” (Journ. Scottish Meteor.
Soc. Oct. 1865). See also ‘ Br. Conch.’ vol. i. (Introd.) pp.
xcvili and xcix.

I will add a short summary of the observations recorded in
my Reports on Shetland dredgings and in the work last cited.

1, The bathymetrical zones have been too much divided by
Risso and subsequent authors. There are two principal zones,

| 2i*

304 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging

littoral and submarine ; the nature of the habitat and the sup-
ply of food influence the residence and migration of animals,
not the comparative depth of water. Psammobia costulata and
Buccinum undatum are instances in support of this proposition.

2. Specimens or varieties of the same species are ree in
the littoral and laminarian zones than in deeper water: e. g.
Mactra solida and its variety elliptica, Solecurtus candidus,
Pandora inequivalvis and its variety obtusa or pinna, Chiton
levis, Tectura virginea, Trochus zizyphinus, Pleurotoma levi-
gata, and Philine aperta.

3. The size of North-European specimens is usually greater
than that of South-European specimens of the same species :
e. g. Pecten septemradiatus, P. opercularis, Lima hians, My-
tilus Adriaticus, Isocardia cor, Astarte sulcata, Venus exoleta,
V. lincta, Tellina balaustina, Chiton Hanleyt, Tectura virginea,
Natica Aldert, Defrancia teres, D. purpurea, and Bulla utriculus.

4, 'The colour of specimens from the greatest depths is not
less vivid than of those from shallow water, although each
zone has colourless specimens. Venus ovata, Trochus zizy-

phinus, Turritella terebra, and Eulima bilineata may be men-
tioned as examples.

5. Mollusca inhabiting deep water have consequently a
larger supply of oxygen for the aération of their gills than
those which live in shallow water. See my account of Colum-
bella halicett,

6. The occurrence of the same species in the North Sea and
the Mediterranean results partly from former geological or
cosmical conditions, and partly from a communication which
once existed between the Bay of Biscay and the Gulf of Lyons.

7. Exotic and oceanic shells are carried northwards by west-
erly winds, and not directly by the Gulf-stream, which does not
reach our coasts.

8. Land and freshwater mollusca are scarce in Shetland,
owing to the scantiness of succulent vegetation for their food,
and of lime for the construction of their shells. These are
smaller than southern specimens; and the same fact is obser-
vable with respect to Shetland insects.

9. Semifossil shells of arctic species (such as Pecten Islandi-
cus, Tellina calcarea, Mya truncata, var. Uddevallensis, Mélleria
costulata, Trochus cinereus, and Trophon clathratus) are met
with on the sea-bottom at considerable depths, and at some
distance from land. ‘The only explanation I can offer is a
former elevation of the sea-bed whereon these mollusks lived
(and which was probably in shallow water), and its conversion
into dry land, and a subsequent subsidence. Perhaps the sea-
bed is still sinking.

among the Shetland Isles. 305

_ 10. Species recorded from the Coralline Crag and earlier
deposits, and supposed to be extinct, have now been discovered
living in the Shetland seas ; e. g. Limopsis aurita, Pleurotoma
carinata, and Columbella haliwett. Possibly Trochus amabilis
is another case, assuming that it originated from Margarita?
maculata of Searles Wood. :

Professor Dickie has been good enough to report on some
Diatoms from the insides of a quantity of Hchinus Norvegicus,
which were dredged at a depth of 78 fathoms about forty miles
from the east coast of Shetland. He says they are chiefly
Navicula didyma, Coscinodiscus excentricus, C. minor, Acti-
nocyclus undulatus, and Melosira sulcata, with fewer of M.
nummuloides and Nitzschia angularts, all marine ; ‘also a few
freshwater Cocconema lanceolatum, Sinciella minuta, and
fragments of a Pinnularia. And he adds that long ago he re-
corded the occurrence of freshwater kinds of Diatomacez
mixed with marine kinds from the stomachs of Ascidice taken
in deep water off Aberdeen. The freshwater Diatoms must
evidently have been carried by a stream into the sea, and
transported by the tide to the place where they sunk to the
bottom, and were swallowed by the indiscriminating Echin¢
and Ascidie. Diatoms inhabit the surface only of the water ;
and Globigerina and other Foraminifera not of a fixed or
sessile nature have been observed by Major Owen to float

when alive within a few inches from the surface. Dr. Wallich
_ found the microscopic organisms-which he called coccospheres
“ profusely in a living, or perhaps it would be more safe to say
a recent, condition in material collected at the surface of the
open seas of the tropics.”” Coccospheres and free Foraminifera
cover the bed of the Atlantic at enormous depths. The occur-
rence, therefore, of such organisms on the floor of the ocean at
great depths does not prove that they ever lived there. I should
rather be inclined to believe that they dropped to the bottom of
the sea when dead or after having passed through the stomachs
of other animals which had fed on them.

A few small fishes were caught in the dredge at depths of
from 90 to 100 fathoms. Dr. Giinther reports that they be-
long to the undermentioned species :—Callionymus maculatus
(Bonap.), Gobius Jeffreysti (Giinth.), young, Cyclopterus
lumpus (l.), young, Lepadogaster bimaculatus (Penn.), and
Rhombus Norvegicus (Giinth.), young. He remarks that the
last-named species is new to the British fauna, having been
hitherto known from the coast of Norway only. |

Mr. Norman will report on the Crustacea, Echinoderms,
and Sponges, Dr. M‘Intosh on the Annelids, and Mr. Waller

on the Foraminifera.

306 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging

Mollusca inhabiting the Shetland Isles and the adjacent seas.
(See Tables of distribution in ‘ British Conchology,’ vols.

i.—iv.)
Name a oe kes E = | Remarks as to distribution
P re = and synonymy.
°
Z| oa
MARINE,
BRACHIOPODA.
Terebratula cranium, Diiller ....| — | — | Vigo (M‘Andrew).
caput-serpentis, Linné| — | —
tTerebratella Spitzbergensis, Da-
PUG Eres ss cana — Possibly fossil.
tRhynchonella psittacea, L. .f Possibly fossil.
Argiope lunifera, Philippi ...... — | — | Terebratula cistellula,
S. Wood.
Crania anomala, Miiller ........ — | — | Anomia turbinata, Poli.
GC}: Oy s
CoNCHIFERA.
Anomia ephippium, Z, ........ —

atelliformis, Z........
Ostrea edulis, DT... 0... cece eee
Peeton pusie, de 3 sai.. eis ya.
opercularis, DZ. .....+.,
septemradiatus, Mill.
taratus, Gmelin ........
tigrinus, Mill. ........
TtTestz, Bivona ........
striatus, Miill...........
tHoskynsi, Forbes ......
similis, Laskey ........
WOMANS ds... sss
Tims Sate, 20 ee
telliptica, Jeffreys ........
subauriculata, Mont.......
Loscombii, G. B. Sowerby. .
FiDOR TON, Ta esc ss vt

Mytilus POI (ig fesse Ney eee
modiolus, dk 6 oa ons

Adriaticus, Lamarck ....
phaseolinus, Ph.........
Modiolaria marmorata, Forbes ..
BMOOM ds si 5:0; oes.

igre, OFAY. . 5... 6:

Crenella decussata, Mont. ......
Nucula nuG@ieue, Bios.

nitida, G. B. Sow. ......
tenuis, Mont...........

P., Bruet, Payraudeau.

P. imbrifer, Lovén.

P. pectinata of some authors,
not of Linné. :

Fossil in Calabria and
Sicily.

TO ae nee a ee

among the Shetland Isles.

307

Name of Species.

Remarks as to distribution

Pectunculus glycymeris, LZ. ....
Arca pectunculoides, Scacchi ....
ES SIE ee terrae
tetragona, Poli
Lepton nitidum, Turton ........
Clarkiz, Clark
Montacuta substriata, Mont. ....
tdonacina, S. Wood ..
bidentata, Mont, ....
ttumidula, Jeffr.
ferruginosa, Mont. ..
zueeea Fabra, Mont... ... 2.5%...
Kellia suborbicularis, Mont, ....
tcycladia, S. Wood
Lucina spirifera, Mont. ........
realis

oy & Oe £ oe ee

eee ee eee

nodosum, Turt.
SM OGG Seay Cas Carers: or
oY Fig are ee ee
orvegicum, Spengler . .
Saomnn €or, Dai. eee
Cyprina Islandica, Z...........
Astarte sulcata, Da Costa ......
compressa, Mont. ......
triangularis, Mont.......
Circe minima, Mont. ..........
weous oxoleta, £. ..... 6054.
lincta, Pulteney........,.
fasciata, Da C.
Casina, L.
ovata, Pennant
alle B25. 108 1S
Tapes virgineus, auct...........

e- 6 ee ¢ e868
*#ese ee veeveeeas

pullastra, Mont.

BERS

bod

ee ae oe ee
rtd i13 44

eee

Oe OG eee it eis Oe

a} sé
4 e and synonymy.
So S)
Z | 2

Leda pygmea, von Miinster ....) — | —

pees Dla. es. ee as --
tpernula, Miill.... AS ce — Possibly fossil.
t+Limopsis aurita, Broccht ...... Fossil in the Coralline Crag,

and in miocene and plio-
cene beds on the Son
tinent. Perhaps an arc-
tic species.

A Coralline Crag fossil.

Coralline Crag.

Fossil at Nice and in Sicily.

Probably not Venus vir-
ginea of Linné.

308

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging

Name of Species.

Northern.

Southern.

Remarks as to distribution
and synonymy.

Tapes decussatus, L.

oseeever ver

Lucinopsis undata, Penn.
? Gastrana fragilis, L

Tellina balaustina, Z......... a
crassa, Penn.
balthions Ba tks o's iin ea
tenuis, 2a, divs css
fabula, Gronovius
CONGOMM Bae aces ¢oakes
PUMA TR esa ds a yee

Psammobia tellinella, Lam.

costulata, Turt. ....
Ferréensis, Chemnitz

Mactra solida, Ze @ 5h 005 isin
subtruncata, Da C.......
ptaltoram, Jao. 6i 0X es

Lutraria elliptica, Zam. ........

Scrobicularia prismatica, Mont. .

nitida, Miill. ......
alba, W. Wood

Solecurtus candidus, Renter ....

antiquatus, Pult. ....

Solen pellucidus, Penn. ........
Tc Re Pars grinegS Menara gon UF
AT We Per inte re
Pandora inzequivalvis, L.

eeseeere

Lyonsia Norvegica, Ch. ........
Thracia preetenuis, Pult.........

papyracea, Poli

convexa, W. Wood ....
distorta, Mont. ........
Poromya eranulata, Nyst and
at ee ee
Neeera abbreviata, Forb.........
costellata, Deshayes ......
trostrata, Sp. .........05.
cuspidata, Ovi ........
Corbula gi ale SR at
Mya truntata, Dow. 6. ce eices
+Panopea licata, ‘a
Saxicava Norvegica, Sp

eeveeeeer

eee oe oe

~w

fro
LAAT Late Pt al

Fossil in Sweden and Nor-
way. ;

Zetlandie on the authority
of Forbes, and Norwegian
on that of M‘Andrew.

Boulder-clay of Caithness
_ (Peach).

The northern and dee ya
water variety is So
pinna of Montagu = P.
obtusa, Leach.

Amphidesma phaseolina,
Lam.

Fossil in Sicily.

Shetland (M‘Andrew). Fos-
sil in Sicily.

among the Shetland Isles.

309

Name of Species.

Northern.

Southern.

Remarks as to distribution
and synonymy.

Saxicava rugosa, L.............
‘ Pholas crispata, LZ. ............

Xylophaga dorsalis, Turt. ......
Teredo norvegica, Sp...........
megotara, Hanley

| |

Marseilles (Matheron, fide
Philbert). ;

SOLENOCONCHIA.
Dentalium entalis, Z. ..........
+Siphonodentalium Lofotense, Sars
+Cadulus subfusiformis, Sars ....

ws)

| GASTROPODA.
-Chiton fascicularis, Z...........
Hanleyi, Bean..........

ceca Leach? ....
albus, L. .. oS
marginatus, Penn. ......

fie Bowe
eee eee
marmoreus, Fabr. ......
Patella vulgata, DZ. ..... a eb
Helcion pellucidum, Z. ........
Tectura testudinalis, Mill.......
virginea, Mill. ........

Seve, Buh. ees c ks
tLepeta ceeca, Mill. ............

_| Propilidium ancyloides, Ford. ..
Puncturella Noachina, Z. ......
Emarginula fissura, Z. ........
crassa, J, Sowerby ..

? Fissurella greeca, L.

Capulus Hungaricus, L.........
Scissurella crispata, Fleming ....

eeeee ere eee

Cyclostrema nitens, Ph, ........
serpuloides, Mont...

Trochus helicinus, Fabr.........
Greenlandicus, Ch......
famabilis, Jeffr. ........

| |

Dredged by Capt. Acton in
the Gulf of Naples.

Fossil in Sicily.

Fossil in Calabria as E. de-
cussata (Ph.), and in Sicily
(Seguenza).

Zetlandic on Forbes’s au-
thority.

S. aspera, Ph., appears to
be the ‘southera form or
variety.

310 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging
Niine ‘of Bnnckes = B Remarks as to distribution
— 2 c= and synonymy.
a
A |

‘Prochus Waguay hie ou... vin eee) —|}—
tumidus, Mont. ........ —|— 3
cinerarius, i pede awick — | — |The southern form is the},

variety variegata.
Montacuti, W. Wood .. sa
millegranus, Ph........ — fe
zizyphinus, L. .....6%. sag tege
occidentalis, Mighels —_ :

Lacuna crassior, Mont. : vat ori Probably arctic.
divaricatus, Fabr. ...... — | — |Gulfof Gascony. ;
puteolus,.Turt. ........ — oe and Vigo (M‘An-

allidula, Da C......... — | — |Arcachon (Fischer).

Lietarinn obtusata, Z.........,.| — | — | North of Spain, and Vigo ;

the Mediterranean loca-
lities are doubtful.
INR Ta 4-5 ons —|— :

rudis, Maton ........ — | — | Corunna and Lisbon(M‘An-
drew); Algiers (J. W.

Flower).
hiabie Be isd — | — | Cormnaand Lisbon(M‘An-
: drew); the Mediterranean
, and Adriatic localities are

doubtful.

Rissoa reticulata, Mont. ........ —|—
cimicoides, Forb......... —

tJeffreysi, Waller ........ —
punctura, Mont. ........ —|—
abyssicola, Forb......... —|—
Zetlandica, Mont. ...... —|—
costata, Adams ........ — | — | Shetland, fide Bavlee.
Os DOT oss Sevan —|— (os
inconspicua, Ald......... —|— ie ;
Valhalla, 20s... 2. ..4.0035 — | — |Adriatic, as 2. Ocenensis
(Brusina),
membranacea, Ad. ...... —|—
violacea, Desmarets . —|—
SNA, Ads os i i ae ae —|—
proxima: AM i... es, — :
witpes, Moms 0 2 lasts — | — |Shetland, fide Fleming.
WORN, FI i 6s dane iy —|—
semistriata, Mont. ...... — | — | Shetland, fide Barlee.
cingillus, Mont. ........ —|— :
Hydrobia ulvee, Penn.......... — | — | Turbo stagnalis, L,
Jeffreysia diaphana, Ald. ...... _—
op IND, SEPT. 6 i 5 vice —
globularis, Jeffr.......

Skenea planorbis, Fabr. ........
Homalogyra atomus, Ph.
eee 2 Od... 25

ae A eee

Oe ee ec a

among the Shetland Isles.

311

Name of Species.

Northern.

Southern.

Remarks as to distribution
and synonymy.

Ceecum glabrum, Mont. ........
Turritella terebra, Z. ..........
Scalaria Trevelyana, Leach......
peliiatal.: ME sexes

Aclis unica, Mont.
ascaris, ‘age et ea ne ra
raniti w Woods's. «<.

+Wall

oseeev eet eee

+Odostomia minima, Jeff. as
nivosa, Mont.

ANUIAs LOY, 66% 6s Ss

weer ee

weauens, Loe. ....-;.
pallida, Mont.
conoidea, Brocchi....
tumbilicaris, Malm ..
mente, Jeff. .....+.:
conspicua, Ald.......
unidentata, Mont.....

tdiaphana, Jeffr.......
obliqua, Ald.........

Warreni, Thompson...
indistincta, Mont. ....
seicalia Me Mont. ..

eximia ’ Jeffr Ci kai
scalaris, a. iad sores 6s
rufa, Ph...... eens

acicula, Ph.
nitidissima, Mont.....

Stilifer Turtoni, Broderip
Hulima polita, LZ........+......
intermedia, Cantraine ..
distorta, Desh., sec. Ph...
tstenostoma, Jeffr. ......
Psubulata, Donovan ......

Ore ewe eg

bilineata, Ald.

t4.415 414 a8

MS ee Pee eh 9 | (oad 424:

Dalmatia (Brusina).

Gulf of Naples (Stefanis).
Vigo Bay it Andecey

Gulf of Naples (Tiberi and
Acton).

Dalmatia (Brusina) ; Sicily
(Tiberi).

Dalmatia (Brusina).

O, Novegradensis, Brus.

Gulf of Naples (Acton).

Loire-Inférieure
aud).

(Cailli-

Brittany (Cailliaud and
Taslé).

Dalmatia (Brusina); Naples
(Stefania). odin

Adriatic (Stossich).

Gulf of Naples (Stefanis) ;
Madeira and Canaries
(M‘Andrew).

Adriatic and Mediterranean.
Canary Isles (M‘Andrew).

E. Philippu, W einkauff.

Shetland, fide Forbes ; Nor-
wa , fide Lovén and Da-
nielssen.

Adriatic and Mediterranean.

Pleurotoma costata, Don. ......
brachystoma, Ph,

312 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on dredging

A be es oe

Name of Species. +) 5 So to distribution
2/3 and synonymy,
id i)
A|m

Natica Islandica, Gm. .......... —
Greenlandica, Bech....... —
SONORIR Pe 6955 6 ph 5 Pees — | Perhaps W. fusca, De Blain-
ville.

catena, Da. 6k 5 sae —|—

Alderl, Tori. ci —|—

Montacuti, Forb......... -— | _.. | Fossil in Sicily.

Lamellaria perspicua, Z......... —|—

Velutina plicatilis, Miill......... —

evigata, ei ivivene —|—
+Torellia vestita, Je Jef Cees ais —
Trichotropis bore Br od. & Sow. o
Aporrhais pe iexpelecdei, he pees ts —|—
acandreee, Jeffr..... — |... | Fossil in Sicily.

Cerithium metula, Lov. ........ — ?— | Villafranca (Hanley) ;
—_ Cerithvopsis Torta.

erversum, J. ...... —|—

Cerithiopsis tubercularis, Mont...| — | —

Metaxa, Delle Chiaje — | Shetland, fide Barlee.
tcostulata, Moller —

Purpura lapillus, Z............. —|—

Buccinum undatum, LZ. ....... — | — |Gulf of Lyons (Martin).
Fossil in Sicily and Cala-
bria.

Humphreysianum,
BOAMME Bi oa — Fossil in Sicily and Calabria.

Buccinopsis Dalei, J. Sow. ...... —

Trophon Barvicensis, Johnston ..| —

truncatus, Strom ...... —_
Fusus antiquus, LZ. ........... —|—
Norvegicus, Ch........... ne
Tortoni; Bean... .0560 i: — An embryo -capsule only in
Shetland.
tIslandicus, Ch. ..... 0004: —
gracilis, Da C. .......... — | — | Bay of Biscay.
ropinquus, Ald. ........ — Brittany ( (Taal)
erniciensis, King ...... — |?— | Arcachon (Fischer).
Nassa reticulata, DZ. ............ —|—
incrassata, ers ise emus —|—
+tColumbella halizeeti, SORT Fou i — Fossil in the Sicilian and
other tertiary beds.
nana, Lov. ius ss — sis Theshia.
Defrancia teres, Ford. .......... —|—
pra, Mont. yore ks —
eufroyi, Michaud . —|—
linearis, Mont......... —il
freticulata, Ren. ......| — | —
urea, Mont. ...... —|—

among the Shetland Isles. .

313

Name of Species.

Northern.

Southern.

Remarks as to distribution
and synonymy.

Pleurotoma nebula, Mont. ......
Pavers, Lv... .. 60s:

tearinata, Biv. ......

turricula, Mont. ....
ae acy ana, Turt.
arginella levis, ;
Cypreea Europea, Mont.........
Cylichna acuminata, Bruguiére ..
nitidula, Lov. ........
umbilicata, Mont. ....
cylindracea, Penn. ....
TAG; BOW ee. ok
Utriculus mammillatus, Ph. ....

eee vreevee

tglobosus, Lov. ........

Acera bullata, Mill. ..........
Actzeon tornatilis, Z. ..........
Bulla utriculus, Brocchi
Scaphander lignarius, Z. ......
tlibrarius, Zov.......

Philine scabra, Mill. ..........

or vas hah
fnitida, Jeffr.

oeerere eevee
eerrereeee
ere er eevee eee

bilamellata, Z. ..........

SN MO res chews
Goniodoris nodosa, Mont. ......
Triopa claviger, Miill...........
Polycera quadrilineata, Mill, ..
Ancula cristata, Ald. ..........
Idalia Leachii, 4. § H.........
inzequalis, Ford.
Tritonia Hombergi, Cuv. ......
plebeia, Johnst.........

|
|

BeBe Pit el ei

The variety elongata is the
Shetland form.

Fossil in the Coralline Crag.

Fossil in Calabria and the
Suffolk Crag.

North of France.

Gulf of Naples (Stefanis).

Bay of Biscay and the
Adriatic. HOM

Shetland, fide Barlee.

Dalmatia (Brusina).

A, hybrida, J. Sow.

Alder.
D. fusca, Miill.

Norman.

314

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging

Name of Species.

Southern.

Remarks as to distribution
and synonymy,

AKgires punctilucens, D’ Orbigny
Dendronotus arborescens, Mill. . .
Doto fragilis, Forb. ............
coronata, Gm, i.ccchescees
cuspidata, 4, §& H.........
Eolis papillosa, Z. .........43.

aurantiaca, A. & H. ......
Ptriolon; WOrbi es on ss oes cs
icta, 4. §& H.
especta, Johnst...........
Hermea Vifids, MOMs 6 vig oes ec
Embletonia minuta, Forbes &
Goodsir
Antiopa cristata, Delle Ch.......
Limapontia nigra, Johnst. ......
Melampus bidentatus, Mont. ....

ees eevee eve

eee ere ere eee eee ee ereee

218

185

PTEROPODA.
Spirialis retroversus, Fl.........
Macandrei, F. & H.....
+Clio pyramidata, Z.............
tinfundibulum, 8. Wood ....

——

4

CEPHALOPODA.
Octopus vulgaris, Zam. ........
Rossia macrosoma, Delle Ch.....
t?glaucopis, Lov...........
Sepia officinalis, Z. ..........<.

+

And probably an undescribed
species of Hossia or an allied
genus, Lovén.

LAND AND FRESHWATER.

CONCHIFERA.
Pisidium nitidum, Jenyns
roseum, Scholtz

eee w& @

Norman. Not Doris pellu-
cida, Risso.

Norman.
Alder,
Norman,

Norman.

Query if distinct from last?

| Coraline Crag.

Lovén.

among the Shetland Isles. ' 815
= | & | Remarks as to distribution
+ fe) oa
Name of Species. 4 | = and synonymy,
a a
Aa |
GASTROPODA.
Planorbis nautileus, Z. ........ —|—
Sranen, Senr. . woes —|—
Bomtortus, fo 3. SS —|}—
Limnza peregra, Mal his. —|—
truncatula, Will. ...... —|}—
SE Bovis cng ce pe cece: —|i—
Seen Goresus, D2... ..... — | —
We FOU ie es — | — | L. brunneus, F. & H.; not
Draparnaud’s species of
; that name.
marginatus, Mull. ...... — L. arborum, Bouchard-
maximus, LZ. .......... — }|—| Chantereaux.
Succinea putris, L.......0..... —j|—
elegans, Risso ........ —j|-—
Vitrina pellucida, Mill, ........ —j}—
Zonites cellarius, Mill, ........ —j}—
alliarius, Miller ........ —|—
Helix nemoralis, Z., var. hortensis | — | —
arbustorum, ees esc —|—
rotundata, Mill. ........ —|—
Pupa umbilicata, hog stom .|—|—
Clausilia rugosa, Dr. .......... —|—
Cochlicopa tabrica, Mii Srule. —|—
21| 21 | 20
Summary.
aS So ee
2i/2/3\4 - Remarks,
2\E|3
Ml|A|R aA
Sin MARINE.
merecniopods .............. 6} 6 4 8
RS arpa arerarar are 119/108) 106) 168
Solenoconchia ............ 3} 3} 3} 4
SUIODOUR lS. ee ia, 218/185)140| 399| The last figure is thus
made up :—
Testaceous ..., 289
Nudibranchs ., 110
399
MEO Peis ge oe oe 4; 3) 38| 4) The number of marine spe-
Cephalopoda .............. 4| 4| 38 15! ciesin Lovén’s ‘Index’ of
Scandinavian mollusca is
354/309/259| 598| 345, including 40 Nudi-
LAND AND FRESHWATER. branche,
MONON i ed kins Fico ens 2} 2} 2 47
SFARUODOOR i ee veers 21| 21) 20| 75
377/332 281| 720

316 Miscellaneous.

Obs. The Shetland Nudibranchs and Cephalopods have not
been sufficiently investigated. Lovén’s ‘ Index’ and a further
list of Swedish Nudibranchs which he lately sent me contain
60 species of that order, out of which 22 only have been iden-
tified as Zetlandic. He also gives 9 species of Cephalopods,
of which 3 only are Zetlandic. The southern distribution of
our Nudibranchs is very little known. For the preparation of
the present list of Nudibranchs I am in a great measure in-
debted to the late Mr. Alder and to Mr. Norman. Forty-five
species of mollusca (marked T) have been discovered in the

hetland seas since the publication of Forbes & Hanley’s
‘ History of British Mollusca and their Shells.’

MISCELLANEOUS.

On a new Class of Echinodermata.
By C. Semper.

M. Sempre has made an anatomical investigation of the genus
Rhopalodina of Gray, which has led him to rather remarkable re-
sults. The animal had been classed by Dr. Gray, because of the
form of its body, among the Holothurie. This body is formed of an
anterior part having the form of a cylindrical peduncle, and of a
spherical posterior part or abdomen. In this hinder region, at the
point opposed to the insertion of the peduncle, are seen ten ambu-
lacra, to which correspond in the interior, as in the Holothuriz, ten
radiating muscles, ten aquiferous canals with their ampulle, and
ten nerves. These ten rays of the abdomen, moreover, are prolonged
into the peduncle, but without bearing any feet.

At the free extremity of the peduncle are the mouth and the
anus, side by side. The margin of the mouth is entire; that of the
anus is formed by a circle of ten papille. The tentacular crown of
the pharynx is formed of ten pennated tentacles, which, in the two
individuals studied by M. Semper, were hidden in the buccal cavity.
The pharynx and the terminal part of the intestine consequently
pass side by side in the interior of the peduncle. At the point where
the peduncle enlarges to form the spherical abdomen, the anal intes-
tine bears four long ceca, like the lungs of the Holothurie. At the
corresponding point of the pharynx, between that organ and the in-
testine, appears a little swelling, serving as the point of attachment
of a crowd of little blind tubes. These are the generative organs,
constructed on the type of those of the Holothuriz. The stomach
forms in the abdomen a spiral with numerous turns and a double
loop.
Of the ten rays above mentioned, five correspond with the pha-
rynx and five with the intestine. The five radial muscles of the
pharynx are attached, as in the Holothurie, to five radial pieces of
the calcareous pharyngeal ring, which is formed of ten pieces in all.
In this place there ought to exist a circular aquiferous vessel, as
follows from the existence of two vesicles of Poli. Round the anus,

Miscellaneous: 317

immediately below the crown of anal papille, there is also a calea-
reous ring composed of ten pieces, of very regular form; and the
five radiate muscles of the intestine are attached to the five radial
pieces. The calcareous ring of the pharynx is placed a little deeper
in the peduncle than that of the intestine ; therefore a section of the
peduncle at the level of the root of the buccal tentacles shows
plainly the five radial muscles of the intestine, but not those of the
pharynx. The small dimensions of the object have not, unfortu-
nately, allowed it to be ascertained how the aquiferous vessels of the
rays behave in the neighbourhood of the calcareous rings. The
existence of a double calcareous ring and the division of the rays
into five intestinal and five pharyngeal rays might lead us to suppose
that there exist two circular vessels. If, however, we admit, de-
spite this arrangement, a single nervous ring and a single circular
aquiferous vessel, it is still no less impossible to refer this singular
animal to the typical form of the Holothuriz, notwithstanding the
incontestable affinities that have been indicated in the internal
organs. We might, it is true, suppose the Rhopalodine to have
resulted from a Psolus or Colochirus whose buccal and anal cones
had been much elongated and soldered to one another; but although
that transformation might produce a form analogous to Rhopalodina,
the rays could not be arranged as in these animals. The two dorsal
rays should, on the contrary, disappear entirely, and we ought to
find on the peduncle two groups of three rays becoming continued
one into the other at the extremity of the abdomen.

In all living Echinoderms the anus is placed either opposite to the
mouth in the centre of the radiate arrangement or in an inter-
radium. In some fossil Crinoids alone (the Crinoidea tessellata)
there exist more than five rays placed round a single central aper-
ture. These are in reality the only Echinoderms in which we could
suppose an arrangement of the pharynx and intestine in relation to
the rays like that which M. Semper has described in Rhopalodina.
Yet these latter could not be united with the Crinoids, because of
the totally different structure of their ambulacra, leaving out of
consideration that their internal organs approximate them much
more to the Holothurie.

The author does not see any other way of getting out of the diffi-
culty than to create for these singular animals a new class, under
the name of Echinodermes diplostomes. He promises us a detailed
description of the genus Rhopalodina in a supplement to his great
work on the Holothurie.— Verhandl. phys.-med. Gesellsch. in
Wirzburg, June 6, 1868: Bibl. Univ. August 15, 1868, Bull. Sci.
pp. 326-328.

Coccoliths and Coccospheres. By G. C, Watuicu.

September 7, 1868.
In a lecture “ On a Piece of Chalk,” delivered by Prof. Huxley
to working men during the recent meeting of the British Association,
and published with the author’s initials in the September number of
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Voli. 22

318 Miscellaneous.

‘Macmillan’s Magazine,’ attention is directed to certain minute
bodies to which he gave the name of “ coccoliths,” as met with in
soundings obtained in 1857 by Capt. Dagman in H.MLS. ¢ Cyclops.’
Speaking of these bodies, the author says, ‘‘ Dr. Wallich verified
my observation and added the interesting discovery that not unfre-
quently bodies similar to these coccoliths were aggregated together
into spheroids, which he termed coccospheres.” He goes on to say
that “‘ A few years ago Mr. Sorby, in making a careful examination
of the chalk, by means of sections and otherwise, observed, as
Ehrenberg had done before him, that much of the granular basis
possesses a definite form. Comparing these formed particles with
those in the Atlantic soundings he found the two to be identical, and
thus proved that the chalk, like the soundings, contains these
mysterious coccoliths and coccospheres.”’

In the above extract I will, with your permission, point out one
or two inaccuracies, no doubt unintentional on Prof. Huxley’s part,
but of sufficient importance to induce me to beg you will afford me
the opportunity of correcting them, and at the same time of drawing
the attention of naturalists to some additional facts connected with
the bodies in question.

The occurrence of the spheroidal objects to which I assigned the
name of coccospheres, as being most intimately connected with the
coccoliths of Prof. Huxley, was detected by me in North Atlantic
soundings, whilst on the surveying cruise of H.M.S ‘ Bulldog,’ in
July 1860, a general notice of their existence having appeared in
my ‘ Notes on the Presence of Animal Life at great Depths in the
Sea ’ in November of the same year, and a detailed description, with
figures and measurements, having been published by me in the Ann,
& Mag. Nat. Hist.in July 1861. The identification of the coccoliths
of the soundings with those of the chalk (to the last of which atten- ©
tion was drawn by Ehrenberg and Mr. Sorby) was announced for
the first time in the two papers just referred to, Mr. Sorby’s paper
having appeared in the ‘ Annals’ in September 1861. In this
paper Mr. Sorby actually refers to the spheroidal bodies under the
name I gave them. The merit of the identification spoken of by
Prof. Huxley, such as it is, I have therefore a right to claim as
mine.

The coccoliths, however, cannot correctly be said to be “ aggre-
gated together into the spheroids,” as stated in the lecture. They
are in reality arranged, at intervals, over the surface of the sphe-
roidal cell, on which their concave surfaces rest, and which is, to this
extent, a separate portion of the structure. When detached, as
they invariably appear to be in the chalk and the fossil earths (of
which I shall have occasion to say a word presently), they bear the
same relation to the supporting cell that the fallen fruit bears to the
tree that bore it, and nothing more.

Of their true position in the organic world I am ignorant. But I
have these important facts to add (referred to by me incidentally in
a paper on “The Polycystina,’ which was read before the Royal
Microscopical Society in May 1865, and published in the Transac-

Miscellaneous. 319

tions of that Society), that I have detected coccoliths in abundance,
and retaining their normal characters, in some of the fossil siliceous
earths of Barbadoes &c., and that coccospheres have been met
with by me profusely in a living, or perhaps it would be more safe
to say, a recent condition, in material collected at the surface of the
open seas of the trop’cs, and also in dredgings from shoal water ob-
tained off the south coast of England. ;

It only remains for me to add that, so far as the chemical nature
of these bodies can be ascertained by reagents and the polariscope,
there is reason to believe that carbonate of lime enters largely into
their composition ; and they furnish us with another striking ex-
ample, in which simplicity of structure has enabled an organism to
weather the vicissitudes to which the surface of the globe has been
subject, and under the operation of which more complex forms have
ceased to exist.— Atheneum for Sept. 19, 1868.

Transporting Fish alive.

Mr. Moore, the Curator of the Liverpool Free Museum, has suc-
ceeded in importing some living fish from the River Plate, the first
live fish that he has received from the south of the equator. Some
English fish sent out by the same captain arrived safely; and he
left Liverpool on the 11th of this month with another series of fish.
They were sent out and imported in a common fish-globe suspended
like a cabin-lamp, in gimbals. j

There are now exhibited in the Liverpool Museum two catfish,
three pomotis, two species of Cyprinus, four axolotls, and a Proteus
a were imported from New York-by the same method.—J. E.

RAY.

On Tetilla euplocamos and Hyalonema boreale.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

It is a curious coincidence that three small-peduncled capitate
sponges should be discovered about the same time, viz. :—

1. Hyalonema boreale, Lovén, from the North Sea.

2. Lovenia boreale of Bocage, coast of Portugal.

3. Tetilla euplocamos, Oscar Schmidt, Spongien von Algier, t.5. f.10,
from Brazil.

There can be no doubt that they are all distinct species; and the
spicules show that the North-Sea and Portuguese species must be
referred, according to my views, to different families—the one to
Halichondriad and the other to Tethyade. Unfortunately Tetilla
is not regularly described by-Dr. Oscar Schmidt.

It is curious that Dr. O. Schmidt, like Dr. Lovén and M. Bocage,
compares the small-peduncled sponge to Hyalonema. The Tetilla
was sent to him from Brazil by M.F. Miller. He observes, “‘ The
pear-shaped body is like Tvthya,"and the peduncle is like Hyalo-
nema ; the body is formed of clustered spicules with abundance of
thrice-forked spicules, the forks projecting, and covering the surface

320 Miscellaneous.

like down; the peduncle is formed of spirally twisted threads, and
divides below into a few rootlets:” and he believes that the sponge
grows sticking in the mud.

Dr. O. Schmidt kindly sent me a slide with specimens of the spi-
cules of Tetilla, but I do not find any trifurcated spicules on it; one
of them is figured across the base of the sponge, t. 5. f.10. It also
belongs to Tethyadee.

On Hyalonema, Gray.

Professor E. Perceval Wright of Dublin has just returned from
Setuval, where, with the kind assistance of Prof. Bocage of Lisbon,
he has succeeded in dredging living specimens of this strange
organism. The Hyalonema-ground is in a valley, some thirty miles
to sea, south-west of Setuval, and is from 400 to 500 fathoms in
depth. Prof. Wright “ regards the siliceous axis as the stem of the
““spnonge-mass called Carteria by Dr. J. E. Gray, and has deter-
‘‘ mined that the end of the axis, where the fibres become loose, is
“that one imbedded in the mud, the sponge-mass being on the
“summit, and presenting forms of very various outline. The
‘‘ sponge-mass is provided with a number of oscula looking upwards,
“these being covered over by a beavtiful open network of spicules.
«« When the sponge-mass is washed away or destroyed, the parasitic
‘“‘ Palythoa, which was seen living, and in the act of protruding its
‘“‘ tentacles, grows up over that portion of the siliceous axis which is
‘“‘ left uncovered by the mud; but numerous examples of the sili-
“‘ceous stem exist uncovered by the parasite. The Lisbon Museum
‘“‘has now, thanks to Prof. Bocage, the most magnificent series of
“this sponge in the world.’ Prof. Wright will shortly publish
fuller details of this interesting discovery. ,

Castle, Dublin, Sept. 22nd.

My Dzar Dr. Gray,—Many thanks for your kind note, which I
got on my return from the expedition Carpenter and I made to the
North Sea’* * *-* *

Now, as to our expedition. In the mud of the Gulf Stream (at
550 fathoms) we got Hyalonema living upside down, as I already
suspected from Lovén’s paper; but, besides Hyalonema, we got at
least half a dozen new forms of vitreous sponges, most remarkable,
and some of them as beautiful as the flower-basket.

Of these you will, of course, get specimens; but in the first place
I must clean and prepare them and describe them for the ‘ Phil.
Trans.’ :

In another locality we got Brisinga and the wonderful little
Crinoid Rhizocrinus * * * * *

Ever truly yours,
Wrvittr THomson.

THE ANNALS aA

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[FOURTH SERIES.]}

No. 11. NOVEMBER 1868.

XXXVIII.—On the Occurrence of the Palatal Teeth of a Fish
belonging to the Genus Climaxodus, M‘Coy, in the Low-
matin Shale of Newsham. By Tuomas ATTHEY*.

Iy this communication I wish to make known the discovery of
some palatal teeth which have occurred to me during the in-
vestigations I have made in the black shale of the Low-main
seam of Newsham. Some of these have been in my possession
more than eight years, others have been found recently. In
the hope of obtaining more perfect information relative to
these curious teeth, a notice of their occurrence in this locality
has hitherto been delayed ; but it seems desirable to give a short
notice of their discovery at the present time, preparatory to
a more lengthened and careful description of them.

Fourteen specimens of various sizes have occurred to me
during the above-named period. Some of these are isolated
palatal teeth ; but on one slab of shale, about four inches long
and two and a half broad, there are remains of not less than
eight teeth ; and from the manner in which they are imbedded,
and the presence of great numbers of minute dermal tubercles
in connexion with them, there can be no doubt that they all
belonged to one individual.

The general form of the upper surface of the tooth is ovate.
This upper surface is Suppories by a bony process, which
springs from the under surtace and projects beyond the smaller
extremity. ‘he narrow portion of the upper surface is crossed
by from four to six transverse imbricating ridges. In the
larger pape these ridges are strongly undulated, with the
upper edge roughly broken up into coarse granulations. The
broader portion of this surface is occupied by a very wide
furrow or hollow bounded at the broad end by a sharp, slightly

* Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Meeting
of Tyneside Naturalists, Oct. 9, 1868.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. ii. 23

322 Mr. T. Atthey on the Palatal Teeth of a Climaxodus.

denticulated margin. The narrow portion of the surface is
ornamented with minute granulations; the broad furrow is
striated in the direction of the length of the tooth. Three of
the teeth are somewhat shorter than the rest; or, in other words,
they have a more circular form.

The largest tooth measures, including the projecting bony
process, an inch and a quarter in length, and is about seven-
eighths of an inch wide in the broadest part. The smallest
tooth is rather more than three-eighths of an inch long, and
very nearly the same in the broadest part. In the small spe-
cimens the groove at the broad end is nearly as large as the
remaining portion of the tooth.

On comparing these teeth with the figure given by M‘Coy
(British Paleozoic Fossils, pl. 3G. f.5) of his Clhmaaxodus
embricatus, they are found to agree in having the narrow por-
tion of the tooth ornamented with transverse ridges; but a
further comparison cannot at present be made, as the figure
given by M‘Coy was from a specimen broken at both ends.

s it appears to be advisable to attach some name to this
interesting fossil, and seeing that it agrees in some essential
points with the genus Climaxodus, M‘Coy, I propose to refer
it provisionally to that genus, and, further, to distinguish the
species which I have found at Newsham by the name of Cl-
maxodus lingueformis.

Also [avail myself of the present occasion to announce that,
in addition to Climaxodus and the species already described
in former communications to the ‘Annals,’ several other in-
teresting forms have been obtained from the shale of the Low-
main seam, of which no notice has been given, the most im-
portant of these being the following :—

Coelacanthus lepturus, Ag.

Several entire specimens have occurred, but usually in a
much disturbed state. Separate scales are not uncommon.

Strepsodus sauroides, Huxl.

Two or three jaws of this species, with the teeth attached,
have been obtained, and numerous separate teeth.

Gyrolepis Rankinti, Ag.

Several specimens have occurred in a more or less complete
state of preservation.

Platysomus parvulus (young ?).
A few entire specimens have occurred.

On the “ SteypireySr”’ of the Icelanders. 323

Amphicentrum, sp. indet.

Three nearly perfect specimens have been found, and nu-
merous mandibles exhibiting tuberculated plates.

Pleuracanthus levissimus, Ag.
Several fine, interesting spines, in a good state of preserva-
tion, have occurred.
Orthacanthus cylindricus, Ag.

Numerous large well-preserved specimens of this fish-spine
have been obtained.

Ctenacanthus hybodiotdes, Ag.

Five specimens have occurred, in.a nearly perfect state of
preservation ; one specimen is eight inches long.

Leptacanthus, sp. indet.
A spine or two, apparently belonging to this genus, have
occurred at Newsham.
; Cladodus mirabilis, Ag.

Numerous specimens of the teeth, frequently associated with
ae of dermal granules, have been found in several distant
ocalities.
Pleurodus Rankinii, Ag.

Numerous specimens of the teeth have occurred.

Pecilodus, sp. mdet.

Numerous specimens belonging to this genus have been
found.
Petalodus, sp. indet.

_ Several teeth have been procured from the Low-main shale.
Gosforth, Oct. 7, 1868.

XXXIX.— On the Fin- Whale called “SteypireySr” by the Ice-
landers (Balenoptera Sibbald, Gray). By J. RetnHArDT*.

Since the time when (some twenty years ago) Eschricht’s
researches on the northern whales had given an impulse to a
more accurate study of these gigantic animals, a considerable
number of different fin-whales have been stated to inhabit the
seas of northern Europe. Hitherto, however, it is chiefl
through the differences in their osteology that zoologists have
* Translated from ‘ Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den Naturhistoriske

Forening i Kjobenhavn’ for 1867, Nos. 8-11.

23%

324 Prof. J. Reinhardt on the Fin- Whale

succeeded in distinguishing these species. About the exterior
of the living animal very little is known in most cases, nay,
absolutely nothing as far as certain species are concerned.
Even the colour of the different species, though so much more
easily distinguished and represented than the variations in the
external conformation of such huge animals, is still far from
being known with the accuracy that might be desired. It is
even still undecided to what extent characters can bedrawn from
the colour of these cetaceans, and at present zoologists seem
inclined to consider great differences in this respect to be of
little or no importance. This may be shown by a few in-
stances. ‘T'hus, when of late years the gigantic fin-whale found
near Ostend, and described in the pamphlets and papers of
Dubar, Van Breda, and Van der Linden, was considered
(and no doubt justly) specifically distinct from Balenoptera
laticeps, Gray, and called by some Balenoptera gigas, by others
Stbbaldius borealis, the great difference in size seems to have
been the principal motive for doing so; and a few years
ago a learned cetologist thought himself obliged to grant that
the two species just mentioned may still prove identical, with-
out having thought it necessary in settling this question to
pay any regard to the difference in their colour. Further,
there has apparently been no hesitation in referring fin-whales
so differently coloured as the black-and-white male observed
in 1841 by Schlegel, and the two more or less grey males
described by Companyo and Eschricht, to one and the same
species, Physalus antiquorum, Gray.

Under these circumstances it happens rather fortunately that
the attempts made during the last two years to establish a
regular fishery of fin-whales and humpbacks in the sea round
Iceland have provided us with some means of answering this
question and of forming a tolerably well-grounded idea of the
extent of .the variations of colour in one species at least; for
Mr. 8. Hallas, surgeon to the whaler ‘Thomas Roys,’ has
from his cruise of last summer (1867) brought home with him
descriptions and measurements of several specimens of that
fin-whale which his ship had most frequently fallen in with,
‘viz. the one which the Icelanders call ‘‘ Steypirey%r ;”’ and his
statements have a particular interest, as they furnish us with
some useful information about a species hitherto only imper-
fectly known.

From Mr. Hallas’s notes on the different individuals which
he had the opportunity of examining closely, it appears that
the “ SteypireySr ” is a very dark-coloured whale. The upper
parts have a blackish-grey colour, in which somewhat lighter
stains or specks are sometimes found; down the sides the

te ee

called “ SteypireySr” by the Icelanders. 325

_ eolour becomes a little lighter, and that part of the belly which

is behind the furrows is uniformly grey ; in the anterior plaited
region the ridges are blackish grey, but the furrows between
them light grey. The caudal fin is blackish grey on both
sides, in some individuals also marked with lighter spots in
the dark ground-colour. Finally, the distribution of the co-
lours on the pectoral fins is very characteristic: their external
surface is blackish grey, sometimes spotted with somewhat
lighter specks; the inside, on the contrary, is perfectly milk-
white, forming a contrast the more striking, as no other part of
the body is of this colour; only just at the base of the fin the
white colour changes into a greyish white. Mr. Hallas also
found in most individuals some small white linear spots irre-
gularly scattered about the belly; they vary in number and
are most probably, as he conjectures, only scars. Leaving
these out of consideration, the distribution of the colours is
evidently very constant in this species of fin-whale, The only
variations which seem to occur are the grey stains that some-
times appear in the darkest-coloured parts of the body, as also
in a few cases somewhat darker spots may be found on the
grey belly ; but these variations are evidently far too small to
have any essential effect on the general appearance of the
whale. The whalebone seems always to be uniformly black.
Mr. Hallas’s notes contain little more than the description
of the colour and some measurements. But the latter show
that the ‘‘ SteypireySr”’ is one of the largest of the fin-whales.
The length of the largest of the ‘six specimens measured is
stated to have been 80 Danish feet; the smallest was as much
as 70 feet; and though, no doubt, some few feet must be sub-
tracted from each of these figures, Mr, Hallas having measured
the distance between the tip of the beak and the notch in the
tail not in a straight line, but along the curvature of the back,

_ yet, on the other hand, none of these whales appear to have

been quite full-grown, as the coalescence of the epiphyses
with the bodies of the vertebrae, Mr. Hallas informs me,
was not completed in any of them. It would also appear
that the Icelanders are right in supposing that the form of the
dorsal fin is a characteristic of this whale, though perhaps they
do not give the peculiarities of the fin with perfect correctness
when they say that one of the two kinds of large fin-whales
distinguished by them has a shorter as well as a lower dorsal
fin than the other; for the dorsal fin of the “ Steypireydr ”
seems not to be particularly short; but it is remarkably low,
so that its height is contained three times and a half in its
length. It was not, in any of the individuals in which it was
measured by Mr. Hallas, more than 7 inches high. So incon-

*

326 Prof. J. Reinhardt on the Fin- Whale

siderable a height of this fin in such an exceedingly large whale
is indeed surprising, and affords a useful mark of distinction
between the ‘ Steypireydr” and certain other northern fin-
whales, as will appear from the table below, showing the height
of the dorsal fin in several of the latter :—

In B. antiquorum, g, 403’, measured by Schlegel (1841), 12”*

” 9 2 ? 3 Z; ” ” (1826), 1,

a ; 3, 58’ ia J. Murie (1859), 143”

a . 3, 408 ¥ O. Sars (1865), 13”
B. Duguidiit, 9,¢.48' » R. Heddle (1856), 203”
B. laticeps, OL SL’ » Rudolphi (1819), 16”
B. rostrata, 2, 25! » ) Eachricht .. i524 143"

But, on the other hand, there are also some species, and just
those most resembling the “ SteypireySr”’ in colour, which
have a similar low but elongated dorsal fin; and though per-
haps, in some of these, differences may yet be found in the
shape of the fin, they can scarcely be pointed out from the
descriptions at hand. ‘This uncommonly low dorsal fin is also
placed unusually far backwards, viz. about the beginning
of the last fourth of the body. ‘The pectoral fins seem to
present nothing very remarkable in their shape; and their
length is contained from seven times and one-fifth to seven
times and two-thirds in the total length (measured along the
curvature of the back).

The information for which we are indebted to Mr. Hallas
thus enables us to form an idea about the “ SteypireySr”’ satis-
factory in certain respects ; but, in the present state of our know-
ledge of the northern fin-whales, it is not sufficient to show
quite clearly whether this animal may be referred to any of
the earlier observed species or not. It is true that two fin-
whales are recorded in cetological literature to which our
thoughts will be immediately directed by the description given
above, viz. the Greenlandic “ Tunnolik,” briefly described
by Eschricht and H. P.C. Méllert, and usually considered
identical with the Ostend Whale, and the species recently de-
scribed by Malm under the name of Balenoptera Caroline§.
But these two whales seem to resemble each other, and either
of them, again, the “ Steypireyér’’ so much, as far as the co-
lour is concerned, that, even if it were quite certain that the

* All the measurements of this table are in Danish feet and inches.

+ I mention this whale here by the name under which it has been de-
scribed, without expressing any opinion as to the validity of the species.

¢ K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, ser. 4. vol. xii. ‘pp. 375-380.

§ Malm, A. W., Nagra Blad om Hvaldjur i allmanhet och Balenoptera
Caroline i synnerhet. Goteborg, 1867. Monographie illustrée du Baleino-

tare trouvé le 29 Oct. 1865 sur la céte occidentale de la Suéde. Stock-
cae 1867.

called “‘ Steypireydr” by the Icelanders. 327

latter were really identical with one of them, it could hardly be
said with which, as long as we had only the description com-
municated above to go by. ‘To this it must be added that, in
spite of the perfect resemblance as to colour, it can at most be
probable, but far from certain, that the ‘“ Steypireydr”’ is
really identical with either of the above-mentioned whales,
if two cetaceans can exist which, with a striking resemblance
in colour, combine such essential differences in their osteology
that they must not only be considered as different species, but
must even be referred to different sections of the great genus
Balenoptera,—one, the“ Tunnolik,” or Ostend whale, to the sec-
tion of which Dr. J. E. Gray has made his genus Srbbaldius*,
the other, Balenoptera Caroline, to the genus Physalus, There

* In a recently published essay on two subfossil whales discovered in
Sweden (Upsala, 1867), my excellent friend Prof. Lilljeborg has esta-
blished a new genus (flowerius) for the Ostend Whale. Among the
characteristics, however, pointed out, the one taken from the position of
the dorsal fin is not very well chosen ; for when, in the generic character,
he writes of the place of this fin as “somewhat in front of the posterior
fifth of the entire body’s length,” this statement may indeed be tolerably
correct (provided the measurements given are accurate) as far as the
“ Tunnohk” stranded at Godhavyn (the identity of which with the Ostend
whale is by no means proved) is concerned; but it cannot be applied to
the specimen which is considered the type of the genus. Nor dol believe
that 1t can be regarded as a certain characteristic, that the atlas “ has
the lateral processes above the middle and of a conical form,” while these

rocesses are ‘“ compressed and situated in about the middle of the sides”
in Sibbaldius. As detailed descriptions-of the atlas of the Ostend whale
do not exist, and as Lilljeborg has not seen the bone himself, he can
only have taken this character from Dubar’s figure of the vertebra
in his ‘ Ostéographie’ of the said whale; but these figures are too rough
to be trusted in this way, more especially as, in the figure of the
atlas, the transverse processes are not even represented alike on both
sides. Perhaps the left one may arise in the way stated by Lillje-
borg; but the right one seems to arise as in Stbbaldius, and i do not
_ see how it may safely be inferred from the drawing whether they are
conical or compressed. Finally, it is scarcely correct, in the generic
diagnosis, to indicate as a character for Flowerius that only the second
cervical vertebra has annular transverse processes: Dubar, indeed,
says so; but it has escaped Lilljeborg that it is stated expressly by Van
der Linden, whose essay on the Ostend whale was published later than
Dubar’s, and is evidently a more trustworthy work, that the third cervical
vertebra is provided with annular transverse processes as well as the
second. Thus the differences between the genera Flowerius and Stbbaldius
are not even so great as imagined by Lilljeborg, though, if they were,
they would not, in my opinion, be sufficient to justify the establishment
of anew genus. But, however this may be, thereis no need of the name
Flowerius; for Gray has already, in his ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales
in the British Museum’ (published in 1866) subdivided his genus Sibbal-
dius into two sections, which he does not, indeed, eall genera, but of which
the one constituted for Sibbaldius laticeps has a special name, Rudolphius,
If accordingly the genus Sibbaldius must be broken up into two, I supposé
Rudolphius must be adopted for the genus in which the S. daticeps is to

328 Prof. J. Reinhardt on the Fin- Whale

might possibly be a third similar species; but even then it
would not be certain that the Icelandic whale is a new spe-
cies; for there is a fin-whale (the Balenoptera Sibbaldit, Gray)
different from the Ostend whale, and which Malm supposes to
be also different from the species described by him, of the ea-
ternal characters of which we know nothing, and it is possible
that the ‘‘ SteypireySr’”’ may be this very species.

Fortunately, however, we know more than the mere ex-
ternal characters of the “ SteypireySr”’; for Mr. Hallas has
presented the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen with the
hyoid bone and the first cervical vertebra of a male “ Steypi-
reyér’’ nearly 74 Danish feet long; the Museum has, further,
purchased of the Danish Fishing Company the skull of the
same individual, wanting only the lower jaw ; finally, we have
from a third source received trustworthy information about the
number of the ribs and the vertebree: and thus we are in pos-
session of most of the data required to clear away that uncer-
tainty and doubt which could not be removed while we had
only the description of the colour and the measurements.

have its place, and the name Szbbaldius must be retained for that one the
type of which is the Ostend whale.

ut, as I before said, these two genera seem to me to be rather super-
fluous; indeed I should prefer to consider even the best-characterized of
the various genera of fin-whales that have been proposed of late only as
sections of the genus Balenoptera (Pterobalena, Pouhinhs Cetologists
have gradually gone so far as to make a genus of every well-founded
species of fin-whale in our northern seas. Accordingly the generic cha-
racters coincide to a great extent with the specific ones; and it is hardly
to be expected that those characters the presence of one of which seems
now to imply the presence of the other, will also prove to be always con-
nected with each other when we obtain a more accurate knowledge of the
fin-whales of the other great seas. In some cases generic characters have
also been taken from parts of the organization the value of which as such
are at least very doubtful. I mention, as an instance, that one of the
generic characters for the genus Physalus is taken from the sternum,
though, from the observations now before us, it would only seem ible
to infer that the shape of this bone varies so much in different individuals
belonging to this genus, that it is even doubtful whether it can furnish us
with certain specific characters. Even the character taken from the
shape of the first rib (whether it is double-headed or not) cannot perhaps
in all cases be so thoroughly depended upon as is usually supposed ; and it
would not be amiss to recall the fact that Eschricht pointed out, more
than twenty years ago, that he had found a slight indication of a bifur-
cation in the upper end of the first rib of a whale which he and, more
recently, my distinguished friend Mr. W. H. Flower without any hesita-
tion have referred to Balenoptera antiquorum, viz. the whale stranded at
Katwijk aan Zee in December 1841, and that he also found the first rib
on the left side of an Orca-skeleton from Greenland perfectly distinctly
forked. Thus the modern genera can hardly be said to be well founded
as yet; and as the fin-whales hitherto known are not so numerous that
there is any fear of losing a general view of them when they are kept
together, there seems at present to be no practical necessity for them.

called “‘ Steypirey&r” by the Icelanders. 329

If we first examine the atlas, it will appear, from the figure
given below (fig. 1), that this vertebra presents all the cha-
racteristics peculiar to it in the Physalus section*, which
Mr. Flower first pointed out. Thus the rather long trans-
verse processes evidently enough arise from the upper half

Fig. 1.

Atlas, seen from behind, one-tenth of the natural size.

of the sides of the vertebra; they are somewhat compressed
at their base from before backwards, somewhat tapering to-
wards the end, and point straight outwards, except near the
very end, which is bent a little forwards. Further, we find,
on the posterior surface of the body.of the vertebra, not two
separate, but only one single, horseshoe-shaped articular sur-
face for articulation with the axis; and, fimally, the vertebra
wants that median backward-directed triangular process which
in the Sibbaldius section projects from the under surface of its
body, and articulates with a special surface on the second ver-
tebra. The most important dimensions of the vertebra are the
following :—

Distance between the extremities of the transverse

WE gos eee Ne cen ess: SO" 2
Greatest height of the vertebra ................ 19° 10'"
Height of the neural canal ...-/................ 8” 4"
Greatest width between the outer edges of the arti-

cular cavities for the occipital condyles ........ ee

Greatest diameter of each of these articular cavities 11” 9'”
Greatest breadth of the horseshoe-shaped articular
Saline doe the. ania... ooo. ifae ee... to Se

* Or to the genus Physalus, Gray, of 1864, not 1866.

+ This measurement is not quite accurate, as the ends of both trans-
verse processes are a little damaged ; but the pieces broken off have pro-
bably not amounted to more than an inch on either side.

330 Prof. J. Reinhardt on the Fin- Whale

In the skull (see fig. 2) the characters distinguishing the-
Fig. 2.

Figure of the Skull, one thirty-sixth of the natural size.
_ At x a piece of the great cartilage which originally filled the whole
cavity of the vomer is still seen.

called “ SteypireySr”’ by the Icelanders. 331

Physalus section are no less strikingly developed. Especially
the orbital process of the frontal presents exactly the form pe-
culiar to this section, being not only very short in the trans-
verse direction of the head, but also nearly twice as broad near
its base as along its external border, tapering therefore very much
in an outward direction. The same is the case with the nasal
bones, of which a figure nine times diminished is given beneath
(fig. 3), though, indeed, in a point of minor importance they

Fig. 3.
aull UU AU:

FH Lae

Nasals.

appear to deviate a little from those of Balenoptera antiquo-
rum, the only species of this section in which they have hitherto
been described and figured with accuracy. They are rather
short, and deeply hollowed on the anterior edge and anterior
part of their en surface, so that an obtuse ridge is formed
along the middle line, projecting forwards in a roundish point,
as inthe species just mentioned ; but at the sametimethere is less
difference in their breadth before and behind than in the latter.

The hyoid, finally, indicates the same section, as will be seen

Fig. 4.

ae Prof. J. Reinhardt on the Fin- Whale

from the figure representing this bone (fig. 4) seen from
the concave upper surface, one-eighteenth of the natural size.
Unfortunately the stylo-hyals, which sometimes seem to afford
valuable specific characters, are wanting.

The results to which we are led by examining the skull, the
atlas, and the hyoid are moreover corroborated by the informa-
tion received from Capt. Bottemann about the number of the
ribs and of the vertebre ; for this gentleman, who last summer
(1867) was occupied at the fishing-establishment at Seidisfjord,
on the east coast of Iceland, counted sixty-four vertebre
in the skeleton of a full-grown “ Steypireyér.” He found,
further, fifteen pairs of ribs in a foetus about 18 feet long,
which he had an opportunity of examining more minutely on
the 2nd of September, and of which he has been kind enough
to send a sketch, accompanied with numerous measurements.
Accordingly, though important diagnostic parts of the skeleton
(viz. the lower jaw, the first rib, and the sternum) have not
been examined, yet it may be considered certain that the
“ Steypireydr ” belongs to that section of fin-whales for which
the Balenoptera antiquorum may be taken as the type, or, in
other words, to the genus Physalus, Gray, 1864 (not 1866).

But it is equally certain that it is a species not less distinct
from the typical one as to its osteology, and especially as to its
skull, than we know it to be as to its external characters.
When we compare one or another of the better figures of the
skull of the type with that of the “Steypireyér” (fig. 2),
it will immediately be seen that the principal difference is
that the beak (or, in other words, that part of the face which
is situated before the orbital or zygomatic processes of the
maxillaries) is much broader and much more obtuse in front
in the ‘ Steypireyér” than in Balenoptera antiquorum, and
that the outer borders of this part of the skull run almost
parallel in their posterior half, and only begin to curve to-
wards each other beyond this point. But this, on the other
hand, is a diagnostic character of the skull of Balenoptera
Sibbaldit.

An additional resemblance to the latter species is further
presented in the orbital processes of the frontals, whose breadth
at their base is considerably greater than their length in the
transverse direction of the skull. A pervading resemblance
to this species in almost all the pepdee of the skull
will easily be proved by the table below, giving the measure-
ments of the skull of the “ Steypireyér” taken exactly as _
Mr. W. H. Flower measured the skull of Balenoptera Sib-
baldii formerly belonging to Lidth de Jeude; im which,
further, the corresponding measurements of that skull are

called “ SteypireySr”’ by the Icelanders. 333

ET RE RT te ee eR

& | es |
RPO ORG Pho oe a iv 205 |118 |184
Breadth of the occipital condyles.............. 17.| 15. |. 12
Greatest breadth of the occipital bone ........ 65 | 36 | 56
Greatest breadth of the skull (across the zygomatic

processes of the temporals) ................ 993) 60 | 96
Distance from the occipital foramen to the anterior

MU MEERG.OCCIDICGL 5 o.oo ee eke ne 383| 27 | 41
Length of the orbital process of the frontals (in

the transverse direction of the skull) ........ 31 | 19 | 32
Breadth of the orbital process at base.......... 393) 22 | 34
Breadth of the same along the upper surface of

EG ik ee ee a ses 20 | 13 | 18
Length of the nasals (along the median suture)..| 97} 64] 84
Breadth of both the nasal bones at the posterior

ee a tocar aes er 74 54). 6
Breadth of the same at the anterior end........ 93, 6 | 92
er ee ae 1333| 73 |133
Beeeen Of the. Maxillaries .... 2.2... ee ne es 159 | 86 |145
Projection of intermaxillaries beyond maxillaries.| 7?) 5 | 9
Breadth of the maxillaries at hinder end ...... 193; 15 | 17

Breadth of the same across the orbital process ..| 88 | — | —
Breadth of the same in the same place, following

I ee er ae hase ca Cae ee 1033) 64 | 89
Breadth of each of the maxillaries in the same place} 334) — | —
Breadth of the beak at its base .............. 604
The same, the curve included................ 67 | — | 45
Breadth of the maxillary in the same place ....| 184
The same, the curve included ................ 20 | 13} 133
Breadth of intermaxillary in the same place ....| 94) 3] 6
Breadth of beak in the middle................ 613; — | —
The same, the curve included ................ 64 | 32 | 33

Breadth of the maxillary in the same place ....| 20 | 11 | 92
od »» intermaxillary in the same place . 4; 4 54
», beak at three-fourths of its length

om me eee gs ow cae eet a ee 452; — | —
The same, the curve included ................ 49 | 22 | 182
Breadth of maxillary in the same place ........ 10 21 5

” intermaxillary in the same place ....| 83) 44) 33

* The measurements of the Icelandic cranium are given in Danish

- inches, but those of the other two in English inches, As the question

is only about the relative dimensions, I have considered it unnecessary
to transfer the English to Danish measurements. They are taken in a
straight line when the contrary is not stated expressly.

334 Prof. J. Reinhardt on the Fin- Whale

added for comparison, and also the measurements of the skull
of a large Balenoptera antiquorum in the zoological garden at
Antwerp—both taken from a table communicated by the
above-mentioned English cetologist in his valuable ‘‘ Notes
on the Skeletons of Whales’’*. The little discrepancies which
may be found in some few relative dimensions can hardly have
any importance when we consider that the skull of whales
changes considerably during growth, and that the Icelandic
cranium is not very far from being twice as large as the one
described by Flower.

To this almost perfect resemblance in the skull we must fur-
ther add a correspondence in the colour of the baleen, which is
uniformly black in the Icelandic whale, as is also that of the
Balenoptera Sibbaldit, and, finally, according to the statement
of Capt. Bottemann, a correspondence as to the number of the
vertebree, so much the more important as sixty-four vertebree is
the greatest number yet met with in any fin-whalef, and is
only found in the above-mentioned speciest. Accordingly I
do not hesitate to refer the ‘ Steypireyr”’ of the Icelanders to
Balenoptera Sibbaldit; and as we hitherto have only known
the skeleton of half-grown specimens of this whale, the know-
ledge of it has been not a little promoted by the information
now procured.

This result established, we have still to find out what the
relation of this species is to the two other fin-whales, to which
it bears such a striking resemblance in colour that it seems
impossible to point out any essential difference, viz. the spe-
cies recently described under the name of Balenoptera Caro-
line, and the “ 'Tunnolik”’ of the Greenlanders, usually con-
sidered identical with the Ostend whale.

As to its relation to Balenoptera Caroline, I see, from a
short notice in the English periodical the ‘ Atheneeurh’ (1868,
No. 2108, p. 427), that Mr. W. H. Flower, at the meeting of

* Proc. Zool. Soc. of London, Nov. 8, 1864, p. 411.

+ In the essay of Eschricht and myself on the Greenland whale (in the
K. D. Vid. Selsk. Sky. ser. 5. vol. v.) the number of the vertebrae in B. an-
tiquorum (B. musculus), p. 549, is, by a misprint, stated to be 63; and the
same error appears also in the English translation of the same essay in
the ‘Recent Memoirs on the Cetacea,” edited by W. H. Flower for the
Ray Society (p. 105). I consider it my duty to correct this error, so much
the more as I perceive with regret that others have been led astray by it.
The Balenoptera antiquorum has regularly only 61 vertebree, and that is
also the number found in the skeleton alluded to by Eschricht and myself
in the treatise quoted above.

{ One of the two skeletons on which this species has been founded is
known to have sixteen pairs of ribs, the other fifteen. As Mr. Bottemann .
only found fifteen in the foetus dissected by him, it is probable, though by
no means certain, that the latter number is the normal one.

called “ Steypirey®r” by the Icelanders. 335

the Zoological Society of London on the 12th of March, com-
municated some remarks on Mr. Malm’s new species, suggest-
ing that the latter would most probably prove identical with
Balenoptera Sibbaldit. 1 think this supposition to be highly
probable; and to the reasons for it (which, I suppose*, Flower
has taken from resemblances of the skeletons) we must now also
add the remarkable correspondence in colour, the peculiar low
dorsal fin, and, finally, the backward position of this fin, just
before the posterior fourth of the animal. Yet I must confess
that I have not succeeded, by the assistance of Mr. Malm’s de-
scription and measurements of the skull, in entirely convincing
myself that the latter has the same broad beak by which the
B. Sibbaldit is at once distinguished ; and it is to be regretted
that Malm has given no figure of the cranium that might
assist his description, and which I am sure most zoologists,
if they had been allowed to choose, would have much pre-
ferred to several of the illustrations (of rather doubtful scien-
tific value) with which his work is so abundantly provided.
Nor must it be overlooked that Malm, who has had an oppor-
tunity of comparing in detail his own whale with a skeleton
of B. antiquorum, and who in general is very minute in point-
ing out the various more or less weighty reasons which have
induced him to consider it a species different from the latter, does
not make one word of allusion to any difference in the form of
the cranium; and yet it would be thought that if the skull of
his whale had resembled the illustration here given (fig. 2),
such a peculiar form could not have quite escaped his at-
tention. But we know, on the other hand, that even the
two specimens of Balenoptera Sibbaldii on which the spe-
cies is founded differ somewhat from each other as to the
breadth of the beak, and it appears that in Balenoptera anti-
quorum, too, the breadth of this part varies in the different
specimens}. Thus it may be that the diagnostic character
afforded by the beak has not been so strongly developed in
Malm’s whale as in the Icelandic cranium, and so might the
more easily have been left unnoticed; and though I have not
ventured to suppress this little difficulty which may possibly
still be found in F'lower’s view of the matter, yet his supposition
is, after all, much more probable than that two species of fin-
whales resembling each other so closely in most respects, and
yet specifically distinct, should exist in the northern seas.

* Lregret that I have not yet had an opportunity of becoming acquainted
with Mr. Flower’s paper itself 23 3 ee

+ Mr. Flower states that in six crania of Balenoptera antiquorum the
proportion of the breadth across the middle of the beak to the length of
the skull was found to vary between 18 and 21 to 100. (See Proc. Zool.

_ Soe..of London, 1865, p. 473.)

336 Prof. J. Reinhardt on the Fin-Whale

Now, as to the “ Tunnolik”’ of the Greenlanders, it must be
admitted that if this really is identical with the Ostend whale,
as has hitherto been usually supposed, it must, no doubt, as
science stands at present, be considered a species quite dis-
tinct from the “ SteypireySr”’ or Balenoptera Sibbaldit. But
the question is, whether this supposition is true; and though
with respect to this whale we are still limited to the very same
materials that were formerly at Eschricht’s disposal, yet they
may be found sufficient to answer this question. What made
Eschricht suppose that his “ Tunnolik”’ might be the same
species as the Ostend whale was the resemblance which he
found between Dubar’s figures of the pectoral fin of the latter
and the fin which Mr. Méller sent him from Greenland*.
Now this correspondence is so great, indeed, that at a time
when only a single fin-whale with such a pectoral fin was
known, he surely was justified in making such an inference
and in disregarding the discrepancy that seemed to exist
as to the place of the dorsal fin, and to explain it as caused
only by a mistake in the measurement of one or other of these
two whales, which had taken place under very unfavourable
circumstances. But the matter appears in another light now
that a pectoral fin, like that of the Ostend whale, characterized
by the uncommonly elongated and slender form of the pha-
langes, is found also in the Physalus section.

The pectoral fin of the skeleton of B. Stbbaldit which ori-
ginally belonged to Lidth de Jeude is stated by Flower to
have four phalanges in the index, five in the third finger, five
in the fourth, and three in the fifth; the fin of the skeleton at
Hull agrees with this, except that the third finger has six
phalangest. It is, however, observed expressly by Flower,
that, the phalanges of both skeletons being artificially articu-
lated, we cannot be sure that they are arranged in their
natural order of succession, or that they are all present;
Eschricht found, indeed, when he examined the skeleton at
Hull in 1846, seven phalanges in the third finger, or one
more than Flower{. Accordingly one phalanx seems to have
been lost during the time that has elapsed since Eschricht
had an opportunity of studying this skeleton. Thus it becomes
very probable that the still smaller number of phalanges in

* See K. D. Vid. Selsk. Skr. ser. 4. vol. xii. (1846) pp. 879, 380, and
ser. 5. vol, i. (1849) p. 138.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864, p. 418, and 1865, p.473. The meta-
carpal bones are not included in the number of the phalanges in these
statements ; and the same is the case in all the following statements where _
nothing is said to the contrary.

{ K. D. Vid. Selsk. Skr. ser. 5. vol. i. p. 180.

called “ Steypireydr” by the Icelanders. 337

the same finger, of the skeleton formerly belonging to Lidth de
Jeude, is only a consequence of an injury; and the number of
the phalanges of the four fingers in Balenoptera Sibbaldix
may be stated to be either 4, 7, 5, 4 or (perhaps) 4, 7, 6, 4.
When, now, we compare with these the number of the pha-
langes in the pectoral fin of the “'Tunnolik,” I must first
remark that the figure of. the latter given by Eschricht is not
quite correct; nor is his statement in the text of the number
of the phalanges* perfectly accurate or quite in accord-
ance either with the actual conditions or with the figuret. It
is much to be regretted that this pectoral fin, which, at
the time when Eschricht received it, was quite complete, has
afterwards suffered some damage: the tips of the fourth and
fifth fingers are lost, and there are now only four phalanges
in the first, and two in the second, of these two fingers.
It is therefore impossible to state exactly how great the
error in Eschricht’s figure really is; but there are certainly
only four phalanges in the second finger (the index), and
but six in the third; and though the fourth finger, as I have
said, is incomplete now, and the original number of the pha-
langes cannot be stated, yet it may at any rate be positively
inferred, from the form and:length of the remaining part, that
it was never so long as the third: therefore the woodcut in
Eschricht’s memoir is incorrect’ in ‘representing it as being
even a little longer than the latter ; but what the cause of the
mistake really is, whether the artist _has drawn too many pha-
langes, or made the phalanges really existing too long, must be
left undecided. The formula for the number of the phalanges
in the hand of the “ Tunnolik ” will therefore be 4, 6, 6 (2),
3(?); and as the woodcut cannot be thoroughly depended
upon as to the comparative size of the single phalanges, I
here add the measurements of the hand in Danish inches :-—

Breadth in
Length. /|the narrow-
est place.
Second finger—
Peoischrpal ois fs Sees Gi 103%} 32
Pirst, phalan® «5 fsqace Ls ban 104 2-1,
MOOONG! (co. oS oc, Se dae ee 8 4
MN. Gs Seen ae ae ee 53 1
BOMB: a A a ee es 37 4

* Besides the metacarpal bones, 5, 5, 6, 3.

+ K. D. Vid. Selsk. Sky. ser. 4. vol. xii. p. 382.
_ { The measurements are only taken Sei the osseous phalanges; the
cartilages between them are, as usual, not included.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 24

338 - Prof. J. Reinhardt on the Fin- Whale

TABLE (continued).

Breadth in
Length. the narrow-|
est place.

Third finger—

Moatacarpal: 35/3055 3.2555 6% C548 13

First:phalanx..) ii. Stas eke 11 2

Recent «55 \ os. aunties wines 7242.2

PhP. .! gh) sens eos P sine we 3

Bouvth 00.8. asides Rac btan 34

WRAL Gar vis tas a Enea Sua oy ee

2,0 Gace apie Baten Rey eer sd 3 aa
Fourth finger—

WAOUUEIIL ei. 3 5 see conc ye een 93 22

Vivet PURI 86 oa 83 2

Necond = 45 eet eae acee ee 7 13

Thre GS ee 5 1

Hoary i 5, F255 cs ae 24 ;

Bifthy 7 OS eee ? ?

EN gsi EUR ee Cia ? ?
Fifth finger—

Motatatpal 0664.26 eases 63 2

PUPAL QUAIANS o.6i wi Gin on Gicle sigs 6 if

OCONEE oo) ie ca as sane b 32 13

Ws 8 ge he es Ba ? ?

From these statements it appears that the hand of the
“'Tunnolik ”’ may quite as well have belonged to a B. Sibbaldit
as to B. gigas, for a single phalanx more or less in a finger is
of no great importance in the whales; and if it be further
considered that the colour of the “'Tunnolik,” as described
by Méller in the account sent to Eschricht, as well as the
place occupied by the dorsal fin, according to his statement,
seem to be much more characteristic of Balenoptera Sibbaldit
(as we now know it) than of the Ostend whale, it will certainly
be admitted that there are good reasons for referring the
“'Tunnolik ’”’ to the former, and not to the latter species. It
must be allowed that the description given by Eschricht of the
dorsal fin of his ‘‘ 'Tunnolik,” according to which it should be
only 4 inches high, and placed upon :a thick knob (‘ Fod-
stykke,”’ base of the fin, as it is called by: Eschricht), is not
in accordance with what we know of ‘this fin in B. Sibbaldiz ;
but it agrees no better with that of the Ostend whale, nor, in-
deed, with the dorsal fin of any known fin-whale. To me
this strange form appears rather to have been a monstrosity ; ~
and it is to be regretted that Eschricht has not accompanied

eed epee AGG Milindire: «888

his description with a drawing, and that the fin itself which
Méller had sent him has not been preserved.

_ Tf the result I think we have come to is correct, Eschricht’s
“ Tunnolik,” the “SteypireySr”’ of the Icelanders, and, finally,
the whale described by Malm are only one and the same species,
which appears to be one of the most common in our northern
seas, and the systematic name of which must be Balenoptera
Sibbaldii*. If, contrary to expectation, it should appear,
after all, that B. Caroline is different, I do not think it pos-
sible, from the materials now available, to state with cer-
tainty whether the ‘ Tunnolik”’ in that case must rather be
referred to the one or to the other of these two species; but,
as I have said, there is scarcely any fear that this question will

be raised.

I have still to add some measurements taken by Capt.
Bottemann, ap arently with very great care, of the male
foetus of the ‘ REN ” mentioned before in this notice.
He has been kind enough to send these to the Museum at

* In his elaborate Monograph of the Balenoptera Caroline, p. xxi,
Malm alludes to the possibility that his whale might be identical with
B. Sibbald, remarking that, even if it were so (which, however, he
denies), he could not use the name Svrbbaldii, because “it has already
been used by Neill in 1808 for another fin-whale, Musculus Sibbaldia,
Neill.” This, however, is a complete misunderstanding, which shows
that Malm cannot have seen, much less read, Neill’s paper on the whale
stranded near the town of Alloa, but must have quoted at second hand
from Eschricht’s Schema A, in his sixth essay upon the Cetaceans (K. D.
Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, ser. 5. vol. i. p. iii), or perhaps from the corre-
sponding schema in the same author’s ‘Zoolog. Untersuchungen tiber die
nordischen Wallthiere.’ It is true that the whale was stranded in 1808;
but Neill’s paper was not read in the Wernerian Society till 1809, and
not printed till 1811; and then, Neill does not give the Alloa whale any

new name, but considers it to be the same species as that which was

stranded in 1690 on Burntisland, and which Sibbald, in his ‘Pha-
lainologia Nova’ (ed. 2, p. 69), thought to be identical with the Musculus
of Pliny. Purposing to point out, in the schema mentioned above, the
specific identity between the Alloa whale and Sibbald’s “ Balena tripinnis

rostrum acutum habet,” Eschricht has briefly expressed this in the
words “ Musculus Sibbaldi,” or the whale denot.d by Sibbald as “ Mus-
culus ;” and this denomination was not understood by Malm. Of course
it is not my intention to reproach Malm in the least for having been unable
to examine the paper of Patrick Neill; but I think it would have been
more correct to have stated expzessly that his was a second-hand quota-
tion. And even if Malm had never seen the notice in question, he would,
by a more judicious use of the remaining zoological literature, have been
saved from falling into the singular mistake that Neill had in 1808
established a fin-whale genus Musculus and a fin-whale species Musculus

24*

Sibbald.

540 Dr. E. P. Wright on Lodoicea sechellarum.

Copenhagen ; but unfortunately I am unable to state whether
Danish or foreign measures have been employed.

feet. inch.
From the tip of the beak to the hindmost end of the blowers 3 0

” a is » thedorsal fin 12 10
notch of the tail ........ V7

between the points of the flukes of the tail.......... 18° «14
From the notch in the tail to the anus..............+- ee
ss es sy | OBIS. Bo a ee 6 4
pte ke »» - umbilical cord ...+...5. 9° Oe
From the tip of the beak to the pectoral fin .......... 5 OD
3 Be ch ep 3 O04
rr og ear-opening .......... 4 i
Length of the Diowere o56005 cuss se vee oy QO 5%
Distance between the blowers behind ................ Oost
is jy pvtront. 3. 6005 30k 0. 02
Length of the dorsal fin along the back .............. ts
Height of the doraal fin... 6c cv db o's cs ss oo 0 4
Length of the pectoral fin... .. 245%)... 0s eee 2.9
Greatest breadth of the pectoral fin .................- Des
Distance between the points of the flukes of the tail .... 3 3
Girth of the head in the middle between the eye and the
Car-OpenIne o.oo a se a es AGRA 7 24
Girth of the body across the pectoral fins ............ = 0
* at the umbilical cord... .,. os .<sspeos 6 6
os ms PONIS <. sliy +. caw ibs oe 5 54
rs es ADUS: sack dew ue wake RR ee 4: 7
5 just before the tail .......... 250.5% 2
Perpendicular diameter of the body at the pectoral fins .. 2 8
The same, at the umbilical cord «............2002c008 BH
The same, at the anterior edge of the dorsal fin and anus 1 93
The same, at the posterior edge of the dorsal fin........ Loe
The same, athe base of the tail: ive: o. ia ee eee iL ®

Number of furrows in the belly between the pectoral fins 66
Ditto beneath the place where the ear-openings are found 82

XL.—WNotes on the Lodoicea sechellarum, Labill. By Ep-
WARD PercevAL Wricut, M.D., F.L.8., Professor of
Zoology, Trinity College, Dublin.

In June 1867 I was invited, by Swinburn Ward, Esq., H.M.
Civil Commissioner for the Seychelles Islands, to accompan
him on a tour of inspection around the Island of Praslin. i
was at that time engaged in exploring the forests of Mahé, the
largest and most populous island of the group; but anxious to —
visit the native ee of the well-known “‘ Coco de mer,” I at

Dr. E. P. Wright on Lodoicea sechellarum. 341

once accepted the invitation, and prepared to spend two or
three weeks on Praslin. As we glided gently through the
assage in the coral-reef that runs along the eastern coast of
Praslin, the first object that met my view was a clump of the
Lodoicea sechellarum; there were four or five trees, growing
erect and to a height of about forty feet, from between a mass
of granite boulders quite close to the sea-shore.
| o study the structure of this noble palm-tree, to find out
all I could about its life-history, to ascertain the probable rate
of growth of its stem, the duration of its flowering period, and
to bring back with me to Europe young growing plants were
some of the chief objects of my visit to this group of
islands.

For centuries the history of this palm had been involved in
mystery; its strange-shaped nuts had been now and then
found washed ashore on the Maldive Islands or floating about
on the surface of the Indian Ocean ; but its native country, or
what kind of tree it was that produced such nuts, was
unknown. ‘Tradition said it was a production of the sea.
Rumphius believed in tradition, and assures us that it is not
the product of a terrestrial plant that had fallen into the sea,
but a veritable marine fruit; and sailors who never heard of
Rumphius told strange stories of the tree itself growing be-
neath the salt water, with large bunches of the double cocoa-
nuts hanging from its branches; but when they would dive
to gather the nuts, the nuts and-the tree and all would disap-
pear. Of course, if this were true, there was little chance of
the double cocoa-nuts becoming common; and so the few that
were found floating were sold for very enormous prices ; those
that landed on the Maldive Islands were the property of the
king, who had a very severe law of “ treasure trove,” by which
it was enacted that the person finding these nuts and not
_ bringing them to the king should be put to death.

The discovery of the Seychelle Islands by Captain Lazare
Picaults, of the ‘ Elisabeth,’ despatched on a voyage of discovery
from the Isle of France by M. Mahé de Labourdonnais, set
the question of the native country of the double cocoa-nut at
rest, and determined the fact that they were the products of a
gigantic palm-tree. Sonnerat, in his ‘ Voyage to New Guinea,’
gives a description of this tree, which he found on Praslin.
Commerson described it in MS. under the name of Lodoicea ;
and La Billarditre, in the ‘Annales du Muséum d’ Histoire
Naturelle,’ gave a botanical description of it, accompanied by
figures drawn from spirit specimens of the fruit, and a draw-
ing of the tree from nature by M. Lilet. M. Quéau de Quincy
appends to this paper some remarks on the economic value of

342 Dr. E. P. Wright on Lodoicea sechellarum.

the palm. This M. de Quincy was the last administrator of
the king of France. He was then named military commandant
and civil agent for the French republic; and having in Ma
1794 surrendered to the summons of Capt. Newcome, of H.M.
frigate ‘Orpheus,’ he was appointed acting commissioner to
the English government, which position he occupied at his
death. He is buried on the summit of a little knoll not ten
minutes’ walk from Government House; and by his tomb, of
white coral, the English flag is hoisted on all holidays and
féte-days throughout the year.

Some few years more elapsed until Mr. Telfair, a gentleman
well known in connexion with the botany of the Mauritius,
obtained specimens of the male and female fruit, and forwarded
them to Sir W.J. Hooker, then Regius Professor of Botany in
the University of Glasgow, whose account, in the first volume
of the new series of Curtis’s ‘ Botanical Magazine’ (1827),
leaves very little indeed to be added to the general description
of the palm (plates 2734-2738).

Since then, Dr. Barnard and my friend Mr. Swinburn
Ward have published contributions to the history of the

alm.
: We landed on the eastern side of Praslin; and while the
seine-net was being dragged to provide us with some fish for
breakfast, I walked to the place where I had seen the Lodoicea.
Passing along by the sea-side, I found the sandy beach strewed
with innumerable flowers of Barringtonia ?; fringing the
sea, and in many places growing in it, was a species of Sce-
vola. The double-cocoanut trees were all male plants; the
ground at their feet was covered with the remains of the long
catkins, crumbling into dust when touched. The trees ap-
peared to grow almost out of the rock, and the little earth seen
near the roots was a tenacious yellow clay. ‘Two, and some-
times three, leaves hung suspended from the stem. In the dis-
tance, along the coast and up the mountains’ side, I saw other
* specimens; but they were but thinly scattered along this
eastern side of Praslin. I had, however, other and better op-
portunities of seeing and examining much finer specimens
than are to be met with on this side of Praslin, and I hope, in
a small work which I am at present engaged in writing, to
give an account at some length of the Lodoicea, and to accom-
pany the chapter on this subject with a figure thereof from a
photograph, and with illustrations of the ripe nut and sections
of the stems of both young and old trees. In these notes I
purpose only to give, as briefly as possible, an account of the
Lodoicea-forests of Praslin and Curieuse, to state the facts that
T have collected that bear on the question of the age of the

Dr. E. P. Wright on Lodoicea sechellarum. 3438

trees, and to conclude with a few words on the introduction of
this palm into Europe. In March, 1864, Sir W. J. Hooker
read to the Linnean Society extracts from a letter from
Mr. Swinburn Ward relating to the Coco de mer, which con-
cluded with the statement that “not many years will
elapse before the Coco de mer becomes in reality as rare as it
was supposed to be when picked up at sea by the wondering
mariners; and the only relics left of its former magnificence
will be the decaying stumps of the trees, so wantonly de-
stroyed, and the curious sockets in which they stood for so
many years.” This statement naturally alarmed all bota-
nists; and, at the request of the Linnean Society, Mr. Ward
kindly visited both Praslin and Curieuse for the purpose of
examining into the subject a little more closely, and came to
the conclusion that, although many hundreds of this palm-
tree had been destroyed on the north-west of Praslin, yet
that several large forests still remained, and that the tree was
not at all likely to become extinct.

The island of Praslin lies nearly north-west and south-east;
a range of mountains, some 1500 feet in height, runs from
one end to the other of the island. It is several miles broader
on its south-eastern than on its north-western side; and here
there is a large deep bay, in the mouth of which stands a little
island, called Isle (Ps On the eastern side of Praslin lies
Isle Curieuse, separated from Praslin by a strait from half a
mile to a mile in width. In the midst of the mountain-range
on Praslin there are several deep valleys, where for the most
part the indigenous flora is still untouched. It would appear
that the Lodoicea is indigenous on Curieuse, Praslin, and the
little Round Island, and that wherever else it is met with on
the Seychelles it has been planted by the hand of man. On
Isle Ronde only two or three are to be met with. On Curieuse,
_ which is government property, a large number of trees are to
be found, chiefly on the northern side of the island. On the
southern side the soil is very poor, and there is but little of it
(for, the underwood here having been destroyed, the soil has
been to a great extent washed away), and the Lodoicea grows
to a height of not more than from ten. to twelve feet; on the
northern side, however, there are some very fine trees. This
island is the seat of a leper-establishment, perhaps the only one
ever supported by the British Government. It would appear
that, shortly before the passing of the Act for the emancipation
of slaves in the British Colonies, it had been represented to
the then Ministers of the Crown that very many unfortunate
lepers were living in a state of utter destitution on many of
_the smaller coral islands so numerous in the Indian Ocean.

344 Dr. E. P. Wright on Lodoicea sechellarum.

All, or at least the great majority, of these had been conveyed
to, and abandoned on, these islands by their masters, who
thought in this way to stop the spread of leprosy among their
gangs of slaves. ‘The first effect of these representations was
the selection of the Isle Curieuse for a leper-establishment,
and the building of two leper-camps on its western side, at a
place well sheltered, and where a little stream runs down into
the sea—that on the right side of the stream for the male, and
that on the left side for the female lepers. 'Thither, in Octo-
ber 1829, George Forbes, an active and intelligent native of
Scotland, being appointed as overseer, proceeded, bringing
with him one leper. In a very short time afterwards the bri
‘Hebe,’ having visited the different islands inhabited by
lepers, arrived off Curieuse and landed some two hundred
more. In Mr. Forbes’s letters of instruction, special directions
are given not to permit the leaves of the Coco de mer to be
cut, or the nuts to be eaten; and he is desired to plant, once a
month, all mature nuts found on the ground, at a distance of
ten paces from each other. Boats were forbidden to land,
unless in charge of some responsible officer. The lepers were
not allowed to leave the island. All fish and turtle caught
were to be divided ; but it was forbidden to eat the tortoise-shell
turtle, though its shell was to be sent to the Governor. Sar-
dines were not to be eaten until their heads were taken off and
they were well cleaned; and, lastly, Mr. Forbes is urgently
admonished to be kind and forbearing to the unfortunate beings
placed under his care.

It is interesting to read over these instructions, and to see
that even then care was taken to preserve the Coco de mer;
but as I perceive, from the date of the letter of instruction,
that Sir W. J. Hooker’s letters and description of the palm
would have reached the islands just at this very time, I do
not think I am far wrong in ascribing this care, in a great
measure, to a desire to meet his wishes ; and here I may add,
on the testimony of several Civil Commissioners, and as the
result of my own experience (for, as Acting Government
Medical Officer, I had the care of Isle Curieuse), that from 1829
until the present time, for now nearly forty years, Mr. Forbes
has acted up to the spirit as well as to the letter of his instruc-
tions, both as regards the beautiful palm-tree and the disease-
stricken inhabitants of the island. As this island is still
government property, we may be sure that as long as it keeps
its head above the encroaching waters of the Indian Ocean, it
will remain the home, as it is the cradle, of this species.

It is, however, in Praslin that the Lodoicea is to be seen ©
in all its glory. Perhaps the forest easiest to visit is that on

Dr. E. P. Wright on Lodoicea sechellarum. 345

the south-eastern side of the island, the property of Mr. Camp-
bell; here the trees grow in great numbers, down even to the
water’s edge. The largest (some are from 100 to 130 feet
high) are met with in the valley. Male and female trees are
found in nearly equal quantities. On this property a certain
number of the trees are stripped of their leaves to supply the
demand for this article at Mahé, where they are manufactured
into hats, fans, and baskets. A certain number of nuts are
allowed to remain on the ground to germinate, and, besides
these, a large number fall that are never found; and a good
number are sent to Mahé and to the Mauritius for sale. But
unless some sudden catastrophe happen to this forest, which
contains many thousand trees of all sizes and ages, it will long
remain a sight well worthy of being visited by the curious.
Another, and to my mind more magnificent, forest of this
palm is to be met with in a large valley situated in the moun-
tains between the cocoa-nut plantation on the eastern side,
over which Mr. Osucree is the agent, and the Protestant
schoolhouse and church on the western side. A walk of
some two hours from the worthy and hospitable agent’s house
brings one to the summit of the mountain, and then this noble
valley bursts upon one’s view; but in the space I allow my-
self for these notes I cannot do justice to this subject. The
valley may be, in its narrowest portion, about a mile wide and
some 500 feet deep; in its centre a little rivulet commences,
that meanders through a narrow -yalley looking towards the
north-west. Here were to be seen hundreds of Verschaufeldia
grandiflora and a Stevensonia, growing to a height of thirty to
forty feet. In sheltered nooks there were groves of a tree fern,
with stems fifty feet in height ; but towering like giants among
these pigmies were very many (too many to count) of the Lo-
doicea sechellarum, often growing in threes—two female trees,
and between and somewhat overshadowing thema male tree.
They were from 100 to 150 feet in height, and were in all
‘stages of fruit and flower. The a aie of the male spadix is
smaller than the spathe of the female spadix ; and the latter, b
the time the fruit ripens, becomes very hard and spike-like.
It is this portion that the creoles allude to when they tell one
that “the fruit-stalk is supported by three strong bracts, the
outer one of which penetrates the stalk immediately above it,
in the underside of which nature has left a fissure accessible to
it: by this provision the stalk is enabled to support the weight
of fruit which hangs on it’”’ *. I found, on all the trees that I

* Journal of the Linnean Society, vol. viii. p. 187. Of course I do not

ascribe this theory to my friend Mr. Ward, although I here quote from
his interesting paper.

346 Dr. E. P. Wright on Lodoicea sechellarum.

examined, a parenchymatous barky layer, that in trees that
had fallen for some time was easily peeled off. This barky
layer was very curiously pitted; this pitting was caused by
the intrusion into the parenchymatous layer, and piercing
through it, of the woody fibres of the stem; but without illus-
trations it would not be easy to explain this structure, and I
must therefore reserve it for another occasion. Some of the so-
called “‘ bowls” were met with on the mountain-slopes: here I
need only add that sections made through both young and old
trees revealed no peculiarity of structure in this portion of
the stem other than what is met with in almost all palms.

From an examination of all these forests, I arrived at the
conclusion that the growth of the stem depended very much
on the soil in which it grew; and I was pleased at being able
to determine this by the following facts. Many nuts have
been planted on Isle St. Anne, in different parts of Mahé, and
at Silhouette, and the date of the planting of these nuts is in
many cases known with great accuracy. Thus Mr. Charles
Savi planted some seven or eight at Silhouette in one long
row, some twenty feet apart, on the side of a mountain, but
only some two or three feet above high-water mark; the nuts
were planted at the same time, in the year 1812. Of these,
some six germinated, and for the first year or two grew with-
out one showing any great advantage over the other; now,
after the lapse of fifty-six years, three of these trees (two
females and one male) measure four feet in diameter at the
base of their stem, which is twenty-six feet in height, and they
bore their first fruit and flowers in the year 1851, when they
were, as nearly as possible, forty years old: the other three
are to this day without stems, and have borne neither fruit nor
flowers. At first, recollecting the result of recent researches
into the arrest of development of the axolotl, I thought here
might be a similar case among plants; but on a little investi-
gation I found that the thriving Cocos de mer had fallen upon
good ground, where they could grow abundantly, and that the
others had fallen upon poor, stony soil, where the puzzle was
to find from what they did get sufficient food to keep them
alive now these fifty-five years. Many other facts like this I
could quote; but sufficient has been said to show the danger of
drawing conclusions as to the slow growth of trees from their
slowness of growth under cultivation: and this leads me to
say a few words as to my hopes of introducing these trees into
this country.

I brought with me, in December 1867, to Alexandria, three
young trees, about three years old, of this palm. The weather.
was too cold at this period of the year to permit their being

Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Distribution of Graptolites. 347

brought either to Paris or Kew; and I left them in the care of
my good friend Mr. Calvert, H.B.M. Vice-Consul at Alexandria,
well known as an excellent botanist, who gave them to that
excellent horticulturist Herr Winterstein to keep during the
winter. Unfortunately these trees did not survive; but, thanks
to M. Adrien, of Isle Praslin, and Mr. Ward, I hope in spring
next, when the weather becomes a little warm, to receive some
young plants which have been germinated in tubs, and which
will thus not have had the risk of being transplanted. These
I shall hand over, when they arrive, to the gardens of Kew
and Dublin; and I have no doubt they will be well taken
care of.

In some of the volumes of Curtis’s ‘ Botanical Magazine,’
excellent hints on the cultivation of plants will be found, given
by Mr. John Smith of Kew. It would be well for our plant-
growers if they would oftener read through and digest these
articles. In treating of the cultivation of Lagetta lintearia,
Lam. (tab. 4502), he remarks on the hints given to him for his
guidance in growing this plant by Mr. Wilson (who found the
pe growing on their native soil) :—‘‘ We are always most

esirous to pay attention to information as regards the native
habitats of plants; but in cases like the present we have found
that when too strictly adhered to, successful cultivation does not
always follow. In our experience we have never found any plant
thrive by retaining it in its native soil. If we could only imi-
tate all the various influences of climate that modify and control
the growth of plants in their native™localities, then we might
do so.’ ‘These very correct remarks it will be well to bear
in mind when the time comes, as I hope it will soon, for us
to cultivate this fine palm in our stoves; for most certainl
the Lodoicea will not grow under cultivation in the Seychelles
Islands, when planted in rocky, stony ground such as the trees
are found to flourish in in their native forests of Praslin and
Curieuse, and yet there there is no necessity to imitate the
climate: how much less, therefore, will it grow with us, if
subject to the same treatment, when with us it would seem

practically impossible to imitate the alternate wet and dry
seasons of the tropics!

XLI.—Notes on the Distribution in Time of the various British

Species and Genera of Graptolites. By Henry ALLEYNE
NicHoson, D.Sc., M.B., F.G.S. |

SPEAKING generally, the Graptolitide: may be said to be cha-
racteristic fossils of the Silurian period; and the generaliza-

348 . Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Distribution in Time

tion of Sir Roderick Murchison, that they are exclusively
confined to this epoch, still holds good as far as all the typical
forms of the order are concerned. ‘The somewhat aberrant
genus Dictyonema (which, along with some others, might fairly
be placed in a distinct suborder) has been found by Hall in
the Middle Old Red in America. This discovery would lead
us to anticipate a similar revelation in Britain, whenever beds
shall have been examined in this formation which present
evidence of having offered the requisite conditions for the

growth and preservation of these organisms. Further, the
same genus Dictyonema occurs in the 'Tremadoc Slates, which
are by some looked upon as the top of the Upper Cambrian series.
Nevertheless it remains certain that the Graptolites as a family
are characteristically Silurian; and further researches are not
likely to alter this statement in any essential point. Not only
is this the case, but the Graptolites, as regards their abundance
as individuals, and the number of generic and specific types,

are far more characteristic of the Lower- than of the Upper-
Silurian period. And, finally, the inferior portions of the
Lower Silurian rocks can claim a decided predominance in the
number of genera when compared with the superior members
of the same.

Contrary to what might have been expected, the various
genera, and often the species also, of Graptolites are very
constant in their range and distribution. They afford, there-
fore, very valuable and reliable data, whereby formations in
different parts of the world may be correlated with one another
or the exact position held by any group of beds in the strati-
fied series may be more or less exactly ascertained. __

In Britain Graptolites are known to range from the Tremadoe
Slates up to the Upper Ludlow rocks, inclusive, the Lower
Llandeilo, Upper Llandeilo, and Caradoc groups being those
in which there is the maximum development of genera and
species, usually accompanied in the two latter cases by an
extraordinary abundance of individuals. On the whole, the
lower part of the Lower Llandeilo (Skiddaw Slates), as stated
by Salter, must be looked upon as the ‘ metropolis” of the
family, since it contains a larger number and a more varied
series of generic types than is found in any other formation.
The Upper Llandeilo and Caradoc groups, on the other hand,
pisos? together a much greater number of species and of in-

ividuals than is the case with the Lower Llandeilos, though
this is, perhaps, largely due to the more favourable nature of
- their sediments, the same disproportion not being recognized
in America.

Looking merely to Britain, the Lower Silurian rocks are

of the British Species and Genera of Graptolites. 349

characterized by the exclusive possession of the genera Dic-
tyonema, Dichograpsus, Tetragrapsus, Dendrograpsus, Phyllo-
grapsus, Pleurograpsus, Helicograpsus, Cyrtograpsus, Callo-
grapsus, Diplograpsus, Climacograpsus, Dicranograpsus, Di-
dymograpsus, and fastrites. Of the remaining British genera,
Graptolites and Retiolites are common to both the lower and
upper divisions of the Silurian series. The same is really the
ease with Ptilograpsus , for, though not known to occur in
Britain out of the Lower Ludlow rocks, it is a characteristic
genus in the Quebec group of Canada. It may therefore be
said that the Upper Silurian rocks of Britain are not in the
exclusive possession of any genus of Graptolites.

The genus Dictyonema, Hall, occurs in the Tremadoc Slates
(Uppermost Lingula Flags of Salter, Upper Cambrian of Belt),
in the Lower Llandeilo, and in the Caradoc group. Though
represented in America by various species in the Quebec group,
it has not as yet been found in the corresponding strata in
Britain, viz. the Skiddaw Slates (lowest Llandeilo). The
species of the Tremadoc Slates is the familiar D. sociale, Salt. ;
and an undetermined form, possibly the same, is found in the
Lower Llandeilo rocks of the Shelve district. The Upper
Llandeilo rocks have not hitherto yielded any example of the
genus; but a single example (apparently D. gracile, Hall) has
been discovered by Prof. Harkness in the Bala Limestone of
Girvan. The younger deposits of Britain have not been shown
to contain any species of Dictyonema; but such have been
found in the Upper Silurians of America, and even in the
Middle Old Red Sandstone (Upper Helderberg and Hamilton
groups); so that the genus cannot be looked upon as charac-
teristic of any portion of the Silurian period.

The genera Dichograpsus, Tetragrapsus, and Phyllograpsus
are exclusively confined to the Skiddaw and Quebec groups,
both at home and abroad, being represented by several species
in the Skiddaw Slates of Cumberland and Westmoreland.

(See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. p. 137, and vol. xxiv.

p- 125 et seq.). Phyllograpsus, represented by its two most
typical species, viz. P. angustifolius and P. typus, appears to
range throughout the entire group; but Dichograpsus and
Tetragrapsus, with four species each, seem to be confined to
the lower beds of the series. No member of these three genera
has hitherto been found in the equivalent strata in Wales
(Whitesand Bay).

The genus Dendrograpsus, Hall, is mostly characteristic of
the base of the Lower Silurian series. One species, viz. D.
Hallianus, Prout, has been dubiously determined from the
Skiddaw Slates; and D. furcatula, Salt., from the Lower

350 Dr. H.A. Nicholson on the Distribution in Time

Llandeilo rocks of Wales, would seem to be referable to the
same species. Another form, viz. D.flewwosus, Hall, has been
recognized by Mr. Baily in the Caradocs of Ireland.

The genus Climacograpsus, Hall (= Diplograpsus in part)
has a vertical range from the Lowest Llandeilo up to the Lower
Llandovery, having its maximum development in the Upper
Llandeilo and Caradoc groups. It will thus be seen that
Climacograpsus is strictly coordinate in its range with the
limits of the Lower Silurian rocks, of which its members
may therefore be considered characteristic fossils. The most
typical and familiar species, C. teretiusculus, His., has the
same range as the genus. It commences in the upper beds of
the Skiddaw Slates, is of tolerably frequent occurrence in the
Lower Llandeilo rocks of Wales, attains its maximum of
abundance in the Upper Llandeilo and Caradoc groups, and
is known in the Lower Llandovery by a single specimen only,
which was discovered by Prof. Harkness. A second species,
viz. C. antennartus, Hall, also occurs in the Skiddaw Slates ;
but it appears to have died out before the deposition of even
the upper beds of this formation, and it is not known to occur
in any of the higher groups. Of the remaining species, C.
bicornis, Hall, occurs in the Lower Llandeilo rocks, but is
much more frequently found in the Upper Llandeilos; whilst
C. tuberculatus, Nich. (MS.), is confined to the last-named

oup.
re The closely allied genus Diplograpsus, M‘Coy, is, like the
last, exclusively confined to, and essentially characteristic of,
the Lower Silurian period. Its range, however, is not quite so
wide, inasmuch as it is not yet known to transcend the limits
of the Caradoc series, though it commences as early as the
Skiddaw Slates. Of the British species, D. pristiniformis,
Hall, and D. mucronatus, Hall, are the oldest, the former
being confined to the Skiddaw group, whilst the latter ey
up into the Upper Llandeilo, and in America occurs also in
the Caradocs* (Utica Slate and Hudson-River group). D.
Whitfieldit, Hall, D. cometa, Gein., D. nodosus, Harkn., D.
acuminatus, Nich., and D. Harknessii, Nich., appear to be
exclusively Upper-Llandeilo species in Britain, the first pass-
ing up into the Caradocs in America. D. pristis, His., D. an-
gustifolius, Hall, D. palmeus, Barr. (including D. folium, His.),
D. tamariscus, Nich., and D. vesiculosus, Nich., are all cha-
racteristic fossils both in the Upper Llandeilo rocks and in the
Coniston Flags (Caradoc). D. putillus, Hall, originally de-
scribed from the Utica Slate, and D. confertus, Nich., are the

* D. mucronatus appears also to occur in the Caradoes of Ireland.

of the British Species and Genera of Graptolites. 351

only British species as yet known to be confined to the Coniston

Flags.

The genus Dicranograpsus, Hall, comprising the single
species D. ramosus (the old Diplograpsus ramosus), ranges
through the Lower and Upper Llandeilos, and is said to have
been found in the Coniston Flags (Caradoc). It is, however,
most characteristically a fossil of the Upper Llandeilo rocks
in Britain.

The genus Didymograpsus appears to have both its com-
mencement and its maximum in the Skiddaw and Quebec

oups, being represented in Britain by eight species from the
Skiddav Slates, viz. D. nitidus, Hall, D. bifidus, Hall, D.
V-fractus, Salt., D. affinis, Nich. (MS8.), D. patulus, Hall, D.
geminus, His., D. serratulus, Hall, and D. sextans, Hall. Of
these the first four are exclusively confined to this horizon in
the stratified series; D. geminus, His., and D. patulus, Hall,
are also very characteristic fossils in the Lower Llandeilo
rocks; D. sextans, Hall, occurs plentifully in the Upper
Llandeilos, and D. serratulus is found in the Utica Slate (Ga-

-radoc) of America. In the Upper Llandeilo rocks the genus

Didymograpsus is highly characteristic, and is represented by
D. Murchisoni, Beck, D. flaccidus, Hall, D. divaricatus, Hall,

D. seatans, Hall, and D. anceps, Nich., of which D. Murchi-

sont, though curiously local in its occurrence, is perhaps one
of the most characteristic. It.is worthy of remark that no
Didymograpsus has hitherto been found in the Caradoc group in
England, not even in the Coniston Flags, though these abound
in Graptolites and contain so many species common to. the
Utica Slates of America, in which the genus is represented by
D, sextans, D. serratulus, D. divaricatus, and D. flaccidus. In
Ireland, however, at least two species of Didymograpsus are
said to occur in strata of Caradoc age (Baily).

The genus Fastrites of Barrande appears not to occur either
in the Skiddaw Slates or in the Lower Llandeilo proper, but

to be exclusively confined to the Upper Llandeilo and Caradoc

groups. In the former of these, R. peregrinus, Barr., R. Lin-

ner, Barr., and &. capillaris, Carr., are characteristic fossils ;

the two former of these are also found in the Coniston
acs.

The genus Pleurograpsus, Nich., is doubtfully represented
in the Skiddaw Slates by a single species, P. vagans, Nich.,
the typical form (viz. P. linearis, Carr.) being confined to the
Upper Llandeilo rocks.

Helicograpsus, Nich., comprising the single species H. gra-
ctlis, Hall (the Graptolithus gracilis of Hall), is found in the

352. = Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Distribution in Time

Upper Llandeilo rocks of Scotland, and has been also made
out in the Caradoc group in Ireland.

In these latter beds Mr. Baily has likewise determined the
existence of the genus Callograpsus, Hall, by the single spe-
cies C. elegans, Hall. This genus, which is otherwise con-
fined to the Quebec group, is in most respects intermediate
between Dendrograpsus and Dictyonema.

The genus Cyrtograpsus, Carr., appears to have a range
similar to that of Helicograpsus (viz. Upper Llandeilo and
Caradoc).

The remaining three genera of British Graptolites, namely,
Retiolites, Graptolites, and Ptilograpsus, are common to both
the upper and lower divisions of the Silurian rocks, though
the last has not as yet been detected in Britain except in the
Upper Silurians.

The genus Graptolites, Linn., doubtfully represented in the
Lower Llandeilos by a single species, and largely represented
in the Upper Llandeilos, attains its maximum in the Caradoc
series (Coniston Flags). At this point most of the species of
the genus appear to have died out, no more than four passing
up into younger deposits. With the doubtful exception of G.
sagittartus—a determination which may have been founded on
a fragment of a compound species—no completely satisfactory
instance is known to me of the occurrence of any member of
the genus Graptolites either in the Skiddaw Slates or in the
Lower Llandeilo proper. In the Upper Llandeilo rocks the
genus is represented by G. sagittarius, Linn., G. Sedgwickiz,
Portl., G. lobiferus, M‘Coy, G. tenuis, Portl., G. Niélssoni,
Barr., G. priodon, Bronn, and G. fimbriatus, Nich. All these
forms, however, pass upwards; so that the Upper Llandeilo
rocks cannot be said to possess any species of this genus pe-
culiar to themselves. In the Coniston Flags (Caradoc), besides
all the species above mentioned, there occur also G. turricu-
latus, Barr., G. Bohemicus, Barr., G. discretus, Nich., and G.
colonus, Barr., this last passing on, together with G. priodon,
into the overlying Coniston Grits, which would seem to be
likewise of Caradoc age. The four species which survive into
the Upper Silurian period are G. priodon, G. colonus, G. Fle-
mingit, Salt., and an undetermined form from the Ludlow
rocks. Of these, G. Flemingii is peculiar to the Wenlock
formation; but the first two are found in both the Wenlock
and Ludlow rocks. Of all the species of the genus, G. priodon
has the most extensive vertical range, passing from the Upper
Llandeilo up to the Upper Ludlow formation.

The genus etvolites, Barr., has hitherto not been found in -

of the British Species and Genera of Graptolites. 353

either the Skiddaw Slates or the Lower Llandeilo proper, though
its discovery in the former of these may fairly be anticipated.
Tn the Upper Llandeilo rocks of the south of Scotland a single
species has been found, apparently 2. venosus, Hall; and a
second species, #. perlatus, Nich., occurs in the Coniston
Flags; but this may possibly turn out to be a large variety of
the former. The third and longest-lived British species is A.
Geinitzianus, Barrande,which occurs plentifully in the Coniston
. Flags (Caradoc), and has also been found in the Ludlow rocks
of the Pentland Hills, near Edinburgh.

~The genus Ptilograpsus, Hall, is known as occurring in
Britain by a single species only, P. anglicus, Nich., which is
found in the Lower Ludlow rocks. The two remaining spe-
cies of Ptilograpsus occur in the Quebec group in Canada
but no member of the genus has as yet been discovered in any
of the intervening formations. :

Summary.

Of the above-mentioned British genera of Graptolites, in
number seventeen, it will be seen that fourteen are, as far as
is yet known, entirely and exclusively confined to the Lower
Silurian series, two are common to both the Lower and Upper
divisions, and Ptilograpsus alone is confined to the Upper
Silurian rocks. As, however, this last-named genus is found
in the Quebec group, the Upper-Silurian period cannot be
said to possess a single characteristic genus of the family, and
it possesses but two peculiar species.

ye Tremadoc Slates. (Upper Cambrian ?) no other genus
is known to occur than Dictyonema, and this is represented by
a single species. The Skiddaw Slates (Lowest Llandeilo) are
specially characterized by the exclusive possession of the ge-
—nera Dichograpsus, Tetragrapsus, and Phyllograpsus, and of
the species Diplograpsus antennarius, D. pristiniformis, Didy-
_ mograpsus nitidus, D. V-fractus, and D. affinis. The Skiddaw
Slates contain altogether eight genera and twenty-four species,
of which three genera and thirteen species belong also to the
Quebec group. ‘T'wo species occur also as characteristic fossils
in the Lower Llandeilo rocks of Wales and Sweden. Five
species are peculiar to the Slates, and the remaining four
occur either in the Upper Llandeilo or in the Caradoc groups.
Out of nineteen species, not peculiar to the Skiddaw Slates,
thirteen, or more than two-thirds, are common to the Quebec
group of Canada, a close relationship between the two forma-
tions being thus demonstrated.

The Lower Llandeilo rocks ay are specially charac-
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. i. 25

354 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Distribution in Time

terized by the possession, though not exclusive, of the species
Didymograpsus geminus, D. patulus (=D. hirundo, Salt.), and
Dendrograpsus Hallianus, of which the two former occur also
in the Alum Slates of Aher, in Sweden. ee,

The Upper Llandeilo rocks of Britain contain thirty-four
species, belonging to ten genera. Of the whole number of
species, sixteen, or nearly one-half, are common to the Coniston
Flags, eleven are peculiar to this horizon, and thirteen are
found in the Utica Slate and Hudson-River group in America.
From this it will be seen that, taken as a whole, and as far as ©
the Graptolites alone are concerned, it is impossible to make
any separation between the Upper-Llandeilo and Caradoc pe-
riods. The two periods, viewed together, are characterized by
the great abundance of members of the genera Diplograpsus,
Climacograpsus, Graptolites, Rastrites, and Dicranograpsus,
of which the two latter do not occur in either younger or older
formations. Amongst the species most highly characteristic
of the two groups may be mentioned Diplograpsus pristis, D.
angustifolius, D. palmeus, D. tamariscus, Graptolites Sedg-
wickit, G. sagittarius, G. lobiferus, G. Nilssoni, Rastrites pere-
grinus, R. Linnet, and Dicranograpsus ramosus. ?

The Caradoc rocks, as a rule, do not yield any Graptolites ;
but striking exceptions are found to this statement in the
Coniston Flags and in some of the Caradoc beds in Ireland.
The Coniston Flags contain twenty-four species, belonging to
six genera. Of these, six species occur in the Utica Slate and
Hudson-River group of America, a decided relationship be-
tween the two formations being thus established. A still more
decided connexion is found to exist between the Graptolites of
the Coniston Flags and those of Barrande’s “ étage i,” twelve
of the species which occur in the former (constituting one-
half of their entire number) being found in the latter also.
Amongst the Graptolites which are not found in Britain else-
where than in the Coniston Flags are Graptolites turricu-
latus, G. Bohemicus, G. discretus, Diplograpsus putillus, and
D. confertus. | ,

In the Caradoc beds in Ireland there are found, amongst
other species, Diplograpsus pristis, D. mucronatus, Didymo-
grapsus sextans, Helicograpsus gracilis, Graptolites Nilssoni,
G. Sedgwicki, G. priodon, Dendrograpsus flecuosus, and
Callograpsus elegans.” Most of these are common to the Upper
Tanto rocks and Coniston Flags; the first four occur in
the Utica Slate and Hudson-River group of America; and
the last two are characteristic species in the Quebec group of
Canada.

In the Lower Llandovery rocks one Graptolite only has

of the British Species and Genera of Graptolites. 355

been found, viz. Climacograpsus teretiusculus, a highly cha-
racteristic Lower-Silurian fossil.

In the Wenlock rocks there is but one peculiar species,
namely Graptolites Flemingii; G. priodon and G. colonus
being common but not confined to the group. The sole pecu-
liar species, G'. Flemingit, is only known to occur in one loca-
lity Aarne in Kireudbright), in beds supposed to be of the
age of the Wenlock Shale. etiolites Geinitzianus has been
looked upon as a characteristic Wenlock form; but it occurs
abundantly, with Lower-Silurian species, in the Coniston
Flags, and it appears to have lived on into the Ludlow
period. |

In the Lower Ludlow rocks the beautiful Pélograpsus
anglicus has hitherto been exclusively found, whilst in both
the Lower and Upper Ludlows G. priodon and G'. colonus are
of common occurrence. |

Subjoined are tables showing the distribution in time of the
genera and species of Graptolitide which have been discovered

in Britain. -

Table showing the Vertical Distribution of the British Genera
of the Family of the Graptolitide.

potatoe: (eee
Bla SiSiS| |e1e ;
SS ess! tshs| Sie
Aes sie| (ele) Se
Genera. 8 Sls i3l2
| a8 SlelalSletalSlale
ale B/E aE le /A/S|E|8
FI 3/O,2/8/ 0) 2.2] 6) a
HACKS SPE Rp
MICCVONOMAB, ... 6s oc wenn eles Lali ie
PRCNORTADSUB oS 66 se oo. 8 ss ol ®
ROMAQTAPSUS, {oo 6 6.5 60.0.0: A ae
Pnyllograpsus : 3... cas. fhe
Dendrograpsus .......... oe] ae dale ede
Climacograpsus .......... oof oe lalaelalae
PPIDIORTADEUS «os so) 6 5:60.09 ~-| & lalate
Didymograpsus .......... wef a fala tael -
Pleurograpsus............ eaboe dhele
REPEDCONLOR ooo. is ink Chiu oof PT Plalalalelelels
IAMUTIED ©. ko ok me ool alae
Helicograpsus.........05. Ss *) el -
Cyrtograpsus 05.6 caeeies e |
PROUCOR. oc vedic eau « es lela lesle ol ae |
Dicranograpsus .......... wal vec beter
Callograpsus ...........0' BP Sires Cel tray 7”
Ptilograpsus. ..:....0.... A ee a ae

25*

356 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Distribution of Graptolites.

Table showing the Geological Distribution of the Species of
Graptolitide in Britain. |

° ° ;
| eeiale| (BET I
Sisal! ssl (sls
Rooet SM alele| ila sre
pecies. Z\egRAlsRasan
ODO} ele H mH
ete &ls| 8/3 |£| Sree 18.
Ames Spe hp
Dictyonema sociale, Salt. ........... vl x
pracilé, Hal (?js.55 05 6830s veaeesen yelegis *
Dichograpsus Logani, Hall,....... i..{.5)
multiplex, Nich... ...eeeereeeues ee
octobrachiatus, Hall ........0.400- oy ae
reticulatus, Wight vi. si eee seve my
‘Tetragrapsus bryonoides, Hall ........ ie
CUUCHIOR, JEM polg 6s his kee es 6st oe
Headi, Hall ......... Vets 559% sol og
Nios acl BIGE: foc 5 ls beh oe sale: we
Phyllograpsus angustifolius, Hall ...... sal
typ us, ME Ses ss as Gree a ea eee ae
Dendrograpsus Hallianus, Prowt........ | ge le
POR UOPOS, EAU S65 wo nek oer 9 Ge, OTe Fen oe
Climacograpsus antennarius, tal tess ..| #
bitornis, Bal 6a sea ee ee ee ee 4 ete
teretiusculiis, F728, 6. bic iveG sca’ --| x lelelale
tuberculatus, Wich. ......eceecaes eo %
Diplograpsus acuminatus, Wich......... ; |
angustifolius, Hall.s...seeeeeeenes He «| ae |
cometh, Geis i. disb sis cia ee sos AP eee
COMeTLOs, NIChe od aie 14 Es band 9 0 We Ae ret
Harknoabily Nich, | 340 Sess css ishes ee
mucronatus, ae v6.4 cence ol ge laelale
NOG OQAUM, SAGFIMES. s k5)e ed ge pi ews wise “ac helen
palmeus, Barrande (=D. ene area oo} s 7 ee
pristiniformis, Hall ........ bana Vaom
pristis, PEA GS. sc chat ee eel aeas eA Roly ae
putillus, Hall........ceieaee Po ante be ol
tamariscus, Nich. ....0.beseess winloel sss) bi ana
vesiculosus, Widh. . 1. %ds tie eleetesaslecl- os [eee tae
Whitfieldii, Hall ...... Sie lng wwe todd oe *
Didymograpsus ‘gpa Nich. . basssled am
anceps, Nich. ocssssviceeaes ele sas sal ss 0
bifidus, Hall ..... uVawssales is Ge a taerd cae
divaricatasy Fiall 50 id ids sleetsses SP Poa Oe
flaccidus, Hall .........see, {wave Giy ele
“ba FAAS: seek teaches pelea ds wel ae |
urchisoni, Beck ...... vias tawe shed ce eee
nitidus, al... eee fee a See een par
patulus, Hall....... edvyeules bso ohewls ee
serratulus, Hall ......00 Cictssastnw: &
sextans, Hall....... EES hse gabe: 27h ae
V-fractus, TT Se, ae

Cee AIAN tr ake aoe ete MEENA

Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Mr. Jeffreys’s last Dredging Report. 357
TABLE (continued).

eS Far
s rey g S a 5 e %!
B\SZiSis| iis} (els
MS .slals| | sid
Sneci eZ 41S13] 1S E ;|3/5
a SIEBRA SA ArSsria
els 6/5/813/S/5ra/S/8
= S SIE /SIS|E) a)5/ 2] a
uci 0} ee] O} Oo | By
Hac pope yy
Pleurograpsus linearis, Carv........... Seay %
vi S, Re ee tb ene ee
Graptolites Bohemicus, Barr........... eile %
ae ee ee ere * x lel ®
MI VION dees cc ke ee us *
eneRG, DVI os se bass sp tkacs ee al
MRT, DAM. kn foe es tan ces ar *
I EE 8 oe gi se os Vs % |
ME cc key ci ccs x | &
ee Bee. al CMY So tg ait oh ke A OT . Fa Ba a a Un Bed Da
i us, WOR? hixi ask oa) Gass Cheke Bi 8ie-s0 * i) *
Sedgwickii, isis St iudpy wi a Face *% | x
tenuis, ea ees * 1
EE Te a ak a eas ole
Rastrites capillaris, Carv........ |
Linnei, Me yon CS ic Se as o. -|eI x
NR FEIF og Goa 55 pie iege se ds oe lel
eas revit, Fae nos <p ce: a Lae ae
Cyrtograpsus Murchisoni, Carr......... ak were le
Retiolites Geinitzianus, Barr. ........ Sate, A Ieee
Peraeds, Wich. oc ee Se a sak
Ce EE eric. it ee
Dicranograpsus ramosus, Hall ........ wl ee fallax
Callograpsus elegans, Hall............ a Fae ee eh A
Ptilograpsus anglicus, Nich. .......... BA ern ah con vi acy Grice

eth Remarke upon Mr.J.Gwyn Jeffreys’s last Dredging

Report, By R. M‘AnprReEw, F.R.S.

My friend Mr. Jeffreys, in the Dredging Report read by him
at the Norwich Meeting of the British Association, and pub-
lished in the Number of the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for
last month, gives a summary of observations previously re-
corded by him; and as some of these are not in accordance
with the result of my dredging experience, I feel called upon
to state the grounds upon which I am compelled to differ from
one who is generally so trustworthy an authority, and to make
a few remarks bearing upon the questions at issue. Mr.
Jeffreys states :—

“1. The bathymetrical zones have been too much divided

358 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Mr. Jeffreys’s last Dredging Report.

by Risso and subsequent authors. ‘There are two principal
zones, the littoral and the submarine; the nature of habitat
and supply of food influence the residence and migration of
animals, not the depth of water. Psammobia costulata and
Buccinum undatum are instances in support of this proposi-
tion.

_ Now a natural inference from this would be that, exceptin
those which are littoral, the species inhabit all depths indif-
ferently, which I know it could never have been Mr. Jeffreys’s
intention to imply. Admitting that “the nature of the habitat
and supply of food influence the residence of animals,” it is
evident that these must vary to meet the requirements of dif-
ferent species, also that depth is not only itself an important
element in the nature of a habitat, but must have considerable
influence on the food of Mollusca. For instance, the Lamz-
naria does not grow below 15 or 20 fathoms at the most;
several species of Mollusca are entirely dependent upon Lami-
naria for food, and consequently are strictly confined to its
zone. In most cases the conditions cannot be so easily de-
fined; but it is nevertheless a fact that most, if not all, the
species of Mollusca have their maximum of development at a
particular depth—and that while some enjoy a considerable
bathymetrical range, others are confined within comparatively
narrow limits—and that, in consequence of the great interest
attached to vertical distribution, it has been found convenient
to institute zones of depth as well as geographical provinces.

According to Forbes, there exist in the eastern Mediterra-
nean eight well-marked regions of depth, each characterized
by its peculiar fauna. As this conclusion was arrived at after
some eighteen months of research by no ordinary observer, I
consider that it is entitled to respect until the data upon which
it is founded, set forth in the Report on the Augean Inverte-
brata, shall have been proved to be erroneous. It does not fol-
low that observations made in the Augean Sea are of universal
application, or that different conditions in the ocean or other
seas may not require a modification in the number or extent
of the zones. Where the action of the tide is considerable,
there are, in fact, an upper and a lower littoral zone—some
species of Mollusca as well as of marine plants being found
even beyond the reach of ordinary tides, while others are not
to be met with much above the lowest water-mark. It is to
be noted that the same species often frequent different depths
in different seas; and in these cases it is generally where the
climate and other conditions are most favourable to their exis-
tence and multiplication that they inhabit the shallowest
water. Several of the rare Shetland species, which might

Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Mr. Jeffreys’s last Dredging Report. 359 |

there be searched for in vain in less than about 80 fathoms,
are to be met with in much shallower water and greater fre-
quency on the coasts of northern Norway.

Mr. Jeffreys’s second proposition, that individuals and varie-
ties are generally of smaller size when found in deep water, is
confirmed by my own observation ; and I proceed to

3. “The size of North-European specimens is usually
greater than that of South-European specimens of the same
species,’’—from which I must record my dissent, more especially
if it is meant to be implied that size diminishes in proportion
to southern latitude.

The examples he names in support of his hypothesis do not
bear it out, but might generally be quoted to prove (though
there are many exceptions) what I conceive to be the true
theory, viz. that species attain their largest dimensions under
those latitudes and conditions, though not in the particular
localities, most favourable to their numerical development;
and it is quite consistent with this proposition that certain
species which find in high northern latitudes the circumstances
most favourable to their existence and increase (Saxicava arc-
tica, Arca raridentata, and Chiton Hanleyi may be taken as
instances) should attain smaller growth in more southern
regions.

Pecten septemradiatus I have dredged on the Scandinavian
coast as far north as Finmark, without obtaining in its more
northern habitat a specimen so large as those of Loch Fyne, or
even larger than those of the Sicilian species (P. clavatus of
Poli) which Mr. Jeffreys assumes to be identical with it.
Pecten opercularis, Astarte sulcata, Artemis exoleta, A. lincta,
and Natica Alderi all appear to attain their greatest dimen-
sions in the British seas; but they are all distributed from the
Mediterranean or coasts of Spain to those of Nordland or
Finmark, and I have found them all as large in their more
southern as in their more northern habitat. My specimens of
Astarte sulcata from Gibraltar and from Finmark, the extremes
of its range, are of equal size, and, in fact, not distinguishable
one from the other. Lima hians | have found largest at Oban ;
specimens from Nordland are similar to those from Loch Fyne.
Mytilus adriaticus is, as far as my observation goes, smaller
in more southern localities than in Britain; and I am not
aware of its having been met with further north; but in m
Dredging Report of 1856 I have given Britain as the locality
of its principal development. The same observations will
apply to Defrancia teres and Bulla utriculus as to Mytilus
adriaticus, unless the former should prove to be identical with
Pleurotoma boreale of Lovén.

360 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Mr. Jeffreys’s last Dredging Report.

Of the distribution of Jsocordia cor our information is im-
erfect. The Dublin-Bay specimens are, I believe, the largest.
t have dredged it in at least two localities in the Hebrides,
though only dead in an adult state, my largest examples much
below the ordinary dimensions of the species. beg

Tellina balaustina is of extreme rarity in the Atlantic,
where next to nothing is known of its distribution. Except
on our northern coasts, the only Atlantic specimen of which
information has reached me is a single valve obtained by my-
self, in company with the late Dr. S. P. Woodward, off Cape
Finisterre of Spain. In the Mediterranean the size I have
found to vary, not from north to south, but from east to west,
being smallest in the A4gean and largest at Gibraltar ; so that
this species does not throw any light upon the question. |

Tectura virginea is about as large in the Bay of Vigo as in
the British seas, much larger than I have procured it from
more northern latitudes on the Scandinavian coast. :

Of Defrancia purpurea my finest and largest specimens
were obtained at Vigo.

The foregoing examples (not selected by me, but by Mr.
Jeffreys) render it, I conceive, needless for me to bring for-
ward any instances in support of my views. I may, however,
name afew of the commonest and best-known Mothised of
our shores, as Purpura lapillus, which I have found largest in
the south of England, Mytilus edulis at Algiers, Buccinum
undatum in Shetland (frequent in the. neighbourhood of the
North Cape, where it is much smaller), Fusus antiqguus in
Liverpool Bay, &c.

I should not omit mention of two striking exceptions to
what I conceive to be the general rule—viz. Haliotis tubercu-
lata and Chiton cajetanus, both of which attain their largest
dimensions in their most northern habitat, the Channel Islands
and south coast of Brittany respectively. This I do not pretend
to account for. They do not progressively augment in pro-
portion to their northern latitude, as I have obtained both
species on the north coast of Spain, where they are no larger
than in the Mediterranean. Other southern species which
find their northern limit on our coasts (e. g. Venus verrucosa,
Cytherea chione, Cardiu maculeatum, and C. tuberculatum) are
larger in the Mediterranean. I could cite a few exceptional
instances of specimens being larger in their southern distribu-
tion; but, to show that there are other conditions besides lati-
tude which affect growth, I will mention that the individuals
of Chiton fascicularis are uniformly larger at Mogador than I
have found them elsewhere, while at no great distance, at
Lancerote, they are much smaller than in any locality that I

Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Mr. Jeffreys’s last Dredging Report. 361

am acquainted with. In the former case they were littoral, in
the latter on a red Fucus obtained from a depth of from 10 to
20 fathoms. !

4. “ The colour of specimens from the greatest depths is not
less vivid than from shallow water,’ &c. This statement
would imply either that no rays of light are intercepted or de-
flected in their passage through water (in which case we ought
to be able to see objects as well through this medium as through
air)—or that light has no effect upon colour, which I may ven-
ture to say is not the case. I have no reason to suppose that
colour is affected by depth, except in relation to the supply of
light, or that the effect of light is appreciable except where
the colour is superficial. The colour of our blood may be
independent of the action of light, though not so that of our

. complexions. It should be observed that in some of the ex-

amples mentioned by Mr. Jeffreys the colouring-matter per-
_ meates the substance of the shell; and with respect to Venus
ovata I must add that my experience is at variance with his
statement, which I therefore presume must be founded upon
some exceptional case. There are in the national collection
specimens, not selected, of Venus ovata and V. striatula, pro-
cured by me from a depth of 80 fathoms and upwards, which
will be found to be of a chalky consistency and almost desti-
tute of colour.

The effect of light in heightening the superficial colour,
particularly the brighter hues of shells, is evident on comparing
together specimens of the same speciés from different latitudes.
Venus ovata, V. verrucosa, V. casina, all the British species of
Tapes, Circe minima, and many others have much more colour
in the latitude of the Mediterranean than in our seas, which
is naturally attributable to exposure to a more intense light.

It is a remark of Forbes, which my own observation has
confirmed, that the species of Mollusca peculiar to great depths
are generally void of colour.

Of the remaining propositions I will only remark upon
7 7. “Exotic and oceanic shells are carried northward by
_ westerly winds, and not directly by the Gulf-stream, which

does not reach our coasts,” that I do not see how the distribu-
tion of Mollusca inhabiting the bottom of the sea can be
affected by winds, from the direct influence of which they are
so effectually removed. With respect to animals frequenting
the surface of the ocean, such as Janthina and Velella, which
occasionally appear on our coasts in considerable numbers
after a prevalence of westerly or south-westerly winds, they

are temporary visitors, and have not succeeded in establishing
themselves permanently in our seas.

362 Dr. C. Semper on a new Genus of Comatulide.

The currents by which most parts of the Atlantic are more
or less affected, and of which the Gulf-stream is the most im-
aur! generally prevail from the west. Along the coast of

orway the action is decidedly from south to north, and has
the effect of keeping the entrance of the most northern ports,
such as Hammerfest, free from ice at all seasons. To the
south of the Bay of Biscay, more particularly south of Gib-
raltar, the current sets southward, past the Canary Islands ;
but I cannot say that I have been ‘able to detect any effect
from these currents upon the distribution of Mollusca—a sub-
ject to which I have paid some attention.

It is a remarkable fact that the shells of the Acores are of
Kuropean and West-African species, and not American, as
would have been the case had they been carried there by the
prevailing currents ; and, what is still more remarkable, the
Littorina most abundant in these islands (L. striata) is not a
European species, but common to the Madeira, Canary, and
Cape Verde Islands, and to the west coast of Africa—a
circumstance deserving the attention of geologists, as pointing
to a former distribution of land.

Isleworth House, Oct. 16, 1868.

XLITI.— On Ophiocrinus, a new Genus of Comatulide.
By Dr. C. Semper, of Wiirzburg*.

Amone the numerous Comatulide found by me at Bohol,
there is one species possessing only five, wholly undivided arms.
At first I held it to be a young specimen of some real Coma-
tula; but, not corresponding exactly to any of the Philippine
species, I consider myself justified in describing it as a separate
species. In this case the fact of the arms being undivided
gives it a claim to a separate genus.

OPHIOCRINUS, n. gen.

Five wholly undivided arms; they spring direct from the
central knob, which below bears the cirrhi: other ossicula of
the calyx are entirely wanting throughout. Disk ?

Ophiocrinus indivisus, n. sp.

Sixteen cirrhi range in a single row around the small flat knob.
Joints of the cirrhi 18-20, very knotty, especially at the basis;
the knots correspond to the articulations : the first two joints
are short, as high as they are broad; the third to sixth are

* Translated by Frau Anna Semper.

Mr. A. Adams on Japanese Mollusca. 363

~ the longest, twice as long as they are wide. The last joints
slightly compressed, smooth; the last has a strong tooth
besides the final hook. The first joint of the arms, arising
direct from the knob of the calix, bears a pinnula immediately

_ and has a syzygium; the second is without a pinnula; the
third bears one; and the fourth has a pinnula, and also a
syzygium. Then the pinnule succeed each other, alterna-
ting regularly, and always one syzygium between 3-5 joints.

_ The joints of the arms are nearly twice as long as they are
high, and, especially in the centre, are strongly wedged
sideways. The first two pinnule are small, the third and

fourth the longest ; then follow shorter ones, which, towards

the end of the arms, gradually become longer and thinner,
whilst the first issue with rather a broad basis. Length of
the arms 80 millims., of the cirrhi 9 millims., of the longest

- pinnule 8 millims; the diameter of the central knob is 2
tmillims.

Unfortunately the disk is missing in the single specimen.
The pinnule are speckled over with light and dark yellowish
brown; the back of the arms is marked by two winding lines.

Pandanon, near Bohol (Philippines), at a depth of 30
fathoms.

XLIV.—On the Species of Cecide, Corbulide, Volutide,
Cancellariide, and Patellide found in Japan. By ARTHUR
Apams, F.L.S. &e.

PURSUING my investigations into the molluscan fauna of the
Japanese Islands, I have in this communication to identify,
enumerate, and systematically arrange the species of some
families of which our knowledge in respect to geographical
distribution was formerly somewhat limited. With regard to
those curious but minute creatures, the Ceca, it appears strange
that I should have met with no new species. As to such a
littoral family as Patellidee, it is not singular that all the spe-
cies should have been previously known, as casual observers
and sailors are pretty sure to collect them. ‘These shore-
inhabiting species are subject to very great variation ; and the
chief difficulty in dealing with them consists in disposing of
the varieties into groups which are natural, so as to reduce the
number of the so-called species. All the localities are given
solely on my own authority. Numerous other families still
remain to be worked out before we can arrive at even an ap-
proximate knowledge of the Mollusca of Japan. The speci-
mens forming the material from which this enumeration has

364 Mr. A. Adams on Japanese Species of Ceecidee.

been derived were all collected by me during my explorations
among the islands of the Japanese archipelago.

Fam. Caecide.

In order to ascertain what small species of shells were found
in the seas of Japan, I was accustomed to reserve a portion of
the bottom which was brought up in the dredge, and have it
carefully washed and dried. In leisure moments I looked over
the mud and sand so prepared, and discovered many curious
and beautiful forms, most of them never before viewed by
human eye. Among them were numerous specimens of Ceca,
which I have submitted to the scrutiny of my friend Dr. P. P.
Carpenter, who has made the knowledge of this little group
especially his own. His results I will now give in his own
words. Akasi, from which place I obtained so many, is
situated in the Seto-Uchi or Inland Sea. :

1. Caecum gracile.

“Mr. A. Adams obtained a large number of specimens at
Gotto and Tanabe. Unfortunately all were dead, and mostly
worn; but the characters of the species are plain. ‘The shape
and sculpture are almost exactly like C. elegantissimum on a
larger scale; ribs generally 18-20, sharp .and distinct, with
wide curved interspaces. The plug is almost flat, and (the
specimens being weathered) the apex is not to be traced. By
this character and the scarcely slanting mouth it is easily
known from the other Japanese species. Dr. Stimpson’s spe-
cimen had an unusual number of ribs, and this sharpness was
worn off. No opercula were found.”

2. Caecum vitreum:

‘On a close microscopic comparison side by side with the
Teneriffe specimens, I am unable to detect any constant dif-
ference, either in texture, shape, size, or form of plug. A
large number of specimens, in fine condition, were obtained at
Simoda, Akasi, O-Sima, and Tanabe. A variety has the plug
flatter ; another variety much raised.”

3. Caecum dextroversum.

‘Several fresh specimens of this species were found at
Akasi and O-Sima with the plug as variable as in the Mazatlan
shells.” :

4. Caecum Clarkit.

‘¢ Several specimens of this Teneriffe form were also found -

Mr. A. Adams on Japanese Species of Corbulide. 365

at Akasi, and a few which are intermediate between this
and C. vitrewm, and may be the latter with the point rubbed
off. 9

5. Caecum? mamillatum.

“One large broken specimen from Akasi cannot be distin-
guished from the Crag fossil. The operculum has been forced
inwards by detrital matter till it occupies the place of the plug
which has perished.”

1. Brochina glabriformis.

“« A series of dead but nearly perfect specimens agree exactly
with the Mazatlan shells. A few are almost identical with
the British shells in plug, but are a shade larger. It is quite
likely that the Pacific and Atlantic shells had a common

origin.”
2. Brochina (? var.) glabella.

« B. testa ‘ B. glabre’ simillima, sed majore, septo parum convexo,
-subplanato, apice inconspicuo.
* Long. 085, lat. -02.

“Hab. Akasi and Tanabe, Japan. (A. Adams.)

“This may be only another variety of B. glabra on the
contrary side. ‘The specimens were few, of the size of B. gla-
briformis, and with the nearly flat plug of C. gracile.”

Fam. Corbulide.
Genus CorBULA, Brug.

1. Corbula erythrodon, Lam. Hist. Nat. d. An. s. Vert.
vol. vi. p. 138.

Hab. Tatiyama, Yokohama.

2. Corbula cuneata, Hds. Moll. Voy. Sulph. pl. 20. f. 6.
a Hab. Rifunsiri, Mososeki, Kuro-Sima.

— 8. Corbula pallida, Hds., Rve. Conch. Icon. pl. 2. f. 11.
Hab. Mososeki, 7 fathoms.

. Corbula venusta,.Gld. Otia Conch. p. 164; Schr. Moll.
Amur-Lande, pl. 25. f. 1-4.

Hab. Gotto Islands, 48 fathoms ; Hakodadi Bay, 5 fathoms.

5. Corbula bifrons, A. Ad. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860.
Hab. Seto-Uchi; Gotto; Mino-Sima, 63 fathoms.

366 Mr. A. Adams on Japanese Species of Corbulide.

Genus AzArA, D’Orb.

1. Azara amurensis, Schrenck (Corbula), Moll. Amur-Lande,
pl. 25. f. 5-8.

? C. amplexa, A. Ad., from estuary of Peiho River.
Hab. Castries Bay.

Genus Cryptomya, Conrad.

1. Cryptomya palaptio®, A. Ad. (Sphenia) Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850,
p- 88.
0, truncata, Gld., Otia Conch. p. 163.
Hab. Mososeki, 7 fathoms.

2. Cryptomya mindorensis, Ad. & Rve. (Mya), Moll. Voy. Sam.
pl. 23. fig. 13.

Hab. Akasi, 14 fathoms.
3. Cryptomya decurtata, A. Ad. (Sphenia), Proc. Zool. Soc.

1850, p. 88.
Hab. Kuro-Sima.

Genus Evucuaris, Récl. 3
1. Eucharis Grouldi, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1864.
Hab. Seto-Uchi, Mososeki.

2. Eucharis Stimpsoni, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1864.
Hab. Mososeki, 7 fathoms; Akasi.

3. Eucharis Recluzi, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1864.
Hab. Yohuko.

Genus Neara, Gray.

1. Newra elegans, Hds. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1843, p. 76. |
N. moluccana, Ad. & Rve. Moll. Voy. Sam.
Hab. Mino-Sima, 63 fathoms.

2. Neewra nobilis, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1864.
Hab. Mino-Sima; Quelpart, 52 fathoms.

3. Newra Hindsiana, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1864.
Hab. Gotto, 48 fathoms.

4, Neera nasuta, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1864.
Hab. Satanomoseki, 55 fathoms.

Mr. A. Adams on Japanese Species of Volutide. 367

5. Newra (Rhinomya) philippinensis, Hds. Proc. Zool. Soc.1843.
Hab. Uraga, Kino-O-Sima.

6. Necera (Rhinomya) rugata, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1864.
Hab. Tabu-Sima, 25 fathoms.

7. Necera (Cardiomya) Gouldiana, Hds. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1843.
Hab. Uraga, Gotto Islands, Tsus-Sima.

Fam. Volutide.

Subfam. Crus.
Genus MELO, Brod.
Melo Broderipii, Gray, Griff. An. Kingd. 1833.
M. regius, Brod.
Hab. Japan, teste Humphrey.

Subfam. Vozrvrr 2.

Genus FuLgorartA, Schum.
Fulgoraria fulgura, Mart. iii. f. 841, 942.

V. rupestris, Gmel.
_ F. chinensis, Schum.
V. fulminata, Lam.

Harpula fulminata, Sw.
Hab. Mino-Sima, 63 fathoms.

Genus SCAPHELLA, Swains.

Scaphella oe) megaspira, Sow. Thes. Conch. 298,
pl. 48. f. 31, 32.

V. lyriformis, Kien. (not Swains.).
Hab. Hakodadi Bay.

Genus Lyris, Gray.
1. Lyria nucleus, Lam. Hist. Nat. d. An. s. Vert.
Hab. Kino-O-Sima.

2. Lyria cassidula, Rve. (Voluta) Conch. Icon. sp. 60.
Hab, 'V'susaki, 37 fathoms ; Satanomosaki, 55 fathoms.

Genus VOLUTOMITRA, Gray.

Volutomitra pusilla, Schrenck (Voluta), Moll, Amur-Lande,
pl. 17. f. 13-15.

Hab. UHakodadi (Lindholm).

368 Mr. A. Adams on Japanese Species of Cancellariide.

Fam. Cancellariide.
Genus CANCELLARIA, Lam.
1. Cancellaria Spengleriana, Desh.

Reeve, Conch, Icon. Cane. sp. 11; Sow. Thes. f. 29.
Hab. Simidsu, Akasi, Mososeki.

2. Cancellaria nodulifera.
Sow. Thes. Conch. Cane. f.57; Rve. Conch. Icon. sp. 6.
Hab. Kino-O-Sima, Simidsu:

3. Cancellaria semipellucida, Ad. & Rve.
Moll, Voy. Sam, pl. 10. f. 3, 3a,
Hab. Mino-Sima, 63 fathoms.

Genus TRIGONOSTOMA, Blainv.

1. Trigonostoma hemastoma, Sow.
Sow. Thes. Conch. Cane. f. 53-55; Rve. sp. 30.
Hab. Simidsu.

2. Trigonostoma scalarina, Chemn.
Sow. Thes. Conch. Cane. f. 87, 88; Rve. sp. 25.
Hab. Tsusaki, Mososeki.

Genus Merica, H. & A. Ad.
1. Merica elegans, Sow.

Sow. Thes. Conch. Cane. f. 36, 104; Rve. sp. 12.
Hab. Seto-Uchi, Tomo.

2. Merica macrospira, Ad. & Rve.
Zool. Voy. Sam. Moll. pl. 10, f. 2.
Hab. Mino-Sima.

3. Merica Fischeri, A. Ad.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860.
Hab. Mino-Sima.

Genus ADMETE, Mall.

1. Admete viridula, O. Fabr.
Admete crispa, Moll. Ind. Moll. Scand.
Cancellaria viridula, Sow. Thes. f. 102.
C. Couthouy, Jay.
C. buccinoides, Couth. (not Sow.).
C. costellifera, Hance.

Hab. Aniwa Bay, 17 fathoms; Castle Point, Manchuria,.
37 fathoms.

Mr. A. Adams on Japanese Species of Patellide. 369

2. Admete arctica, Midd.

Cancellaria arctica, Midd.
Admete borealis, A. Ad.

Hab. Aniwa Bay, 17 fathoms.

Fam. Patellide.
Genus PatTeia, Linn.

1. Patella testudinaria, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. 12.
__ P. testudinata, Martyn.
_ P. illuminata, Gd.
Hab. Nagasaki, Tsus-Sima, Sado, Simoda.

2. Patella rustica, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. 12.

P. indica, Gmel.

P. piperita, Gid.
_ P. luzonica, Rve.

Hab. 'Tsus-Sima, Simoda, Tago, Awa-Sima.

P. stellaris, Quoy & Gaim.
P, lanz, Rve.

Hab. Kino-O-Sima, Sado, Oki Islands,

4, Patella elegans, Phil.

P. nigrolineata, Rve. ?
P. grano-striata, Rve. ba
P. aeruginosa, Midd.

Hab. Tsus-Sima.

5. Patella tramoserica, Chemn. Conch. Cab.

_P.? pentagona, Born.
P. paumatensis, Gld.
P. cretacea, Rve.

Hab. Tsus-Sima.

6. Patella argentata, Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voy. Moll,
pl. 39. f. 7.
P. amusitata, Rve.
P. toreuma, Rve.
| P. affinis, Rve.
P. articulata, Rve,
?P. grata, Gld.

Hab. Hakodadi, Tatiyama, Simoda.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 26

370 Dr. W. Nylander on the Gonimic

XLV.—Notule Lichenologice.. No. XXIV.
By the Rev. W. A. Lerauron, B.A., F.L.S.

On the Gonimic Evolution of the Collemacei*.
By Dr. W. Nylander. |

THE nature of the Nostocs has been frequently investigated ;
and an hypothesis has prevailed that a Nostoc 1s a Collema in
a young state, or that a Nostoc, on attaining a certain age,
passes into a Collema. The actual transition, however, has
hitherto escaped observation.

The real state of the case may be best demonstrated by
attention to normal physiological conditions, rather than by
observations founded on textures disrupted and torn asunder.
anatomically.

In the genus Collema the thallus possesses no distinct cortical
layer. An isidium, when present on the upper surface (where
alone it occurs), is granulose or furfuraceous, black, aggregate,
and more frequently marginal. These granules, which are
manifestly the propagula of the lichen which extrudes them,
show very clearly under the microscope the entire history of
the evolution of a thallus, from its first origin from a cellule
containing a single gonimium to a minute true Nostoe. (at
least there is no apparent difference), and ultimately to the
perfect texture of a Collema. We can thus see the mode
in which these granules increase in magnitude. They are
sometimes globose, and sometimes form deformed nodules,
at first very minute and afterwards gradually larger. ‘Thus
we have before our eyes copious examples of all the pri-
mary stages. This evolution might be easily explained by
means of figures, but it is also sufficiently intelligible without
them.

In the genus Leptogium, the thallus has a distinct cel-
lular cortical layer. i crowded, papillose, or at length dac-
tyloid isidium is observable on the upper surface (hence the
name pichneum of a variety of Leptogium tremelloides in Ach.
Syn. p. 343). This, in like manner, affords conspicuous ex-
amples of the initiatory thalline evolution by means of such
gemmules. And in this genus isidioferous thalli occur more
frequently than in the genus Collema. These isidiose papille
or gemmules are very laxly fixed on the thallus, and are
readily separated by a slight touch. Here, however, the —
of the evolution are less simple, by reason of the externally
cellulose texture of the thallus. )

It is also worthy of observation that isidioferous thalli .

* Translated from ‘ Flora,’ Sept. 10, 1868.

Evolution of the Collemacet. STI

scarcely ever produce apothecia. They appear to be multiplied
by the Nostoc-like gemmules excreted from the upper surface
of the thallus, and not by any sexual propagation. And pro-
bably fertile thalli are only evolved from spores.

We may therefore conclude that the genus Nostoc of modern
algology, in part at least, if not entirely, may be regarded as
the initial or metamorphic states of the Collemata.

I have already added to the family of the Lichenes various
Scytonemata and Strosiphones ; and, indeed, certain Glaocapsce
(such as Synalissa picina, S. meladermia, Collema evilescens,
and Bryophagus G'leocapsa, Nitschk., optime forte dicendus
Glaocapsa bryophaga) may be added.

_ The lichenose nature of these vegetations can only be mani-
fested by the fructification. J have formerly stated that the
various sterile states of them which are so abundantly met
with are analogous to the Leprarie of the family of the Li-
chenacei, and that Leprarize never pass into typical Lichens
poe apothecia, but always remain leprose and sterile.
n like manner the Nostoc-like and analogous states of the
Scytonemata, Strosiphones, and Glaocapse remain in their
eg inferior grade, atypical and sterile, without any evo-
ution into a more perfect and fertile condition. It may be
also suspected that not a few other vegetable forms at present
received into algology ought to be transferred to lichenography ;
but a fuller experience is needful to determine how far this is
true.

On the sandy roads about Paris and elsewhere in France I
have observed that in a rainy season a small Nostoce often
quickly springs up, and in the selfsame localities Collema
pulposum in a sterile condition afterwards occurs; and we
may hence probably infer that this derives its origin from the
Nostoc. But the evolution of this adult Lichen, as of all
others, is slow.

It may also be noted that the age of Lichens may be best
determined in cemeteries, where they abundantly occur on
sepulchral stones bearing the dates of their erection, and upon
hich, no doubt, the Lichens, everywhere abundant, speedily
disseminated themselves. ‘Thus the specimens would coincide
in size with the varied ages of such stones. For example,
in the cemetery outside the city of Helsingfors, I have noticed
that it required a period of twenty years for a Lichen (a com-
mon Physcia) to attain to a moderate or adultsize : consequently
their growth must be excessively slow.

26*

372 Dr. C. Semper on Hyalonema Schultzei and Eurete.

XLVI.—On Hyalonema Schultzei and on Eurete.
By Dr. C. SEMPER*. |

Hvaronema Scuurrztt, §., has the size and form of Huplec-
tella aspergillum. ‘The fibres of the roots, which are either
smooth or toothed, divide themselves towards the body of the
sponge into separate tufts, which spread in the interior as well
as on the surface of the sponge itself, and here bear a similar
relation to its framework as the fibres of the roots of the
Euplectella, Cruciated spicula of very varied forms then
unite with those longitudinal lines of fibres, thus forming a
network of a more or less compact tissue, which is crossed in
all directions by the large canals of the sponge. The com-
paratively wide expirating oscula range irregularly around the
whole sponge; near them are often tufts of fine silk-like
fibres. In some parts of the somewhat injured surface there
is a fine tissue forming wide rectangular meshes. The whole
network of the sponge is formed, as is the case with all real
species of Hyalonema, of unconnected fibres or cruciated spi-
cula, though sometimes single spicula blend together, and thus
point at the origin of the connected siliceous network of the
Euplectella.

The forms of the numerous separate siliceous bodies call to
mind those of Hyalonema Sieboldii, Gray, from Japan. At
the upper end of the sponge a new species of Aga had settled
in an enlarged canal; this species, widely differmg from that
of Huplectella, | have named Aga hirsuta, on account of its
hairy limbs.

The genus Hwurete was established on a coral-shaped sponge,
the cylindrical and hollow branches of which grow together.
The wide oscula at the extremities of its branches seem to be
the expirating, the small holes between the network forming
the lining of the tubes the inspirating orifices. The tissue of
the lining of the tubes, being of about one millim. thickness, is
formed of a rather compact net of fine siliceous tubes, which
sometimes are blended irregularly, but sometimes cross each
other very regularly, thus forming a network including rect-
angular meshes. ‘There do not appear to exist separate cruciated
spicula; but frequently the cavities of the connected cruciated
fibres remain independent of each other, so that often two or
three adjoining though unconnected cavities are cemented by
the common siliceous mass. The extraordinary size of the
cavity of the central fibres in these siliceous tubes is surpri-

* Translated by Fran Anna Semper, from the Transactions of the Society
for Medical and Physical Sciences at Wiirzburg, 13th Session, July
18, 1868.

Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Schultze. 373

sing; for its diameter is often six times as large as the thick-
ness of the coating. Unfortunately the only specimen known
has been much bleached, so that it is impossible to say
whether the almost total absence of all detached silice-
ous bodies may be looked on as a distinguishing character of
this genus. Judging from the structure of the tissue, this
sponge might perhaps be ranged in the same genus with

arrea orca, Bowerb.; but as only fragments are known of
the latter, which possibly might belong to Euplectella cucumer,
Owen, in whose roots they were found, for the present Farrea
orca and Eurete simplicissima, S., must be considered. different
species. A careful examination of the tissue of Huplectella
cucumer would settle the question. Detailed descriptions will
shortly appear in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie.’

XLVII.—Note on Hyalonema Schultzei, Semper.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Arter studying the translation of Dr. Semper’s description of
Hyalonema Schultze made for me by his wife, Frau Anna
Semper, to whom we are indebted for the beautiful figure of
the Philippine Holothurta, and considering the additional in-
formation that Dr. Semper has most kindly communicated to
me personally during his ag! in London, I have come to the
conclusion that it is very doubtful if Hyalonema Schultzet
really belongs to the genus to which Dr. Semper refers it, and
if it is not rather a true Sponge, a species of Huplectella, or,
may be, of a new genus of sponges very nearly allied to Hw-
plectella. Unfortunately only a single specimen has as yet
been obtained, and it is without any polypes, if it ever had
any, which I doubt. It certainly differs in many most im-
sat particulars from what I have given in my paper in the

ctober Number of the ‘ Annals’ as the character of the group
Hyalonemade.

The long spicules of H. Schultzer, which have been com-
pared to the spicules of Hyalonema, are like those of Huplec-
tella; they have a cup-shaped knob or anchor at the tip, and
a series of recurved spines on the part near the tip, like those
figured by Owen (Linn. Trans. xxii. t. 21. f.6&7.) These
spicules agree with those of both the species of Huplectella
known, and are quite unlike those of Hyalonema, which are
always imperfect at the end, without any anchor or projecting
spines, but with rings of small spines directed towards the
middle of the spicules, as described in my late paper.

It is said that the upper ends of the long spicules of ZZ.

374 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Schultzei.

Schultzet spread over the surface of the barrel-shaped body of
the sponge, and do not form a conical pencil like that which
is inserted into one of the sides of the cup-like sponge that is
sometimes parasitic on the tip of the Hyalonema from Japan.

The body of AH. Schultzet is somewhat like in form, and
resembles in texture, the body of Huplectella cucumer of Prof.
Owen. Indeed H. Schultzet of the Philippines seems to differ
chiefly from Huplectella from the same country in the long
spicules with the recurved spines and cup-like anchor termi-
nation being directed from the body, as if they formed a stem
by which it was anchored in the mud or sand, instead of
being bent upwards towards the upper part of the tubular
sponge, forming a ruff or fringe round its body, as they are
generally seen in the more perfect specimens received from the
Island of Zebu.

We are very imperfectly informed how the Huplectella as-
pergillum is attached to the bottom of the sea in which it
grows. Most specimens from Zebu have a greater or less
quantity of dry mud enclosed in a large number of small —
fibres at the base, as in Prof. Owen’s plate (Linn. Trans. xxii.
t. 21. f. 1), looking as if the sponge had grown with a small,
more or less expanded, circular disk, formed of the spicules, on
the mud, which with some mud is artificially moulded by the
collectors into the form in which we generally receive them ;
but this disk seems a very small and insecure means of attach-
ment at the bottom of the sea, however quiet the water in
which they live may generally be.

Prof. Owen, when describing Luplectella cucumer (Linn.
Trans. xxii.), observes that the specimen had fortunately been
preserved along with the foreign bodies to which it was at-
tached by the terminal filaments; such a mode of attach-
ment may now, therefore, be added to the generic charac-
ters of Huplectella as defined /. c. p. 117. On the plate is
figured the ‘foreign sponge and other bodies to which it is
attached ” (p. 123) ; and in the figure some of the long “ barbed
filaments with their terminal anchors” at the base of the
barrel-shaped body of the sponge are bent up like those seen
on the specimen of E. aspergillum from the Philippines, while
others bend down so as partly to cover the mass of foreign
bodies above referred to, to which it is attached.

Since I have read Dr. Semper’s paper, and have discovered
that Hyalonema lives with its siliceous spicules sunk like
roots in the sand or mud, it has occurred to me whether Hu-
plectella may not use the elongated, barbed and anchor-ended |
spicules sunk in the sand for the same purpose, or that they
may surround a mass of foreign bodies, like those figured as at-

Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Schultzei. 375

tached to Huplectella cucumer in the plate above referred to, as a
mooring to keep them in their place at the bottom of the sea
—that the collectors artificially bend up, for the vo of
packing, the barbed anchor-bearing spicules round the body
of the sponge—and that what Dr. Semper considers the stem,
which he compares to the coil of Hyalonema, may be only a
bundle of the spicules which it has in common with other
species of the genus Huplectella.

The consideration of these questions is important, not only
as regards the use of the peculiar barbed spicules of the genus
Euplectella, but also in comparing them with the spicules of
Hyalonema, and particularly as regards the relation that H.
Schulizet has to the sponge Huplectella or the coral Hyalo-
nema, to which it has been referred. It is important to settle
this question before we use this animal as an argument to de-
termine the situation of the genus Hyalonema in the general
system of nature. 3
_ Dr. Semper objects to my remark, at page 275, that “the
coil had lost its bark and animals,” like the specimens that are
sent from Japan and dredged up in Portugal—observing that
“it never had any animals,’ which is quite consistent with
the theory of its being a sponge nearer to Huplectella than to
Hyalonema, and proves, if my theory is correct, that it cannot
belong to the latter genus.

Of all modes of introducing ambiguity and confusion into
science, none is half so effectual asthe use of ambiguous names,
One name for one animal is the first principle of natural science.
Dr. Semper states that it cannot be a Huplectella, as the body
of that sponge is reticulated, the longitudinal spicules being
crossed in the bundle by horizontal and oblique ones, while
the body of H. Schultze is only formed of longitudinal spi-
_ cules without any transverse ones, and only kept in their place,

so as to form an elongate oval cup, by the sarcode. All these
ox age are utterly at variance with all the characters that

have given to the true Glass-rope or Hyalonema, and so
much more similar to those that belong to Huplectella that I
am induced to propose for the present that it be regarded
as a new genus of sponges of the family Euplectellade,
for which I would propose the name of Semperella. It may
appear precipitate to propose a generic name for a sponge that
Ihave not seen ; but it is absolutely necessary; for already
so many things have been called Hyalonema that it requires
the greatest attention, when one sees the name mentioned, to
know what part of the Glass-rope the writer is speaking of,
or if he is speaking of a sponge not having the slightest affi-.
nity to the Glass-rope.

376 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Schultzei.

If this theory is correct, it will add another synonym to
the genus Hyalonema, which already has many significations.

1. Hyalonema, Gray, Brandt, Bocage. The coil and polypes.
The sponge, regarded as parasitic, named Carteria.

2. Hyalonema, Valenciennes, Afitne-Bawaide Max Schultze,
Wyville Thomson, Perceval Wright, Huxley. The
sponge and coil, the coil being regarded as a part of the
sponge (Carterta, Gray). Polype regarded as a parasitic
species of Palythoa.

3. Hyalonema, Bowerbank, W. Carpenter. The sponge, coil,
and bark. The bark or polypes regarded as a skin of
the coil and sponge, which they consider part of the same
organization.

Excluded Species.

4, Hyalonema, sp. (boreale), Lovén, Wyville Thomson. A
sponge (ficulina, Gray) belonging to the family Hali-
chondriadee.

5. Hyalonema, sp. (boreale), Bocage =a sponge (Lovénia, Bo-
cage) belonging to the family Tethyade.

6. Hyalonema, sp. (Schultzet, Semper) = Semperella, Gray. A
sponge of the family Euplectelladee.

No doubt great part of this confusion has originated in the
very strong predisposition of zoologists and physiologists to
believe that siliceous spicules can only be secreted by Proto-
woa or sponges, and slate: as Diatoms, the grasses, Hqui-
setum, &c., though M. Haime says that he discovered. siliceous
spicules in the bark of Ledtopathes, and Dr. Wyville Thomson
says that silica is present in the axis of Gorgonia, and Dana
that it forms 23 per cent. of the chemical constituents of certain
Madrepores.

SEMPERELLA may be thus defined :—

A tubular vase-shaped sponge, with the tube closed with
a convex lid, and the wall of the tube formed of elongated,
slender, subcylindrical, thread-like, siliceous spicules, which
are kept in the vase-like form by the sarcode. ‘The base con-
tracted, some of the thread-like spicules of the tube and
others being produced into a stem, which is sunk in the mud.
The radical filaments barbed near the end, and with a cup-
shaped anchor at the tip.

Semperella Schultzei = Hyalonema Schultzet, Semper.
The different*shape of the body of Euplectella aspergillum

Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Schultzei. 377

and of EH. cucwmer may indicate that they grow in different
situations and circumstances.

EF. cucumer most probably grows in the mud, kept in its
oe by a mooring of stones, as figured in Professor Owen’s

ate.

The curved form of EL. aspergillum would lead one to believe
that it most probably grows on the side of a perpendicular
rock; but I have no proof that this is the case, except the
form. If it grew from a horizontal surface, the top of the
tube or cloaca would not be uppermost and the Huplectella
in the upright position natural to all sponges and other ani-
mals and plants that live on the bottom of the sea.

a, Euplectella aspergillum, Owen. b. Euplectella cucumer, Owen.
ce. Semperella Schultzet, Gray, from an outline by Dr. Semper.

This sponge cannot be the young state of Huplectella asper-
gillum, which is also from Zebu. We have a young specimen
of that species, not more than 2 inches high, in the British
Museum, which was sent with the adult. It is nearly cylin-
drical, and has distinct horizontal bundles of spicules across
the longitudinal ones, as in the adult state of the genus, which
are entirely wanting in Semperella. 3

378

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Dei Funghi sospetti e velenosi del Territorio Stenese. Per Franoxsco
VaLENTI-SERINI, M.D. Pubblicato sotto gli auspicii e per cura della
Reale Accademia di Medicina di Torino. Torino, 1868. [On the
Suspected and Poisonous Fungi of the Territory of Siena. By Dr.
F, Vatenti-Serini, Oblong folio, With 56 coloured plates. |

Tus very important contribution to cryptogamic botany is from one
who has devoted many years of study to the discrimination of the
different species of Fungi, chiefly with a view to determine which
are those safe for the use of man as food. Dr. Valenti-Serini is
the author of many works upon mycology, one of which is a general
‘Flora Micologica” of the Sienese territory, in two large folio volumes.
Upper Italy is a country in which these plants are abundant and
extensively eaten, and where accidents from the employment of
poisonous ones by mistake are not unfrequent. Hence the interest
attached to the selection of those that are safely edible. In a former
work the author embraced the whole of the fungi, edible and poi-
sonous, and reproduced them in relief, in terra cotta, coloured after
nature. This work also was a mycology applied to hygiene and toxi-
cology, and was prepared primarily to teach his countrymen which
species and varieties are to be selected, and which to be rejected.

After the manuscript of the present volume, accompanied by the
drawings (now very carefully reproduced in fifty-six coloured litho-
graphs), had been presented to the Academy of Medicine of Turin,
an elaborate report upon it was laid before the Academy by Professor
Antonio Garbiglietti, which pointed out the great value of Dr. Va-
lenti-Serini’s manuscript, and recommended its publication ; besides
which, terra-cotta facsimiles of these dangerous fungi, and the draw-
ings also, have been placed in a cabinet in the museum of the Aca-
demy, in order that they may be consulted and studied by those who
resort to this museum.

We will give the title of Dr. Garbiglietti’s report below, by which
it will be seen that he enhanced his services to botanical science by
accompanying it with an extended Catalogue of the Fungi of the
neighbourhood of Turin and the whole of Upper Italy*. This
catalogue embraces 500 species, and, besides other matters, gives the
places of their growth and their qualities. It is a valuable work,
and well deserved to be published by the Academy in a separate
form.

* Intorno all’ opera manoscritta del Dr. F. Valenti-Serini, sopra i
Funghi sospetti e velenosi del Terr. Sienese, Relazione del Socio Dott.
Collegiato Cav. Antonio Naas arth Coll’ aggiunta di un Catalogo
compilato per cura dello stesso Relatore. Torino, 1864.

+ Catalogo delle principali Specie di Funghi crescenti nei contorni di
Torino ed in altre Provincie degli antichi Stati Sardi di Terra ferma, dis-

ste secondo il Sistema Micologico di Fries, compilato per cura del °
Dott. Coll. Cav. Antonio Garbiglietti, M-D. Torino, 1867.

Bibliographical Notice. 379

- The great object of Dr. Valenti-Serini, which has instigated his
labours and stimulated him to persevere in them, has been to avert
the sufferings occasioned by using these deleterious cryptogams as
articles of food. Although in our islands fungi are by no means so
commonly and so indiscriminately eaten, it is reported that the
Society of Arts is making efforts to show that, with some exceptions
which are easily identified, most of the fungi of England are safe
articles of diet; so that it seems likely their use may be extended.
Those who may be induced to consult this excellent work of an
Italian physician, of great and long-continued knowledge and ex-
perience, will not be at all encouraged in this view with respect to
fungi said to be sanctioned by the Society of Arts. Indeed it may
be safely asserted that, except in the case of the well-known and
very distinct species universally found to be edible and wholesome,
they will receive at Dr. Valenti-Serini’s hands every kind of dis-
couragement.

This is not, perhaps, the proper place in which to dwell upon
this momentous hygienic question ; nevertheless it seems desirable to
state some of the results obtained by Italian botanists. Dr. Valenti-
Serini goes so far as to say that such are the changes these plants
undergo in their brief existence, and such the slight and fleeting
nature of the peculiarities which distinguish one species from another,
that it is often exceedingly difficult, if not impossible, to discriminate
the poisonous from the wholesome. And Dr. Garbiglietti states that
circumstances influencing the vegetation (such as soil and season), he
considers, may impart poisonous properties to fungi usually regarded
as edible. This may in some measure account for the diversity of
opinions held with regard to the qualities of one and the same spe-
cies in different countries. Agaricus necator may be taken as one
example. Dr. Valenti-Serini takes the names of necator and tor-
minoswm as in themselves suspicious ; and Bullard, Scheeffer, Roques,
and Larber call it poisonous. Still Letteillier says he has eaten it
without detriment ; and Venturi states that in his province of Brescia
it is eaten; yet it must be confessed that it is there the custom to
boil it in a large quantity of water, when it is quite innocent. It
should be known that the boiling of poisonous species and other
modes of cooking deprive them of their poisonous qualities, which
are probably volatile. If, as the author conjectures, these essentially
consist in the presence of prussic acid, the fugacious nature of the
poison may be readily conceived. Boletus chryseuthereon, the sub-
ject of plate 53, is declared by Cordier to be innocent; but both
Roques and Paulet prohibit the use of it. |

Every fungus is produced from a spore, as every plant is derived
from a seed. The aérial portion, which is commonly called the
fungus, is not a plant, properly speaking, but a more or less com-
pound fruit, formed of many parts.

After a comprehensive and learned introduction, in which most
questions of interest relating to fungi are briefly discussed, the au-
thor passes to a description of the species and varieties which are

380 Bibliographical Notice.

depicted upon the fifty-six fine plates. Some of these may be re-
garded as new to the Italian flora, or very little known—for in-
stance :-—

1. Amanita Vitont.—This fungus was found for the first time by
Dr. Vitoni, of Pistoia, towards the latter end of the last century, and
described by him in a memoir addressed to the Academy of Georgo-
fili of Florence. Dr. Vitoni witnessed some dreadful cases of poison-
ing occasioned by this fungus. Dr. Valenti-Serini regards it as a
variety of Amanita bulbosa viridis, which has the laminew rosy, and
which he arranges in a subsection named pseudo-Amanites.

2. Amanita terrea.—Found by the author in 1839 ; also a pseudo-
Amanite. Regarded by Chellini as suspicious.

3. Amanita fulva, which he has placed among the suspicious.

4, Amanita cinerea.—Rejected by the peasants.

5. Agarius. fulvaster, or Amanita Trompeia formosa.—To this
handsome variety the 5th plate is dedicated. It may be a variety
of Agaricus vaginatus. The peasants regard it as suspicious.

6. Agaricus plumbeus or Amanita Terrachinia plumbea.—Of this
also the author is uncertain whether it should be retained as a va-
riety of Agaricus vaginatus.

“‘ Mycologists in treating of Agaricus vaginatus have restricted it to
two varieties—livida or plumbea and spadicea or fulva; and it is
disputed which of these is good to eat. DeCandolle, Chevalier,
Cordier, Descourtilz are of opinion that they are esculent without
distinction; Persoon and Pico that they are deleterious and de-
cidedly poisonous. The Italian mycologists, as Venturi and Vitta-
dini, declare them to be innocent, and maintain that in the Bresciano
they are commonly used. These last, who are of great weight with
our author, recommend the adoption of those only of the variety
having the leaden colour, and the rejection of those of nankeen
colour, because this variety may be sometimes confounded with some
variety of Agaricus pantherinus. The French say they are sold in
the Marseilles market.” This is a good instance of the uncertainty
which surrounds the safe discrimination of some species and varieties.

7. Volvaria Corticelli.mDiscovered by the author in May 1862,
and believed to be a new species. It appears in plate 8 in all its
aspects. Its disgusting odour has led him to suspect its qualities.
It is very beautiful, and is dedicated to Prof. Alessandro Corticelli.

8. Agaricus perlatus.—Found in 1862 by the author, and thought
by him to be a variety of Agaricus pantherinus. |

9. Agaricus margaritiferus.—Found in the same place as the last.
The author is inclined to regard this also as a variety of pantherinus,
and on this ground deserving to be rejected.

We shall be glad if this brief notice should draw the attention of
English botanists to the writings of Dr. Valenti-Serini.

381

MISCELLANEOUS,
Acclimatization of Parrots at Northrepps Hall, Norfolk.

[At the recent Meeting of the British Association, the Members,
among other invitations, were invited to pay a visit to Northrepps
Hall, the residence of the Dowager Lady Buxton. While partaking
of the hospitality provided by the accomplished hostess, the guests
were delighted and astonished by the parrots that darted in and
out among the trees or flew over their heads across the lawn, their
brilliant plumage glancing in the radiance of the setting sun. After
tea, Mr. Charles Buxton, M.P., read the following paper. We are
sorry to learn that these birds, which at one time amounted to
nearly fifty, have been reduced now to some twenty-four, owing
to the vicious propensity of gamekeepers and so-called sportsmen to
wantonly destroy every stranger that may come across them. ]

I wave undertaken to tell you a little about the experiment that
has been tried here of letting parrots fly wild about the place; but
though it has been a source of great interest and amusement to us,
I much fear that there is very little to relate that could be thought
worthy of the attention, even in their holiday moments, of an
Association for the Advancement of Science. Nor can I honestly
say that the attempt to acclimatize these birds (that is to say, to
establish them as an addition to our English fauna) has in that
respect been attended by success. It is true that they have several
times made nests, and on five of these occasions the young have
been brought to maturity; and were it not “ for those vile guns,”
the birds would flourish extremely; for illness and death from
natural causes would seem to be almost unknown among them.
But, unhappily, they share in many of the characteristics of human
nature, and in this one, above all, that they do not know when they
are well off, and every now and then they are seized with a desire
to see the world, and take flights to a distance, twelve or fifteen
miles perhaps, and sometimes much more; and then they are almost
sure to fall a prey to some gamekeeper or lad who is keeping crows,
and who is astonished by seeing these brilliant apparitions among
the trees. As regards their breeding, a pair of cockatoos led the
way by most unsuccessfully attempting to make a nest in one of the
chimneys; before it was half finished it gave way, and the nest
and cockatoos fell to the bottom. It being summer time, they were
only discovered after spending a day and a night among the soot,
and when they were brought out they looked like two dwarf chimney
sweeps. They persevered, however, and made another nest in one
of the boxes that had been hung against the gables of the house in
hopes of such an event. They laid two eggs; but though the hen
cockatoo sat most perseveringly till September, it was all in vain—
the eggs were addled. Afterwards a pair of green parrots, a cock
of the Amazonian and a hen of the Honduras breed, made a nest in
one of the boxes, and brought up a young one; but when he was

382 Miscellaneous.

nearly fledged, one of the cockatoos thought it right to murder him.
The year after, the same pair brought up two children, and it was
really a beautiful sight to see the family party flying about, always
together, and living on the most loving terms; but the mother and
her eldest son both, unhappily, were shot. Afterwards one of the
common white cockatoos and the hen Leadbeater (a very large rose-
coloured cockatoo) dug out their own nest in the rotten branch of an
acacia tree, laid two eggs, and brought up the young birds. These
hybrids are very handsome, but do not resemble either of the
parents, having beautiful crests of a red-orange-colour. Other-
wise they are perfectly white. The parent birds were so pleased
with the success of this experiment that last year they repeated
it, and brought up three young ones, thus making up a flock of
seven with the two firstborn. Unluckily one of them was shot at
in the winter, and came home severely wounded; after which the
other birds would not permit him to associate with them, and he
always lived in a bush near the house, quite apart from the rest.
One day I moved him into the garden, upon which some of the
other cockatoos (not, however, his own relations) fell upon him the
moment my back was turned, and killed him—one of those traits of
character which, as I said just now, these birds, and, in fact, most
wild animals, share with human nature in their general dislike of
cripples. Another of them was also injured; so I took him away to
Surrey, where, in spite of his broken wing and broken leg, an old
cockatoo befriended him, and treats him as her own son. This
year we hoped that the same pair would nest again; but un-
luckily, a pair of grey parrots anticipated them in the possession
of the hollow branch, and, having made a nest in it, brought up two
young grey parrots, and which are afflicted with awful tempers.
The maternal instinct of another pair of grey parrots took a very
absurd form this year. A cat made her lodging in one of the nest-
boxes, and brought up her kittens in it, and two of the grey parrots,
who had not been industrious enough to lay eggs and have a family
of their own, were seized with the idea that these kittens were their
children. They kept up a constant warfare with the old cat; and
whenever she left the box, one of them used to get in and sit with
the kittens, and they were constantly in close attendance, even when
the mother cat was at home. When the cockatoos I have spoken of
had their nest in the acacia tree, it was very ridiculous to see the
extravagant interest taken in the matter by the others of the same
species. They used to sit most of the day on the branches, just
above the nest, and whenever the parent bird flew out, she was
attended by a troop of the others, screaming horrible acclamations
in her honour. There is an immense deal of originality about this
race of birds. They have none of the common-place humdrum me-
diocrity of birds in general. Their curiosity is unbounded, and they
evidently look on man and his doings with the keenest interest,
mingled with surprise, and with, perhaps, just a sowpcon of contempt.
There is, moreover, strongly marked individual character among
them. No two of them behave exactly in the same manner. I think

Miscellaneous. 383

the large white cockatoo with the broad white crest is the most
intelligent of the lot. I had one of them whom I wished to keep
chained to a perch; but though a first-rate London locksmith tried
everything his ingenuity could suggest, the cockatoo beat him
utterly. Without breaking it, he contrived to open the ring or
other contrivance for holding him, with his beak, though one or two
of them must, one would have thought, have required great study
to understand.

The experiment of acclimatizing parrots has been tried on a some-
what large scale. We have had African, Amazonian, and Carolina
parrots; Rosella parroquets, large Bengal parroquets, four species of
cockatoos, and two of lories. The lories are magnificent birds, with
their scarlet bodies and very long wings and tails of rich metallic.
green. Curiously enough, however, they are far less seen than any
of the others, as they almost always sit buried in the thickest foliage,
and have none of the sensibility and intellectual excitement of the
cockatoos or parrots. In fact, however, all these birds vanish com-
pletely out of sight during great part of the day; many of them,
indeed, live in the woods at a distance from the house; but even
those who have selected the trees in the garden for their residence
would not easily be discovered. You would have supposed that at
any rate the white cockatoos would be visible anywhere; but
the inclination of all animals is to slip out of the sight of man,
and with the shadows of the trees upon them an unpractised eye
would rarely discover them. In the morning and evening they come
to feed upon hemp-seed, and bread and milk, which is hung in a
basket from a tripod; and then, I can assure you, the groups of them
are sometimes most beautiful.

Lately we have had great losses, so many have flown away and
been shot; but I will read a memorandum which I put down one
day, a couple of years ago, of the scene I was watching, and which
recurred morning after morning as I sat reading in my study at my
house in Surrey. “The parrots’ breakfast having been put in the
basket, a pair of white cockatoos, who had been anxiously watching
the proceedings from the tree above, swooped down and set instantly
to work. A Bengal parroquet, with long green wings, presently
comes skimming up and flutters for a few minutes almost perpen-
dicularly in the air, exactly in the attitude so often represented by
Mr. Gould in his ‘ Humming-Birds, with the head and tail curved
inwards, and the wings extended. Two or three rose-coloured
eockatoos follow, and hang about on the tripod, but do not venture
to take their places on the edge of the basket while their fiercer
brethren are at work. But presently one of the huge white cock-
atoos, with yellow crests, comes swinging heavily down over the
lawn, putting all the lesser ones to flight in a moment; but they
soon gather round again, and a lory, resplendent in red and green,
darts through the air, and lights on the top of the tripod, his
burnished hues contrasting well with the pure white of the cockatoo
below; and the group is completed by a Cornish chough, whose
glossy blue-black plumage and orange beak and legs are not the

384 Miscellaneous.

least striking of their costumes. He always at once engages in a
fierce strife with his rivals; and his long beak gives him the advan-
tage over them.”

I can assure you, ladies and gentlemen, that a spectacle of this
sort, which I have witnessed hundreds of times, is one of exquisite
beauty, especially in a sparkling winter’s morning, with the snow
on the ground, when the colours of the birds seem peculiarly gor-
geous. Nor do they appear to be injured by the cold; the grey
parrots have the sense to get into a house that was built for shelter
to them; but none of the others can ever be persuaded to enter it, and
live in the woods the whole year through. But even the winter before
last, when the thermometer in my neighbourhood fell six degrees
below zero, though one cockatoo unaccountably disappeared, all the
rest appeared to be as full of life and spirits as possible. In fact,
so long as birds are well fed, and are in good health, I do not
believe that cold is fatal to them. Their migration depends alto-
gether on food, and not on the fear of cold. Even the delicate
little long-tailed titmouse, and the still more delicate little golden-
crested wren, and numbers of other seemingly tender birds remain
with us the whole winter through without appearing to suffer. The
fact is, that birds have such a wonderful great coat, such a dense
mass of down below their feathers, and have also, if I am not mis-
taken, such a supply of caloric, much beyond that of other animals,
that cold rarely kills them—though I do not mean to say that they
like it.

It certainly, however, is curious that these African parrots, Bengal
parroquets, and lories from the Philippine Islands have never ap-
peared to suffer, even from our frost and snow. I may observe that
the gardener declares that the grey parrots foresee a storm, and often
take refuge in their glass-house before it comes.

Nothing can be more striking than the contrast between the
plumage of the parrots when they first come, and its appearance
after they have been flying about for a few weeks, when it acquires
a gloss and glitter like that of burnished metal. Variety of food is
not less essential to them than abundance, and they also require
exercise. Some of them, who cannot fly, or who prefer moping at
home, always look woebegone, and are gloomy and irritable, while
the industrious Pollies who fly about and help to earn their own
livelihood are cheerful, contented, and kindly. It is curious how
clearly they have the idea of property and possession. An old
parrot, who always sits in the ivy on an old wall, is just as indig-
nant if any other parrot seeks to share in his part of it, as my cook
would be if some of you insisted on taking up your residence in my
kitchen. Generally, however, they pay the utmost respect to each
other’s prescriptive rights. 3

We usually have got our parrots from Mr. Jamrach, who has a
shop near Wapping, and who buys all kinds of animals from the
ships that come into the docks. His shop is a queer place, and well
worth a visit. One day when I was there, he had in his little
backyard a crocodile 12 feet long, and another (a baby crocodile,

Miscellaneous. 385

which I bought and kept alive for some time) about 18 inches long,
and sundry bears, lions, monkeys, racoons, and other animals ; while
all the rooms of the house itself are given up to birds—mostly of
the parrot kind; and the screaming and shrieking is terrific. Every
now and then there is a perfect avalanche of the little green parro-
quets from Australia; and on one occasion Mr. Jamrach had 3000
of them in his bed-rooms. Parrots that can talk fetch a high price ;
so we rarely buy them, as we don’t want pets. Moreover they
very soon lose their power of talking when they are out in the
woods; but sometimes they learn to imitate other sounds. At my
house in Surrey the jackdaws build in boxes placed for them in the
gables ; and a grey parrot who flies about has learnt toimitate them
- exactly, while one of the cockatoos can imitate the clucking of a
hen so cleverly that no one would conceive that it was not the fowl
herself. A large Amazonian parrot, who has been at Northrepps
Hall for twenty years, used to be a first-rate talker. He it was
who originated the plan of turning the parrots out; for having
escaped from his cage, he remained in the oak and beech trees for
nearly three months, and only came back when the winter set in,
but looking so magnificent that the idea suggested itself of trying
the effect of liberty on other parrots as well. After he returned, he
amused us yery much by walking up and down on the sill of the
dining-room window, repeating the phrases of anxious entreaty that
had been addressed to him by the maidservants to induce him to
come in, exactly imitating their different voices as well as words.
On one occasion he nearly frightened a poor woman out of her wits
by suddenly plumping down on the top of her head as she was
walking along the road. On two or three occasions, strangers,
when approaching the house, have been perfectly astounded by
hearing what they took for the voices of invisible human beings
issuing from the trees over their heads. One of his favourite phrases
still is, “ I have no wife, but I have to care for my mother.”

One of the young cockatoos that was born in the acacia trees dis-
appeared last spring, but returned the other day in a beggarly and
ruinous condition, having evidently been nearly starved, but soon
recovered his good looks. It is curious what could have become
of him, and how he found his way back after so long an absence.
The same thing has occurred with others. One of the large cock-
_ atoos deserted my place in Surrey for several months, and was
_ continually seen associating with a flock of rooks some miles away,
but at length returned. On one occasion a flock of our parrots flew
to a place full twenty-five miles away, and eleven of them were
shot. Afterwards five cockatoos were shot all together in the same
way.

It is curious what friendships arise between birds, some of which
belong to different species. A parroquet and a green parrot were
perfectly inseparable ; and so, too, at my house in Surrey, I had at
one time a flock of eleven grey parrots; but ten of them having got
killed, the survivor associated himself with some cockatoos, and for
the last few years has invariably flown about in their company.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. ii.

386 Miscellaneous.

One Carolina parrot was frost-bitten in the hard winter of 1860,
and lost both her legs. She looked a deplorable object ever after ;
‘but a magnificent parrot took pity on her, and devoted himself to
her in a most chivalrous manner, defending her from the attacks of
other parrots who would have murdered her, cleaning her feathers,
and generally sitting close to her side. The contrast was most
ridiculous between the diseased old cripple and the splendid young
knight who had this infatuation for her. After some years, how-
ever, the cockatoos made a combined attack upon her, a tremendous
scrimmage took place, certainly not without the “din of bao,” ‘
and it ended in the slaughter of the poor old bird.

They are very fond of the under gardener, who feeds them; aed
he is rarely to be seen at work out in the garden without one or two
cockatoos sitting on his head or shoulders. Their arrangement of
their hours is a very sensible one. Soon after dawn their voices may
be heard from a distant wood, in which most of them sleep. They
then come and wait for their breakfast; but the midday hours are
always spent in sleep, after which they again seek for food, and come
for their supper ; but before they go to bed they, like rooks, devote
themselves to a regular jollification, the parrots often flying round at
a great height in circles, screaming with delight, while the cockatoos
fly from tree to tree with their crests erected, shrieking at the top
of their sweet voices, especially if they see people in the garden,
which always is a great amusement to them. I must confess that
some of them, if not all, are mischievous, especially in the way of
picking fruit; but we think ourselves more than repaid by the
animation they give to the garden, and the exquisite beauty of their
colouring.

Note on Dr. Macdonald's Paper on the Dentition of Gasteropods.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

I think that Dr. Macdonald has committed an error that is com-
mon to young naturalists—has mistaken an analogy for an affinity.
The form of the lateral teeth of the odontophore is, no doubt, a good
specific (and may be generic) character; but I think that Dr. Mac-
donald’s table proves that it is not the character of a family. The
character of a family should be derived from the consideration of the
whole animal—its form, the form and development of the teeth, and
the form of the shell and operculum ; and not from any one character,
such as the form of the lateral lingual teeth, especially if it brings
together in the same family such a series of incongruous genera
and separates nearly allied genera as they are separated in Dr. Mac-
donald’s list. Therefore I cannot agree with him that “ the lingual
dentition appears to be the only appeal,” or that the best means for
arranging the genera and families is according to the form of the
lateral teeth. I think, if any one will consult Dr. Macdonald’s plate,
he must perceive that the lateral teeth gradually pass from one form
to the other; and I cannot conceive any reason why all the forms
figured may not belong to the genera of one family.

Miscellaneous. 387

| Note on Pompholyx, Lea, a new Family of Fluviatile Mollusca.
By Dr. J. E. Gray.

Mr. W. H. Dall has lately described and figured the animal of the
genus Pompholyx of Lea, a small freshwater shell found in the Sa-
eramento River. The animal is peculiar from having “ two pairs of
eyes—one pair at the end of the long tentacles, and another pair
situated on the inner base of the tentacles.” ‘The shell is depressed,
few-whorled, the last whorl the largest, without fold in the colu-
mella; inoperculate.”

This genus has hitherto been arranged in Lymneade with Pla-
norbis. Mr. Dall, in the ‘ Proceedings of the California Academy of
Sciences’ for 1866, proposed that, on account of the number of
the eyes, it should be formed into a new family, which he calls
Pompholine. The existence of the second pair of eyes is an anomaly
in terrestrial mollusca, and requires confirmation. The black spots
between the tentacles of some well-known fluviatile Auriculide have
been mistaken for eyes. Probably this genus may prove to belong
to the family Awriculide ; at any rate, it has been wrongly arranged
in Lymneade.

Dredging among the Shetland Isles.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

_ Geyttemen,—Have the goodness to insert the following cor-
rections of my last Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles :—

Nucula tenuis. The words “ probably Nucula egeensis, Forbes,”
refer to this species, and not to.Leda pygmea. But Forbes’s
descriptions are by no means satisfactory ; and, unfortunately,
most of his types have been lost. His Lima cuneata may be
the young either of L. elliptica or L. Loscombii—the character
“testa squilateralis’” being applicable to the former species,
and “ auriculis ineequalibus”’ to the latter.

Cerithium metula. Having now had an opportunity of examining
Mr. Hanley’s shell, which he dredged in deep water off Villa-
franca, I am satisfied that it belongs to this species, and not to
Ceriithiopsis Barleew.

I accidentally omitted in the list Pleurophyllidia Loveni, Bergh,
dredged by Mr. Barlee in Shetland, and mentioned by Forbes
and Hanley as the Diphyllidia lineata of Otto.

To the list of Nudibranchs may be added Lomanotus marmoratus
of Alder and Hancock. A specimen was dredged at a depth of
about 80 fathoms off the Whalsey Skerries in 1864, and detected
by my observant friend Mr. Peach; it was named by Mr. Alder.
Mr. Norman also writes me word that the following may be
added on his authority :—Polycera ocellata, A. & H., tidemarks,
Balta Sound. olis pustulata, A. & H. (with E. alba, Idalia
Leacha and I. inequalis, Dendronotus arborescens), in 40-60
fathoms, St. Magnus Bay, and Z. Landsburgii. These increase

27*

888 Miscellaneous.

the number of Shetland Nudibranchs to 26, and that of all the
Zetlandic Mollusca to 359. -

The total number of British land and freshwater species should
be thus divided :—

Comeiitera si. 0. ce ay eee reas 15
Gastropoda sas os. eae ee eee Nis

The numbers (47 and 75) given in the Report were those of fresh-
water and land species respectively.
In the list of Diatoms, Sinciella minuta ought to be Surirella minuta.
I remain, Gentlemen, yours faithfully,

25 Devonshire Place, Portland Place, J. Gwyn JEFFREYS.
15th October, 1868,

On the Occurrence of the Genus Anser in the Peat and Gravel Deposits
in Cambridgeshire. By J. F. Watxnr, B.A., F.G.8.

Among the bones which I have obtained from the Cambridgeshire
fens, I have detected the humerus of a species of goose. With the
kind assistance of Mr. Dallas, I have compared this bone with those
of the skeletons of geese contained in the valuable collection of
comparative osteology in the York Museum ; and it appears to agree
in all its essential characters with the right humerus of Anser ferus.
I am not aware of the occurrence of this bird in the fens having °
been previously recorded, although its presence there might have
have been expected. The bone is of the dark colour proper to those
found in the fens.

A more interesting discovery is that of the right humerus of a
distinct and larger species of the genus Anser, obtained from the
gravel deposits near Cambridge, which contain species of elephant,
rhinoceros, horse; &c. associated with Oyrena fluminalis and exist-
ing land and freshwater shells (see a paper by Mr. H. G. Seeley in
the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society for 1866, p. 475).
This bone is larger in every respect than the one which I have re-
ferred to Anser ferus ; its total length is 61 inches, diameter of the
shaft ;®, inch, greatest breadth across the proximal end 1} inch,
and breadth of distal extremity 1, inch. The pneumatic foramen
is not only relatively, but absolutely smaller than that in the
humerus of Anser ferus. Dr. Buckland figures (Reliquie Diluviane,
pl. xi. figs. 9, 10) a fragment of the humerus of a bird from the
diluvium of Lawford near Rugby, which he considers to have be-
longed to a species of Anser. The bone figured by Dr. Buckland
seems to be nearly of the same size as that in my possession ; but if
we may trust the figure, its shaft had a rather stronger curve, and ~
the structure of the proximal portion was not quite the same.

Euplectella.

A new importation of these beautiful sponges; they are offered —

under the name of “‘ Seekrebs-Nest (that is, Sea-Crab’s nest), which

are only found on the Island of Zebu, and are imported from Manilla.”
—J, E, Gray.

Miscellaneous. 389

The Collared Snake (Coluber natrix) in the Sea.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

It has been stated by several persons that Sea-Snakes are some-
times found in the European seas, and even on English coasts, as far
north as the Orkneys, their appearance in the latter locality being
accounted for by their having been carried there by the Gulf-stream,
which might perhaps happen with some American species; but the
specimens shown to me have all been the common Collared Snake
(Coluber natrix), and I have been inclined to doubt the accuracy of
the statements, as they were not well authenticated, and on exami-
nation were generally found to have come through two or more
persons before they reached me. The other day the Secretary of the
Montrose Natural History Society showed me a specimen of Coluber
natrie which was taken up in a bucket in the sea, about twenty-five
miles from the Naze on the coast of Norway. It lived some time
aboard, and arrived alive at Montrose and was there put in spirits.

This Snake is aquatic in its habits, often found in ponds and
ditches, where it goes to catch frogs, fish, &c. It has no near rela-
tion to what are usually called Sea-Snakes (Hydride). This Colu-
ber may have been washed down by the floods into the sea, as the
Boas are said by Guilding to be in the West Indies.

On the Jaw of Cylindrella. By T. Brann.

42 Pine Street, New York, 12th October, 1868.

My Dezar Srr,—I have lately made an unlooked-for discovery,
which I announce to you, to whom all are so much indebted for
labours with reference to classification.

I find that Cylindrella, as well as Macroceramus, has a jaw, in
both of much the same character. Lately I received several species
either alive or in glycerine; and immersion in a solution of caustic
potash enabled me with comparative ease to detect the jaw. Being
very minute and delicate, I do not wonder at this having escaped
notice. I had previously examined dead and dried-up specimens
_ only of the Cylindrella-Maugei group.

I have both jaws and lingual bands of

OCylindrella sanguinea, Pf. C. gracilis, Wood. Jamaica,
Jamaica. C. Mauget, Wood. Jamaica.
C. rosea, Pf. Jamaica. C. truitaria, n. sp. Trinidad.
C. brevis, Pf. Jamaica. C. bahamensis, n. sp. New
C. elongata, Ch. Jamaica, Providence. '

I shall publish this with figures; meantime I take pleasure in in-
forming you, as I have Dr. Pfeiffer, through Mr. Crosse.
I am, my dear Sir,
Dr. John E. Gray, Very truly yours,
British Museum, T. Buanp.

Remarks on the Development of Marine Fishes. By G. O. Sars.

It has long been supposed that the codfish deposit their ova at
the bottom of the sea. M.G. 0. Sars has recently shown that this

390 Miscellaneous.

opinion is erroneous. These fishes deposit their spawn at the surface
of the water, where the ova float throughout the whole of their deve-
lopment. The same naturalist has just made very similar observa-
tions upon various other species of fishes. He has ascertained, for
example, that the mackerel (Scomber scombrus) lays its eggs at some
leagues from the shore and at the very surface of the waves, where
a great quantity of these fishes may often be met with engaged in
spawning. With the ova of the mackerel, M. Sars has found those
of six other species of fishes, one of which is the gurnard (7’rigla
gurnardus). 'The ova of the mackerel, like those of the cod, present
at their superior pole a drop of oil, which diminishes their specific
gravity so as to enable them to float at the surface. This drop
remains during the whole period of evolution; and even after exclu-
sion it is to be seen in the vitelline sac of the young fish, The
young mackerel are recognizable by a sulphur-yellow spot placed
behind the eye, which is still almost destitute of pigment.—Wyt
Magazin for Naturvid. 1866; Bibl. Uni. Bull. Sc. 1868, p. 255.

On the Name Alcyoncellum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Dr. Bowerbank, in a late paper in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoo-
logical Society,’ 1868, p. 132, objects to my using Aleyoncellum for a
calcareous sponge. He observes, “ From this quotation we should
naturally imagine that all preceding writers who have referred to
this genus, as founded by MM. Quoy and Gaimard, were wrong, and
that it was originally established by M. Blainville in his ‘ Man. d’Ac-
tin.,’ published in 1834, instead of by MM. Quoy and Gaimard in
their ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of the Astrolabe,’ published in 1830.” I
need not quote the observations founded on this statement. The
law of priority, even, is liable to mislead unless writers who use
it are well acquainted with the history of the subject, and the books
written on it. The ‘Manuel d’Actinologie’ is a reprint of the article
“«< Zoophyte,” published in the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles,’
vol. lx., and bears date 1830. And MM. Quoy and Gaimard published
four volumes of the text to the ‘ Voyage of the Astrolabe :’ the first
volume bears the date 1830, as quoted by Dr. Bowerbank ; but the
fourth volume, which contains the account of Aleyoncellum, bears the
date 1834. So I use the name according to the “excellent and just
rules” to which Dr. Bowerbank refers.

I admit that there is a great difficulty on the subject. M. de
Blainville described and figured a calcareous sponge brought home
by MM. Quoy and Gaimard under the name Aleyoncellum gelatino-
sum; it is a very curious Australian sponge, like many fossil species
found in the Eifel. MM. Quoy and Gaimard do not figure this sponge
in their ‘ Voyage,’ but they figure a species of Venus’s Flower-basket
(Euplectella), which is in the museum at Paris (a siliceous sponge not
bearing the slightest resemblance to the calcareous one), and call it
Alceyoncellum speciosum. In the text they quote the generic charac-
ter for Aleyoncellum from the article ‘‘ Zoophyte”’ in the Dict. Sci.
Nat., and then describe under the specific name the siliceous sponge

Miscellaneous. 391

that does not agree in the slightest degree with the generic character,
which is that of a cylindrical branched sponge. I can only sup-
pose that they had intended to figure the calcareous one and forgot
it, and then somehow mixed up the two sponges together; at
any rate, there is no doubt that by the law of priority the name of
Aleyoncellum belongs to the calcareous Australian sponge, as, I think,
Dr. Bowerbank must admit.

To add to the confusion, M. Milne-Edwards, in the second edi-
tion of Lamarck’s work, published in 1834, seeing that the figures
and the generic characters in MM. Quoy and Gaimard’s work did not
agree, instead of giving a new generic name to the sponge figured,
gave a new character to the genus Alcyoncellum, evidently taken
from MM. Quoy and Gaimard’s plate. Thus he lost the credit of
establishing the genus that was afterwards named Luplectella,
though in fact he did establish it under a name. used for a dif-
ferent sponge.

On an accidental case of Monceciousness in Coelebogyne.
By H. Battton.

The author showed to the French Academy some moneccious
branches of Celebogyne ilicifolia, Sm., bearing at the same time
female flowers, ripe and entire fruits, fruits open to give issue to
perfectly formed seeds, and, at their upper part, thousands of male
flowers with the anthers full of pollen. The specimens formed part
of a collection of Euphorbiacez sent from Australia for determination
by Dr. F. Miller, and were collected at Rockhampton in the wild
state.

The author remarks that the slight value of the genus Celebo-
gyne, and the frequency of such anomalies in other genera to which
its species might be referred (Cladodes, Alchornea, Aparisthmium),
had led him to predict that, sooner or later, cases of hermaphrodism
or monceciousness would be detected in this plant. This prediction
was already fulfilled as to hermaphrodite flowers. The present de-
monstration of the existence of accidentally moncecious flowers
gives, in his opinion, the last blow to the doctrine of parthenoge-
nesis.—Comptes Rendus, May 4, 1868, p. 856.

Note on a Double Egg of a Fowl.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Grntiemen,—A friend, residing in the Cuddupah district, in the
Madras Presidency, has sent me a boiled fowl’s egg which contains
a smaller egg with a shell. It had been cooked for his breakfast.

Eggs with a double yelk I have several times seen; but I have
never seen or heard before of a perfect egg inside another: it there-
fore appears desirable that it should be recorded in the ‘ Annals.’

I am, Gentlemen,
Very truly yours,
J. Mircuett, Captain.

Ootacamund, Sept. 1, 1868. Sup. of the Madras Museum.

392 Miscellaneous.

On the Lymphatic Vessels in the Tail of the Young of Batrachia.
By C. Lanerr.

Successful injections of this system of vessels facilitated the de-
tection of many uninjected vessels, which could be traced from the
ends of the injected portions of the tubes for a long distance in the
tissue of the border of the tail. They not only permitted the ar-
rangement of the whole system, but also the structure, connexion,
and termination of the individual vessels to be investigated,

The author found that they have sharply marked, even outlines,
without any indentations. Their appearance, as regards the consti-
tution of the walls and the form of the nuclei, was hardly different
from that of the fine blood-vessels, The limitation of the capillary
lymphatic ducts by proper walls is easily ascertained in this object.

The capillary lymphatic vessels form a network, which in the
smaller tadpoles, and in the fine border of the tail in larger ones, is
diffused only in a single layer, but is overlaid on both sides with the
network of bleod-capillaries.

At the margin of the vascular region there are capillary lym-
phatic loops, of which some are remarkably narrowed ; but even in
the interior of the border, thread-like anastomosing branches are also
met with so much narrowed that their complete impermeability seems
a matter of course. This supposition is rendered still more probable
by the discovery of similar portions attached to injected ducts, In
this case they had also in part become coloured, but were only per-
meated as far as to the narrow part, usually furnished with a nucleus,
where the coloration was limited tothe form of a pointed narrow stripe.

Ceecal terminations of the lymphatic tubules also occur; these
issue broadly from the wall of a capillary, and usually terminate
quickly in a point, after producing a nucleus. It is possible that
some of these extremities may be only apparently constructed in
this manner, and really represent only one arm of a very narrow loop,
the continuity of which cannot be traced; but appended portions
which run out into a fine point, free on all sides, can hardly be re-
garded as anything but true ceecal terminations of lateral ramifications.

The signification of these, as also of the very narrow thread-like
loops, must be genetic. In favour of this view is their similarity
to the corresponding forms of the blood-capillaries, which are
regarded and described as tubules in course of development. We
must, however, in the author’s opinion, know precisely what infiu-
ence contractility and the treatment of the object may have upon
the form of the finest vascular tubes, before we can with certainty
regard all these vascular appendages as transition forms of new
ducts.— Anzeige der Akad. der Wiss. in Wien, July 23, 1868.

Deep-Sea Dredging off Spitzbergen.

The Naturalists of the fourth Swedish Expedition to Spitzbergen
have just returned to Stockholm, among them Smitt and Malmgren,
the zoologists. Their collections are very considerable; they have
brought up a good number of specimens from great depths, even
from more than 2000 fathoms.—E£vtract from a Letter from Prof.
Lovén, received Oct. 26, 1868.

THE ANNALS a

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. }

No. 12. DECEMBER 1868.

—

XLVIII.—On the Annelid Family of the Maldaniea.
By Professor GRUBE*.

QUATREFAGES gives this family its widest extent by including
in it Clymene, Bay. , and its nearest allies—not merely Ammo-
chares, but also Clymenidia, Arenia, Ancistria, and Clymenia
(which show a great resemblance to Capitella, Notomastus, and
Dasybranchus) as “‘ Clyméniens dégradés ;” whilst Malmgren
and Keferstein only include the first-mentioned genus, and
even exclude Ammochares.

In this more restricted sense, therefore, the family em-
braces only genera of which the uncini are arranged in one
(or two) transverse series, and is distinguished from all other
families by several exclusive characters. ‘There are a few
Annelids which are characterized by a small and constant
number of segments, such as the Aphrodite, a portion of the
genus Polynoé, Sav., Hesione, &c.; but among all these there
are none in which the segments attain so great a length. In
the Maldaniea their number never exceeds twenty-six or
twenty-seven; and their length in the more fully developed
examples at least equals, or even exceeds, their breadth. As
the length increases from the two ends towards the middle of
the body, some segments grow so considerably that they are
twice or three times as long as broad, or even still longer. It
is further to be remarked that the sete, and the uncini seated
beneath them, do not occupy the same position on all the seg-
ments, but are placed, on the anterior segments, in front of the
middle, and on the rest near the hinder margin. This change
of position probably occurs generally before the middle of
the Mody: and the two segments on which it takes place show
a less distinct division between them than the rest. Fre-

* Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the Jahres-Bericht der
Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterl. Cultur, 1867, pp. 52-58.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. ii. 28

394 Prof. Grube on the Annelid Family Maldaniea.

quently the longer of the posterior segments are very much
inflated behind by the elevation of the cushions on which the
uncini are inserted, and may easily be torn away from the fol-
lowing ones, which commence with a thin part. All the seg-
ments, however, are not armed with bristles in the same man-
ner: the buccal segment is quite destitute of bristles, as in the
Lumbricina ; the three following segments certainly bear sete,
but only a few uncini, or, instead of these, a pair of spinules,
slightly bent at the apex; and the terminal segment and also
usually from one to three (four) of the preceding ones, which
are much abbreviated, are again destitute of bristles, although
the latter generally have indications of the cushions in which
the uncini are elsewhere inserted. In contradiction to other
recent observers, Quatrefages describes uncini here also. In
accordance with this, Quatrefages distinguishes three regions
of the body in the Maldaniea, of which the middle one (regio
_ intermedia) embraces the large and always preponderant num-
ber of segments furnished with sete: and complete rows of un-
cini. ‘The uncini, always of an elongated sigmoid form, are
distinguished from all similar ones by the circumstance that
beneath the apex of their usually multidentate beak a band-
like chitinous lamina is placed. The cephalic and caudal ex-
tremities are so arranged that, although they do not prevent
ingress to the tube constructed by the animal, which is open
at both ends, because this is much longer, they very conve-
niently protect it in its tube against an intruder. ‘They are
constructed on much the same plan as in the Pectinaria, the
dorsal surface of the buccal segment usually forming a firmer
plate inclined forwards, and the terminal segment a similar
plate inclined backwards, or a funnel, which correspond with
the tube in diameter ; in the Pectinarie, however, the terminal
plate belongs to several of the last segments, which together
constitute a valve which can be tured downwards. ‘The
cephalic lobe itself is but little developed in the Maldaniea,
and is probably to be sought only in the narrow longitudinal
strip, projecting in front as a free lobule, which divides the
vertical lamina of the buccal segment into two parts for a
greater or less distance, and is marked off by a furrow on each
side. In order to establish a genus of Maldaniea, therefore,
both the ends of the body, of which the structure is so charac-
teristic, must be preserved; and this, owing to the readiness
with which these animals are torn, is frequently not attain-
able. ‘Thus we know only the anterior halves of Clymene
torquata, Leidy, Letbouphialoa parvus, Quatref., and Clymene
ebiensis, M.-Edw., and of the genera Rhodine, Malmer., and
Mandrocles, Iphianissa, Neco, and Militta, Kinb.; Clymene

Prof. Grube on the Annelid Family Maldaniea. 395

spathulata, Gr., is probably described from two extremities
not belonging to the same species, and therefore to be removed
provisionally from the system; and C. microcephala, Schm.,
seems, from the figure, to be engaged in the reproduction. of
the anterior extremity ; for the first segment in the figure bears
bristles, and is therefore not the buccal segment, and the pro-
cess in front of it by no means resembles the cephalic lobe of
other Maldaniea. .

For the purpose of a general revision of the arrangement of
the genera, the structure of the cephalic and caudal extremi-
ties seems to the author to be particularly fitted ; and he thinks
that this arrangement may be most conveniently given in the
following manner :—

1. The terminal segment is funnel-shaped, with the anus in
the middle of the bottom of the funnel.
a. In nearly all the forms belonging here the margin of
the funnel runs out into points or teeth, as in the genus
Clymene, Sav., which Malmgren divides into the genera
Rhodine, Nicomache, Axiothea, and Prasilla, according as the
vertical plate is dilated or not into a free margin, and according
to the number of the segments, whether bearing or wanting
bristles. Grube would unite under Clymene all the forms
which have a margined vertical plate, and would therefore refer
to it the Axiothee and Prawille, and transfer Nicomache to
Leiocephalus. Of Rhodine the terminal segment is still un-
known. The genus Clymene does not occur at all amongst the
northern ones exclusively described by Malmgren; Kinberg
limits it to C. amphistoma, Sav., and gives as its character,
according to Savigny, twenty-five (probably twenty-eight) seg-
‘ments, and states that the three anteanal segments bear uncin1,
‘but the three segments following the buccal segment only
sete. But Savigny only indicates twenty-eight segments as
not observed with certainty; and the specimens which the
author found marked with this name in Ehrenberg’s collection.
from the Red Sea are only in fragments (long cephalic and
caudal ends), and therefore leave us in the dark upon this
point, although they agree with Savigny’s description so far
that they may be regarded as identical; they show no uncini,
however, upon the anteanal segments; whilst on the three
anterior segments referred to, a small spine exists beneath the
setze which may easily have escaped Savigny; his figure at
least shows the pit from which it issues.

If we laid as great a weight as Malmgren upon the number
of the segments, a new question would arise, namely, whether
it is requisite to consider only the total number of segments,

28*

396 —_- Prof. Grube on the Annelid Family Maldaniea.

or also the number of the setigerous segments, in the esta-
blishment of new genera. To the author it appears to be
advisable for the present to regard Malmgren’s genera as mere
subsections.

The genus Clymene would then include the following spe-
cies :—

With 16 setigerous segments: Cl. zostericola, Quatref.

17 setigerous segments: Awiothea catenata, Malmer.
(which possesses 4 anteanal segments), C. modesta,
Quatref., and Cl. lyrocephala, Schm.

18 setigerous segments, according to Quatrefages: C7.
uranthus, Sav. (Savigny ascribes to it 19 segments
and 4 anteanal segments.)

19 setigerous segments; with 5 anteanal segments:
(Prasxilla), P. pretermissa, Malmgr., P. arctica,
Malmer., P. Kefersteinii, Kinb., Cl. gracilis, Sars,
and Cl. Muellert, Sars ;

with 3 anteanal segments: Cl. lumbricoides, M.-Edw.
(Quatrefages indicates only 15-16), and Cl. dia-
dema, Gr., 0. sp. ;

with 2 pita segments: Cl. digitata, Gr., and
Cl. Girstedi, Clap.

22 setigerous segments and 2 anteanal segments: Cl.
palermitana, Gr.

23 setigerous segments (?) and 3 anteanal segments:
Cl. amphistoma, Sav.

Clymene diadema, Gr., discovered by Ritter von Frauenfeld
in the Red Sea, like Cl. lumbricotdes, which occurs not un-
commonly at St. Vaast, presents longer and shorter teeth on
the funnel; but these alternate almost regularly, one of thelonger
ones standing between every two or three very short ones ;
the median strip passes through the vertical plate not, as in
Cl. lumbricoides, as far as the middle, but nearly to the hinder
margin, and does not project as a lobe at the frontal margin.

Clymene digitata, br. , and Cl. Girstedi, Clap., are very
similar; but the former, if the specimen examined was adult,
is only one-third of the length of the other, its segments are
much shorter and thicker to beyond the middle of the body,
and the circular vertical plate has a distinct and entire margin;
whilst in Cl. Grstedi this is rather rounded pentagonal, an
not distinctly marked, and has an emargination on each side
behind.

From Clymene Quatrefages separates the genus Letocephalus,
which, otherwise agreeing with it, is almost or entirely desti- .
tute of a vertical plate. If we omit this last character, retain

?

9)

9

7)

?

Prof. Grube on the Annelid Family Maldaniea. 397

L. coronatus, Quatref. and Cl. intermedia, CErst., and add
Sabella lumbricalis, Fab., it would seem desirable to accept
this genus, which might be united with Nécomache, Malmgr.,
if we do not adhere to the number of twenty-two setigerous
segments assumed by Malmgren in the generic character.
Cl. intermedia must have fewer ; L. coronatus has only thirteen.
Of Cl. ebiensis, which is perhaps identical with Cl. intermedia,
and of Letocephalus parvus, Guatref. , the posterior extremity
is unknown: they cannot, therefore, any more than the above-
mentioned Cl. spathulata, be numbered among the Ledocephali.

Near Clymene we should also have to place the genus
Johnstonia, (uatref., some of the setigerous segments of
which are furnished with richly sanguiferous ceca on the sur-
face. In the only known species, J. clymenoides, Quatref.,
the last six setigerous segments are thus distinguished.

b. In two species of Clymene only do we find the
terminal funnel smooth-edged and destitute of teeth,
namely, in Cl. wrceolata, Leidy, and Cl. leiopygos, Gr.

These might form a particular group (Levtochone); but
they require that their examination should be repeated; it
is a question especially whether the examined specimen of
the latter has not a mutilated posterior extremity, as, con-
trary to its condition elsewhere, uncini and sete exist even
on the penultimate segment—and also whether the described
anterior extremity, which is torn away behind, really belongs
to this posterior extremity. In this case Cl. wrceolata would

be distinguished by the well-developed projecting margin of
the vertical plate, which does not exist in Cl leiopygos.

2. The terminal segment does not form a funnel, and the
anus is situated on the dorsal surface.

In this section the genera Chrysothemis and Sabaco, Kinb.,
Maldane, Gr., and Petaloproctus, Quatref., should stand. In
the first two the terminal segment, according to Kinberg, is
not merely biannulate, but also divided into two parts in a lon-
gitudinal direction by two lateral furrows, and is cut off short

beneath and produced above; the sete are in part narrowly,
and in part broadly margined, and in part furnished with
denticulated margins; the uncini are stronger on segments
2-4, but already form small combs, which are broader further
on; they persist on the penultimate segment. I cannot detect
essentially distinguishing generic characters between these two
genera in the description. Each of them is represented only
by asingle species, and that an exotic one—C. amena, Kinb.,
and S. maculatus, Kinb. In Maldane and. Petaloproctus the

398 — Prof. Grube on the Annelid Family Maldaniea.

above-mentioned lateral furrows at the posterior extremity are
wanting, and a distinct posterior surface is developed upon it.
As regards Maldane, in which the terminal segment shows
so close a resemblance to the buccal segment of Clymene,
Malmgren has refuted the author’s erroneous conception,
according to which the former was the buccal segment,
and the uncini stood above the sete, and has established
the correct generic character. The terminal segment has its
apical surface inclined downwards and forwards, or nearly
vertical and circular; the anus is situated above this; and the
preceding naked segment, which, like the setigerous seg-
ments, is biannulate, shows no indications of lateral or ventral
cushions. ‘The vertical plate possesses a distinct margin, as
in Clymene; and the sete are partly bordered, partly finely
denticulated. ;
Of the three species belonging to the genus, M. biceps (Cly-
mene biceps, at) and Ci. Sarsii, Malavor : are Seaiianyien
and Arctic, and WM. glebifex, Gr., from the Mediterranean.
The genus Petaloproctus, Quatref., established upon a single
species, is distinguished from Maldane partly by the want of
a vertical plate, and by its much abbreviated, hemispherically
inflated buccal segment, upon the anterior half of which, how-
ever, the median stripe representing the cephalic lobe is very
distinctly marked in the form of a keel, and partly by a pos-
teriorly inclined dorsal plate of the terminal segment including
the anus itself. |
This species is P. terricola, Quatref., from St. Sebastian,
described as with 24 segments, of which 4 belong to the
anterior, 14 to the median, and 6 to the posterior region of the
body ; the last two, however, are not readily distinguishable
as, according to Quatrefages, their segments bear sete and
uncini. The author believes he has met with the same animal
at St. Vaast, but counts in it only 22 setigerous segments :
the buccal and terminal segments are, as in all cases, destitute
of bristles; and the latter does not appear to be preceded by
any non-setigerous segments. If there be no error in Quatre-
fage’s statement of the number of setigerous segments, his
animal would possess in all 26 segments, as the buccal and
terminal segments in the Maldaniea are never furnished with
sete. Moreover it is to be remarked that, in the Petalo-
proctus from St. Vaast, the cushions for the uncini of the
seventeenth and five following segments extend even upon
the back, where they close like a ring, and that this dorsal
part of the segment is produced backward into a broad, thick
point. The caudal extremity of Clymene spathulata so ex-
actly corresponds with this description, that it probably

Mr. W.T. Blanford on Fairbankia bombayana. 399

belonged to the same Petaloproctus. Perhaps Rhodine Lovent,
-Malmegr., also belongs here.

Malmgren follows the Maldaniea with the Ammocharidea
as a distinct family, founded upon the genus Ammochares.
He also describes a second genus, Myriochele, which seems
almost to coincide with Psammocollus, Gr., but gives no cha-
racter of the family, at least in his most recent work (‘ An-
nulata polycheta Spitzbergie’ K&c.). Kinberg, who esta-
blishes the same family, finds its character in the tentaculiform
branchiz seated on the buccal segment, in a change of bristles,
and in the presence of superior sete, and very numerous and
minute uncini placed below them. The author would indi-
cate (at the same time bringing together Ammochares and
Psammocollus) that the body consists of only a few segments,
_ increasing peecelly in length towards the middle, that

these are all furnished with sete, and, with the exception of

the foremost and hindmost, also with uncini (which, however,
are placed in more than double and irregular rows, and not
upon cushions), and that the buccal and terminal segments
bear no plates, although the buccal segment may be produced
in front into a lobe (cephalic lobe ?) slit up into branches at
the anterior margin. ‘Their similarity to the Maldaniea,
already treated of, strikes one at once; but with this concep-
tion of the character, Kinberg’s genus Sandanis, as to the
position of which he seems to be still doubtful, cannot be
added to them ; it should not be separated from Capitella.

To Ammochares belong 4 species :—A. ottonis, Gr., A.
assimilis, Sars, A. tegula, Kinb., and A. Sundevalli, Kinb.,
the last known only by its anterior part.

Of Psammocollus we know only one species, P. australis,
Gr., from the island of St. Paul; and of Myriochele likewise
only one, Myriochele Heert, Malmgr., which has been ob-
served, but not abundantly, at Spitzbergen and Greenland.

XLIX.—Deseription of Fairbankia bombayana, a new Genus
and Species of Rissoide from Western India. By W1iLLIAM
T. BuanrorD, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., C.M.Z.S.

THE shell described below is one of the numerous peculiar
estuarine forms so common on the shores of tropical seas. I
have found but few specimens myself, and am indebted for a
much larger number to the Rev. 8. Fairbank and Dr. Leith.
The latter very kindly procured me some living specimens
about five years since. I had for a long time supposed the
species to be a Rissoa; but two years ago I had occasion to

400 Mr. W.'T. Blantord on Fairbankia bombayana.

examine it more closely in connexion with the estuarine
Rissoid genus Jravadia, and I then found that the present
form showed distinctions not only from Rissoa proper, but also
from all the other genera of Rissoide previously described.

F'AIRBANKIA, nov. gen.

Animal tentaculis longis filiformibus; oculis ad basin tentaculorum
sessilibus ; proboscide elongata; pede antice lato, sinuato, postice
rotundato.

Testa imperforata, turrita, epidermide fusca induta; apertura sub-
ovali, antice rotundata; peristomate leviter dilatato, margine ex-
terno acuto, sed extus variciformi-incrassato. Operculwm cor-
neum, subovale, subannulare; nucleo excentrico, juxta medium
lateris columellaris posito, intus costa elongata verticali munitum.

This genus combines the epidermis and, to a great extent,
the animal of Hydrobia with the peristome of a Rissoa, while
the operculum differs from that of any other of the Rissoide,
and approaches that of Hissoella.

From fissoa the present genus is distinguished by its thick
epidermis, straight smooth columella, and by the characters of
the operculum,—from Barleeia, to which Dr. Stoliczka (Pa-
leontologia Indica, v. p. 274) considers it very nearly allied,
by its epidermis, its externally thickened peristome, by its
operculum being horny and devoid of any long pointed apo-
physis (both genera have an internal raised rib), and by se-
veral distinctions in the form of the animal, such as the pos-
session of long filiform tentacles, whilst those of Barleeta_are
described as short, broad, and rounded at the tips. From
Hydrobia the operculum and thickened peristome amply dis-
tinguish the present genus.

On the whole, I am myself strongly disposed to believe
that the most closely allied genus is that which I described
recently as Jravadia (Journ. As. Soc. Bengal for 1867, vol.
Xxxvi. pt. 2. p. 56), from the estuary of the Irawady River.
The operculum and animal of that genus are unknown: the
shell possesses an epidermis, and has an external varix to the
peristome; but the whorls are deeply sulcated, and the aper-
ture is effuse in front, showing some approximation in form to
that of Rissoina.

Fairbankia bombayana, n. sp.

Testa imperforata, non rimata, turrita, solidula, albida, lineis con-
fertis spiralibus striisque incrementi minute decussata, epider-
mide fusco-olivacea induta. Spira lateribus convexiusculis, apice
papillari, interdum erosulo, sutura impressa. Anfr. 7, convexi,
ultimus subtus rotundatus. Apertura subovata, postice angulata; .
peristomatis marginibus conjunctis, externo mediocriter expanso,

Dr. J. E. Gray on Elachista stellaris. 401

varice externo forti. Operculum normale; costa interna ad am-
bas extremitates torta.

Long. 7, diam. vix 3 mill.; ap. 23 mill. longa, 12 lata.

Habitat Bombay.

Some specimens are smaller than the above: one with only
five whorls remaining (one, at least, having been lost by ero-
sion) measures only 5 millimetres in length by 2 in diameter.

The specimens found by myself were living on mud between
tide-marks on the shore of Bombay Harbour. I believe Dr.
Leith’s and Mr. Fairbank’s specimens were from the same
locality. The principal Mollusca associated with them were
species of Assiminea, Haminea, and Ampullarina.

L.—On Elachista stellaris, a Seaweed new to the British
Flora. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S8., &e.

Mrs. ALFRED GATTy has submitted to my examination some
specimens, and some very accurate pen-and-ink sketches, of
a species of Hlachista which she regards as different from
any that has hitherto been described as inhabiting the English
coast. Mrs. A. Gatty discovered it growing on Arthrocladia
on the Cardigan-Bay side of the Carnarvonshire promontory,
at Pwllheli, and four miles further west at Llandwrog.

_ At first I thought that it might be the long-sought-for Z.
curta of Dillwyn in a more perfect condition, a plant that has
not been recognized on the English coast for the last fitty
years. On careful comparison with the description in Agardh’s
‘Species, Genera et Ordines Algarum’ (vol. i. p. 9) there was
no doubt that it is the Hlachista stellaris of Areschoug’s
‘ Dried Scandinavian Alge’ (part 3. no. 71), described in his
paper in the ‘ Linnea,’ xvi. p. 233.

Elachista stellaris is known from all the other species of the
genus by the filaments being nearly simple, radiating from a
small, dense, ee tubercle; the threads are rather
narrowed below, and very much attenuated and produced into
a long slender tip above; the joints of the lower part of the
Bread are as fe 8 as long, and of the upper part two or three
times as long as wide; the spore is oval, shortly pedicelled.

Dillwyn, in his ‘ British Confervee,’ described and figured a
species under the name of Conferva curta (t. 76), which he
says is not uncommon at Swansea. Knowing that Mrs. Sto
Maskelyne had the whole or part of her grandfather’s collec-
tion, I wrote to her, requesting that I might be allowed to
examine one of Mr. Dillwyn’s original specimens ; but, unfor-
tunately, the part of the collection that she possesses does not

402 Dr. J. E. Gray on Elachista stellaris. |

contain a specimen of Conferva curta, and I am not able to
compare Mrs. Gatty’s specimen with Mr. Dillwyn’s.

In the ‘ English Botany’ a plant is figured under the name
of Conferva curta (t. 2034), which was drawn from a specimen
communicated to Mr. Dawson Turner by Miss Hill, who found
it growing parasitically on Fuct in the sea near Plymouth.
Dr. Harvey figured Hlachista curta in the ‘ Phycologia Bni-
tannica’ (t. 332), from a poor specimen in the herbarium of
Sir W. Hooker at Kew, observing that no one has met with
it of late years. ‘This specimen is most likely the one that
Miss Hill gave to Dawson Turner, and it appears to be the
only one now within the reach of the student. Unfor-
tunately I am precluded by my health from going to Kew to
examine it. The figures of Dillwyn and Harvey are aed
much alike, while that of the ‘ English Botany’ is so indif-
ferent that one would be by no means certain that it is intended
for an Elachista, if we had not reason to believe the specimen
from which the figure was taken is the same as that figured by
Dr. Harvey. Diullwyn’s and Harvey’s figures induce me to
believe that it is different from the species discovered by Mrs.
Gatty, as they both represent the ends of the fibres as rounded,
and not truncated and torn, as they would have been if it repre-
sented a worn specimen of L. stellaris. Agardh refers £. curta
of Dillwyn (t. 76), with doubt, and LE. breviarticulata of Suhr,
as synonyms to the Elachista globulosa of the ‘ Species, Ge-
nera et Ordines Algarum’ (i. p. 11). Areschoug gives the
name of EF. curta to the Elachista flaccida of Harvey. So
there is no little confusion about the name of the species of
this genus; and I fear the HL. curta of Dillwyn is still to be
sought for.

The British species may be divided into three very natural
groups.

I. The filaments crowded together into a hard, compact
cushion, repeatedly forked below, a long filament arising
from the end of one and the spore at the tip of another
branchlet. lachista, Kiitzing.

E. scutulata, Harvey, Ph. Brit. t. 323.

II. The filaments divergent from below, forming a radiating
tuft. The filaments repeatedly furcately branched below, one
branchlet ending in a long filament, and the others tipped
with a tuft of filaments having the spores at their base. Phy-
cophila, Kiitzing.

E. fucicola, Harvey, Ph. Brit. t. 240. The branched basal

fibres long, with long joints.

Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Spiders. 403,

E. flaccida, Harvey, Ph. Brit. t. 260. The branched basal
fibres short, with short joints.

£. curia, Harvey, Ph. Brit. t. 332.

2H. stellulata, Harvey, Ph. Brit. t. 261.

III. The filaments simple, diverging from each other and
forming a tuft above, crowded together and forming a dense
mass beneath. Spores on a short peduncle at the base of the
filament. Myriactis, Kiitzing.

£. attenuata, Harvey, Ph. Brit. t. 28 a.

E. velutina, Harvey, Ph. Brit. t. 28 B.

E. stellaris, Areschoug.

LI.—Notice of several Species of Spiders supposed to be new
or little known to Arachnologists. By JoHN BLACKWALL,
F.L.S.

Tribe Octonoculina.
Family MYGALIpz&.
Genus Firistata, Walck.
Filistata depressa.
Teratodes depressus, Koch, Die Arachn. Band ix. p. 103, tab. 324. fig. 755.
An adult male of this remarkable species was captured in-
the Island of Bermuda.
: Family Lycosip#.
Genus SpHasus, Walck. -
Sphasus ornatus.
Sphasus pulchellus, Blackw. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xviii. p. 452.

Perceiving that the specific name pulchellus, originally given
by me to this spider, had been previously conferred on another
species of the same genus by M. Lucas (Archives Entomo-
logiques, tome ii. p. 387), I here substitute for it that of

ornatus.
Family SALTICID.
Genus Sauricus, Latr.
Salticus diversus, n. sp.

___ Length of the male + of an inch; length of the cephalo-
_ thorax 5°;, breadth ¢; breadth of the abdomen =!,; length of

a posterior leg $; length of a leg of the second pair 4.
The minute intermediate eye-of each lateral row is nearly

404 Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Spiders.

equidistant from the eyes constituting its extremities. The
cephalothorax is large, convex, glossy, and somewhat quadri-
lateral; it slopes to each extremity, projects a little beyond
the falces in front, and has a broad shallow indentation be-
tween the posterior pair of eyes ; its prevailing colour is black ;
a broad red-brown band passes from the posterior pair of eyes
to its base, and another band of the same hue extends along
each side, a little above the lateral margin; these bands are
densely covered with white hairs; in the cephalic region there
are some pale-grey hairs constituting a continuation of the
medial band; a few red hairs occur above the anterior eyes,
and some long ones of a pale-yellow hue project from its an-
terior margin. The falces are subconical and vertical; the
maxille are straight, and enlarged and rounded at the extre-
mity ; and the lip is oval. These parts are of a dark-brown
colour; the apex of the lip and the extremity of the maxille
are tinged with red, the latter being much the palest. The
sternum is oval, provided with long hairs, and has a yellowish-
brown hue. ‘The legs are robust, especially those of the first
and second pairs, and are provided with long hairs and sessile
spines ; they are of a yellowish-brown colour, the tarsi being
the palest, and have dark-brown spots and longitudinal streaks
on the sides and upper part, those on the femora being the
most conspicuous; the anterior pair are much the davicost:
coloured, the genual joint, tibie, and metatarsi being of a
dark-brown hue, and the tarsi having a tinge of red; the
fourth pair is the longest, then the first, which a little sur-
passes the third, and the second pair is the shortest; each
tarsus is terminated by two curved, pectinated claws, and be-
low them there is a small scopula. The palpi are short, well
supplied with hairs, and of a dull-yellowish hue, the base of
the humeral joint having a tinge of brown; the radial joint
projects a pointed apophysis from its extremity, on the outer
side; the digital jomt is oval, convex and hairy externally,
concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are well
developed, prominent and convex at the base, and have a fine
pointed spine curved from the inner side round their extremi

to the outer side; their colour is a mixture of dark and pale
reddish brown. The abdomen is oviform, somewhat depressed,
rather pointed towards the spinners (which are prominent),
well clothed with hairs, and projects a little over the base of
the cephalothorax ; the upper part has a black hue; a white
band, whose posterior half is the broadest, extends along the
middle, from which a short white ray projects on each side at
about a third of its length from the spinners; the sides are ’
white, with soot-coloured streaks and spots ; and the under part

Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Spiders. 405

is of a yellowish-grey hue with some reddish hairs intermixed,
and has three brown bands in the middle, which unite in a
int near the spinners.
An adult and an immature male of this Salticus were taken
in the Island of Bermuda.

Family THOMISID.
Genus THomisus, Walck.
Thomisus pallens, n. sp.

Length of an immature female ; of an inch; length of
the cephalothorax +',, breadth +; ; breadth of the abdomen +5 ;
length of an anterior leg 2; length of a leg of the third pair 4.

he cephalothorax is slightly compressed before, truncated
in front, rounded on the sides, depressed at the base, convex,
and glossy ; the falces are subconical and vertical ; the maxille
are convex near the base, obliquely truncated at the extremity,
on the outer side, and inclined towards the lip, which is tri-
angular; the sternum is heart-shaped; the legs are glossy,
sparingly supplied with hairs, and have two parallel rows of
ora on the inferior surface of the tibize and metatarsi of the
first and second pairs, which are much longer than the third
and fourth pairs; the first pair slightly surpasses the second,
and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated
by two curved, pectinated claws; the palpi are short, and have
a small, curved, pectinated claw_at their extremity. These
parts have a pale dull-yellowish hue, the lateral margins of
the cephalothorax being the palest. The eyes, which are
dark-coloured, are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-
thorax in two transverse curved rows, forming a crescent
whose convexity is directed forwards; the four intermediate
ones describe a square; and the eyes of each lateral pair are
‘seated obliquely on a conspicuous pale tubercle, the anterior
one being the largest of the eight. ‘The abdomen is oviform,
somewhat depressed, thinly clothed with short hairs, and pro-
jects over the base of the cephalothorax; on the anterior half
of the upper part there are five depressed spots, which de-
scribe a narrow, elongated angle whose vertex is directed for-
rian its colour is yellowish-white, the upper part being the

alest.

. An immature female of this spider was captured in the

Island of Bermuda.

Thomisus Glovert, n. sp.

Length of the female = of an inch; length of the cephalo-
thorax +5, breadth +>; breadth of the abdomen +; length of

406 Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Spiders.

a leg of the second pair 75; length of a leg of the third
air 4.

: The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-
thorax in two transverse, curved rows, forming a crescent
whose convexity is directed forwards; the four intermediate
ones describe a square; and the eyes of each lateral pair are
seated obliquely on a whitish tubercle, the anterior one being
the largest of the eight. The cephalothorax is compressed
before, truncated in front, rounded on the sides, depressed at
the base, convex, with a few bristles on the anterior part, and
a row directed forwards from the frontal margin, ‘hich pro-
jects a small oval process between the bases of the falees; the
sides are of a dark-brown colour passing into black at their
posterior part, which is glossy; and a broad, obscure, reddish-
brown band extends from the eyes to the bifid extremity of a
short band at the base, which, with the lateral margins, is
white. The falces are short, strong, cuneiform, vertical, red-
brown at the base, with a few bristles towards the inner side,
white near the middle and black at the extremity. The
maxille are convex near the base, pointed at the extremity,
and inclined towards the lip, which is triangular. The colour
of these parts is dark-brown at the base, and pale reddish-
brown at the extremity. The sternum is heart-shaped, and
has a few bristles on each side of its anterior part ; it is of a
dark-brown hue obscurely freckled with yellowish-grey, the
lateral margins being the darkest. The legs are provided with
hairs and spines, two parallel rows of the latter occurring on
the inferior surface of the tibiee and metatarsi of the first and
second pairs, which are much longer and more robust than the
third and fourth pairs; the second pair slightly surpasses the
first, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is termi-
nated by two curved, pectinated claws ; the predominant colour
of the first and second pairs of these limbs is dark-brown, the
anterior side and the inferior surface of the femora having a

eyish hue, and the extremity of the joints a yellowish-white
or reddish-white tint; the third and fourth pairs are of a
yellowish-white colour, and are marked with dark-brown spots
and annuli; all the tarsi have a reddish-brown hue. The
palpi are short, and have a curved, pectinated claw at their
extremity ; they are of a yellowish-white colour, tinged with
red and spotted with brown, the digital joint having a reddish-
brown hue. The abdomen is somewhat oviform, moderately
convex above, broader at the posterior than at the anterior
extremity, corrugated on the sides and sparingly clothed with
short dark-coloured hairs; the upper part, which is of a dark
dull-red colour, has five circular depressions on its anterior

Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Spiders. 407

half, forming an acute angle whose vertex is directed forwards ;
a whitish streak passes from the depression at the vertex of
the angle a little beyond its base; and the whole is encircled
by an irregular zone of the same hue, which has several trans-
verse black bars on each side of its posterior half; there are
two black streaks on the posterior part, which meet in an angle
at the coccyx; the sides and under part are of a brownish-
black colour; the former are the darker, and the latter is in-
distinctly freckled with yellowish-grey ; the sexual organs are
rather prominent, nearly circular, and of a red-brown hue, the
margin being much the darkest ; and the colour of the branchial
— is brown, that of their inner margin being yellowish-
white.

This Thomisus, which was found on a rail at Hendre House
in September 1868, I dedicate to that excellent naturalist
Thomas Glover, Esq., of Smedley House, near Manchester,
who on various occasions has transmitted to me specimens of
rare British spiders.

Genus Oxtos, Walck.

Olios antillianus.
Ohios antilhanus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. tom. i. p. 568.

Several adult males of an Olios, which appear to be specifi-
Selene with the spider described under the above name
by Walckenaer, were taken in the Island of Bermuda.

Family DRAssip&.
Genus Drassus, Walck.
Drassus Bewickit.
Drassus Bewickii, Blackw. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xiv. p. 176.

Length of the male (not including the spinners) 3 of an
inch; length of the cephalothorax 4, breadth .3,; breadth of
the abdomen +; length of a posterior leg +4; length of a leg
of the second pair ~%.

The abdomen is of an oblong-oviform figure, somewhat
convex above, and projects very little over the base of the
cephalothorax ; it is glossy, sparingly clothed with hairs, and
of a pale-brown colour; at the anterior extremity, contiguous
to the cephalothorax, there is a transverse, curved, dark-
coloured mark, thickly covered with long black hairs, whose
convexity is directed upwards; and a longitudinal soot-coloured
band, which is bifid at its extremity, extends nearly half the
length of the upper part; to this band a series of rather ob-
secure, soot-coloured angular lines succeeds, which diminish in

408 Mr. J. Blackwall on new Spectes of Spiders,

extent as they approach the spinners; their vertices are di-
rected formed, and their extremities are enlarged ; the sides
are marked with oblique streaks of the same hue, the anterior
one being the broadest ; and there are a few small soot-coloured
spots on the under part; the spinners are long, especially those
of the superior pair, which are triarticulate, with the spinning-
tubes situated on the extremity of the short terminal joint;
these organs are cylindrical, very prominent, and of a yellowish-
brown hue tinged with red, the inferior pair being the strongest
and much the darkest-coloured. The eyes are disposed on the
anterior part of the cephalothorax in two transverse rows; the
two intermediate ones of the posterior row, which is almost
straight, are nearer to each other than they are to the lateral
eyes of the same row, which are the smallest; the anterior
row is the shorter, and is curved, having its convexity directed
upwards; the two intermediate eyes are the largest and
darkest-coloured of the eight, and the lateral eyes of the two
rows are separated by a wide interval. The cephalothorax is
large, convex, depressed towards each extremity, glossy, thinly
clothed with hairs, compressed before, and rounded on the
sides, which are marked with slight furrows converging to-
wards a narrow indentation in the medial line of the posterior
region; it is of a reddish-brown colour, with narrow dark-
brown lateral margins. The falces are powerful, conical,
nearly vertical, and have a red-brown hue. ‘The maxille are
convex at the base, rounded at the extremity, near which there
is an oblique transverse furrow, and are strongly curved to-
wards the lip, which is long and rounded at the apex; and
the sternum is oval, These parts have a yellowish-brown hue,
the lip, which is the darkest, having a tinge of red. The legs
are moderately robust, provided with hairs and sessile spines,
and have a yellowish-brown hue ; the fourth pair is the longest,
then the first, and the third pair slightly surpasses the second ;
each tarsus is terminated by two eee & pectinated claws, and
has hair-like papille on its inferior surface. The palpi re-
semble the legs in colour; and the radial, which is rather
shorter than the cubital joint, projects a small obtuse protube-
rance from its extremity, on the underside, and a 2,
pointed apophysis in front, towards the outer side; the digital
joint is oval, convex and hairy externally, concave within,
comprising the palpal organs, which are well developed, with
a long curved spine on the inner side, whose pointed extremity
extends beyond the concavity, and a crescent-shaped process
towards the outer side, whose longer limb is canna at its
extremity; their colour is dark reddish-brown mixed with

yellowish-brown.

Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Spiders. 409

Adult and immature males of this singular Drassus were
captured in the Island of Teneriffe.

Genus CiorHo, Walck.

Clotho Paivant, n. sp.

Length of the female ‘not including the spinners) 2% of an
inch; length of the cephalothorax 3,, breadth ~3,; breadth of
the abdomen +; length of an anterior leg 4}; length of a leg
of the third pair 5%.

The cephalothorax is reniform, convex, glossy, with a large
indentation in the medial line, and is of a dark-brown colour,
the margins being rather the palest. The eyes are disposed
on the anterior part of the cephalothorax, high above the frontal
margin; three on each side describe a curve whose convexity
is directed outwards, the posterior one being the smallest, and
two, situated transversely between the curves, are much the
largest of the eight. ‘The falces are slender, subconical, and
vertical ; the maxille are very convex near the base, depressed,
oval, and somewhat pointed at the extremity, and greatly in-
clined towards the lip, which is triangular and pointed at the
apex; the sternum is flat and reniform. ‘These parts are of a
dark-brown hue, the extremity of the falces and the apex of
the lip, which are the pa having a tinge of red. The legs
are strong, hairy, nearly equal in length, the third pair being
slightly the shortest, and are somewhat paler than the cephalo-
thorax; each tarsus is terminated~by three claws; the two
superior ones are curved and minutely pectinated, and the in-
ferior one is inflected near its base. The palpi, which are
robust and hairy, resemble the legs in colour; they mask the
falces, and have a curved claw at their extremity. The abdo-
men is oviform, glossy, sparingly clothed with short hairs,
and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull-
brown colour, the under part being the palest, and has an ob-
secure yellowish-white oval zone on the upper part, whose
inner margin projects a point on each side into the intermediate

__ brown space, near its middle; the superior spinners are tri-

articulate, and have the spinning-tubes distributed on the in-
ferior surface of their long terminal joint; they are directed
upwards, and are curved towards the anus, which is oval and
is encompassed by a dense fringe of long hairs, except at its
posterior extremity: the sexual organs are nearly circular,
and have a reddish-brown hue.

The male is smaller than the female, and the colour of its
cephalothorax, falces, maxille, lip, sternum, legs, and palpi is
yellowish-brown. The abdomen is of a dark-brown hue

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. ii. 29

410 Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Spiders.

tinged with olive where that of the female is dull brown; and
the yellowish-white oval zone on the upper part is much more
distinctly marked. The cubital and radial joints of the palpi
are short; the digital joint has a short oval form ; it is convex
and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal
organs, which are highly developed, complex in structure,
with a large and somewhat crescent-shaped piece at their ex-
tremity, which has a pale-yellowish hue; between the horns
of the crescent, the outer one of which is the longer and more
pointed, a large, curved, brown, prominent process projects,
which is directed backwards; it extends to the base of the
humeral joint, is hollowed at its extremity, on the under side,
has a strong, brown, pointed process at its base, on the inner
side, and a long, slender, upright one, of a pale hue tinged
with red, towards the outer side.

I have included this spider, provisionally, in the family
Drasside ; but it presents such a singular combination of cha-
racters that it is difficult to determine precisely the place it
should occupy in a systematic arrangement of the Araneidea.

In connecting the name of the Bario do Castello de Paiva
with this Clotho (numerous specimens of which, both males
and females in various stages of growth, were taken in the
Island of Teneriffe), I avail myself of the opportunity to ex-
press my sense of the obligation I am under to him for the
many interesting species of spiders with which he has favoured
me,

Family Epriripa.

Genus Eprira, Walck.
Epeira gracilipes.
Epeira gracilipes, Blackw. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. x. p. 437.
An adult male of this species was captured in the Island of
Bermuda.
Tribe Senoculina.
Family ScyTODIDA.
Genus Scyropgs, Latr.
Scytodes pallida.
Scytodes pallida, Blackw. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 3. vol. xvi. p. 100.

An immature female of Scytodes pallida was taken in the
Island of Bermuda.

For the spiders from the Island of Bermuda I am indebted
to the kindness of Captain Francis Lyon, of the Royal Artil-
lery, and for those from the Island of Teneriffe to the Bardo
do Castello de Paiva.

Rey. A. M. Norman on new Crustacea Amphipoda. 411

LIL—On Crustacea Amphipoda new to Science or to Britain.
By the Rev. ALrrepD MERLE Norman, M.A.

[Plates XXI., XXII., and XXIII. figs, 1-11.]

Genus Haptoops, Lilljeborg.

Body compressed, coxee deep. yes two, simple. Superior
antenne slender, no secondary appendage. Mandibles with a
three-jointed, mawille with two-jointed, and mawzillipedes with
four-jointed palp. Both gnathopods having a small subche-
late hand. — First and second pereiopods with the metacarpus
dilated, the wrist and hand narrower, the nail long and straight.

Pleon having the fifth and sixth segments coalesced. Last

uropods two-branched, branches flattened.

Haploops tubicola, Lilljeborg. Pl. XXI. figs. 1-3.

na og esl Lilljeborg, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. Férhandl.

> P 0.

Haploops tubicola, Lilljeborg, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhand1. 1855,
. 134; Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gammaridea (1859), p. 88; Bate,
at. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 871; Norman, Trans. Tyneside Nat.

Field Club, vol. v. (1863) p. 279; Goes, Crust. Amphip. maris Spets-

bergiam alluentis (1865), p. 12.

Superior antenne shorter than inferior; middle joint of
peduncle the longest. Inferior antenne having the peduncle
rather longer than that of superior, last joint slightly longer
than fourth ; flagella of both antennee fringed throughout with
unusually long and conspicuous sete. Gnathopods: both pair
alike, hairy; hand ovate, rather shorter than wrist; finger
small. Jirst and second pereiopods with metacarpus very long
and flattened, longer than wrist and hand combined; wrist.
very short, hand double length of wrist; nail very long, slen-
der, and acute. Third and fourth pereiopods presenting an un-
usual appearance, from the wrist being much broader at its
termination than the hand, which articulates with the anterior
4 on of its distal extremity, while the posterior portion is

urnished with a bundle of stout spines; there are also three
transverse rows of spines on the sides of the wrist; hand as
long as wrist, but only half as broad; nail very short, stout.

Last pereiopods with the thigh produced posteally and also

inferiorly, but in such a way that the hinder margin is slightly

concave; surface of thigh setose; metacarpus and wrist ex-

panded, wide, flat, lobed at the margins and edged with spines

and spine-like sete; hand and nail very minute, combined

scarcely larger than an ordinary nail; hand articulating with
29*

412 Rev. A. M. Norman on new Crustacea Amphipoda.

the wide extremity of the wrist, in a central hollow between
two lobes. Pleon usually (but not invariably) having a hump
on the back of the fourth segment. Ze/son squamiform, semi-
elliptic, cleft almost to the base, cleft narrow, not widening at
the extremity. Uropods: first scarcely equalling second ; last
having two flattened, one-jointed, equal rami; inner margin
of inner ramus with three short blunt spines, its extremity
and both margins of exterior ramus setose. Length 74 inch.

Gées remarks on this species :—‘‘ Ex abysso ad Aukpad-
lartok Groenlandie copiam magnam retulit Torell speciminum
valde robustorum et oculis quatuor, duobus in vertice, duobus
in angulo infero-laterali antico capitis insignium—ceterum
cum nostra plane congruentium.”” My Northumberland spe-
cimens agree with those from Greenland in having four simple
eyes. The number of eyes, therefore, would not seem to be
constant ; but there are ample grounds for separating the genus
Haploops from Ampelisca. |

First found by me in deep water off Berwick, and seven
miles off Tynemouth, Northumberland, in 1862, and again
dredged in 1866 in the Minch. |

Genus 'TESSAROPS, n. g.

Eyes four—two (large, compound) situated above the origin
of the superior antenne, and two (nearly simple) below the
others, at the base of the superior antennee. Superior antennee
furnished with a very slender secondary appendage. Both
pair of gnathopods simple, not subchelate. Last peretopods
short, stout. Pleon having dorsal margins of segments toothed.
Telson squamiform. Last uropods two-branched.

Tessarops hastata, n. sp. Pl. XXII. figs. 4-7.

? Tiron acanthurus, Lilljeborg, Amphipoda Lysianassina, 1865, p. 19.
PSyrrhoé bicuspis, Goes, Crust. Amphip. maris Spetsbergiam alluentis,
1865, p. 12, pl. 40. figs. 26 a-1.

Head produced. Upper eyes ovate, large; lower eyes (in
type specimen) consisting of two lenses. Superior antenne
having each joint of the peduncle shorter than the preceding
one; flagellum composed of ten, secondary appendage of five
very long articulations; the basal articulation of the flagellum
longer than either of the last two joints of the peduncle; the
secondary appendage is seannskabile slender at the base, and
equals the first four articulations of the flagellum in length.
Inferior antenne considerably longer than the superior; last
joint of aaa equal to two-thirds the length of the penul-
timate, flagellum of about the same length as the peduncle.

Rev. A. M. Norman on new Crustacea Amphipoda, 4138

The antenne present a very unusual appearance, from their

peculiar nakedness and smooth rounded contour; there is not

ceding joint (metacarpus) ; nail strong

a single spine upon any part, and the peduncles have but very
few, minute, scarcely noticeable cilia. First gnathopods having
the wrist long and slender, gradually (but only slightly) taper-
ing from the base to the distal extremity ; hand very narrow,
not subchelate, no palm; finger half as long as hand, nearly
straight, with a spine on the inner margin at half its length ;
posterior margin of wrist and hand setose. Second gnathopods
almost exactly like the first; but the margin of wrist and hand
is more sparingly setose, and the whole form rather more
slender. Last pereiopods short and stout; thigh much ex-
panded posteally ; both wrist and hand shorter than the pre-
ge, short, very thick at
the base. Pleon having distal margins of first three segments
serrate (teeth about ten); fourth, fifth, and sixth segments
pian posteally into a single spear-like process, that of the
segment of immense size. Telson squamiform, of great
size, equalling the three preceding segments in length. first
uropods longer than the second, and reaching to the middle of
the rami of the last; last uropods slightly extending beyond
_ the telson, consisting of a short flattened peduncle and two
flattened blades of equal length. Length a little more than a
fourth of an inch. Colour reddish; antenne banded with
brown ; eyes blood-red.

This is a very remarkable genus, on account of the charac-
ter of the eyes, the peculiar naked appearance of the antenne,
and the structure of the pleon and its appendages.

_ ‘The type specimen was. sent to me by Mr. Dawson, who
dredged it, in 1865, off the Aberdeenshire coast.

My “only specimen is mounted for the microscope, and I
am prevented obtaining a dorsal view of the telson, which
may or may not be cleft.

*

Nicrpre, Bruzelius.

Body rather stout ; coxee moderately deep. Antenne slender,
the upper with secondary appendage. Mandibles dissimilar,
Bpeaished with three-jointed 2 one having an accessory
process or internal branch, the other without it. Palp of first
maxille two-jointed. Mazxzillipedes having the lamin small,
and the palp four-jointed. Both pair of gnathopods subche-
late. Last three pairs of peretopods gradually increasing in

length. Last wropods two-branched, both branches composed
of one joint only. |

414 Rev. A. M. Norman on new Crustacea Amphipoda.

Nicippe tumida, Bruzelius. Pl. X XI. figs. 4-6.

Nicippe tumida, Bruzelius, Skandinaviens oes Gammaridea (1859),
p. 99, pl. 4. fig. 19; Bate, Cat. Amphip. British Museum, p. 374.

Superior antenne with very short peduncle, not longer than
the head, first two joints subequal, last joint not half the length
of the preceding; flagellum long and slender, first joint long,
following joints wider than long; appendage five-joited. Jn-
ferior antenne much shorter than the superior, but the peduncle
considerably longer. Gnathopods of similar structure; wrist
short, triangular ; hand regularly ovate, palm undefined, finger
slender, only very slightly curved, as long as the hand. Pe-
retopods with peculiarly long, perfectly simple, straight nails ;
last pair long and slender, thigh narrow, furnished with a most
remarkable appendage on the middle of the posterior margin
(which is not expanded); this appendage consists of a very
long styliform process, the distal portion of which is a plume
formed of hairs springing from all sides of the axis. Pleon
with two small teeth on the posterior dorsal margin of the
fourth segment. Zelson squamiform, divided almost to the

base, and consisting of two long, narrow, diverging portions,
furnished with three or four lateral and two terminal long
slender spines. Uropods: first pair rather longer than second,
both margined with numerous very long slender spines; last
pair having on the basal portion a tuft of long slender spines ;
rami subequal, long, narrowly lanceolate, fringed with very
long plumose sete. Length not quite half an inch.

Two specimens, taken by Mr. Jeffreys and myself, in July
1866, in the Sound of Skye. Mr. Bate, in his ‘ Catalogue of the
Amphipodous Crustacea in the British Museum’ (p. 374),
states that he had seen a specimen from Shetland ; but possibly
there may have been some mistake in this, as the species is
not included in the ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’

The short peduncle of the upper antenne, the ovate gnatho-
pods, and, above all, the extraordinary styliform appendage of
the thigh of the last pereiopods at once suffice to distinguish
this species. What the use of the last-mentioned organ is
I can form no idea; the nearest approach to it in structure
that I know among the Crustacea is to be found in the abdo-
minal setee of the Cladocera.

Genus Ertopis, Bruzelius.

Body elongated, slightly compressed ; coxee small, Superior
antenne with a slender peduncle and a very minute secondary
appendage. Inferior antenne subpediform. Mandibles two-

Rey. A. M. Norman on new Crustacea Amphipoda. 415

branched, with a molar tubercle and a three-jointed palp.
First maxille having a two-jointed, and maazllipedes a four-

2 jointed palp. Gnathopods with subchelate hands. Last three

peretopods gradually increasing in length. Last wropods two-
branched, branches very. unequal, the inner short, the outer
nearly as long as the whole pleon, composed of two flattened
joints. 3

Eriopis elongata, Bruzelius. Pl. XXI. figs. 7-10.
Eviopis elongata, Bruzelius, Skandinayiens Amphipoda Gammaridea

(1859), p. 65, pl. 3. fig. 12; Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit, Mus. p. 178,

pl. 32. fig. 5.

Superior antenne of immense length; peduncle long and
slender, first two joints subequal, a spine at the distal extre-
mity of the first, third short ; flagellum of extraordinary length;
secondary appendage very minute, and only to be seen when
carefully looked for, consisting of two joints, closely appressed
to the first joint of the flagellum. Inferior antenne about

ual in length to the peduncle of the superior ; flagellum six-
jointed and shorter than the last joint of the peduncle. First
gnathopods smaller than the second; hand triangular, greatly
widening from the base to the palm, which is scarcely at all
oblique and slightly convex; finger simple, nearly straight.
Second gnathopods with an ovate hand, twice as long as the
wrist, palm continuous with the posterior margin, and two-
thirds the length of the hand, armed with four spines; finger
long, simple, gently curved, with about ten little cilia on the
inner margin. Last pereiopods having the posterior margin
of the thigh deeply serrate, and a small cilium springing from
each serration. Zelson squamiform, divided almost to the base,
each portion terminating in two spines. Uropods: first pair
rather longer than the second ; last pair monstrously developed,
consisting of a basal joint and two branches—one branch
shorter than the basal jomt, the other nearly equalling in length
the whole pleon, and consisting of two linear flattened joints,

the second slightly shorter than the first. Length 4; inch.

__ A single specimen was taken by Mr. Jeffreys and myself in
the Sound of Skye, in 1866. The very long superior antenne
and extraordinarily developed uropods give to this species a
most remarkable appearance. My British specimen and a
Bohusliin example, for which I am indebted to Prof. Lovén,
both want the telson and posterior uropods: the description
and figure, therefore, of these organs have been taken from
Bruzelius, while the rest of the animal is described from the
Skye specimen: this last had the uropods when dredged; but
being put ito a bottle of spirit with .other Crustacea, they
were unfortunately broken eff and thus lost.

“BF

416 Rev. A.M. Norman on new Crustacea Amphipoda.
Mera Lovéni, Bruzelius. Pl. XXI. figs. 11, 12.

Gammarus Lovén, Bruzelius, Skandinaviens Amphipoda *Gammaridea
(1859), p. 59, pl. 1. fig. 9.
Mera Lovéni, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 193, pl. 35. fig. 1.

Superior antenne having the first two joints of the peduncle
remarkably long, slender, and smooth, the second joint slightly
longer than the first, third joint not one-third the length of the
second; flagellum (about 17-jointed) not quite as long as the
peduncle ; secondary appendage 5-jointed, equal to four joints
of flagellum in length. Inferior antenne scarcely, if at all,
longer than peduncle of superior antenne, the peduncle having
the last two joints subequal and long ; flagellum of about seven
joints. First gnathopods with wrist subtriangular, posteally
furnished with numerous tufts of sete, and having five trans-
verse and three oblique rows of setee on the side, the sete of
the oblique rows much smaller than those of the transverse
rows; hand subovate, equal in length to the wrist, wider at
the éxtremity than at the base; palm convex, scarcely defined,
scattered setae on both margins; finger strong, only slightly
curved, simple, with a few sete on the outer and about nine
little cilia on the inner margin. Second gnathopods with a
short triangular wrist, which is much wider at the extremity
than the last, and has a few scattered sete on the front, and
numerous. setee on the hinder margin; hand large, twice as
long as the wrist, subquadrate, widening distally, with a few
setee on each margin; palm slightly oblique, defined, a little
convex, and serrated, serrations distant, six only on length of
palm ; finger strong, slightly curved, simple, with a few sete
on exterior and about nine minute cilia on inner margin.
First peretopods having the nail long (half as long as hand)
and nearly straight.

The only evidence I as yet have of this species being British
is the anterior half of the animal here described, which was
dredged by Mr. Jeffreys and myself in the Sound of Skye, in
1866. It agrees so closely with Bruzelius’s description and
figures of M. Lovéni that there can, I think, be no question as
to its identity with that species. I have very minutely de-
scribed the parts of the animal obtained, that those who here-
after may meet with perfect specimens of JZ. Lovént may be
better able to decide whether the Skye fragment has rightly
been referred to that species; but of this I do not entertain the
slightest doubt, as it exactly agrees with Bruzelius’s deserip-
tion and figures.

Mera Batet,n. sp. Pl. XXII. figs. 1-3.

Superior antenne having second joint of peduncle consider-

Rev. A. M. Norman on new Crustacea Amphipoda, 417

ably longer than the first; third joint short, not more than
one-fourth the length of the second; flagellum about equal in
length to peduncle (22-24 joints); appendage 4—5-jointed.
Inferior antenne short, about equal to peduncle of superior in
length, last two joints of peduncle subequal; flagellum not
longer than last joint of peduncle (about 8 articulations).
First gnathopods slender; wrist and hand parallel-sided, of
equal breadth throughout, both margins fringed with sete ;
hand shorter than wrist; palm slightly oblique, finger slender.
Second gnathopods in g very large; wrist triangular, short ;
hand large, subquadrate, with an oblique palm extending one-
third its length ; palm furnished with three well-marked tuber-
eles, the distal tubercle flat-topped (or cup-formed?), sur-
mounted by a circlet of sete; finger stout, very strongly
curved, inner edge sparingly ciliated, closing with the palm
between the first and second tubercles, arching over and leay-
ing a space between its inner margin and the summit of the
distal tubercle ; second gnathopods in 9 only slightly stronger
than the first pair, and not differing greatly from them in
structure; the hand, however, is ovate, the inferior margin
ey sloping upwards to the base of the finger, without
aving any defined palm; finger small, furnished with two
spines near the end. Last pereiopods with the thigh (basos)
_ narrow and nearly parallel-sided, the distal joints strongly
| . the claw strong and nearly straight. Pleon having
the imfero-posteal angles of second and third segments not
serrate, but furnished with a single spine; dorsal margin of
all the segments except the first toothed ; second segment with
three, third with five teeth; fourth, fifth, and sixth with two
teeth, each tooth having a spine at the inner side of its base.
Uropods : first pair much longer than the second, but scarcely
longer than the peduncle of the last ; last immensely developed,
the peduncle long and very stout, the rami subequal, consist-
ing of very Jong flattened blades, edged with and terminating
in spines; the length of the entire uropod is nearly equal to
that of the last six segments of the pleon taken together.
Length (full-grown male) 3 inch, exclusive of antennee.

Dredged off St. Martin’s Point, Guernsey, in 1864, by Mr.
Jeffreys and myself.

I can see no sufficient characters by which to distinguish
the genus Megamera of Mr. Bate from Mera; the depth of
the coxee is very variable in closely allied species.

Tt will be seen from the preceding description that the female
differs very materially from the male in the size and structure
of the second pair of gnathopods. This is universally the
case in the genus; and from a want of knowledge of this fact

418 Rev. A.M. Norman on new Crustacea Amphipoda.

the two sexes have frequently been described as different spe-
cies. The number of British forms must be considerably re-
duced. Megamera Othonis is the female of M. longimana ; and
Megamera Alderi is the female of Melita obtusata, with which
species Melita proxima must also be united as another and the
more usual form of the male.

I have named this species after my friend Mr. Spence Bate
—a slight tribute to one who deserves much honour for his
valuable labours in the investigation of the Sessile-eyed Crus-
tacea.

HELLERIA, nov. gen.

Eyes compound. Superior antenne slender, much shorter
than inferior, with secondary appendage. Both gnathopods
subchelate. Last peretopods rather short, fuasnitdhedd with long
plumose sete. Fifth and sixth segments of pleon coalesced
into one. Last wropods two-branched. Telson squamiform,
cleft almost to the base. ,

This genus is easily distinguished by the peculiar structure
of the hinder portion of the pleon, with its coalesced fifth and
sixth segments. I have dedicated it to Prof. Heller, who has
done so much to elucidate the Crustacea of the south of Europe.

Helleria coalita, n. sp.

Pl. XXII. fig. 8, and Pl. XXIIL. figs. 1-6.

Eye round, situated between the origins of the upper and
lower antenne. Superior antenne having first joimt of pe-
duncle of moderate dimensions, somewhat shorter than the
second; third joint not longer than, and scarcely differing in
appearance from, the first joint of the flagellum ; the peduncle
not furnished with any spines, having only a few very small
cilia; flagellum consisting of about nine elongated articula-
tions, and slightly exceeding the peduncle in length. Inferior
anterine very long, last and penultimate joints of peduncle
subequal in length, the latter with the lower margin convex,
the upper clothed with short down; flagellum slender, the
joints remarkably long. First gnathopods with wrist and hand
of about equal length, the latter subquadrate; palm scarcely
oblique, well defined, a little convex; finger gently curved,
shutting closely with the palm. Second gnathopods almost
identical with the first in size and structure. Last pereiopods
short; thigh expanded behind into a semielliptic lobe, which
is widest above, and has a simple (7. e. not serrate) margin ;
metacarpus and wrist wide, and fringed on both margins with
long plumose setz, which project at right angles from the limb;
hand narrow, styliform, equal to wrist in length; nail strong,
bent at right angles to the hand. Pleon with coxe of first

Rey. A. M. Norman on new Crustacea Amphipoda. 419

three segments deep, their infero-posteal angles completely
rounded off. A marked line of separation between third
and fourth segments; fourth, fifth, and sixth segments almost
coalesced, the two latter actually so; the dorsal margin ele-
vated into three little tuberculated humps, which mark the
three segments ; the sixth segment abruptly truncated behind,
the telson being attached to the lower edge of the truncation.
Felson squamiform, semielliptical, cleft almost to the base,
cleft linear. First wropods much longer than second, and as
long as the last (exclusive of their sete), last having a broad

mee peduncle and two widely lanceolate rami, which have their

_ margins furnished with long plumose sete. The structure of
the shell of this species consists of hexagonal cells, which are
extremely conspicuous and remarkably regular and elegant
on the coxe of the last pereiopods. Length scarcely a tenth
of an inch.

This species has never been taken with the dredge: it is a
capital swimmer, and is procured by means of the surface-net.
_ Shetland (A. M.N. and Mr. D. Robertson) ;. Moray Firth
(Mx. T. Edward); Firth of Clyde (Mr. D. Robertson).

The characters which will enable this species to be recog-
nized at a glance are, first, the coalesced fifth and sixth seg-
ments of the pleon, and the remarkable posterior truncation of

the latter; and, secondly, the form of the last pereiopods, and

especially their elegant hexagon-celled thighs.

Microproropus, Norman.

Superior antenne furnished with a secondary appendage.
First gnathopods subchelate. Second gnathopods subchelate,
larger than the first, greatly developed in the male, but scarcely
larger than the first in the female. Uropods terminating in
simple spines, those of the last pair having only a single
ramus. Telson tubular.

This genus is closely allied to Mécrodeuteropus. It differs
from that genus inasmuch as the second gnathopods are larger
than the first, the contrary being the case in Microdeuteropus—
and in the last pair of caudal appendages, which have only
one branch.

Microprotopus maculatus, Norman. Pl. XXIII. figs. 7-11.

Microprotopus maculatus, Norman, Report British Association, 1866

(1867), Reports, p. 205.

Male.—Eye small, round, crimson, situated on a projecting
lobe between the bases of the two pairs of antenne. Antenne
subequal in length; the peduncle of the superior reaches a
little beyond the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the ¢n-

420 Rev. A. M. Norman on new Crustacea Amphipoda.

Jertor antenne ; the basal joint is thicker than the second, to
which it is subequal in length; the third joint is shorter and
more slender than either of the preceding; flagellum 9—10-
jointed, of about the same length as the peduncle; the secon-
dary appendage minute, two-jointed, not so long as the first
joint of the flagellum. Inferior antenne stronger: than the
superior; both pairs are furnished with scattered hairs, but no
spines. ‘The mandible is furnished with a three-jointed palp.
The first gnathopods have the hand equal in length to the
wrist, but broader, and widening from the base to the extre-
mity; the palm is oblique and concave; the nail well deve-
loped, simple, and extending rather beyond the palm. The
second gnathopods have the wrist very short; but the hand
is greatly developed, and is as long as the whole of the
rest of the leg, of an oblong form, having a slightly concave
palm extending its whole length, bounded at the supero-anteal
corner by a tooth-like procgss, which, however, is only deve-
loped in mature specimens, being wholly absent or evanescent
in the young; the distal portion of the palm is furnished with
two large teeth; finger large, strong, curved, fully as long as
the hand; its inner margin, under a high power of the miero-
scope, is seen to be finely crenated, or, rather, rasped like a
file. Pereiopods having the same general characters as those
of the genus Microdeuteropus, last pair long, a tuft of hair at
the base of the nail, as is usual in the last-named genus.
Telson tubular, tipped with two or three hairs. Uropods: first
slightly longer than the second, which, again, are slightly longer
than the last, terminating in simple (¢. e. not hamate) spines ;
last pair having only a single branch.

The female differs widely from the male in the structure of
the second pair of gnathopods, which, instead of being the
immensely a sloped organs of that sex, are scarcely larger
than the first pair, from which they differ chiefly in the form
of the wrist, which is very short, broader than long, and some-
what cup-shaped, the infero-posteal angle being projected into
a rounded lobe.

Length hardly exceeding a tenth of an inch, it being one of
our smallest Amphipods. Colour yellowish, more or less
covered with umber-brown spots; these spots are seen under
the microscope to be dendritic; they often form bands across
the segments, or at times so coalesce as to make the whole
animal appear of a brown colour.

Found among Laminarie at Tobermory, in the Island of
Mull, July 1866.

I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. G. 8. Brady for the:
figures of Plate X- XI. and a part of those in Pl. XXII.

Rey. A. M. Norman on two new British Isopods. 421

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PuLaTE XXI.
1. Haploops tubicola, Lilljeborg. Last pereiopod, x 40.
2. The same. Last uropod, x 40.
3. The same. Telson, x 40.
4, Nicippe tumida, Bruzelius. Gnathopod, x 40.
5. The same. Last pereiopod, x 40.
6. The same. Telson, x 40.
7. Eriopis elongata, Bruzelius. Second gnathopod, x 40.
8. The same. Last pereiopod, x 40.
9. The same. Last uropod (after Bruzelius).
0. The same: Telson (after Bruzelius).
. 11. Mera Lovéni, Bruzelius. First gnathopod, x 16.
ig. 12. The same. Second gnathopod, x 16.

PLATE XXII. *

. Mera Batei, Norman. First gnathopod, J, x40.
The same. Second gnathopod, ¢, x40.

The same. End of pleon.

Tessarops hastata, Norman, X 16.

. The same. Superior antenna, x40,

The same. First gnathopod, x 40.

The same. Second gnathopod, x 40.

Helleria coalita, Norman. Fore part of body, x 40.

PuatEe XXIII,

Helleria coalita, Norman. Second gnathopod, x 40.
- The same. Extremity of same, x 80.

The same. Last pereiopod, x 60.

The same. Last segment of pleon, x 40.

The same. Last uropod, x 60.

The same. Telson,x 63,

. Microprotopus maculatus, Norman. First gnathopod, ¢, x85.
. The same. Second gnathopod, d', x 85.

. 9. The same. First gnathopod, 9, x85.

1g. 10. The same. Second gnathopod, 2, x85.

Telson and uropods, x 85.

tg.
Fig.
g. 1

PITTE STS SS

gS

QO TS? Ov C9 BO

SRG SE

=
-
=
5

LUL.—On two Isopods, belonging to the Genera Cirolana and
_ Anilocra, new to the British Islands. By the Rev. A. M.
Norman, M.A.
[Plate XXIII. figs. 12-15.]
Crustacea Isopopa.
Fam. Egide.
Cirolana truncata, n. sp. Pl. XXIII. figs. 12-15.

Head much wider than long; greatest width in the centre,
at the projection of the eyes, narrower behind and in front,
which is slightly tridentate. Superior antenne suddenly bent
in a remarkable way at a right angle at the junction of the
first and second joints of the peduncle, the first being projected
directly forwards, the second directly transversely ; hird joint

422 Rev. A.M. Norman on two new British Isopods.

of peduncle much narrower and shorter than the second; fla-
gellum consisting of only about four joints, the first of which is
twice as long as the last of the peduncle, and longer than the
rest of the flagellum. Inferior antenne very long and slender.
Telson as broad as long; margins crenulated, distally truncate
and denticulate; the two external. teeth on each side larger
than the row of intermediate ones. Last wropods having both
branches truncate at the extremity.

Dredged in 40-60 fathoms on a muddy bottom, in St. Mag-
nus Bay, Shetland, in the summer of 1867. .

Anitlocra mediterranea, Leach.

Anilocra mediterranea, Leach, Dict. des Se. Nat. vol. xii. p. 8350; Desma-
rest, Consid. sur les Crust. p. 306; M.-Edw. Atlas du Régne Animal
de Cuvier, Crust. pl. 66. fig.1; Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. iii. ancl ;
Savigny, Hist. de l!Egypte, Crustacés, pl. 11. fig. 10; Heller, Carcin.
Beitrige zur Fauna des adriatis. Meeres (Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-botan.
Gesellsch. in Wien, 1866), p. 19.
Body tumid, boldly arched, surface smooth, polished; co-

lour black, mottled with yellow. Head narrower than pereion

(which gradually increases in width to the hinder extremity

of the fifth segment, whence it narrows posteally), projecting

beyond the eyes into a process, which is as long as the rest
of the head, nearly square, and bent downwards at the ex-
tremity. Hyes confined to the sides, their combined breadth
not more than equalling half that of the head. Superior
antenne not as long as the head, flagellum of four joints.
Inferior antenne short, reaching the middle of first segment
of the pereion. Gnathopods and pereiopods glabrous, wholly
devoid of spines or hairs; nails strong, hamate, and very
sharply pointed. Last wropods with the inner branch only
slightly exceeding half the length of the outer, subequal in
length to telson; outer branch longer than peduncle, and
much longer than telson, narrow, subfalciform, glabrous.

Telson with a slight central keel, depressed near the base,

rounded at the extremity, with smooth margins and polished

surface. Length slightly exceeding one inch.

Found on small fish in rock-pools at Herm in 1865.

I sent a specimen to Mr. Spence Bate, for use in his work ;
and I conclude that it must have been by some oversight
omitted, though the specimen is still in his hands. :

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII. figs, 12-15.

Fig. 12. Cirolana truncata, Norman. Head and antenne, x 25.
Fig. 13. The same. Mandible, x 40.

‘ug. 14. The same. One of the anterior pairs of feet, x 40.
Fig. 15. The same. Telson,x 16.

Dr. E. P. Wright on Deep-sea Dredging. 423

LIV.—Notes on Deep-sea Dredging. By Epw. PERCEVAL
Wricut, M.D., F.L.8., Professor of Zoology, ‘Trinity
College, Dublin. |

Proressor Epwarp Forses refers, in his ‘ History of the
- European Seas,’ to “ an abyss where life is either extinguished
or exhibits but a few sparks to mark its lingering presence.”
“Tts confines,” he writes, ‘ are yet undetermined, and it is in
its exploration that the finest field for marine discovery yet re-
mains.” One sees here, as it were, the hope of some just pos-
sible brilliant discovery contending in the author’s mind with
a dark despair at finding anything beyond a mere spark of life
in the great ocean depths, in the so-called azoic regions. Had

the amiable author lived even until now, he would have

known that many sparks of life are to be met with at depths
undréamt of by him, and that the creatures which reside there
are not so very much modified as he seemed to anticipate.

The researches of Dr. Wallich, and the publication of the first
_ part of his work on the North-Atlantic sea-bed, have thrown a

great deal of light on this subject; a considerable number of deep-

sea soundings are recorded or alluded to by him in his in-
teresting volume. But, however valuable they may be, as
affording us some slight knowledge of the formation of the sea-
bottom at great depths, yet they have not given, nor are they
likely to give us any indications of the animals, higher than
the Pisiscpods. living at these depths: I purposely pass over
the occurrence of Ophiocoma nigra, O. F. Miill., as recorded
by Wallich, as the bringing up of this species from the depth
of 1260 fathoms was the result of accident. .'To afford us an
certain knowledge of higher forms, recourse must be had, not
to the sounding-line, but to the dredge; and even with it, it
will only be after many a tedious and careful exploration that
we can expect to arrive at any satisfactory results. It should
not be forgotten how very small a surface is scraped by even
the largest dredge; and as the deep-sea valleys lie at a con-
siderable distance from the land, the examination of them, ex-
cept with the assistance of a steamer, is only possible under
very favourable circumstances.

n the third or coralline zone of Professor Forbes, though
animal life is abundant, yet plants become scarce; and in the
fourth or deep coral zone, and at a depth of about 100 fathoms,
the only vegetation met with consists of the lowly Nullipores.
This latter zone, however, reaches to a depth that I am in-
clined to place in our seas at about 150 fathoms, increasing
another hundred fathoms at the Equator; and it is only below
it that we come to a zone of which Professor Forbes knew

424 Dr. E. P. Wright on Deep-sea Dredging.

nothing—a zone commencing at 300-fathoms mark down to a
depth at present quite unknown—a zone in which we now find
a very peculiar fauna—one into which some of the fourth-zone
animals may wander, but which is still wonderfully well cha-
racterized by its own corals and echinoderms, its vitreous
sponges, and even its own peculiar fishes. Up to the present
I know of no published account of dredging in this zone, ex-
cept the very interesting paper of Mr. L. F. de Pourtales, As-
sistant to the United States Coast Survey (for a copy of which
I am indebted to the author). The field selected for the re-
searches of Capt. Platt, of the Coast-Survey steamer ‘ Corwin,’
was in a section between Key West and Havana, and the
casts of the dredge were made at depths of 270 and 350
fathoms. At these depths many species of Echinoderms, Ccoe-
lenterates, and Sponges were met with; and, most interest-
ing fact of all, not only were the long spicules of Hyalonema
dredged up, but there was also found a fragment of the sili-
ceous skeleton of a sponge, forming a regular network, some-
what like that of Huplectella, but lacking the spines. Mr.
Pourtales alludes also to a number of sponges (at least a dozen
species) which are not yet determined, and says that some of
the detached spicules are remarkable for their great size, one
of the slender rectangulated sexradiate type of Bowerbank
{and doubtless belonging to a sponge of Wyville Thomson’s
order Vitrea] was found measuring more than half an inch.

We may hope for more information when Professor Wyville
Thomson and Dr. Carpenter publish an account of their expe-
dition to the deep-sea valleys off the west coast of Scotland,
and when the results of the fourth Swedish expedition shall be
known. In the meanwhile I venture to give the following
brief notes of a deep-sea dredging-expedition off the Portuguese
coast near Setubal.

I had been asked by the Council of the Royal Irish Aca-
demy to draw up a report on the present state of our know-
ledge of that strange organism Hyalonema mirabile of Gray,
and was naturally anxious to procure living or well preserved
specimens of this species.

Professor J. V. Barboza du Bocage, of Lisbon, kindly in-
vited me to pay him a visit at the season for the shark-fishing
(in September), promising to place all the specimens of the
Hyalonema in the museum at Lisbon at my disposal, and to
give me every assistance in his power to enable me to go out
to the ground where the specimens of Hyalonema lusitanicum,
Bocage, had been found. Accordingly, after the meeting of
the British Association * in August last, at Norwich, I pro-

* A committee was appointed by the British Association, with the

Dr. E. P. Wright on Deep-sea Dredging. 425

ceeded by Madrid to Lisbon. Having spent some time in ex-
amining the very beautiful series of specimens of Hyalonema
which the energy and zeal of Professor Bocage have collected
‘in the excellent Royal Museum of Lisbon, I went on to Se-
tubal. I had brought out with me a medium-sized naturalist’s
dredge, for which, I may remark, I had to pay ve while
passing through Spain. It is not necessary here to allude to
the difficulty of procuring a boat to bring me to the ground,
which lies about thirty miles to the south-west of Setubal,
which latter is a fishing-village now connected with Lisbon
by rail; suffice it to say that, by the kind assistance of Pro-
fessor Bocage, and of the Deputy Inspector of Fisheries at
Setubal, I was at last enabled to procure an open sail-boat
and a crew of eight men: we also took on board about 600
fathoms of rope, the dredge, lots of hooks and bait, and pro-
visions for a couple of days. Leaving the port of Setubal a
little before 5 o’clock in the evening, we, after a fair night’s
sailing, reached what the fishermen signed to me to be the
edge of the deep-sea valley, where they were in the habit of
fishing for sharks, and where, while thus engaged, they had
found the Hyalonema. It was now about 5 o’clock in the
morning; and the men, having had their breakfast, put the
boat up to the wind, and let down the dredge; before it
reached the bottom, about 480 fathoms of rope was run out,
some 30 more was allowed for slack, and then we gently drew
it (by hoisting a small foresail) for the distance of about a
mile along the bottom. It required the united efforts of six
men, hauling the line hand over hand, with the assistance of a
double-pulley block to pull in the dredge ; and the time this oc-
cupied was just an hour. The dredge was nearly full of a tena-
cious yellowish mud, through which sparkled innumerable long
a of the Hyalonema; indeed, if you drew your fingers
‘slowly through the mud, you would thereby gather a handful
of these spicules. One specimen of Hyalonema, with the long
spicules inserted into the mud, and crowned with its expanded
_ sponge-like portion, rewarded my first attempt at dredging at
such a depth. As I purpose presenting to the Academy (as a
portion of my report on Hyalonema) a detailed account of this

sum of £20 at their disposal, to assist me in this matter, and I had in-
tended applying the money to one day’s hire of a steam-tug; but the
General Committee having passed a resolution having for its object to
make all the specimens of natural history collected by means of its grants
the sie pia of the Association, to be aie osed of as they should direct,
and as I wanted the specimens that I might collect to dissect and cut up
for the benefit of science, I thought it better respectfully to refuse the
grant, and to decline to serve on the committee.—E. P. W.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 30

426 Dr. E. P. Wright on Deep-sea Dredging.

and other’ specimens, I only allude to the discovery of this
species here as adding a species to the fauna of the deep-sea
zone.

I understood from the men that they had discovered most
of the specimens of Hyalonema when shark-fishing ; but I was
not prepared to find sharks at a depth like this ; so I was some-
what surprised when the padrone of the boat asked for leave.
to throw out the fishing-lines, just over the place where we
had drawn up the dredge. Some 600 fathoms of rope was let
out, the first 30 or 40 fathoms of which had fastened to it,
at intervals of a fathom, a series of smaller ropes, on each of
which was fastened a large hook, baited with a codling. This
fishing-tackle remained below for about two hours, when they
commenced to haul it in; when it arrived at the last few
fathoms, they pulled in, one after the other, five or six speci-
mens of a shark, each specimen from three to four feet long ;
the species was the Centroscymnus celolepis, Boc. & Cap.
These sharks, as they were hauled into the boat, fell down into
it like so many dead pigs; there was not the smallest motion
of their bodies, no switching of their tails, not even a wink of
their eyes; and I think there can be no reasonable doubt that
they were inhabitants of the same great depth as the Hya-
lonema, and that, on being dragged up through such a weight
of water, they were completely asphyxiated. It will not be
forgotten how violent all the members of the shark tribe are
on being caught. I have watched the boats arriving at day-
break at Setubal after a night’s fishing for the surface-living
sharks, and, as each boat was emptied of its gory freight,
never, in a single instance, did I see any of the hundreds of
sharks thrown on shore that had not huge gashes on its head
and caudal regions ; and these had been inflicted to keep them

met.
: Thus I was enabled to add to the fauna of this deep-sea
valley a shark and a sponge; and on the authority of the
fishermen I am able to add, still further, a coral alt a very
remarkable fish. A small hook, baited with a smaller-sized
fish than usual, happened accidentally to be fastened to the
tackle for catching the sharks, and on the line being drawn
up it was found that a small fish (Chiasmodon niger, i ohnson)
had swallowed the bait and hook and a considerable portion
of the line. ‘This specimen is now in the Museum of Lisbon,
and is, perhaps, the most perfect specimen in any museum. I
see no reason to doubt that, if fished for, plenty of specimens
of this Chiasmodon will be found at these depths; but though
as Dr. Carte has shown*, this fish is very voracious, an
* Proceedings Zoological Society, 1866, p. 35, plate 2.

Mr. J. Miers on the Genus Cortesia. 427

capable of swallowing a fish twice as large as itself, still it
would not attempt to swallow the large fish and enormous
hooks that are used in the shark-fishing. I need not say that
this fact corroborates Dr. Giinther’s opinion as to this fish
being a deep-sea species. 3

I am further indebted to Professor Bocage for a specimen
of a coral dredged in this same valley. It probably belongs
to the family Iside, and appears to me to belong to a new
genus, which I have described as Keratoisis Grayit.

Is it not to these deep-sea valleys that we must look not
only for new and strange forms, but even for some of the
supposed recently extinct forms, which may be yet found
lingering in these abysses, safely there outliving the ravages
of time? Professor Sars calls attention to one fact that would
seem to point in this direction ; for, in a memoir* on the fossil
animal remains of the quaternary formation in Norway, he calls
attention to the fact that certain remains of marine animals,
found in a semifossil condition in these formations, are found
living when looked for at certain depths below the existing
level of the sea. Professor Sars mentions that the bottom of
the Gulf of Christiania, in the neighbourhood of Drébak, for
the space of some three-fourths of a Norwegian square mile,
and in an abyss of some 70 or 80 up to some 7 or 8 fathoms
in depth, is strewed with Oculina prolifera, Linn., occurring
in great masses of from one to two feet in diameter: never-
theless not a single living polyp is ever found on these
masses; but at the same time they-have the appearance of
having been comparatively recently torn away from the

lace where they originally grew. Or the Norwegian coast,
seed this very same Oculina prolifera, Linn,, is found
living in great quantities at the depth of 300 fathoms and
lower.

LV.—On the Genera Cortesia and Rhabdia.
~ By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.

CoORTESIA.

This genus was established by Cavanilles, in 1797, upon a
plant collected by Louis Née in his overland journey from
hile to Buenos Ayres. His account. of this little-known
plant is upon the whole correct ; but, as there are some points
of structure unnoticed by him, I will here add the results of
* I only know Prof. Sars’s paper from the abstract given in the ‘Cor-

respondenz-Blatt des zoologisch-mineralogischen Vereines in Regensburg,
21. Jahrgang, 1867, pp. 72-74. :
30*

428 Mr. J. Miers on the Genus Cortesia.

my own observations made from the living plant in 1825. I
found two species—one in dry desert tracts in the neighbour-
hood of Mendoza, the other fifty miles to the eastward, in
saline marshy ground, which is that described and figured by
Cavanilles. This genus has been rightly placed in the Hhre-
tiacee, with which it accords in ‘its tubular calyx, exserted -
stamens, bifid style, and baccate fruit: it approaches Towrne-
jortia in its baccate 2-pyrenous fruit, each nut being 2-celled ;
but it differs in its solitary flowers, in the singular appendages
found between the calyx and corolla, in the absence of a
hypogynous disk, in its long bifid style, and in its persistent
campanular calyx. The following is an amended character of
the genus, from my own observations.

CorTestA, Cav.—Calyx tubulosus, carnosus, extus pilosus,
intus densissime sericeo-villosus, ore dentibus 10-15 tereti-
bus obtusulis subineequalibus glabris paulo divaricatis cum
membranis brevibus interjectis donatus, demum subcam-
panulatim dilatatus et persistens. Appendices circa 5-10
inter calycem et corollam posite, squamiformes, inzequales,
membranacee, ovate, utrinque pilose, longe unguiculate,
quorum 1 vel 2 calycem paulo superant, unguibus fili-
formibus extus pilosis, aut interdum omnes brevissime et
ideo inter pilos facile invise. Corolla tubulosa, glabra,
membranacea, tubo calycem paulo superante, medio vel
sub faucem angustato, limbo ad basin 5-partito, laciniis
equalibus, oblongis, apice rotundatis, subexpansis, zstiva-
tione (cum uno axi remoto exteriore) imbricatis. Stamina 5,
laciniis alterna; jilamenta imo dilatata, superne teretia et
flexuosa, infra faucem enata, et cum costas totidem promi-
nentes continua, paulo aut longe exserta, erectiuscula, esti-
vatione induplicato-inflexa : anthere oblonge, obtuse, imo
breviter divaricate, introrsz, in sinu dorsali affixes, oscilla-
toriz, 2-loculares, loculis ad connectivum latum collatera-
liter affixis, rima sublaterali dehiscentibus. D¢zscus nullus.
Ovarium superum, pyriforme, imo turbinato-stipitatum, e
toro depresso ortum, subsulcatum, placentis 2 oppositis
semiseptiformibus bilamellatim introflexis hine pseudo-
4-loculare, lamellis margine 1-ovulatis; ovula paulo sub
apicem suspensa; gynobasis seu columella centralis mem-
branacea, imo ad apicem protensa, libera, demum ad pyrenas
adherens. Stylus elongatus, teres, fere ad medium 2-fidus,
ramis divaricatis, apice reflexis, estivatione recurvatis ;
stigmata clavata, tubatim dilatata, rugulosa. Drupa ob-
ovata, pericarpio subsicco, calyce cupulari semicincta, glabra, ’
nitida, 2-pyrena, pyrenis plano-convexis, osseis, 2-locula-

Mr. J. Miers on the Genus Cortesia. 429

ribus intus sub apicem marginibus utrinque late lamellatim
inflexis et hinc in angulo sic abscondito foramine lineari pro
vasorum introitu perforatis ; semen in loculis solitare, funi-
culo laminiformi suspensum; tntegumentum eaternum al-
bidum, opacum, tenuiter papyraceum, raphe tenui longi-
tudinali angulo interno signatum ; integumentum internum
valde membranaceum, subpellucidum, imo chalaza parva
inconspicua notatum ; albumen tenuissimum, in forma mem-
brane, distinctum; embryo oblongo-fusiformis, carnosus,
cotyledonibus 2, interdum 3, plano-convexis, radicula conica
ad summum spectante continuis et 3-plo longioribus.

Suffrutices humiles in provinciis Argentinis locis salitrosis in-
coli, scabri, rugost, valde ramost; folia alterna, sessilia,
cuneato-oblonga, apice profunde 3-dentata, crassa, enervia,

_ pilis rigidis e tuberculis majusculis albo-crystallinis undique
scabra: flores axillares aut revera in ramis novellis termi-
nales, solitarit, breviter pedicellati.

1. Cortesia cuneata, Cav. Icon. iv. 53, tab. 377; Lam. Dict.
Suppl. ii. 364, tab. 921; DC. Prodr. ix. 512 ;—suffruticosa,
e basi ramosa, ramis adscendentibus, ramulisque tenuibus,
subvirgatis, glabris, substriatis; foliis alternis, sessilibus,
imo longe cuneatis, apice latioribus et 3-dentatis, dentibus
zequalibus, acutis, majusculis, lateralibus incurvatim arrectis,
mediano recurvatim deflexo, crasso-coriaceis, enerviis, supra
glabris, opacis, subtus tuberculis.crystallinis setigeris sca-
bridis, sessilibus, e basi refractis ; floribus solitariis, pedicel-
latis, seepius terminalibus, rarius axillaribus; calyce extus
hispido-pubescente, intus. densissime albido-sericeo-piloso,
ore dentibus 12-15 munito; appendicibus 5, quarum 1-2
tubum equant; corolla glabra, tubo medio angustiore,
limbo expanso, usque ad basin 5-partito, lobis ovato-oblongis,

- rotundatis ; filamentis imo dilatatis, paulo sub faucem affixis,
longe exsertis; antheris oscillators; ovario glabro, imo

_ distincte stipitato; stylo 2-fido, ramis divaricatis dimidio
brevioribus ; stigmatibus subcapitatis, glanduloso-rugosis ;
drupa nigra, nitida, calyce cupuliformi semivestita—In
prov. Mendozz ad Corocorto, et alios locos in humidulis
salitrosis: v. v. et s. in herb. meo et Hook., loc. cit.(Gillies) ;
in prov. Santiago del Estero, in salitrosis (‘T'weedie, 1157).

I found this plant growing near Corocorto, a village 130
miles east of Mendoza, in a swampy saline district, where it
attains a height of 4 or 5 feet; it 1s much branched, with
straightish, rather spreading or ascending branchlets, which
are polished, glabrous, of a reddish colour, slender and sub-
striated. The axils are 3—5 lines apart; the leaves 9-15 lines

430 Mr. J. Miers on the Genus Cortesia.

long, 5 lines broad across the three lobes, 2 lines broad imme-
diately below them, thence tapering to the base; they are
scabrid beneath, with large conical white crystalline tubercles,
that bear on their apex a short rigid hair; the solitary flowers
are axillary, on a pedicel 3 lines long; the tube of the calyx
(3 lines long) has from twelve to fifteen erect terete teeth,
3-1 line long, connected at their base by a short plicated
membrane : the five appendices form a simple whorl round the
base of the corolla; one or two of them are spathulate = Be
an elongated slender claw 2-3 lines long and ? line broad at
the neal the others are sessile, setiform, 1 line long, all seri-
ceously pilose outside, smooth inside; the tube of the corolla
is 3} lines long, the lobes of the border are 13 line long, 1 line
broad ; the filaments, fixed just within the mouth, are 2 lines
long; the lower part of the style is 3 lines long, its branches
2 lines long; the drupe is ovoid, with a thin coriaceous cover-
ing having a saline taste, is 6 lines long, 5 lines broad, half-
enclosed within the cupular cup of the persistent calyx ; the two
plano-convex nucules are 4 lines long, 3 lines broad, hard and
osseous, each with two distinct cells with foraminal aper-
tures as above described, each cell containing a suspended seed
covered by its colourless integuments; the embryo, enveloped
in an extremely thin albumen, has two (sometimes three)
equal cotyledons, which are three times the length of the
conical superior radicle*.

2. Cortesia microphylla, n. sp. ;—suffruticosa, humilis, e basi
ramosa, ramis imo toruloso-tortuosis, ramulosis, ramulis
brevibus, subflexuosis, angulatis, divaricatis, glabris; foliis
minoribus, sessilibus, imo anguste spathulatis, canaliculatis,
apice dilatatis et 3-dentatis, dentibus acutis, mediano re-
curvo, lateralibus arrectis, apicibus tuberculo setifero spinu-
losis, supra subglabris, subtus tuberculis crystallinis setigeris
exasperatis, carnosulis, enerviis, horizontaliter patentibus ;
floribus e ramulis novellis axillaribus 2-4-foliolosis solitariis
et semper terminalibus; calyce hispido-pubescente, intus
densissime sericeo, ore dentibus 10, acutis, mtus planis, extus
carinatis, mucronatis, alternis paulo brevioribus; appendi-
culis 10, breviusculis, setiformibus, villosis, in verticillo
corolle basin cingentibus; corolla membranacea, glabra,

~ tubo cylindrico, calycem ezequante, lobis oblongis, rotundatis,
suberectis, staminibus medio tubi affixis, paulo exsertis ;
stylo his longiore, ramis recurvis; drupa subglobosa, calyce
ampliato lateraliter fisso semivestita.—Circa Mendozam, in
desertam salitrosam : v. v.
* A drawing of this species, with analytical figures, will be given in

the second volume of the ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 85 B,

Mr. J. Miers on the Genus Rhabdia. 431

This is a shrub of much smaller dimensions and of low
_ straggling growth, collected at a place called the ‘‘ Plumerillas,”’
in the Travesia not far from Mendoza: it is somewhat prostrate,
with several tortuous spreading branches, from 9 inches to a
foot long; the younger branches are cinereous, very rough,
and more flexuous than in the preceding species; the leaves
_are less than half the size of those of the other species, more
shortly cuneated, horizontally spreading ; its flowers are never
axillary, always terminal upon short axillary branches 3—1 inch
long, furnished with from two to four small leaves; the axils
are much closer, only 1 or 2 lines apart. The leaves ordina-
rily are 3 lines (rarely 5 lines) long, 2 lines broad across the
lateral teeth, } line broad immediately below them, and thence
linear to the base. ‘The pedicel of the terminal solitary flower
is very short; the calyx (including the teeth 3-1 line long) is
3 limes in length, the teeth being of a long triangular form,
flat inside, without any intervening membranes; the tube of
the corolla is 3-4 lines long, the lobes of the border 2 lines
long, 1 line broad; the filaments, dilated in the lower moiety,
are fixed in the middle of the tube, 3 lines long, and therefore
but little exserted; the ovary is 1 line in diameter, supported
on a narrow stipitate support ? line long; the lower portion of
the style is 3 lines long, its branches 2 lines long; the ten
appendices (nearly equal in size, setiform, 1 line long) form
an annular fringe round the base of the corolla. ‘The drupe is
more globular than in the preceding species, and the persistent
calyx, which half encloses it, is split on one side to the base.

RHABDIA.

This genus was founded by Von Martius, in 1826, upon a
Brazilian plant which he described and figured in his Nov.

Gen. ii. 136, tab. 195; he placed it in Hhretiacee, where also
it has been arranged by De Candolle and other botanists.
Fresenius, in his memoir published thirty-one years afterwards
in the ‘Flora Brasiliensis,’ absolutely ignored the peculiar
seminal structure, which had been so well described by Von
Martius. His diagnosis of Rhabdia is very short and unac-
countably incomplete; he merely regarded it as an aberrant
genus between Heliotropiee and Cordiacee. My own obser-
vations fully confirm the accuracy of the peculiar struc-
ture of the fruit and seed as it is minutely described in the
work of Von Martius. The placentation of the ovary is like
that of Amerina; that is to say, it is unilocular, with two op-
posite parietal placente, which project inwards towards the
centre, where they do not meet, but are bifidly spread and

432 Mr. J. Miers on the Genus Rhabdia.

turned backwards, each margin havinga single ovule attached
to it. The fruit is a succulent drupe containing four nucules,
evidently at first combined together in pairs, and afterwards
free; upon one margin only of each nucule, always on the
contiguous side of each pair, there is seen a fungous longitu-
dinal line, which penetrates the cell through an open corre-
sponding slit; and upon this fungous line the single seed is
attached, at a small spot halfway between the middle and the
summit: this fungous line seems to belong to the original
placenta seen in the ovary. The seed is long, pointed at both
extremities, and on its outer integument a line of raphe is seen
running from the point of its attachment to a small chalaza at
the base ; its embryo, enveloped in solid albumen, has a small
superior radicle and two oblong foliaceous cotyledons, with
their face turned to the centre of the fruit. Ons important
part of this structure is the axile column, or, as some would
call it, the gynobase, although it is in the form of a spindle-
shaped vesicular membranaceous tube, originating at its base
in the extremely small torus, and terminating at its summit in
continuity with the persistent style, where it also unites with
the pericarpial covering of the fruit; it has four distinct longi-
tudinal cords or bundles of spiral threads terminating in the
style, some of which adhere to the fungous lines seen upon the
nucules; this tube touches the smooth ventral faces of the
nuts, without absolutely adhering to them; there is no trace
of any basal gynobasic attachment of the nuts, which do not
even touch the torus.

It has been already noticed (supra, p. 123) that this struc-
ture cannot be reconciled either with the Heliotropiacee or
with Hhretiacee under the conditions hitherto supposed to
exist. The reality of the organization above described is,
however, unquestionable, being clearly illustrated by Von
Martius in the work referred to, in like manner depicted by
Dr. Wight (Icon. 1385) and by Sir Wm. Hooker (Icon. 823).
In searching for a parallel structure, we naturally come upon
the Hydrophyllacee, with which Rhabdia agrees in having a
deeply 5-cleft calyx, a campanular corolla with a 5-lobed
border, five equal subexserted stamens affixed near the bottom
of the tube of the corolla, 2-lobed anthers, a simple style
with a 2-lobed stigma, a superior 1-celled ovary with a parietal
placentation, as before explained, and albuminous seeds en-
closing an embryo with a superior radicle: but here the ana-
logy ceases ; for it differs in its suffruticose virgate growth, the —
stems crowded with simple, almost sessile leaves, the want of
scales in the tube of the corolla, and in the totally different ~
structure of the fruit.

Mr. J. Miers on the Genns Rhabdia. 433

In regard to its real affinity, it is clear that the peculiar
placentation just described would remove it far from the Lhre-
tiacee, tnder the supposition that the carpical structure of the
latter accorded with the rule that has been hitherto under-
‘stood: but it is quite otherwise; for a more searching exami-
nation into the structure of Hhretia and its congeners has
revealed the fact, which I shall be able to demonstrate, that
there is little difference in their placentation from that of
Rhabdia and Cortesia. Consequently Rhabdia will still re-
main a member of this family.

There is, however, a wide distinction between Hhretiacew
and Borraginacee (Borragee of De Candolle), the latter of
which ought certainly to stand as a family distinct from all the
_ tribes associated with them in the ‘ Prodromus,’ because they
differ essentially in the peculiar gynobasic disposition of the
a By adopting as a basis of arrangement the various
modes of organization of the carpels, the Hydrophyllacee
would still occupy the place assigned to them by De Can-
dolle; but if we transpose the Polemoniaceew, Convolvulacee,
and Hrycibee (all with an inferior radicle) to a more suitable
position, a more satisfactory arrangement will be attained.

he Hhretiacee osculate with the Borraginee, and approach
the Heliotropiee in their distinct carpels and simple style.
Though it may be impossible to express the relative degrees
of _ of these several groups in a lineal series, the follow-
ing would be a nearer approach to it than any hitherto pro-
een Thus we should have—Oyrtandracee, Hydrophyl-
ace, Ehretiacee, Borraginee, Heliotropiacee, Cordiacea*,
Hydroleacee, Erycibee, Convolvulacee, Polemoniacee, Scro-
phulariacee, &c. In this manner the pentandrous hypogynous
Monopetalece with two or four carpellary ovaries and a supe-
rior radicle all fall into one continuous series, with more har-
monious steps of transition, while those with an inferior
radicle are made to follow.

Ruaspra, Mart. ;—Lhretia in parte auct.—Sepala 5, sub-
equalia, lanceolata, persistentia, zstivatione imbricata. Co-
rolla subcampanulata, imo tubulosa, ad medium 5-loba,
lobis oblongis, subacutis vel rotundatis. Stamina 5, lobis
alterna, ad basin tubi inserta; jlamenta filiformia, tubo
longiora; anthere ovate, erectee, 2-lobe, lobis ovatis, col-
lateraliter adnatis, rima longitudinali introrsum dehiscenti-
bus. Dzscus minimus, glandulosus, simplex aut nullus.
Ovarium superum, conico-ovatum, septis 2 incompletis e

* In this interval should be placed a new family, the Auremmacee,
which will be shortly described.

434 Mr. J. Miers on the Genus Rhabdia.

pariete oppositis divaricatim bifidis marginibus unioyuligeris,
hinc pseudo-4-loculare, ovulis appensis, micropyle supera :
gynobasis seu columella centralis tubulosa, vacua, ‘vasis ad
ovula pertingentibus munita. Stylus filiformis, longitudine
staminum. Stigma parvum, 2-lobum et subpeltatum.
Drupa ovato-globosa, nitida, parce succosa, calyce per-
sistente inclusa, 4-pyrena; pyrene oblongo-ovate, dorso
convexiores, per paria medio linez placentaris fungosee mar-
gine semiadherentes, mox libere, subosseze, uno margine
rima longitudinali pro intrusione vasorum oblique fisse,
1-spermee: semen loculum implens, Az/o punctiformi con-
spicuo inter medium et summum appensum ; ¢ntegumenta
tenuissima, alba, opaca, raphe ab hilo ad chalazam parvam
basalem percursa; embryo in albumine carnoso inclusus,
cotyledonibus foliaceis, ovatis, faciebus diametro fructus pa-
rallelis, radicula tereti ad summum spectante 2-3-plo lon-
gioribus. :

Suffrutices Brasilienses et Asiatic’: caules plurimi, congesti,
erectt, virgati, subramost, ramis adscendentibus ; folia plu-
rima, alterna, lineari-oblonga, sessilia, aut brevissime petio-
lata, subpuberula ; racemi in ramulis novellis terminales,
paucifiore ; flores parvt, breviter pedicellati, pedicellis medio
bracteatis.

1. Rhabdia lycioides, Mart. Nov. Gen. i. 136, tab. 195;
DC. Prodr. ix. 512; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 58,
tab. 9. fig. 9 ;—caulibus plurimis, congestis, erectis, ramosis ;
ramis adscendentibus, virgatis, elongatis, breviter ramulosis ;
ramulis apice floriferis; foliis sparsis, sursum gradatim mi-
noribus, lineari-oblongis, apice obtusis aut breviter acutis,

- imum versus latioribus et rotundato-truncatis, marginibus
undulatis, sessilibus, erecto-patulis, utrinque pubescenti-
hirtis, pilis preesertim subtus imo tuberculatis, subtus pal-
lide viridibus, costa prominente viridi-rubescente pubes-
centi-hirtula: racemis in ramulis novellis terminalibus,
brevissimis, simplicibus vel 2-fidis, 2-3-floris, pedicellisque
imo bracteatis et calycibus molliter pilosis; floribus imo
bracteolatis; bacca globoso-ovata, nitida, coccinea. — In
Brasilia prov. Bahia, Rio 8. Francisco, in inundatis prope
Joazeiro. (Non vidi.)

Martius describes this species as growing in numerous
cespitose upright branches, 5 or 6 feet high; these throw out
several erect branchlets, which are again ramified: the leaves
are alternate, 4—6 or 8 lines apart, 1-14 inch long, 4-5 lines
broad; the bracts are 1} line long ; the sepals 13-2 lines long;
the corolla 24 lines long, the tubular part bemg white, the

Mr. J. Miers on the Genus Rhabdia. 435

lobes of a dark rose-colour ; the ovary, seated on a small fleshy
disk, is 1 line, the style 2 lines long; the crimson berry en-
closes four small nuts imbedded in a small quantity of pulp.
It was found in flower and fruit in the months of March and
April. Its vernacular name is Apicum.

2. Lhabdia crebrifolia, nu. sp. ;—ramis teretibus, nudis, fuscis,
glabris ; ramulis brevibus, imbricatim foliosis, novellis pu-
berulis; foliis lineari-oblongis, a medio ad basin sensim
angustatis, superne subacutis, cum acumine brevissimo ca-
naliculatim reflexo, integris, utraque facie opacis, pallide
concoloribus et pilis simplicibus molliter puberulis, crassis,
fere enerviis, costa subtus prominula, primum erectis, dein
subreflexis, petiolo tereti, puberulo, limbo 15-plo breviore :
racemulis in ramulis hiayellis terminalibus, brevibus, intra
folia dense imbricata fere absconditis, alternatim 4—5-floris ;
eet brevibus, imo bractea majore, medio bracteola
anceolata pilosa donatis; calyce ebracteato, profunde 5-
partito, lobis oblongis, acuminatis ; bacca subglobosa, nitente,
ealyce persistente inclusa.—In Brasilia: v.s. in herb. Mus.
Brit. et Hook., prov. Cearé (Gardner, 1793).

This plant, somewhat resembling the preceding, was found
by Gardner on the sandy banks of the Rio Salgado, near the
town of Icé, in August 1838. It differs in its closer, more
imbricated, smaller leaves, narrowed at the base, upon a ver
short petiole, and not sinuated on the margin. The branches
are generally of no great length ; but the flowering branchlets,
seldom more than 1} inch long, and 4-6 lines apart, are thickly
covered with imbricated leaves, and bear a single raceme
almost hidden at their extremity; the leaves are 6-8 lines
long, 24 lines broad, narrowing gradually towards the base
- into an extremely short petiole; the raceme is 4-8 lines long,

with four or five alternate flowers, upon pedicels 4-1 line long;

the basal bract is 3 or 4 lines, the oe one 2 lines long ;
the calyx is shortly campanular at its base, and cleft into five
equal erect segments somewhat imbricated in estivation,
broader in the middle than at the base, and very acute, 2 lines
long, smooth inside, covered outside with short soft hairs
emanating from minute tubercles, and with ciliated margins; -
the corolla is very deciduous, its tube 1 line long, its border
somewhat campanulate and reflected, has five lobes 23 lines
long, # line broad; the filaments, glabrous, fixed near the base
of the tube, are 2 lines long; the anthers subglobose and
didymous ; there is no disk, but the subglobose ovary is shortly
stipitated; the style is compressed, 2-grooved, the length of
the stamens, and persistent ; the flat peltate stigma is 2-lobed,

436 Dr. E. P. Wright on the Bats of the Seychelles.

‘the drupe, subglobose, 4-grooved, slightly compressed, is 1 line
in diameter, with a polished submembranaceous lax pericarp,
apparently filled with mucilaginous juice which disappears in
drying, enclosing four nucules, as before explained, attached
to a membranaceous ventricose central column.*

3. Rhabdia viminea, Dalz. in Hook. Icon. tab. 823 ;—Ehretia
(Xerodema) viminea, Wall. Cat. 906; DC. Prodr, ix. 569 ;
—Ehretia cuneata, Wight, Icon. iv. tab. 1385 ;—ramosa,
ramis teretibus, vimineis, adpresse setosis; folis alternis,
copiosis, cuneato-oblongis, apice rotundatis et brevissime
mucronatis, supra glabris, subtus adpresse setosis ; petiolo
limbo 10-plo breviore: racemis in ramulis novellis termi-
nalibus, brevissimis, 2—3-floris; pedicellis brevibus, imo
bracteatis ; sepalis lanceolatis, pilosis; corolla breviter tu-
bulosa, limbi fohits oblongis, apice rotundatis, campanulatim
expansis ; antheris lineari-oblongis, exsertis ; drupa parva,
pallida.—In India orientali, provv. Martaban, Madess, et
Malabar.

This, according to Dr. Wight, is a small, very branching
shrub, growing on the sandy banks of rivers, like the two
preceding species. The drawings of Wight and Hooker quite
agree in all points of structure with the figures given by Mar-
tius of the typical species. The axils are 2-3 lines apart;
the leaves are 8-10 lines long, 3-34 lines broad, on a petiole
1 line long; the flowering branchlets are }—? inch long; the
sepals are lanceolate, canaliculate at the apex, 3 lines long;
there is no disk; the form and structure of the ovary, cote
fruit, and albuminous seeds as in the typical species.

LVI.—Notes on the Bats of the Seychelle Group of Islands.
By Ep. PercevaL Wricut, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of
Zoology, Trinity College, Dublin.

THE Seychelle Islands would appear to be destitute of Mam-
malia, if we except two species belonging to the order Cheiro-
ptera. One of these is the well-known Pteropus Edwardsii,
which is very common on all the islands of the group. The
Flying Fox is a favourite food of the creole inhabitants: I
never shot a specimen that the body was not eagerly demanded
by my cook. When skinned within a few minutes after death,
and roasted the same day, the flesh, though dark, is very good.
I have often seen and several times shot these bats flying in
strong sunlight between 8 and 10 in the morning ; but though

* A representation of this species, with ample structural details, will —
be given in Plate 84 of the ‘Contributions to Botany.’

Dr. E. P. Wright on the Bats of the Seychelles. 437

this is often the case, yet, as a rule, they are nocturnal in their
habits. About an hour before sunset they may be seen flying
at great heights from their resting-place in the woods, towards
the groves of the tree producing the “fruit de Cythére”’
(Spondias cytherea) or the mango-trees (Mangifera indica),
which are generally found growing not far from the dwellings
of the planters; but almost any fruit is equally welcome to
them, and they are anything but welcome visitors to the
neighbourhood of a fruit-garden. I recollect once taking up my
position in a secluded spot near some fruit-trees that I knew
were each evening visited by the bats: they began to arrive
about 5 o’clock; at first only one or two made their appear-
ance, and they took up ood places, with plenty of fruit near
them, and alighted without noise; they, like all the others,
flew very high, and made as if they were going to cross the
island, and then, when just over the group of trees, they fell
down as it were among them. By-and-by the arrivals were
more numerous, and then the noise began; for a late comer
would try to dislodge an earlier comer, and this not without much
growling and grumbling and chattering. A little after sunset
the noise was at its highest, and there were no more arrivals.
At this time I calculated that there were about a hundred and
twenty bats in the group of trees. Coming from my place of
concealment, I disturbed the multitude, and they fell off the
branches at once, and commenced flying in circles round the
trees, gradually returning to their meal as I vanished in the
distance. I was told that a Flying Fox with a perfectly black
face was to be found on Isle Félicité; but though I spent
several days on this island, and shot specimens on it of the
ordinary P. Edwardsii, I never saw a specimen with a dark
face.

The second bat belonged to the insectivorous suborder, and
was very common in the neighbourhood of the town of Port .
Victoria, though very difficult to procure. It had a habit of
flying round the clumps of bamboo towards twilight, just as the
little pipistrelle orthe long-eared bat of this country around trees.
But in the daytime it was to be found resting in the clefts of
the mountain-side facing the sea and with a more or less
northern aspect; and these hiding-places were generally co-
vered over with the large fronds of Stevensonia grandifolia
and Verschaffeltia splendida. I sent a specimen of this species
to my friend Professor Peters, of Berlin, who informed me that
he was writing a monograph of the Cheiroptera; and he de-
scribes it as a new species as follows*:—

* Monatsbericht der Konig]. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin,
June 22, 1868, p. 367. .

438 Dr. E. P. Wright on the Transportation of Living Fish.

Coleiira sechellensis, n. sp., Peters, —

This species is not only considerably larger than Coletira
afra, but it also differs in the spurs being proportionally much
shorter—not so long as the tibiz, but about one-third shorter.
The colour is a sooty brown. The following are the mea-
surements :— ,

metre
wOtal: lemath i ovis ac siss yuadiece ole ci eed 0-080
PAGO oh 0-\ ew Sb ateg) 9 Vite ee 0-021
FMIGht OL GOle co, sco wat sls cesta eae 0-011
Breaguh OF OOP cs cn ck <wee ae dks ao eee 0-005
RYOHUB ooh ss cee eee ee 0-019
TAM oe oe os Sn ae ee Se ee 0-028
U pperaeay 505s ke vee sce ee ee 0:0565
Forearm 650-0. Uys es ee eee ee 0-011
Phight oOo, Cet ele Jee ee 0-020
LGR 8 eS ees PS ey 0-023
Moot: (0. ses PG A ee 0:0105
GR is i os ake yee ar pe 0:0165
Leg-membrane across the middle ...... 0-033

I found this bat on Mahé, Praslin, Silhouette ; and I believe
it to be the only insectivorous bat to be met with in the
islands.

LVII.—WNotes on the Transportation of Living Fish from
South of the Equator to Europe. By Ep. PERCEVAL
Wricut, M.D., F.L.8., Professor of Zoology, Trinity
College, Dublin.

My very good friend Dr. J. E. Gray records, in the ‘ Annals’
for October last (anted, p. 319), the fact that Mr. Moore had
succeeded, in September, in importing into Liverpool from the
River Plate the first living fish that had been received from
the south of the equator. This note brought to my mind the
fact that I had succeeded in bringing as far north as Paris, in
the month of December last (1867), specimens of the only
freshwater Cyprinoid of the Seychelles Islands, i. e. Haplo-
chilus Playfarvi, Gthr.; and as it is a matter of some interest
that the results of all such experiments should be recorded,
and the means adopted for carrying them out known, I ven-
ture to give here the following extracts from my notebook :—

“This little fish is rather common in the mountain-streams .
on the eastern side of Mahé. These streams are perennial ; but

Dr. E. P. Wright on the Transportation of Living Fish. 439

they flow in very deep rocky channels which are sometimes

filled up by immense boulders or blocks of granite which have

fallen off from the mountain’s side; the stream then flows
silently beneath them, reappearing at some distance. Here and
there, as the water makes its way over some projecting ledge
of rock, there will be a tiny waterfall, and below this a deep
rock-pool. It is in such that these little fish abound. Large
specimens will be met with about four inches in length, but in

a general they are not more than about three inches long. The

colour of the body im an adult specimen is a light olive
hue; but the opercular bones are streaked with red lines, and
seven longitudinal rows of red spots correspond to the series of
seales. The red on an olive-coloured ground has a very pretty
effect; and Haplochilus Playfairii would be a very pleasing
addition to our freshwater aquaria. ‘These fish were easily
eaught with a small water-net; they were of an inquisitive
turn of mind; and when [ let the net float for a few moments
in the water, it was always sure to be inspected by some of the
older fish, who would even go so far as to enter it—a fact of
which | generally took advantage, and, drawing the net in,
would transfer them to a bottle of spirits. One little stream (the
one which supplied the Government Hospital and Dr. Brooke’s
house, in which I was residing, with water) abounded with
these fish; and as the stream was not far from the house, the
thought struck me, would it not be possible to keep them in
an aquarium, and watch their habits. The great heat, however,
was against this, and specimens brought home to live generally
died very soon, so that I despaired of ever bringing any to
Europe alive. However, the day before the mail for Europe
was expected, I took a dozen of them ‘from the nearest seks
pool, and placed them in a large foot-bath in my bed-room:
the next morning three were dead. ‘The ‘ Erymanthe’ made
her appearance in the roadstead about 1 o’clock, and I was
philieed to go at once on board. I had a vast number of
ackages, including a young leopard, now in the Zoological
ardens, which had been brought from Zanjibar and was given
to me by my friend Commander Bradshaw, of H.M.S. ‘ Star,’
and some three dozen birds; and it was with some difficult
that I succeeded in bringing with me a small eight-ounce
glass jar with the nine fish. A sail of about an hour brought
us to the mail-steamer ; and when, after some necessary delays,
I got on board, they were all still living. I was not on board
many minutes when I found that the ‘ Krymanthe’ would not
start until early the followimg morning, so as to allow the
Bishop of Mauritius to have service on shore and to take
farewell of the Seychelles; and as the bishop was to be

440 Dr. E.P. Wright on the Transportation of Living Fish.

my guest for the day, I returned once more to shore. It
was about 10 o’clock in the evening when I again got on
board, and in the meanwhile two of my fishes had died. I
placed the rest in a water-jug; and though they were in rather
a sickly condition, they soon revived; one, however, jumped
out of the jug unnoticed, and thus lost his life; the remaining
six lived on, in apparently the best of health, until I reached
Suez. The fresh water in the Seychelles is very full of iron ;
the water on board the ‘ Erymanthe,’ from being kept in iron
tanks, was also impregnated with the same metal; and I was
in the habit of pouring out a quantity of the water each morn-
ing, and filling the jug up again with fresh water let fall from
some distance, so as to aérate it as much as possible. Every
fly caught on board was given to the fishes ; and I took advan-
tage of my few hours sojourn at Aden to lay in a small store of
insects, with which to regale them while in the Red Sea. At
Suez I was detained for some time by the custom-house officers,
but at last succeeded in getting the fish, birds, and leopard ©
(it went by the name of a cat) into a railway carriage other-
wise unoccupied. Just as the train was about to start, the
officials came to take the leopard from me; but by this time I
had let her loose in the carriage, and when she saw their dark
faces (she never had at best a fancy for blacks), she jumped
up to get at them in a manner that so alarmed them that they
at once ran away and left us alone. After a few hours railway
travelling, I found the fish beginning to gasp for air; the
motion of a railway carriage so churns the water, that it soon
becomes unbreathable. I, however, changed the water at
Cairo, and brought them alive to Alexandria: here I placed
them for a couple of days in a glass vase of Nile-canal water ;
but, whether from its coldness or from its being so full of
mud I know not, in one night two died. I then got some
rain-water, placed a piece of iron in it, and left it in the
kitchen of my friend’s house, and the others seemed to be all
right. From Alexandria to Marseilles we had a very cold and
stormy passage ; but still I landed at Marseilles with my fourfish
alive ; they went with me to, and — a whole day and night at —
Hyéres, and they then commenced what was to them a journey

of death towards Paris. The jolting of the express train was
very great, and ere we reached Lyons two had died: here [
changed the water, ard had still hopes of bringing the remain-
ing two to London. ‘To avoid the shaking as much as possi-
ble, I had suspended the bottle from the ceiling of the coupé ;
but at Dijon a lot of people got into it, and I was obliged to
bundle up all my —* into a small corner on the floor; —
and so it happened that when daylight dawned, and we stopped

Dr. J. E. Gray on new Alcyonoid Corals. 44]

at the terminus on the Boulevard Mazas, the Haplochili' had
: ip their last, and could only be said to have just reached
Paris to die. I have wondered several times since, what be-
came of these two. They were good specimens; their colours
were not as bright as if, instead of being choked or drowned
in water, they had been drowned or choked in spirits ; but the
bottle had on it a label with their name and country, and I
left it behind me in the railway carriage.”’
__ Thus my experiment failed; but I doubt not that, with a
little more care, it would have succeeded ; and I feel sure that
ere long this pretty freshwater fish will be brought into France,
and so make its way into England. The intelligent and ener-
getic officers in charge of the mails between Réunion and Paris
ve many facilities for carrying this project into effect ; and as
there is only three days of the three weeks’ journey to be
accomplished by rail, the difficulties of railway transit are not
insurmountable. My belief is that this little fish would be-
come a great favourite in this country. I would commend the
subject to the consideration of M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire, the
able Secretary of the Jardin d’Acclimatation of Paris. With
such zealous assistants as he has in my friends Capt. Rappatel
_ of the ‘ Erymanthe,’ and M. Richard, Agent de |’ Administra-
tion des Postes, he need experience no difficulty in having
brought to Paris any of the land or freshwater vertebrates to
be met with in the islands off the east coast of Africa.

LVIII.—Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Al-
eyonotd Corals in the British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray,
ee. V.P.Z.8.,&e.

SOME years ago we received from Mr. Jukes some animals in
spirits. Amongst these is a fleshy Aleyonoid, which lives on
the naked axis of a Gorgonia apparently belonging to a
nus and species that I have not before seen described. Un-
ortunately the specimen has no habitat attached to it, and it
_ is not in a very good state; so I have been waiting in hope of
another specimen arriving in a better condition and with its
locality stated ; but being now engaged in naming the unde-
termined species of this group, I shall proceed to describe
a |
___ This Alcyonoid has much resemblance tothe genus Neph-
thya; but it differs in the slenderness of the branches and
branchlets, the distance between the polypes, and the outer
surface of the polypes being entirely destitute of fusiform and
other spicules.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 31

442 Dr. J. E. Gray on new Genera and Species of

LEMNALIA.

Coral soft, fleshy, formed of numerous clustered, small,
cylindrical tubes ; the outer surface is smooth, destitute of any
appearance of spicules, but showing by grooves the places of
union of the different tubes that form the mass, each tube
ending in a polype. ‘The base is broad, expanded horizon-
tally, fleshy like the coral, throwing up several stems, which
are irregularly branched, the lateral branches being somewhat
two-rowed, the terminal branchlets rather clustered, each
branchlet ending in a short cylindrical polype, the mouth and
tentacles of which are completely retractile, only leaving a
central knob surrounded by eight slightly depressed radiating
grooves, and entirely destitute of any appearance of superficial
spicules. The whole coral is flaccid, and the larger branches
appear to be more or less compressed; but this may in great
part depend on the state of the specimen.

Lemnalia Jukesii. Fig. 1.

Hab. ? (J. Jukes, Esq.)

Ammothea thrysoides, Hempr. & Ehrenb. (Ehrenb. Corall.
r. M. 59), from the Red Sea, may be another species of this
enus.
Prof. Ehrenberg, in his ‘ Corals of the Red Sea,’ separates
the genus Ammothea from Nephthya, because the former is
said not to have, and the latter to have, fusiform spicules on

the polype. The types are A. virescens and Nephthya Chabrolii, .

Audouin, both from Savigny’s beautiful figures in the great
work on Egypt, t.2.f.5 &6; but, if the figures are examined, it
will be found that Savigny represents the polype-cells of both
species as covered externally with fusiform spicules, the spi-
cules in Ammothea being only smaller than those of Nephthya.
Prof. Ehrenberg says that he has examined many specimens

ae Se en ee oo

Aleyonotd Corals in the British Museum. 443

of Ammothea; but he does not point out the inconsistency of
Savigny’s beautiful figures with his generic character.

MAL, Milne-Edwards and Haime, in the ‘ Coralliaires,’
have placed Ammothea with the “ Aleyoniens nus” and Neph-

___ thya with the “Alcyoniens armés;” yet, as has been pointed

out by MM. Duchassaing and Michelotti (Coral. des Antilles,
al they seem to be only synonyms of the same genus.

obably these authors were misled by Prof. Ehrenberg’s
characters of the genera above quoted.

FILIGELLA.

Coral free, filiform, simple, slender, rather rigid. Bark
_ thin, transparent, formed of a single series of flattened, sub-

fusiform, elongate spicules placed close together side by side,
forming a hard coat; ends blunt, ovate, covered with spicules
like the stem. ‘The axis hornlike, slender, cylindrical. Po-
lype-cells short, broad, conical, very far apart, those next
each other being on different sides of the stem, forming a sub-
spiral series covered with a single series of close spicules like
the bark. The cells near each end of the coral are very much
alike, and the ends of the coral very similar and covered with
spicules; but there does not appear to be any opening for the
pyre: they are probably the buds by which the coral grows
in length.

How the coral lives I am not able to divine. There is no
appearance of either of the ends beitig-sunk in the sand; and
there is no expanded disk, which is universal in the group to
which it belongs. It must live erect, or nearly so; for the
polypes are placed equally on all sides of the axis. Can it
climb among the branches of zoophytes or corals ?

The specimens of this Gorgonoid coral I found among some
ecectile dredged up from off Cape Frio, near Rio de Janeiro.
It is curious as being simple, thread-like, unbranched, and
rounded off at each end; so that it must have been free. It is
covered with a single regularly disposed series of small, fusi-
form, flattened spicules, closely applied to each other. There
are a small number of very distant, short, broad, conical
polype-cells, which are also covered with a single series of
spicules. One of these cells is near each end, and it and the
end of the coral are covered with spicules like the rest of the
stem.

In the structure of the bark and the form and disposition of
the polype-cells it is very much like the genus Acis, de-
scribed and figured by Duchassaing and Michelotti (Coral.
des Antilles, p. 19, t. 1. f. 14,15); but it differs from that genus
in being unbranched and free.

31*

t44 Dr. J. E. Gray on new Genera and Species of

Filigella gracilis. Fig. 2.

= ae

The coral very slender, thread-like; the polype-cells about

one inch or three-quarters of an inch apart.
Hab. Coast of Brazil and Cape Frio. B.M.

Cirrhipathes filiformis.

Coral very slender, thread-like, of equal diameter from end
to end, pale brown, with crowded spinules on the surface ;
the spinules are conical, nearly transparent, and spread out

nearly horizontally from the axis.
Hab. Australia.

This specimen was found among some reptiles &c. pur-
chased from Mr. Higgins, from Australia.

Mr. Jukes, in1846, presented to the British = Fig. 5.
Museum some corals that were collected by
him on the north coast of Australia: among
others, there are two very interesting new
genera allied to Melithea and Isis. ‘They
differ from all the other genera of the group
in only having a single series of polype-cells
on each of the two edges of the branches
and branchlets. .

ACABARIA,

The coral very slender, branched, dichoto-
mous, expanded in a plane; branches and
branchlets very slender, compressed, with
short, swollen joints, more prominent on the
older stems. Bark thin, hard, smooth. Cells
short, broad, subcylindrical, truncated, in a
single series on each edge of the branches and
branchlets, rather close together. Axis cal-
careous, solid; red, longitudinally grooved ; Acabaria divaricata.
internodes short, swollen, spongy.

eet co aw.

> ga) bie

Alcyonoid Corals in the British Museum. 445

This differs from all the other genera of Melitheade in
having a single series of separate well-developed polype-cells
on each of the two edges of the branches and branchlets.

Acabaria divaricata. Fig. 3.

Coral very slender, fan-like, branched; branches rather .
elongate, divergent; bark red-brown; axis rose-coloured.

Hab. Australia. (Jukes, no. 2787.) B.M.

ANICELLA.

Coral fan-like, dichotomously branched ; branches separate,
_ divaricating, in the same plane, arising from the short, rather
- sunken joints. Bark thin, hard, smooth, longitudinally
grooved. Cells minute, subcylindrical, short, produced in a
harrow alternating series on each edge of the branches and
_ branchlets. Axis calcareous, solid, with longitudinal grooves ;
internodes very short, contracted, bark-like.

This genus differs from Melithea in the bark being smooth,
and the internodes not swollen, and from Js¢s in the internodes
being bark-like and not cartilaginous.

Anitcella australis. Fig. 4.

Coral red, growing in one plane; the stem distinctly jointed ;
the branchlets slender, with the joints very inconspicuous.
Hab. Port Essington. (Jukes.) B.M.

446 Dr. W. Nylander on the Germination of

LIX.—WNotule Lichenologice. No. pe
By the Rev. W. A. Lreiauton, B.A., F.L.8.

On the Germination of the Spores of Varicellaria*.
By Dr. W. Nylander.

TULASNE and De Bary: have already written concerning the
germination of the large-sized spores of Lichens, and have
seen slender filaments extruded gradually on all sides from
the walls of the spore, which filaments these celebrated authors
regard as the first hypothalline developments, or beginnings of
the thallus.

I have also seen the spores of Varicellaria (which are
almost the largest-sized spores of all Lichens—see Nyl. Lich.
Scand. t. 1. f. 8), when placed in a humid atmosphere or co-
vered with water, to be similarly covered in a short time with
slender circumradiant filaments. But at the same time I have
seen other similar filaments to issue from the various adjacent
fragments of the disrupted apothecium of Varicellaria. After
a month’s time, in some spores, these filaments (both those of _
the spores and of the other fragments) manifestly acquired a
mucedinous character, and produced moniliform, hyaline, peni-
cillate acrospores, and thus constituted a slender Penicillium.
Afterwards, by continued culture, I have seen this Penicillium
destroyed and vanishing away. But long before that, and
contemporaneously with the protrusion of the filaments above
mentioned, I have observed in the endospore a hyaline proto-
plasm, turbid in the middle, composed of very minute white
granulations, which, as it were by coagulation, formed a solid
white corpuscle (opake as seen against the light) in the cavity
of each cell of the spore—and that this afterwards gradually
increased after the fashion of an embryo, and at length in the
third month filled the entire cavities of both cells of the endo-
spore. At the same time the wall of the two cells showed the
concentric strata to have become sensibly looser, and was
fissured by frequent fine transverse rimule (or strigule)
(which same thing De Bary has observed, and which I myself
have noted in Pertusaria velata, in Lich. N. Zeal., in Linn.
Soc. Journ. ix. p. 253), preparing for its future dissolution,
which a parasitic mucedinous vegetation would also promote.
From the middle of the month of March to the middle of the
month of June I have noticed these phenomena. ‘The spores,
then denuded of the filaments of the Penicillium (whose vege-
tation had passed away) displayed in the interior of each cell.

* Translated from ‘Flora,’ Sept. 10, 1868.

the Spores of Varicellaria. 447

a white corpuscle, which, towards the septum separating the
cells, in most spores stretched out the sporal wall on one side.
Thence I sometimes saw a white oblong corpuscle spon-
taneously expelled from either cell. When free (or partly
remaining within the cells and partly protruded near the sep-
tum), these corpuscles became larger, and especially longer,
than when enclosed within the spore, somewhat deformed, and
unequal or almost cerebriform on the surface, but covered by
no cellular membrane. :

_ Here, unless [ am deceived, is the beginning of the thallus
of the Lichen; but I have been unable to pursue the ulterior
evolution. Does, then, fecundation take place in these corpus-
cles? Their analogy would then be with the spores of the
Fucacee. 7

Subsequently, in the warm summer, I experimented with
other cultivations of the spores of Varicellaria; and, as in the
former ones, I beheld the mucedinous filaments speedily and
copiously evolved from all. But now the fructification of

lninthosporium (spores septate, black, pyriform, moniliformi-
proliferous, subfasciculate) appeared in these filaments, and the
sporal wall became dissolved in a short time. Sometimes the
corpuscles assumed a rose-colour. ‘T'oo much heat (often
about 30° C.) was injurious to this culture.

Observations of this kind are very easily instituted and
explained ; but in such experiments the natural conditions are
so imperfectly imitated that consequently it is most difficult
to attain to any knowledge of the physiology of Lichens.

Corrigenda,

_ In Dr. Nylander’s paper on “ Lichens in the Luxembourg Gar-
dens” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. ii. p. 245), I have inad-
vertently made some gross mistakes, which need correction :—

Page 246, line 5, for “ hygrometer” read hygiometer.

Page 248, line 31, for “ Lecanora umbrina = Lecidea pelidna, Ach.”
read :—Lecidea umbrina is identical with Lecidea pelidna, Ach.,

which latter name is to be preferred for this lichen, because we

have a Lecanora umbrina (Ehrh.) and because it is desirable to avoid

a similarity of nomenclature in genera which approach so closely to

each other.
For “Heppe” read Hepp passim. W. A. Lerenron.

448 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging-Reports.

LX.—Reports on Dredging. By J. Gwyn JEFFREYS, E.R.S.

I HAVE not much to say in answer to the remarks made by
Mr. M‘Andrew in the last Number of the ‘ Annals,’ because
it seems to me that we do not differ in any very material
oint.

; With regard to ‘‘ bathymetrical”’ zones (in which, of course,
I did not mean to include that part of the shore which lies
‘beyond the reach of ordinary tides’’), I am satisfied with
my friend’s admission that “the same species often frequent
different depths in different seas :’’ from my own experience in
dredging (now of between thirty and forty years), 1 would say
the same seas. I am not a disbeliever in zones, haying, in my
work on ‘ British Conchology,’ adopted and endeavoured to
define four,—viz. littoral, laminarian, coralline, and deep-
sea; but the first two and last two of these constitute two
principal zones, which may be termed littoral and submarine.
Some species of Mollusca, as well as of other animals, range
from low-water mark to the greatest depth reached by the
dredge.

The question as to the comparative size of northern and
southern specimens of the same species was so fully discussed
by us in the ‘ Annals’ for 1860, that it is unnecessary to con-

tinue the controversy. I would, however, observe that perhaps
our disagreement on this point may in some measure arise
from my considering certain forms mere varieties which other
conchologists hold to be distinct species. I have elsewhere
given my reasons for uniting Pecten septemradiatus with P.
clavatus, Lima hians with L. tenera, and Astarte sulcata with
A, elliptica and A. fusca or incrassata. The last named in
each case I regard as the southern form, and the others as the
northern form of those three species. Mr. M‘Andrew did not
find Pecten septemradiatus on the Scandinavian coast so large
as those of Loch Fyne. A valve from the Faroe banks,
dredged by Dr. Carpenter and Professor Wyville Thomson,
measures an inch and nine-tenths in length; this far exceeds
any I have seen from Loch Fyne, where the species is com- |
mon. He also says that his specimens of Astarte sulcata from
Gibraltar and from Finmark are equal in size; and he agrees
with me that size diminishes with depth. His dredging-lists
record that species from 45 fathoms at Gibraltar and 15-160
fathoms on the western coast of Norway. Possibly his Fin-
mark specimens came from the deepest water, and were con-
sequently smaller than those from Gibraltar. But even if it
were not so, my proposition was qualified; and every rule has -
its exception,

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging-Reports. 449

The colour of shells in their living state is, I believe, more
affected by temperature than by light; and the former of these
- conditions must also have a considerable influence on the
quantity as well as on the variety of animal life. The cases
Ptsitccd of bright hues from deep water were by no means
exceptional, and might be supplemented by many more. In-
deed, while I am writing, there are on an adjoining table
specimens of Venus ovata (the shell referred to by Mr. M‘An-
drew), lately procured by Carpenter and Thomson in the
North Sea at depths of 189 and 550 fathoms, the colour of
which is, as usual, reddish-brown, some specimens being va-

riegated—also, from 189 fathoms, a bright-red Tectura fulva
‘and a pink-rayed Tellina pusilla. Milne-Edwards noticed,
in the case of the Mediterranean electric-telegraph cable, Pecten
ercularis, var. Audouinii, as “ fortement colorée”’ from be-
tween 1010 and 1530 fathoms; and Sars, in his further re-
marks on the distribution of animal life in the depths of the
sea, has now recorded the occurrence of Pecten septemradiatus,
Astarte sulcata, Natica Montacuti, and Eulima bilineata from
250-300 fathoms, having the same coloured markings as in
specimens from shallow water. We do not know the extent
to which sea-water is penetrated by the sun’s rays; but as
cephalophorous mollusks which live at considerable depths are
provided with eyes, it may fairly be assumed that light exists
there. Carpenter and Thomson got several specimens of
Pleurotoma carinata in 189 fathoms, and one of Columbella
halieett in 530 fathoms: all these were living, and had con-
spicuous eyes. In a letter just received from Professor Lovén,
he says that, in the last Spitzbergen Expedition, “ not a few
forms” were brought up from over 2000 fathoms. When the
collections have been examined, we shall know something

more on this interesting subject.

My proposition founded on the casual occurrence in our seas
of exotic and oceanic shells had no reference to the distribution
of the Mollusca.

The important explorations of Carpenter and Thomson
(which it is hoped will be renewed next year) have produced
another addition to the list of recent species which had been
called “extinct.” A specimen of Pleurotoma galerita was
dredged about fifty miles from Cape Wrath, at a depth of
189 fathoms. Philippi described and figured this species as a
very rare Calabrian fossil.

450

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Geology of Northumberland and Durham, with a Geological Map.
By Grorer Tare, F.G.S. (From the Nat. Hist. Trans. of Northumb.
and Durham.) 8vo. Newcastle, 1867.

An Essay on the Geology of Cumberland and Westmoreland. By
H. A. Nicnorson, D.Sc., M.B., F.G.S., &. 8vo. London, 1868.

Tue Geological Surveyors of Great Britain have not yet, by far,
finished their examination of the northern counties of England,
which, though comprising the great coal-field of Newcastle and
Durham on the east, and that of Whitehaven on the west, and con-
taining the rich lead-mines of Allendale and the hematite-mines of
Ulverstone, are for the most part bleak and barren, whether pre-
senting moorlands of sand-rock and limestone in Northumberland
and western Durham, or equally barren crags and mountains in the
more picturesque Lake-district. These regions, however, have not
had less attention from geologists than the more fertile lands to the
south, or than the well-worked districts of Scotch geology. New-
castle has had its eminent geologists, and continues to publish the
scientific transactions of its naturalists, with successive observations
made by good geologists from the Tees to the Tweed. Mr. George
Tate’s memoir, before us, is one of these well-considered communi-
cations, based on the long experience and daily notes of a local
observer, to whom every hill and vale, every crag and dene, every
stream and loch are familiar, who has watched the changes of the
coast, the cuttings of roads, the excavations of quarries, and all the
minute but important evidences of geological structure given by
wells, by husbandry, by pickaxe and spade, from season to season
and year to year. The principal object of this pamphlet (being an
introduction to the elaborate memoir entitled “A new Flora of
Northumberland and Durham,” forming volume ii. of the Nat. Hist.
Transact. of Northumb. and Durham) is to supply data to help the
botanist to see how far the flora of these two counties is influenced
by geological structure; and therefore the mineral characters and
range of the various rock-masses are specially treated of; but the
history of the rocks, as successive formations characterized by dif-
ferent organisms, is also indicated with clearness, as well as the
disturbances they have suffered by subterranean action, accompanied
with volcanic rocks, and giving rise to many features of the country.
Besides these igneous rocks (such as greenstone and basalt, of Post-
carboniferous age, and Postsilurian syenite and porphyry), Mr. G.
Tate has to notice :—the superficial peat and gravels, and the older
gravels, sands, and boulder-clay of the Glacial period; the probably
Triassic sandstones of South Durham; the various members of. the
Permian group; the rich and interesting Carboniferous formations,
namely, Coal-measures, Millstone-grit, Mountain-limestone (in its —
upper part calcareous, and carbonaceous below), and Tuedian beds
(well defined and thus named by Mr. Tate in 1856); the Upper

Bibliographical Notices. 451

Old Red Sandstone in patches (with Adianthoides hibernicus in
Berwickshire and Sigillaria(?) in Roxburghshire); and some Cambro-
Silurian (Lower Silurian) rocks in the western part of Northumber-
land. A very neat little geological map, printed in colours, accom-
panies the paper, and shows (as far as a small scale permits) con-
siderable improvements in detail, compared with other maps of this
part of the north of England.

For Cumberland and Westmoreland we have Dr. Nicholson’s
comprehensive memoir above mentioned, in which are noticed the
writings of many others, including the results of some of the work
of the Geological Survey in the Lake-district, given by Mr. Hughes
in 1866, as well as the fruits of Prof. Harkness’s persevering and
acute examination of the Lake-district and neighbouring region,
often in company with the author himself. Some limited traces of
Liassic and Triassic strata in Cumberland are briefly noticed. The
next lowest beds of the district are the Permian; and considerable _
addition to our knowledge of this group has been made by Prof.
Harkness, following up Mr. Binney’s indications some few years since.
Of Carboniferous rocks, there are the Coal-measures of Whitehaven,
the sandy beds equivalent to the Millstone-grit, the Yoredale
beds, and the Scar limestone; then succeed the Upper Old Red
Sandstone and the Silurian rocks, comprising equivalents of the
Ludlow beds above, and the Coniston grits, Coniston flags, and
Coniston limestone in descending order, and, still lower, the green-
slates and porphyries, and the Skiddaw slates, which have been
freely traversed by granite and other igneous rocks; whilst the
whole have been contorted, dislocated, and most extensively de-
nuded. These rocks and strata are described in detail; the fault-
ings, so important a feature in the structure of the Lake-district,
are dwelt upon, especially in the introduction ; the characters, fea-
tures, and effects of the igneous rocks, and the glaciation of some
granitic and other masses, are amongst the most important subjects
of research.

In the theoretical views of Dr. Nicholson as to the early conditions
and changes of the Lake-district, geologists have much to discuss;
and we think that our author is hasty in putting aside the late
W. Hopkins’s views of the geometrical relations of the old faults
of this region. The correlation of the older palwozoic beds and fos-
sils of Cumbria with those of Cambria will perhaps long give rise to
vexed questions among palzontologists, and certainly will not yet
bear dogmatic collocations. Little, however, can be done without
good conscientious work, such as that of which this pamphlet is the
result. There is no rest for the geologist’s hammer, except when
the pen is recording or revising its discoveries ; so we trust that this
essay, at first written as a University thesis, and now published with
corrections and additions, will still be amended and enlarged with
new work and new results from time to time. It is at present
illustrated with several bold sectional diagrams; these will have to
be replaced with sections on truer scale and with more accuracy of
detail. In the meantime, in its present state, we are sure that

452 Bibliographical Notices.

both geologist and tourist will find it a useful book, suggestive of
valuable thoughts for the speculative, and of good lines of research
for the practical man—helping, in the study, to the memory of
former labours in this region, and, in the field, showing where whole-
some pleasure may be gleaned in hunting out the history of rock
and fossil, of hill and lake, and, indeed, of the world itself.

A Monograph of the Recent British Ostracoda. By Guorer
Srewarpson Brapy, Esq. (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxvi.)

Tue whole of the last-issued Part of the Linnean Transactions is
occupied by the monograph which we are about to notice, and which
extends to 143 pages, illustrated by nineteen plates.

We have here a most valuable contribution to the history and eluci-
dation of the Ostracoda. The study of this section of the Crustacea
‘ has, both on the Continent and in the British Islands, been recently
attracting much greater notice, and, we venture to prophecy, is de-
stined to occupy a much larger share of the attention both of zoolo-
gists and geologists than it has hitherto done. This is the only
order of the Crustacea the remains of which have been found fossil
throughout a long series of beds in considerable abundance; and
they are likely, when more diligently searched for, hereafter to
render important service in assisting the geologist in the classifica-
tion and sequence of strata. They present certain advantages for
this purpose over the Mollusca and other larger organisms, because
the small and generally strong valves of their minute carapaces will
often escape destruction when it fares badly with their larger
brethren. For example, glacial action, which will grind to pieces
all univalve and bivalve shells, may be expected to leave unharmed
the Cythere or the Bairdia—just in the same way as while we crush
the snail to atoms under our foot, the little ant which was there at
the same time, so far from objecting to the operation, turns smack-
ing his lips to the dainty morsel which we leave him to enjoy. A
more careful washing of glacial clays and attentive search for the
Ostracoda which they may contain will be found no unimportant
step in the determination of the circumstances under which a parti-
cular bed was deposited, as showing whether it owes its origin to
subaérial or true glacial ice, or was a submarine or icebergal depo-
sit. Indeed, so abundant are fossil specimens, that with our present
workers in the field, Messrs. Brady, Norman, Robertson, &c. col-
lecting the recent forms, and Messrs. Crosskey, Robertson, &c. the
Tertiary and, more especially, Quaternary forms, it has become a
mere toss-up whether a species shall first be found fossil and then
recent, or vice versé. Of the species described by Mr. Brady, no less
than fifty-six marine and six freshwater species have already been
met with fossil in the glacial and other more recent deposits; and
what makes this the more striking, as showing how completely this
study is even now in its infancy, is the fact that no less than forty-
three out of the fifty-six marine species referred to, and which are

Bibliographical Notices. 453

now known as fossil, lived unnoticed in our seas until the last five
years; and, indeed, a considerable number of them are for the first
time recorded in this monograph.

Acquaintance with freshwater species of Ostracoda dates back to
the middle of the last century. The investigation of the species has
been gradual and continuous; and at the present time we are tole-
rably conversant with those members of the order which inhabit
the streams, lakes, and ponds both of the British Islands and of
continental Europe; but with the marine species the case has been
different. It was in 1785 that O. F. Miiller first recorded the exist-
ence of sea forms, and in his ‘ Entomostraca’ established the genus
Oythere and described five species. There the matter stood, without
any fresh light being thrown upon the subject, until Dr. Baird, in
1837, published six additional species in the ‘Mag. of Zool. and
Botany.’ In the following year M.-Edwards established the genus
Oypridina, containing a single species. From that time until 1850,
when Dr. Baird published his ‘ History of the British Entomostraca,’
matters were at a standstill. That work made us acquainted with
seven more Cythere (together with a freshwater form which was
assigned to that genus), with three species of recent Cythereis, and
with two Cypridine. The ‘ List of the British Marine Invertebrate
Fauna,’ published by the British Association eleven years subse-
quently (1861),only contains two additional species, Cypridina Marie
and C. interpuncta, which had been published by Dr. Baird. In that
year the Rev. A. M. Norman described a fifth British Cypridina,
and recorded the Philomedes longicornis of Lilljeborg from Plymouth
in the ‘ Annals of Natural History.’ In the following year he added
five Cythere and a Cythereis in the same journal; and in 1864
(Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham) eight more Cythere
and another Cythereis. Lastly, in the ‘ Report Brit. Assoc.’ 1866,
Mr. Brady characterized nine additional marine species from the
Hebrides, distributing them in the genera which had just been
established by G. O. Sars. Thus, when Mr. Brady commenced
his monograph, there were (deducting species proved to be syno-
_ nymous) forty-four marine Ostracoda described, and twenty more
of which the names had been recorded in his paper just referred to.

On the Continent the marine Ostracoda had, until quite recently,
been wholly neglected. Since Miiller’s time, beyond a Cypridina
noticed from the Mediterranean by Costa and Philippi, and two Nor-
wegian species (which, however, are synonymous with previously
described British forms), no additions had been made to the fauna.
In 1865, however, G. O. Sars published, in the ‘ Vid.-Selskabets
Forhandlingar,’ his “ Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder,” a mo-
nograph which at once placed the study of this order of animals on a
new footing. He had not only collected seventy-seven species in
the Scandinavian seas, but, with the greatest skill and anatomical
research, so investigated their structure and anatomy that he was
able to establish a large number of genera upon what would seem
to be valid and sound characters. |

Taking Sars’s ‘ Oversigt’ as the basis of his work, Mr. Brady has,

454 Miscellaneous.

in the monograph before us, fully elucidated the animal as well as
the shell of the species he describes; and, carrying still further the
system of classification inaugurated by the Norwegian naturalist, he
presents us with a history of one hundred and forty-one species, dis-
tributed in twenty-eight genera—certainly an extraordinary advance
upon the forty species and five genera which represented the state of
our knowledge of this order at the time of the publication of ‘The
Natural History of the British Entomostraca.’

The work before us shows evidence of the greatest care in prepa-
ration and in execution. The descriptions of both shells and animals
(the latter given in a large number of instances) are systematically
and well drawn up, while the beauty of the plates leaves nothing to
desire. They represent the carapace of each species in its various
positions, and fully illustrate the anatomy of the genera. Both zoo-
logists and geologists may thank the Linnean Society for the pub-
lication of this extensive and important monograph.

MISCELLANEOUS.
On the Habits of the Volutes. By Dr. R. O. Cunninenam.

Valparaiso, Oct. 9, 1868.

My pear S1r,—In the April number of the ‘ Annals and Ma-
gazine of Natural History, which I received not long since, I
find at p. 310 a note by you on the habits of Volutes, in which
you remark that they are rarely collected with their animals,
except when they are accidentally thrown ashore after a storm,
and that this is owing to their sand-burrowing propensities.
This I have found to be the case as regards the species of the
genus inhabiting the Strait of Magellan. During the first season
I spent in that region, I only succeeded in procuring two live
specimens of Voluta magellanica, till the occurrence of a violent
easterly gale caused numbers to be thrown on the beach in the
neighbourhood of the Chilian settlement at Punta Arena. That
they only existed in comparatively shallow water I considered
sufficiently proved by the fact that I never succeeded in dredging
any, though they were evidently far from rare, judging from the
numbers of dead shells to be picked up in most localities in the
eastern part of the Strait. I obtained a second species of Volute,
of which there are no specimens in the collection of Magellanic
shells in the Museum at Santiago, at low water at Cape Posses-
sion in January 1867. I found it burrowing in considerable
numbers in the fine sand of the beach; and a few occurred upon
clusters of live Mytili attached to stones, and, I believe, were
feeding on them after the fashion of our Purpura lapillus, though
I could not be certain of the fact. The body of the animal in

Miscellaneous. 455

this species, which was of a most beautiful purple colour, was
_ always very much extruded from the shell, and the foot was of
enormous size. The animal of Voluta magellanica is also purple,
but of a much paler tint than that of the other Volute. I regret
I was unable to make drawings of the animals while alive ; but nu-
merous specimens of both species were included in the collection of
marine animals in spirit which I sent to the British Museum last
year.
Believe me,
My dear Sir,
Very truly yours,

8 Rozsert O. CunnIneHAM,

Dr. J. EB. Gray, FBS. .

A mature Shell of Cypreea fusco-dentata, Gray.
By F. P. Marrart.

Mr. R. Keen, of Edge Lane, Liverpool, has recently procured a
very interesting series of this shell, numbering nine or ten varie-
ties; they fully exhibit the different stages of growth, from the
earlier states to the finely coloured adult individual. The question
formerly advanced of this being a ribbed species resembling Cypraa
capensis, Gray, is now completely and definitely settled. All the
specimens hitherto obtained of this rare shell have been either young
or decorticated ; and it would appear that the species is extremely
_ rare in a perfect state. This series includes the first and only ex-
ample known to be so.

The shell is a very fine one, measuring 1,5, inch, with the teeth
fully developed. The colour is dirty drab, similar to the shells
usually figured; but the back is covered with rufous-brown close
spots like those on Cyp. errones, Linn., and nearly as glossy, but
has them larger, more confluent; and more suffused. The slightly
raised ribs usually seen in young examples are not entirely oblite-
rated by having the extra coat of enamel deposited over them.

100 Edge Lane, Liverpool.

Baleine des Indes.

Under the above name there are manufactured and sold in Germany
(and these haye been offered for sale in London) longitudinal slips of
the horn of the Long-horned Buffalo of India, called the Arnee. The
slips are cut of different thickness and width to serve the purposes
of the stay- and dressmakers, the longest as yet made being only
15 inches. I fear that the slips must be much more brittle than
good whalebone, as they are destitute of the longitudinal fibres
that give strength to the true whalebone. If they do answer, I do
not see why the slips might not be made of any length, the horns
being artificially united together into a mass, as the ox-horns are in
Paris, to make sticks and other articles.—J. E. Gray.

456 Miscellaneous.

Double Eggs.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Capt. Mitchell’s notice of “‘ a double egg of a fowl,”
in the ‘ Annals’ for last month, has brought to my recollection the
following account of a double egg I heard at the small village of
Bantham, near the Bolt-Tail, on the south coast of Devon, this
summer. Several farmers met in the common room of a small inn,
when one of them asked “if any on ’em there could tell the weight
of a guse’s egg?” Several statements were made, but eight or nine
ounces appeared to meet with the most approval; but one man said,
‘‘ Now I reckon you had one wi’ a double yolk, so I do say eighteen
ounces.” ‘Thee beest nigh the mark, for ’t were nineteen ounces ;
but ’twarn’t a double yolk, at least not a double yolk like most double
yolks be; for when I broke the shell, there comed out, oh! a lot o’
stinking trade sure ’nough ; but when all that beastliness were
out, why I’m blessed if there warn’t a proper egg inside, quite gude.
T were the largest egg I ever see’d in my life, and he ’most killed
the ould guse for to lay en; her never laid no eggs afterwards, her
didn’t. ”?

I give the story in the farmer’s own words, because, although I
believe the account, I have it only on hearsay.

I am, Gentlemen,
Yours obediently,
Plymouth, Nov. 18, 1868. C. Spence Bare.

Occurrence of Gigartina pistillata on the Welsh Coast.

Mrs. Gatty, in the month of September, 1865, picked up a speci-
men of Gigartina pistillata in fruit, in Blackpool Bay, not far from
Linney Head, on the south-western coast of Pembrokeshire. It
was seen by Dr. Harvey, at New Milford, on his way to Ireland ;
and he had a written account of its discovery made out for the
Trinity College herbarium (Dublin).

Palu.

Some time ago a very small quantity of a fine silky substance was
brought to England from California under the above name; and it
was used as an object for the microscope, on account of its beautiful
structure. Mr. Bingham, in his very interesting paper on the
‘“‘ Volcanic Phenomena of the Hawaiian Islands,” says—* Palu is the
silky covering of the opening fronds of several species of tree ferns,
and is exported in large quantities to California, for beds &e.”
(p.426). The trade is so extensive that “ corduroy roads” are made
to the station where it is collected, and whole districts are leased for
the ‘ Palw business,” and there is a large number of * Palu-pickers.”
The Palu is collected at Kelauéa, which is the most tropical region
in Hawaii; the tree ferns have stems 15 feet high to the base of the
frond, and 8 or 12 inches in diameter.

: Miscellancous. A457

On Myomorphus cubensis, a new Subgenus of Megalonyx.
By M. Pomet.

The subject of this note is a mandible, almost reduced to its
dentary portion, which was among the objects sent to the French
Exhibition of 1867 by M. Fernando de Castro. It was found in
some excavations at the baths of Ciego-Montero, and given by
Don José Figueroa. From the analogy of the matrix, the author

associates with it some plates of tortoises and the posterior part of

the mandible of a crocodile, probably allied to the alligators. The
bed is probably of quaternary age.

The mandible has the characters of Megalonyx, and the same
dental formula—three teeth in a row, and a fourth isolated in
front. The molars of the series are prismatic, with a long root,
slightly arched, the concavity being turned backward; they are
nearly triangular, with the angles, especially the inner one, blunt
and rounded. The outer side, which is shortest, is a little depressed
in the middle; the anterior side is nearly straight, and the pos-
terior very convex, rounded especially towards the inner angle,
which is the thickest. The first of these teeth has the outer side a
little oblique; the second is of nearly the same size and form,
but its outer side is parallel to the alveolar line: the diameters of
their crowns are as 16:21. The third has its two diameters equal,
in consequence of the widening of the outer surface; and its postero-
interior side forms a portion of a cylinder.

The crown is convex, with anterior and posterior ridges pro-
duced by two transverse crests of very hard dentine, playing the part
of enamel. In their minute structure, these teeth show five very dis-
tinct concentric zones, divisible into two_groups of analogous sub-
stance. The outer zone is a pellicle of very dense substance, traversed
by a few canals, and shining at its surface like enamel. The second
zone consists of a substance like ivory, with its transverse fracture
grained and reticulated by canals ascending obliquely inwards. This
substance seems to be of the same nature as the outer pellicle, but
to have more numerous canals and less density. It is the cement
of many authors; but, unlike the cement of the teeth of the Ungu-
lata, it has much more analogy with that of the bones, and may be
named eburnoid. This zone forms the outer slopes of the ridges of
the crown, where it is about 2 millimetres thick ; it becomes sud-

denly thin, in order to follow the outer and inner margins.

- The third zone is formed by a very hard dentine, of fibrous
appearance, but really finely transversely vascular. This forms the
erests of the coronal ridges, where it shows a thickness of } milli-
metre, and becomes gradually thinner on each side. The fourth
zone only differs from this in its less hardness and its duller aspect,
due, no doubt, to a coarser vascularity. It occupies the inner slopes
of the ridges, and, like the eburnoid substance, which it equals in
thickness, becomes much attenuated at the inside and outside, until
it becomes scarcely discernible. In its broader part it seems to
form fine concentric layers. These two zones constitute the hard

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 32

458 Miscellaneous.

dentine of odontologists. The fifth zone, forming the axis of the
tooth and the bottom of the coronal hollow, is the softest of all; it
is the vascular dentine of authors. Its apparently fibrous structure
is more loosely vascular than that of the hard dentine; its ascend-
ing canals become more and more oblique towards the crown. The
diminution of the four outer zones towards the inner and outer
margins causes a greater extension of the vascular dentine in these
directions; and this arrangement explains why the coronal hollow
opens outwardly. |

These teeth have no rootlets, unless late in life. The part first
organized seems to be the zone of hardest or enamel-like dentine ;
but the eburnoid substance seems to be nearly coincident in its
formation.

The first tooth is separated from the others by a rather wide
gap, and thrown nearly to the margin of the mandible, where it
somewhat resembles a very broad incisor of a rodent; its trans-
verse section is crescentiform, with the horns blunt and rounded
off, and the concavity behind. The bone of the mandible is pro- —
duced a very little beyond this tooth, in the form of a very short
beak, channelled beneath. The two diameters of the tooth are as
10:22. It has a pellicle of false enamel; but the whole interior of ©
the tooth is formed by a compact homogeneous substance, not
unlike the ivory of the hippopotamus. It shows no trace of vascu-
larity. An arched line in its middle seems to indicate a band of a
different and perhaps softer nature.

The mandibular bone is remarkable for the parallelism of the two
dental margins and the narrowness of the interval separating them,
the depth of its ramus beneath the molars, the strong convexity of
the lower margin beneath this same point, the great extent of the
symphysis, and the very oblique elevation of the anterior margin
towards the terminal beak. Except in these and some other details,
the bone closely resembles its homologue in Megalonyx Jeffersont.

The differences of the dental system in this animal and Mega-
lonya are as great as those by which the genera Mylodon, Scelido-
therium, and Gnathopsis are distinguished. The serial molars in
Megalonyx are nearly equal and subquadrangular; in the present
animal they are rather triangular, and the last is distinctly the
largest. The isolated tooth in Megalonywx is very oblique, and has
an elliptical section, whilst in the Cuban fossil it is more arched in
the direction of its length, and much more like an incisor. This
character is of great importance, and might seem to be an advance
towards the dentition of J'ylotheriwm (Mesotherium, Serr.), if the
similar tooth in the latter did not appear to be a true incisor, The
rest of the skeleton will no doubt furnish further characters: for
‘the present, the author forms for this animal a new subgeneric sec-
tion, to which he gives the name of Myomorphus; and the species
may be called Megalonyx (or Myomorphus) cubensis. The author
gives the following measurements as compared with those of Mega-
lonya :—

Miscellaneous. 459

Myomorphus. Megalonyx.
Length of dentary ramus from the last

molar to the anterior margin...... 115 mill. 150 mill.
Space occupied by the three serial teeth 63 ,, 60: .,,
Meee OF tne bar .. 2. oe. ee ees DOs 40 ,,
Depth of the dentary ramus below the

ST ree eae Pe pil ee 100 ,,
Interior separation of the two rami to-

wards the last molar............ 1S 48 3;

— Comptes Rendus, tome lxvii. September 28, 1868, pp. 665-668.

On Capillary Vascular Systems in the Gasteropoda.
By Professor C. Went.

The theory proposed by Milne-Edwards, that in the Mollusca
the arterial and venous systems are not united by a capillary system,
but that a system of lacune destitute of proper walls intervenes be-
tween them, is not confirmed in the Gasteropoda investigated by the
author. In Helix, Limax, Turbo, Lymneus, and Murex he has
ascertained the existence of closed capillary systems, with proper
walls and characteristic of the different organs; these may be dis-
played by injection either from the arterial or the venous side. The
existence of a lacunar system must be denied even in the respira-
tory organs. Nor could he convince himself that the vascular sys-
tem is open either towards the cavity of the body or the outer sur-
face. Hence the theory of the imperfect circulation of the blood
in the Gasteropoda is at least not of universal application.—An-
zeige der Akad, der Wiss. in Wien, July 23, 1868, p. 179.

On some new Fossil Fish from the Lias of Lyme Regis.
By Sir Pariie pe M. Grey Eerrron, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., F.G.S.

1. Osteorachis macrocephalus, gen. et spec. nov.—A Sauroid fish,
chiefly remarkable for the massive dimensions and complete ossifica-
tion of the bodies of the vertebrae, and characterized by the large
size of the head and the multiplicity of the teeth.

2. Isocolum granulatum, gen. et spec. nov.—For elegance of form
this fish can vie with the salmon of modern times, its contour being
very similar. It bears the greatest resemblance to the Sauroid genus
Caturus, but in the absence of the teeth it cannot be assigned with
certainty to any particular family.

3. Holophagus gulo, spec. nov.—A ccelacanth fish, remarkable
for its resemblance, especially in the contour of the head, to the
Cretaceous genus Macropoma, and for substantiating Prof. Huxley’s
demonstration of the persistence of type presented by this family,
which ranged from the Coal-measures to the Chalk.

4. Eulepidotus sauroides, gen. et spec. nov.—This first represents
a genus uniting the Lepidoid and Sauroid families of Agassiz’s
Ganoid order; the teeth and the tail being Sauroid in character,
while the fins are Lepidoid, and the scales partake of the characters
of those structures in both families.—Proc. Geol, Soc. June 17, 1868.

460

_ INDEX to VOL. IL.

<i
—

ACABARIA, description of the new
genus, 444,

Acarina, on the metamorphoses of
the, 78.

Acrea, new species of, 144.

Adams, A., on the species of Ceecidee,
Corbulides, Volutide, Cancella-
riidee, and Patellidee found in Ja-
pan, 363.

Aga, new species of, 29.

AXolidiella, characters of the new
genus, 133,

Agrilus, new species of, 107.

Alaus, new species of, 100.

Alcyoncellum, on the name, 390.

Alcyonella fungosa, on a variety of,
7

Alew from a Californian hot spring,
on some, 251.

Alpheus, on the British species of,
173.

Amphipoda, new British, 411.

Anicella, description of the new ge-
nus, 445.

Anilocra mediterranea, description
of, 422.

Annelids, on lithodomous, 76, 276;
on the, dredged off the Shetlands
in 1867, 249.

Anochanus, description of the new
genus, 168.

Anser, on the occurrence of the ge-
nus, in the peat of Cambridge-
shire, 388.

Antirrhoea, new species of, 143.

Apionichthys ottonis, description of,

80.

Aranea lobata of Pallas, observations
on, 186.

Archxopteryx, on the systematic
position of, 66.

Argiope, on the generic name, 190,

Aristotelia, observations on the ge-
nus, 41.

Arlong, 8., on the generative organs
of the hare, rabbit, and leporide,
236.

Atthey, T., on the occurrence of
Climaxodus in the Low-main
Shale of Newsham, 321.

Axius, on the British species of, 177.

Baillon, H., on the cause of monoe- —
ciousness in Coelebo ne, 391. :

Bairdia, new pore of, 58, 221.

Baleenoptera Sibbaldii of ‘Gray, on
the, 323,
Baleine des Indes, 455. |

Bate, C.S., on Anomurous Crusta-—
cea, 112; on double eggs, 456.
Batesia, new species of, 147.
Batrachia, on the lymphatic vessels _
in the tail of the young of, 392.
Bats of the Seychelles, on the, 436.
Bees, on the production of the sexes
in, 252.
Beneden, Prof. Van, on the pelvis
and hind limbs of whales, 79.
Bergh, Dr. R., on Phidiana lynceus
and Ismaila monstrosa, 133.

Birds and reptiles, on the animals

which are most nearly interme-
diate between, 66.

Blackwall, J., on new species of Spi-§ :
ders, 403.

Bland, T., on the jaw of Cylinidrella!
389.

Blanford, W.T. ,on Fairbaniia bom-_
bayana, 399.

Bocage, J. V. B. du, on Geena,
boreale, 36.

Bonvouloir, M. de, on a new genus -
of Eucnemide, 103.

Books, new:—Whitaker’s Subaérial
Denudation, 62; Lyell’s Principles |
of Geology, 152; urchison’s Si-
luria, 156 ; Dawson’s Acadian
Geology, 158; Valenti-Serini’s —
Funghi sos etti e velenosi del
Territorio Sienese, 378; Tate’s”
Geology of ‘Northumberland and
Durham, 450; Nicholson’s Geo-
logy of Cumberland and West-
moreland, 451; Brady’s Recent
British Ostracoda, 452.

Brachiopoda, on the structure of the
shells of, 295.

Brady, G. S., on Ostracoda from the
Arctic and Scandinavian Seas, 30;
from the Mauritius, 178; from
Tenedos, 220, i

INDEX.)

Buxton, C., on the acclimatization of
parrots at Northrepps Hall, 381.
Cecide, on J sea species of, 364.
Calamites, on the systematic position

of the, 235.
Callicore, new species of, 146.
Calliteera, new species of, 141.
_ Cancellariidz, on the Japanese spe-
cies of, 368.
Carcinological gleanings, 112.
Carpenter, Dr.. W. B., on Spirifer
cuspidatus, 138, 295.

__ Ceryus, new species of, 231.

Chirogalus, new species of, 172.
Chroococcus, new species of, 234.
Cirolana, new species of, 421.

_ Cirripathes, new species of, 444.
Claparéde, E., on a new genus of
astrotrichous Rotatoria, 214.

_ Climaxodus, on the occurrence of, in
- Low-main Shale of Newsham,

Clotho, new species of, 409.

_ Coecoliths and Coccospheres, note

on, 317.

_ Cochranea, on the species of, 124.

- Ceelebogyne, on the accidental cause

__ of moneeciousness in, 391.
i from Old Calabar, onthe,
91.

Coleiira, new species of, 438.

Collemacei, on the gonimic evolution
of the, 370.

Coluber natrix, on the aquatic habits
of, 389.

Coptocera, characters of the new ge-
nus, 93.

Corals, on some new genera and spe-
cies of, 263, 441.

Corbulidee, on the Japanese species

of, 365.

Corcebus, new species of, 105.

> observations on the genus,
427,

Crangon sculptus and fasciatus, notes
on, 178.

Crinodendron, observations on the
genus, 52.

Crustacea, descriptions of new, 29,
411.

Cunningham, Dr. R. O., on the habits
of the Volutes, 454.

Cylindrella, on the jaw of, 389.

Cypreea fusco-dentata, on a mature
shell of, 455.

Cythere, new species of, 31, 57, 60,
180, 221.

461

Cytheridea, new species of, 182.

Cytheropteron, new species of, 34.

Cytherura, new species of, 34, 224.

Dallas, W.S., on the occurrence of

- Tinnunculus cenchrisin Britain, 75.

Dilobotarsus cornutus, description of,
101.

Drassus Bewickii, description of the
male of, 407.

Dredging among the Shetland Isles,
report on, 298, 357, 448 ; off Spitz-
bergen, 892; notes on deep-sea,
387, 423.

Echinida, on the classification of the,
225.

Echinodermata, on a new class of,
316.

Egerton, Sir P., on some new fossil
fish from the Lias, 459.

Eggs, double, 391, 456.

Elachista stellaris, on the occurrence
of, in England, 401.

Entomostraca, contributions to the
study of the, 80, 178, 229; on the
paleeozoic bivalved, 54,

Equiseta, on fossil, 235.

Eresia, new species of, 145.

Eriopis elongata, description of, 415.

Eueides, new species of, 145,

Euplectella aspergillum and its in-
habitants, observations on, 26, 388.

me observations on the genus,

EKurygona, new species of, 149,

Euterpe, new species of, 149.

Fairbankia, description of the new
genus, 399,

Farrer, T. H., on the fertilization of
the Scarlet Runner and Blue-Lo-
belia, 255.

Felis, new species of, 230.

Filigella, on the new genus, 445.

Fish, on the transportation of living,
319,488; on fossil, from the Coal-
measures, 322; from the Lias of
Lyme Regis, 459; on the deve-
lopment of marine, 389.

Friesia, on the genus, 45.

Galathea, on some British, 112.

Gasteropoda, on the typical value of
the lingual dentition in, 237, 386 ;
on capillary vascular systems in
the, 459.

Gigartina pistillata, on the occur-
rence of, on the Welsh coast, 456.

Godman, F’. Du Cane, on new species
of diurnal Lepidoptera, 141.

462

Grandidier, A, on a new species of
Chirogalus, 172.

Graptolites, on a new genus of, 23;
on the distribution in time of the
British species and genera of, 347.

Gray, Dr. :, E., on a new Japanese
Coral and on Hyalonema, 263 ;
on a new free form of Hyalonema
Sieboldii, 264; on two new species
of Salamandra, 297 ; on transport-
ing fish alive, 319; on Tetilla eu-

locamos and Hyalonema boreale,
319; on Hyalonema Schultzei,
373; on the dentition of Gastero-
pods, 386; on a new family of
fluviatile Mollusca, 387; on the
name Alcyoncellum, 390; on Ela-
chista stellaris, 401; on some new
genera and species of Alcyonoid
Corals, 441.

Grube, Dr. E., on a viviparous Sea-
Urchin, 168; on the Annelid fa-
mily of the Maldaniea, 393. —

soe ce Bae tubicola, description of,
411.

Helicograpsus, notes on, 23.

Heliconius, new species of, 145.

Heliotropieze, on some of the, 121,
191.

Helleria, description of the new ge-
nus, 418

Hemidasys, description of the new.
genus, 216.

Hesse, M., on two new species of
Sacculinide, 254.

Heteera, new species of, 142.

Heteropods, on a collection of, 229.

Holl, Dr. H. B., on the palzeozoic
bivalved Entomostraca, 54.

Homarus marinus, note on, 118.

Huxley, Prof., on the animals which
are most nearly intermediate be-
tween birds and reptiles, 66.

Hyalonema boreale, observations on,
36, 81, 319.

— Schultzei, observations on, 372,
373.

Sieboldii, observations on, 264.

Hyalonemata, on the, 268, 320, 425.

Insects, on the existence of capillary
arterial vessels in, 184; on the
law of development of the sexes
in, 205,

Isis, new species of, 263.

Ismaila, observations on the genus,
137.

Isopoda, new British, 421.

INDEX.

Jeffreys, J.G., on dredging among the
Shetland Isles, 298° 357, 987, 448,

Jones, Prof. T. R., on the palzozoic
bivalved Entomostraca, Be

King, Prof. W., on Spirifer cuspi-
datus, 1; on the A istalogy of
Rhynchonella, 204.

Krefft, G., on a new species of Thy-
lacine, 296, :

Kinckel, J., on the existence of ca-
puiaty arterial vessels in Insects,

Langer, C., on the lymphatic vessels
in the tail of the young of Batra-
chia, 392.

Lankester, E. R., on Lithodomous
Annelids, 76, 276.

Lecanora, new species of, 247.
Leighton, Rey. W. A., Notule Liche-
nologice, by the, 245, 370, 446.
Lemnalia, description of the new

genus, 442.

Lepidoptera, on new species of diur-
nal, 141.

Leporide, on the generative organs
of the hare, rabbit, and, 236.

Lichens, notes on, 245, 370, 446.

Lieberkihn, N., on the contractile
tissue of Sponges, 236.

Lobelia, on the fertilization of the
common blue, 260.

Lodoicea sechellarum, notes on, 340.

Lovén, S., on Hyalonema boreule, 81;
on dredging off Spitzbergen, 392.

Loxoconcha, new species of, 183, 223.

M‘Andrew, R., on Mr. G Jef-
freys’s Dredging Report, 357.

Macdonald, Dr. J. D., on the typical
value of the lingual dentition in
the Gasteropoda, 237.

M‘Intosh, Dr. W.C., on the Annelids
dredged off the Shetlands in 1867,
249; on the boring of certain An-
nelids, 276.

Meera, new species of, 416.

Maldaniea, on the Annelid family of
the, 393.

Mammalia, on some new, 230.

Marrat, F. P., on Oliva auricularia,
167, 212; on a collection of Ptero-
pods and Heteropods, 229; on a
mature shell of Cypreea fusco-
dentata, 455.

Meles, new species of, 230.

Messerschmidtia, on the species of, —

191.
Metriorhynchus, on some species of,
91.

- Peer xs
8 PTE ge ely ES ee = Sst

INDEX.

Microprotopus, description of the
new genus, 419.

Miers, J., on the Tricuspidariex, 39 ;
on some of the Heliotropiez, 121,
191; on the genera Cortesia and
Rhabdia, 427.

Milne-Edwards, A., on the existence
of a large Pelican in the Turbaries
of England, 165; on some Mam-
malia from the north of China, 230.

Mitchell, Capt., on a double egg of a
fowl, 391.

Morpho, new species of, 149.

Mosses, on the antherozoids of, 80.

Murray, A., on Coleoptera from Old
Calabar, 91.

Mychommatus, description of the
new genus, 110.

Myomorphus cubensis, description of,
457

Newton, A. and E., on the osteology
of the Solitaire, 159.

Nicholson, Dr. H. A., on a new genus
of Graptolites, 23; on the distri-
bution in time of the British spe-
cies and genera of Graptolites, 347.

Nicippe tumida, description of, 414.

Norman, Rey. A. M., on the British
species of Alpheus, Typton, and
Axius, and on Alpheus Edwardsii
of Audouin, 178; on Crustacea
Amphipoda new to science or to
Britain, 411; on two new British
Isopods, 421.

Nostoce, new species of, 233.

Nylander, Dr. W., on the Lichens
of the Luxembourg garden, 245;
on the gonimic evolution of the
Collemacei, 370; on the germina-
tion of the spores of Varicellaria,

446,

(Edipus, new species of, 297.

Oisocerus, characters of the new ge-
nus, 103.

Oliva, on some species of, 76,167, 212.

Ophiobatrachus, characters of the
new genus, 297,

Ophiocrinus, description of the new
genus, 362.

Oressinoma, new species of, 144,

Ostracoda, descriptions of new, 30,
178, 220.

P s, on the development of, 114.

FP pea on the fauna and flora of,

Pal, on the nature of, 456.
Paphia, new species of, 148.

463

Papilio, new species of, 150.

Paradoxostoma, new species of, 224.

Parfitt, E., on a variety (?) of Aleyo-
nella fungosa, 77.

ee on the acclimatization of,
381.

gc or on the Japanese species of,
369.

Pelican, on the existence of a large,
in the turbaries of England, 165.
soy oe) solitaria, on the osteology

of, 159.

Phaseolus coccineus, on the mecha-
nism for transporting pollen in,
256.

here om lynceus, observations on,

35.

Phyllosoma, observations on the ge-
nus, 116

Pierella, new species of, 142.

Pieris, new species of, 150.

Plateau, Dr. F’., on the production of
the sexes in Bees, 252.

Pleurotoma galerita, on the occur-
rence of, in the living state, 449.

Polistes, on the species and varieties
of, 171.

Pomel, A., on the classification of
Kchinida, 225; on Myomorphus
cubensis, 457.

Pompholyx, note on the genus, 387.

Pontobdella verrucata, on the ana-
tomy of, 170.

Pontocypris, new species of, 179, 220.

Ponton, T. G., on some species of
Oliva, 76.

Primitia, new species of, 55.

Psephus, new species of, 96.

Pteromys, new species of, 230.

Pteropods, on a collection of, 229.

Ptilodactyla, new species of, 93.

Reinhardt, Prof. J., on Baleenoptera
Sibbaldii, 323.

ares observations on the genus,

Rhopalodina, on the anatomy of, 316.

bay Sr aaa on the histology of,

Robin, C., on the Avicolar Sarcop-
tidee, and on the metamorphoses
of the Acarina, 78.

Rotatoria, on a new genus of Gastro-

Dis a 214,
yal Society, proceedings of the
63, 159. ee gs ’

Roze, E., on the antherozoids of the
Mosses, 80,

464

Sacculinidia, new species of, 234.

Salamandra, on two new species of,
297.

Salticus, new species of, 403.
Salvin, O., on new species of diurnal
Lepidoptera, 141. ;

Sarcoptide, on the avicolar, 78.

Sars, G.O., on the development of
marine Fishes, 389.

Schimper, M., on the Calamites and
fossil Equiseta, 235.

Sclerochilus, new species of, 224.

Seaweed, on a, new to the British
flora, 401.

Semper, Dr. C., on Euplectella as-
pergillum and its inhabitants, 26;
on a new class of Echinodermata,
316; on anew genus of Comatuli-
dee, 362 ; on Hyalonema Schultzei
and on Kurete, 372. :

Semperella, characters of the genus,
376.

Sichel, M., on the fixation of the
limits between species and varie-
ties, 171.

Siebold, Prof. von, on the law of
development of the sexes in in-
sects, 205.

Solitaire, on the osteology of the,
159, °

Species, on the fixation of the limits
between varieties and, 171.

Spiders, descriptions of new, 403.

Spirifer cuspidatus, monograph of,
1, 188, 295.

Sponge, on a remarkable, from the
North Sea, 81.

Sponges, on the contractile tissue of,

Steindachner, Dr., on a remarkable
form of Pleuronectide, 80.

Tessarops, description of the new
genus, 412.

Ae.

INDEX.

Tetilla euplocamos, note on, 319.

Tetralobus, new species of, 99,

Thomisus, new species of, 405. —

set ee Prof. W., on Hyalonema,

Thorell, T., on the Aranea lobata of
Pallas, 186.

Thylacinus, new species of, 296.

Tinnunculus cenchris, note on the
occurrence of, 75.

Tricuspidariezs, observations on the,
39, 49. :

Tristram, Rey. H. B., on the geo-
graphical and geological relations
of the fauna and flora of Palestine,

3. 3

Typton, on the British species of,
Pio, 176. i

Vaillant, L., on the anatomy of Pon-
tobdella verrucata, 170.

Vallea, on the species of, 47.

Varicellaria, on the germination of
the spores of, 446. :

Volutes, on the habits of the, 454.

Volutids, on the Japanese species

of, 367.

Walker, J. F., on the occurrence of
the genus Anser in the peat-de-

afore of Cambridgeshire, 388.
allich, Dr. G. C.,.on Coccoliths
and Coccospheres, 317,

Wedl, C., on capillary vascular sys-
tems in the Gasteropoda, 459.

hrs on the pelvis and hind limbs
of, 79.

Wood, Dr. H. C., on some Algee from
a Californian hot spring, 231.

Wright, Dr.E.P.,on Hyalonema, 320 ;

on Lodoicea sechellarum, 340; on

deep-sea dredging, 423; on the

Bats of the Seychelles, 436; on

veo transportation of living fish,
Big:

X
‘ENR OR THE SECOND VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

—_ . aaa ies beg ee ENS) A lel AS ea ai RR al ge ale Sa A ahs eh cad
aR at a < van reaches een aaNet tag Shy a Sor ah fog = eee aa Aap NC Re ARTI
RSA aa oA Oh RS AE CN Coe ei arty ay ae OR aM Ye Cael am Seca TES - . ae abit :

DSA UREAONE WIC SPREE INK RS

Ann &Mag.Nab Hist. $4. Vol.2.Pul

i J Bastre lith:

Ana & Mag. Nat, Hist. §:4.Vol.2.PuIL

Be EU eee Tir,
e oped <P

; J Basire lith:

Arau. & Mag Nat. Hist. 5.4.Vov.2. PLIIL.

J Basie lith:

%
7
4
4
e
4
3
%

& Mag. Nat Hist 8.4. Vol.2.PUIV

Pie acer
ae

rt

i x ¢

WWest ump.

GS Brady del. et ith.

Ann. éMag Nat Hist.5.4Vol.2.PUV.

8

<

~

onc

~

~,

“fe
CP a enum seit Mo se

“es,

at

pnp RE AON a,

atten a UR ye, ?

itn went oA

sere:

m it
NO tN OO pili em

GS Brady del. a tith

Ann.& Mag Nat Hist. 54 Vol.2 PL.VIL

Ann & Mag. Not. ist .5.4.Vol. 2.Pt. Vill.

6
1 Agrilus wnicolliis 4 Belionota Championtz.
2 » dsaundersiz 3 Qisocerus Murrayi. 7 Psiloptera piperata.

3 Mychommatus cyaneus Za Chrysodema chrysochlora.

Ann. & Mag Nat.Hist. 84 Vol.2. PLIL

se

i

age

Ann. & Mag. Nat. fist. §4 Vol.2.Pb..

W West tmp.

PLAT.

Lhist. 5.4. Vol.2.

& Mag. Nat.

Le aa ie

List. 5.4. Vol. 2PUATT

Ann. & Mag. Nat

70

W.West ap :

Ann. &Mag.Nat Mist. S4Vol2PUXTI

t

PL XIV.
imp.

Ves

7

WwW.

)

Ann Mag. Nat Hist. 5.4 Vol 2

‘a

V

PL
, ump.

W West

SS i a

S.4 Vol.2

b
4

us

af

Ma qd. Nat.

wits

~ Ann k&

pan Corte

EES.

Lae
ee

co
on oe
cy
Bry it

AV

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. SA. Vol..2 Pl

J Bastire lith.

v8

oa

ur

Ann&Mag Nat Hist.S 4 Vol. 2 Pi. XVI

M & NHanhart imp

THYLACINUS BREVICEPS. AreZ7Z.

3

: aaa

igo

eats niente a

“halide Gia a il ae ict tn

yh

i
igs)

Dy

: BZ 3

Pe | ,
ae

Dé

so oa | ‘ | |

He

*

&Mag

Ann,

Vol.2 Pl
W Wes

4

Mag. Nat Hist. 5.

~

Ann. &

4 Vol. 2 PLKH
W. West, im;

3

Ann. Mag Nat. Hist

QH The Annals & magazine of
1 natural history

h6
ser.4

Vee

Biological
& Medical
Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

Ss ee Be TO PCR eT Bee ae a 53 2 fo ae

we ie eo OE Se a eee a lm bee

aMeeseirrn
i sbomakens Se

# 4
Meii<vie ie cee

cae

RarMinae. ane